os bea}
HEHE :
Het ai?
Se hcanehey,
deetreth s
Pitti hie
ene ete
ame ees
ce
pam)
Tete a
eters,
eichaye
SRsirae
+3 nit
Hy
ee
ee
ee
a
on
fi
i
ny
if
i
Hai
ete
: he
Lgl
eae
Peet wine
viens
vo
——-—i— ES
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE | |
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
| ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
OF LONDON, |
FOR THE YEAR
1890.
PART I. |
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
| JANUARY anv FEBRUARY.
JUNE 1st, 1890. . |
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
_ SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER ees
. LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
“3 PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. ] a
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART I.—1890.
January 14, 1890.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1889.... 1
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a hybrid Duck. (Plate I.)........... wan T
a
Prof. W. Nation, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of some small Bird-bones from beneath the deposits
of Nitrate;in! Southern-Peru: csr. ga2.cc sce see eee ae eae ele en ee eee
Mr. D, Wilson Barker, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Teredos
taken off the Brazilian coast
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens of
Bipalium
—_—
B.A., F.Z.S
9B OWDe cere sereens eens eee tees Pees seee Oe ener seer Cr aay
- Ona new Species of Otter from the Lower Pliocene of Eppelsheim. By R. LypzKKer,
i.)
3. Fourth Contribution to the Herpetology of the.Solomon Islands. By G. A. Boutuncrr,
F.Z.S. (Plate II.) BS
4. List of the Reptiles, Bat rachians, and Freshwater Fishes collected by Professor Moesch
and Mr. Iversen in the district of Deli, Sumatra. By G. A. Boutencer, F.Z.8
5. A Contribution to our Knowledge of British Pleuronectide. By Dr. A. Ginrurr, F.RB.S.,
V.P.Z.8. (Plate III)
<
seen eeee ee i eee ewees
31
40
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1890.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW.
LJ -67T
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1890.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29, 1890.)
Prorrssor W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President.
Lr.-Gren. Toe Lorp ABsiNcER,
AnpeErson, LL.D.,
F.R.S.
Wurm Bateson, Esq., M.A.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crarx, R.A.,
F.R.S.
Henry E. Dresser, Esq.
Cuar.es Drummonp, Esq., T'rea-
surer.
Sir Josern Fayrer, K.C.S.L,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Joun P. Gasstor, Esq.
F. Du Cane Gopman, Esq.,F.R.S:,
Vice-President.
Cot. James A. Grant, C.B.,C.8.1.,
F.R.S.
PRINCIPAL
Dr. Epwarp Haminton, Vice-
President.
Lr.-Gey. Sir H. B. Lumspen,
K.C.S.1.
Dr. Sr. Groner Mivart, F.R.S.
ProressoR ALFRED NeEwron,
M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Tue Lorp Arruvur Russet.
Ospert Satvin, Esq., F-.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Pure Luriry Scrater, Esq.,
M.A.,Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary.
Hewry Serzoum, Esq.
Josep Travers Surri, Esq.
Tae Lory Watsinenam, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
OFFICERS.
P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank E, Bepparn, Esq., M.A., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. J. Wiitrams, Chief Clerk.
Btsr
OF THE
CON TELE U L0.BS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
ARMITAGE, Capt. Percy.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two mounted heads of
the Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi), obtained in Lower Burmah,
Barker, D. Witson, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of
Teredos taken off the Brazilian coast
Bartietr, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.
Observations on Wolves, Jackals, Dogs, and Foxes......
Bates, H. W., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On some Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. W. Bonny
in che Aruwitnt Valley wu 6.4 n> oe ee os ee ole we heb
Bateson, WitiiaAM, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s
College, Cambridge, and Balfour Student in the Uni-
versity.
On some Cases of Abnormal Repetition of Parts in Ani-
mals Sapa
a2
97
46
479
579
lv
Page
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.S., :
Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at
Guy’s Hospital.
Observations upon an American Species of Pericheta, and
upon some other Members of the Genus. (Plates IV. &
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens of
Oriental Earthworms, found in a greenhouse in Scotland .. 94
Notes on the Anatomy of the Condor ................ 142
On the Structure of Psophia and on its Relations to other
CTY lesen on enone arg Rrspoitanaes ko Pierre meta oo 5 Cae OG
On the Minute Structure of the Eye in some Shallow-
Water and Deep-Sea Species of the Isopod Genus Arcturus.
PACE SRR Le) 62s sera a's ain aco tee ete meal oe aici ietiok ee 365
On the Anatomy of Podica senegalensis. (Plate
BR Do atc 5 x le lp, «ce er . 425
Bet, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens of
33) a eee oo Seay ee sta
Notice of a Memoir entitled “‘ Contributions to our Know-
ledge of the Antipatharian Corals” .................00. 361
Remarks as to the mode of life of the Pennatulids...... 462
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Holo-
thurta nigra. i. ccceeeue aks Cesare eee laoke eee agracs SP 617
Buanrorp, W. T., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of the
Lodian: Gann (Bae gaurin) = ais 2:2 os bo Be cae ee ay 463
On the Gaur (Bos gaurus) and its Allies. (Plate XLIX.). 592
Page
Bouton, Gamaier, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a series of photographs taken from animals
in the Society’s Gardens and in the Menagerie of Mr. Walter
Rvothisehtld: ossc ass Meidie dit ike FORT Sea ee 401
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of Grévy’s
Fenie CEGUUSOFCOUE pccec dt cnc ce le anes aces heae eee LOE
Boutencer, G. A., F.Z.S., &c.
Fourth Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon
SESH. «(babe eld Meet oy fc ax «iS aos ae Sinan ae eat 30
List of Reptiles, Batrachians, and Freshwater Fishes col-
lected by Professor Moesch and Mr. Iversen in the district of
Deleghumatras sot eee ee ae Oe ee Siew ene tant 31
First Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in the
British Museum (Natural History). (Plates VIJI.—XI.).. 77
Second Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection
in the Natural-History Museum. (Plates XXV. & XXVI.). 323
Descriptions of two new Species of the Siluroid Genus
Ayes, (EMER) 206. camber eke oe aalascegias .-+. 450
Note on the Secondary Sexual Characters in the South-
African Tortoises of the Genus Homopus ................ 521
Remarks upon an early reference to the Syrian Newt,
Moigerwitiata Garay. acc i. POM sk. aba cay io ws 591
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a large Sea-
Snake (Distira cyanocincta) and three skulls of the Green
Yee EAR 8,” om le ee ae 617
Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘‘ Reptiles and Batrachians of
Barbary (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia), based chiefly upon the
notes and collections made in 1880-84 by M. Fernand
EERE oh a Cualaiia'so cieieyeis oe Se eee ene Se ne. Shut 618
Remarks on the Chinese Alligator. (Plates LI. & LII.). 619
vi
Page
On the Presence of Pterygoid Teeth in a Tailless Batrach-
ian (Pelobates cultripes), with Remarks on the Localization
of Teeth on the Palate in Batrachians and Reptiles........ 664
Buxton, E. N.
Notes on the Wild Sheep and Mountain-Antelope of
PR ETI B Ge ais Tone inte ce aval o'=!'0,= v.6y eles 27s. sep 0 (eae soa ee 361
Camsrince, Rev. O. P., M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &c.
On some new Species and two new Genera of Araneidea.
(Plate FTEs oni. ug lar ncedt aolyoe) eee anaes 620
Cuampron, G. C., F.Z.S.
On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected by Mr. W.
Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley. (Plate LVI.)............ 637
CockereELL, T. D. A.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Galls from
EFI 0 sg Re ar RRA aN aga fA LM ee rap I
CrawsuHay, Ricwarp.
On the Antelopes of Nyasa-land .................... 648
CunnineuaM, J. T., M.A., F.R.S.E., Naturalist to the Marine
Biological Association.
On Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus Arno-
TPESBSMSN Soe (oi \olose =F ain le 'g sie gen wis +L, ee 540
Distant, W. L.
Report on a Collection of Rhynchota made at Yambuya,
on the River Aruwimi, by Mr. W. Bonny, of the Emin Pasha
Relief Expedition under Mr. H. M. Stanley
Dosson, G. E., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.
A Synopsis of the Genera of the Family Soricide ...... 49
Vii
Page
Druce, Hergert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera
from Central and South America. (Plates XLII. &
DOTY 9 Bnet eo ALL Be panne Ue oe ea ae ROE aE 493
E.wes, Henry Joan, F.Z.S.
On some new Moths from India. (Plates XXXII.-
ROSE EVayt Maer es Me tial aisle ote oe was epee cede cicmnares 378
Emin Pasua, Dr., C.M.Z.S.
Letters from, concerning some Zoological Specimens for-
warded for the Society’s acceptance.............. ry heya an Lo!
Letter from, containing Remarks upon a Striped Hyena
eccrine in, Taboras; Bast ATCA Fo. 5 ass ce wai oe os alaapere 647
Fisk, Rev. G. H. R., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of an albino Bat from Somerset West, Cape
Colpays phn ebiteetl: bow wetted ode i bok ses ol preageed 97
Frower, Witiiam Henry, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
President of the Society.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of the
nest of a Hornbill (T'oceus melanoleucus) in which the female
WASIBHOWAL <“WiHlled! TH? s,s. 0 Jus cia aie oa Bae sit AOL
Gtnruer, ALBERT C. L.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.,
Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
A Contribution to our Knowledge of British Pleuronectide.
(Platedbids) ewasts flo. weitere aed att tre obs 40
Description of anew Species of Deep-sea Fish from the
Cape (Lophotes fiski). (Plates XIX. & XX.)............ 244
Note on the Skull of the East-African Reed-buck (Cervi-
COPIER NOCUIAD). | is oca afta te id asin Suatweareh wis) enegatee aie ya se age 604
Gurney, J. H., Jun., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a specimen or a Hybrid between the Tree-
Sparrow and the House-Sparrow ........-. --20ee00.+2- 147
viii
Page
Harz, Epmunp S., Student of Guy’s Hospital.
On a Case of the Occurrence of a persistent Right Pos-
terior Cardinal Vein in the Rabbit ..................-. 577
Henry, Dr. AUGUSTINE.
Notes on two Mountain-Antelopes of Central China .... 93
Howss, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology,
Normal School of Science and Royal School of Science,
South Kensington.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of
Hatteria showing the ‘‘ pro-atlas ”? and vomerine teeth .... 357
On the Visceral Anatomy of the Australian Torpedo
(Hypnos subnigrum), with especial reference to the Suspension
of the Vertebrate Alimentary Canal. (Plate LVII.)...... 669
Observations on the Pectoral Fin-skeleton of the Living
Batoid Fishes and of the Extinct Genus Squaloraja, with
especial reference to the Affinities of the same............ 675
Humpureys, Joun, L.D.S., Lecturer on Dental Anatomy
and Physiology in the Queen’s College, Birmingham,
and Winpiz, Bertram C. A., M.A., M.D., Professor
of Anatomy in the same College.
On some Cranial and Dental Characters of the Domestic
BGR crass erate ens + = 5 slates wintte Gla ei ears At oueh oy beim ayer ae 5
JOHNSON, JAMES YaTeE, C.M.Z.S.
On some new Species of Fishes from Madeira.......... 452
Lesuiz, Joun Morison, F.Z.S.
Notes on the Habits and Oviposition of Xenopus levis .. 69
Listrr, J. J., F.Z.S.
Remarks upon his visit to the Phoenix Islands, South
Pacific, and exhibition of specimens of Birds and Eggs ob-
tatieH CTE Ae. eis ht SS, Ra os Sdiiciente pee eee 591
LypEKKER, R., B.A., F.Z.8., F.G.S., &e.
On a new Species of Otter from the Lower Pliocene of
PppcleheMaye ee chs Set we. PON Le RE yes
1x
Page
On a remarkable Antler from Asia Minor. (Plate XXX.) 363
On the Remains of some large Extinct Birds from the
Cavern-deposits of Malta. (Plates XXXV.& XXXVI.) .. 403
On aCervine Jaw from Alseria.. oi. 6 0 2. nny eae se 602
Meyer, Dr. A. B., C.M.Z.S., Director of the Royal Zoo-
logical Museum, Dresden.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured photograph
of a variety of the Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus).... 590
Description of a new Squirrel from the Philippine Islands. 599
Micuaet, A. D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., &e.
On a Collection of Acarina formed in Algeria. (Plates
PROMORC VIM: (Gere RONC NV De a iasetete cis o's elec stare cae occ eee
Mitne-Epwarps, Atpuonse, F.M.Z.S., &e.
Letter from, containing remarks upon the specimen of
Equus grevyi in the Paris Museum ...... .........--+06 647
Mircuett, P. Coatmers, B.A., Senior Demonstrator in the
Morphological Laboratory, Oxford.
A Graphic Formula to express Geographical Distribution. 607
Mrvart, St. Grorce, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., M.R.1., &c.
Noteson the Genus Cyon ic) fiapes acon na eae Wels saa) OO
Notes on the South-American Canide................ 98
Note on Canine Dental Abnormalities ................ 376
Nation, Professor Wiiu1aM, C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of some small Bird-bones from beneath the
deposits of Nitrate, in Southern Peru ..............004- 2
Newron, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.
On the reported Discovery of Dodo’s Bones in a Cavern in
DVIPS EATS (2's RigietNevaeierea vidas Obie ora Prete pasar ash elke 402
Newion, E. T., F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Note on the Bones of small Birds obtained by Professor
Nation from below the Nitrate-beds of Peru ............
Ocitviz, F. MenreituH, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a British specimen of
the Red-breasted Flycatcher (Muscicapa purva)..........
Parker, W. K., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Abstract of a Memoir containing an account of the
Morphology of the Hoatzin (Opisthocomus cristatus).... ..
Picuor, P. A., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition, on his behalf, of a map showing the exact
locality in which the Beaver is now found in the Delta of
the Rhone ....
Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History).
A Revision of the Genera of Scorpions of the Family
Buthide, with Descriptions of some South-African Species.
(Plates ATE WV.) 5 tes kok vase
SciaTER, Puitie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Weeember TE89 ais < occa. sie wes ge Sao
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a hybrid Duck. (Plate
Romer Osaki ae ns bee eas Sa ES Sent
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
PMMUAT LOO. At clerks « «i's ahassansigi aye ye hae eS
On a Guinea-fowl from the Zambesi, allied to Mumida
eristalas. (Pinte SOU s,s cee. dp a
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
February 1890
PO 8) SLO RE Le sie) hei 8) Wyete elas! «ee ja ea le/d 0) SERENA eleh<) fe a
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Mammals obtained
in the Upper Magdalena Valley of Colombia by Mr. R. B.
ECT G2 Sr a nome
616
44
463
114
44
86
94
93
xl
Page
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
March 1890. /(Plate BV.) a: c= <cccecesn de caesde ss ous 147
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
BRFSS UG. Sate g ape oP a acleinie apheresis
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of an Antelope
(Damalis senegalensis) from East Africa ............--+ ++ 354
On a new Toucan of the Genus Pteroglossus .........- 403
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
May S90. cade nw ceed fe wens eos oo = codmuld wares amp 411
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two young specimens
of Darwin’s Rhea (Rhea darwini) from the Province of
Tarapacd,\.) pots pa BRS AS Od tee perio ta io S12
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the flat skin of a Zebra
received from Berbera, Northern Somali-Land............ 412
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of a
rare Antelope (Aipyceros petersi) .....-..20+- ee+seee 460
Exhibition of a photograph of Grévy’s Zebra .......... 461
Remarks upon a map transmitted by M. P. A. Pichot,
C.M.Z.S., showing the exact locality in which the Beaver is
now found in the Delta of the Rhone ..........-..+--++ 463
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,
July, August, September, and October, 1890. (Plates
VEE CVE) ee aes gee ee = eae Jeger OD
eeee
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November T8907 oe on crm ciate« cotains on a\stoutagi cle occa. 7 = 646
Scrater, W. L., M.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent of the
India Museum.
Notes on some Indian Rats and Mice. (Plates XLIV. &
BF Ce ee ee Ce Oe 522
On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the Family
Dipodide from Central Asia, (Plate L.) .............. 610
xii
Page
Sresoum, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Account of his proposed new Classification of Birds .... 97
On new or little-known Birds from South-eastern China.
ge. 9.10 |) i rea Pe PRET RE Os om 0-5 = 341
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Eastern
Turtle-Dove (Turtur orientalis) shot near Scarborough.... 361
On the Fijian Species of the Genus Merula............ 666
SHarpe, Emity Mary.
On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. Edmund
Reynolds on the Rivers Tocantins and Araguaya and in the
Province of Goyaz, Brazil.- (Plate XLVI.) -:...........° 552
SHaree, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e.
Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.—
No. 6. On the Coraciide of the Indian Region, with De-
scriptions of some new Species ............ ...... se000e 546
SHuFELDT, R. W., M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Contributions to the Study of Heloderma suspectum.
GE lites May TR EL yor psen,eein. See SS eu 148
Situ, Epegar A., F.Z.S.
Report on the Marine Molluscan Fauna of the Island of
st. Helena:-"( Plates XXT.—R RIV.) OP SS ee
On the Marine Mollusca of Ascension Island .......... 317
Smiru, H. Gross, F.Z.S.
A List of the Butterflies collected by Mr. William Bonny
on the Journey with Mr. Stanley from Yambuya on the Aru-
wimi River through the Great Forest of Central Africa;
with Descriptions of nine new Species
xiii
Page
Smira-Woopwarp, A. See Woopwarp, A. SMITH.
SourHwet., Tuomas, F.ZS.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of
the Caspian Plover (4gialitis asiatica) shot at Yarmouth.. 461
TreGeTMEIER, WiLL1AM BERNHARD, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Cats’ Skulls, recently
proneht dram Beypt. yc Se asco eS sistala saci o> jae ig
Tuomas, OupFieE.p, F.Z.S., Natural-History Museum.
On a Collection of Mammals from Central Vera Cruz,
Mexico. (Plates VI. & VII.) ....-..+..-. ee eeeeee eee 71
On a Collection of Mammals obtained by Dr. Emin Pasha
in Central and Eastern Africa. (Plate XL.) .........--- 443
Tuomson, ArtTuur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.
Report on the Insect-house for 1889 ...........+++++ 94
Tristram, Rev. Canon, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Remarks on his recent visit to the Rock of Zalmo in the
OP hid Ck ee, ee eh ceo Eom Or cae eric 402
Wuirts, R. B., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition, on his behalf, of some Mammals obtained in
the Upper Magdalena Valley of Colombia -...........-. 98
Winpte, Bertram C. A., M.A., M.D., Professor of Anatomy
in the Queen’s College, Birmingham, and HumpHRreys,
Joun, L.D.S., Lecturer on Dental Anatomy and
Physiology in the same College.
On some Cranial and Dental Characters of the Domestic
Blige rete. << wvattew ei ante wee w <htianne secmelacaiaieline (a) sirsarae 5
Wooprorp, C. M., C.M.Z.S8.
Remarks upon the Fauna of the Solomon Islands ...... 148
Xiv
: Page
Woopwarp, A. Smiru, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum
(Natural History),
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Mesozoic Palzouiscid
Kish from New south: Wales.i. .-ls<:..ctes 0, wns ache eee eee
On some new Fishes from the English Wealden and Pur-
beck Beds, referable to the Genera Oligopieurus, Strobilodus,
and Mesodon: - (Plates KXVIIK & RXIX A 346
Note on the Occurrence of the Saiga Antelope in the Pleis-
tocene Deposits of the Thames Valley .................. 613
On some Upper Cretaceous Fishes of the Family of Aspido-
rhynchides: (Pilates LIV: & LVep 8 oF 2 PAG & eins 629
List, OF PE A'PES.
1890.
Plate Page
Te hybrids Sheldrakes..2% on/6 nx ocdnine as Aisyescate matt hae lehe 1
II. Fig. 1. Hoplocephalus melanurus. Fig. 2. H. wood-
fondit. Wig Sew eClapordes ye iio ie wie cioc che ds a oi 30
II. Fig. A. Arnoglossus grohmanni. Fig. B. A. lophotes.
Mio C Ali laher te vari cis ois = sel de Aims. alle oto ee ucts 40
PATEOVAY (GL ONT EEL: 0) cy on 32) ootalo ayn aia! lator ain apeetaiehs 52
VI. Scturus niger melanonotus ........0.0seecccce ees 7)
VILL. ¢ Leepes Gere Orit Sash Sale ROS BR aie hs
VIII. Fig. 1. Lyyodactylus fischeri. Fig. 2. sth ge’ og
fasciata. Vig.3. Anolis panamensis. Fig. 4. Cha-
MELE ONIT OP EVE Hoh -taTe <A. v faltoral saree ola et creas tote Ae
EXe- -Figcephales Polpiamius Void oasis ete sel ante sieliate) «=
X. Fig. 1. Echinosaura horrida. Fig. 2. Ptychoglossus + 77
WO GE lela co pee SAEQOe AED DGDOMEYC Ore bo cue '
XT. Fig. 1. Chamesaura didactyla. Fig. 2. C. eee
Fig. 3. C. anguina. Fig. 4. Lygosoma anoma- |
lopus. Fig. 5. Scincus albifusciatus .......... } ,
XII. Head of Numida, from the Zambesi .......... ibe kS6
eee \ South-African Buthide ..........scessueeeeeenes 114
XV EEL of POCOLIRS ANUP CLIOUS) roi, (o's aclo\eraistele otaroe ta tot so ohh fe 147
XVI.
vit Anatomy of Heloderma suspectum .......-..00eee ees 148
XVIII.
MOEN CLO pROLeSURSKG! a olron tesale lores cecranuererate or foetal tatetete tacos
MOM. , Head! oktLeghoteafiskin 3s. stew Learn. I 244
XXI4
ae ‘Mollusca Of(S ede lena kyo tatoos cee onus 8 set larn'e 247
XXIV.
XXV. Fig. 1. Genyophryne thomsont. Fig. 2. Patudicola
jischert. ie. 3. Bufo jerbod ......5..%..6 + r ovo
MMVI, “Cenatophrys*caledratd oo ves cess. cscs wien c sss
xvi
Plate Page
XXVII. Fig. 1. Hemixus canipennis. Fig. 2. H. castanonotus. . 341
XXVIII. Figs. 1-4. Oligopleurus vectensis. Fig. 5. Mesodon
(LOTTE Le RO CSAS COE ROO IOS CS 5 c 3
XXIX. Figs. 1, 2. Oligopleurus vectensis. Fig. 3. O. (vec- a6
tensis?). Fig. 4. Strobilodus purbeckensis ......
XXX. Abnormal Antler of Cervus elaphus ............00-- 363
XXXI. Structure of Eye of Arcturus ........-.+eecescreess 365
XXXIL.
xxxitt| Wew Indian, Moths cmc ccts sso oc eels sisitiniere Meteennet 378
XXXIV.
XXXV.
Jeu Fossil Bird-bones from Malta..............0+eeeees 403
ascend New Acarine from Algeria........5.0.-.-+.-s-++s 414
XXXIX. Myology of Podica senegalensis...........+.+.-..4+ 425
XL. Sciurus pyrrhopus anerythrus..... 2.00.00 -0s0cese00- 443
XLI. Fig. 1. Arges taczanowskii. Fig. 2. A. whymperi .... 450
XLII. , ;
a ant New Lepidoptera Heterocera ........00 ees. +2000-: 493
XLIV. | : ; en
XLV.{ Liibenia li eee soon C000 2500 D0 dou o. Cameo outs c 522
XLVI. New Species of Neotropical Lepidoptera ............ 552
XLVII. Tragelaphus spekii, Q ......--++. Se Sec: cae s | sop
XLVIII. Colobus ferrugineus....... 000. eceeeseevaceeees ees
AD. ANU AR ORR ODOO COG coos NOoe - woaecon cart 592
LL. Huchoreutes 2as0.,.... . 000000 iy a0 einer wien ais + vee ens 610
ea AUGUIOY SURENSIS. ssi cneree ora a wine nee oe eee 619
ID. iNew: Araneideas i. c<c':2 acciojatapnacelels «tds siete © iepecni> 620
LIV. Belonostomus comptoni ......eeee cree eee eee enee
LV. Figs. 1-10. Belonostomus compioni. Fig. 11. Apa-; 629
teopholis laniatus ......+.ee sree reece ee eees
LVI. Heteromerous Coleoptera from the Aruwimi Valley .. 637
LVII. Visceral Anatomy of Hypnos subnigrum ..........++ 669
LIST, OF, WOODCUTS,
1890.
Page
A. Outer view of restored mandible of Zutra hessica. B. Inner and
oral views of m.1 and pm4a of JZ. elliott, C. Ditto of L. hes-
scaie Ds Wittoior Uy, eimenea = ae z'2. aot ye ae eles acters als ele oe 5
Side‘view of skull of Cantsfudoipes . 00.00.0000 i ott ewcat entrees 100
Upper molars (right side) of Canis fulvipes.......c0ccecceeeeeees 101
Lower molars (right side) of Canis fulvipes.........0.cecceeeeees 101
Side view of skull of Canis parvidens ...........ccecccuvereeees 107
Surfaces of molar teeth of Canis parvidens (right side)............ 108
Lower jaw of Canis parvidens (right side) ..............0eeeeees 108
Side view of skull of Canis urostictus ........cccceceecceeeenees 109
Surfaces of upper molars of Canis wrostictus 6.22.6... cc cece eee 110
Surfaces of molar teeth of lower jaw of Canis urostictus .......... 110
Side view of skull of Canis microtis:.. ccc... Vee cece tecsscces 111
Surfaces of molar teeth of upper jaw of Canis microtis (right side) .. 112
Surfaces of molar teeth of Canis microtis (lower jaw) ............ 112
Right ventricle of Crocodile opened to show auriculo-ventricular
MALVGR Su uicsun QOAs lore ee ele he eats so Sata eae aee ene Dee 143
Heartiol- Claimed Ourimetspert L0H. Bile': Hehe, Peek sla ceen pelea kietens 145
PTL-OF CONMOT so 6a iis snsscascVducdccene alas Habe bnvaeeOns 146
Side view of skull of Psophia leucopterd ....... cece cence eee eeees 330
Vertebree, ribs, and breast-bone of Psophia leucoptera ........+... 336
Trachea of Psophia leucoptera....... Viv ath oes Renae Cea e nae site tes 338
Head of Damalis senegalensis. ...60cscccvssevusesveasers eet wice 355
ke OReD antalis? SPNCAlCNSIB -v \o%e ereusie wiciotene ere ie Leer eas. ae ane 356
Hatteria punctata, anterior palatal region of skull and dorsal aspect
of the oceipitu-atlanial repiowns «coc +22 000 sotineies wales sia\s 309
Hindmost teeth of right side of mandible of a specimen of Canis
CAG SI Ree CCID ACE TT OOD OOT OC OBE OC OE CER ae 377
Anterior and inferior aspects of a late cervical vertebra of Vultur
MNT «a argi apie a Bitches wuss Shay acct d meet aay cia o's ne es aoe 407
Anterior and inferior aspects of a late cervical vertebra of Gyps
UPUALULG Oa oie as sho aR ae eee ee ci pea et IE TETS ve OS cua iels 407
Anterior and distal aspects of the first phalangeal of the third digit
of the right pes of Cygnus falconert and C. olor .............. 410
Flat skin of ce gretyt, from Somali-and ©... access cece sess 413
Flat skin of Equus burchelli, from Masai-Land .................. 413
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1890. b
xvili
Page
Syrinx of Podica senegalensis, front VIEW. ......e. cece es teneeneee 432
Skull of Podica senegalensis, lateral View. .......c0sseevecceerees 433
Skull of Podica senegalensis, ventral view .........0e eee e ee eeee 434
Sternum of Podica senegalensis, ventral view .........+..00++20++ 409
Pelvis of Podica senegalensis, dorsal VieW .......0. eee e ee ee cece 437
Pelvis, ribs, and sternum of Podica senegalensis, lateral view ...... 438
Milk-dentition of Petrodromus tetradactylus......... 0. c cece eee 445
Scopelus langerhansi, scales of lateral line ............-..+..000- 455
Front view of head of A%pyceros petersi 1.0.0.0... cece eee eee eens 460
Head of Arnoglossis grohmannt, Sop. cee sles sso ove oe ohne s 2 eae 545
Diagram showing abnormal relations of the Azygos Vein in a Rabbit. 578
A. ‘Abnormal third maxillipede of the right side of a Crab (Cancer
pagurus) ; B. Same parts on the left Se which are normal .. 580
Abnormal claws of Cancer pagurws. .. <i oeiee. ee ve veeedlenancenss 582
A, Abnormal right posterior leg of Chrysomela Dota B. Normal
TSO. sha)aie' Yous gi etats toy nle Stators aaa Mee sy Sfotens “abctar dee seek yee ee 583
A. Diagram showing the position of the abnormal arms to the mouth
and anus of Antedon rosacea. B. Semidiagrammatic enlargement
Shar . ... pelte aolede aes rimmcpank> $416 kaet pela Sota 585
Dead Gaur (Bos gaurus) in Bamboo-jungie. From a photograph .. 594
Bos frontals, 3. .From:a photographs 5 .,systojers w/e 01s oo +)n)s"ol> sip iol = 595
Cervus algericus. Oral and outer views of the last five left upper
Cheek-tecth wa wateninnnitet steep weed Seiad edoge te.anda 602
SkulliohiCemcaprai-caunca sri... site shia eel Pde ee 604
Skull of teruicapra UOhOn... civeh >. di aictnbeets te Aemmattdaoss SS eer 605
Sica!) of Huchoreutes 30-50 535. ci. sep cee s len dbase ne be tome 611
Frontlet and horn-cores of Saiga tatarica, So... cece eee e eee eee 614
Front view of skull of Alcelaphus lichtensteini, S jt.......00ee eens 662
Horizontal sections through the left pectoral fins of Pteroplatea
hirundo 3 and Myliobatis aquila ......... 0c cee eee eee eeene 676
Horizontal sections of the pectoral fin-skeletons of Raia pcday.
R. clavata, R. radiata, and Rhinobatus granulatus 3 ........5. 678
Horizontal sections through the left pectoral fin-base, with its related
girdle, in Trygon pastinaca 2 and Torpedo narce GS .....40s 681
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1890.
(PLATES)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW.
icy Prd.
“ahie ¥ ay
. i et od wy i
—
LX
a
; AGS ‘
raed, Rig [OF eee
SH kaoe } CLTORAR 4 tH
a ee ee. a
~~]
’ be 7
es te eRe?
ppe2 ik 5 athat
XI.
XII.
XU,
XIV. }
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
MK.
ce,
XXI.
RX |
XX ¢
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.
LIST OF PLATES.
1890.
Page
Hybmds Sheldrake. sais alaeie «:feheitte Nejevarcinstvstetele << abla 1
Fig. 1. Hoplocephalus melanurus. Fig. 2. H. wood-
ford, Wig. 3. H.elapoides.. .. 1... .vs0es «seve 30
Fig. A. Arnoglossus grohmanni. Vig. B. A. lophotes.
Lincs Aereaneriieterta care. dens ay cerstere aie ere peaerait 40
py PAMIALOLILY: Of ONECICELG. « a1, vine etpeiutnteldle aishelintivis seiels.e 52
Sciurus niger melanonotus .......0ee eee eeeeeeees l 7]
TCDUS | WETIE=CT ICIS. \n poi chd sp(hawire) wer elay sleanoeiche tag 4 « \
Fig. 1. Lygodactylus fischeri. Fig. 2. Pigtuenaice
fasciata, Fig.3. Anolis panamensis. Fig. 4. Cha- |
MELON TOPETE 6 0 00eeres Motels sotto sieleyciminte = |
Liocephalus bolivianus ....00c00 +++ +ceese sivas
Fig. 1. Echinosaura horrida. Fig. 2. Ptychoglossus ' 77
DICE ss @ o4\< hm dws sexi ertitomtelta,o Wee tae
Fig. 1. Chamesaura didactyla. Fig. 2. C. enea. |
Fig. 3. C. anguina. Fig. 4. Lygosoma anoma- |
lopus. Fig. 5. Scincus albifasciatus ..........
Head of Numida, from the Zambesi ..........4.+. 86
South-Aimicam Suenider s.cscusiebatansreaiedia treacle ates 114.
LEO OCNS CHNOTHMIE) nooooaodooorecacuedlou LaOGeL 147
Anatomy of Heloderma suspectum .......-.+00e0+005 148
IG WOOL pecoboane panne oonbodvchis sOe00Or :
Head of Lophotes fiskt........+..- we
‘Mollusca of St. Helena .......... ho. dc echeentnd therccace 247
Fig. 1. Genyophryne thomsoni. Fig. 2. Eptudieolay)
fischeri. Fig. 3. Bufo jerbou ..........+.5+++ 323
Ceratophrys calcarata .......sccessec nee eene reese |
iv
Plate Page
XXXVI. Fig. 1. Hemixus canipennis. Fig. 2. H. castanonotus. , 341
XXVIII. Figs. 1-4. Oligopleurus vectensis. Fig. 5. Mesodon
CITT) we RN, SACI RIC ROR ACCT G07 3 o.oo ¢ :
XXIX. Figs. 1, 2. Oligopleurus vectensis. Fig. 3. O. (vec- od
tensis?). Fig. 4. Strobilodus purbeckensis......
XXX. Abnormal Antler of Cervus elaphus ...........+00+5 363
XXXI. Structure of Eye of Arcturus .........--+01e-- eee 365
XXXIL
xxxtit| Newolndiane Moths) stays '.yoc1e1+ ere lensieye eeiehatetepeatetotecers tert 378
XXXIV.
eae Fossil Bird-bones from Malta..............0.00.00. 403
eu: New Acarine from Algeria..........0.e.ee seen eee 414
XXXIX. Myology of Podica senegalensis.........+++....04- 425
XL. Sciurus pyrrhopus anerythrus......- 0.60 c ce ee tenes 443
XLI. Fig. 1. Arges taczanowskii. Fig. 2. A. whymperi .... 450
Fea New Lepidoptera Heterocera .......s0eecersseceess 493
AY {indian Mirides 0.4 SONIA. AU ope. 522
XLVI. - New Species of Neotropical Lepidoptera ............ 552
XLVI. Tragelaphus spekit, Q ........045 SPO A tes 590
RLV UII WColobussferrugineus |. eche sec le caele clestele e yetere ¢
NTN BOs Go airitis Wt eich lates ianete (o's i, solslalel ett fninin\ > (os nieis 592
Vix sP2UCRONEULES NASO~ @ eis sirmineie serelele © Slee elle vere wes mnie 610
hae AiG GLOT SUMCRSES. ix «cocks planietasieies [es ¢+a.c@s +iits ee 619
LIII. New Araneidea......-....- nicterevcteteractcls “Gt BAGS 620
LIV. Belonostomus comptont ..... SO COMA tS oSOO ROL
LV. Figs. 1-10. Belonostomus comptoni. . Fig. 11. Apa-> 629
teopholis laniatus ....eeeeee se eesevereeeeee ;
LVI. Heteromerous Coleoptera from the Aruwimi Valley .. 637
LVI. Visceral Anatomy of Hypnos subnigrum ..........-- 669
IMVUCTAHS
c
t
aQIluqg AH
PROCEEDINGS
OF TIE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
January 14, 1890.
Prof. Alfred Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1889 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December 1889 were 45 in number. Of these 28 were
acquired by presentation, 2 by purchase, 1 by exchange, 1 was born
in the Gardens, and 13 were received on deposit. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 79.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of a very singular Duck,
apparently of the genus Tadorna, transmitted to him for deter-
mination by Dr. Chr. F. Liitken, of Copenhagen, F.M.Z.S, The
specimen had been obtained near Wladivostok, N.E. Asia, in April
1877, by Lieutenant Fr. Irminger, then in the service of the Great
Northern Telegraph Company. After careful examination Mr. Sclater
had come to the conclusion that it was a hybrid, probably between
the Ruddy Sheldrake (Zadorna casarca) and the Falcated Teal
(Querquedula falcata). It was described as follows :—
TADORNA CASARCA X QUERQUEDULA FALCATA (?). (Plate I.)
Front, face, space behind the eyes, and neck all round white ;
top and back of head, long crested nape, and line beneath the
eye black ; back brownish grey, with numerous narrow white cross-
bars ; wing-coverts all pure white ; primaries black ; inner secondaries
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1890, No. I. 1
2 MR. BARKER ON TEREDOS FROM SUBMARINE CABLES. [Jan. 14,
bronzy green; outer secondaries grey, with a large blotch of brownish
chestnut on their outer webs; tail black ; breast and belly dark
grey, with numerous white cross-bars ; crissum rufous ; under tail-
coverts white ; bill brown; feet yellowish: whole length 18 inches,
wing 11°8, tail 4°4, tarsus 2.
A set of small Birds’ bones, obtained from beneath the deposits
of nitrate in Southern Peru, transmitted to the Society by Prof.
W. Nation, C.M.Z.S., of Lima, Peru, was exhibited previously to
being sent to the British Museum in accordance with Prof. Nation’s
instructions.
Mr. D. Wilson Barker, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of
Teredos taken from submarine telegraph-cables off the Brazilian
coast, and made the following remarks :—
‘The presence of the Teredo ‘in submarine telegraph-cables is well
known to electricians, but) so far as I am aware, the attention of
zoologists has not been drawn to it. With the permission of Major
Wood (Managing Director of the Western and Brazilian Telegraph
Company), I am able to lay these specimens before the Society
this evening. They were taken out of the cable between Rio de
Janeiro and Bahia, in latitude 22° 11! S., longitude 40° 22' W., from
a depth of 20 fathoms.
‘The nature of the ‘ faults’ caused by these mollusks makes them
very difficult to locate, so much so, that on this particular occasion
we hove in the cable a mile past them, and only discovered their
presence by cutting the cable in several places, as there was no sign
on the outside of the cable to show their presence inside. The
specimens of cable exhibited illustrate exactly the position of the
Teredos in it, and it will be observed that they must have penetrated
the sheathing-wires when in the embryonic stage,and then planted
themselves on the jute, into which they afterwards bored. The jute
is tanned before it is laid on the internal core by a special
process, and it is therefore a remarkable thing that these mollusks
should be able first to bore through this tough and yielding material
impregnated with a chemical solution, and then scoop out pieces in
the gutta-percha sheathing of the conductor. With the Teredo was
another bivalve, and the minute hole in one of the teredo-valves
shows the presence of a boring mollusk.
‘**T may also mention I have found specimens of a small Pholas in
another cable, but the sheathing-wires in this case had been bird-
caged out, and freely admitted water to the jute sheathing.
‘Apart from the interest there is in finding the Teredo adapting
itself to bore into such intractable substances as jute and gutta-percha
in close contact, it is a matter of serious import to the owners of
cables, and the discovery of a method of preventing their attacks
would be very valuable.”
1890. } MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW FOSSIL OTTER. 3
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited some living specimens of
Bipalium, and made the following remarks :—
**T was at first inclined to regard the Bipalium which Mr. Fisk
sent to our Gardens’ as distinct from B. kewense, Moseley, for the
specimen I examined was smaller, proportionately thinner, much
greener in hue, and without the well-marked longitudinal lines
which have been described by Moseley and figured by myself. On
examining, however, several specimens, I found that the worms
varied a good deal in hue, and in the extent to which the stripes are
obvious, and at last I found a small specimen which agreed exactly
with my idea of what B. kewense ought to look like.”
The following papers were read :-—
1. On a new Species of Otter from the Lower Pliocene of
Eppelsheim. By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.Z.S.
[Received November 15, 1889.]
In cataloguing the fossil Mammals in the British Museum? I
entered under the heading of Lutra dubia, Blainville, part of the
right mandibular ramus of a rather large Otter, which is stated to
have been obtained from the Lower Pliocene (Upper Miocene of
some authorities) sands of Eppelsheim, in Hesse-Darmstadt. My
reason for thus naming the specimen was that it appeared to
correspond with Blainville’s figure of the type of L. dubia from the
Middle Miocene of Sansan. Mr. E. T. Newton has, however, been
good enough to show me a cast of the type specimen of the latter,
which at once indicates that the Eppelsheim specimen belongs to a
totally different form. The mandible of Z. dubia is characterized
by the very small size of the inner cusp of the blade of the lower
carnassial, in which respect it approximates to Lutra (Potamo-
therium) valetoni of the Lower Miocene. According to Dr. Schlosser *
this species is moreover closely allied to those Mustelines described
by Meyer as Trochictis, which appear to connect Lutra with
Mustela, and should not improbably be referred to the same genus.
Now the lower carnassial of the Eppelsheim Otter (as is well shown
in the accompanying drawing, see p. 5) is remarkable for the very
large size of the inner cusp of the blade, and is thereby at once distin-
guished from L. dubia. Moreover, in going through the list of the
Tertiary species of Otters given by Dr. Schlosser on pp. 345-349 of
the volume cited, it is apparent that the specimen under consider-
ation is specifically distinct from all the named species, with the
possible exception of Lutra franconica, Quenstedt, and the lower jaw
from Steinheim described by Dr. O. Fraas as L. valetoni, but which,
1 See P.Z.S. 1889, p. 586.
2 Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus. pt. i. pp. 191, 192, No. 2748 6.
> Beitr. Pal. @ster.-Ung. vol. vii. p. 349.
1*
4 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW FOSSIL OTTER. ([Jan. 14,
as Dr. Schlosser points cut, certainly does not belong to that species.
With regard to L. franconica, it may be observed that this species
was founded on limb-bones, of which the age is unknown, and which
may be referable to one of the earlier named species, if indeed it really
belongs to Lutra at all. The species represented by the mandible
described as L. valetoni, if distinct from all the other forms, requires
anew name. The Siwalik jaw, upon the evidence of which | have
founded the species L. bathygnathus’, is at once distinguished by
the great relative depth of the mandible; while L. paleindica’, of
the same deposits, is a smaller form closely allied to L, sumatrana®,
Assuming its distinctness from all recent Otters, there accordingly
appears to be good evidence that the Eppelsheim mandible indicates
a new species, for which I propose the name of Lutra hessica.
In attempting to define this species from the characters of the
lower jaw only, I am fully aware how extremely difficult it would be
to distinguish the existing species of Otters upon such evidence
alone; but since the named fossil forms are very few in number, the
objection does not apply so forcibly in this case. If, indeed, we
examine the lower jaws of existing Otters, we shall find that it is
possible to distinguish a large number of them by the characters of
the mandible; some of the most important features being the
relative length of the lower carnassial to that of the last premolar,
and the proportionate size of the inner cusp of the former tooth.
Thus in the large L. brasiliensis the carnassial is comparatively
small in proportion to pm. 4; in L. ellioti® (B of woodcut) it is
considerably larger; while in ZL. cinerea (D of woodcut) the
proportionate size of the carnassial attains its greatest development.
Again, while the inner cusp of the carnassial is very large in L. cinerea,
L. paranensis, and L. brasiliensis, it becomes somewhat smaller in
L. vulgaris, and still more so in L. sumatrana, where the entire crown
of this tooth becomes very narrow. The carnassial is also narrow,
with a rather smaller inner cusp, in the S. American L. felina.
Now L. hessica is an Otter of slightly larger size than the
Oriental L. edlioti, but with very similar proportions in the length
of the carnassial and pm. 4; the inner cusp of the blade of the
carnassial is, however, decidedly larger than in the existing form, in
which respect it agrees better with the larger L. brasiliensis. The
cingulum on the inner side of the carnassial is more distinct than in
L. ellioti, and the inner wall of the talon somewhat higher. The
dimensions of the lower teeth of the two forms are as follows, in
millimetres :—
L. hessica, _—‘LL ellioti.
Length of pm.4 + m.1 ........ 26 24
5 Pi Ais igcta vo ty isis dy LO 9°5
. Ms a aceite a hege ai oe ea 16 15°5
1 Pal. Ind. ser. 10, vol. ii. pl. xxvii. fig. 3.
2 -Op. cit. fig. 2.
3 See Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 193, note 1.
I provisionally follow Mr, W. T. Blanford in employing the name L. e/lioti
for the Otter in question, since there seems considerable doubt whether Mr. O,
Thomas's proposal to substitute the name L, barang will meet with acceptation.
4
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 5
L. hessica may therefore be provisionally defined as an Otter
of the approximate size of L. ellioti, with a somewhat larger inner
cusp and cingulum to the lower earnassial, in which the inner wall
of the talon is also rather higher.
L. cinerea.
I may add that the matrix adhering to the specimen as well as the
characters of the bone itself agree with those of other Eppelsheim
fossils, so that I have no doubt as to the correctness of the
locality assigned to this fossil.
2. On some Cranial and Dental Characters of the Domestic
Dog. By Bzrrram C. A. Winpiz, M.A., M.D., Pro-
fessor of Anatomy in the Queen’s Collegg, Birmingham,
and Jonn Humeureys, L.D.S., Lecturer on Dental
Anatomy and Physiology in the same College.
[Received November 19, 1889.]
The observations upon which the following remarks are based
were commenced more than three years ago. After they had been
carried on for some time we becaine aware of Professor Huxley’s
paper “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide” ’, the
remark at the end of which, that the author “ deferred the con-
sideration of the origin and relations of the domestic dogs until the
evidence which he was collecting was more complete,” would have-
1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 288.
6 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
deterred us from proceeding further in our enquiry had not the
Professor courteously and kindly encouraged us to pursue our in-
vestigations. Besides a number of skulls which we have procured
ourselves we have examined those in the following collections :—
The Natural History Department of the British Museum; the
Royal College of Surgeons, London; the Universities of Oxford,
Cambridge, and Dublin ; and the Museum of Science and Art in the
last-named city. We have to express our thanks to the following
gentlemen for their kind assistance in this matter :—Mr. Oldfield
Thomas, Professor Charles Stewart, Dr. Arthur Thomson; Professors
Alexander Macalister, H. W. Macintosh, and A. C. Haddon. It is
right to mention that the very numerous calculations required for
the preparation of the tables have been worked out by Mrs. Windle.
In dealing with our subject we have been confronted with two
chief difficulties. In the first place, it was originally our hope and
intention to have dealt with the origin of the races of the domestic
dog, but a short experience of the literature of the subject showed
this to be an impossibility on this occasion at least. The literature
of the subject would require the devotion of years before any
satisfactory results could be hoped for. We have therefore been
regretfully obliged to confine ourselves to some scattered references
to the opinions of the chief writers on the subject, whether as regards
the derivation of the race as a whole or of certain varieties from one
another.
In the second place, the difficulty of determining the limits of
breeds or varieties of dogs, and still more that of deciding whether
a given museum-specimen is that of a so-called ‘* pure-bred ” animal
or even of absolutely defining what is a ‘‘pure-bred animal,”
is one which will be readily comprehended by anyone who is even
superficially acquainted with the ways of canine fanciers. Anyone
taking the trouble to look through the pages of ‘ Stonehenge,’ for
example, will not fail to realize that fanciers have exercised their
ingenuity in many directions upon most of the commoner breeds of
dogs, and by no means always on the same lines. This fact is,
doubtless, sufficient to account for the striking discrepancies and
differences which, as will be seen from the tables, exist amongst dogs
of the same variety.
As an example, it may be stated that in few is this more the
case than in that of the Bull-dogs, and yet the skulls included in
this table are nearly all specially vouched for as being those of ex-
ceptionally purely-bred individuals. We can only state that, so far
as we have been able, we have included in the tables only such
animals as apparently might be with reason described as “ pure-
bred.
In the first part of this paper will be found the measurements of
the various specimens examined, reduced to terms of the basi-cranial
axis in each case, with averages, arranged in a tabular form.
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. Fi
These have been for convenience’ sake placed in the order given
in the article ‘‘Dog” in the last edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia
Britannica ’ ; but we do not desire it to be understood on that account
that we pledge ourselves to that or any other of the numerous clas-
sifications extant. To the table dealing with each breed is affixed
a few notes on its possible derivation’.
The measurements have been made after the plan adopted by
Professor Huxley in his paper already referred to. A few of these
may be explained here, in his words, for the sake of clearness.
Basicranial Avis: this, the standard, is “a median line drawn in
the bisected skull from the hinder edge of the basioccipital bone to
the junction between the presphenoid and the ethmoid in the base
of the skull.” The value of this is taken as 100, and the other
measurements, cranial and dental, are expressed in terms of it.
** When, as often happens, the skull under examination caunot be
bisected, a sufficiently close approximation to the true length of the
basicranial axis may be obtained by taking the distance along the
median line of the base of the skull from the posterior edge of the
basioccipital bone to a point opposite the middle of the distance
between the optic and ethmoidal foramina. This point always lies
a little behind the posterior extremity of the vomer.’’ In the re-
maining columns “ ‘total length” means the distance from the front
edge of the premaxillary bones to the extremity of the occipital spine.
The ‘zygomatic width’ is the greatest transverse distance between
the outer faces of the zygomatic arches. The ‘length of the bony
palate’ is measured from the front edge of the symphysis of the
premaxillary bones to the hinder edge of the middle of the
bony palate, not taking into account the inconstant median spine
which is frequently developed. The ‘width of the bouy palate’ is
the distance between the points at which the outer faces of pm.4 and
m.{1 meet.”
The remainder of the paper after the special tables is devoted to
the consideration of certain points arising out of the figures contained
therein.
1 Tt may be convenient here to mention the chief writers referred to, with the
titles of their works and the abbreviations used in reference to them :—
Animals and Plants under Domestication. Darwin.—“ D.”
Encyclopedia Britannica, Ed. 9. Art. “Dog.” —“E. B.”
The Dog. “Stonehenge.” 1879.— 8.”
British Quadrupeds. ‘“ Dogs.” Bell.—B.”
The Dog. W. Youatt.—‘ Y.”
Varieties of Dogs. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iii. p. 2836.—
Naturalist’s Library. Smith, vol. v.—‘C. H. 8.”
Die Ragen des zahmen Hundes. Fitzinger, Sitzungsb. d. mathem.-
naturw. Cl. d. kaiserl. Ak. der Wissensch. lvi. Bd. i. 8S. 377.—“ F.”
Eine Studie iib. die Abstammung der Hunderassen, yon A. v. Pelzeln.
Zool. Jahrb.—* P.”
Die Stammvater unserer Hunde-Rassen. Jeitteles. Wien, 1877.—“ J.”
8 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
Group 1.—Wotr-po6cs.
This group contains :—(1) Esquimaux ; (2) Kamtschatka dog ;
(3) Sheep-dog, of which there are three varieties—a. Collie,
8. Southern Sheep-dog, y. Drover’s dog; (4) Newfoundland ;
(5) St. Bernard’s dog. The last two, according to some authorities,
form a group by themselves.
Table I.— Esquimaux Dogs.
gle lsg|sélz |'x |
2 )e2/a5 sia 2 | i | of
as |S2/ 68) | x : nt A i . .
No) 3 | oe | mo) gm) g ld | | si] 1S) [3 i IE i
a |B | SE le5 Be lal jal || a |e) 2 | Alia
a oo a te = ( AH} A! A] A! ALA fA A
|
1, | 284°61) 176°92| 140°76) 107-69) 93-07 ot a 30°76} 21°84) 26°15) 11°53 18-46} 33°84) 13°38)...
|
. | 8304-47] 168°80) 143-28] 102-98] 110-44] 113-43] 29°85] 20°39] 26°11] 11°19 14-92) 35°22) 12°98) 6°71
|
3. | 318°51| 163°76| 162°96) 168-14) 121-48] 137°62) 32°88) 22°22) 29°62) 13°48 18-66] 36°29) 15°55) ...
9
"27| 15°45) ...
|
. | 293°65| 158-73] 139°68| 100°0 | 98°41} 107-93) 30°15] 20-95} 26°34] 10°0 15:07 34°20) 14°28] 9°52
toa)
=
2.
3
4. | 339°09) 197°81) 156°36, 119°09) 107-27] 132°72) 38-72 24°36| 30°90] 12°72 20°26] 3
5
6.
. | 296°87| 16250 143°75| 101°56} 101-56) 112°5 | 29°68) 21-09) 26°25)... | 16-40 33°59) 14°06} 6°25
7. | 288-40) 170-28} 139°13) 112-31) 101-44) 107°24, 27-82] 19-56) 25°36 9:42 14°59] 30°43) 13°04) 6°95
8. | 276°92| 156°41/ 128-20, 92°30) 60°25] 92°30} 25°64! 16°66] 22°05} 8°97 14°10] 29°48) 12°05] ...
9. | 320°0 | 185°71) 157-14 105-71) 97-14) 11142) 31-42) 20°71) 27°14) 11°14 17°14) 35°71) 15°71) 7°85
10. | 297-22) 173°61| 145-83) 106-94) 104-16} 111-11) 31°34) 20°13} 26°38) 11°11 15°95) 34°72) 13°88] 6°94
|
11. | 800°0 | 171°42| 150-0 | 103-57) 111-42] 117-14) 31-42| 20°0 | 25:0 | 10°71 15°71] 35°71| 12°14! ...
12. | 269:23) 161'53) 138°46) 92°30
pases 107-69, 29:23) 18-46] 24°61] 10:0 (15°38 32°30) 13°85] 6°15
Avy.| 299°08] 170°62) 145-71 10838) 101°55} 112°91, 30°74, 20°53} 26°32| 10°93 16°93] 34°23) 13‘86] 7°19)
|
Nos.1&2. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. Nos. 3,4,5,6,7. Nat. Hist. Mus. (5. Nootka Sound).
AS tees Coll. Dubl. (Disco). Nos. 9 & 10. Camb. Univ. (Arctic Exped.). Nos. 11&12.
Oxford Univ.
Smith considers that these dogs together with the Newfoundland
breed come from the Nootka dog and are thus of Asiatic origin.
Fitzinger thinks they are variations of the Sheep-dog (Haushund,
Canis domesticus).
The object of this paper being chiefly to place on record our
measurements even where they do not appear to have any particular
bearing upon any theory, it may here be said, once for all, that we
shall give various dimensions which we have obtained of isolated
examples in such places as may appear most suitable for them. We
do this in the hope that some future workers, more versed in taxo-
nomy than ourselves, may find them of use at sometime. Thus, the
following are the measurements of a hybrid between the Esquimaux
dog and a European wolf (Nat. Hist. Mus.).
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 9
Table II.
< ° 3 o | ; | j | !
| /2./s8|s8i4] | Bl, el
a | gel\e3 ee (a & |<) |. abicape fy ec es
Se |e | Beles |S a | ¢| | WSU GIG HG
= 2°23) 4} | 4a] 4] 8) 4) ald [a iA
SS ed ee —$. =>’ ———— -—- ——
|
306°84] 167°12| 14246] 101°36, 105°47 121-23) 31°50) 19°86] 27°12) 11°64 1808, 33°56) 1602 712
Table I1I.—Greenland Sledge-dog (Camb. Univ.).
a | s2)/s2laq|2 Be Whe eden ALE alge ancl base hy Poe AAS
SEF SFl\eRl al | Ee jalpsl |") al || le | le | be
& | 2/72! ala at eee shatter ts tg
!
pad ote fiauibgoig ca —-——-|-—}—|—
301°47| 150°0 ali 88'23| 123°52| 132°35) 38°82, 21°32) 25°0 | 1250 17°64) 32°82) 14°70) 5°88
|
This probably might have been included in Table I., but as it is
catalogued under a somewhat different title we have placed it here
separately.
The SuHexEp-poe is, according to Buffon, the parent-stock of all the
species of dogs. Fitzinger also describes it as one of his pure races.
There are, however, as has been mentioned above, at least three
varieties of the breed. Moreover, as ‘Stonehenge’ states that “ a great
proportion of those in actual use are crossed with the various sporting
dogs such as the Setter, which is very common”? (especially in the
case of the Collie, which has been crossed with the Gordon Setter),
*‘or the Pointer, or even the Hound,” the varieties of this breed
within certain limits may be almost unending.
Table [V.—Shepherd’s Dogs.
No.
Zygomatic
width
Length of
bony palate.
Width of
bony palate.
Z|
a]
|
27°34
24-40
a rc
a | bal
Ald A
15°0 | 34°57) 13'28
16°75) 33°07| 17°32
FE
i
4
4
10°93
14°17
|
Total length.
1, | 298°43) 173°43
300°78] 149°60
140°62 100°0 | 154°68) 12812!
124°40
20°62
2) 144°88 109'44) 119°88 21°43
3, | 293°10) 170°68
4, | 282°92| 145°52
5. | 261°66| 136°66
6
150°86 103"44
!
13333, 91°86
|
aida 91°66
103°44
100°81
95°83
115°51
112°19
109°16
30°17
29°26
275
. | 294711) 166°17 pial 10294) 102'94
141°76} 28°67
Ay. 112'95
288'5 | 157°01 14126 99°39)
Nos. 1 & 2. Roy. Coll. Surgeons.
116°86) 28°83
19°82
20°32
20°83
20°58
26°20
26°34
25°33
26°47
20°6
26°01
12°5
12°5
9°48
11°70
| 16°26
|
|
15°83
18°38
15°86
31°03} 12°41
32°52) 11°70
33°33) 14°5
31°61) 15°44
Nos. 3, 4, 5. Q. Coll. Birm.
11°88} 16°35 32°68) 14°11} 9°51
10 PROF. B. C. A, WINDLE AND MR J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. /4,
Table V.—Newfoundland Dogs.
| aul : . | oe | | | H
a ° 2 3) 4 | |
=e |e. (838/32) 4] | iF].
8 | s8 \/43/a2/| 2 jo =) : aa a | ae F : =
No) | fee |Pelee| al | ig lallalle ial al GI SIE
a EF lSpiee) él | ie Aled |F fal || ee] ia | be
= = 2 HIJA H| Al A 4) ala HOH
1.| 313°3 | 176:0 |146°6 | 1080 | 96-0 | 109'3 | 28:26 20°66) 24°6 | 12°6 | 18-0 | 34°96| 14°6 | 9°3
to
321°62) 189°18) 156°75| 113°51, 97-29) 121-62) 27°70) 20°27) 22°29) 10°81 14°86, 30°67 mri 6°08
297°14 157714) 147°14) 100°0 | 100°0 | 142°85) 28°57) 20°71] 25°0 | 12°14 15°0 | 32°14 isle aes
5
|
300°0 | 171'42) 150°0 | 100°0 | 100°0 | 142°85) 28°57 20°0 | 24°28) 11°42 15°71) 82°14) 12°85 714
Po
|
Av. | 308°01) 173°45 150°12} 105'38) 98°32] 129°15 28°27) 20°41 24°04| 11°74 15°89 32°48) 13°81 7°51
| |
Nos. 1 & 2, (Franklin) Roy. Coll. Surgeons. Nos. 3 & 4, Oxford Univ.
The Doe or Sr. Bernarp is according to Smith nearly allied to
the last group. Fitzinger describes it as a cross between the great
Spaniel (Canis extrarius) and the Mastiff (C. molcssus mastivus).
Table VI.—S?¢. Bernard's Dogs.
. . “> . | .
=% (2./32|3s2| 4) | - |
5 ae aa] aa | 8] | [8 | x ee ypa c
No.| = Sz a se Z | ¢ J ane s el is Ke ie E
= 5 = by 5 . ;
3 ie ge | Ee] & Is | al |= 2/2 | | e's
ce es 2 2 H| A al Al a] S|] ala [a is
|
1, | 319°04) 172°02) 150°0 | 100°0 prey 114°28) 25°0 |17°5 | 20°83) 10°71| 15°47| 31°66) 13°33) 7°7
2, | 326°25, 167°5 | 160°0 | 102°5 | 101'25 120°0 27°12) 19°37) 15°87] 10°87) 15°25) 32°5 | 12°5 | 8°75
8
Ay, | 82264] 169°76) 1550 | 101°25| 99°28 117°14 26°08 18°43} 18°35) 10°79) 15°36] 32°08) 12°91
No, 1. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. No. 2. Nat. Hist. Mus.
The Pomeranran breed is placed by Smith near the St. Bernard
and the other Wolf-dogs. He states that there is in India “a
dwindled offspring of this race now mixed with the Pariahs, but
still retaining the long-haired white livery of its ancient parentage.
It is most likely the residue of the quondam companions of one of
the several northern invading tribes who conquered, established
dominion, and were absorbed by the Hindoo race.” Fitzinger
believes that the Pomeranian is a climatic variety of the Sheep-dog.
Table VII.—Pomeranian Dogs.
~ /2./s2/\s2) 2] |
5 a= <e lad) & Bix 5 = a a . 5 =
wo| 5 | Fe |E5/28) Gi | 2 |G | gl |e] | a a : s
SEP SPIER) al | alia ye. 3 .| | LE
a sad) ce ella 4H) 4) A) 8] Bla JA [4
267°92) 168°86) 137°73) 112°26) 71°69) 98:11) 29°43} 21°13] 25°47) 11°32| 15°09) 33°39) 14°15
tee
ik
2, | 256°0 | 146°0 | 128°0 | 100°0 | 100°0 | 110°0 | 27-0 | 22:0 | 27°0 |11°0 | 17°0 | 35°0 | 16:0 | 7-0
3. | 236°66) 130°83) 1150 | 90°0 | 90°0 | 100°0 | 27-50) 18°33) 26°66) 16°66) 17°5 | 31°66) 14°16] 7°5
4,
253°77 | 150°94) 132°07 103°77| 94°33] 113°20| 30°18] 21°69) 30°18) 12°26} 21°69) 35°84) 15°09) 7°54
|
5, | 253°84) 159°61) 136°53 ad 94°28] 105°76] 29°80} 20°19) 28°84) 11°92) 17°30) sill 13°46) 7°69,
| |
i | | |
| Av. ide) 151°25} 129°86 100°43) 90°05) 105°41| 28°78) 20°67| 27°63) 12°63) 17°71) 33°33, 14°57 7°43)
| / | | | |
Eee
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 11
Group Il.—GreyHounps.
This group includes the Irish Wolf-dog, ancient and modern, the
Scotch Deerhound, the Greyhound, Italian Greyhound, Naked dog,
and Lurcher. The Greyhound breed is undoubtedly one of great
age, since figures of this breed have been found on monuments in
Egypt at least 3000 years old. Some of these at least, however,
resembled the Akaba or Bedouin Greyhound, and differed from the
English and other varieties in that they possessed long brush tails.
The Oup IrtsH Wotr-poe was originally, according to Smith,
of the same origin as the Scotch, and “ according to some opinions
was not found in Ireland in its greatest development until the Danes
began to infest its coasts.” It may have been, however, he thinks,
that there was an ancient race which “ was crossed with the great
Danish dog by the Northmen, and under favourable circumstances
increased to the great stature since so much admired.” It was the
largest dog in Western Europe, whatever may have been its origin,
and has now been extinct for nearly a century. Lambert" has given
a description with a figure of one given to him in 1790 by Lord
Altamont, who then possessed the only eight specimens in existence.
The measurements of this animal will be found at the place referred
to. Their make, from the figure, must have been heavier, and this
especially about the head, than the ordinary greyhound type. The
hair was short and smooth, the colour of some being brown and white,
of others black and white. “ ‘They seem to be good tempered,” he
states, but “from the accounts I received are degenerated in size.
They were formerly much larger, and in their make more like a
greyhound.”
The measurements given in the table were kindly made for us by
Professor A. C. Haddon, M.A., to whom our best thanks are due
for his trouble. They are from the specimens in the Museum of
Science and Art, Dublin. Unfortunately in every case the inferior
maxillz were wanting.
Table VIII.—Old Irish Wolf-dog.
omatic
Z
eat
Pm. & M.
4
A
°
Total length.
Length of
bony palate.
Width of
bony palate.
elle ea settles
L.
1, | 311°39] 163°28) 140°50 88°60, 102'53) 27°84) 14°68) 26°58) 11°39) 17°72
2, | 284°84| 168°18) 133°33 92°42 96°96) 25°75] 13°63) 25°0 a 18°93
3,|306°25) ... | 148°75 9575, 105°0 | 28°75} 15°0 | 22°5 | 11°25) 16°25
4, | 311°11| 166°66) 158°83) 101°38 109°72| 30°55| 19°44) 25°0 | 12°5 | 17°36
5. | 82666] 176°66) 153°33) 105-0 | 108-83) 30°83)... | 26°66] 12°5 | 19°16
6, | 286°56) 153°73) 137-31 or on, 101-49) 29°05) 16°41) 22°38
Ay, | 304°47| 165°70} 143°17| 96°36 ad 28°93} 15°83) 24°69) 11°35, 17°88
|
No.1. R.1. A.a. No.2. R.1. A.B. No.3. Dr. Wilde 2. No. 4. Dr. Wilde 3.
No. 5. Dr. Wilde 4 (Dunshaughlin). No. 6. Dr. Wilde 5 (Dunshaughlin).
1 Trans. Linn. Soe. iii. p. 16.
12 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
The Mopvern Irisa Wotr-poe has little in common with the
above-meutioned breed except its name. According to ‘Stonehenge,’
“The Scotch Deerhound is taken as the stock on which to gratt
greater size and power, and most probably this has been done, partly
by the selection of very large specimens and partly by crossing
with the Mastiff, or possibly with the great Dane.’ The result is,
of course, the production of a perfectly artificial breed.
Table 1X.—Modern Irish Wolf-dogs.
2 |a_|s$|si| 4) | F
a | gf /se/ce| 2 PaO AT NH se Wes a = | | ie
No) 2 | 82) Selee1 ai | lalallala ial/st) Gl E
@i/eFleeise) a | la jal la 13 [la] la] 4
5 N He lro} S haee P é £ 3 a ; 50
& 2)" 2] Ala 4H} 8] 4d] Ala ja fA
i sete fos / — | | | CESSES Ase = ———
1. wre 163-89] 161-29] 103°22, 107°35| 126-45) 25-80| 19°61] 24°77] 11°61] 17-41) 33°55) 13-93)...
a. /816-78 152°63| 146-05] 96-05, 11157) 121-05) 26-31] 19°73] 23°68) 11-84) 16-44, 31°57) 14-47] 5-92!
|
3. | 304-34) 169°56] 153°62| 101-44) 105-79 126'86 29°71) 21°73) 26°81) 12°75] 16°95) 34-05) 13°76) ...
Av. | 319°18| 162-03] 153°65| 100°24) 108:24) 124-79) 27-27) 20°36] 25°09) 12°07 1693) 33°06) 14°05) 5-92
{ ! ! |
These specimens are from the Nat. Hist. Museum.
The following measurements are from a specimen of the ScotcH
DeeRHOUND in the Museum of the Roy. Coll. Surgeons.
Table X.—Scotch Deerhound.
a < 5 31 =, /
& (|2,| 32 |s8 | 2| | B. t
pe WS tee de et ea
5 aE a 5 | | & i] | = | 2 le : le
Fs Fae es fac ta em Nan eM boa Deda Dadh
AS 2 2 ed A} A} Al A} Ala lA [A
| |
da el 12°58 iad 12°18) 6°62
295°36| 140°39) 137-74 sat 99°33)
/
oo 24:50) 15°89
A Cuinese Wotr-poc in the same collection should perhaps
find its place here.
Table XI.—Chinese Wolf-dog.
= . > ae
a ee el Se) al) lal (eli la lall gl ele
Ze? [Se | es) Al é |él lel |*_ [al | ae
=I = (i i UR = Ha ae = a]'s] 4]"al alt [F [4
283°05| 159°32 13638) 98-30 9745 j10877
27-96 21°18 aac 11°35 1440 30°58) 1885 677
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 13
The GreyHounp is taken by Fitzinger as one of his stem-forms,
many varieties existing in different parts of the world. The first
table relates to the English form.
Table XII.— Greyhounds.
@ |2.) 22/33] 2) | BI} a,| L--4- +
8 4c | as 2/4 we , at
No.| 3 pad = | 3 2 al ls Ey ee al ai} 2 Iq rage
(nae es gy 5 ha | | s . :
qa |S] Fe cele | Gl alial [Fla /#| i) |
oN He|ro : } | ea
| a = 4
—_—<$<$<—|—_—— | —__—
1, | 306°34| 161°9 | 153°96 92°85
107°93, 113° 49) 2 277 | 18°25) 23°3 | 11°93) 15°07) 31-74 12°69 7
11171 117° 96 23-90) 20°31) 25°0 | 10°93) 17°18) 3203 14°06 9°37
|
105°97 119-40} 26°26 19°70) 2 4°62 11°19} 14°92) 32°83 13°43 8°21
. | 331-25) 167°18| 151-56 93°75
|
ae 4] 4] & | als 4
: |
3. | 359°T0| 143°28) 147°76 91°79 | /
4. | 291°42) 145°71) 150°0 | 87°85 | 104-28) 128°57 28°57) 20°71) 25 3°71) 11°42} 16°42) 33°57 weak aaa
5. | 280°0 | 138°46) 148°46 87°69 | 107-69 116°92 eta 21°53 ea 11°53} 16°92) 32°30 13°35) 769
Avy. | 313°74) 151°30) 150°35 90°78
10751 119°27) 28°13 20°10) 2 24°95, 1140 16° 10) 32°49 hey 8°29
;
No. 1. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. Nos. 2 & 3. Nat. Hist. Mus. No, 4. Camb, Univ.
No. 5. Oxford Univ.
Table XIII.—Italian Greyhounds.
an = . E |
A las ad as 2 | i} <) ag sl < na Ta -
Wo) = |e | be /s "all lala lclisi(slist| GI RIE
3 | WE | Pel Se | | 5 | | |
operas ee ee) es | es pipe tes ~| 2| la | a
a | er ene HAH} A} Al A éi4 4 iA
i | |
1, | 275°05 15765, 143°52, 89°65) 105°65| 120°0 31°29) 23°52 27°05| 10°56 14°56! 38°35) 12°70) ...
2. | 270°83 euler 13541 93°75) 98°39) 112°5 | 29°16 20° 83 25°0 | 11°46) 15°62) 35°41) 13°54) ...
|
3. | 268°0 164°0 | 1400 100°0 | 1040 | 112°0 | 28°0 | 20°0 | oe 0 | 12°0 | 16:0 iad 140 | 50
35" 2 13°41, 50
Ay. | 271°29 155°82| 139°64, 94°46) 102°68| 114°83, 29°48) 21°45 | 25° 35} 11°34) 15°39
No. 1. Nat. Hist. Mus. Nos. 2 & 3. Oxford Univ.
Two other forms of Greyhound are included in the next table,
No. 1 being an Australian Greyhound used for kangaroo-hunting,
No. 2 a Cabul Greyhonnd. Both are in the Nat. Hist. Mus.
Table XIV.
= =| 2 2 ice = = ; i
8 jas |ea)/s3)|2 re Las i pl ae tal aya pS =| Ios
No| <= Bo Be EMSS ail ie | sj ie iF he
3s | SE] eb) ee = j j i
2S SR (Ee / AL) Eel aR lal A] | be [le
= a 2 AHI|A Ai 4] 8] Al AltA IA fe
PSE as ea i 2s BAe
| |
1, | 298°42) 158°59 1 ae 6-42 | 99:28 120-0 | 25°0 | 16°85) 240 | 9-28) 13°85] 31°71) 12°85) 7-14
2, | 319:83] 159-05] 157-48] 91°33 | 119°88| 124-40] 31-49] 20-47] 24-88] 12-59) 17-0 | 32:28) 12°59) 7-08
nd |
14 PROF. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
Group III.—Spanie.s.
The large Speniel, of which, according to Fitzinger, the English
Spaniel is a smaller breed, is apparently derived from Spain, and is
considered by the above-named authority to be a pure breed.
Table XV.—Spaniels.
No.
Pm. & M.
Width of
bony palate.
Pm. 4,
Zygomatic
width
Length of
bony palate,
B, Pm & M.
[:
2
H a) al] 8] 8) Se ta le
| Total length.
313°79| 175°86] 151°72/ 112°06) 106°89, 118-96) 24-13) 20°68} 25°86) 12°06) 17°24) 34-48) 14:13) 6:03
270°40] 162°24| 130°61| 102°04| 85°71) 107-14) 29°59) 20°40] 25°91) 10°20) 14°69) 35°71) 15°30
307°54| 164°15| 139°62| 100°0 | 113:20| 129°24| 31°13) 21°69) 27°35) 11°32) 17°92) 35°84! 17°35) 10°37
266712) 157°25| 124°19) 100°0 | 90:32) 103°22) 29°35) 20°96] 27°41] 10°48) 19°0 | 35°48) 19°35) 5°64
. | 288°56| 166709} 142°85| 109°52| 99-04! 107°61| 27°61) 22°25) 25°71] 12°76) 16°57] 32°38) 15°61) 9°52
25818] 154°54| 134°54| 103°63) 89:09) 112°72) 30°0 | 22°72] 27:27) 10°90) 15°45) 34°54) 14°54
RSs se he ee
277'77| 166°66] 151711) 106°66) ... | 117°77| 33°33) 22°22) 28°88) 13°33) 17°77) 37°77| 14°40) 6°66
Ay, | 283'19] 163°82| 139°23) 104°81) 97°37] 113°81) 29°30) 21°56] 26°62) 11°58) 16°95 35°17| 15°81) 7°64
Nos, 1 & 2, Roy. Coll, Surgeons. Nos. 3 & 4. Nat. Hist. Mus. (4. Water 8.).
No. 5. Q, Coll, Birm. No.6. Camb. Uniy. No. 7. Oxford Univ,
In this division is also placed the King Charles Spaniel (1) and
the Chinese Pug-nosed dog’ (2), the measurements of both of which
are given in the following table :—
Table XVI.
3 =) «2 uw $ S S
tt |S Ss | oa g . 5
Nol a= |22\s2|2 2 al “Salbesg ea “| HT aa igs
S|EEIEPIER| El | le fallal|* fa [A] ta] be] ie
5 N eo) 3 : A - . id : BH . . A
r= a 2 ee A A ie] HA | H IA
|
1,| 297°61 214°28) 148'80) 135°71| 95°23] 126°19) 35°71] 26°19] 28°57] 15°47) 17°85) 39°28) 16°66) ...
2.| 207°89 189°47| 92°10) 110°52| 59°21) 68°42) 21°05) 16°31) 18°94) 9:21) 12°36) 27-10) 9°21) ...
Group 1V.—Hovunps.
This group includes the Bloodhound, Staghound, Foxhound,
Harrier, Beagle, Pointer, Dalmatian, and Otter-dog.
The BLoopHounpD has several varieties. Thus there are two
German breeds, onesmaller and lighter(C. H. 8.), and a Cuban breed,
which is of Spanish descent and different from the English, having
small pendulous ears and a more pointed nose (E. B.). It also has
two spots over the eyes (C.H.S.). The following table includes
four English and one from Manilla.
1 For accounts of this breed see Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 40, and
. 1868, p. 509.
1890. ] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 15
Table X VII.— Bloodhounds.
a ileeua meat
© |2.|33)33| || &
vel Flee fe2/ 41 | Falla iglalsilelele
= 2 >| = | : : .
BSP SE Se) al | la al fall et | OL te] le | iS
° N B38 ane] 2 - ‘ 2 I . u 5
i= = HixA | A i=) HA | HB IH
| 284-70} 158°82| 142°35] 101°17| 91°17] 105°88, 23°52) 18°23) 22-94) 10°0 | 13°76)... | 10°58] 6-47
303°44| 158°62) 143°44) 99°31) 100°37| 117-24) 27°58) 19°03) 24-41) 11-44) 16°55) 31°72) 13°51) 8:27
| 348°33| 191°66| 171°66| 113°33| 106°66] 119°16) 30°0 | 21°16) 24°16) 12°5 | 15°83) 87°0 | 14°16) 9°16
1.
2.
3. | 312:92) 171°42| 149°65| 104°76| 103-40) 114-28) 27-21) 18°77) 26°25) 11°56) 17°95) 31°97| 12°92) 7-48
4.
5.
| 288'57| 154-28] 145°71| 90-0 | 90-0 | 114-28) 26°42) 17°85 21°42) 10°0 | 14°28) 31°42) 13°57) 5°71
| |
| |
Avy. | 807°59) 166°96) 150°56] 101°71) 98°52) 114°17 26°94| 19°01 23-83] 11°10) 17°67] 33°27) 12°95] 7°42
\ |
No. 1. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. WNos. 2, 3, 4 (Manilla), Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 5. Oxford Univ.
The Foxnounp is, according to ‘ Stonehenge,’ generally supposed
to have ‘‘ been obtained by crossing the old-fashioned hound (whether
Northern or Southern) with the Greyhound ; but of this cross there
is no record in the kennel books of our earliest Foxhound packs,
which trace back for nearly or quite two hundred years. Now,
success in breeding generally leads to a confession of the method by
which it has been attained, as is exemplified in the case of Lord
Oxford with his Bull-dog and Greyhound cross, and it is argued that
if the Greyhound had been used as alleged, some record of the fact
would have been handed down to us. Hence this point in the
history of the Foxhound must be regarded as unsettled.” It
may be mentioned that Fitzinger believes it to be the produce of a
cross between the English hunting-dog and the great Dane.
Table XVIII.—Fowxhounds.
€|/2 |s2/s8/ 4] | -
a Sa | ae | <3 2 c) >) . oa . a
No.| 2 aS Se | Se 4 d a | = al sj iP a le
| = aa Ee a a jal jal | lS -| a] a |
4 2} 2) 4/4 Esa ese 5) sa Pea (ese | te
1. | 284°61) 153°84] 153°84| 100'0 | 98-46] 115°38] 26°15] 19°23) 20°76) 10°0 | 14°61) 30°76) 12°30) ...
2. | 281°53| 161°53| 138°46| 100°0 | 100-0 | 107-69] 30°76] 16°15) 20°76) 17°69) 18°46) 36715) 13°85) ...
Avy. | 283°07| 157°68) 146°15| 100°0 | 99:23) 111-53) 28-45) 17°69 20°76, 13°84) 16°53} 33°45! 13°07) ...
|
No.1. Camb. Univ. No.2. Oxford Univ.
A pure Harrier with the exception of the Welsh breeds is, ac-
cording to ‘ Stonehenge,’ very rare at the present day. The same
authority states that this dog shares with the Bloodhound and Otter-
hound the honour of being the oldest breed of hounds now i,
England. It is distinguished, amongst other things, from the Fox-
16 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
hound by “ being longer and narrower in the face and head, and
somewhat more hollow under the eye.” We cannot say to what
special breed the example of which the measurements are given
below belonged. It is in the Oxford University Museum.
« Between a large Welsh Harrier and an OrrER-HOUND no one but
an expert could detect any difference, which, after all, will be found
to exist only in the coat and feet, and then in a very slight degree,”
says ‘Stonehenge.’ For this reason we have placed the measure-
ments of a skull of this breed, in the Oxford University Museum, in
the same table.
Table XIX.—Harrier and Otter-hound.
a Ne 3 é | a3] :
© 12.| 53/22 /3) | El, . .
5] zs 33 | aa 2 3 | : 4| i| ce | ‘ BS oS
No} = | 32 |Peleeial | lela | a} 1o| jal ie le ie
2 | EF Seles ia a lal |e _ ail |
° N oa Ss s ss
a
Vea Were teresa est | iesal ese fies teiaentes
|
1. | 289°09) 169°09) 136-36) 109°09, 101°81) 123-63) 30°90/ 21°81) 28-18) 10°90) 16°36: 38:18) 13°63) 7°27
|
2. | 272°72| 163°63, 188°18) 100°0 | 90°90] 112-72] 29-09) 200 | 25°45] 10°90] 1454 2099 14°54) 7:27
No.1. Harrier. No. 2. Otter-hound.
‘<The true BraGLe is a miniature specimen of the old Southern
hound ” (Stonehenge). The following table gives the measurements
of two specimens ; No. 1 from the Natural History Museum, No. 2
from the Oxford University Museum.
Table XX.—Beagles.
4 lew eee |
= 2./53/3s/2| | '
wo 2 | fa | ee) Se] 2 eseeh Wty: lee] vee te) | aeael dent tes
oO.) = o° ee, se ee ; jig at ; s
¢ | Gp] Se] 8 ais | = | Soil tes he
a ES |SflEe | a ee fel fad | pel | a | lel | le
So - : : s e . e 3
1 = = 48 | A A} A] A] Al] Ala JA lA
1, | 27815 162-06] 140-22| 103-44 11264] 126-43 34-48] 25°97| 29°88 13-79| 18°39] 38°62| 14-25) ...
2. | 264°15, 169°81| 132-07) 103°77, 100°0 11132 32°07| 22°64) 28°30 13:20) 18°86] 34°90) 14°75) 6°60
|
Ay. 7115, 165°93| 136°14) 103-60) 106*32| 118-87, 33-27| 24°30] 29°09 13-49 had | 36°76) 14°20) 6°60
1
The Pointer possibly came from Spain, and originally Pheenicia
(C. H.8.). There is, however, no proot, says ‘Stonehenge,’ that
it originated in Spain, and the animal called the Old Spanish
Pointer is now quite extinct in this country. It is possible,. he
proceeds to say, that the present Pointer may have been produced
by careful selection from the original Spanish Pointer, but it is more
probable that in all cases a cross directly with the Greyhound, or
indirectly with that breed through the Foxhound, has been resorted
to.
1890. ] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 17
Table XXI.—Pointers.
a i2./s2|s2/4) | -#
wo| 2 | #3 |S2|28|% é 2| sf WL Steal SP es deites ites
ar 5 3S . . . 4 . in » Q
ma |) Sn | Be |e bl) & a |8 i} |a i] |e ; : ;
2 (SF Eel Ea al | Al al A fal Pf le | ie fla
a re ees es hes Hla] a] a} Ala fa fA
. | 278°87| 170°42| 138°73] 102°81| 96:47] 109°85) 24-64) 20°42) 22°81| 10°70) 15°49) 30-42) 14°38) 5°63
. | 300°0 | 165°84) 155°55| 100°0 | 101°58| 111-90) 30-95) 20°15) 22°69) 9°84) 14°28) 33°65) 14°60) 8°25
95| 9:57) 15°38) 30°76) 12 30) 5-98
. | 290°76! 169°23] 153-84) 100'0 | 100-0 | 110-76) 27°69} 19°23) 22°30] 11°53) 13-85) 30°76) 14-61 10°0
1
2,
3. | 252°99| 148°68) 128°70| 95°72) 98°25) 116-23) 27-69) 17-94) 24-
4
5.
. | 27777) 175°92| 148-14] 111-11) 97°22) 112-96) 30°50) 22-22) 28-88} 13°88] 18°51) 35°18) 16°66) 9°25
30
Ay. | 280°08) kee! 14499 101°93 = 112°34| 28°29 19°99) 24°33] 11°10) 15°50) sel 14°31) 7:82
\
“Nos. 1&2. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. No. 3. Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 4. Cambridge,
No. 5. Oxford.
Of the Dalmatian, which belongs to this group, we have been
unable to examine a specimen.
Group V.—Mastirrs.
A race either Mastiff or Bull-dog, or both, was, says Smith,
existent in Britain before the Romans. This race is supposed to
have been the progenitor of the breed of Talbot-dogs of medieval
times, and they again of the modern Mastiff, which some hold to be
identical, whilst others think that the Talbot was something between
a Mastiff anda Bull-dog. The typical form, according to the above-
mentioned authority, is the Thibetan. The English modern Mastiff
has been much crossed with the Bull-dog (S.).
The following table includes several varieties.
Table XXII.— Mastiffs.
wo| & | 88/28/22) 4) | (2 13 |4) fal lay (e eaneaye
a |e? (AEE /4l | [6 jé! jel (*. jal (P| | Is |e
I (EE it 2 har = ae Hig! al al] Asa JA fA
1. | 835*22/ 175-0 | 164°70| 106°61| 105°88) 114°70) 31°61] 19°85] 24°26] 12°05) 17°64| 36°76) 15°0 | 7°64
2. | 280°51| 162°33 129°87| 112°98] 84-41) $8-31| 24-02| 16-88] 19:74] 9°74] 14:28) 28°83) 12°98) 7°79
3. | 279°86| 165°27| 13611] 97°22} 90:27! 99:44] 25-27] 16-94) 20°83) 9°72) 12°77) 27-08) 11°11) 6:25
4. | 856'16] 195'89| 169'86| 108°90) 110-95) 118-08) 29°04 18°76 24°24) 11°86) 15°75) 31°78) 13°42) 6°57
5. | 288°37] 162'79) 138°37| 102°32| 90°69] 96-51 25°33] 17-44] 25°0 | 11°39) 14°88] 30°58] 12°20) 7°32
817-14} 165°71| 152°85} 95°71] 101°42) 117-14) 25:0 | 17-42] 28°57| 10:0 | 14-71) 30°0 | 12°14) 7°85
314-86] 174-72, 165°54/ 104-05! 100°0 | 10608} 25°0 | 19:59] 24°32) 11-21) 14°86) 30°54) 13°51) ...
298-52] 172°79 143-38] 100-0 98:52 111:76] 28°67| 21°32| 25:29) 10°29| 16°91) 32°35) 14°70) 5°88
306°41| 179'48 151-28] 115°38] 106-41) 119-87] 27-82| 19-48] 24°35] 12°17) 16°66) 33°33) 15°64) 8:97
10. | 288°13] 203°38. 144-06] 105:08] 101-69] 122-03) 30°58) 21-18] 27°96 12°71| 18°64) 33°89} 15°25) ...
SPA
Ay. | 30651] 175°73, 149-60] 104-82] 99:02) 108-89] 27-22] 18-88] 23°95) 11-06) 15°71) 31°59) 13°59 7°29)
Nos. 1,2, 3. Roy. Coll, Surgeons, No. 4 (Thibet), No. 5 (Danish), No, 6 (Bhotea, Nepal),
dee 4 tact) No. 8 (Scotch),—Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 9(Irish), Trin, Coll. Dublin,
o. 10. Oxford.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. II. 2
18 ‘PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
The Buxz-poc is an animal which has been used in numerous
crosses. On account of its peculiarities one would expect that
various specimens would present tolerably similar measurements, and
this especially in the case of those detailed below, since in the
greater number of cases the skulls are stated to have belonged to
pure-bred animals. Yet, as we have already mentioned, in no
breed are more striking differences to be remarked.
Table XXIII.—Bull-dogs.
|212.|38|3/4
5 | as a3 |aq|/2 & am) P ee = a . Pe ee
wo] 2 | 83 |BS)25) al | la lal iol ial isl lel (GIS IE
a |e) se\22/ 4) | 18 lal lel |, lel [FL | | ie |
3s |N é 2 I 3 5 P a 2 Z A
2 4/4 dl alal@la jails
| | |
_ | 10°63) 238°72| 139°36| 153°19) 94°68 | 115:53) 31°91) 25°95) 35°10) 14°89) 21-47 42°55
1
2, | 350°0 | 197-50| 120°0 | 126°60) 85:0 | 108°30) 27°5 | 22°5 | 24°5 | 13°3 | 14°16 3416 15°83 83
3, | 256°89) 208°62| 106703] 131-03) 79°31 | 117-24) 28-44] 20°89) 26°55) 12°06) 15°0 32°24) 15°51 7°24
4, | 264:0 | 198-40 108°80| 132°80| 84°80 | 112°0 | 28°8 | 21°12) 27-2 | 12°0 | 18-4 35°2 | 19°04
5. | 244°80) 177°60| 104°0 | 121°60) 80°0 | 120°0 | 27-2 | 21°60) 26-4 9°6 | 16°32) 32°8 | 13°6 | 5°92
8
6. | 292°80) 200°0 | 120°0 | 137°60) 7872 | 123*20) 28°32! 22°40) 24°8 | 136 | 16°0 | 36°0 | 14-4 17-2
7. 252°62) 196°49] 117°54, 129°82) 87-71 | 119°29| 30-70} 22°80) 28-94) 11°40} 16°6 | 37°71 1578 9°64
8. 277-14 177°14| 13485) 107°14| 99°28 | 110°71) 26°0 | 20°0 | 25°71) 11°42) 16°42) 32°42) 15°0 8:85
9, | 277°61 21044] 128°35| 128°35) 94°02 | 112-20) 26°11) 20°39) 26°11 10°89] 16°71| 34°32) 14°17 8°95
10. | 2900 | 226-0 | 120° | 1460 | 84:0 | 140° | 32°0 | 22°0 29°0 | 13:0 | 20°0 | 38°0 | 18°0 10°0
| | :
11. | 246°03, 17142! 117-46) 103°17) 95°23 | 111-11) 26°19) 19°84) 25°39) 11°11 16°66) 31°74] 14°28 ...
Av. | 278°41 201°21 119°67 128'84| 87°52 | 117-23) 28°47 21°77) 27°24) 12°11] 17°05, 35°19] 15°56 8:26
Nos. 1-7. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. Nos. 8, 9. Nat. Hist. Mus. Nos. 10, 11. Oxford.
The British breed of Puc is, according to ‘Stonehenge,’ one of
those known to have existed from the earliest times. The two chief
strains are the Morrison and the Willoughby d’Eresby. Fitzinger
supposes the breed to have been derived by selection from the
smaller kind of Bull-dog.
Table XXIV.—Pugs.
4\g_|s[<3l4] | BI.
Nol 2 | 83 | B2| 34 a E i ig | oi a ri} | for | fos
St ob Be is HS IS :
3 eB | Seles |e 212) lel |All | s| G le
& 2/2) 4/4 | 4|
1. aed 157°14| 110°71) 125°0 | 88°09 | 111-90 28°57, 20°23) 28'57| 10°0 | 15°47) 29°76 11-90) a
238°88| 161°11| 122-22) 116°66| 86°11 | 106-94 = toe aac wee | eee | 33°33] 13°88}...
213°63) 188°63) 113°63| 122°72| 63°18] 88°63 sich 18°18) 25°0 | 9°09
Ay. | 227°4 | 168°96| 115°52| 121-46) 80°79 | 102-49] 29°74 19°20) 26:78) 9:09
~
10°22) 30°68) 12°5 | 4°54
12°84) 31°26} 12°76) 4°54
\
~~ No. 1. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. No. 2. Trin, Coll. Dublin. No. 3. Cambridge.
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 19
Group VI.—TerrIErs.
According to Smith the Terriers are the oldest breed of dogs in
England, the wire-haired or Scotch being the ancient and genuine
breed. In the tables which follow measurements of different
specimens belonging to several varieties are given.
Table XXV.—Znglish Terriers.
a /2./s2/s2/2! |
fF ledlaalaalea 2) ep Ale el bal ene tee
wo] = | ee /He(2-] 4] | ld jal ial (el lal 2) 1G] BIE
= mg Bat obra : : Ves
2 |B | 8slErla a |u| le sj lis] Isis
i} N = = = e = y
BS Hf
‘ oI 3 * °
4 al a el AiR 4H iA
i |
1, 279'58, 172°04] 143°01] 100°0 | 96°77) 98°92) 26°88) 17°2
2, | 295°45 181°81] 150°0 | 122°72) 109°09| 115°90, 37°5 | 26°1
2
19°75} 8°17) 18°97} 32°25) 11°82) ...
30°68} 13°63) 17°04) 40°90] 15°90] ... |-
"0 | 27°0 | 110 | 16°0 | 36°0 | 15°0 | 8°0
3. | 230°0 | 170% 137'0 | 100°0 | 96°0 | 120°0 | 32°0 | 22
No. 1. Trin. Coll. Dublin. No. 2. Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 3. Oxford.
We have not given an average of these, as it is doubtful whether
they can be considered in any way as belonging to the same breed.
Table XX VI.—Scotch Terriers.
2 |g.|gl<2{s] | x |
e | $slee)a3/2 Ba |< a] |. | lel :
wo] & | 3) Be S5 lal | le lal gl allie | Gl alik
SB | seleg|a a jal |e ali". | la] al] ia
° N 2 ° 5 4 5 | =
= = = H | A Hin] a 4| & H Hi Aa
1, | 280°0 | 175°38} 132°30] 120°0 | 100°0 | 120°0 | 29°84) 23°69) 24°61 11°38 16°61) 41°53) 14°15) ...
!
2, | 277°27| 181'81| 155°68] 118°18) 111°36) 11818) 37°5 | 25°0 | 30°68) 11°36, 17°04) 36°36) 15°90) ...
|
| / }
Ay, | 278°63} 178°59| 143°99) 119°09| 105°68| 11909 35°67) 24°34 27°64 aba 16°82| 38°94) 15°02) ...
No. 1. Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 2. Cambridge.
Table XX VII.—Skye-Terriers.
@ |2.| 38/38 /4 oe : ;
a £3 Sai ae|2 2 |x 2 4 -; |% : : A
Wo] = peg] Fee! al | id lel ial lel el (ALI GLI
Be | Se Es sl | om jal la (al |". | la | i | |
a Flee eal seal iets H} 4] 8] 4] ala fa fA
1. | 330°23] 197°67| 165°11| 134°88, 106'97, 129-06) 39°67| 22°09, 26°74| 12°79) 17°91) 40°69) 15°58) ...
2, | 307°89] 210°52| 152°63] 121°05/ 115°78, 126-31) 36°84) 26°31 26°31) 13°15 19°73, 40°78) 13°15} ...
3, | 272°72] 17272] 140°90] 102°27| 100°0 | 120°45) 31°81) 20°45 25°0 | 10°22) 11°36) 36°26) 15°90] ...
Ay. | 303°61| 193°64| 152°88) 119°40| 107°58) 125°27) 36°11 22°95 26°02! 12°05) 16°33) 39°24) 14°85) ...
ee ee
No. 1. Roy. Coll. Surgeons. Nos. 2 & 3. Cambridge. a
2
20 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
Table XX VIII.—Foz-Terriers, pure.
la lg.|séisdl4l | A]. .
2 | Sa) 24] .2ea]/2 2 \< “| ja = ae : ih
N C} Es | toa| ee = = : ll a es a ai} |e
“Ol = | SE] se] ee | F a | 5] Ila] |4 j iii
2S SS /EE AL | Lal aL | Ba
2 oe af oy Se |) CE ey eae eine eet
| | be ee es
267°24| 169°02, 136'20| 103-44) 96°55 115°51| 27°58} 21°03, 24°13) 10°34) 16°37) 33°62) 13°79 7°75
8°56 178°09) 139°04 108°57| 102°85) 116°19] 28°57] 22°85) 25°71 10°35) 15°61) 33°33) 14°24 5°14
|
#55) 155°55|117°77| 92°55| 115°55| 34-44] 24-44) 28°88) ... |... | 37°77) 15°55) ...
} }
*29) 20°83) 28°12: 10°41 a 35°41| 12°50 6°25
=
a ~
bp to ©
oC S
Ld i—J
a Con
jury
e
I
So
@
co
ee
8
ms
Ney
is)
=
2
*
ro
o>
| ol
| a
™
wu
iv)
eo
bo
bo
Ze}
| |
“61| 17857 141°03 108-43) 98°32! 115°48) 30°72 22°29) 26°71 10°53} 15°86) 35°03) 14°02 6°36!
The Turnsptr is included in the Terrier group although, being
a semi-monstrous form, it is not confined to that breed. It is
figured on the ancient monuments of Egypt, and found among
Pariahs and other breeds. In England it generally occurs amongst
Terriers and Hounds.
The following table gives the measurements of a specimen in the
Oxford Museum.
Table XXIX.—Turnspit.
width.
Pm, & M.
‘Pm. & M.
Length of
Width of
bony palate.
bony palate.
Total length.
Zygomatic
4
| |
282°98 174°46 148°93) 102°12} 112°76| 119°14 srt 2640 26°59) 12°76] 19°14 39°36) 14°89
| | | |
L,
L,
L.-
Group VII.
In this group we have included a number of wild or semi-wild and
other forms, as it seemed better to place them separately than to
distribute them among such of the preceding as they might ques-
tionably belong to.
The Parran or native cur of India is placed near the Terriers by
Smith, who states that they all have “lengthened backs, pointed
ears, a sharp nose, and the tail more or less fringed.” According to
Youatt there are several varieties, viz. :—(1) A wild form bred in the
jungles and lower ranges of the Himalayas, of a reddish-brown
colour with sharp-pointed ears. (2) A form belonging to inhabited
districts ; Turnspits are often found amongst these (Sykes). There
is a petted variety which is usually white, with long silky hair.
(3) The Sumatran form, which has the “ countenance of a fox, eyes
oblique, ears rounded and hairy, muzzle foxy-brown, tail bushy and
pendulous.” (4) The Javan indigenous dog. Stonehenge describes
the Pariah as a cross between the Dhole and any domesticated dog of
the neighbourhood, and Fitzinger as a variant of the Sheep-dog.
Pelzeln believes that it springs originally from the same form as the
Dingo, and that this stem is the Indian wolf (Canis pallipes), from
which, according to Jeitteles, the dog of the Bronze period (Canis
ma‘ris optime, J.) was also derived.
1890. ] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 2h
The following table gives the measurements of different specimens.
Table XXX.—Pariah Dogs.
Total length. .
|
2 | rane
a fa |aA
th of
o. & M,
No.
Zygomatie
width.
Leng
bony palate.
Width of
bony palate.
5 290'32| fart 138°70) 90°32} 88°70) 106°45| 28°22) 16°93) 23°38) 9°67 13°70) 32°58) 15°32) ...
. | 820°32 168°61) 156°09) 108°12 110'89) 125°20) 31°20) 21°13
’ ’
25°52| 13°28) 17°88 33°65| 14°63| 8-94
| | |
. | 305°45) 188°18, 155°40) 105°45] 121°81| 131°27) 30°90) 20°0 | 26°72) 10°90, 17°27 30°90) 15°09) ...
|
}
. | 01°58) 150°47) 153°96) 90°47) 105°50| 121-42) 30°15 21-42) 27°30} 10°79 15°87, 33°63) 12°69, 7°14
. | 303°84 156°07) 14430) 94°61) 106°92) 115°38} 29°23) 18°0 | 26°15) 1184) ... | 31°23) 13°38) 8°46
Z
2.
3.
4, | 284°48) 167°24) 127°58] 110°68] 94°82) 125°86) 32°41] 21°55) 27-93 10°68) 17-24 39°13) 13-27) 8:27
5,
6.
7
| } | | }
. | 305°50) 180°74| 151°37| 102°76) 124°78| 133°94) 35°57] 21°65) 27°65] 13°21) 16°51 38°16] 16°51) 10°09
ate 165°78) 146°77, 100°34) 107°63) 122°79) 31-09) 20°12) mai 11°48 16°41, 34°18 ely 8°58
! | | / | | /
No. 1 (Bengal). Nos. 2,3, 4 (Nepaul), No.5 (Bengal). Nos. 6&7 (Nepaul).
All from Nat. Hist. Mus.
Various opinions have been expressed with regard to the origin
and relations of the Dinco. Ogilby’ says ‘‘there are strong
grounds for believing that the Dingo or native dog (of Australia) is
not an aboriginal inhabitant of the continent, but a subsequent
importation, in all probability contemporary with the primitive
settlement of the natives. Many circumstances might be advanced
in support of this opinion; the simple fact of his anomaly is itself
a strong corroboration of it; and his absence from the contiguous
islands of Tasmania and New Zealand, inhabited by races of human
beings differing in language and origin from the natives of Continental
Australia, appears almost to demonstrate his introduction from the
north, where he is found in New Guinea, in Timor, in many of the
smaller groups scattered throughout the Pacific Ocean, and in all
the great islands of the Indian Archipelago. The extirpation of the
Thylacinus harrisii and Dasyurus ursinus from the continental
portion of Australia, is a strong corroboration of this supposition.”
Youatt states that it approaches in appearance the largest kind of
Sheep-dog. Its head is elongated, forehead flat, ears short and
erect or directed slightly forwards. Its body is covered with hair
of two kinds—(1) woolly and grey, (2) silky and deep yellow or fawn.
It seldom barks. ‘Stonehenge’ says that it resembles the Fox so
closely in the shape of its body that an ordinary observer could
readily mistake it for one of that species, while the head is that of a
wolf. Pelzeln, as already mentioned, believes this dog to have hada
common origin with the Pariah. It is not in his opinion a native of
Australia, the varieties of its colouring being a proof of this fact.
The measurements of several specimens will be found in the next
table.
' Trans. Linn. Soe. xviii. p. 121.
22 ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. [Jan. 14.
Table XXXI.—Dingo.
|
; 3 Siliscsgac lees
a 19. | Se | ee | eel
wis 4) °4 . *
8 |es|ea/22/2] | ey 1a) | cl lal is od Hes
Nol = | ee| fel Sel al | ld | alicl |e! “| 2 re ie
a |e | SF (Es | al | ie [ala a | la | tet | Ie
BS ol SS aie Wa bo AP |) a] Sls) a Ss et hs
|
|
'
1. | 314-03] 172°80} 152-63) 107-89) 107-01 121-05) 30°17) 21°05) 25°43) 8°77) 14°91 35°96 13°15] 7°89
283°60) 176722) 143°44| 108-19) 112°62| 121-31, 30°65) 20°0 | 25°08) ... | ... | 82°95) 12°29) ...
323°30| 173°3 | 156°60| 107°5 | 116°33 140°0 (83°63 23°66) 30°33| 12°50} 18°60) 38°0 | 15°0 | 8°33
Pw
. | 3000 17348) 150°0 | 98 48, 98°78 124° 24 29°09 19°09) 25°75) 11°36) 16°66) 31°81! 12°87
on
291°93) 167°74| 141-93) 100-0 | 103" 22) 125-0 | 29°35) 18-06] 26-12 12°96] 18°54) 31:45 12°90] 8:57
|
peat 172°71| 148-92] 104° ) 107 39 126°32) 30°58) 20°37 asl 11:39) 17°18, 34°03 13:24) 8°26
Nos. 1 & 2. Te = Surgeons. Nos. 3, 4,5. Nat. Hist. Mus.
In the next table are given the measurements of several miscel-
laneous specimens.
Table XXXII.
2 |2.,/33|33/2| | -
a | eS \|seleeia Bj] |. | : =| 2 | AT dries
7S so alse : . : | a, | . or)
No = Sg tS Zc ‘S F| g ¢ | = | = ls Ss | .
a \e’ | Seles ie & |u| le Pata a ives [lA
a 2 | er el ee HH} 4) Ala |};a la |A fa
| } } |
1. | 320°0 | 194°6 | 156719) 121-90; 100°0 | 123-30 32°38| 20°0 | 25°14) 10°47) 17°14) 36°19) 12°53, 6°6
. | 307°84, 180°78) 150°0 | 10686 101-96| 120°58 30°39] 21°56 21°56| 10-19 14-70) 32°35) 14-11) ...
269-23) 176°92) 128-20) 102°56) 101-28) 116°6 | 36°41) 23-84, 30°76) 11°53 18°46| 38°97) 15°38) 8°20
/ |
311-11) 164-44) 144-44) 111-11 10666, 122°22) 33°33 22°22) 26°66) 11-11 1777) 37°77) 14°44) ...
| |
2 F 2 NS
32307] rp 163°46) 11153 109-61 130°76 30°76) 22° u 27°88} 14° 2 17 “30, 38°46 16°34) 9°61
i |
Nos. 1 & 2. Chinese dogs; No. 3. Chinese dog (tame), Nat. Hist. Mus. No. 4. West-
Indian dog (almost without hair). No.5. Dog from New Zealand, Oxford.
The New-Zealand dog described by writers, to an animal of which
kind we presume the last-mentioned skull to have belonged, is called
Kardrahé by Youatt, who states that it was probably introduced into
the island by Spaniards from Juan Fernandez. Fitzinger states that
the similarity of characteristics between this dog and the great
Pariah is so marked as to leave no doubt that the former is a
climatic modification of the latter. The naked West-Indian dog is
presumably one of the Greyhound family.
In order to bring the leading points to be drawn from these
measurements together, we shall summarize in two further tables
the averages of the chief breeds. The tables are drawn up only
from those groups of which, at least, three specimens have been
examined. The maximum measurement of each breed, the mini-
mum, the difference between these two, and the average, are given
for each of the several measurements which have been made and
detailed in former tables. Table XXXIII. gives those figures which
relate to measurements of bones. Table XXXIV. those having to do
with the individual teeth.
Wsquimaux ......sessereeeee
Sheep-dog ,
Newfoundland .,.........
Italian Greyhound .....
Greyhound ........
Trish Wolf-dog, modern
Trish Wolf-dog, old ......
Spaniel...........
Bloodhound
Pointer ..........606+
Bull-dog .......
Fox-Terrier....
thee
Skye-Tervier .........0000.
BP ADLEU sce sysitsusingieay vat ONE vs
DID) Warsstsenenrracntirie
Total length.
Table XXXIII.—Comparative Measurements. —Cranial,
Zygomatic width. Length of bony palate.
Max,
339'09
300'78
32162
359°70
275'05
38741
82666
B13'79
348°33
800°0
35616
850°00)
30°28
320'32
823'30
Min.
269'23)
26166
297'14)
280°00)
268°00!
30434
284°84
258'18)
284°70)
252'99
279'86)
Diff.
69'86
39°12
24°48
79°70
7:05
33°07
42'82
55°61
63°63
47°01
76°30)
244°80) 105"20)
213'63
260°41 |
272'72)
284°48)
283'60)
5°25
299°08
288'50
80801
81918
80447
283'19
80759
280'08
30651
803°61
B01'64
Max.
Diff.) Ay. Min. | Diff.
19781) 156+41| 41°40) 170°62 138'46
173°43) 186°66) 37°77
82°04
157°01 130'83} 20°03] 141°26
15714
13846
145'85
189°18 17343 146°6 | 10°15) 150°12
16718 29°72) 15 1°30 147'76
135°41
6°20) 150°35
164.00
16956
176'66
18°17) 155'82)| 143'52 B11) 1389°64
152'63) 16°93) 162°03!| 161'29| 14605 153'65
153'73
165'°70 133°38 20°00) 143°17
175°86) 15454) 21°32) 163'82 12419
142°35
27°53
191°66) L54°28
175'92
203°38
57°38) 166°96 29°31
148'68
16233
27°24| 166'02
175°73)
128'70
129'87
26°85) 14499
41°05 39°99) 149°60
119°67
11552
14103
152'88
14677
14892
238°72
188°63
17142) 67°30} 20121 104°00
11071
133°33
35°36
1151
22°22
24°21
28'41
14°67
157"14
169'82
81°49) 165'96)) 122'22
19555 26°73) 178°57
193°64
165°75
17271
165°55
21052) 172'72
149'19
87°80
88°99)
165°11) 140°90,
127°58
14193
18818
176°22
15609
156'60
167'74) 9:48
Width of bony palate;
Mix. | Min. | Diff.) Ay.
11909} 92°80} 26°79)
1778
1851
109°85
109°44|} 91°66
100°00
87°69
89°65:
96°05
99°89
11351 105°88
93°75 6:06
10°35
T17
1740
90'78
100'00 94°46
103'22 100°24
105'00
112'06
88°60 96°36
100°00
90°00
95°72
95°71
12°06) 104°81
113°33
10171
111 15°39
19°67
50°02
10198
115°38 10482
153°19) 1038'17
116°66
10344
128'84
12146
10848
119'40
100'34
104°417
125:00) 844
1777
13488
110°68
10819
14°33
102°27| 32°61
20'36
961
90°32
98'48
Length of
Pm. & M.
Min.
Diff.
12148} 93'07| 28°41
154°68
100°00
LL71
10°65
11157
109°72
113'20
95°83
96°00
104°28
98°39
105'79
9696
89°09
90°00
96°47
84°41
15'72
68°18
58°85
4°00
753,
726
678
13°76
2411
16°66
511
26°54
21°56
19'91
730
15'78
33°08
17°55
Ay.
101°55
112'98
98°32
107°51
102'68
108'24
104°09
97°37
98°52
98°70
99'02
87°52
80°79
98°32
107'58
107°63
10759
Length of
Pm, & M,
Max.
137°62
12812,
142'85
12857)
12000
126'86
12084
110°16
116'23
122'08
140'00
11190
11619
129'06
133'94
140°00
Min.
92°30
10916
109'30
11849
11200
12105)
103'22
105'8
100°85
88'31
10830
88°63
11458
12045
106'45
121°05
)
Diff.) Ay.
45°32) 112°91
18'96; 11686
83°55) 129°15
15°06) 119°27
8°00) 114-83
5°81) 12479
26°02
13°36
6°38
83°72
81-70
23°37) 10249
2'61
11878
M417
112°84
10809
117'28
11545
8°55) 125:27
27°49) 122°7'
18'95| 126°32
24 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS (Jan. 14,
Table XXXIV.—Comparative
Length of i a | Length of mL Breadth of M:
|
Max.}Min.! D. | Av. |)Max. Min.) D. | Av. ||/Max.| Min. D. |
———— |__| ——_— | | —$ ——— | ———_ j ———_—__—__
Pei a
ty
Ay.
et
Maquimaux csc es 38-72| 25-64. 13-08| 30°74|| 24-36) 16-06) ge 20° 58) 30°90] 2205! 8°85 260
Sheepsdom) ini. ee ode 30°17] 27°50) 267| 28°83), 20°43] 19°82 v8 20° 60 27-34) 24°40 294 26:01]
Newfoundland ......c.scseseeseeeeee 28°57| 27°70, -87| 28:27|| 20°71! 20°00 7 20° 4 25°00| 22°29) 2-71) 24-04
Greyhound <a. file... ES 29°23] 26°26) 2°97] 28°13]| 21°53) 18:25 3-28) 20° 10 26°15] 23°30] 312 24°95
Italian Greyhound .......s.0-0.0---- 31-29] 28-00| 3:29 2948) 93°52| 20-00| 3°52 21-45 27°05 24°00] 3-08! 25°35|
Irish Wolf-dog, modern.......-.... | 29-71] 25°80| 3-91] 27 27, 21°73) 19°61| 2:12, 20°36|| 26°81] 23°68] 3-13 25-09
Irish Wolf-dog, old ..........+.-00--- | 30°83] 25 75} 5:08) 28 93 19-44] 13 63) 531 15°83|| 26-66 22-38| 4-28) 94-69
Snanicl Set. eee Se 33°33] 24°13) 9:20 29°30] 22°72) 20-40| 2°32 21°56|| 28-88) 25°71] 3417 26-62
Bloodhound .......-.ecs-0ssss:-se+e---| 30°00] 23°52) 6-48] 26°94/| 21-16] 17°85 331 19°01 26°25| 21-42} 483 23:83
Pat ee eS ts a | 30:95 24-64) 6°31) 28-29]| 22-291 20-15 207 19°99|| 28:88] 22-30 6°58, 24-33
(AT AT ae ie a ae 31°61| 2402) 7°59) 27-29|| 21°32 1688) 4-44. 18°88 | 27-98 19°74) 8-22 23-95
Bull-dor k-.chies aos LOL 26:00) 5-91) 28-47|) 25°95) 19°84| 611 2177) 85510] 245 | 11°50) 27-25
Pug oo. | sit} 2es7 254|29°74l .. |... | os | 19-20 | 26°78
Fox-Derrier....c.c.cscessscececeeseseess | 84-44] 97°58 6-86 80°72)| 24-44) 20°83) 3-61, 22- 29|| 28-e8| 24-131 4-75) 96-71
Skye-Terrier ss..ecescessesssesseeeeeeee] 89°67] 3181 7°86) 36°11]) 2631/2045, 5°86 22-95|| 26°74) 25°00| 1-74) 26-02
Pariah «28.5.0 eee eee | 35°57] 28-22 7-35| 31°09|| 21°65) 16-93 4-72 2012/| 27-93] 23°38) 4:55) 26:38]
ADIN 2. ony Cacas tae ee | 38°63 29-06) 4°54) a8) 23°66) 18°06 560 20°37]| 30°33} 25°08 ad 26°54)
The most noteworthy fact learnt from these tables is that the
averages of the different breeds in each column, and especially in
those relating to some of the tetth, differ very little from one
another; in other words, that, speaking generally, the teeth in one
dog are relatively to the skull very similar in size to those of
any other. It will also be noticed from the last two tables that the
rauge of variation in any breed is much greater, in almost every
case, than that existing between any two breeds.
The extreme variations in any breed are probably due to the fact
that, strictly speaking, so few animals of the same group are really
in any sense of the same breed. The various members of a care-
fully selected strain of Terriers, for example, bred by one breeder,
might be comparable with one another, and yet quite different in
descent from another and perhaps equally good strain belonging
to another breeder and to another part of the country. With dogs
bred for show purposes, as so many of the pure strains are, and
with constantly varying requirements of fashion, all sorts of crosses,
as any manual on dog-breeding will show, have been tried with a
view of attaiuing the ideal, whether of symmetry, pace, or carriage.
That such crosses should, at times at least, leave their marks
1890. } ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 25
Measurements.— Dental.
M. 2. Length of
Length of M.2 Breadth of ——
M.o.
<
| Length of ve
' ;
Max.) Min.| D.| Ay. ||Max.| Min.! D.| Av. | Max.| Min.| D. | Ay. | Max. Min. | D.| Av.
13:48] 8:97 451| 10-93 || 20°36, 14°10 6-26, 16°39) 39-27] 29-48| 9°79] 34-23)| 15°71] 12°05] 3-66) 13°86)| 9-52! 6-15
|
14°17| 9:48 4°69] 11°88)| 18°38) 1500 pe 34°51] 31:03] 3°48) 32°68|/ 17°32] 11-70) 5-62) 14-11|| 11°81] 8:33
| | |
4
I 2 |
12°60} 10°81) 1°79} 11°74!) 18°00) 14°86 3°14) 15°89) 34-96) 30°67} 4°29) 32°48)) 14°60) 12°85) 1°15) 13°81)) 9°83 | 6°08) 3°22) 7-51
| | | |
5)
| | | ‘|
11-93] 10°19} 1-74] 11-40}| 17°18) 14°92 ae 16°10)) 33°57) 31°74 1°83} 32° 49) 14°28) 12°69) 1°59 13°66 9°37) 7°69) 1°68) 8:29
ee Re
| |
12°60} 10°56) 1°44) 11°34)| 16°00) 14°56 1°44) 15°39)) 38-35) 34-00) 4°35) 35° -al| 14-00) 12°70} 1°30) 13°41)} ... | ... | ... | 5°00
1275] 11°61| 1°14] 12-07|| 17-41| 16-44, -97) 16°93), 34-05] 31°57) 2-48 8-06 | 14-47 13°76) -71| 14:05] ... | ... | .-. 15-92
| | agen | ||
125 | 9:09) 3°41) 11°35)) 19°16, 16°25 2°91 17°88) aaa aaa pee vee ||
|
| ! F | i| | |
13°33) 10°20) 3°13) 11°58}} 19°00) 14°69. 4°31) 16°95 37-77) 82°38) 5°39) 35-17)| 19°35) 14°13) 5°22) 15°81)! 10°37) 5°64) 4°73) 7°64
| | | |
12°50} 10:00] 2°50] 11-10|| 17-95) 13°76 4°19) 17-67)! 37-00| 31-42) 5°58| 33°27|| 14°16) 10°58) 3°58) 12°95|| 9°16) 5°71) 3-45) 7°4
| j | / / | | |
13°88) 9°57) 4°31) 11-10) 18°51) 13°85 4°66) 15°50)!/ 35°18] 30-42, 4-76) 32°15)| 16°66) 12°30) 4°36) 14°31) 10°00) 5°63) 4°37) 7°82
|
| | | {|
12°71) 9°72) 2°99] 11°06) 18°64, 12°77 5°87) 15°71 | 36°76| 27-08) 9°68) 31°51 15°64) 11-11) 4°53] 13°59)| 8:97) 5°88 3-09) 7-29
/ | | / | / / |
1489] 9°60) 5:29) 12-11)) 21-27) 14°16) 7°11) 17-05)| 42°55) 31-74) 10°81) 35°19)| 19°04) 13°6 | 5-44) 15°56) 10°00) 5°92 4°8 | 8:26
F.. | 905] 2. |... |... | 12°84! 3833/2976] 3°57 31-26) 13°88] 11-90] 1:98] 19°76]| ... |... | ... | 4°54
| | |
10°85} 10°34 *51| 10°53 16°37) 15°61, ‘76| 15°86 | 87°77) 33°33) 4°44) 35°03)) 15°55) 12°50) 3°05) 14°02) 7°75) 5°14, 2°61) 6-38}
| | | | | | | | } )
| /
13°15) 10°22, 2°93} 12°05}; 19°73) 11°36) 8°37) 1 | 40°78) 36°26 4°52) 39°24) 15°90) 13°15) 2°75) 14°88
| |
| | |
13°28 967) 3°61/ 11 “8 17°88) 13° 70/419 16° a 39°13) 30°90) 8-23) 34°18)| 16°51) 12°69) 3°82) 12°69 10°09) 7°14) 2°95) 8°
8
| i!
12°96 S77 4:19) 11° 39 | 18°60} 14° a 369) ibe 18) | 38°00) 31°45) 6°55, | 15°00] 12:29) 2°71] 13°24|| 8°57) 7°89) *68) 8°26
| | }
upon the skulls, and cause differences in breeds which cannot be
accounted for, is, of course, to be expected. The presence of the
disturbing factor can be appreciated, though its exact nature cannot
always or even frequently be ascertained with any correctness.
Thus amongst the eleven Bull-dogs’ skulls which we have exam-
ined there. was one which differed in measurements considerably
from the rest. It was nearly 1 cm. longer than any other and,
what is much more significant, it was 7 cm. longer than it was
broad, the average for the others being about 3 or 4 cm. Moreover
its palate was 1- “90 em. longer than it was broad, whilst in every
other case but one the breadth exceeded the length. In the
second case, the length was ‘90 greater than the breadth of the
palate, and the length of the skull nearly 5 cm. greater than the
zygomatic width. We hope to be able to show more fully in another
part of this paper that the first effect of impurity in breeding upon
an artificially broadened and shortened skull: uch as the Bull-dog
possesses, is in the direction of elongation and narrowing. We can-
not doubt that both of the skulls above mentioned were those of
dogs in whom, to a greater or lesser degree, there was an admixture
of strain, of what kind it is impossible to say. And what is true of
26 PROF. B. C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
these is doubtless true also in lesser degree of the greater number
of specimens coming under examination. It thus becomes appa-
rently a hopeless task to look for evidence as to the proximate or
ultimate derivation of the breeds of domestic dogs in their skulls
or teeth.
Some points of interest may, however, be learnt from a comparison
of certain of the measurements, and with these we now proceed to
deal in order.
Relative Breadth and Length of Skulls and Palates.
In the tables next to follow we have endeavoured to classify the
skulls according to their relative breadth and length and according
to that of their palates. An index has in each case been taken by
using the formula
Width x 100
Length ~
In the first instance this has been applied to the measurements
“total length” and ‘‘zygomatic width.” Those dogs of which the
index is above the average are those possessed of short, broad heads,
whilst those below are in varying degrees long and narrow-headed.
A distinct group placed near to but slightly below the average, may
be‘looked upon as occupying a medium position between the two
extremes. The second column, which has been placed side by side
with the first for the sake of more easy comparison, deals with the
relative size of the palatine surface. The first column, whilst con-
veying a good idea of the relative length and breadth as they
appear in the living animal, conveys at the same time a somewhat
incorrect idea of the actual condition, since it is dependent upon the
amount of projection of the zygoma, which is obviously a more or
less variable factor. A comparison of the two columns shows how
much some skulls owe their apparent breadth to zygomatic projec-
tion. It also shows that the broadest and narrowest heads fall into
nearly the same positions in both columns, those intermediate
between the two extremes showing greater discrepancies. Some of
the figures are from the measurements of single specimens ; in cases
where more than one has been examined the measurements are
averages.
It will be noticed that the distinctly broad-headed dogs form a
well-marked group by themselves, including the Chinese Pug-nosed
Spaniel, the Pug, Bull-dog, Black-and-tan Toy Terrier, and King
Charles’ Spaniel, a considerable interval existing between these and
the next. All these, it will be noticed, are highly artificial breeds
which require great care and attention to be bestowed upon them to
prevent deterioration with its consequent elongation. Next to this
group comes one largely consisting of Terriers with heads inclining
to be broad. A miscellaneous group next follows gradually de-
creasing to the distinctly narrow-headed dogs such as the Irish
Wolf-dog and the Greyhound. It is interesting to notice the
1890. ] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG.
Table XXXV.—Comparison of Length and Breadth.
Total length and zygomatic width. | Palatine length and width.
No. Average 63°53. Average 76°93.
Dog. Index. Dog. Index.
aw Chinese Pug-nosed Spaniel] 91-13 | Chinese Pug-nosed Spaniel/120-00
Gri Ea eee aa oe eee ee 74:83 : ABU Oe sdanodaxe acco ceed 106°84
Bal Bulldog) 25. tantetedanns 7 ON eae eee er | 105-76
4,| Black-and-tan Toy Terrier | 73-52 | King Charles..............-..- | 91:20
| §.| King Charles.............--.+« 72:00 | Black-and-tan Toy Terrier | 86°56
Gs | DV Giy aeaccemnevonncensmeaactne ss 63°57 | English Terrier............-- 81:82
7.) Fox-Tervier ....-.0csesccesees 69/94 || Harrier; ..cadsseastensesoxetere 80:00
FSP hava tlsy on eeeepe reece ceca er GUGH WS KY6: a. c225. ciecsasraccwateosn se 77:98
9.| English Terrier ............... 61°53 || Pomeranian .................. 77:37
WS Ronee) ccs. ieacatsnataeacse anes 61:07 | West-Indian Dog ............ 76°92
11.| Black-and-tan Terrier...... 60°71 | Fox-Terrier ..........--++240 76°92
De Ogter-do py c2iss-. 2: asta. 28d 60-00}| Spaniel): ......c.0.-..ceeseceseee 76°68
ess | PEOMeCAINAU! = spveces.a0ce<s2es 59°54 | BGaple) 7.32. .conncasneevcasert oe 76°33
14S | Pomter’ 7-.decpasdseraes an seete~ 59°19 | Black-and-tan Terrier ...... 7299 |
be (VV ATPIBY 20 24222 .-2sceesaagee- BS49)| Otter-dog ..3.....-ssceeee-= .| 72°36
GM RS pasicltnss-cesseeeeeede-rasce- Biche |(Maahifly <5. ,ssscesonceermetede 71:86
17. | Italian Greyhound ......... 57°63 || Esquimaux..........200000-00++ 71-76
Bs |) Magtift: 22. <.22..20.. esas 57-16 | Sheep-dog ..........:..e00t-0+- 70°78
“SAREE ekaaeeahe Meade B7-13 | Newfoundland ........e:.0++. 70:28
ZO: Hi Maq nian iss daapedes <ovesses: 56:86'| Pointer .12<0:<<:bs2-04ibaroce: 70°21
21.| Newfoundland ............... HOOD] Diniposs -decccszesaee sss taeee 70°03
DO Wox-hounts.cc.c..setettecees 55°70 ! Tarnspit.viveccsee sore cote | 68:57 |
Bea Sheep-dOp, ...c54..ccoaee das 55°45 |, Fox-hound............2- «+++ | 68-42
24. | Bloodhound .............---+- 5479 | New-Zealand Cs (of eee eee 68:23
Dy PE AVIAN soos Jodessne~cscesn= ese 54:28il Parinh| 22122. cee eee 68°22
26. | New-Zealand dog ...........- 53°57 | Italian Greyhound ......... 68:14
27.| Irish Wolf-dog (old) ...... 53°02 | Bloodhound .......-..0::+++ 67°77
28. | West-Indian dog .......-..+. 52°85 | Irish Wolf-dog (old)......-.. 67-06
29,| St. Bernard. ..........0000-.-+ 52°62) St. Bernard .....-.0e.ceceee 65°35
30. | Irish Wolf-dog (modern)...| 50°59 | Trish Wolf-dog (modern)...| 65°17
Bit Greyhound —-,.....--0svas.-=: 49°89 | Greyhound Luss eeses-- 60:36
27
effect of the artificial shortening of the skull effected upon the den-
tition in the first group. The teeth are not decreased in number,
nor in size, it is only their position with regard to one another which
alters.
The first change is closer approximation of the teeth, less
28 PROF. B.C. A. WINDLE AND MR. J. HUMPHREYS [Jan. 14,
space existing between neighbours in less roomy jaws. In still
further shortening a torsion of certain teeth in the upper jaw takes
place which always follows a very definite course.
The tooth first to feel the strain in every case with which we have
met is the third upper premolar, which becomes slightly oblique and
then is rotated until it lies transversely across instead of along the
alveolar border. The next tooth to yield is the second premolar,
which is sometimes slightly oblique, the third being transverse and
sometimes in further advanced cases also rotated into a transverse
position. The teeth of the lower jaw exhibit no such transverse
rotation. In the Bull-dog shortening does not proceed so far in
the lower as in the upper, and consequently the upper canine has
for its lower antagonists one or more of the premolars. Thus, in
six Bull-dogs’ skulls in which we noted the position the upper
canine three times was over Pm. 3, twice between Pm. 2 and Pm. 3, and
once over Pin. 2.
In other cases the pressure for space may carry the last lower
molar up on to the ramus of the jaw. Sometimes the lower jaws,
instead of being nearly straight, are distinctly bowed to accommodate
themselves to the curve of the teeth in the upper jaw. The following
table shows the torsion of premolars in certain cases where it was
well marked.
Table XXX VI.—Torsion of Premolars.
Dog. i Torsion.
Boll] =dop | er cccceseenecss soar Ee nearly transverse.
Bull-dog + ..sc<susestescceesees 7 3 3
Bulldog «os cscensensac soto uae SI oblique.
Bulldog". cch--cescoeeesnee ef » transverse.
Bull-d ops i: scninnessenesoees Pm. 3 transverse i Pm. 2 oblique.
IPM Peden. ecasercaccsercstas ees a & fae transverse.
THEY Se concgegatsece eres ok per Pun. 3 transverse.
Pup $-Dbred.. csteswvcevews sates Ente transverse, Pm. 2 nearly so R., oblique L.
Bull-Terrier .................. ee transverse.
Black-and-tan Terrier ......| _,, ”
King Charles Spaniel ...... oe a3
SHS (9), Gopceghpodeh och ek Saaseo3 Slight rotation of Pm. 3.
Islay Peritier!s,.tatye vee .ces Ely? nearly transverse.
[Hex= Terrien. ta.. dus exadesnas Em. 3 oblique.
1890.] ON THE DOMESTIC DOG. 29
We have already mentioned the fact that in the highly artificial
broad-headed dogs, elongation of skull and palate isa sign of impure
breeding, an evidence of admixture with the broad-headed strain
of that of some other and narrower-headed dog. Examples of this
may be seen almost any day in the streets in the shape of the half-bred
Pugs, in which the elongated muzzles present so great a contrast
with the short square faces of their pure-bred cousins. We have
no facts before us to prove whether the long-headed dogs such as
Greyhounds tend to become broader when impurely bred, but it is
highly probable that they would do so, and consequently that the
dogs at both ends of the scale would, under the influence of promis-
cuous interbreeding, tend to approximate to the average head. We
have thought that it might be useful to terminate this paper by
giving a list of accessory molars noticed amongst the specimens
examined, being 176 in all. In concluding we may say that the
figures and calculations have been checked with care ; nevertheless,
in dealing with so many figures it may be that errors may have
crept in. Should such be the case we much regret it with other
shortcomings of this paper.
Table XXX VII.—Additional upper Molars.
Variety of Dog. | Right. Left.
ait
Sheop-dopiis ssegseesest.'<eereesesoncecr<esiaas sa 1
POUALOE 2. seecccn cages qeagencecceenstatcess sd 1 1
Bull-dogy tar1s Acdsee soarsesceesss sede “pe 1
1 jl Ys Geyer peer taece aasecos aa secmur ce One ee? 1 1
TEP 6 aye ree Sebed Maennre Acacia pean re 1
PIS FUIINU SEKI (E, cid ciate gc aciecasoaedseeam es tats 1
LOD acca ssiewecanescsesue cress daqeaaesmenmcets 1
ANION se sccsceacesdesecasec sees neces eeee 1
Black-and-tan Terrier (cross-bred) ... 1 1
Black-and-tan Terrier (cross-bred) ... 1 1
Pincheries «5 << .<<224. << vids Doe: 1 1
West-Indian Dog...........0.s-cssc-se0+0ss 1
In several of these specimens the additional molars had never
been cut but lay in crypts.
30 ON THE HERPETOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDs. [Jan. 14,
3. Fourth Contribution to the Herpetology of the Solomon
Islands'. By G. A. Bourenenr, F.Z.S.
[Received December 3, 1889.]
(Plate II.)
The last collection brought home by Mr. C. M. Woodford com-
prised a series of Reptiles and Batrachians from Florida Island, or
Gela, north of Guadaleanar. Together with examples of the fol-
lowing known species, there was one of another new Snake of the
genus Hoplocephalus :— :
Lizards: Corucia zebrata, Gray, Lygosoma cyanogaster, Less., L.
concinnatum, Blgr.
Snakes: Hnygrus carinatus, Schn., Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr.,
Dipsas irregularis, Merr.
Frogs: Ceratobatrachus guentheri, Blgr., Hyla macrops, Blgr.
HopLocEePHALUS ELAPOIDES, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 3.)
Body very elongate; head much depressed, with broad, rounded
snout ; eye very small, its diameter hardly half its distance from the
mouth. Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above ;
internasals two thirds the length of the preefrontals, which are a little
shorter than the frontal ; latter shield small, much longer than broad,
hexagonal, as long as its distance from the rostral or two thirds the
length of the parietals, once and a half as broad as the supraocular ;
parietals as long as the preefrontals and frontal together ; posterior
nasal forming a suture with the preocular; two postoculars, upper
a little larger than lower; temporals 14+2; seven upper labials,
third and fourth entering the eye ; two pairs of subequal chin-shields,
anterior in contact with four labials. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals
208 ; anal entire ; subcaudals 35 pairs. Cream-colour (in spirit),
with 22 black bands, broader than the interspaces between them,
interrupted on the belly, encircling the tail; on the posterior three
fourths of the body series of small black spots form a lateral streak
along each side of the back ; end of snout and ocular region black.
Total length 750 millim. ; tail 75.
A single specimen.
This makes the fourth species of Hoplocephalus from the Solomon
Group. These four species may be distinguished as follows :—
I. Subcaudals single.
BeMIeH 1G TUWS) ..5> 5 eee ees ee eee mee H. par (Faro).
Scalesani 15 orl? rows>- Wace ens esse see HI. melanurus
(Guadalcanar).
II. Subcaudals paired; scales in 17 rows.
The diameter of the eye nearly equals its distance
from the mouth; frontal nearly as broad as
long, twice as broad as the supraocular; ven-
bras: OG) cree si eerste wrens seco eae H. woodfordi
(New Georgia).
1 Of. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 88.
ae ee ae
R.Mintern del. et lith.
is
2H
17
aU
Ae
a
sLOCEPHALUS MELANURUS.
WOCDFORDI!I. 8.H.ELAPOIDES
Mintern Bros.
Lap.
1890.] ON REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, ETC. FROM SUMATRA. 31
The diameter of the eye equals hardly half its
distance from the mouth ; frontal much longer
than broad, once anda half as broad as the
supraocular; ventrals 208 ............... H. elapoides
(Florida).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
Fig. L. Hoplocephalus melanurus, Bler.
4 woodfordii, Bler.
. 5 elapoides, Blgr.
4. List of the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Freshwater Fishes
collected by Professor Moesch and Mr. Iversen in the
district of Deli, Sumatra. By G. A. Boutencer, F.Z.S.
[Received December 30, 1889.]
A few weeks ago I was requested by Dr. Giinther to name a col-
lection of Reptiles, Batrachians, and Freshwater Fishes from Deli and
Langkat, North-east Sumatra, transmitted to him for examination
by the collector, Professor Moesch, of Zurich. As the collection
contains, in addition to two novelties, representatives of a consider-
able number of species new to Sumatra, although previously known
from the Malay Peninsula or from the neighbouring islands, I
thought a full list would be of zoogeographical interest and offered
it to this Society for publication. On hearing of this Professor
Collett, of Christiania, very kindly proposed to submit to me for ex-
amination a large collection brought together during a stay of 20
months precisely in the same localities by a preparator of his
Museum, Mr. Iversen, which had reached him almost on the very day
he read the announcement of my paper. I gladly availed myself of
Prof. Collett’s offer, and postponed the reading of my paper so as to
be able to incorporate init the results of the examination of the
Iversen collection. In addition to a good number of species not in
the Moesch collection, the latter contains a new frog of the genus
Rhacophorus. In the following list I have marked M. the species
represented i in Prof. Moesch’s collection, I. those in Mr. Iversen’s.
Small species are better represented in the former collection and large
ones in the latter, so that the two together should give a very fair
idea of the herpetological and ichthyological faunas of this part of
Sumatra. I was much interested to find in Prof. Moesch’s collection
examples of three of the new_Batrachians which I described not long
ago from the hills near the town of Malacca, thus showing once more
how extremely alike the forest faunas of the opposite coasts of the
Straits of Malacca are.’ A fact worthy of record is that many of
the Batrachians in this collection, however widely remote their
affinities, are spotted or ornamented with bright carmine, a colour
which is by no means frequent in Batrachians. Thus out of the
32 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [Jan. 14,
12 species obtained by Prof. Moesch, carmine spots or markings are
present in the following :—Rana limnocharis, Microhyla achatina,
Phrynella pulchra, Bufo melanostictus, B. parvus, B. asper. A
somewhat similar proportion of carmine-spotted forms was observable
in the collection from Malacca presented by Mr. Hervey. Such
ornamental markings cannot be regarded as adaptations to the
surroundings, and doubtless fall under the head of geographical
isomorphism or mimetic analogy.
As noticed by Wallace, the fauna of Sumatra is much more nearly
allied to that of the forests of the Malay Peninsula and Borneo,
than is that of Java to either Sumatra or Borneo. Dr. Jentink ' finds
“that the Mammalian fauna of East Sumatra agrees much more with
the Borneo than with the West Sumatra fauna.” I am not struck
by any such relation in the herpetological fauna.
[P.S. (Feb. 7, 1890).—This list was in type when I received from
my colleague, Dr. van Lidth de Jeude, an advanced copy of a
paper “On a collection of Snakes from Deli,’”’ to be published by
him in the ‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ xii. 1890, pp. 17-27,
and which, very curiously, was completed on the very same day as
my own (Leyden Museum, 30 Dec. 1889). There is, however, no
duplication of names, from the fact that both the new forms described
by Dr. de Jeude were not represented in the collection worked out
by me; and I have no alteration to make to my list. Of the two
novelties in Dr. de Jeude’s paper, one, Calamaria vermiformis, var.
sumatrana, is, however, not unknown to me, as J had found a
specimen (also from Deli) in the Fischer Collection, and this I had
likewise referred, as a colour-variety, to C. vermiformis. Should
such a form warrant a name, that of sumatrana (Jeude) will have to
be changed, being preoccupied by Edeling.
Hypsirhina hageni, Jeude, is unknown to me; but, judging from
the careful description, appears to be a very interesting new form,
intermediate between Hypsirhina bocourti, Jan (Siam), H. sieboldii,
Schleg. (India, Burma, Malay Peninsula), and Homalophis dorie,
. Peters (Borneo). The snake described by Steindachner in 1887 *, as
a variety of the latter, is probably, again a distinct species, which
agrees with H. hageni in the single loreal and 27 rows of scales.
Other species mentioned by Dr. de Jeude and not represented in
the Moesch and Iversen collections are Typhlops lineatus, Reinw.,
Lycodon aulicus, L., Odontomus subannulatus, Schleg., Coluber
(Gonyosoma) oxycephalus, Reinw., Dryophis fasciolatus, Fischer,
1 Notes Leyden Mus. xi. 1889, p. 19.
* Molge strauchii, Steind., described and figured in the same paper, = Neu-
rergus crocatus, Cope (1862). It appears to me probable that the affinities of
Molge crocata are with M. montana, Savi, not with M. cristata and marmorata,
as suggested by Steindachner. I cannot see how the presence of a ligamentous
arcus fronto-temporalis can justify the inference that a dorsal crest is probably
present in the breeding male. There are Newts with a ligamentous fronto-
temporal arch, both with (Molge marmorata) and without (1. montana) a dorsal
crest ; the same is the case with those in which the arch is ossified (Molge vittata,
M. bosee) and with those in which it is absent (Molge cristata, Chioglossa
lusitanica).
1890. ] BATRACHIANS, ETC., FROM SUMATRA. 33
Platurus laticaudatus, L. (fischeri, Jan), and Trimeresurus grami-
neus, Shaw. There is possibly identity between the author’s Cory-
phodon korros, Leptognathus levis, Dipsas drapiezii, Bothrops
erythrurus, B. hageni, and my Zaocys carinatus, Amblycephalus
carinatus, Dipsas cynodon, and Trimeresurus formosus. |
REPTILIA.
EMYDOSAURIA.
1. CrocopiLus Pporosus, Schn. I.
CHELONIA.
2. TrioNyx PHAYRII, Theob. i.
The occurrence of this Zrionyv in Sumatra is of very great interest.
The skull, type of Gray’s 7. jeudi, supposed to be from Java (2),
may be also from Sumatra. The halfgrown specimen from Deli
agrees in every respect with the Burmese specimens in the British
Museum.
3. TRIONYX CARTILAGINEUS, Bodd. 1p
A young specimen from Langkat agrees in colour with Theobald’s
T. ephippium.
4. GeorMyDA spinosa, Gray.
5. CycLEMYS AMBOINENSIS, Daud.
LACERTILIA.
6. HemIpacryLus FRENATUS, D. & B.
7. GeHYRA MUTILATA, Wem.
8. Draco vouans, L.
9. Draco FIMBRIATUS, Kuhl.
10. CaLorEs CRISTATELLUS, Kuhl.
11. GonyocePHALUS GRANDIS, Gray.
12. VARANUS DUMERILII, Schleg.
.
J
—
vy
13. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.
14. Masuia RUGIFERA, Stol. M.
Two specimens, with 28 scaies round the body, and five light
dorsal lines. In the larger specimen, the preefrontals form a short
suture with each other, and the frontal is in contact with the second
supraocular only.
15. Masuta muutrrasciaTaA, Kuhl. M., I.
16. LyGosoMaA OLIVACEUM, Gray. M,, I.
17. Lygosoma TEMMINCKII, D. & B.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1890, No. III. 3
34 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, (Jan. 14,
Opuipia.
18. PYTHON RETICULATUS, Schn. I.
19, CyLINDROPHIS RUFUS, Laur. I.
20. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Reinw. Di:
21. CaLaAmMaRIA SUMATRANA, Edeling. Mel.
Three specimens of this little-known Calamaria were obtained,
two by Prof. Moesch, one by Mr. Iversen. The following descrip-
tion is drawn up from these specimens :—
Rostral a little broader than deep; frontal longer than broad, a
little shorter than the parietals, rather more than twice as broad as
the supraocular ; one pree- and one postocular ; five upper labials,
third and fourth entering the eye ; two pairs of chin-shields in con-
tact with each other, the anterior in contact with the mental. Scales
in 13 rows. Ventrals 168,176,174; anal entire; subcaudals 13, 12,
12. Tail pointed. Reddish brown above, with five black longitudinal
lines ; each scale of the outer row with a white spot ; a yellow collar
on the nape, narrowly interrupted in the middle, and a similar
marking at the base of the tail; lower parts uniform yellowish, with
a black line along the middle of the tail.
Total length 265 millim. ; tail 12.
This Calamaria resembles strikingly, at a first glance, the Javan C.
quadrimaculata, from which it differs in having five instead of four
upper labials, and in the separation of the first pair of lower labials
by the anterior chin-shields. Specimens from Kiu Kiang and Hong
Kong have recently been referred! to C. guadrimaculata, but, in
spite of their similar coloration, belong to a distinct species, for which
I propose the name of C. septentrionalis. C'. septentrionalis differs
from C. quadrimaculata in the frontal being as broad as long and
in the tail being rounded at the end.
22. PsEUDORHABDION LONGICEPS, Cant. M.
23. Lycopon suscinctvs, Boie. M., I.
I suspect Elapoides annulatus, Sauvage (1884), to be founded on
a young specimen of this species.
24. Lycopon EFFRENIs, Cant. M.
25. ABLABES BALIODIRUS, Boie. M.
26. ABLABEs TRICOLOR, Schleg. M.
27. SIMOTES PURPURASCENS, Schleg. M., I.
= S. trinotatus, D. B., S. labuanensis, Gthr., S. catenifer, Stol.,
S. dennysi, Blanf., S. affinis, Fisch.
Otherwise identical specimens, from the same locality, have either
19 or 21 rows of scales.
? Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 165.
1890.] BATRACHIANS, ETC., FROM SUMATRA. 35
28. SIMOTES OCTOLINEATUS, Schn. I fe
The variety with five yellow dorsal lines separated by broader
black stripes.
29. StmorEs stcNatus, Gthr. M.
30. Zaocys carinatus, Gthr. HIE
The largest specimen measures 10 feet ; tail 2 feet 5 inches.
31. CoLUBER MELANURUS, Schleg.
32. DENpDRopuis pictus, Gm.
33. DENDRELAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS, Gray.
34. TRopIpoNoTuS CHRYSARGUS, Boie. M.,
35. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS, Boie. M.,
36. Troprponorus FLAVICcEPs, D. & B. M.,
37. TRopIDONOTUS RHODOMELAS, Schleg.
38. CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS, Schn.
39. Dipsas cynopon, Cuv.
oe A on oe |
40. Dipsas DENDROPHILA, Reinow.
=
41. PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie.
=
.
42. PSAMMODYNASTES PiIcTus, Gthr.
=
43. DryoprHis PRASINUS, Boie.
44. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.
45. Homatopsis succarTa, L.
46. CERBERUS RHYNCHOPsS, Schn.
.
47. HypsirHINA PLUMBEA, Boie.
48. ADENIOPHIS INTESTINALIS, Laur.
49. ADENIOPHIS BIVIRGATUS, Boie.
fet ee a a oa eh
50. Bunearus Fasciatus, Schn.
51. Nata TRIpup1iAns, Merr. its
The numerous specimens collected by Mr. Iversen are brown or
blackish, without spectacle-mark ; lower surface of neck white,
followed by a black cross-band, and with an azygous black spot ante-
riorly and one or two on each side. 23 or 25 scales across the neck,
17 or 19 across the middle of the body. Ventrals 183-192; sub-
caudals 50-52 pairs.
This variety, which is closely allied to Cantor’s var, nigra, connects
the typical WV. ¢ripudians with Reinwardt’s N. sputatrix.
3%
36 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [Jan. 14,
52. Nara BunGaARuS, Schleg. i
Up to 13 feet long.
53. AMBLYCEPHALUS CARINATUS, Reinw. Aly
54. TRIMERESURUS FORMOSUS, Schleg. I.
55. TRIMERESURUS WAGLERI, Schleg. I.
56. TRIMERESURUS PURPUREOMACULATUS, Gray. I.
A single adult specimen, belonging to the var. carinatus, Gray.
Uniform green above, the interstitial skin purplish brown ; a series
of whitish spots along the outer series of scales; lower parts uni-
form pale greenish. Scales in 27 rows; 15 scales in a transverse
series between the supraoculars ; ventrals 161 ; subcaudals 64.
BATRACHIA.
1. Rana macropon, Kubl. M., I.
2. Rana TigRinA, Daud. I
3. Rana LimNocHaris, Wgm. M.
4. Rana ERYTHRA#A, Schleg. i
5. RANA NICOBARIENSIS, Stol. M
6. RHACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX, Gravh. M.
7. RHACOPHORUS COLLETTI, Sp. n. 1
Vomerine teeth in two oblique series commencing at the inner
front edge of the choanz, which are very large. Head as long as
broad ; skin of head free, smooth; snout triangular, a little longer
than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis angular; loreal
region oblique, slightly concave ; nostril near the tip of the snout ;
interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum
very distinct, three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers long,
with a slight rudiment of web; toes nearly entirely webbed; disks
of fingers about half the size of the tympanum, of toes smaller ;
subarticular tubercles moderate; a very small inner metatarsal
tubercle. Hind limbs very long; the femoro-tibial articulation
reaches the fore limb and the tibio-tarsal far beyond the tip of the
snout; tibia two thirds the length of head and body. Skin smooth,
granular on the belly and under the thighs. Grey above, loreal
region and sides of body lighter; lips with a fine blackish edge ;
limbs with dark cross-bands; anal region blackish, with a white
edge above; lower parts whitish.
From snout to-vent 62 millim.
A single female specimen from Langkat.
This species is closely allied to R. leucomystaa, but differs in the
much longer hind limbs.
1890.] BATRACHIANS, ETC., FROM SUMATRA. 37
8. MicroHYLa ACHATINA, Boie. M.
9. MicROHYLA INORNATA, sp. 2. M.
Snout obtuse, shorter than the diameter of the orbit ; interorbital
space a little broader than the upper eyelid. First finger much shorter
thau second; toes moderately elongate, quite free ; tips of fingers
and toes dilated into very small disks ; subarticular tubercles very
distinct ; inner metatarsal tubercle very small, round; no outer
tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Back
covered with small smooth warts. Dark brown above, spotted or
matbled with black; sides of head black, with a series of white spots
along the upper lip; lower parts brown; throat of male black.
Male with a subgular vocal sac.
From snout to vent 20 millim.
Three specimens, two males and one female.
10. PHRYNELLA PULCHRA, Bler. ' M.
Two male specimens, agreeing with the types from Malacca. The
specimen from the mountains of Perak, referred to this species
by Giiother (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 313, pl. xvi.
fig. B), is a distinct species, which I will call P. pollicaris on account
of the strong tubercle-like rudiment of pollex which is developed in
the male of this species but not of P. pulchra. Other differences
are found in the stouter habit, the shorter head, the presence of a
strong transverse fold connecting the posterior borders of the eyelid,
the shorter and thicker digits with much stronger subarticular
tubercles, and the hardly half-webbed toes. The coloration is also
a much plainer one.
11. Buro MELANOstTICcTUs, Schn. M., I.
12. Buro quapriporcatus, Bler. M.
13. Buro parvus, Blgr. M., I.
14. Buro asPer, Gravenh. M., I.
15. LEProBRACHIUM HASSELTII, Tsch. I.
A larval specimen with well-developed limbs, obtained by Mr.
Iversen, enables me to name several tadpoles of rather large size,
from Larut, Perak, presented to the Museum in 1886 by Dr. J.
Anderson. These are remarkable in being marked all over with
numerous deep black dots. Spiraculum sinistral, equally distant
from the end of the snout and from the tail; latter once and a half
as long as the body, Length of body 25 millim.
16. MreGatorurys nasuta, Schleg. M.
38
1.
MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES,
PISCES.
ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Gosivus caninus, C. & V.
D. 6/1. A.4. L. lat. 33-35.
(Jan. 14,
Mt
Depth of body six times in the total length, length of head four
times and one third; head once and three fourths as long as broad.
2
3
4
5
6.
7
8
9
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
V7.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
. Exvrorris sButis, C. & V.
. Catrorra Groot, Blkr.
. ANABAS SCANDENS, Dald.
. HeLostoMA TEMMINCKEII, K. & v. H.
OsPHROMENUS OLFAX, Comm.
. OSPHROMENUS TRICHOPTERUS, Pall.
. OsPHROMENUS LEERII, Blkr.
. BetTa PUGNAX, Cant.
OPrHIOCEPHALUS GACHUA, Ham. Buch.
OpHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch.
OrxHiocepHALus Lucius, K. & v. H.
OPHIOCEPHALUS MARULIUS, Ham. Buch.
RHYNCHOBDELLA ACULEATA, Bl.
MasTACEMBELUS UNICOLOR, K. & v. H.
MasTAcCEMBELUS ERYTHROTANIA, Blkr.
MasTACEMBELUS MACULATUS, Reinw.
MaAsTACEMBELUS ARMATUS, Lacép.
PHYSOSTOMI.
CuariaAs MaGuR, Ham. Buch.
CuaRiaS NIEUHOFII, C. & V.
CRYPTOPTERUS MONONEMA, Blkr.
CaLLICHROUS BIMACULATUS, Blkr.
CALLICHROUS HYPOPHTHALMUS, Blkr.
MACRONES MICRACANTHUS, Blkr.
Macrones niGRICEPs, C. & V.
MACcCRONES NEMURUS, C. & V.
L
M.
M., I.
1890. ] BATRACHIANS, ETC., FROM SUMATRA. 39
27. Macrones PLANIcers, K. & v. H. M.
28. Liocassis p@cILOPTERUS, K. & v. H. M.
29. Liocassis MicropocGon, Blkr. M.
30. Liocassis stENoMUS, K. & v. H. M.
31. Liocassis MOESCHII, sp. 0. M.
D. 1/7.a0ks FB. Ys.
Upper surface of head naked and rugose ; occipital process as long
as broad ; a separate shield, a little broader than long, between the
occipital process and the basal shield of the dorsal spine ; head
longer than broad, a little broader than deep ; snout not prominent.
The depth of the body contained five times in the total length
(without caudal), the length of the head thrice and two thirds.
Barbels slender and short, the maxillary reaching the opercle.
Dorsal spine serrated behind, its length two thirds that of the head.
Adipose fin twice as long as dorsal, as long as its distance from the
latter. Pectoral spine strong, considerably longer than the dorsal,
strongly serrated on the inner edge. Brown above, fins blackish
brown.
Total length 90 millim.
Three specimens.
32. GLYPTOSTERNUM PLATYPOGON, K. &v. H. M.
33. BELONE CANCILOIDEs, Blkr. M.
34. HemMIRHAMPHUS BUFFONIS, Blkr. ile
35. Daneiua KuBLII, C. & V. M.
36. OsrrocHILUS WAANDERSII, Blkr. M.
37. CrossocHitus oBLoncus, C. & V. M.
38. Barsus macutatus, K. & v. H. RET.
39. Barsus LaTeristrica, C. & V. M.
40. BarsBus HAMPAL, C. & V. M., L.
4]. BarsBus suMATRANUS, Blkr. M.
42. Barsus apoGon, Blkr. I.
43. RasBORA LATERISTRIATA, Blkr. M., I.
44. RasporA SUMATRANA, Blkr. M., I.
45. CHELA ANOMALURUS, V. Hass. M.
46. ACANTHOPSIS CH@RORHYNCHUS, Blkr. M.
47. LEPIDOCEPHALICHTHYS HASSELTH, Blkr. I.
40 DR. A. GUNTHER ON [Jan. 14,
48. Nororrervs cuHiTaLA, Ham. Buch. M.
49. Monorrervus JAVANENSIs, Lacép. M., I.
50. ANGUILLA sIDAT, Blkr. M.
51. Murazna Tite, Ham, Buch. M.
LopHOBRANCHII.
52. DoryicuTuys cAuDATUs, Ptrs. M.
PLECTOGNATHI.
53. TETRODON PALEMBANGENSIS, Blkr. M.
54. TetTropon Liurus, Blkr. M.
5. A Contribution to our Knowledge of British Pleuronectide.
By Dr. A. Giinruer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
[Received December 6, 1889.]
(Plate III.)
1. On the Occurrence of Arnoglossus lophotes and Arnoglossus
grohmanni in British Seas.
In the fourth volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ p. 417 (1862),
I described from three skinned specimens which formed part of the
Yarrell Collection a new species of Arnoglossus under the name of
A. lophotes. I was unable to give the locality whence these speci-
mens were obtained, but inferred from the mode of their preserva-
tion that it was more probable that they came from British seas
than from the Mediterranean. I placed this new species close to
Arnoglossus grohmanni from the Mediterranean, which is sufficiently
well figured in Bonaparte’s ‘ Fauna Italica,’ and correctly described by
Canestrini (Arch, Zool. i. p. 12, tav. i. fig. 3); and pointed out
such differences between the two species that it seemed almost im-
possible to confound them.
The uncertainty about A. lophotes being a British species was,
however, soon removed by Couch, who in his ‘History of British
Fishes’ (1864) states that he had examined a specimen obtained at
Plymouth, and by Professor Moseley, who in 1882 captured another
example of the same species in the trawl off Lundy Island, which he
deposited in the British Museum.
To the late Mr. F. Day neither the evidence brought forward by
me nor that of Couch seemed satisfactory enough to introduce this
fish into the British fauna (Fish. Great Brit. ii. p. 23), and it was
only after Professor Moseley’s capture that he admitted it, asserting,
however, that it was identical with the Mediterranean A. grohmanni
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 748, pl. 53).
The opportunity of again setting right this error is now offered
- soig Ui FULL
“VNYaLVT SNSSOTSONYV'D SHLOHdOT SNSsSOoTOONUY a INNVNHOWS SNSSOTOONUV V
ae
URL P BP Wepayy yy
1890. | SOME BRITISH PLEURONECTID&. 41
by the discovery by the Rev. W. S. Green ofa fish on the coast of
Ireland which proves to be an adult specimen of the true A.
grohmanni. Thanks to the kind help of the Marquis G. Doria,
Professor Doderlein of Palermo, and Professor Bellotti of Milan, I
have materials before me which place the question beyond any doubt,
the result of my examination being :—
1. That the two species are quite distinct, and well characterized
by constant characters.
2. That both species are found both in the Mediterranean and on
the British coasts, but are rarer in the latter area.
3. That the outlines of the figure in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, pl. 53,
are taken from a British specimen of A. lophotes', with the scaling and
markings added from a Mediterranean A. grohmanni.
The arguments brought forward by Mr. Day in support of his
assertion that the two species are identical were the following :—
1. That he had received specimens of A. grohmanni from Prof.
Giglioli of Florence, ‘‘ which are identical with Prof. Moseley’s fish.”
If that was the case, and if those specimens had the four or five
anterior dorsal rays prolonged, and not the second only, then I
have no hesitation in stating that those specimens were misnamed
A. grohmanni.
2. That “ thetypical specimens of A. /ophotes are stretched or ab-
normally elongate skins.” It is quite possible that these skins are a
little more elongate than the fishes were whilst in the flesh ; but all
the fresh specimeus of 4. lophotes have a more elongate body than
adult and haifgrown specimens of A. grohmanni, as may be seen on
comparing the figure of this species now given (Plate III. fig. A) with
the figure in P. Z. 8. 1882, pl. 53. And in conformity with this
greater prolongation of the body, the numbers of the fin-rays and
transverse series of scales are larger in A. lophotes than in A. groh-
manni. I have to add, however, that the smallest and youngest
specimen of A. grohmanni (24 inches long), which I received among
those sent by Prof. Bellotti, has the body more elongate than older
examples: a very common occurrence in the Pleuronectidze.
3. That the numbers of fin-rays show greater variations in Pleuro-
nectoids than in other fishes; that, for instance, in the Lemon Sole
(Solea lascaris) the number of dorsal rays varies between 65 and 89,
and of the anal between 52 and 70! This is contrary to the obser-
vations of almost all ichthyologists (Mr. Day included): the fin-rays
of Pleuronectoids do not vary more than in other fishes with a
similarly great number of fin-rays; and the statement of so extra-
ordinary a variation as the one referred to can only be accounted for
by the observer having mixed up several species. The following
table of the fin-rays of our specimens of A. lophotes and A. groh-
manni will be, however, more to the point than any far-fetched
comparisons of doubtful value.
1 The specimen when brought to the Museum by Professor Moseley imme-
diately after its capture had lost not only the scales, but also the integuments;
and of course every trace of colour was gone.
42 DR. A. GUNTHER ON [Jan. 14,
Arnoglossus lophotes.
Dorsal rays. Anal rays.
Dry typical specimen no. 1 .......... 95 77
° +f MON De hes cas pee OO 76
BS , HOgee se. e.ay mis. Sees 102 81
Lundy Island specimen in spirit .. .... 99 79
Specimen from Palermo ‘ppadtien ee oe 98 75
Arnoglossus grohmanni.
Specimen from Kenmare River in spirit .. 86 64
3 Dalmatia eae: OO 65
“4 Nice no. 1 as sq felt! 64
“ x 2 rei ios =) 61
+ és 3 hn se 62
” ” 4 9 .. 84 65
It is difficult to understand why Mr. Day in his paper makes no
reference whatever to the most striking distinctive character, viz.
the prolonged dorsal rays. Bonaparte and Canestrini distinctly say
that in A. grohmanni the second dorsal ray is prolonged, and so it is
in the six specimens before me, in the youngest as well as oldest. In
A. lophotes the four or five anterior rays are prolonged ; and there
is no difference in this respect in the five specimens before me, in
the smallest as well as in the largest. No author mentions a pro-
longation of fin-rays in the common British species of Scald-fish,
Arnoglossus laterna, which, besides, has a conspicuously smaller eye
than A. lophotes (see Plate III. figs. B, C), as may be seen from the
following measurements :—
A, laterna. A, lophotes.
Dota levee ih winicice <uictoys Sle Sine on ini nis 187 mm. 174 mm.
Horizontal diameter of eye........ 73 mm. 95 mm.
Tétal lena tye yee a eee ae 120 mm. 136 mm.
Horizontal diameter of eye ......-.. 53 mm. 8 mm.
Also the maxillary is somewhat shorter in A. lophotes than in A.
laterna.
I add now a complete diagnosis of 4. grohmanni, drawn up from
specimens preserved in spirit :—
D. 84-88. A. 61-65. P.9. L. lat. 51.
The greatest width of the body is contained twice and one third
in the total length (withont caudal), the length of the head four
times. The upper profile of the head descends rapidly downwards,
there being a considerable space between the upper eye and the upper
profile. Eyes of moderate size, one fourth of the length of the head and
equal to the length of the snout ; eyes separated by a sharp ridge, the
lower somewhat in advance of the upper. Mouth oblique and rather
narrow, with prominent lower jawand with the maxillary not extending
to below the middle of the eye. The length of the maxillary is one
1890. } SOME BRITISH PLEURONECTID&. 43
third of the length of the head. Vomeriue teeth none. Vertical
fins rather high, the dorsal fin commencing in front of the upper eye
and terminating close to the caudal. Of the three anterior rays,
especially the second is elongate, being two thirds as long as the
head and broadly fringed; caudal fin somewhat shorter than the
head, and about equal in length to the pectoral fin. Lateral line
with a semicircular curve above the pectoral fin; scales of moderate
size, minutely ciliated on the edge. Ground-colour brownish grey,
marbled with black ; some of the rays of the dorsal and anal fins
partially black ; the other fin-rays finely dotted with black.
The largest specimen is 6 inches long and in an excellent state of
perservation. It was obtained by the Rev. W. S. Green in the
Kenmare River, depth 10 fathoms.
2. On the Occurrence of Rhombus boscii in British Seas.
Rhombus boscii (Risso) is another species new to the British fauna;
specimens were discovered by the Rev. W. S. Green in 150 and 315
fathoms off the S.W. coast of Ireland’. As this fish possesses
vomerine teeth, it has to be removed from the genus Arnoglossus, to
which I had referred it before having seen specimens*. In fact,
it comes near to Rhombus megastoma, with which it was confounded
by Mr. Day’.
3. On the Nomenclature of the Lemon Sole.
I proposed for the Lemon Sole of the North Atlantic the name
of Solea aurantiaca, believing that I had recognized Risso’s Solea
lascaris in a Sole from Madeira which has the body considerably
narrower and more elongate. Risso’s description applies equally well
to both species, and I had no other reason for retaining the name
given by him for the Madeira fish than its southern origin: it
seemed to be more probable that the Mediterranean fish was iden-
tical with the one from Madeira than with that of the North At-
lantic. However, the British Museum has now obtained a specimen
from Nice which is evidently identical with our Lemon Sole, and
gives sufficient ground for applying the name of Solea lascaris to
the latter, and not to the Madeira fish, which is clearly a distinct
species. Therefore the synonymy of the two fishes will stand as
follows :-—
SOLEA LASCARIS.
Pleuronectes lascaris, Risso, Ickth. Nice, p. 311.
Solea lascaris, Risso, Eur. mérid. iii. p. 249; Day, Fish. Great
Brit. ii. p. 42.
Solea pegusa, Yarrell, Brit. Fish. 2nd ed. (nee Lacép.).
Solea nasuta, Richardson, in Yarrell, Brit. Fish. 3rd ed. (nec Pall.).
Solea aurantiaca, Giinth. Fish. iv. p. 467.
Lemon Sole.
North-Eastern Atlantic ; Mediterranean.
1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1889, iv. p. 418. 3 Fish. Great Brit. ii.p. 21.
2 Cat. Fish. iv. p, 416.
44 MR. W. K. PARKER ON OPISTHOCOMUS CristaTus. [Feb. 4,
SoLEA SCRIBA.
Solea scriba, Valence. in Webb & Berthel. Iles Canar., Poiss.
p- 84, pl. 18. fig. 3 (bad).
Solea lascaris, Giinth. Fish. iv. p. 467 (nec Risso).
Madeira, Canary Islands.
4. On the Identity of Solea lutea and Solea minuta.
I am indebted to Professor Doderlein of Palermo for fresh speci-
mens of Solea lutea (Risso) from the Mediterranean, and to the
Officers of the Marine Biological Association for examples of Solea
minuta (Parnell) obtained by them in Cowsand Bay; and am unable
to discern any specific differences between them.
February 4, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1890 :—
The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 139, of which 89 were
acquired by presentation, 4 by exchange, 41 by purchase, and 5
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 84.
A communication was read from Mr. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., con-
taining a memoir on the Morphology of a Reptilian Bird (Opistho-
comus eristatus), of which the following is an abstract :—
The expression “ Reptilian bird” is, I believe, one of my own
coining ; it occurs frequently in my early papers. For the bird had
long been to me a transformed and, one might even say, a glorified
Reptile, the quasi-imago of the reptile, which takes the place of an
active pupa, the fish doing duty, in the present economy of nature,
as the larva. Things might have remained in this state and all
this have been called “ Parker’s poetry,” but very. opportunely a
severely scientific and very powerful mind found time to take up this
subject ; for Professor Huxley, in his masterly paper on the Classifi-
cation of Birds (P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 416-472), put true Reptiles and
Birds into one bundle, and called this bundle of life ‘‘ Sauropsida.”’
Everyone knows that that is one of the largest strides in the progress
of modern science, yet at the time it made men of the old school
“lift their brows ” and wonder what would be the next move. These
men ‘entered not in:” the old wilderness of thought was enough for
them; but our brave leader led us into a good land and a large one.
No man of this generation is startled at the term “* Reptilian bird,”
although everyone must wonder how the slow, cold-blooded, scaly
1890.] MR. W. K. PARKER ON OPISTHOCOMUS CRISTATUS. 45
beast ever became transformed into the quick, hot-blooded, feathered
fowl, the joy of creation.
Now if any one will look at the picture I have made of the half-
ripe embryo of the Hoatzin, he will see that which will help him to
imagine how the Reptile crept out of his lowliness and became that
high and noble creature—a Bird.
Of course the wings dominate everything else in the organization
of the bird ; all other parts must be correlated to these metamorphosed
paws. That wings were paws we see in this Reptilian bird, and the
suppression of the parts of a five-fingered hand, which is so striking a
character in the normal wing ofabird, wherein three digits only, and
these strangely mangled and fused, are all that remain of the Rep-
tilian fore-foot. That suppression is incomplete in Opisthocomus.
In the half-ripe chick of this bird, the first and second fingers have
claws as large, or nearly as large, as those of the toes; and on the
third finger, which, as a rule, in birds has only one phalanx, instead
of four (as in the Reptiles), I found in one of the embryos a definite
claw, such as I have shown to exist in Struthio and Rhea; I have
seen this in no other bird but these three. There is, also, what 1 have
found in many birds, a rudiment of the fourth finger ; this is a “ pha-
lanx”’ in this bird, it is a “ metacarpal ” in the chick of the common
fowl and in the Carinatz generally.
In Opisthocomus, and in a few other birds, the two normal proxi-
mal carpals, those that in the adult bird are always free and mobile,
are, for a few days, segmented into additional elements. Thus,
taking what I find in this and other birds, the bird’s wrist may have
all the carpals seen in Amphibia and Reptiles. 1am familiar with
nine carpals in the wrist of birds, although normally only two are
permanently distinct.
If these facts are not remarkable, I know of nothing that one need
wonder at and admire ; they cannot be made into poetry, but they
are not prosaic. Nor are there wanting, in this bird, as in others,
signs of marginal and intercalary digits in the wing of the embryo;
atavistic remnants or vestiges that are Reptilian and probably Am-
phibian “stigmata.” But the more fused proximal structures that
help to form the organ of flight in this bird are as remarkable as
the free distal parts.
This bird, which I take to be an archaic Curassow, an unchanged
“waif” of the family from which the Cracide arose, like the
Tinamou, never lost its sternal keel; the Hatite have lost it: they
are overgrown, degenerate birds that were once on the right road
for becoming flying fowl, but through greediness and idleness never
reached the “ goal,” went back, indeed, and lost their sternal keel
and almost lost their unexercised wings.
Now the Tinamou has lost its tail, or nearly so; the Hoatzin has
kept its tail; the former, to make up for this, has a huge keel in his
extremely long sternum, whilst the Hoatzin has a small keel on a
short sternum.
Both of these birds can fly a little, they are not careful to culti-
vate that talent, they are not birds of “‘ understanding.” Now the
46 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON WOLVES, [Feb. 4,
keel of the sternum in Opisthocomus being on the hinder third of the
bone, the leg of the Y-shaped merrythought (or furcula) lies close
to the flat under surface of the bone and is strongly strapped to
it. I showed, long ago, that the leg of the merrythought is de-
veloped as a distinct bone, the homologue of the long dagger-shaped
interclavicle of the Lizards and the Monotrematous Mammals.
Whether I was believed, or not, by those who had not worked these
parts out, did not signify anything to me. Here, in the Hoatzin,
this median bone is larger than in any other bird, and is more Lacer-
tian in its attachments, as my figures show.
This bird has a “‘ supra-scapular’’ segment ; that is an Amphibian
character.
Its hind limbs are quite normal, they are similar to those of the
Pigeon-footed fowls (Peristeropodes), viz. the Cracidee and Megapo-
didze, the more archaic kinds of Gallinaceous birds.
The vertebra, asin fowls, the Ratite, and the toothed Hesperornis,
are cylindroidal up to the sacrum. Many birds, now living, have
their dorsal vertebree ‘‘ opisthoccelous.” As to the skull, it is in many
respects thatof a normal Carinate bird; but the palatal bones have a
Struthious simplicity, and the basipterygoids, which are aborted in
the adult, are developed in the embryo; they articulate with the
pterygoid bones at their hind part, just as in the Ratite and the
Tinamous ; in Gallinaceous birds this articulation is at the front
third of the pterygoids. That character, alone, is diagnostic as to
the position of Opisthocomus in this class; added to others, nothing
can be clearer than that this bird is one of a nearly extinct type,
and that its nearest living relations are birds of an old sort ; it might
be called a “ Struthious Curassow.”’
Professor Huxley, in his second paper (P. Z. 8.1868, pp. 294-319),
makes this single, lonely bird the representative of his suborder
“« Heteromorphe” ; an equivalent suborder, the ‘‘ Coracomorphe,”
contains more than siz thousand living species. Iagree with him in
this daring classificaticn.
The following papers were read :-—
1. Observations on Wolves, Jackals, Dogs, and Foxes. By
A. D. Barrizrr, Superintendent of the Society’s
Gardens.
[Received December 6, 1889.]
Wolves, jackals, dogs, and foxes are found spread nearly all over
the world. So much has been written and published on these
animals that at the first sight it would appear that little can be
added to the knowledge we already possess. It is, however, agreed
by all writers who are entitled worthy of notice, that all the varieties
of domestic dogs have descended from wolves and jackals, or from
the admixture of animals of these kinds, as no other animals are
known to which we can in avy reasonable way ascribe their origin.
1890.] JACKALS, DOGS, AND FOXES. 47
I may, however, from the opportunities I have had of observing
so many living examples of the above-named animals, be able to
offer a few remarks on the subject.
In the first place, I find that Wolves differ greatly amongst them-
selves in size, colour, and markings. Wolves fromthe Arctic regions
are larger, lighter in colour, and have much longer and thicker
coats than those which inhabit milder climates. Some of these
varieties from different parts of the world have been considered as
distinct species, without, in my opinion, sufficient characters to mark
their distinctness.
With reference to the Jackals, they are more easily distinguished,
and several well-marked species are readily known and recognized.
The extraordinary and wonderful number of well-marked breeds
of the domestic dog and their variations of size, form, and colour,
render any attempt to account for their origin a task of some diffi-
culty; but as many wild dogs appear to be descendants of domestic
dogs, it is necessary to endeavour to account for the origin of the
domestic race. There can be no doubt, for example, that the Esqui-
maux dogs are reclaimed or domesticated wolves.
All wolves, if taken young and reared by man, are tame, playful,
and exhibit a fondness for those who feed and attend tothem. “The
same may be said of all the species of jackals. This being so, it is
highly probable that both wolves and jackals were for many ages
found in the company of man, and that owing to this association the
different species of these animals may have bred together and become
mixed.
A mixed breed would at once develop a new variety. A variety once
commenced wouldin all probability, in a few generations, undergo many
changes, especially if any well-marked variety should occur. Nothing
would be more natural than to suppose that the owners of this variety
would endeavour to increase its number, especially if it was found to
possess useful qualities.
The fashion of hunting led in all probability to the separation of
domestic dogs into two well-known breeds, viz. those that hunt by
sight, as distinguished from those that hunt by scent; for there can
be no doubt that at a very early period dogs were used in the chase
of wild animals. There are plenty of ancient monuments on which
there is unmistakable evidence of this fact. The usefulness of dogs
being established at a very early period would naturally lead to great
care being bestowed upon them, and doubtless to the breeding of
them in a domestic state. This would lead to the production of the
many breeds and varieties that have been developed, and thus
varieties may have been perpetuated by the mixing and crossing of
breeds originally obtained from distinct wild animals.
I have found no difficulty in crossing wolves and jackals with do-
mestic dogs, when suitably matched. It is a well-known fact that
the Esquimaux frequently allows his dogs to breed with wolves, in
order to keep up the strength, the power of endurance, and the
courage of the race. But as regards foxes, so far as my experience
goes, I have never met with a well-authenticated instance of a hybrid
48 ON WOLVES, JACKALS, DOGS, AND FOXES. [Feb. 4,
between a fox and a dog, notwithstanding numerous specimens of
supposed hybrids of this sort which from time to time have been
brought to my notice. The habits of wolves and jackals are so much
alike that I am unable to point out any marked differences between
them.
Domestic dogs exhibit many of the habits of wolves and jackals,
such as the scratching up of earth with the front feet, and the
pushing back of it with the hind feet, in order to cover up the drop-
pings. Again, when about to rest, the turning round two or three
times with the object of forming a hole in which to rest may be
noticed in pet dogs about to lie down upon the hearth-rug, a habit
evidently acquired by inheritance from their wild ancestors.
The whining, growling, and howling of wolves, jackals, and dogs
are so much alike as to be indistinguishable ; but the barking of dogs
is undoubtedly an acquired habit, and doubtless due to domestica-
tion.
Wolves and jackals in a wild state never bark, nor do Esquimaux
dogs nor Dingos, but if kept associated with barking dogs, these and
other wild dogs in many instances acquire the habit of barking.
A well-known instance of this occurred under my notice. A wild
Antarctic Wolf, after a few months, hearing the barking of dogs in the
immediate neighbourhood, began to bark, and succeeded admirably.
The same thing has happened to my knowledge in the case of pure-
bred Esquimaux dogs and Dingos. This reminds me of a similar
instance of the development of the voice by domestication. There
can be no doubt that the origin of our domestic fowls must be attri-
buted to the wild Jungle-fowls of Asia, but none of the known wild
Species are ever heard to utter the fine loud crow of our domestic
cock.
The different breeds of dogs do not present greater difficulties in
accounting for them than are offered by the different breeds of
domestic pigeons and the extraordinary varieties of domestic poultry.
Individual differences are observable in all living animals. The
members of a family, the produce of the same parents, reared, treated,
and fed on the same spot with the same surroundings, are frequently
found to differ to such an extent in appearance, temper, and dispo-
sition, as to lead observers to doubt their uniform origin. It is
probable that in this way varieties spring up and form distinct races.
In conclusion I may call attention to the fact that wolves, jackals,
and wild dogs have a great aversion to go into the water. I have
been informed upon good authority that the Eskimos, at times that
they do not require to use their dogs, in order to prevent their being
troublesome by entering the huts, convey them to an island, and there
land and keep them, and that in such cases, although the dogs are
sometimes half-starved, they never venture into the water. It there-
fore appears to me that during the domestication of the dog, by
careful selection, breeding, and training, certain breeds have developed
an aquatic habit that may be regarded as entirely foreign to its
original wild ancestors. In fact the dog appears to me the most
perfectly domesticated of all animals.
1890. ] ON THE GENERA OF THE FAMILY SORICID£. 49
2. A Synopsis of the Genera of the Family Soricide.
By G. E. Dosson, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received December 21, 1889.]
The following synopsis of the genera of the family Soricide has been
based on a very careful examination of a great number of specimens
representing nearly all the known species, and differs from preceding
synopses and classifications not only in the number and mode of
arrangement of the genera, but also in many of the characters used
for their discrimination’. In such a very compact family it is
extremely difficult to obtain characters sufficiently salient to distin-
guish the genera when presented in synoptical form, and I am well
aware that the discovery of new species may render changes
inevitable in the definition of some of the genera as given below.
While certain species, such as Sorex vulgaris and Blarina brevicauda,
are easily relegated to their respective genera, this is not so readily
effected with other species in which many of what appear to be
the most important generic characters are either feebly developed
or are altogether absent. So closely, indeed, are the species allied,
all possessing the same number and character of mandibular teeth
(Myosorex varius, in which there is a seventh pair of rudimentary
lower teeth, can scarcely be considered an exception), that it is pro-
bable that the only really natural division of the Shrews is into two
sections, one including the white-toothed and the other the red-
toothed species.
Te Meerhored tipped nses Seeder eces-'« teashesnssaccrcesher eat Subfamily SORTCINE,
a. Tail clothed with equal or subequal sized hairs; glans
penis cylindroid or tapering. (Terrestrial, rarely aquatic.)
a'. Opening of male or female generative organs separated
from the anal orifice.
a". Ear-conch well developed ; tail long.
i. 2, pm. 3—33, m. 3—3
Dent. a = 82 teeth
' Most of the synopses and classifications of the genera were based upon the
dental formule of which a réswmé is given in Brandt’s well-known papers on
the dentition of the Shrews (Bullet. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, t. xli. 2° part.
pp. 76-95, 1868, t. xliii. 2° part. pp. 1-40, 1871). Since the appearance of
Brandt’s work A. Milne-Edwards published in 1872 (Recherches pour servir 4
VHist. Nat. des Mammiféres, p. 259) a synopsis of the genera of this family, by
far the most noticeable of the classifications which had yet appeared. This
classification was adopted by me in the article ‘‘ Mammalia,” Encyclop. Britan-
nica, 9th edition, 1882.
? Brandt (/.¢.) has clearly shown that the position of the premaxillary
suture in Sorer vulgaris and in S. minutus is between the third and fourth
unicuspidate teeth, and that therefore there are 4 upper incisors on each
side in these species, one more than in any other species of placental
mammal not belonging to this family and to be met with among existing
mammals in the Marsupialia only.
8 As the anterior maxillary tooth is neither functionally nor morphologically
a canine in any species of this family, I have not designated it as such in the
dental formule, but have included it in the number of the premolars,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. IV. 4
50 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE (Feb. 4,
b'. Opening of male or female generative organs forming
with the anal orifice a shallow cloaca.
Dent. TAR —=30, rarely 32 teeth ... Sorrcunvs!,
ce". Ear-conch truncated above; tail short; the fourth Blyth.
upper incisor rudimentary or absent.
Dent. “474% 5 pmo m: 33 —39 or 30 teeth.........
d'', Bar-conch well developed ; tail moderate; first upper
incisior as in Blarina, without internal talon.
i, 3—3, pm. 2—2, m. 3—3
Dent. a == 39 teeth 1s. ees ee: Sate. NorrosorEx,
b. Tail with an inferior fringe of long hairs; glans penis (SU8-) Baird.
broad with lateral processes. (Aguazic.)
6'. Opening of male or female generative organs enclosed
within the same integumentary ring as the anal orifice.
6’, Har-conch small but perfect; tail long.
Brarina, Gray.
Dent. © i ae eee eat ee ces Crossopus,
nei Wagler.
Nile Deetihwwiiite wees sesenis thas Goes nessun ae coseaen Subfamily CROCIDURIN Ai.
a. Tail without inferior frmge of long hairs; glans penis
cylindroid, tapering. (Zerrestrial.)
a’. Male or female generative organs opening close to the
anal orifice but distinct from it, not forming a shallow
cloaca as in Crocidura.
a'', Ear-conch well developed ; tail long, clothed with equal
or subequal hairs.
Went i, 3—5, pm. 3—3, m. 83—3 __ Bor
= 32 teeth ......-.- My
Sad BES ob OA tECED, 5.2... serene « Tyosorex,
b'. Opening of the male or female generative organs forming Gray.
with the anal orifice a shallow cloaca.
6". Ear-conch well developed ; tail long, clothed with long
and short hairs intermixed.
Dent. mS oa 2, m. 8-3 __ 98 or 30 teeth......... Crocrpura,
c'', Ear-conch well developed; tail moderate; soles of the Wagler.
feet hairy.
(Digs SoS 2a tm an B® 2) OG toetttct. Mave aikea tes DreLomeEsopon,
d", Ear-conch very short ; tail rudimentary ; soles of the feet Brandt.
naked.
Dent, 22=2snmL 7 a) me O85 OB teathiiates ls, font excise ANUROSOREX,
mand. 6—6
6, Tail with an inferior fringe of long hairs; glans penis A. Mil.-Edw.
broad with lateral processes. (Aquatic.)
b'. Male or female generative organs opening within the
same integumentary ring as the anal orifice.
bo". Ear-conch perfect but small; plantar callosities simple.
i. 3—3, pm. 2—2, m. 3-3
Dent. —s ==)28 iteebhia: dudes iad. Peaepese se CrIMARROGALE
mand. 6—6 ?
ce", Ear-conch not developed ; plantar callosities forming Anderson.
adhesive pads.
Dent. * $3, pe. 2 aos teat, Jee to See NucroGa.g,
: A. Mil.-Edw.
An examination of the arrangement and characters of the genera
as given above shows that a certain parallelism exists between the
1 [ have found two minute maxillary teeth.between the last incisor and the
last premolar in S. guadraticauda, A. Mil.-Edw., in which also the .nterior
mandibular tooth has three notches; but in all other respects this species is and
must be considered a true Soriculus,
.
1890. ] GENERA OF THE FAMILY SORICID&. 51
genera of the two subfamilies. Thus Sorex is represented among
the white-toothed Shrews by Myosorex, Blarina by Anurosorex,
and Crossopus by Chimarrogale and Nectogale. It would seem as if,
after the red-toothed Shrews diverged from the white-toothed, deve-
lopment had proceeded on somewhat similar lines in the descendants
of both according to similarity of environment and modes of life.
To M. Milne-Edwards’s list I have added four genera, Soriculus ',
Notiosorex, Myosorex*, and Chimarrogale*, and omitted one, Neo-
sorea*, trom it. I had long suspected the validity of the last-named
genus, founded for the reception of Sorex navigator, Baird, and
examination of a well-preserved specimen of a Water-Shrew lately
described’ by me under the name of Sorex hydrodromus, convinced me
that these species® must be merged in Sorex, of which they cannot even
be considered as representing a subgenus. S. hydrodromus, although
evidently aquatic like Crossopus fodiens, the fringes of the manus
and pes being even better developed than in that species, agrees in
all other generic characters with those of the genus Sorez as defined
in the synopsis above; but while agreeing with Sorex palustris from
the adjoining continent of America in external characters, it differs
from it in the proportions of its teeth, resembling in this respect
the section of which S. vulgaris is typical, while 8. palustris agrees
with those represented by S. vagans. No better proof could be
afforded of the uselessness of retaining Neosorew as a distinct genus
for the American species characterized by the possession of swimming-
fringes in the digits, while the tail is simple as in Sorex. These
species are in fact aquatic forms of the genus Sorew.
As I have omitted Neosorex so I am compelled to omit Atophyraz,
although the distinguishing marks of that genus have been so well
and clearly described by its founder, Dr. Merriam, through whose
kindness I have been enabled to examine the type, A. bendirii™. This
species is, as noted by its discoverer, an inhabitant of marshy land,
and appears to me to present many characters intermediate between
Sorex palustris and the terrestrial species of the genus, differing
from the former in the absence of well-defined fringes to the digits,
but agreeing with it closely in dentition, in the large size of the infra-
orbital foramen, and in the remarkable shortness of the angular
process of the mandible. In fact there are no leading characters
which would enable me to define the genus, were I inclined to admit
it in my synopsis.
1 See the writer’s paper ‘‘On the Genus Myosorex,” in P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 575.
2 Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1855, xxiv. p. 36.
3 This genus was defined by Anderson (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi.
1875, p. 252), subsequently to the appearance of A. Milne-Edwards’s synopsis.
4 Neosorer, Baird, Mammals of North America (Reports of Explorations and
Surveys for a Route from the Mississippi to the Pacific Ocean, voi. vii. 1857).
> Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1889, p. 374.
6 From comparison of the types of Sorex palustris and S. navigator I am
much inclined to doubt the distinctness of the latter species.
7 ‘Trans. Linnean Society of New York, vol. ii. 1884, pp. 217-225.
4*
52 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Feb. 4,
3. Observations upon an American Species of Pericheta,
and upon some other Members of the Genus. By Franx
E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received December 23, 1889.]
(Plates IV. & V.)
‘Some weeks since Mr. C. Bartlett brought me two living earth-
worms, which he had found in earth surrounding the roots of an
orchid, received from South America. One of these was a very
small example of a Lumbricus, which I have not yet identified; the
other was a Perieheta, which is illustrated in ‘the accompanying
coloured sketch (Plate IV. fig. 1). There are so very few coloured
figures extant of foreign earthworms! that I have considered it
desirable to put on record the coloration of this species, which
appears to be P. indica. The worm is remarkable for its extreme
activity, as has been already noted by Baird (1) and by Perrier (18)
in other species of Pericheta, studied in the living condition.
Another curious characteristic of the worm is its method of pro-
gression; many Oligocheta seem to make use of the mouth in
locomotion, attaching themselves firmly by it, while the following
segments are moved forwards; in the present species a considerable
portion (? the whole) of the buccal cavity is everted whenever the
animal moves, so that the head has a remarkably leech-like aspect.
I have attempted to illustrate the appearance of the anterior end of
the body during locomotion in the accompanying drawings (Plate IV.
figs, 2,3). I never observed the worm in motion without this alternate
eversion and inversion of the buecal cavity.
As will be seen, the colour of the worm is a rich brown, somewhat
darker upon the clitellum, with a whitish line in the middle of each
segment. The colour appears to be caused by at least two distinct
pigments; one or more of these is dissolved out bv alcohol, leaving
the worm colourless, except for a dark bluish-brown area along the
back (which resists the action of the spirit), and is recoznizable in
sections as black granules lying in the epidermis and io the circular
muscular layer. I lay particular stress upon this fact, for the reason
that in other specimens of P. indica (see no. 5), which I received
from New Caledonia and which were sent to me in alcohol, the
brown coloration and the whitish line in the middle of each segment
are preserved. It is interesting to find that P. indica, which has
been already recorded from the East Indies and from New Caledonia,
occurs also in South America. There are not many species which
have so wide a distribution; P. affinis, P. houlleti, and Urocheta
corethrurus, however, are forms which inhabit the tropics of both the
1 The only coloured figures known to me (taken from life) are several
of Pericheta and Hypogeon by Schmarda (20), and of Microcheta rappii in a
paper by myself upon the anatomy of this worm (3); Schmarda’s figures lose
some of their value from the fact that they are not accompanied by any descrip-
tion of the internal characters, and cannot, therefore, be easily identified.
PEs lOO satel eave
J. Smit lith. . Mintern Bros. imp.
ANATOMY OF PERICHA.TA
MTT TT iy
uu an I AULA
<9) ° TIE
LLL
|
CL TU
/ IN a 1 y
D,
LT
Mantern Bros imp
ANATOMY OF PERICHATA.
1890. ] WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 53
Old and New World, while Eudrilus has been recorded from Sovth
America and the West Indies and from New Caledonia, and it also
occurs in New Zealand.
I take this opportunity to put together a few notes upon other
species of Pericheta.
Proposed Subdivisions of the Genus Pericheta, Schmarda.
The genus was instituted by Schmarda (20), who, however, only
directed attention to the numerous sete forming a row round the
middle of each segment, and to the form of these sete. Vaillant
(22) subsequently described the internal anatomy of Pericheta, and
pointed out the important differences which distinguish the type
from Lumbricus. In the next year Baird (1) called attention to the
identity of this genus with Megascolex, which was described by
Templeton (21) twenty years before the publication of Schmarda’s
work. The reason which, apparently, caused these two genera to be
regarded as distinct was a misunderstanding of Templeton’s original
description. I have directed attention myself (2) to the fact that
both Schmarda and Vaillant misquoted Templeton’s original descrip-
tion, making him responsible for the statement that setze are only
present on the dorsal surface of the body of Megascolex ; ‘Templeton
himself defined the species as having “‘ each ring in the middle of its
length dilated into a ridge, which carries on it, except in the mesial
line of the back, minute conical mamillz, 100 in number, each sur-
mounted with a minute bristle.’ These inaccuracies on the part of
Schmarda and of Vaillant have been also pointed out by Horst in a
paper published (15) about the same time as my own.
Perrier, in his most important paper (18) upon the anatomy
of Earthworms, retains, in spite of Baird, Schmarda’s name of
Pericheta; but the value of his opinion in the matter is greatly
discounted by the fact that, like his predecessors, he entirely mis-
understood and misquoted Templeton’s description of Megascolex
ceruleus, probably taking his information from Schmarda, Vaillant,
or Grube.
The synonymy of the genus was, I regret to say, somewhat con-
fused by my own paper (2) upon a large Ceylon worm, which I
described under the name of ‘‘ Pleurocheta moseleyi.”’ I was led
to describe this form, which I afterwards (4) recognized as iden-
tical with Templeton’s Megascolex ceruleus, as belonging to a
new genus, on account of the inaccuracy and incompleteness of
Templeton’s description. In a subsequent paper (8), dealing partly
with the nomenclature of the genus, I proposed to retain the name
Megascolex tor “‘those worms which are characterized by (1) the
presence of a continuous ring of sete upon the segments of the body,
(2) the possession of a clitellum occupying segments 14-16 inclusive,
(3) the position of the two male generative apertures upon the
eighteenth segment behind the clitellum .... . ; while the name
Pericheta might be applied to certain other forms which present a
fundamental resemblance to the above-mentioned groups, but differ
54 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [ Feb. 4,
in one or both of the following characters :—-(1) in the ring of sete
upon each segment being discontinuous at one or more points ; (2)
in the clitellum occupying more or fewer segments of the body than
three.”
Rosa has lately pointed out (24) that my distinctions are valid,
but that the names should be reversed. I am now quite prepared
to agree with him; at the time when I wrote I was inclined to con-
sider that Templeton’s Megascolew was identical with Pericheta,
even to the extent of having a continuous circle of sete in each seg-
ment, inasmuch as Baird (1), who had examined the type in the
British Museum, stated that he could find no difference between it
and Pericheta, Taking for granted the accuracy of Baird’s obser-
vations, it appeared to me necessary to use the name Megascolex for
the worms which Schmarda termed Pericheta; strictly speaking I
should have allowed the name Pericheta to drop, but it was pro-
posed to retain it for perichetous worms with a dorsal and ventral
interrupted line &c.
When I discovered (4) that my Pleurocheta was identical with
Templeton’s Megascolex ceruleus, it seemed necessary to restrict
the generic name to that form, and to group all the other known
perichetous forms under the genus Pericheta; it will be seen that
the definition of Pericheta appended to that paper includes such
forms as P. armata, though I omitted to state in so many words
that it was proposed to drop the generic distinction between Mega-
scolex affinis and Pericheta armata, since the differences between
Megascolex ceruleus and any other perichetous worm are rather
more important than those which differentiate the latter species
among themselves.
Rosa (24) has, as already stated, proposed to divide Megascolea
from Perieheta by the distribution of the sete: and the presence or
absence of intestinal czeca; the genera are thus defined by him :—
Megascolex. Line of sete interrupted ; no intestinal czeca.
Pericheta. Line of set continuous; intestinal czeca present.
Fletcher (17, 111.) has proposed a similar division, but also (17, 11.)
has pointed out that in the typical Pericheta, with continuous row
of setz and ceca, the gizzard is situated further back than in Mega-
scolex and occupies two segments, the mesentery between them
having vanished’.
This distinction, although it applies to so large a number of
species, falls to the ground before the Indian species described by
Prof. Bourne’; Pericheta hulikalensis (Bourne, 11. p. 668) has
dorsal and ventral gaps, but possesses intestinal ceeca in the usual
position.
* I had previously directed (G6) attention to this difference between certain
species of Pericheta, though mistaken in supposing that in P. newcombei the
gizzard occupied three segments; I have since convinced myself the gizzard is
really in segment 6; in any case this species does not fit in very accurately with
the proposed subdivision of Pericheta.
* This paper was overlooked by Rosa, as he mentions in a postscript (24.
pels
1890. ] WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 55
If Rosa’s definition of the two genera be slightly altered, it will
be possible to arrange most of the species of ‘ Pericheta”’ as
follows :—
Mecascotex. Line of sete interrupted; clitellum occupying
more than three segments.
Pericu#ra. Line of setz continuous; clitellum consisting of
three segments only.
There are, however, other species which present more important
differences among themselves than those above mentioned. Prof.
Bourne (11) calls attention to the fact that there are anatomical
differences, to which considerable weight must be attached, between
several of the forms described by him.
Pericheta nove zelandie (Beddard, 7) differs from all other
species in the following combination of characters :—No dorsal pores ;
nephridia paired; atria tubular.
P. bakeri and P. barronensis of Fletcher agree in their nephridia
and atria, but have dorsal pores.
A number of species described by Fletcher (17), viz. P. atte-
nuata, P. enormis, and P. cowii, agree to differ from others in the
very remarkable fact that the sete in the anterior segments are eight
in number to each segment, increasing in the posterior segments to
20-30.
In both these cases the different geographical area occupied by
the species is, perhaps, a further argument in favour of separating
them.
Then Pericheta stuarti has four pairs of atria, as in Acanthodrilus ;
they open on to the same segments as in that genus, and appear to
be similar in structure; the diverticula of the spermatheca also
appear, from Bourne’s description (11. p. 667), to be more like those
ot Acanthodrilus than of most Pericheta. P. ceylonica (Beddard,
9) has two distinct pairs of atria, but they open both of them on to
the same segment, the 18th; at present I am not inclined either
definitely to unite this form, generically, with P. stuarti, or defi-
nitely to separate it; further information as to its structure is first
needed.
If these various types be accepted by zoologists as of generic value,
it must still be admitted that they cut off very small corners from the
mass of species (about sixty in number) of which the family con-
sists. At present, however, it does not seem easy to make any further
alterations, and I am not satisfied that Megascolex has the same
value, as a generic type, that dporocheta has.
The followimg is a definition of the family Perichetide and its
various genera as advocated in this paper.
Fam. Pericu&TIDA, Claus.
Earthworms with a continuous circle of numerous sete round all
the segments of the body (with the occasional exception of a few of
the most anterior); clitellum commencing with the thirteenth or
56 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [ Feb. 4,
fourteenth, and extending over three to six segments. (izzard
always present and single; intestines frequently provided with a pair
of conical ceeca. Nephridia generally diffuse. Spermathecee nearly
always’ furnished with one or more diverticula; atria (prostates)
always present, and sometimes penial setz.
(1) Genus Pertcuz#ra, Schmarda.
Setze numerous, and forming a continuous or nearly coutinuous
row round all the segments of the body*. Nephridia diffuse, with
many external pores in each segment. Atria (prostates) branched
and lobate. Dorsal pores present (? always). Penial sete some-
times present.
Distribution. World-wide, especially tropics of Old World and
Australia.
Subg. 1. Pertcu#ra (Beddard).—Line of sete continuous ;
clitellum consisting of 3 segments only (14-16). One or
more pairs of intestinal ceca. Gizzard posterior to 7th
segment, occupying 2 segments, the septum between which
has disappeared.
Subg. 2. Mrcascoiex* (Beddard).—Line of sete interrupted ;
clitellum occupying more than 3 segments. Czeca generally
absent. Gizzard usually situated in, or in front of, segment
7; occupying only one segment.
(2) Genus Pertonyx, Perrier.
Setze forming a continuous row round each segment ; generative
pores closely approximated in middie ventral line; atria (prostates)
lobate ; nephridia paired ; dorsal pores present.
Distribution. India and Burmabh.
(3) Genus DirorocHara, gen. nov.
Sete forming a continuous row round each segment; atria
tubular ; nephridia paired.
(For P. nove zelandie and perhaps P. bakeri.)
Distribution. Australia and New Zealand.
(4) Genus Antsocu ra, gen. nov.
Setee 8 in number per segment anteriorly, afterwards increasing
up to 30; nephridia diffuse ; atria lobate.
(For P. attenuata, P. enormis, and P. cozii.)
Distribution. Australia.
* The only exception appears to be Megascolex ceruleus; but this matter
requires reexamination.
* Except of course the peristomial segment.
° N.B.—These divisions will not do unless Prof. Bourne finds, as he has
thought possible, that such species as P. burliarensis and P. hulikalensis should
be separated as distinct genera.
or
“I
1890. ] WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA.
(5) Genus HopLocu ra, gen. nov.
Setz forming a continuous row round each segment ; atria tubular,
two pairs opening on te segments 17 and 19.
(For P. stuarti, Bourne.)
Distribution. India.
PericH#TA tnpica (Horst).
‘Eine Pericheta von Java,’ Horst, Nederl. Arch. f. Zool. iv. p. 3.
Megascolex indicus, Horst, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. v. p. 186.
Pericheta indica, Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 298; Horst,
Midden-Sumatra, Vermes, p. 4.
This species is already pretty well known, and I have not much
to add to our knowledge of it beyond the appearance of the living
worm, which has been already described (p. 52) and which is
illustrated in the accompanying coloured drawing (Plate IV. fig. 1).
Horst remarks (15. p. 189) that probably some of the specimens of
P. cingulata described by Vaillant (22) are identical with this
species ; Perrier has suggested that several species are included under
the name of P. cingulata. In view of these difficulties it seems to be
reasonable to adopt Horst’s name of P. izdica and to drop the name
of P. cingulata altogether.
On the first few segments of the body there are two specially
large and distinct pairs of sete, situated at almost equidistant
intervals on the ventral side of the body. I did not refer to them
in my earlier paper upon P. indica; the condition of the sete is a
step in the direction of those very remarkable Perichetous worms
described by Mr. Fletcher, which I have ventured to include in a
distinct genus. These facts have an important bearing upon the
general question of
The Distribution of the Sete in Chetopods.
The paired setee of Lumbricus and other Oligocheta are usually
compared to the parapodia of the marine Cheetopods ; and it has
been supposed that four distinct parapodia and four pairs of setz
represent the typical arrangement of the locomotor organs of these
two divisions of the Chztopoda. Deviations from this arrangement,
the extremes of which are shown in the Capitellide and in the
genera Pericheta and Perionyx, are regarded by perhaps the ma-
jority of naturalists as secondary modifications. There is, however,
a certain amount of evidence which seems to point the other way,
indicating that the complete circle of setee, which characterizes the
family Perichztide, is the primitive arrangement ; in this case the
paired sete of Lumbricus, Acanthodrilus, &c., will be due to
reduction, and the comparison with the four seta-bundles of Poly-
cheeta will fall to the ground. Among Polycheta the nearest
approach to the Perichetous condition is foundin the Capitellide ; but
Eisig (13) argues with considerable force against regarding the almost
continuous circle of setae fuund in some Capitellids as the primitive
58 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Feb. 4,
condition. The summary which Eisig gives of our knowledge re-
specting the structure and development of the parapodia and their
setze in other Polycheeta does not permit of a decisive answer as to
the original condition of these organs ; the “ diplostichous biremal ”
form may have been evolved from a “ monostichous uniremal,” or
the reverse. The former alternative is more in accord than the
latter with the derivation from a continuous circle of setz.
Among the Oligocheeta there is more evidence ; and this seems to
favour the supposition that the continuous circle of sete is the
archaic condition.
(1) The continuous circle of sete characterizes the genera Pericheta
and Perionya ; of these the former is the most widely distributed and
the most abundant of all Earthworms. There are more species of
Pericheta than of any other two genera; that is, of course, well
described species. There is, moreover, a large amount of structural
variation in the species of this genus; so much so, that were it not
for the fact of the agreement among the species in the very striking
character of the setx, they would probably have been more subdivided
into genera; this I have attempted to do. Such forms as P. inter-
media, P. stuarti, P. ceylonica, and P. affinis differ from each other
quite as much as do such genera as Urocheta, Diacheta, and
Urobenus.~ Accordingly when the existence of some 18 or 20 genera
possessing only 8 setz in each segment is contrasted with the two
genera above-named as an argument in favour of the more prevalent
“ biramous”’ condition, it must be discounted by these considerations.
Even with regard to the number of species, Pericheta and Perionyx
are probably not far behind the remaining genera of Earthworms
taken together, though it is difficult to make an estimate’.
(2) The Perichzetidee show in many respects a type of structure
which is less specialized and more primitive than that of other Earth-
worms. The continuous network of nephridia with numerous
irregularly disposed internal and external apertures is, so far as our
knowledge goes, confined to that genus and found in nearly all its
species. In other genera which have a diffuse nephridial system
(Megaseolides, Typheus, some species of Acanthodrilus, and Crypto-
drilus, Deinodrilus, Trigaster, and Dichogaster) there appears to
be generally some modification—such as loss of funnels, specialization
of part of nephridial network, restriction of network to segments,
&c.—which can be best explained on the hypothesis that it has been
derived from a condition like that of Pericheta.
(3) In most (? all) Perichzetidze the buccal lobe does not divide the
buccal segment ; this appears from the nature of the case to be a
primitive condition. Most Perichete have dorsal pores, the presence
of which may fairly be regarded as typical for the terrestrial Oligo-
cheeta: it is worthy of note that some forms, in which these pores are
absent, show signs of degeneration ; for example the absence of dorsal
pores in Acanthodrilus georgianus and in Pontodrilus is correlated with
1 About 60 species of Pericheta to about 120 of other genera; but the
differences between individual species of Lumbricus and Allolobophora (comprising
50 out of the 120) are often very small.
1890. | WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICH ETA. og
the feeble development of the gizzard. The subnervian vessel, com-
monly believed to be absent from Pericheta, is found, at least in some
species. The reproductive organs, although not presenting any
specially archaic characters, are not at any rate more modified than
those of other Earthworms. In short it cannot be urged that the
organization of the Perichztidze, as a whole, is opposed to the view
that these are the most primitive Oligochzta ; while the structure of
the excretory system in my opinion favours the supposition.
(4) The most striking evidence, however, in favour of the deri-
vation of the paired arrangement by a gradual reduction of a
continuous circle of sete, is afforded by the structure of De‘nodrilus.
This genus is a native of New Zealand, and is in many respects
intermediate between Pericheta and Acanthodrilus. It is at present
the only Oligochzete known which possesses more than 8 sete in each
segment * and yet has nct the continuous circle of setze of Pericheta.
Deinodrilus has 12 sete in each segment, disposed at approximately
equidistant intervals; it therefore furnishes a connecting link
between the continuous circle of setee and the paired sete. Deino-
drilus has diffuse nephridia, more like those of certain species of
Acanthodrilus than those of Pericheta; the nephridia of a few of
the anterior segments are more concentrated, as also are the corre-
sponding nepkridia of T’rigaster lankesteri (Benham),*a species
which, in the opinion of Horst, should be referred to the genus
Acanthodrilus, and which is at any rate closely allied to that genus ;
this concentration reaches its extreme in A. multiporus, where the
nephridia of these segments are metamorphosed into a gland opening
into the buccal cavity. The reproductive organs are exactly like
those of Acanthodrilus, but the clitellum, which occupies segments
14-16, and is developed continuously round the body, is like that
of Pericheta. There is, therefore, a strong case for believing that
Deinodrilus represents a stage in the evolution of Acanthodrilus
from Pericheta, or of Pericheta from Acanthodrilus. The question
is, which of these two alternatives is the more probable? The
species of Acanthodrilus which come nearest to Deinodrilus are
evidently those which have a diffuse nephridial system, i. e. A. multi-
porus, beddardi, schlegelii, biittikoferi, and antarcticus; all these
species furthermore agree with Deinodrilus in having an incom-
plete prostomium (not dividing buccal lobe) and dorsal pores,
while the first and last have the persistent double dorsal vessel of
Deinodrilus. The species which are furthest away from Deinodrilus
are such forms as d. dissimilis, where the prostomium completely
divides the buccal segment, the nephridia are paired, and the dorsal
pores have commenced to disappear. These extremes are connected
by A. annectens, which has the incomplete prostomium and paired
nephridia, but the anterior pair of nephridia are much specialized
and open into the buccal cavity, as in A. multiporus. There are,
moreover, other intermediate forms. The question is really inti-
mately connected with the development of the nephridia; if the
1 The statement that Hypogcon has 9 setz in each segment requires yerifi-
cation.
60 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [ Feb. 4,
presence of a single pair of these organs in each segment is the
archaic condition, then Pericheta will be a modification of Acantho-
drilus ; but this view is confronted with two serious difficulties—(1)
the apparent specialization of a part of the nephridial network to
form a series of paired nephridia in’ Megascoler armata and in
Megascolides australis (Spencer) will require explanation ; and (2)
the connection of the vasa deferentia with the atria (=prostates)
will have to be regarded as having beeu derived from a condition in
which these organs are independent of each other (Acanthodrilus).
These structural peculiarities are capable of an intelligible explana-
tion if we assume that Deinodrilus is an intermediate stage iu the
evolution of Acanthodrilus from Pericheta.
The remarkable arrangement of the sete in certain Australian
Perichete, which I have in the present paper associated together in
the genus Anisocheta, and the commencing reduction of the sete
in P. indica must be considered in relation to this question. It is
noteworthy that in these cases itis the anterior segments only which
differ from the posterior in the reduction of the setee. The forma-
tion of a “head” is also brought about by specialization in the
alimentary and excretory systems, and by a partial obliteration of
the ccelom and loss of internal segmentation. These facts tend to
show that the reduction in the number of the setz is also secondary ;
and this reduction is very general in Perichetide, though not any-
where so apparent as in Anisocheta. It is true that, as Perrier
first pointed out, the hindermost segments of Pericheia may also
show a reduction in the number of sete; but this fact may be in
accord with the views here advocated, inasmuch as the nephridial
system in Megascolides begins to be specialized in the posterior
region of the body. I would, however, rather insist upon the
increase in length produced by the addition of new segments at the
end of the body, and explain the few setze of these segments as due
to their recent formation and consequent imperfect development.
If we were acquainted with a species of Lumbricus in which the
anterior segments were provided with a larger number of setz than
ordinarily, it would certainly be set down to “ cephalization ; ’’ there
is therefore nothing unreasonable in regarding the converse change,
which actually occurs, as due tothe same cause. These facts, there-
fore, are at least not contrary to the assumption that the ‘‘ periche-
tous”? condition is the more primitive. Among the species of
Anisocheta which show the reduction to 8 sete per segment, some
have more segments modified in this way than others; there is,
therefore, evidence of a gradual change in this direction which lends
more weight to the arguments here advanced than if all were
modified to exactly the same extent. In the latter case the facts
could be referred only to a modification affecting the “‘ head” and
comparable for example to the loss of the setze in some of the first
few segments in Chetogaster ; as it is the facts appear to point to
a gradually advancing reduction of the setee commencing in the most
modified region of the budy.
1890. ] WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICH ATA. 61
Nephridia.
In describing the remarkable nephridia of a New-World Pericheta,
P. aspergillum (10), I pointed out that probably all Perichete with
irregular diffuse nephridial tufts—that is to say, all the species belong-
ing to Pericheta, Anisochela, and Megascolex, as these genera are
defined in the present paper,—would prove to possess a nephridial
system of the same kind as that which characterizes P. aspergillum.
The pores upon the cuticle otten render it possible to predict of a
given Earthworm that the nephridia will be found to be dysmetameric ;
after finding upon the cuticle of P. houlleti numerous pores which
could be referred to no other known structure than to the apertures of
nephridia, I ventured to predict that this species would be found to
agree in all essentials of its exeretory system with P. aspergillum.
Unfortunately I have not been able to put this prediction to the
proof, as the specimens of P. houlleti which I have are not in a
sufficiently good state of preservation for sectionizing. The specimen
of P. indica, however, I carefully preserved, and the examination of
transverse, and particularly of longitudinal, sections shows that it
agrees with P. aspergillum in the minute structure and in the
relations of the nephridia. A dissection of the worm shows that the
nephridia do not present the regular paired condition of such forms
as Lumbricus ; they are represented only by minute tufts attached to
the ventral body-wall, especially to both sides of the intersegmental
septa. This condition of the nephridia would lead to the assumption
that a microscopic investigation of the nephridia would prove the
presence of numerous irregularly-disposed external pores and ccelomic
funnels. I made a number of longitudinal sections in the hinder region
of the body, and found that the nephridial tubes were in places per-
tectly continuous from segment to segment through the septa; the
external pores also had that irregular arrangement of a large number
of pores per segment which is apparently to be now regarded as a
very prevalent condition among Earthworms.
Spermathece.
The structure of the spermathece is illustrated in the aceompany-
ing figures (Plate V. figs. 4, 5, 6, 8). As appears to be always the
case in Earthworms, the diverticula have a different histological
structure from the pouch. The epithelium lining the pouch (see
fig. 6) is tall and columnar. In the diverticulum, on the other hand,
the structure not only differs from that of the pouch itself, but also
from that of the diverticula of other species of Pericheta; but
these differences are very possibly due to immaturity in the present
specimen. The diverticulum was filled (see fig. 5) with a perfectly
homogeneous fluid, slightly stained by the colouring reagent used ;
the epithelium lining the pouch was formed of very low cells, not
in the least columnar, and hardly to be distinguished from the mus-
cular fibres which make up the very thin walls.
Glycogenic Organs.
Pericheta indica is furnished with a series of curious glandular-
62 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Feb. 4,
looking bodies in most of the posterior segments of the body ; these
are attached, close to the middle line on either side of the dorsal
vessel, to the posterior side of the septa. They were perfectly
recognizable both in transverse and longitudinal sections, though
naturally their relations to the septum were better shown by the
latter, their position with reference to the dorsal vascular trunk by
the former series of sections.
Structurally these small white bodies consist of a mass of cells
continuous with the peritoneal epithelium and probably formed by
a local proliferation of its cells; in the interior of each were a few
muscular fibres; there was no trace whatever of a central cavity,
which occurs in the corresponding bodies of the allied genus
Acanthodrilus. These “septal glands”? were in Pericheta indica
solid throughout.
As to Acenthodrilus the observations recorded in this paper were
made upon some examples of Acanthodrilus georgianus (Michaelsen,
26), which were collected for me in the Falkland Islands by Dr.
Dale, at the request of Mr. Coleman, Secretary to the Falkland islands
Company.
This worm differs from all other species of the genus, which I
have examined, in possessing a series of sac-like organs connected
with the septa. These have the appearance of white solid bodies
attached to the septum close to the nephridium—a pair to each
segment; they commence at about the 20th segment and continue
to the end of the body ; the first three or four pairs are commonly
larger than the rest. These organs are not really solid bodies, but
sac-like outgrowths of the septa depending freely into the interior
of the segments; they are, in fact, exactly similar to the sperm-
sacs and egg-sacs of the same and other Earthworms in their early
stages of development; and their absence in the anterior segments
of the body, where the sperm-sacs and egg-sacs are found, may
possibly be due to their homology with those structures.
Each sac has a somewhat racemose appearance owing to the
irregular bulging of its walls; the walls are muscular with a thick
coating of peritoneal cells, which are larger and more numerous than
those on the adjoining surface of the septum; the interior of the sac
has a delicate lining of peritoneum and communicates with the
segment in front by a pore.
The only structures with which I can compare these septal sacs are
the oval aggregations of peritoneal cells described by Claparéde (26)
in the common Earthworm. Claparéde figures and describes these
bodies as consisting of a mass of peritoneal cells enclosing a few
muscular fibres; the presence of muscles suggests that the bodies
may really be sacs, and not solid proliferations of the peritoneum.
Vejdovsky (29) has recorded the presence of similar sacs in Rhyn-
chelmis and in Tubifex ; but inasmuch as in Tubifex they were only
found in a few cases and in the posterior younger segments, Vejdovsky
regards them as connected with the growth of the septa.
In Acanthodrilus georgianus, as already inentioned, they com-
mence in the anterior region of the body; and as they were found
1890. | WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICH ATA. 63
in both specimens (sexually mature) dissected, the probability is
that they are definite organs and not temporary outgrowths of the
septum caused by its rapid development.
The cells covering the septal sacs, when these organs were treated
with a weak solution of iodine in potassium iodide, were stained a
deep mahogany-brown. ‘This colour disappeared on warming the
slide and reappeared on cooling; it seems therefore to be due to
the presence of glycogen.
Glycogen was first discovered in the tissues of the Earthworms
by Claude Bernard, and its presence in that animal has been lately
reaffirmed by Barfurth (30). The last-mentioned author particularly
states that it occurs in the muscular tissue. As far as concerns the
muscles of the septa, I do not find myself able to agree with Bar-
furth. In preparations of the septal sacs it was distinctly the
peritoneal cells and no¢é the muscular tissue which showed the
glycogen reaction; the muscles were stained yellow; and this
colour did not disappear on warming, unless the tissue was exposed
for some time to a temperature of 60° C., when the colour disappeared
but did not return on cooling.
The glycogen reaction was not confined to the peritoneal cells
covering the septal sacs, but was found also in the peritoneal cells
covering the surface of the septum and elsewhere.
The large size of the peritoneal cells upon the septal sacs and
their abundant granular contents, combined with their very dark
staining, seems, however, to indicate that these cells are specially
concerned with the formation of glycogen. The septal gland is so
far analogous with the vertebrate liver in that it ‘‘ has more glycogen
than other organs; it is not an organ sui generis, but only primus
inter pares”’ (Barfurth).
The formation of glycogen in the peritoneal cells is interesting,
since in the Mollusca the formation of this substance has been shown
by Blundstone (31) to occur in the “vesicular connective tissue,”
which is apparently the lining membrane of the much reduced
ceelom of these animals.
I may take this opportunity of mentioning that I have found
glycogen in the peritoneal cells of dolosoma, in which worm the
presence of glycogen has never yet been recorded.
PEeRICHZETA BISERTALIS, KE. P.*
Pericheta biserialis, Perrier, C. R. t. Ixxxi. (1875), p. 1043.
Some years ago I received from Manila, through the kindness of
Mr. H. E. Barwell, several species of a Pericheta which I refer
with some little doubt to the above-named species. M. Perrier has
as yet only given a very short preliminary account of this species,
which cannot be regarded as sufficiently defined.
The most marked external characters are the peculiar ventral
1M. Vaillant (23 4) proposes subgeneric rank for this species under the
name of Perriera, on the grounds that there is a median and ventral line devoid
of sete. P. duzonica is referred to the same subgenus. I have already (58)
discussed this question; but these species are 7o¢ the only two with ventral gaps.
64 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Feb. 4,
setae and the genital papillz ; and it is precisely these characters
which lead me to identify the present species, at least provisionally,
with Pericheta biserialis.
The prostomium is small and does not divide the circumoral
segment.
The sete form a continuous row round each segment; on the
ventral side a single pair, one on either side of the median line, are
very much enlarged, being three or four times as large as the rest.
On the anterior segments of the body two or three setee on each
side are thus enlarged; posteriorly there is only a single pair of
these setz.
The clitellum occupies segments 14-16 inclusive and is developed
all round the body. There are xo sete on the clitellum *.
The male generative pores are upon segment 18.
The five succeeding segments each have a pair of genital papille,
which are placed in positions exactly corresponding with the male
pores some distance on either side of the median line ; these papille
as well as the male pores are situated just in front of the ring of
setze (Plate V. fig. 4).
The oviducal pore is single and median upon the 14th segment.
No spermathecal pores could be detected.
Dorsal pores are present, but I am not able to state at which
segment they commence.
Concerning the internal anatomy I am not able to say much, as
none of the specimens examined by me were in a sufficiently good
state of preservation for section-cutting.
The nephridia show the usual characters which are found in the
genus Pericheta ; they present a series of minute tufts attached to
the body-wall ; in some of the anterior segments they form immense
masses completely occupying the cavity of the segment.
There are only three mesenteries which are speciaily thickened ;
these lie between segments 6—7, 7-8, 8-9 ; of these three mesenteries
the last two are considerably thicker than the first.
The giezard lies behind the last thick mesentery and occupies at
least two segments.
The most remarkable fact about this species is that there are
apparently no spermathece. 1 have only been able to examine two
specimens, and there was not the slightest indication of spermathecze
in either of these. I cannot of course state positively that these
structures are absent, which seems unlikely seeing that in all other
species of Pericheta they are present; but the fact remains that
they were undoubtedly absent in two examples, the only complete
examples which I possess °.
* The presence or absence of setz on the clitellum is characteristic of a given
species and should always be carefully noted. It serves, for example, to dis-
tinguish P. indica (where they are absent) from P. affinis (where they are pre-
sent).
? Since writing the above I have received Rosa's paper (27) in which he
refers to the absence of spermatheca in Lwmbricus eiseni and Allolobophora con~
stricta, besides Criodrilus,
1890. | WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 65
PERICHETA FORBFSI, 0. sp.
I possess two specimens of this Pericheta, which were collected
by Mr. H. O. Forbes in New Guinea and given to me; I have
great pleasure in associating the name of this new species with
Mr. Forbes.
Both exainples are of an almost exactly similar size. The length
is about 9 inches, the breadth nearly half an inch. The colour of
the spirit-preserved specimens is a dark greyish brown, darker
upon the clitellum.
The prostomium is very small, and does not extend over a large
portion of the peristomial segment.
The sete form a continuous row round the middle of each
segment.
The clitellum occupies the usual number of segments, ¢. e. 3
(segments 14-16); but the glandular tissue, instead of being, as is
usually the case, continued as far as the posterior boundary of
segment 16, appeared in both specimens to end at the setze of that
segment.
As in Pericheta affinis, setee are developed upon the ventral side
of the clitellum.
The male generative pores occupy the usual position, ¢. e. upon the
18th segment.
The 17th segment and the 19th, 20th, and 21st have each a pair
of genital papillee occupying a position corresponding to that of
the male pores, and situated like them just in front of the circle of
sete. The number and arrangement of the genital papille of this
species serve to distinguish it from Pericheta biserialis (cf. Plate
IV. figs. 4, 5).
The oviducal pore is single aud median upon the 14th segment.
Dorsal pores are present and commence between segments 12
and 13.
The arrangement of the specially thickened mesenteries is very
distinctive of P. forbesi (cf. Plate IV. fig. 6). The mesentery sepa-
rating segments 7 and 8 is thickened and then there is a consider-
able interval consisting of three segments which are apparently
undivided by any mesenteries at all; in this space lies the gizzard.
The 10th segment is separated from the 11th by a very thick
mesentery, and the llth from the 12th; these two are much
thicker than the mesentery between segments 7 and 8, especially the
first of the two.
The spermathece present a character which is, so far as my
experience goes, unique among Earthworms, and that is their
marked asymmetry.
In the 8th and 9th segments are a pair of these organs ; each is
a somewhat pear-shaped pouch with a single small sessile diverti-
culum. In the 8th segment, on the left-hand side of the body, was
an additional spermatheca placed close to the other one and of
exactly similar structure. This duplication occurred in both speci-
mens, but in the second specimen it affected the spermatheca of the
9th segment. It is of course possible that this structural peculiarity
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. V. 5
66 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON (Feb. 4,
is merely an abnormality of no special interest; on the other hand
it occurred in both specimens, the only ones which I possess of this
species. If a structural peculiarity is found in two specimens
selected at random, there is, as it appears to me, considerable
probability in favour of the structure being a normal one; at the
same time an asymmetry of this kind is most surprising in so
typically a bilaterally symmetrical worm as Pericheta. I mention
the fact therefore for what it is worth, without venturing to commit
myself to a definite opinion as to whether it is normal or abnormal *.
The sperm-sacs in both examples were limited to a single pair of
large greyish kidney-shaped bodies attached to the anterior mesen-
tery of segment 12, the last of the three specially thickened mesen-
teries. Lying upon each of these (again in both specimens), but
attached separately to the mesentery, was a pedunculated sac (Plate
V. fig. 7) of a brownish colour entirely filled with Gregarines. I am
not at present able to say whether this sac is a part of the sperm-sac
pathologically altered by the presence of these parasites or not.
The ovaries are large and situated in the usual position in
segment 13.
In the next segment are a pair of bodies of similar shape and
occupying an exactly corresponding position, which I regard as
receptacula ovorum.
PERICHZTA VAILLANTI *, 0. sp.
Of this new species I only have a single example; like P.
biserialis it comes from Manila, and was collected near that town
by Mr. Herbert Barwell, to whom my thanks are due for a large
number of Earthworms collected in Luzon.
The colour (in alcohol) is a yellowish brown, the yellow tint
being particularly marked upon the clitellum.
The prostomium is small and does not extend far over the peri-
stomial segment.
The sete form a continuous row round each segment.
The male generative pores are upon the 18th segment.
There are no genital papille.
The clitellum occupies segments 14-16 inclusive, and as in other
species of Pericheta is developed all round the body; there are no
setee upon it.
The oviducal pore is single and median upen segment 14.
Dorsal pores are present.
The apertures of the spermathece are very conspicuous on the
interspaces between segments 5-6, 6-7, 7-8, 8-9.
There are no specially thickened mesenteries at all.
The nephridia form, as in other Perichete, a series of scattered
tufts.
1 Jn a preliminary note in the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ Bd. xii. no. 318, I
erroneously stated that the doubling of the spermatheca affected that of the 8th
segment in both cases.
2 Named after M. Leon Vaillant.
1890. ] WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 67
The spermathece, 4 pairs, present nothing remarkable in their
structure ; each is a small pear-shaped pouch with a single small
stalked diverticulum.
The sperm-sacs have a somewhat peculiar structure which is
illustrated in fig. 10. In segments 11 and 12 are a pair of oval
sacs; those of each side of the body are connected with each other,
but there is no contact between the sacs of the right and left sides
ventrally ; from each of the oval sacs is a small projecting tube-
like outgrowth (a, Plate V. fig. 10), which in the dissected worm
appeared to be broken off at its extremity. 1 am inclined therefore
to suppose that there is a connection above the intestine between
the two sperm-sacs of each segment by means of these outgrowths ;
if so, there is a striking resemblance in this particular between Peri-
cheta vaillanti and Dichogaster, in which worm I have figured
and described (10) an almost identical arrangement.
The ovaries are in segment 13, attached to the anterior mesentery
of this segment.
The oviducts are perfectly normal.
The atrium is again rather unusual in its structure; as a general
rule that portion of it which lies nearest to the external orifice has
thickened muscular walls and is curved upon itself like a horseshoe ;
its calibre gradually increases towards the external orifice.
In Pericheta vaillanti the terminal portion of the atrium abruptly
widens to form an oval, thick-walled sac, as in P. indica (Horst, 16),
into which the thin tube-like proximal part of the atrium opens.
The only species with which the present could be confounded is
P. modigliani (Rosa, 25); but it differs from that species in having
no thick mesenteries and apparently in the structure of the sperm-
sacs. There is no knowing whether P. vaillanti is the same as
P. juliana (Perrier, 19); the only fact known about the latter
species is that it has four pairs of spermathece.
List of Memoirs cited.
1. Barrp, W.—Description of a new Species of Earthworm
(Megascolex diffringens), found in North Wales. P. Z. 8.
1869, p. 40.
2. Bepparp, F. E.—On the Anatomy and Histology of Pleuro-
cheta moseleyi. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxx. (1883),
. 481.
3. Eaten, F. E.—On the Anatomy and Systematic Position
of a Gigantic Earthworm (Microcheta rappi), from the Cape
Colony. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xii. pt. 3 (1886), p. 63.
4, Brpparp, F. E.—On the genus Megascolex of Templeton.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1884, p. 398.
5. Bepparp, F. E.—Descriptions of some new or little-known
Earthworms, &. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 298.
6. Bepparp, F. E.—Observations on the Structure and Cha-
racters of certain new or little-known LEarthworms. Proc.
Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xiv. p. 156.
5*
68
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
. Bepparp, F. E.
ON WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. [Feb. 4,
. Bepparp, F. E.—On the Oligochetous Fauna of New Zea-
land, with preliminary descriptions of new species. P. Z. S.
1889, p. 377.
Note on some Earthworms from India.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1883, p. 213.
. Bepparp, F, E.—Notes on some Earthworms from Ceylon
and the Philippine Islands, including a description of two
new species. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 89.
Brepparp, F. E.—On Certain Points in the Structure of Uro-
cheta, E. P., and Dichogaster, nov. gen., with Further
Remarks on the Nephridia of Earthworms. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci. vol. xxix. new ser. (1888), p. 235.
Bourne, A. G.—On Indian Earthworms. Pt. I. Preliminary
Notice of Earthworms from the Nilgiris and Shevaroys.
P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 662.
Benuam, W. B.—Studies on Earthworms. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci. vol. xxvi. new ser. (1886), p. 213.
E:sic, H.—Die Capitelliden. Fauna und Flora des Golfes
von Neapel.
Horst, R.—Ueber eine Pericheta von Java. Niederl. Arch.
f. Zool. Bd. v.
Horst, R.—New Species of the Genus A/egascoler, Templeton
(Pericheta, Schmarda), &e. Notes from Leyden Mus. vol. v.
(1883), p. 182.
Horst, R.—Vermes in Midden-Sumatra, IV. Natuurl.
Historie, 12°. Afdeel.
Fietcuer, J. J.—Notes on Australian Earthworms, I., II.,
IIL,IV. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 2nd ser. vols. i., i1., iii.
(1887-88).
Perrier, E.—Recherches pour servir 4 histoire des Lombri-
ciens terrestres. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii. (1872), p. 5.
Perrier, E.—Sur les Vers de Terre des Iles Philippines et
de la Cochin Chine. Comptes Rend. de l’Acad. des Sci.
t. Ixxxi. (1875), p. 1043.
Scumarpa, C.—Neue wirbellose Thiere, gesammelt auf einer
Reise um die Erde, 1861, Bd. I. ii.
TemPp.eton, R.—Description of Megascolex ceruleus. P.Z.S.
1844, p. 89.
VarLuant, L.—Note sur |’Anatomie de deux Espéces du Genre
Pericheta, &c. Ann. Sci. Nat. 5° sér. t. x. (1868).
VarLiant, L.—Histoire des Annelés, t. iii. pt. i. in ‘Suites 4
Buffon.’
Rosa, D.—Perichetidi in Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania
e Regioni Vicine. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2a, vol. vi. (1888),
p. 155.
Rosa, D.—I Lombrichi raccolti nell’ isola Nias dal Signor E.
Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2a, vol. vii. (1889),
p. 125.
MicHaetsen, W.— Die Oligocheten von Siid-Georgien.
Jahresb. Nat. Mus. Hamburg, v. (1888).
1890.] ON THE HABITS OF XENOPUS L&VIS. 69
27. Rosa, D.—Sull’ assenza dei Receptacula seminis in alcuni
Lumbricidi. Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, vol. iv. (1889), no. 71.
28. Cuarartpr, E.—Histologische Untersuchungen iiber den
Regenwurm. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. xix. (1869).
29. Vespovsky, F.—System u. Morphol. der Oligocheten. Prag,
1884, p. 78.
30. Barrurts, D.—Vergleichend histochemische Untersuchungen
iiber das Glycogen. Arch. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxv. (1885).
31. Buunpstong, E. R.—On the Occurrence of Glycogen as a Con-
stituent of the Vesicular Cells of the Connective Tissue of
Mollusca. P. R. Soc. vol. xxxviil. p. 441.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats IV.
Fig. 1. Pericheta indica, nat. size ; drawn and coloured from a living specimen.
2, 3. Anterior segments of Pericheta indica, to show protrusion of buccal
cavity.
4, Anterior segments of Pericheta biserialis.
5. Clitellar and following segments of Pericheta forbesi.
6. Pericheta forbesi; segments 7-12, dissected, to show position of sperma-
thecx and thickened septa.
7, —— biserialis; corresponding dissection of segments 6-10 to show
thickened mesenteries.
Puate V.
2, 8. Variations in position of genital papilla in Pericheta affinis, fig. 2
being the normal.
. Pericheta indica; transverse section through duct of spermatheca.
; transverse section through spermathecal appendix.
— ; a portion of a transverse section of wall of spermatheca.
—— forbesi; portion of sperm-sac modified by presence of gregarines.
indica ; spermatheca.
; longitudinal section through intersegmental septum to show
attachment of “glycogenic” organ (gl); d.v, dorsal blood-vessel ;
mes, septum ; 7, epidermis.
10. Genitalia of Pericheta vaillanti; v.s, sperm-sacs; 2, process of ditto,
which appears to meet that of its fellow in the dorsal median line ;
ov, ovary ; od, oviduct; , nerve-cord ; m, intersegmental septa.
11. Anterior segments of Pericheta affinis; pr, minute prostomium.
12, Pericheta houlleti, dissection to show increase in size of seta near ven-
tral median line; s, seta; 7, nerve-cord; m, intersegmental septum.
Fig.
=
io StS Se
4 Notes on the Habits and Oviposition of Xenopus levis.
By J. M. Lestiz, F.Z.S.
[Received January 11, 1890.]
At the suggestion of Mr. Boulenger’ I have, for the last two
years, been investigating the life-history of the Clawed Aglossal
Frog, Xenopus levis, Daud., which is common here at Port
+ [Mr. Leslie’s observations on the oviposition of Xenopus levis fill up a
desideratum of long standing. The development of Pipa being of an ultra-
specialized type, we have to fall back on the only other genus of Aglossa for
information on this head. What we know of the structure of the Ag/ossa shows
70 ON THE HABITS OF XENOPUS LAVIS. [Feb. 4,
Elizabeth ; and I have now the honour to lay before the Society the
results of my observations.
Xenopus levis is called by the colonists the Plathanda. It is
commonly found in the Sunday, Zwartkop, Baakens, and Sharks
Rivers and the adjacent vleys. Its habits are essentially aquatic, the
animal never leaving the water except in search of places where food or
shelter are better supplied. Unlike other frogs, it feeds in the water,
on insects, small fishes, or even young and larve of its own kind, and
is apparently unable to feed out of that element. The mode of
eating is by forcing the prey into the mouth by means of the hands,
which act as a pair of claspers; the deglutition always takes place
under water. Locomotion on land is by difficult and awkward
crawling and leaping. But Xenopus is a most admirable swimmer,
and remarkable for the manner in which it remains poised for a
long time immediately under the surface of the water, with the
nostrils only exposed. The whole structure of the animal denotes
its thoroughly aquatic habits—the broadly webbed toes, the smooth
slimy skin with its symmetrically disposed muciferous tubules ;
there are no eyelids proper, but merely the transparent nictitating
membrane, moving up and down; and the nostrils have a disk-like
internal valve. When at rest, Xenopus never assumes a sitting
posture like other frogs and toads, and the back never appears
humped.
Pairing takes place in early spring (August), when the male,
of which the palmar surface and inner side of the forearm acquire a
black horny layer, clasps the female with his arms round the waist,
the fingers interlocking on the pubic region.
The ova are extruded singly and appear to be held for a short
time between the cloacal labial folds which are so much developed
in, and characteristic of, the female. I separated a pair during
copulation, and placed the female in a small clean aquarium, and
witnessed the oviposition. After about 90 ova had been deposited,
I killed her for dissection and observed a small lot more of ova in
the oviduct. These did not hatch, thus proving that the cloacal
folds are not seminal receptacles. The eggs immediately after being
laid measured ;/, inch in diameter ; 24 hours after, through swelling
of the mucilaginous envelope, they measured § inch. They are
found attached singly to aquatic plants or stones. After leaving
them to be a type affined to the lowest Evaudata, viz. the Discoglosside and
Pelobatide, though in many respects more specialized, @. e. diverging more from
the Urodele type. The larva of Xenopus, however, was known to approach
more nearly to the Urodele than to the Anurous type, as is exemplified by the
structure of the mouth without horny armature, by the two spiracula, and
especially by the presence of a pair of barbels which are the homologues of
the well-known ‘balancers’ of the Newt-larve.
From Mr. Leslie’s investigations we learn that Xenopus agrees with the lower
Ecaudata (Discoglosside, Pelobatide, some Bufonide and Cystignathide) in
being inguinamplex, to use the term proposed by de l’Isle, 7. ¢. the male holding
the female round the waist during oviposition; and with the Discoglossoid
genera Discoglossus and Bombinator, as well as with the Newts, in the mode in
which the eggs are deposited.—G. A. BouLrencEnr. |
} Smut del. et lith Mircterm Bros. imp,
“STONHO-VWEaaA Ssida'l
‘hur * soig wusreyury, Yat, 98 ep IuUg PC
Tie Te OSS) S 2 al
1890.] MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. 71
the egg, the fish-like larva does not acquire any external gills, but
opercular folds are distinctly visible and water taken in by the
mouth is expelled by these branchial clefts. On the third day, the
head broadens, flattens; the eyes become large and prominent; the
nostrils assume a dorsal position; the gape of the mouth increases
in width and two long maxillary barbels rapidly appear near the
angles of the mouth, and soon grow into long feelers which give the
advanced larva its well-known Siluroid appearance. Neither in the
embryo nor in the tadpole are any teeth or horny plates developed in
the jaws; nor are there any special papillze surrounding the mouth.
I have prepared and forwarded some ova and early larve to Dr.
Schauinsland, of Bremen, who proposes to investigate the develop-
ment.
Xenopus levis, unlike most frogs and toads, does not produce any
croaking, but has during the breeding-season a peculiar dull tich-tick
note, almost inaudible at three feet distance, which it produces
under water. I have satisfied myself, by dissections, that the
sound is produced by friction of the glottis against the borders of
the (median) eustachian opening, the air being at the same time
carried from the lungs into the buceal cavity, and vice versa’.
5. On a Collection of Mammals from Central Vera Cruz,
Mexico. By OuprreLp Tuomas, F.Z.S., Natural History
Museum.
[Received January 14, 1890.]
(Plates VI. & VII.)
_.. Daring the years 1887 and 1888 a large number of zoological
specimens were collected in the Province of Vera Cruz by a scientific
expedition organized by the authorities of the Mexican Museum,
under the superintendence of Dr. F. Ferrari Perez, Director of that
Institution. Thanks to the kind intervention of Messrs. F. D.
Godman and O. Salvin the Mammals then obtained have been
entrusted to me for determination, and a duplicate set of them
acquired by exchange for the Natural History Museum.
The collection consists of about 100 mammals, belonging to 21
species, and a complete list of them is given below.
The importance of this series lies in the fact that every specimen
has been properly labelled with its exact locality and date, and in
many instances with its native name and the colour of its eyes, all
of these particulars being too commonly neglected in the case of
mammals by the very collectors who would insert them most care-
fully on the labels of birds.
1 [Six examples of Xenopus levis have just been received alive by the Society
from their excellent correspondent the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk. They were obtained
at Rondebosch, near Capetown.—P. L. 8.]
.
72 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. [Feb. 4,
The species represented are partly Nearctic and partly Neotro-
pical, as might be expected from the locality ; and on this account
an exact record of the stations where each was obtained becomes of
special value as helping to fix the exact line of demarcation between
the two American Zoological regions.
In this district one would hardly have expected to find any
novelties, especially among the comparatively large animals of which
the collection’ chiefly consists; and Dr. Ferrari Perez is therefore
to be specially congratulated that his expedition resulted in the
discovery of two new mammals, a Hare and a Squirrel. This
fact shows that, after all, there must still be many of the smaller
Rodents (rats, mice, bats, &c.) remaining undiscovered in Mexico ;
and I venture to hope that in future expeditions special attention
will be given to these obscure and difficult groups—an attention that
will most probably be rewarded with the discovery of interesting
novelties.
1. ATELES VELLEROSUS, Gray.
24,19. 10/88. Raya de Boca Agustin, Misantla.
do. 11/88. Boundaries of Misantla and Jalapa.
@. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa.
“Chango.” Eyes dark yellowish grey.
2. FELIS PARDALIS, L.
@. 11/88. Santa Ana, Jalapa.
‘‘Zorrillero.” Eyes yellow.
3. Fexis TIGRINA, Erxl.
3. 7/88. Cofre de Perote, Vera Cruz.
“«Gato-monte.” Eyes grey.
4, CaNIS LATRANS, Say.
Q. 10/8/88. Ciudad de Jalapa, rumbo del Cofre de Perote.
3 young. 7/88. Jalapa.
“Coyote.” Eyes clear grey
5. VULPES VIRGINIANA, Schr.
3d and young. 6 & 8/87. Jalapa.
2 5. 8/88. Coatepec, near Jalapa.
“ Zorra.’ Eyes dark grey.
6. GALICTIS BARBARA, L.
S. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa.
©. 8/88. Plan del Rio, Jalapa.
“Cabeza de Viejo.””’ Eyes grey.
7. PUTORIUS BRASILIENSIS, Sewast.
dg. 7/88. Huatusco.
*“Onza.”’ Eyes black.
1890.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. 73
8. Nasua nasica, L.
gand4 9. 10 & 11/88. R. Juan Martin, Misantla, 2600
feet.
5 2. 10&11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa. 3600 feet.
2. 8/88. Huatusco.
“Tejon manado, Tejon solo, and Tejon suelto.”” Eyes dark
bluish grey. Lives on maize.
9. ScrURUS NIGER MELANONOTUS’, var. nov. (Plate VI.)
g and2 9. 7 & 9/88. Las Vigas, Jalapa.
“‘ Ardilla de Pinal.’ Eyes dark grey.
Most nearly allied to S. niger cinereus, but distinguished by the
presence of a broad stripe of black running down the centre of the
back from the neck to the rump. Size as in var. dudovicianus.
General colour above clear grizzled grey, without any fringe of
rufous or fulvous. Face similar but darker; crown of head between
the ears black. A well-defined ring round the eye bright pale
yellow. Ears grey on both surfaces, a prominent pale-yellowish
patch on the side of the neck behind each one. Nape and back
of neck grey, the centre rather darker, and deepening backwards
into the characteristic dorsal stripe, along which the hairs are deep
shining black at their tips, while the underfur is dark smoky grey,
the whole stripe therefore contrasting very markedly with the clear
grey of the sides. Sometimes, however, the stripe is itself grizzled,
owing to the hairs of the underfur being ringed with pale yellow.
Whole of under surface from chin to anus, and inside of limbs,
bright salmon-colour, the hairs of this tint to their roots, and
sharply contrasted with the grey of the neck and flanks. Upper
surfaces of hands and feet also yellowish, but the hairs slate-coloured
at their bases. Tail long and full, without any tinge of fulvous ;
the hairs, which are upwards of two inches in length, with their
basal half dirty white interrupted by one or two narrow black rings,
and their terminal half deep black to within half an inch of the tip,
where they are pure white. This coloration of the tail-hairs is
essentially the same as is found in S. niger typicus and S. niger
cinereus.
Skull and teeth as in S. cinereus; premolars of course only ; in
number.
1 Tn connection with this species I may take the opportunity of correcting an
error of identification committed by me in 1882, in a paper on some mammals
from Durango (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 372). Two Squirrels from Ciudad are there
referred to as belonging to S. griseaflavus, Gr. ; but a renewed examination proves
that they are really examples of 8. niger ludovicianus, Cust., for which that
locality is the most southern on record. This correction is of all the more
importance as doubt has been thrown on the occurrence of S. niger in Mexico
at all (Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm. p. 124), and it also renders more
marked the striking difference between the faunas of Ciudad and Ventanas, the
two villages at which Mr. Forrer’s Durango specimens were obtained. The
former is, in fact, proved more decisively than ever to be Nearctic, and the
latter Neotropical, although the two are within quite a short distance of one
another.
74 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. [Feb. 4,
Measurements (approximate) of an adult male, preserved as a
skin :—Head and body 290 millim.; tail, without hairs 245, with
hairs 330; hind foot without claws 62; ear, above crown, 17.
Skull: basal length 53°5, greatest breadth 37; length of upper
tooth-row |1°1.
It seems at first sight impossible that this very well-marked
Squirrel should be conspecific with the ordimary Fox-Squirrel of the
United States ; but, bearing in mind the extraordinary difference
between S. cinereus and S. lodovicianus, admittedly only varieties of
one species, I think it safer, for the present, only to give a varietal
appellation to this new form, especially as the characteristic dorsal
stripe varies considerably in its development even within the small
series before me.
10. Scrurus varrEeGAtus, Erxl.
gd and2Q. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa. 2000 feet.
>1Q. 9/87. Jalapa.
,22. 7 & 8/88. Coatepec.
,1 92. 7 &8/88. Plan del Rio.
, 19. 7-9/88. Huatusco, 4000 feet.
dg. 2/88. Alvarado.
« Ardilla.” Eyes dark bluish brown or black.
11. Scrurus DEPPEI, Ptrs.
9. 11/88. R. Juan Martin, Misautla.
2¢,12. 8/88. Coatepec, Jalapa.
dg. 8/88. Plan del Rio, Jalapa.
446,62. 7-9/88. Huatusco, 3500-4000 feet.
« Ardilla parda,’” ‘< Moto,” ‘Motito.” Eyes dark bluish brown
or black.
12. Geomys uispipus, LeC.
2¢. 8/88. Huatusco, 3600 feet.
“Tuza.” Eyes bluish grey.
13. Lepus cattortis, Wagl.
g and2 92. 7-9/88. Las Vigas, Jalapa.
Eyes greyish yellow.
14. Lepus sytvaticus, Bachm.
dé. 8/88. R. Rancho Nuevo, Misantla, 60 feet.
11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa, 3000 feet.
2¢. 7&8/88. Coatepec.
9 and 4 young. 8/88. Zeutla, Huatusco, 3300 feet.
**Conejo.” Eyes brownish or bluish grey.
15. Lepus vER#&-CRUCIS, sp. n. (Plate VII.)
2 9 and 1 young. 7/88. Las Vigas, Jalapa.
Eyes grey.
1890.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. 75
Apparently allied to ZL. sylvaticus, but markedly larger, with
longer ears, and much duller in general colour.
Fur very soft, markedly softer than in the ordinary southern
forms of L. sylvaticus. General colour dirty yellowish or greyish,
without rufous, except on the nape, the light subterminal rings on
the hairs uniformly pale cream-colour. Face grizzled greyish
yellow, the light area round the eye well-marked, pale cream-colour.
Ears about as long as the head, their backs thinly haired, grey, the
extreme tips and outer edges darkening to black, but not more promi-
nently so than in Z. sylvaticus. Inner surfaces dull yellow, this colour
not visible along the edges of the ear. Nape dull pale rufous.
Underfur of back slaty basally, dull brown terminally ; longer hairs
black, with a cream-coloured subterminal ring. Sides gradually
becoming yellowish towaids the belly; under surface dirty yellowish
grey, the line of demarcation not marked at all. The belly-hairs
themselves are pale slaty basally, and dull yellowish terminally,
while there are scarcely any white-tipped hairs present. On the chin,
however, the hairs are white-tipped. Fore limbs dull orange-yellow,
their posterior sides scarcely lighter; fore feet about as hairy as in
ordinary Mexican LZ. sylvaticus. Hind limbs dull orange-grey
externally, gradually becoming more fulvous to the heels; their
inner edges, the pale line along the groin in front of the hip, and
the upper surfaces of the hind feet dull yellow, not white. Tail
rather short, greyish brown above, the hairs both here and on the
rump in front of it slaty basally, and yellowish brown terminally ;
under surface pure white.
Skull readily distinguishable from that of L. sylvaticus by its
greater size. Postorbital processes pressed against the sides of the
brain-case at their tips posteriorly, but free at their bases. Inter-
parietal triangular, its antero-posterior nearly two thirds its trans-
verse diameter. Occipital shelf unusually broad. Anterior edge of
palatal bridge level with the front of the anterior premolar, and its
hinder edge level with the division between the last premolar and
the first molar.
Measurements (approximate—from a dried skin):—Head and
body 460 millim. ; tail, without hairs 32, with hairs 43 ; hind foot,
without claws 94, with claws 104; ears, above crown, 90.
Skull—Greatest length (occiput to gnathion) 85, basal length 69:5,
greatest breadth 39; nasals, length 36, breadth, anteriorly 10, pos-
teriorly 15; interorbital breadth, including supraorbital ridges, 19-4,
intertemporal breadth, internal to processes, 13 ; interparietal, length
5°3, breadth 8°7; occipital shelf, breadth 11°6; diastema 23:4 ;
palatine foramina, length 20:4 ; least breadth of palatal bridge 9:2;
length of upper tooth-series, crowns only, 14; basi-cranial axis 22 ;
basi-facial axis 52. Lower jaw—length, bone only, 65, to incisor-
tips 68; height from condyle to antero-inferior corner of angular
ridge 43 ; length of the ridge 31.
It is with much hesitation that I presume to add to the long list
of described American Leporide, but ZL. vere-crucis seems so
distinct from any known form that there appears to be no alternative.
76 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM VERA CRUZ. [Feb. 4>
From L. sylvaticus, an inhabitant of the same district, it is distin-
guishable at the first glance by the characters already referred to.
L. graysoni, if really distinct from L. sylvaticus, does not approach
it at all. It cannot of course be confounded with any of the
American Changing Hares, nor with the large and peculiarly marked
L. callotis and L. californicus. L. trowbridgeiis very much smaller.
L. brasiliensis and L. gabbi are smaller, have harsher fur, and much
shorter ears and tail; and, finally, L. palustris and L. aquaticus are
distinguished from it by their harsh fur and by the fusion of their
postorbital processes with the frontal bone. I have also compared
it with specimens of Z. cuniculus, which might of course have been
introduced, but it is evidently quite distinct from that animal.
16. Dicotyues Tasacu, L.
26,12. 9&11/88. R.Juan Martin, Misantla, 2000 feet.
dg. 11/88. R. Ranchro Nuevo, Misantla, 320 feet.
3d. 11/88. Santa Ana, Jalapa.
3 Q. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa.
d+ 10/88. Jalapa.
“ Jaboli.’ Eyes dark bluish grey.
17. CARIACUS VIRGINIANUS, Bodd.
Young ¢. 8/88. Palo Gacho, Jalapa.
“Gamito.” Eyes grey.
18. Coassus RuUFINUS, Puch.
Q. 8/88. Huatusco, 4000 feet.
**Femasate.” Eyes brownish grey.
19. TAMANDUA TETRADACTYLA, L.
Q. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa.
“ Hormiguero.”’ Eyes black.
The most northern locality recorded.
20. TarustaA NovEMcincTA, L.
@. 11/88. Hacienda de Tortugas, Jalapa, 2600 feet.
**Fochi.” Eyes clear bluish grey.
21. DIDELPHYS MARSUPIALIS, L.
3 young. 8/88. Huatusco, 4000 feet.
“‘Flacuache.” yes black.
Sy
tite
bas ee Pi
i Mv
Me.
1890PL Vee
LOS:
ee
Mintern Bros.
ATA.
R.Mintern del. et lith.
imp
4
LATYPHOLIS FASC
Pp
Me
2B:
FESCUE:
TYLUS
LYGODAC
If
ERI.
NSIS. 4. CHAMAALEON ROP
ANOLIS PANAME
2
SANVIAIITOG SNTVHdHOOIT
‘dwt Soa Vse IU, “UyTL 98 [PP soaq We yup
iho
sy
Bakr
LLM aasenenitine
<
te
—
L
P.Z.S. 1890. PL ea
DMMMM\::
A ae
Sa
R.Mintern. del.et lith Mintern Bros. imp.
1. ECHTINOSAURA HORRIDA. 2.PTYCHOGLOSSUS BILINEATUS.
Pp. Z.S. 1690 Pies
Mintern Pros. imp.
Mintern Bros. del et lith
1. CHAMA,SAURA DIDACTYLA. 2. CHAMZSAURA AE NEA.
3.CHAMZESAURA ANGUINA. 4.LYGOSOMA ANOMALOPUS. 4
5.SCINCUS ALBIFASCIATUS. j
1890.] THE LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 77
February 18, 1890.
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited and made remarks on two Cats’ skulls,
out of the large quantity of remains of these animals recently brought
to this country from Egypt.
The following papers were read :—
1. First Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in the
British Museum (Natural History). By G. A. Bounencrr.
[Received January 29, 1890.]
(Plates VIII.—XI.)
1. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented, added to the
Collection since January 1887.
(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)
*1, Chondrodactylus weiri, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 339.—Kala-
hari (Weir).
2. Teratoscincus przewalskii, Strauch, Geckon. St. Petersb. Mus.
1887, p. 71.—Tschagan-Togoi, Gansu (St. Petersburg
Mus.); Kashgar (Lansdel/).
3. Crossobumon eversmanni, Wiegm.—Transcaspia (Radde).
4. Saurodactylus mauritanicus, D. & B.'—Mogador (Queden-
Ffeldt).
5. Gymnodactylus fedtschenkoi, Strauch, J. c. p. 46.—Trans-
caspia (fadde).
*6. Gymnodactylus russowi, Strauch, J. ¢. p. 49.—Tschinas, Tur-
kestan (St. Petersburg Mus.).
*7, Gymnodactylus antillensis, v. L. de Jeude, Notes Leyd. Mus.
ix. 1887, p. 129.—Curagoa (Leyden Mus.).
*8. Cidura africana, Blgr. Ann. N. H, (6) ii. 1888, p. 137.—
Damaraland (S. African Mus.).
*9. Lygodactylus fischeri, Blgr. infra.—Sierra Leone (Fischer).
*10. Gecko listeri, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 535.—Christmas Isl.,
Indian Ocean (Lister).
*11. Platypholis fasciata, Blgr. infra.—Mombasa (Lasé).
12. Tarentola neglecta, Strauch, /. c. p. 21.—Algerian Sahara
(Lataste, R. Blanchard).
1 Tnow find that Gymnodactylus mauritanicus, which I had not seen when
the Catalogue of Lizards was published, is not a Gymnodactylus. Its digits
are similar to those of Alsophylax pipiens, from which it differs in its small
subimbricate flat dorsal scales, and in the absence of przanal pores. I therefore
restore the genus Sawrodactylus, Fitz., of which G. mauwritanicus is the type,
as had already been done by Boettger in 1883.— Gymnodactylus trachyblepharus,
Btter., is a Gymnodactylus.
=
#22.
38.
39.
*4().
*4),
42.
43.
MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Feb. 18,
- Pachydactylus levigatus, Fischer, JB. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. v.
1888, p. 15.—Namaqualand (Fischer).
. Pachydactylus fasciatus, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) ii. 1888,
p- 138.—Namaqualand (8. African Mus.).
. Rhoptropus afer, Ptrs.—Damaraland (8. African Mus.).
. Spherodactylus meridionalis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) ii. 1888,
p- 40—Iguarasse, Pernambuco (Ramage).
- Spherodactylus microlepis, R. & L.—S. Lucia (Ramage).
. Eublepharis variegatus, Baird.—Texas (Forrer, Taylor).
. Uroplates phantasticus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 101.
—Madagascar (Baron).
- Aphaniotis fusca, Ptrs.'—Malacca (Hervey).
- Dendragama boulengeri, Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vi.
1888, p. 649.°—Mt. Singalang, Sumatra (Doria).
Calotes microlepis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887,
p- 476.—Plapoo, Tenasserim (Fea).
- Agama stoliczkana, Blanf.—Kashgar (Lansdell).
- Phrynocephalus raddii, Bttg. Zool. Anz. 1888, p. 262.—
Transcaspia (Radde).
. Phrynocephalus affinis, Strauch.—E. Mongolia (Fischer).
. Phrynocephalus axillaris, Blanf—Kashgar (Lansdell).
#27.
*28.
. Sauromalus ater, A. Dum.—Arizona (Forrer).
. Uta ornata, B. & G.—El Paso, Texas (Forrer).
*31.
Anolis panamensis, Blgr. infra— Panama (Boulenger).
Liocephalus bolivianus, Blgr. infra.—Bolivia (Fischer).
Sceloporus omiltemanus, Gthr. Biol. C.-Am., Rept. p. 66,
1890.—Omilteme, Mexico (Godman).
- Sceloporus ornatus, Baird.—N. Leon, Mexico (Taylor).
*33.
Sceloporus jalape, Gthr. 1. c. p. 74.—Jalapa, Mexico (God-
man).
. Sceloporus couchii, Baird.—Texas (Taylor).
"30.
Sceloporus rubriventris, Gthr. l.c. p. 72.—Omilteme, Mexico
(Godman).
. Sceloporus pyrrhocephalus, Cope.—Colima (Godman).
. Sceloporus teapensis, Gthr. l. c. p. 75.—Teapa, Tabasco
(Godman).
Sceloporus lateralis, Cope, P. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 397.—
Texas (Taylor).
Phrynosoma modestum, Gir.—N. Leon (Taylor).
Chamesaura didactyla, Blgr. infra.—S. Africa.
Anniella texana, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 50.—El
Paso, Texas (Forrer).
Ameiva teniura, Cope.—Hayti.
Ameiva fuscata, Garm. Bull. Essex Inst. xix. 1887, p. 5.—
Dominica (Ramage).
1 The specimens from Nias referred by me to A. fusca belong to a distinct
species which has been named A. acutirostris by Modigliani, Ann. Mus. Genova,
(2) vii. 1889, p. 3.
* =Salea rosaceum, Thominot, Bull. Soc. Philom, (8) i. 1889, p. 24 (type
examined),
1890.]
44,
*45,
*46.
FAT.
*48.
49.
LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 79
Ameiva chrysolema, Cope.—Hayti.
Ameiva pluvionotata, Garm. /. c.—Montserrat (Mus. Comp.
Zoology).
Echinosaura horrida, Blgr., infra—Ecuador.
Ptychoglossus bilineatus, Blgr. infra.—Ecuador.
Stenolepis ridleyi, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 640.—Iguarasse,
Pernambuco (Ridley).
Micrablepharus mazximiliani, R. & L.—Iguarasse, Pernam-
buco (Ramage).
. Gymnophthalmus pleii, Bocourt.—S. Lucia (Mus. Comp.
Zool., Ramage).
. Amphisbena occidentalis, Cope——Pacasmayo, N. Peru (Boett-
ger).
. Amphisbena ceca, Cuv.'—Porto Rico (Liitken).
- Monopeltis magnipartita, Ptrs.—Gaboon.
. Lepidosternum rostratum, Strauch.—Bahia (Walsingham).
- Agamodon anguliceps, Ptrs.—Somaliland (Paris Mus.).
. Trachydromus amurensis, Ptrs.— Chabarowka (Fischer).
. Eremias guineensis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 51.—
Mouth of the Niger.
. Eremias suborbitalis, Ptrs.—Angra Pequena (Fischer).
- Mabuia peringueyi, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) ii. 1888, p. 139.—
Namaqualand (S. African Mus.).
- Mabuia quadricarinata, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) iv.
1887, p. 618.—Bhamo, Burma (Fea).
- Mabuia elegans, Ptrs.—Madagascar ( Baron).
- Mabuia wahlbergii, Ptrs.—Angra Pequena (fischer).
. Lygosoma fischeri, Blgr.—Port Walcott, N.W. Australia
( Beckett).
. Lygosoma anomalopus, Blgr. infra.—Pinang (Fischer).
. Lygosoma malayanum, Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vi.
1888, p. 651.—Mt. Singalang, Sumatra (Doria).
. Lygosoma zebratum, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887,
p- 478.—Plapoo, Tenasserim (Fea).
. Lygosoma kakhienense, Blgr. op. cit. iv. 1887, p. 621.—Kak-
hyen hills, Burma (Fea).
. Lygosoma dorie, Blgr. l. ce. p. 620.—Kakhyen hills (Fea).
. Lygosoma melanostictum, Blgr. op. cit. vy. 1887, p. 479.—
Tenasserim (Fea).
. Lygosoma devisii, Blgr. (= Heteropus lateralis, De Vis, nec
L. lateralis, D. & B.).—Queensland (Howes).
. Lygosoma nativitatis, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 516.—Christmas
Isl., Indian Ocean (Maclear, Lister).
. Lygosoma fee, Blgr. Aun. Mus. Genova, (2) iv. 1887, p. 623.
—Rangoon (Fea).
. Lygosoma forbesii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 343.—
New Guinea (H. O. Forbes).
. Lygosoma muelleri, Schleg—New Guinea (Doria, Forbes).
1 The specimen referred to A. ceca in the Catalogue of Lizards belongs to
a distinct species, A. rid/eyi, Blgr., recently discovered in Fernando Noronha.
80 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Feb. 18,
*75. Ablepharus egerie, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 535.—Christmas
Isl., Indian Ocean (Lister).
76. Ablepharus grayanus, Stol.—Kurrachee (Murray).
77. Tropidophorus yunnanensis, Blgr.—Kakhyen hills (Yea).
*78. Eumeces xanthi, Gthr. Ann. N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 220.—
Ichang, Yang-tse-kiang (Pratt).
79. Eumeces brevilineatus, Cope.—Texas (Taylor).
*80. Scincus albifasciatus, Blgr. infra.—Senegambia.
*81. Scelotes macrolepis, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 102.—
Madagascar (Baron).
82. Herpetosaura arenicola, Ptrs.—Delagoa Bay.
*83. Sepsina frontoparietalis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) iv. 1889,
p- 244.—Madagascar (Majaster).
*84. Sepsina hessii, Bttg. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 650.—Lower Congo
(Hesse).
85. Acontias hildebrandti, Ptrs—Nossi Bé.
*86. Chameleon roperi, Blgr. infra.—Kilifi, E. Africa (Roper).
*87. Chameleon guentheri, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 22.—
Nossi Bé.
88. Chameleon polleni, Ptrs.—Mayotta, Comoro Islands (Paris
Mus., Doria).
*89. Chameleon willsii, Gthr. Ann. N. H. (6) v. 1890, p. 71.—
Madagascar (Wills, Baron).
*90. Chameleon gastrotenia, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 103.
—Madagascar (Baron).
91. Chameleon campani, Grand.—Madagascar (Baron).
*92. Chameleon boettgeri, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 23.—
Nossi Beé.
93. Brookesia ebenaui, Bttg.—Nossi Bé.
II. Descriptions of new Species.
LyYGODACTYLUS FISCHERI. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)
Nostril pierced just above the suture between the rostral and the
first labial, between the latter and two nasals; rostral entering
largely the nostril ; nine upper and six lower labials ; mental large,
followed by small chin-shields graduating into the gular granules.
Dorsal scales minutely granular; ventrals smooth. Limbs as in
LI. capensis. A transverse series of ten preanal pores. Tail depressed,
inferiorly with a double series of transversely enlarged scales. Pale
olive above; a blackish streak on each side of the head, passing
through the eye; a very large black spot behind the axil, followed
by a series of smaller ones ; uniform white inferiorly.
From snout to vent 35 millim.
A single specimen from Sierra Leone (S. Stahl, 1882) in the
collection of the late Dr. J. G. Fischer.
PLATYPHOLIS, g. n. (Geckonidarum).
Digits strongly dilated, free, with transverse undivided lamelle
below, all but the thumb and inner toe armed with a retractile claw.
1890.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 81
Body covered with uniform flat juxtaposed scales. Male with praanal
pores.
This genus is most nearly related to Homopholis, Blgr., with
which it agrees in the structure of the digits, but differs in the
juxtaposed scales and the presence of przeaual pores.
PuaTyPHouis FascraTA. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.)
Head oviform, very convex ; snout as long as the diameter of the
orbit, or the distance between the latter and the ear; ear-opening
small, round. Upper surface of head with equal granules, which
are smaller and more convex than the dorsals ; rostral pentagonal,
not cleft above ; nostril pierced between the first labial and three
nasals, the anterior of which is large; ten upper and nine lower
labials ; mental small, pentagonal, followed by very small chin-shields
passing gradually into the minute granules of the throat. Dorsal
seales flat, roundish, smooth, larger than ventrals, which are
subimbricate. A pair of anal pores. Greyish olive, with crescentic
“dark brown bands, broader than the interspaces between them, the
anterior on the nape and extending on each side to the eyes, four
others on the body ; lower parts marbled with brown.
From snout to vent 50 millim., head 15, fore limb 14, hind
limb 19.
A single male specimen was obtained at Mombasa by Mr. Last,
Mr. Grose Smith’s entomological collector.
ANOLIS PANAMENS!S. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)
Allied to 4. beckeri, Blgr. The width of the head equals the
length of the tibia, the length once and two thirds the width ; frontal
concavity feebly marked, no frontal ridges ; upper head-scales slightly
rugose, not keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles enlarged,
separated in the middle by one series of scales ; enlarged supraocular
scales numerous, smooth ; occipital larger than the ear-opening, sepa-
rated from the supraorbitals by two or three series of scales ; canthus
rostralis moderate, canthal scales four or five; nine or ten upper
labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening small, roundish.
Gular appendage moderate. Body scarcely compressed. Dorsal and
lateral scales equal in size, minute, granular, smooth ; ventrals larger,
smooth. The adpressed hind limb reaches the neck ; digital expan-
sions well developed ; 24 lamellee under phalanges 11. and r11. of the
fourth toe. Tail slightly compressed, with a dorsal series of enlarged
flat scales. Greyish-olive above, marbled with whitish and dark
brown ; lower parts whitish, dotted with brown.
millim millim
Hotabienethy “2/2... 115 Fore limb. ¢.-)\0 2.2» 20
| 2 CEG eee Ee 15 Bind limb. «2... ot
Width of head...... 9 SEMA Me ae ts alge tw ia 9
MOUY, Mite tists =. cid weet = 35 1 lace: mee Real 65
Two male specimens from Panama.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. VI. 6
82 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Feb. 18,
LrocEPHALus BOLIVIANUS. (Plate IX.)
Upper head-scales small, strongly keeled; nostril lateral, below
the canthus rostralis ; nasal separated from the rostral by one scale ;
no large supraoculars. Side of neck not plicate, covered wtih pointed,
imbricate, keeled scales. A low dorsal crest. Dorsal scales large,
strongly keeled, feebly mucronate, forming slightly oblique longitu-
dinal lines; lateral scales smaller; ventrals a little larger than dorsals,
very strongly keeled; gulars a little smaller than dorsals; 38 scales
round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind limb reaches the
end of the snout. ‘rail very slightly compressed, not crested. Pale
bronzy brown above,with angular dark brown markings pointing back-
ward; abrown oblique band from below the eye to the lip; shoulder and
upper surface of arm blackish brown, with a white anterior border ;
lower parts pale olive, with white spots.
millim. millim.
Total length .:...... 245 Forelimb), y.4 4-00h 43
1 SEY by RS) ee 21 Hind) limby (7.4, 226 75 *
Widthof head .... 13 PRAT! Oecd ech ceo ye 165
RO pho etnias ch ates 59
A single female specimen from Bolivia in Dr. J. G. Fischer’s
collection.
CHAMSAURA DIDACTYLA. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)
Both pairs of limbs present, with two minute clawed digits,
inner shortest. Head-shields striated ; nasals forming a suture, sepa-
rating the rostral from the frontonasal; latter longer than broad,
forming a suture with the frontal, separating the preefrontals ;
frontal heptagonal; four subequal parietals; an elongate interparietal ;
no occipital; the posterior parietals forming a suture behind the
interparietal; three supraoculars, anterior largest; three supra-
ciliaries, anterior largest ; nasal large, pierced in its posterior portion ;
a single loreal; subocular between the third and fourth labials.
Scales on the body in 26 longitudinal and 39 transverse series.
Three femoral pores. Bronzy brown above, with a lighter vertical
line ; golden inferiorly.
millim millim
Total length ...... 530 Hind lime | 2)... 8
Head! eae 7 oe te es 15 aie eee eae Bhs h 420
Fore limb ........ 5
A single specimen from South Africa.
This new species lessens the gap between C. enea and C. anguina.
EcuHINosauRA, g. n. (Teiidarum).
Tongue moderately elongate, arrow-headed. Lateral teeth com-
pressed, bi- or tricuspid. Head with large shields anteriorly, granular
posteriorly ; frontonosal separating the nasals ; nostril pierced in the
1890.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 83
centre of a single nasal. Hyelids developed, lower scaly. ar ex-
posed. Limbs well developed, pentadactyle. Upper parts granular
with enlarged tubercles, the largest of which are spines; ventral
plates large, squarish, obtusely keeled, forming regular longitudinal
and transverse series; no collar-fold; throat with large, trihedral,
spine-like tubercles. No femoral or przeanal pores. Tail cyclo-
tetragonal, slightly compressed, with rings of enlarged tubercles.
The nearest ally of this very striking new genus is Neusticurus,
D. & B. Apart from the presence of eyelids it is not without
resemblance, in its external appearance, to Lepidophyma’.
EcHINOSAURA HORRIDA. (Plate X. fig. 1.)
Head very distinct from neck, with pointed snout; rugose sym-
metrical shields on the snout and the anterior half of the: vertex, and
on the supraocular region; the rest of the head with unequal-sized
granules ; ear-opening smaller than the eye-opening; five or six
upper and as many lower labials. Vertebral line with two series of
enlarged keeled scales, on each side of which are several oblique
convergent series of similar scales; large erect spines on the nape
and flanks, smaller ones on the limbs. Ventral shields in 8 longitu-
dinal and 20 transverse series. A transverse series of seven small
shields borders the anal cleft. The hind limb reaches the shoulder,
the fore limb nearly the nostril. Tail a little longer than head and
body, the keeled scales forming rings largest and subspinose on the
upper surface. Brown, with more or less distinct large yellowish
spots..
millim. millim,
Total length ...... 150 From end of snout to
[leaden ste os, ferns A Velen eae eared 65
Width of head...... 10 Roredinior.. vena 25
From end of snout to Hind limb)... 6 34
fore limb........ 26 ally ttt: oct tener aek 85
Two specimens, female and young, from Ecuador.
Prycuocxossus, g. nu. (Zeiidarum).
Tongue moderately elougate, arrow-headed, with oblique plicze
converging towards the median line. Lateral teeth compressed, bi-
or tricuspid. Head with large regular shields ; frontonasal separating
the nasals; preefrontals.and froutoparietals present; nasal pierced
in the suture between two nasals. Eyelids developed, lower scaly.
Ear exposed. Limbs well developed, pentadactyle.. Dorsal and lateral
scales subequal, narrow, with parallel sides, ending in an obtuse point,
imbricate and keeled; ventral plates large, square, subimbricate,
smooth, forming regular longitudinal and transverse series. A strong
collar-fold. ‘Tail subcylindrical. Male with femoral pores.
Distinguished from Alopoglossus, Blgr., in the scaling of the body
and the strong collar-fold.
1 T seize this opportunity to change the name of the allied genus Cricosaura,
Gundl. and Peters, 1863, which is preoccupied by a fossil Crocodilian (Wagner,
1860), to Cricolepis.
84 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Feb. 18,
PryCHOGLOssUS BILINEATUS. (Plate X. fig. 2.)
Head short, snout obtuse ; frontonasal broad; prefrontals forming
a short suture; interparietal about half the width of the parietals ;
no occipitals ; a small loreal; seven upper labials, third very long ;
five lower labials; chin-shields very large, one anterior and three
pairs in contact on the median line. Grular scales squarish, in seven
transverse series ; collar formed of ten scales, the median pair largest.
Dorsal scales in 28 longitudinal and 30 transverse series; ventrals
longer than broad, in 10 longitudinal and 17 transverse series. Four
preanals, median pair large. The hind limb reaches the elbow, the
fore limb the posterior border of the orbit ; scales on limbs smooth.
1] femoral pores on each side. Tail scaled like the body. Pale
brown above, with a yellowish streak along each side of the back ;
lower parts white.
millim. millim,
otal Jeveth 27. co 97 From end of snout to
ead ets cict cet. 12 VEN Gon. coc ri ey: 53
Width of head..,... 8 Fore limb ......... 15
From end of snout to ind limb). s.. 5 oe
PORE WED cei oon oa «0 21 Tail (reproduced) .. 44
A single male specimen from Ecuador.
LycGosoma ANoMALopus. (Plate XI. fig. 4.)
Section Hinulia. The distance between the end of the snout and
the fore limb nearly equals the distance between axilla and groin.
Snout short, obtuse ; loreal region nearly vertical. Lower eyelid
scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal ; two super-
posed anterior loreals ; rostral flat above, forming a broad straight
suture with the frontonasal, which is broader than long; preefrontals
forming a short suture with each other; frontal very narrow pos-
teriorly, as long as frontoparietals and parietals together, in contact
with the first, second, and third supraoculars ; four supraoculars,
first and fourth largest, second and third band-like; nine supra-
ciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct ; parietals in con-
tact behind the interparietal; fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh
labials largest and below the eye. Ear-opening oval, smaller than
the eye-opening ; no auricular lobules. 38 smooth scales round the
middle of the body, laterals smallest. A pair of large przanals.
The adpressed hind limb reaches nearly the eye. Fingers moderate ;
toes extremely unequal in length and compressed ; fourth toe half
as long as the distance between axilla and groin, fifth very short,
hardly longer than first; subdigital lamellee keeled, 16 under the
fourth toe, the subarticular much enlarged. Brown above, with
pale reddish-brown transverse bands; a black loreal streak ; a series
of white spots along each side; lower parts uniform white.
millim, millim.
Total length ...... 175 Forelimbi sp..g3.. 05 23
lead ited ee 16 Hind slimb) ees jeans 50
Width of head...... 10 Tail (injured) ...... 105
NGG Ayo ce ertpetinta™ erp 54
1890.] LIZARD COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 85
Two specimens, adult and young, from Pinang, in the collection
of Dr. J. G. Fischer.
Scrncus ausirasciatus. (Plate XI. fig. 5.)
Scincus officinalis, var. B, Dum. & Bibr. v. p. 568.
Head and limbs as in S. officinalis. Ear-opening barely distin-
guishable, covered by two scales, which are not fringed. Scales
perfectly smooth, dorsals larger than ventrals. 24 scales round the
middle of the body. Brown above, with seven white transverse bands,
each occupying two transverse series of scales; each brown scale
with two or three whitish dots; sides white, with a blackish spot
at the end of each white dorsal band; limbs and lower parts
white.
From snout to vent 115 millim.
A single specimen from Dakar, Senegambia.
_CHAM&LEON RoPERI. (Plate VIII. fig. 4.)
Casque feebly raised posteriorly ; parietal crest well-marked but
low; the distance between the commissure of the mouth and the
extremity of the casque a little shorter than the mouth; no rostral
appendages; lateral crest strong; occipital lobes well developed,
entirely separated from each other. Body covered with uniform
rather coarse granules ; a feebly serrated dorsal crest ; a strong gular-
ventral crest. No tarsal process. Gular-ventral crest white; a
whitish lateral stripe from the axilla, not reaching the groin.
3. ~~
millim. millim.
Total length. .......cc--seereeseeeresees 220 197
From end of snout to extremity of mandible .. 27 23
From end of snout to extremity of casque .... 99 30
Greadest width between lateral cranial crests.. 16 13
Depth of skull (mandible included) ........ 20 19
Widtinjof Head 0 oi in pe jelttate esis oe wales 18 16
ESV a ircaditicha ein mikislate ~pase/efein «a = (nes, ¢2 = wml ae 80
GRAD y a0-kse wrest detec REAM 321. Gaba ie yegy Staseicas 22 20
TEES pee 2 Ae F ec een Oar Nene a 110 93
Two specimens from Kilifi, East Africa, collected and presented
by Mr. G. D. Trevor-Roper.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate VIII.
Fig. 1. Lygodactylus fischeri, p. 80.
2. Platypholis fasciata, p. 81.
2a. , lower view of foot. x 2.
3. Anolis panamensis, p. 81.
34. , upper view of head. x 2.
4. Chameleon roperi (p. 85), upper and side views of head.
86 MR. P. Ls SCLATER ON A [Feb. 18,
Puate IX.
Liocephalus bolivianus (p. 82), with upper view of head.
PuatE X.
Fig. 1. Echinosaura horrida, p. 83.
2. Ptychoglossus bilineatus, p. 84.
a. Side view of head, x 2. 6. Lower view of head and breast, x 2. c¢. Pos-
terior ventral and anal regions, x 2. d. Tongue, x 2.
Prats XI.
Fig. 1. Chamesaura didactyla, p. 82.
la. ——, hind limb, x 3.
2. —— enea, hind limb, x 3.
3. anguina, hind limb, x 3.
4. Lygosoma anomalopus, p. 84.
5. Scineus albofasciatus, p. 83.
2. On a Guinea-fowl from the Zambesi allied to Numida
cristata. By P. L.Sciarer, Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
[Received January 30, 1899.]
(Plate XII.)
On January 4th last year we received, asa present from Mr.
Percy C. Reid, a living Guinea-fowl, which I was unable to determine.
It was obviously a member of the group allied to Numida cristata,
and had a bunchy crest as other members of that section, but
appeared to be different from N. cristata in having the mentum
slightly feathered and no red wattle or red naked skin on the throat.
Upon referring to Mr. Reid 1 was kindly informed by that gentleman
that this Guinea-fowl was the srrvivor of thiee specimens which he
had obtained at Pandamatanga, a tading-:tation on the Zambesi
close to its junction with the Chobé. Tius species was, however,
stated not to be indigenous to the country round Pandamatanga, but
the specimens in question had been brought there from a district
some sixty miles east, that is to the east of the Victoria Falls. Mr.
Reid was inclined to refer the species to Numida puchkerani, and it is
no doubt the Guinea-fowl indicated under that name in Sharpe’s
edition of Layard’s ‘ Birds of South Africa’ (p. 586) as found near
the Victoria Falls. But it is certainly not the true Numida pucherani,
which is a very well marked species without any black ring round
the neck, and with a bright red naked skin round the eyes and on
the throat, found in Eastern Africa on the Zanzibar coast’.
The specimen presented by Mr. Reid having died in September
1 Cf. Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 597, and the figure P. Z. S. 1877, p. 652, pl. Ixyv.,
where this species iscalled Nwmida elliott. Numida granti, Elliot (P. Z. 8. 1871,
p- 584; id. Mon. Phas. ii. pl. 43), was founded on a drawing by Col. Grant of a
specimen obtained in Ugogo, and is probably the same species.
1890.] GUINEA-FOWL FROM THE ZAMBESI. 87
last, I have taken considerable trouble to find a correct name for it,
but as yet, I regret to say, not quite successfully. It belongs, as
will be observed, to a species allied to N. cristata, of which I have
examined a fine skin kindly lent to me by Mr. Biittikofer and
obtained by that gentleman in Liberia in 1880. It agrees generally
with WN. cristata in its spotted body, white-edged primaries, broad
black ring round the neck, and crested head. But it seems to differ
from WN. cristata in having a conspicuous fold of naked skin at the
back of the neck of a pale yellowish-grey colour, the naked skin on
the throat not red but leaden-grey, and a slightly feathered chin.
The representative of N. cristata on the eastern coast of Africa is
commonly supposed to be WN. edouardi, Hartlaub, of which WV.
verreausi, Elliot, is a synonym (cf. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 496).
Mr. Elliot, in his ‘ Monograph of the Phasianidse,’ it is true, refers
N. edouardi to N. cristata, and makes NV. verreauxi different. But
it appears that the specimen in the Paris Museum, mentioned by
Mr. Elliot (¢ Ibis,’ 1870, p. 300) as an example of his JV. verreauzi, is
the identical specimen upon which Dr. Hartlaub established his
N. edouardi’. Therefore, I hold NV. verreauci to be =N. edouardi.
But I am unable to say positively whether V. edowardi is distinet
from N. cristata, as also to which species.the Zambesi bird should
be referred. One of the types of WV. verreauci (formerly living in
the Jardin d’Acclimatation, Paris, and subsequently in this Society’s
Gardens”) is now in the British Museum. I have examined this
specimen and have compared it with Mr. Reid’s bird now before us. I
have also examined the other specimens of the same form of Guinea-
fowl in the National Collection, and have quite satisfied myself that
Mr. Reid’s bird is identical with a specimen obtained on the Zambesi
by Dr. Kirk. But according to Mr. Elliot his V. verreauai (i. e. WV.
edouardi) had when living a “very conspicuous red throat” *, of
which, indeed, there are also some indications in the type specimen
of that species now in the British Museum ; but this was certainly
not the case in the Zambesi bird when alive.
I must therefore leave the question of the exact name of the
Zambesi Guinea-fowl unsettled, but I claim to have established the
following point satisfactorily :—
The Numida of the Zambesi referred by Capt. Sperling (‘ Ibis,’
1868, p. 291), by Mr. Elliot (Mon. Phas. ii. sub tab. xlvi.), and by
Mr. Sharpe (B. 8. Afr. p. 586) to V. pucherani is not that species,
but a species more nearly allied to NV. cristata, and possibly =.
edouardi, Hartl., if the latter is really different from NV. cristata.
The figure (Plate XII.) represents the head of the Zambesi
Guinea-fowl, taken from a sketch made by Mr. Smit of the living
bird.
' See also my remarks on this point, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 496.
2 See List of Vert. An. 1883, p. 495.
5 Ibis, 1870, p. 300.
88 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE GENUS CYON. [Feb. 18,
3. Notes on the Genus Cyon.
By Sr. Georce Mrvart, F.R.S.
[Received February 1, 1890.]
Through the kindness of the authorities in charge of the Zoologizal
Collection in our National Museum, I have been enabled to make as
careful an examination as I could of the numerous specimens (skins
and skulls) of the above-named interesting genus which are therein
preserved.
Amongst the skulls I find one, No. 58.5.4.99, which came
from the collection of this Society, and which presents the singular
anomaly of having no trace of the second upper molar on either
side.
With this exception, all the skulls examined by me agree in
possessing the following characters, most of which I have not found
to have been as yet noted :—
Nasal bones extending backwards much beyond the adjacent
portions of the maxillz; the external margin of each nasal, distad
of the nasal process of the frontal, strongly concave, so that the
outer margin of the whole length of each nasal has a subsigmoid
outline. Face relatively short ; dorsal surface of interorbital region
but little concave transversely ; skull viewed in profile showing very
little vertical elevation of the interorbital region, the concavity thus
apparent between it and the distal end of the nasals being very slight
‘both in degree and in antero-posterior extent ; postorbital processes
of the frontal projecting outwards but slightly ; postorbital processes
of the malar rather marked ; zygomata not strongly arched outwards ;
anterior palatine foramina very large and much elongated. First
upper premolar approaching the second in size more nearly than in
Canis ; fourth upper premolar with a smaller internal lobe ; inner
portion of first upper molar relatively smaller, its inner tubercles
and cingulum having more or less completely coalesced ; first lower
molar relatively smaller, especially its inner ridge. Tail decidedly
less than half the length of the body.
I have been unable to satisfy myself that more than two species
of this genus can be distinguished, and it seems to me possible that
even this distinction may be found unsatisfactory when more skulls
are obtained from Northern Asia.
The North-Asiatie species C. alpinus of Pallas * is represented by
two skins which differ slightly in colour. One from Siberia is very
white; the other, which has a yellow tinge, comes from the Altai,
and its skuil is in the collection *. It differs from all the other skulls
in the large size of its second upper molar (as has been previously
recorded) and also in the large size of the second (and last) lower
molar, and in the less massive form of the angle of the mandible.
* Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 34.
2 It is that marked No. IX. in Prof. Huxley’s table of measurements, P. Z. 8.
1880, p. 275.
1890.] DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE GENUS CYON. 89
The numerous other skins in the Museum present a wide range
of variation, some having the hair short and harsh, and others having
long and more or less woolly hair. There is a light-coloured woolly
skin from Nepal (45. 1.8.311); and one specimen, brought by
Lieutenant Abbott from Cashmere, which nearly approaches in light-
ness of colour and length of hair the specimen of C. alpinus from the
Altai. Its skull’, however, which is labelled 158g, has but a small
second upper molar, and the colour of the skin is redder and the fur
less soft than that of C. a/pinus, even the specimen from the Altai,
which is the less white of the two. I would therefore, provisionally
at least, retain C. alpinus as a distinct species.
I have carefully examined the skin from Moulmein (61. 11.14. 2),
which, from its dark back, certainly has an exceptional appearance,
‘and has been regarded as an example of a distinct species,
C. rutilans. I cannot, however, detect anything exceptional in its
skull. Considering also the gradations of difference in colour and
characters of fur between such specimens as that from Malacca
(39. 12. 20.3), the true type* of C. dukhunensis of Sykes, and
others with yet longer or darker coats, I have found no external
characters which I think can be regarded as specifically distinctive.
The teeth of the red forms also vary more or less in size and pro-
portion, without such differences coinciding with differences in the
coloration, texture, and length of the coat. The two skins from
which skulls* have been extracted closely resemble each other,
while the proportions of their first upper molars differ considerably ;
a circumstance which tends to throw doubt on the distinctness of
the North-Asiatic species, a doubt, however, which will disappear
if future specimens of the latter animal are found to have large
upper first molars.
We may therefore, 1 think, distinguish the species of this genus
provisionally as follows :—
Genus Cron, Hodgson (1838).
1. Cyon savanicus*.
Colour normally red ; hair generally rather or very short and not
woolly. M?* small.
1 This is Prof. Huxley's No. VI. 1. ¢.
? Dr. Murie, in his paper on this species (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 715), observes
that the skull “from the Deccan forwarded by Colonel Sykes... . is juvenile,
and therefore not to be relied on osteologically as distinctive of a type.” This
same skull is referred to by Dr. Gray (Catalogue of Carnivora, &c. 1869, p. 186)
as that of Cuon dukhunensis. I find, however, that it is not a Cyon at all, but
a true Canis.
3 These are respectively, Nos. 45. 3. 19. 5 and 46. 5. 13. 2.
* This species has been commonly named sumatrensis, after Hardwicke,
whose paper in vol. xiii. of the Linnean Society’s ‘Transactions’ dates from
1822. I do not doubt, however, that it is the same species which was described
by F. Cuvier as ‘‘ Le Loup de Java,” in the Dict. des Sc. Nat. tom. viii. (1817),
upon which Desmarest founded his species Canis javanicus, published in his
‘Mammalogie,’ p. 193—a name which thus dates from 1820, and which there-
fore, if I have correctly determined this synonymy, must take precedence.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. VIL. f
90 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE GENUS Cyon. [Feb. 18,
2. CYON ALPINUS.
Colour normally white or whitish, at least in winter; hair very
long and woolly. M? large.
I subjoin certain osteological dimensions of Cyon javanicus with
comparisons between it and Canis lupus var. occidentalis and
C. familiaris var. dingo.
Canis lupus. z ape
Cyon ip . Canis familiaris
javanicus. Me var. dingo.
Length of cervical region ... 165 21:5 16:0
Length of dorsal region ..... 24:0 26:0 24-0
Length of lumbar region...... 19:0 20-0 18°5
Length of sacral region ...... 40 40 50
| Atlasto end of sacrum ...... 63° 715 63°5
Pectoral limb ...... SRI) 37-0 67-0 47-0
Belyie limbs. sesss- sade eee AT 76-0 54:0
Meru Sh 42 sa best set indo t et 135 22:0 165
Radius to root of styloid
DLOUCHS te oom cness Com meareten 12:0 21°5 16-0
emurees ees eee ae 155 24-2 18-0
Tibia to root of malleolus ... 14:3 24:0 17-4
| Third metacarpal............... 55 9°8 6-4
| Third metatarsal ............... 67 105 71
Index metacarpal............... 45 87 a7
Pollex metacarpal ............ 17 3:0 2:0
Index metatarsal ............... 55 9°3 6:3
Hallux metatarsal ............ ital! 1-4. 12
Pollex, total length ............ a4 63 43
Hallux, total length............ 16 30 18
i]
Cyon Canis familiaris
javanicus. var. dingo.
Basion to ovalion? ............ 31 32
Basion to sphenoideum?...... 4-4 49
Spheniodeum to gnathion ... 108 125
Basion to gnathion ............ 150 172
Length of palate ............... i) 9:3
Breadth of palate ............ 5:1 53.
Greatest length of nasals...... 6:3 73
Breadth of nasals............... 19 2:0
Interorbital breadth ......... 32 33
Between postorbital processes 4-4 53
Breadth of cranium............ 6:2 56
Breadth of zygomata ......... 9-7 10°3
Longest incisor ............... 12 14
Shortest incisor ............... 0:8 10
1 By ovalion I mean the middle point of a line extending from the hinder
margin of one foramen ovale to the hinder margin of the other.
° See P. Z. S. 1882, p. 465. By sphenoideum I mean the junction of the
basi- and pre-sphenoids, which is generally distinguishable in the basis cranii
of the Canide.
1890.] | DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE GENUS CYON. 91
TABLE (continued).
_ Cyon Canis familiaris |
javanicus. var. dingo.
Length of a ee 0:6 06
rie gd MONA oath 08 net Se
Sesh as Rent 1-0 12
ie aR eke 19 20
Liha di Ne 11 13 |
5 Pie 5 Mage ae 0-6 0:8
Breadth of #2 .....se:sthsciel: 1-0 1
ey aA ee eee 15 16
Nag A aD 08 Vl
Length of Popo 0-45 0:35
” P,2 cadence pps conecp 08 0-9
” Rpigt cece sor ereernnere 0-9 V1
ee eee Vl a
” M.1 ECOSOC DOR D ORS Coe: 2:0 2-0
” M2 ecececcneces eo eee 08 1:0
Breadth of Moo 07 0-9
” <Fapi Sueroepceoscce: 0-5 0:6
Length of Mog 0 05
Breadth of Mog occ 0 0-4
Atlas to end of sacrum being taken at 100 :—
Cyon pera
javanicus. Canis lupus.
Relative length of cervical vertebra ............ 25:9 30°0
ey i. dorsal yertebrx.............+- 378 363
55 ¥s lumbar vertebrve ..........+. 29°9 27:9
. we pectoral Limbs. -ccssssssscena=- 68-2 93°7
a pealkare Min eeeccencentescccore 74:8 106°2
- i lira) Agoecetpatconéaccoacs 21-2 30-7
cf 59 FAQMUS? 4.3.02 ae codasesovensoas 18:8 300
a * feYNUl s,s aesscesesespassegees ac 24°5 33°8
Ke 1 131) ee eee pera ee 22'5 33°5
A e third metacarpal ....,....... - 86 13°7
b 5 third metatarsal ............ 10°6 146
o 3 Cranial! amis + asscnee ee ese =: 67 78
PS re facial axis? cesmecse ens sen: 170 22:5
1 J. e, Basion to sphenoideum.
2 T.e. Sphenoideum to gnathion. Theseare the cranial and facial axes adopted
by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, which I think are the most convenient and serviceable.
92 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE GENUS CYON. [Feb. 18,
Cranial axis being taken at 100 :—
Cyon Canis familiaris
Javanicus. var. dingo.
Racial xii 05. 89 ics. cdecetuceen eet ercs codeea<Daecee 245°3 255:1
Relative length of palate ...............cscseeeeeeee 170°4 189-7
| zs breadtibvof palate! ..:.scss<s-evecescscveces: 1159 108-1
= lencth of nasalis) .....dss0--0.cececsvesescsd 143°1 1489
= breadth of nasals ..................seeeeeees 43:1 40°8
Ps interorbital breadth........ i HE 72-7 67°3
a breadth between postorbital processes. 1000 102:0
Ph breadth of cranium) .2220...<s..decccceseces 140°9 1142
is breadth of zygomata ............,.....00- 220°4 210°2
; is 9) ae | ae 13°6 12°2
. DLW a at aed eas 43'1 40°8
& Spa auet, Tipe: ieee 250 26°5
f NRE Se ee; aan 136 163
Relative breadth of oo... ceeeseceeeseeeeees 340 32°6
Z 4 Le eee ee 18:1 22-4
oA length of Pig ce rer esses esses eee eeceeeees 25-0 24-4
aS aS Ss aa 454 40°8
55 A 5 181 20-4
+ breadth of 5 159 | | ee
” ” M.2 Peer w ewes ee eens esseeseseseses 113 at.
Length of first metacarpal ...................c0cce0ee 386 39-2
5 index metacarpal ...............2.-see0s- 102-2 HL?
Pe OQUOX) rcv cers ctecaepe eis: levas coneestae 77-2 84:3
= HEsimeLabAredl so. csere. oe eis. -seeesscbecck 25°0 23°5
ae Index *motatarsall ws. so2.<.)t-schsorsoones 125-0 123°5
5 Mngt reco tewsce ee rctee eter een sonaceeaeew ee 363 452
The specimens of Cyon alpinus in the British Museum are pro-
bably in their winter coat, for the animal is described as being also
of a red colour, like a fox, with the back somewhat darker, and
the belly and inner side of the limbs white. The dimensions of its
teeth are as follows :—
Length of aati gig er iets pabets by. 2-1
2 AGE ioe anton so ithe TURE. 2 15
M. i} -_
Sag te see a ee: Be 807,
Riteadter Sees ek eee fee ed 15
M. 2
2 are eh en ae as ene cater sea eiokete 1:0
Length ofgay) esse icone cay sge 2°3
7% MoD cre cae eee dee Pees “9
February 4, 1890.
ee ee ae
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1890
Mr. W. K. Parker, F.R.S. Abstract of a Memoir containing an account of the Morphology
of the Hoatzin ( Opisthocomus cristatus)
i ee i ee ee a rey
1. Observations on Wolves, Jackals, Dogs, and Foxes. By A. D. Barruert, Papermiienient
of the Society's Gardens
i ee ee ee ee ee a rer iy
2. A Synopsis of the Genera of the Family Soricide. By G. E. Dossoy, M.A., F.RS. ....
3. Observations upon an American Species of Pericheta, and upon some other Members of
the Genus. By Fravs E. Bepparn, M.A., Prosector to the Society. (Plates IV. & V.).
4. Notes on the Habits and Oviposition of Xenopus levis. By J. M. Lasuin, F.Z.S.
5. On a Collection of Mammals from Central Vera Cruz, Mexico. By O.prietp Tuomas,
F.Z.8., Natural History Museum. (Plates VI. & VII.)..........ecceeeeeccsecees
February 18, 1890.
Mr. tee Exhibition of, and remarks, upon two Cats’ Skulls, recently brought from
1. First Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in the British Museum (Natural
History). By G. A. Boutencrer. (Plates VIII-XI1.)
ee ee ary
2. On a Guinea-fowl from the Zambesi, allied to Numida cristata. By P. L. Scuater,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary tothe Society. (Plate XII.) ..........+... Je
ee ee
3. Notes on the Genus Cyon. By Sr. Grorar Mivart, F.R.S.
=I
I
LIST OF PLATES.
ae: ~ 1890.
PART I. ae
Plate | Page
I. Hybrid Sheldrake.............. 20% Peete ence cette ee eeee 1
IL. Fig. 1. Hoplocephalus melanurus. Fig. 2, ats ereediords.
Fig. 3, H. @laPOIDGRs ow. «Was ee eee ops cee teipiy atis SS
II. Fig. A. Arnoglossus ee Fig. B. A. lophotes. Fig. C. :
A. Jaterna tS PES Wa Maing ae ofa dis oe es ote oe oe eee ‘ 5 3
Vv. ‘I natomy of Porichwta..:.......0+ Bea Sere eens wes Sc be ene ae
VI. Sciurus niger melanonotus ...........-ceeeeeeeeeceess 71 ; =a
VEL“ Lepws- verse crutis.; «0:5 is ests ce aed © ss asics erin eee f
VIII. Fig. 1. Lygodactylus fischeri. Fig. 2. Platypholis fasciata. \ A:
Fig. 3. Anolis panamensis. Fig. 4. Chameleon roperi....... : oe
TX; Thocephalps:polivianus.s ...5.22< secchs sans 0'50s0 6 os ees
X. Fig. 1. Echinosaura horrida. Fig. 2. Ptychoglossus bilineatus. . 7
XI, Fig. 1. Chamesaura didactyla. Fig. 2. C. enea. Fig. 3. C. an- at:
guina. Fig. 4, Lygosoma anomalopus. — 5. Selves albi--) .. 7 >. Ses
fasciatus. ee 2:2 Se eke ee
XI. Head of Numida, from the ZambéBi i.e -et. sess ee sees ree. 286
=»
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in J anuary and eee on Sa ee =
II. 33 3 »». March and April, on August Ist.
Ii. 7 = », May and June, on October Ast.
Iv. ‘i i _ November and December, on April I Ist. ‘
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. i part for
that with uncoloured Plates. a
ae aa
: PROCEEDINGS ~~
” ae
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1890.
PART II.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH anp APRIL.
AUGUST ist, 1890.
' PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
. SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. | rye
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART II.—1890.
February 18, 1890 (continued).
4. Notes on two Mountain-Antelopes of Central China, By Dr. Avausrint Henry........ 98
March 4, 1890.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1890...... _ 94
Mr. F. E. Beddard. Exhibition of, and remarks els some ee sneer of Oriental
Earthworms, found in a greenhouse i in Scotland . 4 J sre. dye dia elanetereietersere Oe
Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1889 ............ whajain ws ehavetahe inlage cea oak
Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Galls from Colorado . 97
Mr. H. Seebohm, F.Z.S. Remarks on his proposed new Classification of Birds............ 97
March 18, 1890.
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, O.M.Z.S. Exhibition of an albino Bat from Somerset West, Cape
Colony .+..ceesseseee orcinoddc dodibnndcns sacar ele loleie aisle © win ofa esate eee porisat
Capt. Percy Armitage. Exhibition of, and remarks pipet two ne heads of the Panolia
Deer (Cervus eldi), obtained in ‘Lower Burmah ... fates stakes eee
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Mammals reas in the Upper
Magdalena Valley of Colombia by Mr. R. B. White, O.M.Z.S. . oe ola oa Rie eiereteeeteeS
vee Oe
2. A Revision of the Genera of Scorpions of the Family Buthide, with Descriptions of some
South-African Spores, gy R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum BES Hist.). (Plates
XIII. & XIV.) .. ve eiotsie cislaints pesieglae ieee vieicle.s oisibis'e wee cimbin s/ efeteeterere (sit Like
1. Notes on the South-American Canide. By Sr. G. Mivar, F.R.S.....++0+.. +0200.
3. Rote on the Anatomy of the Condor. By Frank E, Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the
ociety seme cere eeere Cee eeereee eo rae veer
weet en eer e teow eeee eweretsoevreeen sees 142
Contents continued om page 3 of Wrapper. 7
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and
“Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings’
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Socigty’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured,
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster. Row, E.C.), or through an
Bookscllice BENS ;
[ August, 1890. ] SO ky
‘Z
3
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public,
s. d. assed:
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6.. 418 0*
Vol. IL., s (alee es ... (1835-41) .. 4). 40) a0 5 6 6
Vol. IIL., 52 Goes Orecaay SAI AO) eat pen sate ee 41] 0#
Vol. IvV., 33 We 65. Aes OClSSIE62 xe. 16S 2 50.4.5. 3S oaiGe
Vol. V., i BF wei als ase SO2-66) . ccc 4 BS . es (One
Vol. VI., 95 D2) se) Les 42 1S66=69), oho ls 5 08 252-015. 0nO
Vol. VIL., % 1" Mey «sow CLB69=72) cane L040 2S. 1S OED
Volsvilis os; Boise © oss, ISZ2=74)\ 4... 9) $8.3". 1211 0
Vol. IX., oe Ta ey ered (le fs 77/)) peed Dene (ie 16 42530)
VolieX:,; Oby Tew st-er LO dpa uae Or 20. eo) 13470
Index, Vols. I. Pte ee ct (1833-79) . ON 7-Oes 010 0
Vol. XI., containing re latifah ope Utere\l Sci) anaes) dee 12 16 O
Vol. XII., # 0) opera i beiso=01 0) werent het (Ie i wo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Bart: Treles0—als vol: Svor ccs cycutae «ss 4s.6d. .. 6s.T
Al eles emtiaS Soe - cache 4s.'6d. -2. Gs:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Sc i ISSEY HN 1S eee: Oe Gal’) mum
» KEROHSa5)0- Ahh wl cae neaes) Be: » XI. 1843. 4, 48. 6d... 68.
» IV. 1836 Be 4s, 6d... 6s. » <All. 1844. = 4s. 6d... 6s
- V. 1837. 55 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIII. 1845. if 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
I'S Pies ae Fal eer a XLV. 1846, 4g) Gee bet
oe VE, 1839: on 4s. 6d. .. 6s. oy ks LSA a OS:
5, VIII. 1840. - 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. a 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
s. d. £ s. d.
Part | XVI.1848, 1 pel..8v0.4giGd.° 037 SBR WA). J cis 1 0 &)..5 gla
© SVL. eo. ee ANS GRIP ef SN ae ee 1 0.09 Leed OF
» XVIII. 1850. as COTTE: sieves Se At Oe caeatai eet Line Cia 118 OF
F) XIX. 1851. x eGtiee) | SRG a nares IE 015 9 PL OF
5 VOCERSMGDE 10 aqent vider Gay 10 Shales bees 4e 015 9 1 1 O+
jx KM SSS Aye te oni dee Ansan Gadd. Coe 018 0 1 4 OF
» XXII. 1854. + ASHOM a1). 2, tl OSimece stepsister 019 6 1 6 OF
» XXIII. 1855. x ASSO, He. BOS acteurs |S 118 OF
» XXIV. 1856. He Beu0U. «we BOS Wer erenits 10 8 Leh MG
pee. 2.0 ha Cuye BS AsiOds 5 ).°¥, Gsaaiientncne 108 de Ot
» XXXVI. 1858. 39 4s, (60s, - saceulOsria tise, 111 6 2 2 OF
» XXVII. 1859. a 4s Gdstt Habis. |... ciseeie LL AG 2 2—0F
» XXVIII. 1860. 55 48 Gd CPE OSI 55 v0 ia:s-0 alls 6 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. e 4s.6d. .. 6s,
* No perfect copies in stock. : t Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only.
Price to Price to the Price to
Fellows. Publie. Fellows.
SGI -4s46d.! pes Gst) he OS:
Seer AA SIO Mae ear (OSs coreloie ai 9s.
MS tte 4S) Cds cys OSt nes. 0ie 9s.
USGnvee 45° Gas 2. GsiF 2 a oe 9s.
WEGH RAs. Gade 22) sei bi. 3 9s,
W866). Asi6di \.... 68.7% .0050 9s.
LIS Gs AOS e Cae hee Geter: CIDR 9s.
ES GS earreieis sve cates bans cots sheteteyais 9s.
BS Gorenece oicvayeravoie ashe. clers eke’, os 9s.
ESTO nee Coates te ee tae 9s.
1 USGVSISZ Oy os cb istele xb ceere 4s. 6d.
SH ae ae ee eee Cen aaa 9s,
1808 ee eens facie Hate saa 9s.
ES AOMI Sicttiowteas. anime audaise 9s.
ES HPAES alate Ls Neh Ieee sats 9s.
ES nae) reeetae bie 3 <6 9s.
[GGG ORTON 1G ECACC CRORES 9s.
LIS/7io 5 ROB GSO GORI Oren Orcas 9s.
Mtge sera ciict ord wisvecarecaneievevetereters’s 9s,
NAS en tas logs ota ic fue smarey spe eots, = 9s,
USS rtcasteeeiehs sc ete.ctotes sate « 9s.
Index, WE71=1880" 2.03.2 oes’ 4s. 6d.
MMMM ret rene o orate hays i's atte eratniere 9s.
Senter cle lotaiereMalete’slaonsintcie oi Gs:
MESSlo ch tee tec cets cote epg 9s.
TISREL S ee en ie ae 9 RAO 9s.
MSI aor ee besa cioterewlees enact 9s,
LSSOMRA Oe tite saree aces see 9s.
[iS se Be eee eS eee 9s.
USA eee a. ooh levate ic, Aialats niaietoue’ saves) Ss
Ba meets eceiciarcte-cl alg aveleisvayarevape. <6 9s.
1890, part 1 (Jan. & Feb.) Qs. 3d
1890, ,, 2 (Mar. & Apr.) Qs. 3d.
* No perfect copies in stock.
Price to the
With Plates uncoloured.
MEETINGS OF THE
With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the
ublic. Fellows. Public,
sli2ar ee A WSS So Od amr e Abe
12 eae S385: Qs a4 0Scr
12s: 5 OoRe Oda aa 48s
12s. ee $38; 9d 8 SOA bse
dD sts 1 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
1243 eee DS: GOs 1 4ADSs
128-4520 Ss, 336,905 ss sax 45s.
WAS. crane couse eh mass
12s. Mee IGs ce ce 40S
12s. ~ ods, 9d. %... 45s.
6s,
Oss. Fe hss Gosden Ase
Le ea OoSs Od eet 408
WAS rected cost Oe ae Asst
MDs; farserdioe 36s. 48s.
12s. we (608, is... 488.7
12s. 7. mobs. a. ASS
12s. 433 ¢OOS: 48s.
12s. Bone OOS: 48s.
NEE Sern ae ieee 48s,*
Ne ratte, OOS. 48s.*
6s.
12s. Neo oli} 48s.*
12s. . 30s. 48s.
12s. eat dOSs 48s.
WS oss sey asOes 48s.
12s. a OOS 48s.*
12s. . 36s. 48s.t
12s. . 36s. 48s.*
OE nee ae 36s. 48s,
V2 Siy 3.5 oye eae OOS: ip. «485.
BOLE Beas 9s. seemless
Soften hee 9s. Od. bedi 12s.
t Out of print.
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vyo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
4
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s,
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877; Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. Cloth, 8vo. Price 4s.
Tue ZooLtogicaL REcorD.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price. 30s
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Houmrurey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mammats, Brrps, and Reprires has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of Fisuzs
and of the Lower Aquatic Anrmats, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Gice-Patron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F-R.S., President.
Lr.-Gen. Tue Lorp Asrncer, C.B.
Dr. Joun Anverson, LL.D.,
E.RS.
Wrtr14m Bateson, Esa., M.A.
Masor-Gun. Henry Crerx, R.A.,
F.R.S.
Henry E. Dresser, Esa.
Cuartes Drumwonp, Ksea.,
Treasurer.
Sir Joseph Fayrer, K.C.S.L.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Joun P. Gassior, Esa.
F. DuCanz Gopmay, Ese., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Cor. James A. Grant, C.B.,
C.S.L, F.B.S.
Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice-
President.
Lr.-Gen. Stmr H. B. Lumspen,
K.C.S.1.
Dr. St. Grorer Mivarr, F.R.S.
Proressor ALFRED Newron, M.A.,
FE.R.S. Vice-President.
Tue Lorp Arraur RvsseExt.
Ospert Satvin, Esa, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Purie Lurtey Scrarer, Hse.,
M.A., Pu.D.,F.R.S., Secretary.
Henry Sresoum, Esa.
JosepH TRAVERS SmituH, Esa.
Tue Lorp Watsinenam, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fertows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frttow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.
3
Ferttows also receive Twenty Free Tickets, each valid for the
admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday,
or Forty similar Tickets, each valid for the admission of one child
(under Twelve Years of age) any day of the week, including Sunday.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fettows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address, Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a Fertow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Ferttows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frtztows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1860, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1 (which includes
delivery in the United Kingdom), payable on the 1st July in each
year, but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid
before the 1st of December following.
Frttows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRaNsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds,
Any Fetxiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
4
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
May 1st, 1890.
1890. ] MOUNTAIN-ANTELOPES OF CENTRAL CHINA. 93
4. Notes on two Mountain-Antelopes of Central China.
By Dr. Aveustine Henry’.
[Received February 3, 1890.]
During my residence at Ichang on the Yang-tze and journeys
in its vicinity I met with indications of two species of Mountain-
Antelopes.
The larger of these is known by the natives as the ‘‘ Bright-maned
Antelope,” “ Mingtsung yang.’ North-west of Ichang the mountain-
range, which divides the basins of the rivers Yang-tze and Han, at-
tains an altitude of over 9000 feet, and in parts is clad for the upper
3000 feet with coniferous forests. The Antelope roams in these woods
in small herds. Often when collecting plants we startled the animals
and could hear them on in front breaking through the brambles and
shrubs, and followed their freshly made tracks. I was never lucky
enough to see one, but I procured a skin, which measured 5 feet
long by 32 feet broad. In colour it is a darkish grey, and on the
neck there is a bristly mane, composed of greyish-white hairs about
5 inches long. The horns are about 8 inches long, curved backwards.
The animal is said to stand as high as a cow, and to yield, when killed,
about 100 to 150 lbs. of flesh. It is so large and strong that oc-
casionally when one is caught and tamed it is used for riding on. I
brought the skin to Pére Heude of Sikanei, who identified it as his
Capricornis argyrochetus*.
The second, smaller Antelope occurs on the precipices of the gorges
and glensnear Ichang. It is known as the ‘‘ Shan-yang” or ‘ Yhe-
yang-tzu,” i. e. “ Mountain-Goat” or “ Wild Goat.” Pére Heude
received a skull and skin from me, and has described it as Kemas
henryanus.
A live specimen from the Ichang gorge was obtained by one of the
steamer captains, and is now in the gardens at Zikawei near Shanghai,
i. e. at Pére Heude’s establishment.
This particular Antelope (or forms akin to it) occurs in nearly all
the mountains of the west and north of China; 7.e. in Szechuen,
Hupeb, Shansi, Kansuh, Chihli, &c., and doubtless the Ichang one is
a marked variety of the species.
The Ichang animal stands as high as a sheep. It occurs only on
precipices, and the obtaining of a live specimen in the case mentioned
1 Extracted from letters received from Dr. Henry and communicated by the
Secretary.
2 [ Capricornis argyrochetus, Heude, Mém. cone. I Hist. Nat. de ’ Emp. Chinois,
ii. p. 4 (note).
“ Animal plus petit que le C. edwardsi. Face rousse, criniére épaisse, blanc
sale; pelage noir semé de blanc. Téte osseuse comprimée latéralement: pré-
molaire antérieure d’en bas mince, a talon élevé et bien dégagé. Cette espéce est
des montagnes du Tché-kiang.”
In the same note is described another species from Tonquin, Capricornis
maritimus.—P. L. 8.]
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. VIII. 8
94 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 4,
was a piece of the sheerest luck ; the foreigners at Ichang have never
even succeeded in shooting one, though a good many trials have been
made by them, and the precipices on which the Antelopes occur are
not more than 5 or 6 miles from Ichang’.
March 4, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1890 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 16, of which 7 were ac-
quired by presentation, 4 by birth, 1 by exchange, 1 by purchase,
and 3 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 72.
Mr. F. E. Beddard exhibited and made remarks on some living
specimens of Oriental Earthworms of the genus Pericheta (P. indica)
found in a greenhouse in Scotland, and supposed to have been in-
troduced from India.
Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a
series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens
during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :—
Report on the Insect-house for 1889.
Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited
in the Insect-house during the past season :—
Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.
Indian.
Attacus atlas. Antherea mylitta.
pernyi. Actias selene.
—— cynthia. Cricula trifenestrata.
American. |
Samia cecropia. Telea promethea.
Telea polyphemus. Actias luna.
angulifera. Hypochera io.
1 [A skin and skull of this animal have been recently received by the British
Museum from our Corresponding Member Mr. P.H.S. Montgomery. It is ob-
viously closely allied to Nemorhedus cinereus, Milne-Edwards (Recherches s. 1.
Mamm., Atlas, pl. 70), and NV. swinhoii, Gray (P. Z. S. 1862, p. 263), pl. 35, but
may be different, and if so should be called Nemorhedus henryanus. I cannot,
however, ascertain whether Pére Heude’s name has been actually published or
not.—P. L. 8.]
1890.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 95
African.
Antherea cytherea.
Diurnal Lepidoptera.
European.
Papilio machaon. Vanessa levana.
podalirius. Limenitis populi.
Vanessa antiopa.
American.
Papilo ajaz. Papilio turnus.
asterias. Limenitis disippus.
philenor. *Goniloba tityrus.
Nocturni.
Smerinthus ocellatus. Bombyx rhadama.
— tilia. Saturnia pyri.
populi. *Lasiocampa otus.
Sphinz ligustri. Endromis versicolor.
Deilephila euphorbie. *Pseudophia tirrhea.
galii. Eacles imperialis.
* dahli. * regalis.
* Macroglossa croatica.
Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the
Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first time,
viz.:—Papilio philenor, Goniloba tityrus, Deilephila dahli, Macro-
glossa croatica, Lasiocampa otus, Eacles regalis, and Pseudophia
tirrhea.
The fine specimens of Lacles regalis were reared from
pupze deposited in the Insect-house by the Hon. Walter Rothschild,
F.ZS.
From the cocoons of Lasiocampa otus it has been said that the
Greeks and Romans obtained their silk, before the introduction of
the silkworm from China. I exhibit some cocoons of this species, and
I have no doubt from their appearance that silk of some kind could
be obtained from them.
Orthoptera.
* Harpaz ocellata. * Diaphemora femorata.
On the 15th of July last we received from Col. J. H. Bowker
F.Z.S., two living specimens (out of three sent) of the beautiful and
interesting Mantis (Hurpaz ocellata). On their arrival they were nct
fully developed, but changed into the perfect state, one on the 27th
of July, and one on the 8th of August.
Col. Bowker in his letter says:—“I hope they will survive the
voyage, as they are most interesting and beat the Chameleon hollow in
* Exhibited for the first time. ‘
8
96 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Mar. 4,
changing colour. What I send you bave been transferred from the
Blue Convolvulus to other flowers, and after a few days take the colour
of the flowers to which they have been transferred.” I did not myself
try any experiments in this direction with them, as they were a pair,
and I had some hopes of breeding them. They appeared to agree
perfectly, but I am sorry to say that on the 19th of August the
female attacked and killed the male. During the time they lived to-
gether they were never seen to copulate. On the 19th of October
the female died.
These insects during life were very beautiful, especially imme-
diately after the change to the perfect state, and I have the pleasure
of exhibiting three characteristic coloured sketches, from life, by Mr.
H. Goodchild, and also two photographs taken by Mr. D. Turner
Belding, which, however, I am sorry to say, have not come out very
well.
I have also the honour to exhibit :—
I. The two “ skins” of these insects which were cast on July 27th
and August 8th respectively.
II. 'The male insect (or rather as much as was left of it after the
female had killed it), set with its wings spread out.
III. The female, set as near as possible in the position assumed
during life, to show the mode of catching and holding its prey. I
may here mention that these insects while living in the Gardens fed
upon flies only.
IV. The “ batch” of ova formed on a twig by the female about 8
days before death. The layer of ova nearest the twig was laid first
and during one night, and the upper layer was laid and completed
during the third night after the first layer was laid.
Early in the spring of last year Mr. J. B. Williams, of Toronto,
was good enough to send us a number of ova of a species of Stick-
insect (Diaphemora femorata). The first specimen emerged on the
11th of June, and others from time to time during the summer.
Nearly all the specimens lived and did well, feeding upon hazel-
leaves. They changed their “ skins” four times before reaching ma-
turity. After the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd changes they were of a bright
grass-green colour ; but after the 4th and last change the males were
of a brownish colour, with the front pair of legs green, the four other
legs brown to the second joint, and the rest of the legs green. The
females were all green except the abdomen, which was of a greenish-
brown colour.
These insects copulated frequently, and produced a large number
of ova, which I hope to be able to hatch during the coming summer.
I exhibit this evening a male and female of this species. The
female is set to show the manner in which these insects, when at rest,
employ their front pair of legs to protect their very long and slender
antenne. I also exhibit a female set upon a spray of grass, to give
some idea of how well these creatures are protected during life by
their form and colour.
1890.] CAPT. P. ARMITAGE ON CERVUS ELDI. 97
A communication was read by Mr.T. D. A. Cockerell, of West Cliff,
Custer Co., Colorado, containing particulars of a series of Galls ob-
tained in that district and enclosing the specimens for exhibition.
Mr. H. Seebohm, F.Z.S., gave an account of his proposed new
Classification of Birds as put forward in his recently published book
on this subject’. This communication was followed by a general
discussion of Mr. Seebohm’s arrangement.
March 18, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary exhibited on behalf of the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk,
C.M.Z.S., an albino Bat shot in January last at Broadlands,
the farm of Mr. J. Rawbone, at Somerset West, not far from Cape
Town.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S., had kindly determined this specimen
to be an albino variety of Vesperus capensis, Smith.
Capt. Percy Armitage, 24th Regiment, exhibited two mounted
heads of the Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi) which had been obtained
in Lower Burmah. One of these bore antlers of the normal form
of Cervus eldi, widely expanding at their base; in the other head
the two antlers rose from the front much nearer together, more as
in the Sambur and its allied forms. Both specimens had been
obtained in the same district, and were undoubtedly of the same
species.
Captain Armitage made the following remarks on this subject :—
«« These two stags, of which the heads are on the table, were both
shot on the same day (28th April, 1888) near Wimpeedaw, a small
village on the Sittang river, some 52 miles below Shwigyin. Wim-
peedaw is in the Shwigyin district of Lower Burmah. The Burmese
name for Cervus eldi is ‘Thanin.’ These Deer are very wild and
difficult to approach, and are generally found on large plains covered
with patches of ‘lime’ grass 9 or 10 feet high. After proceeding
to the shooting-ground in a bullock-cart, the method pursued is to
drive slowly through the lime-grass, the sportsman standing up in the
cart and looking over the top of the grass until he sees a herd of
deer. The cart is then stopped and the stalking commences. This
is very often a long and troublesome business, as the ‘Thanin,’
when alarmed, leave the jungle and make for the open plain, generally
keeping well out of range.”
1 Classification of Birds; an attempt to diagnose the Subclasses, Orders,
Suborders, and some of the Families of existing Birds. By Henry Seebohm.
London: R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cayendish Square, W., 1890.
98 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
Mr. Sclater exhibited on behalf of Mr. Robert B. White, C.M.Z.S.,
skins belonging to four species of Mammals obtained by Mr. White
at an elevation of from 5000 to 7000 feet on the mountains of
the Upper Magdalena valley, in the department of Tolima, U. S. of
Colombia.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas had kindly referred these specimens to the
following species :—
1. Cebus fatuellus.
Native name, ‘“‘ Mico Maizero.”
2. Lagothrix humboldti.
Native name, ‘ Churuco.”
3. Nyctipithecus vociferans.
Native name, “ Dormilon ” or “ Putamono.”
4. Galictis barbara.
Native name, ‘‘ Zorro” or “ Ulauca.”
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on the South-American Canide.
By Sr. G. Mrvart, F.R.S.
[Received February 24, 1890.]
Some of the South-American Canide present as yet rather trying
difficulties to the systematic zoologist. My object in the present
paper is to endeavour to make a small contribution towards clearing
up existing difficulties of classification and synonymy. My hope is
that this attempt may at least, by criticism and collecting together
references to the literature of the subject, facilitate a future complete
rectification. What, however, is greatly to be desired is the ac-
quisition of a large number of skins with skulls in them, the sexes
being ascertained, and both the localities where and the season of
the year when the individuals were obtained being carefully noted
in each case.
No naturalist who has worked at either the skins or the skulls of
the Dog family can have failed to be struck with their great variability.
This fact was strongly expressed by Professor Huxley in his paper
(P. Z.S. 1880), both with regard to the form of the skull and the
proportions of the teeth. Quite recently Dr. Windle, after making
most elaborate measurements and comparisons of different breeds of
domestic dogs, has told us “the variation in any breed is much
greater, in almost every case, than that existing between any two
breeds.”
Some studies recently undertaken by me at the British Museum
(for much kind aid during which I have to express my thanks to
1890. | SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID&. 99
Mr. Oldfield Thomas) have very strongly impressed me with the
necessity which there is of examining a series of specimens of any
asserted species in order to arrive at any certainty as to its specific
distinctness.
The species I propose to refer to here are those which are more
or less allied to or identical with the form named by Prince Wied
Canis azare.
(1) As to Canis azare itself, the original description of Wied
(Beitrige, vol. ii. p. 338, 1826) describes it as a yellowish-grey
animal, with the back and upper parts blackish and a blackish stripe
in front of the belly ; the margins of the lips white; dark greyish
brown under the jaws; shoulders and thighs rather grey; sides of
the neck and outside of the legs light reddish yellow, outside of the
ears yellowish grey-brown.
In the Prince’s volume of plates there is a fairly good, coloured
figure of the animal.
The specimen brought back by Mr. Darwin was described by
Mr. Waterhouse (Zoology of H.M.S. ‘Beagle,’ p. 14, plate vii.),
and determined to be the true C. azare of Wied. He says in a note,
**T am indebted to Mr. Ogilby, who visited the Prince’s collection,
for a description from the specimens of C. azare therein preserved.”
The figures given by Waterhouse and Wied are muchalike. I think
we may regard the determination of our careful and accurate compatriot
as a probably correct one.
The specimen thus determined is now in the British Museum
(No. 55. 12. 24.238) and came from Chile. Its skull is still within
the skin. There are, however, five other skulls, one of which (817 6)
is from a stuffed specimen in the collection. They are remarkably
similar as to dentition. I find that the mean length of P. 4 in these
is 1°22, while that of M.1+M.2 is 1°38, or as 100: 113.
The sagittal ridge varies much as to development and the form,
the breadth, and the length of the raised flattened portion between the
temporal ridges.
The length of the fourth upper premolar and the two molars
behind it are as follows in the five skulls :—
P.4, M.1+M.2
1°30 1°55
115 1-25
1-20 1°35
1-15 1-28
1°30 1°50
(2) Canis fulvipes reposes on a description (P. Z. S. 1837, p. 11)
by my deceased friend Mr. Martin. He describes it as ‘“ hoary
mixed with black, the latter being more decided down the top of the
back ; the head fulvous, grizzled with hoary; edges of lips white
ears ehettani-brawit- outside of limbs dusky Blick: freckled with
tulvous; a dark mark above tarsal joint; tarsi and toes fulvous
rown ; underparts dirty white,” &e.
100 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [Mar. 18,
The specimen thus described, which is the type of the species, is
in the British Museum (No. 758), and its skull (figs. 1 & 2) is there
also.
Fig. 1.
(Size of nature.)
Side view of skull of Canis fulvipes.
Bearing in mind my past experience of Canine variability, I have
carefully examined this skin and skull, but cannot convince myself
that it is anything more than a dark form of C. azare. The skull
I found to present no noteworthy differences. Its snout is slightly
shorter and broader than are the snouts of three skulls of C. azarae,
but not more so than is a fourth skull also attributed to that species.
1890. | SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID&. 101
Length of P.4 1°15, of M.1+M.2 1-50, or as 100 to 130. Thus
these molars are relatively larger than in C. azare, but it is not larger
than in the C. vetulus of Lund, which probably is (as Burmeister
believes) the same as Wied’s C. azare. I can, at present, only regard
C. fulvipes as a dark variety of C. azare from the island of Chiloe.
(3) Canis griseus is a species first named by Gray (P. Z. S. October
1836, p. 88) and first described by him in Nov. 1837 (Mag. Nat.
Hist., Charlesworth, i. p. 578) thus :—‘ Vulpes griseus. Pale grey,
with blackish tips to the hairs; legs pale fulvous ; lips, throat, belly,
and front of the thighs white; tail blackish at the upper part of the
base and at the tip. Inhabits Magellan.—Captain P. P. King.”
The skin thus described, the type of the species, is also in the
Upper molars (right side) of Lower molars (right side) of
Canis fulvipes. Canis fulvipes.
British Museum (No. 55. 12. 24.239). It is, however, quite imma-
ture, and cannot, therefore, by itself serve (in the absence of some
very marked character) for the establishment of a distinct species.
The skull is in the skin.
Dr. Burmeister has also described and figured a Dog, which he
has entitled C. griseus, Gray (‘ Fauna Brasiliens,’ p. 48, pls. xxv.,
XXvill., and xxix., and description ‘Descript. phys. Rép. Argentine,’
vol. iii. p. 151); and the question arises, Is, or is not, this a distinct
species ?
Now Dr. Burmeister is a naturalist who very distinctly merits our
esteem; he has long lived in South America, and it is impossible
102 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
to suppose that he can be mistaken as to obvious facts concerning the
many individuals which have, doubtless, passed through his hands.
But a keen appreciation of facts does not guarantee a sound
drawing of inferences. I cannot persuade myself that he has not
been too apt to draw hasty inferences from insufficient data. Thus in
1856 (Fauna Brasil. p. 24) he separated C. cancrivorus and C. vetulus
generically from C. azare and C. griseus on the ground that in the
first two the sagittal ridge is present though weak, and that it is absent
in the last two ; that the upper fourth premolar is a little shorter than
the two upper molars in the former pair of species and much shorter
in the latter, and, finally, that the pupil becomes elliptical in the one
pair and remains round in the other.
I have, however, found the sagittal ridge to be very differently
developed in different adult skulls of undoubtedly the same species.
As to whether the fourth premolar is much shorter or only a little
shorter than the two molars behind it, I consider that a very useful
specific character but not a valid generic one—at least in the Canide.
I regard the contraction of the pupil as a most unsatisfactory
distinction *.
Twenty years later Dr. Burmeister seems to have come more
distinctly to recognize the variability of these Dogs. He says of the
South-American forms (Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1876, p. 117) that
“In der Farburg sind nicht bloss alle diese Arten einander sehr
tihnlich sondern sie variiren auch etwas nach der Jahreszeit.”” He
also speaks, on the same page, of variation in the skull.
Without any disrespect, then, to Dr. Burmeister, we must not deny
ourselves the right to criticise freely his various representations.
With respect to the form he describes and figures as C. griseus,
he tells us that it is slenderer than C. azare. Now by C. azare
he always intends that form which was described as C. azare by
Mr. Waterhouse. But Dr. Burmeister seems more than once to
have changed his mind as to the identity of his and Mr. Waterhouse’s
C. azare with the C. azare of Wied. Thus in his ‘ Uebersicht
Thiere Brasiliens,’ 1854, p. 99, he says of the form he describes as
the C. azare of Waterhouse: “Ich habe auch den Canis azarae,
Pr. Max. wieder zu dieser Art gezogen;” while in his ‘Fauna
Brasiliens’ (1856, p. 37) he identifies the Prince’s C. azar@ with the
C. vetulus of Lund. In his ‘ Reise durch La Plata,’ 1861, p. 405,
and in his description of the Argentine State, vol. iii. p. 147, he
leaves out all reference to Lund’s C. vetulus amongst the synonyms
he there gives of his C. azare. He distinguishes his own (and
Waterhouse’s) C. azare from his new species C. griseus as follows
(Fauna Brasil. p. 24) :—
C. azare. C. griseus.
“Fore limbs grey to the carpus; “Fore limbs entirely reddish
soles blackish brown.” yellow; soles reddish brown.’
He further tells us (p. 48), as we have said, that C. griseus is the
1 For reasons before stated by me, see P. Z. S. 1882, p. 141.
1890. ] SOUTH-AMERICAN CANIDZ. 103
slenderer beast of the two, and that it has a fuller and softer coat ;
but the colour of the limbs he regards as the great character, the
reddish-yellow tract being separated sharply from the grey body by
a transverse blackish mark.
The skull of Burmeister’s C. griseus is much smaller than that of
his C. azare, but the difference is by no means greater than I have
met with between specimens of undoubtedly the same species of other
kinds of Canide. He speaks, indeed, of a distinction in the length of
the premaxillz, but his plate does not agree with the statement. The
dentition of both is extremely similar. In his ‘ Reise durch La Plata,’
p- 407, he gives a table of the dimensions of the teeth in most of
the species considered in this paper. The combined length of the
upper molars is there stated to be 17 in C. azar@ and 13 in C. griseus ;
while the length of the fourth upper premolar is 15 in C. azare
and 12 in C. griseus ; or the premolar to the molars as 100 to 112
in C. azare and as 100 to 108 in C. griseus, a difference which is
practically no difference at all.
No one, I venture to think, who has worked at the varieties of the
Wolf and the Fox, can attach great importance to a distinction reposing
upon the limbs being “grey ” or “reddish yellow,”’ or upon a soft-
ening of the colour of the soles of the feet from a blackish brown into
a reddish brown. There remains the transverse blackish band across
the proximal part of the limbs. But this cannot constitute a dis-
tinctive character, for it exists most distinctly on the hind limbs of the
type of C. fulvipes, where it sharply marks off the red colour below it.
The same is the case in the skin of CO. azare, No. 55.12.24. 238,
and to a less degree in the skin brought by Burnett and Fitzroy
from Patagonia.
The teeth not only agree with those of C. azare, but the teeth of
these two forms agree in differing very markedly from another South-
American form which I take to be represented by the C. vetulus of
Burmeister. I cannot, on the evidence before us, accept the
C. griseus of Burmeister as an established species, especially on
the strength of a single skin’ and skull. I would provisionally
regard it as a variety of C. azare coming from Sandy Point in the
Straits of Magellan. The C. griseus of Gray must be simply ignored.
(4) Canis patagonicus is a species which was proposed by Philippi
(Archiv f. Natur. xxxii. (1866) i. vol. p. 116) for a skin from the
Straits of Magellan without a skull. He rests its distinctness from
C. azare on its shorter tail ; its hair being shorter and not so thick,
and of a yellowish-grey colour; its bristly hairs being softer and
whiter; the dark colour of the chin extending back “six lines”
further beyond the angle of the mouth; the limbs being less white
externally ; the hairs of the tail being shorter (as well as the tail
itself), with its under-fur ashy grey instead of yellow and having its
black hairs so disposed as to form about ten transverse rings alter-
nating with white, and the claws being pure-pointed, indicating that
the animal did not burrow.
1 Burmeister (Erlaut. p. 50) uses the expression “Mein Exemplar stammt
von Punta de las Arenas.”’
104 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
I think it well to note these characters as indicating, with respect to
the tail, what is possibly another local variety of CO. azare, but I
submit that the characters are by no means sufficient to justify its
acceptation as a distinct species on the evidence of a single skin un-
accompanied by its skull. I am the more inclined to regard it as a
mere variety because the skin of C. azare brought by Fitzroy from
Patagonia (No. 227 a) shows two imperfect annulations towards the
root of the tail.
(5) Canis entrerianus is a species instituted by Burmeister (‘ Reise
durch La Plata,’ 1861, p. 400) for a Canine form found by him
between the rivers Parand and Uruguay. He obtained specimens
exemplifying very different ages of both sexes. He describes it as
reddish-yellow brown, the hairs of the back having black terminations
and being whiter further down; face and limbs red-brown like the
back ; front of the neck, breast, and inner side of the limbs whitish
or pale yellowish red ; end of the tail black.
The young (which he found sucking in January) were of a yellow-
ish brown, except the face, limbs, and tail-end, which were blackish
brown.
The mother, which was in milk on the 27th October, was reddish
brown but dappled by the intermixture of white and black bristly
hairs. The front of the neck, breast, and inner side of the limbs
were reddish yellow.
An old male was a much lighter and clearer yellow colour, without
any dappling on the back, being of a homogeneous tint, the bristly
hairs having less black and no white. Underparts white.
The male was taken on 27th February, so that he had probably a
summer dress on, while the female was in winter clothing, which
was longer and thicker than the male’s. She had six mamme.
The skulls of the male and female differed considerably, that
of the female being more contracted behind the orbits. The length
of the fourth upper premolar was in the male 15 and the two molars
20; in the female P-4 was 14 and M.1+M.2 15; the mean of the
two being as 100 to 120. The difference between the male and the
female is so remarkable that it would almost justify a little scepticism
as to the numbers given.
The external characters I have quoted—characters which differ
so much according to sex or season—do not seem to me enough to
distinguish and establish a species, although they are very interesting
as pointing out another local variety—that of Entre Rios—of the
very widely diffused C. azare.
(6) Canis gracilis—This is again a species proposed by Bur-
meister (‘ Reise durch La Plata,’ 1861, p. 406, and ‘ Description
phys. Rép. Argentine,’ vol. iii. p. 150) for a Dog inhabiting the
bushy pampas of the environs of Mendoza. There he often saw it
alive, and many skins brought to market. Amongst these was one
with the dorsum and end of the tail rusty red. He describes the
species, however, as an uncommonly slender form, more elegant than
his C. griseus. The ground-colour is pale yellowish grey on the back—
1890. ] SOUTH-AMERICAN CANIDE. 105
C. griseus being reddish grey and C. entrerianus a rusty‘ yellowish red.
The long bristly hairs are black on the distal half and with a broad
white ring lower down, which, however, is wanting in that of the
end and dorsum of the tail and hindmost part of the back ; so that
these parts are darker. Dorsum of muzzle, crown, and outside of
ears reddish brown, but the hairs have white points which especially
produce a light spot over each eye. Upper lip, chin, front of throat,
breast, and inner side of limbs pure white. A sable transverse band
across the upper part of the chest. Outside of limbs and behind
the ears pale rusty-yellow. Soles of the feet reddish. A transverse
rusty-brown stripe above the heel, becoming black on the bend of the
knee. Underjaw and middle of chin also black. Ears whitish
yellow within; nose black. Ears without, pale brown.
The skull is said to be much like that of his C. griseus but some-
what shorter, especially the facial portion. The frontal region broader.
Burmeister says much here and elsewhere about the precise deve-
lopment of the postorbital processes ; but these parts I have found
to vary much in skulls of undoubtedly the same species. The
dentition is said to agree with that of C. griseus, except that
all its parts are shorter. Length of upper fourth premolar 12 ;
length of the two upper molars 14, or as 100: 116.
These characters seem to me to be in so many respects intermediate
between C. azare and his C. griseus, that bearing in mind the, to me,
unsatisfactory character of his species C. griseus and C. entrerianus, I
cannot feel satisfied as to its specific distinctness.
I fully concede, of course, that it may be a good species, but I
would provisionally regard it as another local variety (from the
neighbourhood of Mendoza) of C. azare.
My distrust of Burmeister’s specific determinations reposes in part
on considerations derived from the two following forms :—
These are his (7) Canis vetulus and (8) C. fulvicaudus. Both
these names were proposed by Lund for forms described by him
(Blik paa Brasiliens Dyreverden, femte Afhandling (Copenhagen,
1843), pp. 20-31, pls. xl. and xlii.).
They were differentiated by him as follows :—
C. vetulus. C. fulvicaudus.
Body and limbs slender; above Body and limbs somewhat
light ashy grey. Limbs below slender; above whitish grey.
isabel-yellow ; end of the tail Limbs below brownish yellow ;
and a fourth of its length black. _end of the tail and a patch upon
its dorsum yellowish red. A
patch of ochre-yellow behind
the ear.
These distinctive characters seem to me to depend almost entirely
on the tail, and when I reflect how I have found species of Cunide
described as having a black end to the tail, with a white end and
1 But in describing C. entrerianus he says “rothlich gelbbraun” and not
“yrostgelbroth,” as in his reference to it here.
106 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [Mar. 18,
vice versd, I cannot but look with much scepticism on the specific
distinctness of these forms.
Burmeister describes (‘ Fauna Brasiliens,’ p. 37, pls. xxiii., xxviii.,
and xxix.) a specimen in his possession which he regards as identical
with the C. vetulus of Lund, which species he (as before said) also
identifies with the C. azare of Wied. But his description and his
plates show that an important distinction exists between what he
calls C. vetulus and both the C. vetulus of Lund, and Wied’s and
Waterhouse’s C. azare ; for its fourth upper premolar is extremely
small, while the two upper molars are relatively very large. He also
gives their dimensions (‘ Reise durch La Plata,’ p. 407) as follows :—
Length of P.4=9 ; length of M. 1+M.2=14, or as 100 to 155.
But Lund gives an apparently careful and accurate figure of the
skull of his C. vetulus, the type of the species, and this shows a
well-developed fourth premolar and a small molar, which teeth
bear to each other the proportions of 100 to 130.
Now my experience is that though the proportions of the teeth
are not constant, they yet afford better characters than do varia-
tions of tint in the fur—a condition often variable with the season.
I do not think that the C. vetulus of Burmeister can be the same
as the C. vetulus of Lund ; andif it is not, it must be distinguished by
some other appellation. As to what the latter may be, Burmeister
identifies it with the C. azare of Wied, and therefore he ought not
to call it C. vetulus, but what he regards as its original denomination,
C. azare ; and this, for all we can see, it may be, and I am disposed
to think that it isa pale variety of it, judging from Lund’s represen-
tation of its external form.
Now in the British Museum there are two skins and three skulls!
from Brazil, which appear to me to belong to the same species as
that described by Burmeister under the name C. vetulus. Its
external characters fairly correspond with those of Burmeister’s
form, but its dentition appears to me to weigh heavily in favour of
their specific identity. I find the P. 4 to be 7, and M. 14+M. 2 to be
1-20 in two skulls, and in the remaining one, P. 4 is°75 and M. 1+M. 2
is 1:15. The average of the three is therefore 7-1 and 1°18, or as
100 to 166.
It is interesting to note that the three skulls referred to differ
amongst themselves in the form and development of the sagittal
elevation and in the shape and proportions of the frontal postorbital
processes.
As to Lund’s C. fulvicaudus, Burmeister remarks (‘ Fauna Brasi-
liens,’ p. 40) that it seems to be very near Lund’s C. vetulus, but is
distinguished by its smaller stature, blunter head, and proportionally
stronger build, clearer and more yellow ground tint, and rusty tail with
black end, ochre-coloured patch behind the ear’; finally the front of
the arms and the hind legs, above the knees, are darker.
1 Nos. 821 a, 8218, and 82lc. The first of these is extracted from the skin
No. 44. 3.7.3.
? The mounted skin of C. vetwlus in the British Museum has an ochre patch
behind the ear, but has not the characters otherwise attributed to C, fulvicaudus,
1890.] SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID&. 107
Burmeister tells us he received a specimen from Lagoa Santa,
which seemed to agree with Lund’s C. fulvicaudus, save that the end
of the tail was black. He then held (see his ‘ Uebersicht,’ p. 102)
this species of Lund to be a mere variety of Lund’s C. vetulus.
Later, however, he received from Lagoa Santa what he regarded asa
true example of Lund’s C. vetulus, and on studying it he came to
the conclusion that the two species were distinct (‘ Fauna Brasiliens,’
p. 41). Thus, he adds, “it was proved that a ruddy tail-end was no
distinctive character of C. fulvicaudus, although the underside of the
tail was much redder than the upper, while in C. vetulus it appears
Fig. 3.
Side view of skull of Canis parvidens.
a degree lighter and more faded*. Thus the two species can be
well distinguished at the first glance” [!]. This appears to me a
truly wonderful assertion. The species may be distinct, but I am
confident a “ first glance” would by no means serve to assure us of
such a fact. Now whatever may be the case as to the specific identity
of Lund’s C. vetulus and C. fulvicaudus, the specific identity of Bur-
meister’s CO. vetulus and C. fulvicaudus seems to me to be confirmed by
Burmeister’s representations of their skulls. His figures only show
small distinctions as to the form of the sagittal ridge and of the post-
frontal processes, upon which he lays much stress, but which are
in my eyes valueless.
1 His words are:—* Grade blasser und mehr wie verblichen erscheint.”
108 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
As to the teeth, in spite of the imperfection of the specimen figured
(pl. xxix. fig. 2), it is plain that P.4 is rather smaller compared
with M. 14M. 2 than even in his C. vetulus. Burmeister himself gives
(Reise durch La Plata, p. 407) the proportions as P. 4=8, M. 14M. 2
=13, or as 100 to162. Lund gives no figure of the dentition of this
species proposed by him.
Thus altogether I think we should provisionally identify, as
Burmeister was at first inclined to do, these two species of Lund,
and they may turn out to be, as Burmeister believes Lund’s C. vetulus
to be, identical with the C. azare of Wied. The coloured plate
given by Lund might certainly stand for a pale example of C. azare,
and it is higher on its legs than the C. vetulus of Burmeister or the
Fig. 4.
Surfaces of molar teeth of Lower jaw of Canis parvidens
Canis parvidens (right side). (right side).
British-Museum skin. The form called C. vetulus by Burmeister
must not be so called any longer, and it therefore needs a distinct
designation. I propose to call the British-Museum skin and skull
—44. 3.7.3 & 821 a—(as the type of the species or variety)
C. parvidens, from its most characteristic feature; and for the
present I regard the C. vetulus of Burmeister as probably identical
with my C. parvidens (figs. 3 & 4).
In 1869, Philippi published a paper (Arch. f. Natur. xxxv. vol. i.
pp- 38-51) referring to the publications of his ‘‘much honoured
friend” Burmeister. He seeks to know (p. 47) whether the Chilla
(C. azare of Chili), C. patagonicus, and C. fulvipes are or are not all
the same species ; and in the second place, whether the animal from
Chile (the Chilla) is identical with C. azare or rather with Bur-
meister’s C. gracilis.
1890. | SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID. 109
To this paper Burmeister replied (Arch. f. Natur. xlii. vol. i. p. 116),
and after blaming Philippi for non-attention to his figures, he
expresses his opinion that the animal from Chile, which Philippi
speaks of as the Chilla, is his C. yracilis. In his work on the
Argentine Zoology, vol. iii. p. 150, he uses a note of interrogation
about it. Such is the literature of the subject, so far as I have been
able to ascertain, up to the present time.
The varieties or species hitherto referred to seem to me to arrange
themselves in two sets, as regards the proportions borne by the
fourth upper premolar to the upper molars. In C. azare, C. griseus,
Fig. 5
Side view of skull of Canis wrostictus.
C. gracilis, C. fulvipes, and C. extrerianus, and the C. vetulus of Lund,
it ranges from 100 and 107 up to 100 and 130. In C. vetulus of
Burmeister and the British Museum specimen like it (my C. parvi-
dens) it varies from 100 and 155 to 100 and 166. But there is in the
British Museum a very interesting skull’ extracted from a skin, also
there preserved, which was bought of Claussen from Brazil. On its
label is a suggestion, made by an unknown author, that it may be the
C. brasiliensis of Lund (J. c. p. 10, pl. xlii. figs. 1-3), but this it cannot
be. Lund gives a side view of the skull (probably life-size), which
shows not only a strikingly different configuration, but an extremly
contrast as to the dimensions of the teeth. In his species the last
1 No. 46. 4.25. 8. 1085 ¢, out of skin 44.5.7. 4.
Proc. Zoo.. Soc.—1 890, No. IX. HW)
110 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
premolar is very small, and the two upper molars compared with
the fourth upper premolar are only as 122 to 100. But in the speci-
raen at the British Museum now referred to, the upper molars are
very large, bearing to the fourth upper premolar a proportion of 160
to 100, or just about the proportions exhibited by skulls of C. vetulus
and Burmeister’s figure of the dentition of that species. It cannot
therefore be C. brasiliensis.
Lund’s ©. brasiliensis much more resembles C. cancrivorus, as
Burmeister (in his ‘Fauna’) took it to be, though later (Archiv f.
Fig. 6.
Surfaces of upper molars of
Surfaces of molar teeth of lower
Canis urostictus.
Jaw of Canis urostictus.
Natur. ii. vol. i. p. 120) he was more inclined to regard it as distinct
from that species. Certainly the aspect of the figure given by Lund
differs considerably from any skull of C. cancrivorus I have noticed,
and its outline reminds one a good deal of that seen in the genus
Cyon. Inthe proportions of the teeth, however, it is like C. can-
erivorus. In four skulls of the last-named species I find the average
length of P. 4 is 1:27 and that of M. 1+M. 2 is 1°57, or as 100 to 123,
with which Lund’s C. brasiliensis almost perfectly agrees.
It is interesting to note that the C. mécrotis of Sclater (fig. 7,
p- 111)! shows its affinity in this respect to C. cancrivorus, although I
believe it to bea distinct species, P. 4 being 1-30 and M. 1+M. 2 being
1°65, or as 100 to 126.
As for the skin and skull (1033 £) in the British Museum, which
cannot be C. brasiliensis, it is also destitute of the characters ascribed
to either C. vetulus or C. fulvicaudus of Burmeister, while its skull
and dentition are so peculiar that it demands to be marked off as at
least a distinct variety, possibly a species. The most distinct
external mark about it is a longitudinal black stripe along the
* P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 631, pl. xvii.
1890. |
SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID,
O*
111
(Size of nature.)
Side view of skull of Canis microtis.
112 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON [ Mar. 18,
dorsum of the tail, on which account I propose to distinguish this
species, or variety, as C. urostictus (figs. 5 and 6).
The colour of the back is grizzled by its black and white annu-
lated hairs; the limbs and side of the neck are red; the tail is not
Fig. 8.
Surfaces of molar teeth of upper jaw Surfaces of molar teeth of
of Canis microtis (right side). Canis microtis (lower jaw).
black at the tip, though there are many black hairs there. There
is a deep black line along the middle two fifths of the dorsum of the
tail.
centimeters.
Length from point of snout to root of tail .. 6775
gi ee le 22°0)
55 Mot 100ty ees Pieper > 130
ae. ONC ar at Secic es ie OR eer Sco 5:2
Basion to,ovalion. J tee cae ecco)
Basionsto,sphenoidejem. 70 )e. eacs...-- *: 259
Sphenoideum to gnathion ..:........... 7°2
Length?of palate .: apeesetar ote oe wae 5°0
Breadth of palate... Seems se aa: ete. ts 2°8
5 brain-case (at squamosals)...... 4°0
3 ZY BOMAbAL De vi Wissen Se ah Seve, He eS
Length of 2.1. 4 +): peer. te eee °3
a UB. Be cs 20 Ses he tn = te *6
s LS ee SR OM em ers
5 Lak Sec Ta arnt Rea
Pee Sh Sy ee See eee
1890. | SOUTH-AMERICAN CANID. HG
centimeters.
eet be ees Gti ot So bg egies SG vg 62
LAE 7 AL licks 4 a So el ia le ll el eo
_ MOR, AU Mere ee ana at Beal 1:0
or EON) 98. IOUS. oh th 8 8
LOTS FEC al ey Se aye i A oe 2
P (Dee oy Zee AR ee eee “50
rf TEs Ee eee Ne i oa “bo
Be P. 4 65
» M. 1 1°05
” Vie eerste. a hates a esene ee am) Mestae ae Ss
on NTE ec dvick sent, cieneuss) w,.x,/o BTS eh tas *4
Breadthe oir Mirai. tot, a5 %ahen a ens -pcateins D5
93 a. ee Ai omer «| ay)
9 NE Foe eee el ee Se Pe oe “4
The species of Canis previously referred to seem to arrange them-
selves in three sets :—
(1) Forms allied to, and probably varieties of, C. azare, in
which P. 4 is relatively large, averaging, as compared with
M.1+M.2, 100 to 118.
(2) Forms allied to C. cancrivorus, in which P.+ is rather small,
averaging 100 to 125.
(3) Forms allied to C. parvidens (C. vetulus of Burmeister, but
not of Lund), in which P. 4 is extremely small, averaging
100 to 160.
If these views are not mistaken, the species and varieties will
stand thus :—
I. C. cancrivorus. Brazil.
Variety (a): brasiliensis. Brazil.
Il. C. microtis. Brazil.
Ill. C. azare. Brazil to Tierra del Fuego.
Variety (a): fulvipes (dark). Chiloe.
(4): griseus (pale). Shores of the Straits of
Magellan.
(c): patagonicus (ring-tailed). Shores of the
Straits of Magellan.
(d): entrerianus (dark). Entre Rios.
(e): gracilis (pale). Mendoza.
(f): Lund’s vetulus (pale). Brazil.
(g): Lund’s fulvicaudus (bright-tailed), Brazil.
IV. U. parvidens, mihi (very small P. 4). Brazil.
Variety (a): Burmeister’s vetulus (pale-tailed), Lagoa
Santa.
(6): Burmeister’s fulvicaudus (bright-tailed).
Lagoa Santa.
V. C. urostictus, mihi (black stripe on tail), Brazil.
114 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
2. A Revision of the Genera of Scorpions of the Family
Buthide, with Descriptions of some South-African
Species. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.).
(Plates XIII. & XIV.)
[Received March 15, 1890.]
In 1876, when Dr. Thorell revised the classification of the Scor-
pions, he divided the Buthide, or Androctonoide, as he called them,
into two subfamilies—the Androctonini for those genera possessing
two inferior teeth on the immovable digit of the chelicerze, and the
Centrurini for those with one tooth in this position, or none. It is
needless here to enter upon the reasons which have led me to the
conclusion that this division into subfamilies did not, at the time it
was proposed, represent accurately the state of our knowledge of the
affinities of the genera composing them; for doubtless, at the pre-
sent moment, in view of the number of new forms that have been
brought to light since 1876, Dr. Thorell would be the first to abandon
his classification. It will be sufficient here to state that au examina-
tion of the rich material of Buthide contained in the British Museum
has convinced me that the members of this family are too closely
related to allow of its subdivision into groups of greater value than
is usuaily accorded to genera.
Again, with regard to the foundation of genera, I find that it is
impossible to follow Dr. Thorell in the reliance that he placed upon
the form of the tail. The genera, however, based upon the armature
of the digits of the chelee appear to me to deserve recognition ; but
since the form of the tail varies with sex so enormously in many
genera, I have decided not to retain Phassus, Rhopalurus, and Ba-
bycurus, which were based upon a character merely, to my mind, of
specific importance.
And, lastly, in accordance with what appears to me to be the best
working system of nomenclature, [ have thought it advisable, at the
risk of some slight and, let us hope, temporary inconvenience, to alter
the names of two of Dr. Thorell’s genera and to substitute a new
term for one of the genera proposed by Dr. Karsch. In each case
reasons are given for the change.
In the accompanying synopsis the genera have been classed under
three headings. The first heading, containing Uroplectes and Lepreus,
is unquestionably a natural group: the same may be said of the second
—if a possible exception be made of the remarkable form Butheolus ;
but I am very doubtful if the third section, namely Buthus, can
rightly be considered as such. Undoubtedly all the forms con-
tained under it agree in possessing the two inferior teeth on the
immovable digit of the chelicerze, but there appears to be no reason
why such a character should not have arisen independently in two
instances. and thus fail to be a sign of affinity between them, | And,
Pao, (690° Pl AM
SOUTH AFRICAN BUTHIDA
Maud Hormen-Fisher. del. et lath Imp. Camb. Sci. Inst Co
SOUTH AFRICAN BUTHIDA
Meud Hormen Fisher. del. et lith Imp. Camb. Sci. Inst Co.
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHIDS. 115
indeed, there are some grounds for thinking that this may have taken
place in the case of Grosphus and of Rhoptrurus; for the former
appears to connect Lepreus with Buthus, and the latter Isometrus
with Buthus ; or, in other words, Buthus appears to have arisen from
Lepreus by way of Grosphus and from Isometrus by way of Rhop-
trurus, that is from two independent sources. And if anyone likes
to believe that this has tqken place, it is difficult to see how the idea
can be shown to be wrong. Of course an alternative hypothesis,
namely, that Grosphus is the ancestor of both Buthus and Lepreus,
at once suggests itself ; but in that case it is hard to see why Lepreus
should have lost the two mandibular teeth, which must surely be of
considerable service in the battle for life. Moreover, when we reflect
that Lepreus agrees with almost all the Scorpionidze (including pro-
visionally Vejovis and Bothriurus) in the absence of these teeth, it is
hard to believe that it is not a character which has been transmitted
to Lepreus from some unknown member of this family. In that case
we must, it seems to me, account for the resemblance between Grosphus
and Lepreus on the hypothesis that the latter is the ancestor of the
former, unless, indeed, we consider that it is the result of what, for
want of a better term, may be called accident. However, from
whichever side the question be approached, some obstacle presents
itself which our knowledge of the affinities of the genera is at present
too limited to surmount. For a variety of reasons, however, it seems
to me to be perhaps well to regard provisionally Lepreus and Uro-
plectes as derived from Grosphus ; tor undoubtedly in most respects
these two genera depart widely from a plan which is common to all
the others. With the exception cf these two and of Butheolus, a
genus hard to locate, the accompanying pedigree (see p. 128) appears
to me to represent fairly well the mutual relationship of the genera
and subgenera here recognized. But it must be regarded as merely
tentative and in no way as expressing a final opinion.
Considering the Scorpionide as a whole and the Buthide as a
whole, and noting what characters are common to both and what are
the average characters of the least specialized of the genera of
Buthidee, we are able to form some opinion as to the characters of
the immediate ancestor of the Buthidze, or, in other words, to discover
the common plan from which all the modifications of the various
genera can be derived.
By this means it may be inferred that in this hypothetical ances-
tral form the sternum was triangular ; the movable digit of the cheli-
cerze was furnished with three teeth above and two below (not counting
the terminal fang), the immovable with a single row of teeth; the
armature of the digits of the chelz was composed of a number of
oblique, parallel, slightly overlapping rows of denticles; there were two
median eyes, and three lateral eyes on each side; the cephalothorax
was granular, but not carinate ; the tergites were granular and fur-
nished with a median keel, the last, in addition, bearing two lateral
keels; the sternites were smooth and anteriorly bisuleate, the last
only being furnished with two or four keels; the tail was keeled
throughout, and there was probably a spine beneath the aculeus ;
116 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
the tibie of the two posterior legs were armed with a spur; the
pectinal teeth were all alike ; the stigmata were slit-like.
This diagnosis agrees more nearly with the plan of Jsometrus
than with that of any other genus, notwithstanding that there
is in Jsometrus a single lower tooth on the immovable digit of the
chelicerze. Jsometrus is cosmopolitan, and in Australia, Africa, and
America it appears to have given rise to three distinct genera. In
Australia Tsometroides has sprung up through the loss of the spine
beneath the aculeus and by the acquisition of coarse punctulation on
the under surface of the fifth caudal segment ; in America Centrurus
originated by the development of short rows of teeth connecting the
extremities of the median rows of the digits of the chele ; in Africa
Buthus arose when a second inferior tooth appeared behind the first
on the immovable digit of the cheliceree. Beyond this stage Rhoptru-
rus has not passed ; but Grosphus has lost a distinct spine beneath the
aculeus, and in the female the basal pectinal tooth has become dilated.
Parabuthus can be derived from Grosphus by a slight modification in
the arrangement of the denticles on the chele, by the loss of the
enlarged pectinal tooth (perhaps through its fusion with the shaft of
the pecten), and by an increase in the strength of the tail; whether
Buthus (s.s.) has been derived by the development of lateral tergal
keels from Parabuthus or Grosphus it is not easy to say; but that
Prionurus has been developed from Buthus by an alteration in the
form of the tail will probably not be disputed.
Lepreus resembles Grosphus in possessing an enlarged basal pec-
tinal tooth in the female; but whether this genus has been derived
from Grosphus by the loss of the two lower teeth, and by a modifi-
cation in the armature of the chelee, cannot as yet be settled. But
inasmuch as the arrangement of the denticles on the chele more
nearly approaches in Lepreus than it does in Uroplectes what is met
with in Grosphus or Isometrus, I consider that Uroplectes is a
descendant of Lepreus.
Butheolus is isolated, and may have been derived from either
Buthus or Isometrus.
Before proceeding to a consideration of the genera, it will be well
to discuss shortly the armature of the digits of the chele and the
probable origin of the various modifications that are presented.
Generally speaking, the dentition throughout the family may be
described as consisting of a number of oblique, overlapping, parallel
rows of fine close-set denticles. On each side of this median series
there is a row of larger, more widely separated teeth, and the ques-
tion to be decided in connection with these lateral teeth is whether
they have been derived from the median rows or have arisen indepen-
dently of them. However, after examining many genera and species
of Scorpionide as well as of Buthide I am strongly inclined to
believe that the lateral teeth have been derived from the median
series, and that originally the armature of the chelze consisted solely
of a number of oblique, overlapping, parallel rows of close-set den-
ticles, and that perhaps one or two terminal denticles of each row were
larger than the rest. From this relatively simple disposition of
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID4. 117
denticles, all the arrangements met with throughout the family are
easily derivable. The first modification that presents itself results
from the assumption of an obliquely transverse position by the pos-
terior tooth or two posterior teeth of each row. Thus arises the
“external series’? of Dr. Thorell. The internal series results, I
believe, from the separation of the anterior tooth of each series from
the rest; this separation is sometimes carried to such an extent
that all connection between the tooth and the series from which it
arose is lost.
If this view as to the original disposition of the denticles is correct,
the arrangement seen in some species of Isometrus is that which
comes nearest to the primitive plan. Thus in, e. g., I. messor’ the
anterior tooth of each series is enlarged, but not isolated, and the
posterior tooth has altered its position, so that with that which pre-
cedes it it forms a transversely set pair; in /. insignis the anterior
tooth, although still in the same straight line with the rest of the
series, is separated by a measurable interval from it, and in Lepreus
scheri the anterior tooth has shifted so much forwards that it is on
a level with the anterior end of the row in front of the one from which
it originated.
Genus Lerrevs, Thorell.
(Plate XIV. figs. 2-4.)
Lepreus, Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p. 8.
Had. S. Africa.
Immovable digit of cheliceree unarmed beneath. The external
series of teeth on the chele is formed by the bending outwards ina
direction nearly at right angles to the axis of the digit of the two or
three posterior terminal teeth of the median rows; the internal series
by the separation (greater or less, as the case may be) of the anterior
terminal tooth.
The cephalothorax is not distinctly keeled; the tergites always
have one median keel, and ina few cases two lateral short keels; the
caudal keels may be well developed or absent, and there may or may
not be a spine beneath the aculeus.
The tibic of the two posterior legs are spurred. The basal pectinal
tooth in the female is (? always) enlarged.
In the arrangements of the denticles on the chelz the species of
this genus vary considerably. Thus in L. fischeri, var. nigrimanus, all
the teeth of the internal series have moved so far forwards that each
is on a level with the anterior extremities of the row distal to the one
from which it originated. Whereas, in specimens of L. occidentalis, at
the proximal end of the digit each of the separated teeth is about
equidistant from the anterior end of its original series and from the
corresponding end of the series distal to this last ; but in the middle
and distal half of the digit each tooth moves forward and approaches
close to the anterior extremity of the series distal to the one to which
1 [ have no object in selecting this species; it happens to be the first that:
comes to hand,
118 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [Mar. 18,
it belongs ; moreover quite at the distal end of the digit, the secondary
apical tooth of the median rows becomes enlarged, slightly sepa-
rated, and constitutes with the original apical tooth a transversely
set pair. Thus in this species we clearly see how the arrangement
met with in Uroplectes has been brought about.
Genus Uror.ectes, Peters.
(Plate XIII. figs. 3-5, and Plate XIV. fig. 5.)
Uroplectes, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1862, p. 512—type
ornatus, Peters.
Tityus, Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p. 8 (1876) ; not Tityus, C. Koch,
1836.
Hab. S. Africa.
This genus is closely allied to the preceding and can only be dis-
tinguished from it by the arrangement of the denticles on the chelx.
The denticles of the external series are the same in the two genera,
but the internal series is composed, in Uroplectes, of a series of pairs
of teeth. These appear to have arisen, as, indeed, they have arisen
to a less extent in L. occidentalis, by the separation of the apical
tooth of each median row and by its subsequent approximation to
the enlarged and slightly separated tooth which forms the secondary
anterior end of the series distal to the one from which the external
tooth of each pair originated. It thus comes about that in this
genus the internal series appears to have been formed, as has the
external series, merely by the outward bending of the anterior termin-
ation of the median rows.
Both Urcplectes and Lepreus are found in S. Africa, and I think
there is very little doubt that ultimately, owing to the discovery of
intermediate forms, all the species will have to be united into one
geuus Uroplectes.
The genus Zityus was established in 1836 by C. Koch upon a S.-
American species named Scorpio bahiensis by Perty.
Clearly, then, bahiensis is the type of the genus Tityus ; but since
this species is referable to Jsometrus of Ehrenberg, a name which
antedates Zityus, and since a generic name should never be transferred
from its type, it follows that Tityus must be a synonym of Isometrus.
In years subsequent to 1836 and especially in 1845 (Die Arachni-
den, xi.) C. Koch referred many more species to his Tityus. One of
these, a S.-African form, 7. lineatus, was selected by Dr. Thorell as
the type of his Tityus; but since this form differs radically from
T. bahiensis, it is clear that Dr. Thorell’s Tityus is net equivalent
to Tityus as C. Koch originally applied the name. And since this
transference of a generic name from one typical species to another !
1 T am aware that in the Ann. Nat. Hist. 1888, vol. ii. p. 245, in connection
with the names Scorpio, Heterometrus, and Palamneus, 1 was the advocate of
another system. But further reflection and wider experience has led me to
change the view there set forth : consequently I now think that pal/matus is and
must valways be the typical species of Heterometrus, and that if palmatus be con-
generic with africanus, then Heterometrus must be synonymous with Sco pio, and
that in no case can the generic name Heterometrus be transferred from its type
palmatus to the second species spinifer, which is consequently a Palamneus,
1890.] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID. 119
is, in my opinion, very much to be deprecated, I have added Tityus
to the synonyms of Isometrus, and have taken Peters’s name Uroplectes
for the species which Thorell called Tityus. This, however, I have
done on the authority of Dr. Karsch, who in a footnote to his table
of genera says that Uroplectes is synonymous with Tityus in Dr.
Thorell’s sense of the word. Presumably this statement is made
after an examination of the type of Uroplectes, namely U. ornatus.
If this, however, be not so, it will be well to bear in mind that there
is nothing in Peters’s diagnosis of ornatus to show that the species is
not referable to Lepreus. In that case Lepreus will have to rank as
a synonym of Uroplectes, and a new generic name will have to be
established for the species here included under Uroplectes, unless the
alternative be adopted of considering all the species of Lepreus and
Uroplectes as referable to one genus Uroplectes'’.
Genus Isometrus, Ehrb.
Isometrus, Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. (Scorpiones), p. 3, pl. 1. fig. 3
(1829)—ty pe filum=maculatus (De Geer).
Tityus, C. Koch, Die Arach. sii. p. 33 (1836 )—type bahiensis(Perty).
Pilumnus, id. Arach. Syst. p. 38 (1837) (om. preeoce.).
Lychas, id, Die Arach. xii. p. | (1845)—type maculatus (De Geer).
Atreus, Gery. Apt. iii. p. 52 (1844) (in part), not of C. Koch, 1837,
Centrurus, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1862, p. 512 (in
art).
; Tsometrus, Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p. 9 (1876) (and subsequent
authors).
Phassus, id. ibid.
Androcottus, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. p.11 (1879).
Hab. Tropical countries.
Inferior border of the immovable digit of the chelicerze armed
with a single tooth.
The external series of teeth on the digits of the chelze formed by
the assumption of a more or less transverse position of the posterior
one or two enlarged teeth of the median rows; the internal
series of teeth formed by the enlargement and separation of the
anterior tooth of each of the median rows ; but this separation is
never carried to any great extent. In most of the Old-World species
the median rows scarcely overlap each other; but in the larger
American forms, such as I. androcottoides, the rows overlap to
such a degree that the anterior extremity of any one reaches the
middle of the row in front of it.
The cephalothorax is usually without well-developed keels; the
tergites are nearly always provided only with a median keel; the
tail is, as a rule, keeled above and below, and the vesicle is nearly
always provided with a strong spine beneath the aculeus.
The sexes generally differ considerably and in a variety of ways :
thus the male of I. messor and of I. maculatus has long chelze with
slender hands and a long tail; JI. ¢ricarinatus has short chelze with
thick hands and a long tail; I. mucronatus (varius) has a thick hand
1 T haye refrained from definitely uniting the two genera, because pélosus
the type of Lepreus, is unknown to me.
120 MR. R. Il. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [Mar. 18,
with the digits widely separated at the base, but with the tail almost
unchanged ; J. americanus has a thick hand with fingers widely sepa-
rated at the base, and with the tail enormously dilated towards its
distal end. The basal tooth of the pectines is never enlarged ; but in
the female of several of the American forms, such as J. americanus,
I. androcottoides, and I. insignis, there is, at the base of the pecten, a
distinct rounded lobe projecting over the basal tooth.
Tsometrus, so far as geographical distribution is concerned, appears
to be the dominant genus of the family, and, as might be expected
from its wide range, it varies greatly in structure. Yet in the sum
of its characters it appears to come nearest to the ancestral form ;
for from it by slight modifications most of the genera of the family
can be derived. Thus in Australia it appears to have given rise to
Tsometroides, in America to Centrurus, in Africa to Butheolus and
Rhoptrurus, the latter genus leading on towards Buthus.
Reasons! have already been given for regarding the genus Phassus
as synonymous with Isometrus, on the ground that it was based
upon a character belonging to the male of a certain species of this
last-named genus.
With regard to Androcottus it may be said that there is nothing
in the diagnosis to warrant the separation of the type asa genus
distinct from Isometrus. The fusion of the inferior keels on the
second, third, and fourth caudal segments, the character upon which
it.was founded, exists, although apparently to a slightly less extent,
in I. androcottoides, and varies considerably within the limits of the
species.
Genus IsomEeTRoIDES, Keys.
Isometroides, Keyserling, Arachn. Austral., Scorpiones, p. 16,
pl. ii. figs. 3 & 4 (1885).
Hab. Australia.
A genus closely allied to [sometrus, differing, in fact, only in the
form of tbe tail, the vesicle being very slender and without a spine
beneath the aculeus, and the fifth caudal segment being deeply punc-
tured and without keels on its under surface.
Two species only have been made known, both being figured and
described in the above-cited work. Of one of these speces, I. vescus,
the British Museum possesses a single specimen, from Port Lincoln.
Genus CENTRURUS.
Centrurus (Hemp. and Ebrb.), Thorell, Etudes Scorp. p. 9.
Rhopalurus, id. ibid.
Hab. America.
This genus differs from Isometrus only in the armature of the
digits of the chelz, the space between the large lateral teeth on each
side being occupied by a small row of smaller teeth arranged slightly
obliquely, although, roughly speaking, parallel to the long axis of
the digit.
1 Ann, Nat, Hist. (6) iii, p. 55 (1889).
1890. | OF THE FAMILY BUTHID. : 121
The genus is common in America, and appears to have been
derived from the American species of Isometrus; since all the
specimens of Centrurus that I have examined agree with all the
American species of Isometrus, and differ from all the Buthidz of
the Old World’, in possessing no spur at the extremity of the tibial
segments in the last two pairs of legs.
The male may generally be recognized by having a much longer
tail than the female. I look upon Rhopalurus as synonymous with
Centrurus for the same reasons that have led me to consider Phassus
asasynonym of Isometrus. The type of the genus, R. laticauda,
of which the Museum possesses examples of both sexes from Brazil
and Colombia, does not appear to me to be other than a well-marked
species of Centrurus, standing in almost exactly the same relation to
C. biaculeatus as I. americanus to I. androcottoides. So that if I.
americanus be congeneric, as will hardly be disputed, with I. andro-
cottoides, then must 2. laticauda be congeneric with C. biaculeatus.
Genus BurHeEoLus, Simon.
Orthodactylus, Karsch, Ber]. ent. Zeits. xxv. p. 90 (1881) (uom.
preeoce.) ~.
Butheolus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Geuov. xviii. p. 258 (1582).
Hab. Mediterranean district of Paleearctic Region.
This is a genus of very doubtful affinities and is correspondingly
hard to locate, inasmuch as it appears to partake of the characters
of Isometrus, Isometroides, and Buihus. In his diagnosis of it M.
Simon says that the inferior border of both the movable and immov-
able digits of the chelicerze are furnished with only one tooth; but
this is by no means always the case, for in one of the specimens of
B. melanurus ® preserved in the National Museum there are the normal
number, namely, two teeth on this edge in the movable digit and also,
which is a significant fact, two teeth on the corresponding edge
in the immovable digit as in Buthus. This, although probably an
abnormal development, serves to lessen considerably the hiatus between
Isometrus and Buthus, and to diminish the systematic value that
has been placed upon the presence or absence of these teeth. ‘The
features in which this genus resembles Isometroides, namely the
slender and unarmed vesicle, the punctured keelless fifth caudal
segment, and the feeble chele, are, considering the distribution of
the two, in all probability not due to affinity between the genera,
but have arisen independently in the two localities. Isometroides is
much more nearly related to Jsometrus than is Butheolus ; the latter
may be distinguished from both by the form of the cephalothorax, which
is much sloped in front of the eyes and has a convex anterior border.
The arrangement of denticles on the digits of the chelz is very
simple in B. melanurus* ; in the proximal half of the digit the median
1 With the exception of J. assamensis, melanophysa, and the cosmopolitan
I. maculatus.
2 Vide Simon, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxxix. 1889, p. 386.
® Kessler, Trudui Russkago Entomol. viii. (1876), p. 16, pl. i. figs. 1-5
(= schneideri, Li. Koch, &e.).
122 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
denticles are arranged in a long simple longitudinal series, which only
in the distal half divides into a number of oblique short rows; the
internal series consists of enlarged teeth set singly and at a distance
from the series from which they arose: the external teeth of the
external series are also arranged in a single row, the individual teeth
being close to the median series and alternating with, but not forming
a transverse line with, those of the internal series.
The genus is further remarkable for the great size of the tail.
Genus Butuus, Leach.
Buthus (Leach), Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p. 8—type europeeus
(Linn.).
This genus is unknown in America and Australia, but, including
all the subgenera here admitted, is widely distributed elsewhere,
being especially abundant in Africa and the Mediterranean district.
Subgenus Ruoprrurus, Karsch.
(Plate XIII. figs. 1, 2, and Plate XIV. fig. 1.)
Odonturus, Karsch, Sitz. Ges. nat. Fr. 1879, p. 119 (nom. preeocc.).
Rhoptrurus, id., Berl. ent. Zeits. xxx. p. 77 (1886).
Babycurus, id. ibid.
Hab. §. Africa, Madagascar.
Movable digit of chelicerze with two teeth on the inferior border.
In the digits of the chelze the posterior ends of the median rows of
denticles are not enlarged, but are bent outwards, thus constituting
the external series; the internal series is formed by the enlarged
and slightly separated anterior tooth of each median row. The
cephalothorax is not keeled ; the tergites have one median keel.
The tail is powerful or moderate, strongly keeled or almost without
keels: there is a spine beneath the aculeus.
The pectinal teeth are all alike.
The sexes may differ in many ways, as in Isomefrus; thus the 6
ot R. sirkii has a widened tail, a widened hand, and a space between
the base of the digits ; in R. daronii the pectines of the ¢ are much
larger than in the 9.
Of all the subgenera of Buthus this one comes nearest to Isometrus,
uniting Isometrus with Parabuthus. From Isometrus it may be
distinguished by the dentition of the cheliceree, and from Parabuthus
by the spine beneath the sting, the much less strongly dentate or
granular tail, and by the arrangement of the denticles on the digits
of the chelee. The genus Babycurus was separated from Rhoptrurus
ou the strength of the greater slenderness of the tail; but since
this is merely a sexual character belonging to the female, the genus
cannot well be retained.
This genus contains the following species :—
R. dentatus, Karsch (under Odonturus), Sitz. Ges. nat. Fr.
Berlin, 1879, p. 119 ; Mombas.
R. bittneri, id. (under Babycurus), Berl. ent. Zeits. xxx. p. 78,
pl. iii. fig. 1 (1886) ; Gaboon.
R. centrurimorphus, id. ibid. fig. 2; Madagascar ; and the three
species described below (pp. 137-141).
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID. 123
Subgenus Grospuvs, Simon.
Grosphus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 378 (1880).
Hab. Madagascar.
This genus was established upon certain characters observed in
the type specimen of Andr. madagascariensis, Gervais. These
charcters were (1) a single tooth on the inferior border of the movable
digit of the chelicerze, and (2) the enlargement of the basal pectinal
tooth. At the time M. Simon probably was not aware that the
latter character is sexual and, consequently, by itself, is not of
generic importance. ‘The first character, certainly, if proved to be
constant in a number of individuals, would be unquestionably of
generic value ; but the fact that this very character has been noticed
as an abnormality in Butheolus, and, moreover, that three otber
species’ obviously very closely allied to madagascariensis, and
inhabiting the same area, present the normal armature of this segment
of the chelicerze, have led me to conclude that the absence of the
second tooth is merely an individual variation. But since these
species, with madagascariensis, appear to me to constitute a natural
and, at all events, subgenerically distinct group, I have retained the
name Grosphus for them and have made the necessary alterations in
the definition of the subgenus.
It may be characterized as follows :—
Denticles on the digits of the chele as in RAoptrurus. Inferior
border of the movable digit of the chelicerze with one or two teeth.
Basal pectinal tooth in 9 the largest of the series. Tergites
with a median keel ; cephalothorax without keels.
Tail moderate; not strongly and granularly keeled; with or
without a spine beneath the aculeus.
As Rhoptrurus appears to connect Isometrus and Parabuthus, so
does Grosphus connect Lepreus with Parabuthus. It differs from
Lepreus in the armature of the chelicerze and in the disposition of
the internal series of teeth on the digits of the chele, but appears
to be allied to it in having an enlarged basal pectinal tooth. Whether
or not this last character is a sign of affinity between the two it
seems to me impossible at present to say.
The following are the species I refer to this subgenus :—
G. madagascariensis, Gervais (under Androctonus), Arch. Mus.
iv. p. 213, pl. x1. figs. 1-3 (1839); Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5)
x. p- 377 (1880).
G. limbatus, Pocock (under Buthus), Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), iii.
p- 346 (1889).
G. piceus, id. t. ce. p. 349.
G. lobidens, id. t. c. p. 461.
All are from Madagascar.
! Buthus limbatus, B. piceus, Pocock, Anu. N. H. (6) iii. p. 846 B. lobidens,
id. t. ¢. p. 461.
124 MR. R. 1. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
Subgenus PARABUTHUS, nov.
Prionurus, Ehrenberg (in part); Karsch (in part).
Type, P. liosoma (Ehrb.), Symb. Phys. no. 10, pl. il. fig. 6.
Hab. Ethiopian Region.
Ehrenberg included in his group Prionurus a species named liosoma
which departs sufficiently widely from the type P. funestus to be
worthy of special recognition. Dr. Karsch was the first to point
out this fact; but in attempting to establish a separate genus of
which diosoma was to be the type, this author appears to me to have
fallen into error in two particulars. In the first place, since Thorell
had restricted Androcionus to those Scorpions which were termed
Prionurus by Ehrenberg—a proceeding justifiable on the grounds
that no type had been named for Androctonus and that a genus
must supersede its subgenus—it is clear that the type of Prionurus,
namely funestus, is also the type of Androctonus and that Prionurus
must, in that case, be regarded as a synonym of Androctonus. But
Dr. Karsch, wishing to preserve the term FPrionurws, selected as the
type Ehrenberg’s species iosoma, on the understanding that liosoma
is generically, or at all events subgenerically, distinct from funestus.
But, as stated above, it seems to me to be absolutely essential to
select as the type of a genus the species which is the first referred
to it by the author—unless any other be specially mentioned by him
as typical—and never to transfer this generic term from this species
and its allies to another, which differs from the type in generic
characters, although this other was referred originally to the same
genus. Consequently I hold that funestus is the type of Prionurus,
and that the transference of the name to Jiosoma can only lead to
confusion.
I have therefore found it necessary to create a new subgeneric
name for liosoma and its allies, since the group appears to me to be
a perfectly natural one, agreeing both in important characters and in
geographical distribution.
But the group as characterized by Dr. Karsch cannot stand,
inasmuch as it was based upon a character—the presence of a median
lateral keel on the fourth caudal segment—which may or may uot
exist within the limits of a single species, and is valueless for generic
distinction. Moreover, as thus defined the genus is quite an un-
natural group, inasmuch as it includes forms, such ase. g. /iosoma and
pelopponensis (gibbosus), which are widely separated from each other,
and in addition completely severs pelopponensis from its nearest
allies—europeus, leptocheles, &c.
The subgenus may be characterized thus :—
On the digits of the chele the external series of teeth are formed
by the enlargement and partial assumption of a lateral position of
the two posterior teeth of the median rows; the internal series by
the enlargement and separation of the anterior tooth of each median
row. The cephalothorax is not costate, and the tergites are
furnished with only a median keel. ‘The tail is powerful and strongly
keeled, but there ts a marked tendency to obliteration on the part of
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID. 125
the inferior keels on the posterior segments ; the vesicle and aculeus
are large and there is no spine beneath the aculeus.
The pectines are armed with many teeth, which are all alike in
both sexes; and the sternum is reduced to a minimum, being smaller
than in any of the genera hitherto considered.
The males have a wider hand than the females; and the females
of most of the species may be recognized by the possession of a
remarkable internal lobate dilatation of the base of the pectines.
This dilatation, although it appears to belong to the shaft of the
pecten, results, I am now inclined to think, from the fusion of the
enlarged basal tooth with the sclerite that supported it. If this be so,
the character can be directly derived from what is seen in Grosphus,
where the tooth is enlarged but still free, and it unmistakably
points to Grosphus as the ‘ancestor of Parabuthus.
The Museum possesses examples of the following representatives
of this subgenus :—
P. liosoma, Ehrb. Symb. Phys. no, 10.
P. villosus, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1862, p. 26;
Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p- 29.
P. planicauda’, Pocock, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) iii. p. 344 (1889).
P. brevimanus, Thorell, op. cit. p. 36.
P. fulvipes, Simon, Aun. Soc, Ent. Fr. vii. p. 378 (1888).
Subgenus Buruus, s. s.
Buthus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 391 (1815)—type
occitanus (=europeus, Linn.).
Androctonus (Leiurus), Hempr. & Ehrb. Verh. nat. Fr. Berlin, i.
p- 352 (1829)—type tunetanus (europaeus, Linn.).
Hab. The Old World, except Australia.
The denticles on the digits of the chela very much resemble in
arrangement those of Parabuthus; but in the majority of cases the
teeth of the internal series appear to have taken up a more forward
position, so that they alternate with the teeth of the external series
and do not form with them oblique short rows.
The cephalothorax is (? always) furnished with symmetrically placed
granular keels, and the tergites with at least three granular keels.
The tail is moderately powerful; there is no spine beneath the
aculeus, and the upper sides of the fifth caudal segment are rounded
and not compressed and carinate.
The pectines are long, all the teeth are alike, and there are no
noticeable sexual variations in these organs. The ‘ manus’ of the male
may be wider than in the female and the dactyli may be more lobate
and sinuate, but generally speaking the sexes are hard to recognize.
This subgenus contains more species than any other genus or sub-
genus of the family. These species are found principally in the
countries bordering the Mediterranean ; but from thence they spread
southwards along the west and east coasts of Africa to the Cape of
Good Hope, and Teastwards through Persia and Afghanistan to Pekin
' 2 = capensis (Ehrb.)
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1890, No. X. 10
126 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
and Singapore. But beyond these limits no species have been
recorded’,
By the form of the tail the species have been, and may be, divided
into two sections. The first is composed of those in which the fifth
caudal segment is posteriorly excavated above, and has its infero-
lateral keels weakly and uniformly denticulate throughout. Of this
group the Museum possesses examples of the following :—B. hotientota
(Fabr.), W. Africa; B. minar, L. Koch, Egypt (=? aeutecarinatus,
Simon) ; B. eminii, Pocock, E. Africa; B. socotrensis, Pocock,
Socotra ; B. judaicus, Simon, Syria; and B. martensii, Karsch, India.
To the second section, comprising those formsin which the fifth caudal
segment is but slightly, if at all, excavated above posteriorly and in
which its inferior keels are irregularly and as a rule strongly
denticulate, are to be referred a great number of species, which seem
to be more highly specialized than those in the first category.
Subgenus Prronurvs, Ehrb.
Prionurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Fr. Berlin, i. p. 356
(1829)—type funestus (=australis, Linn.).
Prionurus, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1862, p. 513—
type funestus (=australis, Linn.).
Androctonus, Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol.type australis (Linn.).
Not Prionurus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxx. (1886) p. 77.
Hab, N. Africa and Syria.
This subgenus is closely allied to the preceding, and differs
merely in having the lateral margins of the upper surface of the fifth
caudal segment compressed and carinate, instead of rounded. The
tail is always strong, sometimes exceedingly powerful.
It is not quite clear as to what is to be the name for this group.
In his work on the Scorpions Ehrenberg constituted the genus
Androctonus ; and without definitely naming a type species divided
the genus into two subgenera. The first of these—the small-tailed
forms—he named Leturus, with the type ¢tunetanus or quinque-striatus ;
to the second or thick-tailed forms he gave the name Prionurus,
with the type funestus. When Peters revised the group he concluded
that the two sections should constitute genera; consequently he
abolished Androctonus, apparently because it was without a type
species; made, and rightly, Lewwrus a synonym of Buthus, but
preserved Prionurus as a genus in almost the sense in which the
name was used by Ehrenberg. But Dr. Thorell, recognizing that
the name Androctonus must take precedence of either one or other
of its subgenera and that a type must consequently be fixed upon
for it, decided to upset Peters’s arrangement and to substitute
Androctonus for his Prionurus.
But according to the system which has been followed, as far as
possible, throughout this paper—that is, the system of selecting the
first species mentioned under a genus as the type of the genus, when
no other is specified—the type of Androctonus is tunetanus. But
1 Androctonus variegatus, Gery., from New Ireland, is in all probability an
Lsometrus.
1890. | OF THE FAMILY BUTHIDA. 127
since this species is also the type of Leiurus it follows that Leiurus,
the subgenus, must give place to Androctonus. But europeus, the
type of Buthus, is recognized as synonymous with tunetanus, and
Buthus antedates Androctonus by 14 years: therefore Androctonus
must be a synonym of Buthus. Prionurus can then be used to
include those powerful-tailed species of which australis is the type
—that is, in the sense in which Ehrenberg presumably meant it to
be used, and in the sense in which Peters himself employed it.
Synopsis of the Buthide.
a, The inferior border of the immoyable digit of
the chelicerze unarmed.
a'. The lateral-internal series of denticles on the
digits of the chelse composed of transversely
Bef pairs Of teeth: {5.........ccceee Re, Uror.tecters, Peters.
Type U. ornatus, Peters.
5, The lateral-internal series of denticles on the
digits of the chelas composed of a row of
teeth widely separated and set singly ...... Lerrevs, Thor.
Type L. pilosus, Thor.
4. The inferior border of the immovable digit of
the chelicerse armed with one tooth.
a, The intervals between the main teeth of the
lateral series on the digits of the chelz not
occupied by smaller teeth.
a’, Ante-ocular portion of cephalothorax
horizontal, with lightly emarginate
anterior border.
a‘. With a spine or tubercle beneath the
aculeus ; fifth caudal segment not
coarsely punctured, and normally keeled
Henoabhy sfeeveeck ee ss tee cae en ascend otese Isometrus (Ehrb.), Thorell.
Type maculatus (De Geer).
b+, Without a spine or tubercle beneath
the aculeus ; fifth caudal segment not
keeled beneath and adorned with large
SDUNCHINES secu nninnsnesteeorad se rcireepa-deaen- Isomurrorpgs, Keys.
Type L. vescus (Karsch).
6°, Ante-ocular portion of cephalothorax
sloped forwards, with its anterior margin
convex ; tail very powerful.................. Butuzouvs, Simon.
Type B, thalassinus, Simon.
}*, The intervals between the main teeth of the
lateral series on the digits of the chelz
occupied by a single row of smaller teeth ;
the rest as in LSOMetTUs ..........00.0-200rc0e Crntrurvs (Ehrb.), Peters.
Type C. gracilis (Latr.).
c. The inferior border of the immovable digit of
the chelicerze armed with two teeth ......... Buruvs, Leach.
Type B. ewropeus (Linn.).
cl, Tergites with a single median longitudinal
keel; cephalothorax without distinct keels.
c*. All the pectinal teeth alike in both sexes ,
tail moderate or powerful ; the segments
moderately strongly keeled ; a distinct
spine beneath the aculeus............... Subgenus Ruorrrurts, Karsch.
Type FR. dentatus, Karach.
d”. The basal pectinal tooth dilated in the
female; tail moderate, not strongly keeled ;
1G*
128 MR. R. J. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
vesicle either with or without a tubercle
beneath the aculeus........0..ssecssseeceese . Subgenus Grospuus, Simon.
Type G. madagascariensis (Gerv.).
e*, The basal pectinal tooth in the female like
the rest; tail powerful and as a rule
strongly keeled; without aspine or tubercle
beneath the aculeus...............eeeceeeees _.. Subgenus PAaraRuTuvs, n.
Type P. liosoma (Ehrb.),
d', Tergites with a single median and two lateral
keels ; cephalothorax, as a rule, distinctly
keeled.
J. Fifth caudal segment with rounded supero-
lateral, ed genis.s.s..cssssbonsbiedttsecbinc: sates Subgenus Buruus (s. s.).
Type B. ewropeus (Linn.).
g'. Fifth caudal segment with compressed
carinate supero-lateral edges ............ Subgenus Prronurus (Ehrb.).
Type 2. australis (Linn.).
Hypothetical Pedigree of the Buthide.
Prionurus.
Buth
Centrurus.
Parabuthus.
Butheolus.
Rhoptrurus,
Grosphus.
Isometrus. Ureplectes.
pore Lepreus.
Isometrotdes.
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHIDS. 129
Descriptions of new or little-known Species.
LEPREUS CARINATUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)
Colour (dry specimen) almost uniformly dark ochraceous, the
ocular tubercle and the anterior border of the cephalothorax black.
Cephalothorazx thickly and somewhat coarsely granular throughout,
without trace of keels; its anterior border lightly emarginate ; the
ocular tubercle deeply and widely cleft, granular in front and behind,
smooth in the middle; the post-ocular sulcus deep and T-shaped.
Tergites closely granular throughout, the granulation coarser in the
posterior half; the first six furnished with a conspicuous median
granular keel ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth, in addition, with traces of
short lateral keels, formed of two or three large granules set in longi-
tudinal series ; the seventh tergite furnished with an anterior median,
granular, subcarinate prominence, and two lateral, long, conspicuously
denticulated keels, which behind almost attain the posterior margin,
and in front are more or less connected by a transverse row of
stronger granules.
Sternites : the first four smooth, sparsely punctured and bisulcate;
the fifth furnished with four obsolete, subgranular keels.
Tail long and nearly parallel-sided; the first four segments
hollowed above and minutely granular; the first three furnished with
ten keels, the fourth with eight; the superior keels on the first
four denticulate, with the posterior denticle the largest ; the superior
lateral keel on these same segmeuts also denticulate, but with the
terminal denticle only enlarged on the first and second ; the median
lateral keel is also denticulate, but less strongly than those just
described—it is complete on the first segment, slightly abbreviated in
front on the second, and slightly more abbreviated on the third, on
the fourth its position is occupied by a few small granules; the
inferior keels are strong and denticulated on the first four segments,
but a little less strongly denticulated on the first than on the second,
on the second than on the third, and on the third than on the fourth:
the fifth segment miuutely and closely granular and_ shallowly
excavated above, with no conspicuous posterior depression and no
superior keels, laterally more coarsely granular; the three inferior
keels strong and complete and evenly deuticulated throughout ; the
spaces between these keels furnished with strong granules, which in
the anterior half of the segment are on each side of the middle line
arranged in a definite longitudinal series. Vesicle of moderate size,
sparsely but distinctly tubercular beneath, without a spine or
enlarged tubercle beneath the aculeus, which is of moderate length
and gently curved.
Palpi distinctly hairy, especially on the brachium, manus, and
dactyli; humerus finely granular above and below, tubercular in
front, the keels normal, distinct and strongly granular ; brachium not
costate, rounded and smooth behind and _ below, granular above,
granular and tubercular in front; manus rounded, neither carinate
nor granular, slightly wider than the brachium ; dactyli short, both
slightly sinuate; the armature of the dactyli closely resembling that
130 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
of Parabuthus, the external series being composed of pairs of teeth,
enlarged and set obliquely, the internal series formed of single teeth
only slightly separated from the apices of the median rows, and
constituting with the teeth of the external series oblique, semi-trans-
verse, Short rows; the median rows not overlapping.
Legs hairy ; the first pair almost without granules, the second
slightly granular, the third with granular and subcarinate femur and
granular patella, the fourth with strongly granular and subcarinate
femur and patella; ¢ibie of two posterior pairs spurred; core
smooth.
Pectines very long, projecting nearly to the end of the trochanter
of the fourth pair of legs ; furnished with from 24-27 similar teeth.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 34; length and width
of cephalothorax 4: length of tail 22; of first two segments 6°5 ;
of fifth segment 4°6; width of first 2°5; of fifth 2-1: humerus, length
3°5, of brachium 4; width of brachium 1°5, of manus 1°9; length
of “ hand-back” 2°8; of movable dactylus 4.
A single male specimen in the Museum collection ticketed “S.
Africa, near the tropic of Capricorn.”
This species is closely allied to L. pilosus, Thorell (the type of the
genus), to L. lunulifer, Simon, and to L. planimanus, Karsch.
From L. pilosus it differs in having the inferior caudal keels well
developed and denticulate; from L. lunulifer it may be recognized
by its tubercular vesicle, granular legs, and by its subcostate and
subgranular posterior abdominal sternite; and from L. p/animanus
by the form of its lateral tergal keels, by the presence of ten keels on
the third caudal segment, and by its narrower hand.
Peters’s species Centrurus trilineatus (Monats. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,
1862, p. 515), from Tette, is too briefly characterized to be identified ;
but it probably belongs to this genus and may, indeed, prove to be
synonymous with either of the four species here discussed.
LeprReEUs FISCHERI, Karsch, var. nov. NIGRIMANUS. (Plate
XIV. fig. 2.)
? Tityus tricolor, Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1882, p. lix.
Colour. Trunk above olivaceous, of a dull green colour, the sides
of the cephalothorax paler than the middle; each of the first six
tergites marked with three pale spots—one median, and one on each
side near the lateral posterior angle; seventh tergite paler than the
preceding ; trunk below olivaceo-testaceous ; upper surface of first
four caudal segments ochraceo-testaceous, the under surface of the
same colour, but on the second, third, and fourth there is an anterior
black spot on each side and a median black posteriorly dilating band ;
fifth segment and the vesicle wholly piceous or brunneous ; aculeus
black at the tip, pale at the base; humerus, brachium, and distal
half of digits clear ochraceous ; manus and proximal half of digits
piceous ; legs wholly pale ochraceous.
Cephalothoraz lightly emarginate in front; ocular tubercle with
ante-ocular portion smooth ; posterior and lateral portions finely and
sparsely granular. -
1890.] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID&. 131
Tergites almost wholly smooth; the sixth bearing a few minute
scattered granules, the seventh somewhat closely but finely granular ;
each of the first six furnished with a smooth median keel, the seventh
with a low anterior median elevation, and two lateral almost obsolete
granular keels.
Sternites wholly smooth, sparsely punctured, obsoletely bisul-
cate.
Tail wholly without keels; the first four segments shallowly
excavated above and feebly granular; the first three furnished
posteriorly on each side with two large granules which mark the
positions of the terminations of the keels that have disappeared ; on
the first segment the superior keel is further represented by oue or
two granules anferior to the terminal one; on the other segments
each superior keel is represented by a row of punctures; upper
surface of the fifth posteriorly hollowed; under surface of the seg-
ments conspicuously but somewhat sparsely punctured. Vesicle
punctured beneath, with a tuft of setee above and another round the
large spine which is situated beneath the aculeus; aculeus stout
and considerably curved.
Palpi: humerus almost wholly smooth ; the positions of the nor-
mal carine marked by a few granules and setiferous pores ; brachium
sparsely and weakly granular in front, rounded, smooth and punc-
tured elsewhere ; manus narrow, sparsely punctured, sparsely granu-
lar in front ; digits long and curved, in contact throughout their
extent ; the internal series of teeth widely separated from the median
rows.
Legs almost entirely smooth, not carinate.
Pectines projecting slightly beyond the fourth coxze; furnished
with 18 teeth, of which the basal is much dilated.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 29; cephalothorax,
length and width 3-5: length of tail 18; of lst two segments 5;
of 5th 3°5: humerus, length 3; brachium, length 3-5, width 1°5;
manus, width 1°3; length of “ hand-back”’ 1; of movable digit 4.
A single female, probably immature, specimen in the Museum,
collected at Mombassa by Mr. Grose Smith.
Very closely allied to the typical form of L. fischeri, Karsch, from
Barawa (Somali). This species is unknown to me, but the descrip-
tion of it fails in a number of particulars to apply to the specimen
here named. These particulars, although of small importance when
considered separately, constitute in the aggregate a sufficiently wide
distinction to justify the separation of this specimen as the type of a
new variety.
Thus the cephalothorax of L. fischeri is said to be adorned with
two oblique yellow bands which meet at an angle in the middle line ;
these bands are not observable in L. nigrimanus: the upper surface
of the abdomen in ZL. fischeri is said to be adorned with a median
wide yellow band, no mention being made of lateral spots; in Z.
nigrimanus this band is not complete, nor would it be wide if it were
so, for the median spots exist only on the posterior half of the ter-
gites and are narrow; moreover there are very conspicuous lateral
132 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
spots: the fourth caudal segment of L. fischeri is described as being
infuscate; in Z. nigrimanus it closely resembles the second and
third segments in presenting an inferior median fuscous band and
two antero-lateral fuscous spots: the band in L. fischeri is furnished
with blackish lines; in LZ. nigrimanus it is wholly tuscous: in L.
fischeri the general tint is ‘‘ flavo-fuscus”’ ; in L. nigrimanus it is
olivaceous: and lastly the seventh tergite in L. fischeri is furnished
with only a median keel, whereas in L. nigrimanus the two lateral
keels in each side are distinct although not well developed.
It must be borne in mind, however, that specimens of the typical
L. fischeri have been recorded by Dr. Karsch from Madagascar as
well as from Barawa. Consequently on account of the wide range
of this species it is quite likely that fresh collections will show
that the characters here relied upon are too unstable to be even of
varietal importance.
In the Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 397, M. Simon expresses
an opinion that his species, Lepreus occidentalis * (Plate XIV. fig. 4),
may be synonymous with L. fischeri, Karsch. But judging from the
series of occidentalis that the Museum possesses—namely two from
the Gaboon, six from Angola, and two from the Congo—the two
species are distinct, although very closely allied; occidentalis may
be at once recognized by the presence on the under surface of the
tail of three fuscous bands, whereof the lateral are bifid in front;
in fischeri there is a single median band and two anterior spots.
UROPLECTES INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig 4.)
Colour variegated, testaceous and fuscous, the latter predomina-
ting; the tubercle and ante-ocular area infuscate, the posterior and
lateral portions of the cephalothorax variegated; tergites with a
testaceous stripe close to each side margin, a V-shaped testaceous
mark nearer the centre, and a large yellow median patch which
behind is divided by a black streak covering the median keel; upper
surface of caudal segments infuscate in the middle, testaceous at the
sides, lateral and inferior surface of the anterior segments adorned
with black lines ; inferior surface of the fifth almost wholly black ;
vesicle banded with yellow. Humerus and brachium infuscate above,
manus lined and reticulated with black: dactyli infuscate at the
base ; femora with a black line along the lower margin, patelle
testaceous in the middle, ¢ibie and tarsi with a patch of black at
their proximal ends; under surface almost wholly testaceous, the
last tergite with a conspicuous black band on each side.
Cephalothorar somewhat coarsely, but sparsely, granular; the
ocular tubercle wholly smooth.
Tergites nearly smooth in front, coarsely and sparsely granular
posteriorly ; the first six furnished with an abbreviated smooth keel ;
the last with two coarsely granular keels on each side and a median
nearly smooth prominence in its anterior half.
Sternites wholly smooth throughout, very sparsely hairy.
1 2 Syn. Tityus chinchoxensis, Karsch, Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. 1879, p. 370.
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID&. 133
Tail robust, somewhat widely and deeply excavated above, the
sides of the excavation with a few granules, which in the fourth
and anterior part of the fifth segment form a series parallel to the
superior keel ; superior keels strongly developed and coarsely granu-
lar, the terminal granule, except in the fifth, taking the form ofa
large tooth ; the fifth segment deeply depressed behind, the superior
keel evenly granular throughout; the superior lateral keel weakly
granular, well developed in the first segment, becomes progressively
weaker from before backwards, being wholly absent on the fourth ;
inferior surface of the first and second segments wholly smooth,
without keels, but marked with serially arranged setiferous pores;
lateral surfaces of the third sparsely and coarsely granular, keelless,
inferior surface also keelless and almost smooth; inferior and
lateral surfaces of the fourth segment somewhat coarsely granular,
but without keels ; inferior and lateral surfaces of the fifth coarsely
and somewhat thickly granular, especially in its posterior half.
Vesicle coarsely and subserially granular beneath and sparsely hirsute,
smooth above and furnished with a median tuft of setee; subaculear
spine small and blunt.
Palpi beset with setiferous pores; upper surface of humerus
smooth except for the granular keels which define it in front and
behind; posterior and anterior surface bearing longer and smaller
tubercles ; inferior surface smooth ; brachium bearing a few granules
and tubercles above in front, the rest smooth and rounded and
without keels ; manus rounded, slightly wider than the brachium,
neither keeled nor granular; without a spine; dactyli of moderate
length, curved, in contact throughout, neither lobate nor sinuate ;
the armature in the proximal third of the dactylus resembles
that supposed to be characteristic of Zepreus, inasmuch as the
inner series is composed of isolated denticles; in the distal
half, however, owing to the increase in size and partial sepa-
ration of the apical or two apical denticles of the median rows
and their approximation to the denticles of the internal lateral series,
the arrangement is that of Ti¢yus as restricted by Dr, Thorell.
Legs almost smooth; femora feebly granular along their upper
and under edges; ¢idie of the two posterior pairs spurred; core
smooth.
Pectines short, bearing from 15-17 teeth, whereof the basal is
much enlarged, although of much the same shape as, and not pro-
jecting beyond the line of, the rest.
Stigmata very small, slit-like.
Two female specimens from Table Mountain, collected by Dr. G.
E. Dobson.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 39; cephalothorax,
length and width 4: length of tail 20°2; of Ist two segments 5:2; of
fifth segment 4:2; width of first segment 2°7; of fifth 2°5; length
of vesicle and aculeus 5: humerus length 3:7 ; brachium length 4°5,
width 2: width cf manus 2 ; length of ‘* hand-back ” 26 ; of movable
digit 4°2.
Differs from U. lineatus (Koch) and U. variegatus (Koch) in
134 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
having the vesicle strongly infuscate and a very conspicuous V-shaped
testaceous mark on the tergites. By this last character also it may
be recognized from U. fallaw (Koch) and U. striatus (Koch). From
U. triangulifer (Thorell) it may be at once separated by the absence
of the longitudinal bands on the upper surface of the abdomen ;
moreover, Dr. Thorell in his elaborate description makes no mention
of the enlargement of the basal pectiual tooth.
Uropiectes rorMosus, sp.n. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)
Colour variegated black and orange-yellow, cephalothorax with
tubercle and ante-ocular area wholly black; the lateral portions
marked with oblique testaceous bands and the posterior half with
transverse testaceous bands; the side margins black; abdomen
above with black side margins; marked throughout its extent
by two parallel wide black bands alternating with three (one
median) narrower yellow bands; the black spot on each of the
tergites bears faint indications of the pale V-shaped mark, which
is so characteristic of the species of this group; under surface of
trunk mostly pale, the posterior abdominal sternite only being deeply
infuscate at the sides, with a pale black-lined triangular area in the
middle behind; tail with four first segments wholly pale above,
with a median thin black line and black patches below ; fifth seg-
ment deeply infuscate below and above, but paler in the excavation
above ; vesicle deeply infuscate, but marked with paler bands ; aculeus
pale at the base, darker at the apex; palpi with almost pale humerus
and brachium, each of these segments being only marked above with
two irregularly shaped patches of colour; the manus marked with
black lines, the spaces between these lines more or less infuscate ;
dactyli wholly pale; anterior surface of the legs strongly variegated
with black ; the mawille of the first and second pairs infuscate.
Cephalothorax with anterior margin nearly straight, the central
depression deep behind, shallow in front and over the ocular tubercle ;
the ocular tubercle with the area immediately at the sides and in
front of it wholly smooth, the posterior half weakly and somewhat
closely granular.
Tergites. First six almost smooth, marked only with a few lateral
granules and a row of granules along the hinder margin; the median
keel abbreviated in front and behind and smooth ; the seventh tergite
rougher than those that precede it ; very finely and closely granular
in the centre behind, more coarsely and sparsely granular at the
sides; the lateral keels short, but coarsely granular, the median
elevation low and smooth.
Sternites entirely smooth; sparsely hirsute.
Tail robust, widely and deeply excavated above and very feebly
granular; fifth segment deeply depressed above and behind; superior
keel well marked and granular on the first three segments, the terminal
granule being large and tooth-like; superior keel wholly absent on
the fifth and represented on the fourth by large granules subserially
arranged; the superior lateral keel becomes progressively weaker
from before backwards, being scarcely visible on the fourth segment ;
1890.] OF THE FAMILY BUTHIDE, 135
inferior and lateral surfaces of first three segments smooth and keel-
less ; inferior surface of the fourth keelless, but granular ; inferior and
lateral surfaces of the fifth keelless, but thickly and coarsely granular ;
the whole of the under surface of the tail marked with serially
arranged setiferous pores. Vesicle smooth above, thickly hirsute
and weakly granular below ; subaculear spine small and blunt.
Palpi setose, especially on the fingers: humerus marked above
with the customary anterior and posterior granular keel ; anterior
surface bearing larger and smaller granules: brachium furnished in
front with a few tubercles, the rest of the segment smooth and rounded,
without keels or granules: manus smooth and rounded, slightly
wider than the brachium, neither keeled nor granular and not armed
with a tooth: dactyli short and curved, in contact throughout, being
neither lobate nor sinuate; denticles arranged as in the preceding
species.
Legs hirsute, but almost wholly smooth; ¢ibie of the two pos-
terior pairs spurred.
Pectines armed with 17 approximately similar teeth; the basal
tooth being only slightly thicker and slightly shorter than the rest.
Stigmata small and slit-like.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28°5 ; cephalothorax
length 4°2, width 4: length of tail 17; of tirst two segments 4; of
fifth segment 3°5; of vesicle and aculeus 3°8 ; width of first segment
2°5, of fifth 2°3; humerus length 3; brachium length 3:7, width 1:5;
width of manus 1°7 ; length of ‘ hand-back’ 2, of movable dactylus
52h
Two specimens (2) from Natal; one presented by Ernest.
Howlett, Esq., the other from the collection of Gueinzius.
This species may be recognized by the wide, undivided, median,
longitudinal, yellow band on the abdomen, by the wide black band
on each side of it, by the absence of fuscous patches on the upper
surface of the four first tail-segments, by its fuscous hands and
almost wholly ochraceous humerus and brachium. It differs, in
addition, from U. triangulifer (Thor.) in being much smoother both
above and below.
URopLeEcteEs FLAVOvIRIDIS, Peters. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.)
Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1862, p. 516.
Colour. Upper surface of trunk and the whole of the tail of a
dark shining green; extremities of the appendages and the sternal
surface pale green or ochraceous.
Q. Cephalothoraz thickly granular ; the central depression well
marked, deep behind; the ocular tubercle distinctly suleate and
smooth ; anterior border widely and lightly emarginate.
Tergites granular, the first six furnished with a well-developed
though nearly smooth median keel; the seventh more granular than
the preceding, furnished with two granular keels on each side and
a median granular prominence in its anterior half.
Sternites bisulcate, punctured, smooth, the last only very feebly
granular laterally and not carinate.
136 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
Tail robust, almost parallel-sided ; conspicuously sulcate above ;
the upper surface at least of the four anterior segments minutely
granular and furnished in addition on each side with a series of
larger granules parallel to the keels ; the first and second segments
with the four superior keels strongly developed, granular at the sides,
almost smooth, not carinate, but deeply and sparsely punctured below;
the third segment also with the superior keels well developed, but
more granular at the sides and more closely punctured below, also
bearing a faint indication of the inferior lateral keels; fourth seg-
ment with only the superior keel well developed, the rest almost
obsolete; the sides and under surface thickly and coarsely granular
and punctate; the fifth segment very coarsely and thickly granular
below and at the sides, the superior keel obsolete behind; the upper
surface hollowed behind. Vesicle ovate, smooth above, granular
below, except for two smooth tracts which run backwards from the
base of the aculeus; the rest granular and setose; a large spine
beneath the aculeus, which is of the ordinary form.
Palpi. Upper surface of humerus minutely granular, the anterior
and posterior keel strongly developed and coarsely granular ; anterior
surface subtubercular and bounded below by a row of granules;
inferior surface almost smooth, feebly granular only in front and
proximally ; posterior surface furnished with a subtubercular keel ;
the whole segment sparsely setose: 6brachium sparsely setose ; its
anterior surface granular and subtubercular; its upper surface
behind, its posterior and inferior surfaces smooth and rounded
and punctured: manus hairy, with a tubercle at the base of
_the dactyli on the anterior surface, smooth, rounded, neither granular
nor costate: dactyli very hairy, moderately long and curved, in
contact throughout, neither sinuate nor lobate ; the arrangement of
denticles is much the same as in the preceding species, 7. e. in the
distal third, owing to the enlargement and partial isolation of the
distally apical tooth of the separate rows which constitute the median
series, the inner series is composed in this part of the digit of pairs of
teeth.
Legs with femora anteriorly granular, but only subcarinate above ;
patelle almost wholly smooth, the fourth pair only slightly granular ;
tibie of two posterior pairs armed beneath with a spur; core
smooth,
Pectines projecting beyond the edge of the fourth coxee ; furnished
with 23 or 24 teeth, whereof the basal tooth is enormously enlarged
but not longer than the rest.
Stigmata slit-like.
3. Differs from the 9 in having the tail much longer (¢f. measure-
ments), in having the hand longer and armed with a larger and
sharper tooth, and in having the basal pectinal tooth like the rest of
the series.
Measurements in millimetres.— ° . Total length 38 ; cephalothorax
length 5, width 5 : length of tail 24 ; of first two segments 6-7 ; of fifth
segment 5 ; width of first segment 4°3 ; of fifth 3: length of humerus
~ .
4; of brachium 5; width of brachium 2; of manus 1°8; length of
1890.] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID&. 137
‘ hand-back ’ 2°3; of movable dactylus 5. ¢. Total length 45 ; length
of cephalothorax 5; of tail 27, of first two segments 8, of fifth 6 ;
width of first and fifth 4; length of humerus 4°7 ; of brachium 5-5 ;
width of brachium 2; of hand 2; length of ‘hand-back’ 3; of
movable dactylus 5:5.
The Museum has two specimens of this species from Lake Nyassa
(Universities’ Mission), and four ticketed merely E. Africa from the
collection of Capt. Speke.
This form may be recognized from all its allies by the uniformly
green tint of the upper surface; moreover, the superior lateral
margins of the fifth caudal segment are elevated behind, terminate
abruptly and not gradually as in the other species. The spine on
the inner surface of the hand points apparently to affinity between
this species and U. triangulifer (Plate XIII. fig. 5), of which the
Museum possesses a single male specimen from Pietersberg. But
the form of the vesicle in the ¢ of triangulifer is sufficiently peculiar
to differentiate the species from all others.
RHOPTRURUS KIRKI, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)
Colour almost a uniform ochraceous tint throughout, the terminal
segments of the tail and the dactyli of the palpi being somewhat
darker.
Cephalothoraz divided throughout by a median sulcus, lightly
emarginate in front, its posterior width greater than its length ;
closely but feebly granular throughout ; ocular tubercle prominent,
deeply and widely sulcate and perfectly smooth ; central eyes large
and separated by a space about equal to a diameter; lateral eyes
three on each side.
Tergites finely and closely granular throughout ; from the second
to the fifth armed with a low granular posterior median keel ; the
seventh with a low median keel in front, and two, more coarsely
granular, anteriorly abbreviated keels on each side.
Sternites mostly smooth, the fourth granular laterally, the fifth
very feebly, if at all, granular in the centre, more coarsely so at the
sides, bearing traces of four abbreviated granular keels.
Tail very smooth, furnished only with exceedingly minute granules,
almost parallel-sided, the fifth segment being only slightly wider
than the first; the first segment bearing traces of ten minutely
granular keels, the second and third segments with faint traces of
but eight keels, the fourth with scarcely perceptible traces of the
keels, and the fifth with scarcely perceptible traces of five keels ;
vesicle smooth above, minutely granular beneath, the spine beneath
the aculeus simple, large and sharp.
Palpi. Upper surface of Awmerus minutely and closely granular,
bounded in frout and behind by a coarsely granular keel; anterior
surface minutely granular and furnished with many larger tuber-
cles, inferior surface very finely granular, posterior surface more
coarsely granular; upper surface of brachium very finely granular
throughout and furnished with more coarsely granular keels;
anterior surface also minutely granular and furnished with several
138 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [ Mar. 18,
large blunt tubercles: manus very wide, wider than brachium,
almost wholly smooth, not carinate and not granular; movable
dactylus half as long again as the ‘“hand-back,” bearing a
distinct though small internal basal lobe which fits into a corre-
sponding hollow in the immovable dactylus, so that when closed a
sinuate space is left between them at the base ; the internal series
composed of nine sharp separated teeth, the external series of eight
pairs of teeth.
Chelicere. The movable dactylus armed above with three strong
teeth, whereof the posterior is bifid, and below with two sharp teeth ;
the two inferior teeth of the immovable dactylus well developed
though smaller than the other teeth of this appendage.
Legs. Femur and patella anteriorly finely granular; the femur
of the three posterior pairs carinate above and below, the pa-
tella of all of them carinate anteriorly ; ¢ibi@ of the fourth pair
armed distally with a spur, tibiz of the other pairs unarmed ; core
smooth.
Pectines projecting considerably beyond the distal extremity of
the fourth pair of coxee, bearing 19 or 20 similar teeth. (The left
pecten presents the curious abnormality of having the two apical
teeth united.)
Stigmata slit-like.
Measurements in millimetres of (3 ) specimen.——Total length 59 ;
cephalothorax, length 7:5, width 8; distance of eyes from posterior
margin 4°5 : length of tail 42 ; of 1st segment 4; of 2nd 6; of 3rd 6°7 ;
of 4th 7°5; of 5th 8°3; of vesicle 4-5; width of lst 4°3; of 3rd 4°5:
of 4th 5°7; of 5th 5; of vesicle 3:3. Palpi—humerus, length 7 ;
brachinm, length 7-7 ; width 3 ; manus, width 4°5; length of ‘ hand-
back ”’ 6°3 ; movable dactylus 2.
A single specimen ticketed W. Africa, from the collection of Dr.
(uow Sir John) Kirk.
This species differs from 2. dentatus in having the under surface
of third, fourth, and fifth caudal segments smooth ; in R. dentatus
they are described as thickly granular. From R. bittneri’ it differs
in having the keels on the tail much more feebly developed and in
having no granular keels on the hand.
RHOPTRURUS JACKSONI, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)
Colour of cephalothorax and abdominal tergites fusco-ochraceous,
the central and lateral eyes and lateral margins of the cephalothorax
and tergites dull black. Chelicere infuscate distally above ; dactyli
of palpi infuseate, yellow only at the tips; aculeus black in its hinder
half ; the rest of the animal, 2. e. the legs, tail, palpi (all but fingers),
and lower surface of the trunk, ciear ochraceous.
Cephalothorax very lightly and widely emarginate in front; its
posterior width considerably greater than its length ; almost wholly
covered with coarse granulation, some smooth tracts extending
1 Since the above was written the Museum has received two female speci-
mens of &. dittneri from Rio del Rey, W. Africa.
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHIDA. 139
laterally in the posterior half from the central suleus ; ocular tu-
bercle with the ridges formed by the sulens granular.
Tergites granular throughout, the granules in the posterior half
of each much larger than in the anterior; each, except tbe last,
marked in the middle line behind by a granular keel, the last
bearing in its anterior half a median prominence and on each side
two keels which anteriorly disappear in the general granulation of
the tergite.
Sternites. The anterior three smooth; the fourth slightly gran-
ular only at the sides; the fifth somewhat coarsely granular and
bicarinate in its posterior half.
Tail robust, nearly five times as long as the cephalothorax ; upper
surface not deeply excavated and very finely granular; lateral and
inferior surfaces coarsely granular throughout and sparsely hairy ;
the first segment marked with ten strongly and evenly granular
keels, the second, third, and fourth with eight similar keels, the fifth
with five keels, whereof the two superior are weak. Vesicle smooth
above, somewhat coarsely and subserially granular beneath, the
spine long and slender; the aculeus stout and curved.
Palpi hairy; upper surface of humerus minutely granular
throughout and bounded in front and behind by a series of coarse
granules ; anterior and posterior surfaces armed with small granules
and larger tubercles ; inferior surface finely granular proximally :
brachium granular and carinate behind and above, sparsely tuber-
cular in front, minutely granular beneath: manus smooth and
rounded, neither granular nor costate, about equalling the brachinm
in width : dactyli curved, nearly twice as long as the ‘‘ hand-back,” in
contact throughout, neither sinuate nor lobate ; the arrangement of
teeth approximately the same as in the preceding species.
Chelicere with dentition as in the preceding species.
Legs with femora feebly granular in front, carinate and granular
above and below ; patelle carinate and granular anteriorly ; tibie of
the first three pairs unarmed, of the fourth pair spurred.
Pectines not extending so far as the distal extremity of the fourth
cox, armed with 20 or 21 similar teeth.
Stigmata slit-like.
Measurements in millimetres of ( 2) specimen.—Total length 76 ;
cephalothorax, length 8°5, width 9°5; distance of eyes from poste-
rior margin 5: tail, length 43; of Ist segment 5; of second 6; of 3rd
6°3 ; of 4th 7-5; of 5th 8°5; of vesicle4-5. Palpi—humerus, length
7; brachium, length 8, width 3°3; manus, width 3; ‘‘ hand-back,’’
length 5; movable dactylus, length 9.
A single specimen in the Museum collection taken by Mr. F. J.
Jackson at Taveita, Kilima-njaro.
This species is closely allied to, and may possibly prove to he
only the female of, R. dentatus. But the under surtace of the
fourth and fifth caudal segments is furnished with distinct granular
keels ; in R. dentatus these segments are said to have only the upper
side keeled.
140 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS [Mar. 18,
RuoptRURUS BARON], sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.)
Colour fulvous, thickly marbled with black like Isometrus macu-
latus, the black patches taking the form of irregularly shaped,
though symmetrically arranged, spots and bands. In the posterior
lateral portions of the cephalothorax the fulvous tint predominates ;
the central tubercle and region of the lateral eyes are black; the
ante-ocular area of the cephalothorax is black in the middle, lighter
at the sides; a fulvous band runs from the region of the lateral
eyes towards, but falls short of, the fulvous portion immediately
behind the central tubercle ; an oblique fuscous band runs from the
fulvous patch behind the lateral eyes and divides on each of the
prominences which defines the hinder third of the median sulcus.
Roughly speaking, the tergites are marked on each side by six
patches of dark colour, three of these being internal and three
external ; the two anterior of the internal patches more or less fused
with their fellows of the opposite side, but the posterior of them
surrounding a yellow patch is separated from the corresponding
patch of the opposite side by a yellow patch which marks the median
keel. The posterior sternites variegated with black; the inferior
and lateral portions of the tail variegated with black, the upper
surface of the segments adorned with a V-shaped black mark and
the vesicle with straight black lines. The external surface of the
legs, the brachium and humerus variegated ; the hand almost wholly
tulvous, the fingers darker at the base.
Cephalothorax somewhat coarsely granular throughout, very
widely and lightly emarginate in front, divided throughout by
median suleus ; ocular tubercle deeply cleft and granular.
Tergites coarsely but somewhat sparsely granular; marked with a
low median granular keel; the seventh furnished on each side with
two anteriorly abbreviated denticulated keels.
Sternites smooth, sparsely hairy, the last only feebly granular but
not carinate.
Tail. The first and second segments marked with ten granular
keels, the superior keels coarsely granular, the inferior, especially on
the first segment, much more feeble; the intercarinal spaces also
granular; third segment with inferior keels very weak, the fourth
with the superior keel visible and the inferior keels almost or entirely
obsolete ; the fifth evenly rounded above and below, without keels;
both these segments feebly granular and sparsely hairy. Vesicle
hairy, not granular, the spine simple ; aculeus long, slender, and but
lightly curved.
Palpi. Upper surface of humerus minutely granular, and bounded
in front and behind by a series of coarser tubercles ; the anterior
surface beset with finer and coarser tubercles: érachium granular
and costate above, armed in front with a few strong sharp teeth :
manus rounded and smooth, about as wide as the brachium: dactyli
long, slender, in contact throughout, neither lobate nor sinuate in
either sex, armed with erect bristles; of the lateral teeth of the
dactyli the internal series is composed of eight larger teeth and the
external series of nine pairs of teeth.
1890. ] OF THE FAMILY BUTHID2. , 141
Legs with anterior surface of femur and patella somewhat coarsely
granular, but not markedly carinate, the granules being only sub-
serially arranged ; ¢2bi@ of the two posterior pairs armed distally
beneath with aspur; cove of legs smooth.
Pectines with 20 or 21 teeth; all the teeth alike; in the male the
teeth are larger and the pectines longer, extending in fact consider-
ably beyond the extremity of the coxe of the fourth pair of legs ;
in the female they fall short of this point.
Stigmata slit-like.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 27 ; cephalothorax,
length 3, width 3°5: length of tail 17°5; of lst segment 2; of
2nd 2°3 ; 3rd 2°5; 4th 3; Sth 4; vesicle 2; width of Ist segment 2,
of 5th 1°7.. Palpi—humerus, length 3; brachium, length 3°5, width
1:3; manus, width 1°35; length of “hand-back” 2; length of
movable dactylus 3:5.
Three specimens, ¢ and 9, from Madagascar, collected by the
Rey. R. Baron.
This species differs markedly from those here described in its
variegated colouring. In this respect it somewhat resembles
apparently R. centrurimorphus, which is also a Madagascar species ;
but according to Dr. Karsch this last species differs from R. buttnert
only in colour. I conclude, therefore, that it is furnished with
keels on the hand and with only eight keels on the second caudal
segment ; if so, R. baroni differs from it in having a smooth hand
and ten keels on the second caudal segment.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Prats XIII.
Fig. 1. Rhoptrurus gacksoni, sp.n. Nat. size. 9, p. 138.
la. Extremity of dactylus.
2 baroni, sp. nu. Nat. size, p. 140.
3. Uroplectes formosus, sp. un. Nat. size, p. 154.
34. Extremity of dactylus.
4. —— insignis, Sp. n. Nat. size, p. 132.
5 triangulifer (Thor.). Nat. size. ¢, p. 137.
a.
Da. —. Extremity of dactylus.
5b. —— ——. Vesicle.
Puare XIV.
Fig.1. Rhoptrurus kirki, sp.n. Nat. size. ¢, p. 187.
2. Lepreus fischeri, Karach, var. nigrimanus. Nat. size, p. 130.
2a. ; : Extremity of dactylus.
3. carinatus, sp.n. Nat. size, p. 129.
34. Extremity of dactylus.
os occidentalis (Simon). Nat. size, p. 182.
Extremity of dactylus.
5 _ Droplectes flavoviridis, Peters. Nat. size. 9, p. 187.
aa ——. Extremity of dactylus.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1890, No. XI. 11
*
142 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 18,
3. Notes on the Anatomy of the Condor. By Franx E.
Brepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received March 4, 1890.]
In the present communication I wish to direct attention to the
structure of the trachea and of the heart in the Condor. Certain
interesting statements by Prof. Gegenbaur ' concerning the structure
of the right auriculo-ventricular valve made me specially anxious to
study this bird, which the death of a specimen at the end of last
year has enabled me to do.
In the trachea I refer to one or two structural points of slighter
importance.
1. Heart.
The general structure of the right auriculo-ventricular valve in the
Bird’s heart is well known; there are, however, some discrepancies
among the descriptions of the corresponding valve in the Crocodile,
with which it is universally agreed that that of Birds must be com-
pared.
Gegenbaw’s description of this valve in the Crocodile is very de-
tailed, though unaccompanied by figures. The valve consists of two
halves, a muscular and a membranous; the former borders the an-
terior and outer margin of the atrio-ventricular orifice, the latter the
septal margin of the same. ‘‘ The hinder lateral part of the ventri-
cular cavity appears spongy from the presence of a number of fleshy
trabeculee ; of these one is of importance, which runs from the anterior
ventricular wall upwards and backwards to the jutting-out muscular
valve to be inserted in the neighbourhood of its free margin. This
muscular trabecula is not in any way distinguished from the neighbour-
ing ones ; it is, indeed, less conspicuous, but it is constant (so far as the
small number of hearts examined [4] enable me to say). It is more
conspicuous in the Crocodile than in the Alligator, and is readily seen.
It forms a fleshy bridge from the muscular margin of the ostium to
the lateral ventricular wall.”
In comparing these arrangements with that which characterizes
the Bird’s heart, Professor Gegenbaur duly calls attention (p. 380)
to the absence in the latter group of all traces of the membran-
ous valve eacept in the Condor, which is described as follows :—
“ Only in the heart of Sarcorhamphus do I find a peculiarity which
has interest in this connection. From the anterior origin of the
muscular valve on the septum ventriculorum a fold runs backwards,
which is formed by a thickening of the endocardium. The fold
runs obliquely backwards and downwards and crosses in its direction
the margin of the muscular valve. The course of this fold corre-
sponds to the line of origin of the membranous valvular flap of the
Crocodile; I think it reasonable therefore to regard it as a remnant
of the structure which is further developed in the Crocodile.”
* “Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Herzens,” Jen. Zeitsch. Bad. ii. (1866),
p. 360. ‘
1890.] ANATOMY OF THE CONDOR. 143
With regard to the trabeculz of the Crocodile’s right ventricle, it
is stated that “ these have in Birds for the most part disappeared, with
the exception of a broad trabecula which runs from the margin of
the valve to the anterior ventricular wall.” This is compared to the
fleshy bridge already spoken of in the Crocodile heart. It is, of
course, difficult to follow so detailed a description as that which
Gegenbaur gives without illustrations ; I may therefore be wroug in
Right ventricle of Crocodile opened to show auriculo-ventricular valve.
The fibrous parts are dotted; the muscular indicated by lines.
A, attachment of valve to parietes by a specially strong muscular band ;
B, muscular tissue in septal half of valve.
identifying the structure lettered A in the accompanying drawing
(woodcut, fig. 1) with the fleshy bridge which unites in the Croco-
dile the valve with the ventricular wall, as described by Gegenbaur.
Its position and relations seem to me, however, to point to its iden-
tity with the fleshy bridge in the Bird’s heart (ef. figs. 1&2, A). It
will be noticed that in the Crocodile this bridge of muscle marks
Nig
144 MR. F. E. EEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 18,
by its insertion on to the valve the junction between its fleshy and
membranous portions ; on the right side the valve is muscular, on
the left it is membranous. If this comparison be just, it seems to
follow that the septal portion of the right auriculo-ventricular valve
is not entirely wanting in the Bird’s heart, as it has been generally
stated tobe’. In view of the possible comparison between that
part of the Bird’s valve which lies to the right of the fleshy bridge
(when the heart is placed on its left side with the apex downwards)
and the membranous or “ septal”’ fiap, as it has been better termed
by Lankester *, of the Crocodile’s heart, it is important to bear in mind
the following fact, that this part of the valve in the Bird's heart,
though sometimes as thick and fleshy as the rest, is often thin and
delicate and sometimes partially membranous.
Furthermore, the trabecule uniting the valve with the parietes
have not entirely disappeared from the Bird’s heart. Gegenbaur him-
self implies that they have by the quotation on p. 143. But in many
birds, for example in the heart of Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga bur-
meisteri) shown in the accompanying drawing (woodcut fig. 2), the
margin of the valve is tied down to the free ventricular wall by several
delicate muscular or tendinous threads in addition to the large fleshy
bridge, which is a constant structure in the bird’s heart.
Next, as to the partial persistence of the septal flap in the Condor’s
heart. In one specimen which I dissected some years ago, I observed
no traces whatever which could be compared to a septal flap. In
the specimen which is more particularly described in the present
paper there were a series of tiny yellowish spots and vesicles a little
way from the posterior margin of the atrio-ventricular orifice, which
formed a line occupying a position identical with that which would
be occupied by a septal part of the valve if it were present. The
structures in question seem to me to be probably pathological ; but it
is a significant fact that they are situated along a line which would
correspond to the insertion of a septal half of the valve; I can,
indeed, quite believe that in many Condor hearts a thickening such
as that described by Gegenbaur exists, which is possibly, as a rudi-
mentary structure, especially prone to disease.
In Chunga burmeisteri (see woodcut fig. 2) a band of muscles
connects the fixed and free wall of the right ventricle; from this
are given off several threads connected with the supplementary mus-
cular bands which tie down the edge of the valve to the free wall of
the ventricle. This muscular pillar is, I presume, the equivalent
of the moderator band in the heart of Casuarius described by Prof.
Rolleston. It has been, I think, suggested somewhere that this
moderator band is the equivalent of part of the septal portion of the
Owen (article ‘‘ Aves,” Todd’s ‘ Cyclopxdia of Anatomy,’ vol. i. p. 331) has
erroneously compared, as Gegenbaur pointed out, this fleshy bridge of the Bird’s
heart with the entire membranous part of the valve in the Crocodile’s heart.
nie that Sabatier has apparently made the same comparison as that urged in
the text.
~ “On the Right Cardinal Valve of Echidna and of Ornithorhynchus,” P.Z.8.
1883, p. 831 e¢ seg. pl. iii. fig. 1, 3, 4, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6.
1890.] ANATOMY OF THE CONDOR. 145
valve, otherwise wanting in the heart of Chunga ; its position in that
bird and its connection with the muscle attaching the free valve to the
parietes to some extent favour such a supposition, which, however,
I am unable at present further to support. In any case the very
complicated interior of the right ventricle in Chunga appeared to me
to be worth figuring.
In the figure of the Crocodile’s heart (woodcut fig. 1, p. 143) a
muscle entering the “ membranous valve ” at its lowermost point will
be noticed ; it appears to be just possible that the muscular processes
lettered Bin the heart of Chunga (woodcut fig. 2) may be comparable
to this.
Ww
*
Heart of Chunga burmeisteri.
V, cavity of left ventricle; A, fleshy bridge uniting valve to free wall of ven-
tricle: B, C, muscular bands uniting free and septal walls of ventricle.
Prof. Rolleston associated the presence of a moderator band with
very active habits, its use being to increase the effect of the contrac-
tion of the parietes of the heart. Chunga does not seem to be a
bird in which any such supplementary apparatus is greatly needed.
Hence its importance may be more morphological than physio-
logical.
The fact that in the two lowest mammals (Echidna and Ornitho-
rhynchus) the outer fleshy half of the right auricular valve only is
present, as in the Bird’s heart, appears to me to be more than a coinci-
dence ; and the resemblance is more striking if we admit that the part
of the valve lying to the left of the fleshy bridge in the Bird’s heart
has its equivalent in the parts lettered 7. a. c. in Lankester’s account
of the heart of Ornithorhynchus and Echidna’.
1 Loe. cit.
146 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONDOR. [ Mar. 18,
The additional muscular and tendinous slips which have heen
described in this paper as uniting the valve-margin with the parietes
in certain birds are comparable to the additional muscles which tie
down the valve in the Monotremata, and, as has been pointed out,
they are traceable in the Crocodile heart.
2. Trachea.
The trachea of the American Vultures (including, of course Sar-
corhamphus) has been long known to differ greatly from that of
other Accipitres in having no intrinsic muscles, and in showing no
definite modification in the direction of the formation of a syrinx.
YY “
A Oe
Syrinx of Condor (nat. size).
@, esophagus; 7, muscles enveloping extremity of bronchia; Zr, trachea ;
0, ostia ; s, septum dividing prebronchial from anterior intermediate
air-sac : sp, septum between anterior and posterior intermediate air-sac.
In all three genera the bifurcation of the trachea is very similar ;
but on the whole Sareorhamphus comes nearer to Gypagus than
either of them do to Cathartes. This is principally shown in the
comparative thickness of the rings at the point of bifurcation ; these
are extraordinarily thin in Cathartes, leaving therefore large membra-
nous spaces. The bifurcation of the trachea in Cathartes is especially
Lacertilian. The rings of the bronchi in Sarcorhamphus cease for
some time before the bronchi enter the lungs; this fibrous portion
(see woodcut fig. 3) is closely enveloped by a mass of muscle (m).
The function of this muscle must be much the same as that of the
intrinsic muscles of the syrinx in those forms which are furnished with
eer Te, eal
ae I ce ol
e ‘
.V.
€
+
P.Z.S.1890.Pla
West Newmen amo
Frohawk
tT t
Hypocolius ampelinus.
1890.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 147
these muscles. Is it not also possible that they may actually repre-
sent, morphologically, the lower portion of the syringeal muscles?
This muscle becomes divided (as in the figure) into several strands,
which traverse the septum lying between the anterior and posterior
thoracic air-sacs to be attached to the parietes.
April 1, 1890.
Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1890 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March were 36 in number. Of these 8
were acquired by presentation, 13 by deposit, 11 by purchase, and
4 by birth. The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 78.
Amongst the former special attention may be called to the
following :—
1. A male Grey Hypocolius (Hypocolius ampelinus), presented
March 3rd, 1890, by W. D. Cumming, Esq., Curator of the Museum
of Karachi, and brought to England in the S.S. ‘ Branksome Hall,’
under the kind care of Mr. H. Wray.
Mr. Cumming tells us that this bird was taken from the nest in
June 1889 and was brought up by hand, having been first fed on bread
and water, and afterwards on dates and other fruits. It would also
take flies, grubs, and grasshoppers as well as dry bread, bread steeped
in sugar and water, and was delighted in having a little lucerne
occasionally.
This is, no doubt, the first example of this rare Passerine form
that has reached Europe.
I exhibit a drawing by Mr. Frohawk (Plate XV.), which shows
its colours in life.
2. Two Mantchurian Cranes (Grus viridirostris), presented to the
Society by C. W. Campbell, Esq., of H.B.M.’s Consular Service,
Corea, 31st March. These birds, though not new to the Society’s
collection (as the species has bred in the Gardens and a young one
was hatched out in June 1861"), are yet of sufficient interest to be
worthy of attention, as they are the first specimens received direct
from Corea. Mr. Campbell writes to me that this Crane is very
common in Corea during the winter months, and that numbers of
them are trapped by the natives for sale to the Chinese and Japanese,
by whom they are much appreciated.
Mr. J. H. Gurney, Jun., F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a
hybrid between the Tree-Sparrow (Passer montanus) and the House-
Sparrow (P. domesticus), bred in captivity at Norwich.
1 See Bartlett, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 369, pl. xxxv., where the species is called
Grus montignesia.
148 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
Mr. A. Smith-Woodward exhibited and made remarks on a Meso-
zoic Palzoniscid Fish from New South Wales, and pointed out that
the structure of its pelvic fins seemed to confirm the recent opinion
that the Palzoniscide are related to the Acipenseridee and not to the
Lepidosteide. The author believed the specimen exhibited to be
the only one of the kind in existence.
Mr. C. M. Woodford, C.M.Z.S., made some remarks on the
fauna of the Solomon Islands, and exhibited a large number of
photographs in illustration of his remarks and of his recent explo-
rations in these islands.
The following papers were read :—
1. Contributions to the Study of Heloderma suspectum.
By R. W. Suvretpr, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
[Received March 5, 1890.]
(Plates XVI-—XVIII.)
ConTENTS.
Page | Page
I. Introductory Remarks ... 148 TX. Anatomy of the Hye ...... 208
II, Form and External Cha- | X. Anatomy of the Ear ...... 209
TACHOUS Cn pae ss occeaew secs 150 | XI. Arterial System ............ 210
AA Miy lopyaresesscdas:..-22- so 158 | XII. Nervous System............ 211
TV. Contained Organs of the | REEL, | Skeleton ys. sstecyee. sashes 214
Colom: .ccste- smedonctene 192 | XIV. Summary..........2......... 231
V. Thoracic Organs ..........- 201 | XV. Concluding Remarks...... 233
Vi. Oral Cavity .........2...:.-. 203 | XVI. ‘Bibliopraphy, © -s2-0.....5.. ao
VII. Poison-glands ............... 206
VIII. Olfactory Cavities and
Organ of Jacobson...... 207
I. InrropucTory REMARKS.
During the summer of 1887 the present writer came into possession
of two very fine living specimens of Heloderma suspectum that had
been obtained for him in Southern Arizona, in that section of the
United States zoogeographically known as the Sonoran Region, and
where the natural habitat of this, by far the largest of all of our
North-American lizards, is located.
Never having been so fortunate as to have enjoyed the opportunity
of studying the habits and life of the Heloderm in its native haunts,
I can add nothing here to the accounts of others already published ;
nor am I familiar with the mode of reproduction in this interesting
species of lizard, though I have heard it stated, by good observers,
that it is an oviparous reptile. The two living specimens above
referred to were separately packed each in a small box, and in coming
to me arrived in excellent condition, after making a journey of several
hundred miles, lasting six or eight days, and each lizard consuming
only on the day of starting part of a boiled egg. Upon being removed
from their boxes they drank freely of water, and afterwards each ate
. XVI.
Le pS SON eI
—~
Mintern Bros. imp.
RW. Shufeldt ad nat. del. P Smit lth.
ANATOMY OF HELODERMA SUSPECTUM.
PZ oo Om tae exile
com
RW. Shufeldt ad nat.del. P. Smit lith. Mintern Bros, imp.
ANATOMY OF HELODERMA SUSPECTUM.
P.Z.S.1890. Pl. XVI
BW. Shofeldt ad mat .del. P Smit lth.
ANATOMY OF HELODERMA SUSPECTUM.
pee
~ 1890.) HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 149
the best part of a hard-boiled hen’segg. Both of these acts, however,
were performed with marked deliberation, so much so that one would
little have suspected that the creatures were in any way particularly
hungry. In eating they employ their broad, black, forked tongue
io a considerable extent, protruding the organ slowly from the mouth,
spreading it out, and licking the morsel well before it is taken into
the mouth and swallowed. They may also, in drinking, occasionally
be seen to lap the fluid with this organ, and still in a more or less
deliberate manner. These two specimens have already been several
months in my keeping and under my daily observation, during which
time they have not eaten half a dozen hens’ eggs between them,
sometimes taking them hard-boiled, but as a rule seeming to prefer
them raw ; they have refused all other nutriment which has been
placed before them.
I have shown elsewhere that another American lizard, Phry-
nosoma, is capable of enduring an absolute fast for a period of three
months or more (‘ Science,’ vol. vi. no. 135, Sept. 4, 1885, pp. 185,
186); and it is a well-known fact that other reptiles can do likewise.
Moreover I am quite sure, from what I have seen, that a good healthy
adult Heloderma would prove to be another representative in this
category, capable of sustaining a prolonged period without taking
any nutriment whatever into its system.
When one of these reptiles is placed on the open ground and left
to itself, it suon takes itself off, and notwithstanding its rather
awkward mode of progression makes withal very good time. Head,
body, and tail are all kept in contact with the ground, while the
alternate fore and hind limbs are thrown forwards as the animal takes
its rather ample steps and keeps its way along, with no other ap-
parent motive in its mind beyond making good its escape. In walking
thus, it constantly protrudes, and again whips back into its mouth,
its great black tongue, evidently to some degree using the organ as
a detector of anything that may possibly stand in the road to impede
its progress.
If you now suddenly check it, the animal quickly rears its body
from the ground by straightening out its limbs, wheels about, opens
its mouth widely, snaps its tongue in and out, and gives vent to a
threatening blowing sound. The whole aspect of the reptile, taking
its great size into consideration, is now quite sufficient to keep the
best of us at bay at first, and the moment it is let alone it takes the
opportunity to make off again, usually in another direction.
The bite of the Heloderma is now known to be venomous, and to
small mammals soon fatal ; but as the writer has elsewhere published
accounts of this, the subject will not be renewed in the present con-
nexion (see Am. Nat., Nov. 1882, pp. 907, 908; ‘ Nature,’ Dec. 14,
1882, p. 154; and ‘ Forest and Stream,’ Aug. 4, 1887, p. 24).
My two specimens seem to be quite attached to each other, and
are never so well satisfied as when curled up together in a sunny
corner of their cage; I am unable from their external characters to
determine their sex, and this will only be possible later on, when we
come to examine into their structure.
These lizards are, too, very fond of basking in the hottest of noon-
150 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
day suns, and I have satisfied myself that upon these and other
occasions, when I have closely watched them, they possess to a
certain extent chameleonic powers, for I have observed the orange
part of their scaly armour pass from that colour to a decided salmon
tint and vice versd, remaining normally, however, at some shade of
orange or yellow. When thus sunning themselves they have a habit of
stretching their limbs backwards, even to the extent of having the feet
with their dorsal aspects in contact with the ground, the palms and
soles being directed upwards, They will then close their eyes and lay
in this position for hours at a time. So far as their physical strength
is concerned, it seems to be about equal to that of young Alligators
of a corresponding size ; they do not, however, possess the power of
striking a blow with the tail, enjoyed by the latter reptile. And in
getting over rough ground, where branches, large stones, or other
obstacles stand in the way, Heloderms evince no little patience,
ingenuity, and downright obstinacy i in overcoming such barriers to
their progress. By a series of simple experiments I have been en-
abled to satisfy myself that the senses of sight, smell, and hearing
are all quite acute in these reptiles, and they are also sensitive to the
sense of touch. As to their general intelligence, however, or such
mental attributes as they may be possessed of, I have made no special
investigations, but from my casual observations I am inclined to
believe that they stand rather above the average reptile in both of
these respects.
II. On tue Form anv ExteRNAL CHARACTERS OF
HELODERMA SUSPECTUM.
One of these reptiles in my possession is considerably larger than
the other, and by an approximate estimate only of their respective
lengths, for I intend to present exact measurements further on, I
would say that the smaller of the two was, from tip to tip, about
28 centimetres long, while the other has a total length of about 41
centimetres. The smaller one is by far, both in its markings and
general coloration, the handsomer of the two.
My large Heloderma has a total length of 41°3 centimetres and a
mid-girth “of 18 centimetres, but this latter, of course, is very variable,
as the animal may alter it considerably by inspiration and expiration
at its will.
Other measurements, which I have carefully taken, are presented
in the accompanying table, and they will give a fair idea of the pro-
portions of one of these reptiles. It will be seen also tliat the relative
proportions vary with age. Moreover, as with all Vertebrates, these
proportions may actually vary for each individual, just as we find
robust and stout men to compare with slender and tall men.
Table of Measurements.
(Measurements in centimetres and fractions.)
Larger one. Smaller one.
Potaieneyar ute. kee tne es 41°3 29°2
Mid-girth (variable) ............ 18°0 12°1
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 151
Table (continued).
Larger one. Smaller one.
Greatest width on top of head 4:2 3°0
Between, the eyes/) sais. (ask awe os 2°7 271
Between the nostrils ............ 1:2 0°7
From chin to commissure of gape .. —-3°8 2°8
Middle toe, fore foot ............ 2°0 1°5
Middle toe, hind foot ............ 7 1°3
Venttofipot talkin cs yecticry asic. m% 12:5 90
Mid-eirth,of, fairl ida. ace .).).i2i sete 8:] 5:0
Chinjito’wemtimasis-nids abies «itis he. 28°8 20°2
From armpit to groin of same side.. 17°1 12°5
jWadsly ofiventssivet, ates tae am ne vot 2 1-3 07
Coloration.—As I have elsewhere said, the two colours of He/o-
derma suspectum are black and some shade of yellow, orange, or
salmon. No two specimens of this Lizard ever agree either in
point of coloration or in the peculiar markings. Sometimes the
black is intense and shiny ; sometimes dull and almost of a brownish
tint. It always brings out the two tints brilliantly to wet the
animal in water. As a rule the muzzle, chin and throat, cheeks,
and fore part of the head on top are jet-black ; occasionally a few
yellow scales will be distributed over the throat, and in my larger
specimen there are over each eye two pale yellow tubercles. On the
top of the head an imperfect cross can generally be made out, the
arms of which are composed of a single row of tubercles, broken
at the intersection, and with its anterior extremities reaching as far
forward on either side as the regions over the roofs of the orbits,
while the posterior ends extend back as far as the angles of the jaw.
A few scattered black tubercles usually are to be found in the area
between the entering angles of this cross. Passing next to the
neck and body we find the markings of a very different character.
Assuming the yellow or orange to be the ground-colour, we discover
that these parts are generally surrounded at irregular intervals by
some four or five broad, fantastic, transverse bands, composed of the
black tubercles on the dorsal aspect and the flatter scales on the
nether parts. These bands are not of an unbroken black colour,
but have both irregular borders and bizarre figures of the orange or
yellow ground-colour over their internal areas, composed for the most
part of blotches, bars, and hierogiyphical patterns, and sometimes
the figures of these black bands may become confluent with each
other. The colours are duller and paler on the ventral parts than
they are above, although the general configuration still prevails, with
rather more marked confluence of the banding. In my larger speci-
men there are also found in the transverse orange interspaces a few
scattered and small isolated spots of black, composed of, as usnal, a
few black tubercles which have merged at these localities. Generally
the tail is marked by alternate bands of the same colours found upon
the body; these are commonly four or five in number, of about equal
widths, and arranged so as to have the tail terminate in a black tip.
152 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
These bands are unbroken in my smaller specimen, but in the larger
one a single imperfect row of orange tubercles passes round the middles
of the mid black bands, which are double on the black band next
the body, while two or three scattered black tubercles are seen upon
the intermediate orange bands.
From rather above the knees and elbows down to the tips of the
several digits all four of the limbs in my smaller specimen are of a
uniform shiny jetty black, which is not the case in the larger indi-
vidual, where these parts are irregularly marked all over by both
black and orange. At present I am unable to state whether or
not these markings change at all with the growth of the animal,
but Iam rather disposed to think that they do not. Moreover, I
have had Heloderms under my observation for two years at a time,
and during that period never knew the animal to shed its skin, as do
some other lizards and snakes. When I say this, I do not mean to
imply that a shedding never takes place, because that would not be
true, for at the present time (March 7th, 1888) the skin is shedding
from the toes and soles of the feet of my larger Heloderm, leaving the
scales bright and new as it comes away. What I do mean is that I
have never observed it peel off in great pieces, as it is known to do
in some of our Lacertilians, where I have frequently seen it slip off
nearly entire, forming a tissue paper-like cast of the entire form of
the lizard.
Of the Form.—For the first few years of its life, the Heloderm
has a broad oval outline to its head, but as the animal matures this
is superseded by the marked triangular form, where the angles at
the muzzle and opposite the mandibular articulations are rounded off,
and we may add that at all ages the head of this lizard is always
much depressed, being quite flat on top, while considerable fulness
pertains to the throat posterior to the mandibular symphysis. When
the animal is asleep we may by close observation see his sides swell
and collapse very slightly as he breathes, and at such times, too, the
most lax and posterior part of this throat-region perceptibly pulsates
in synchronism with the animal’s respiration. Sometimes he has a
way of taking several quick breaths in rapid succession, when all these
movements become much more obvious. The body of this lizard is
of an elongated ellipsoidal form, being depressed, so that on section
at about its middle it would show an ellipse with its major axis
horizontally disposed. The tail is large and heavy, being subconical
in form, gradually tapering to a pointed tip; the posterior limbs
spring from points at its junction with the body, and as the latter is
considerably broader just beyond this point, it always gives the casual
observer the impression that these hind limbs arise from the sides of
the tail. No such deception ever strikes one upon viewing the
anterior pair of limbs, as in that region the neck is proportionally of
considerably larger calibre than is the root of the caudal appendage.
There is but very little difference either in the bigness or the length
of any of the limbs, though it may be slightly in favour of the
hinder pair, while for their entire lengths they are much of the same
calibre, showing only slight constrictions therein at the knees and
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 153
elbows, and no very decided swells mark the sites of the muscular
masses of the thigh or brachium. Manus and pes are both flattened
from above downwards and of a subcircular outline, while from each,
around its anterior periphery, spring the toes of this pentadactyle
lizard. The digits are all of nearly the same length, but in the
case of manus the mid-toe appears to be the longest and the pollex
the shortest, while in the pes the mid-toe and the next one to its
outer side are of about the same length, and again the hallux is the
shortest. Each toe is terminated by a small, sharp-pointed, decurved
claw, which is of a horn-colour before the moult, but which there-
after is seen to be a pure glistening white. These claws are generally
much worn by the constant walking of these heavy reptiles over the
rocks of their native haunts, and, indeed, in very old individuals the
toes seem to be almost clawless, both ungual phalanx and its horny
sheath having been worn down to the very base.
As will be seen by the above table of measurements, the external
narial apertures are, comparatively speaking, situated rather far apart ;
they are, too, of good size, being of a subcircular outline, with a
pale-coloured mucous membrane lining them within. Heloderma
has fairly large eyes, in which the irides are of a dark snuff-brown,
and the external lids, which can be closed completely, when open
ereate an aperture broadly elliptical in outline. The opening of the
mouth in this reptile is very capacious, and the commissures of the
gape are situated at some distance posterior to vertical lines let fall,
on either side, from the pupils of the eyes. The lower lip is rounded
and is overlapped by the upper lip, the margins of which are sharp ;
but in the case of both the tissues are quite pliable and consist of
nothing more than the flat scutes overlying the soft parts they cover.
Either external ear consists in an oblique slit, situated at some
little distance from, but in line with, the commissure of the gape ; its
borders are rounded, and its lower angle is the anterior one of the two.
Unlike some other Lizards, the tympanum is rather deeply situated,
and is only brought into view by carefully opening the ear, by which
I mean parting its margins. In front of the entrance to this aural
meatus, the row of tubercles bounding it are of some considerable
size, while those on the posterior margin of the aperture are compara-
tively minute, the latter being in continuation with those found
beneath the throat.
This method of the arrangement of the scales or tubercles is re-
peated again in the vent of this animal, where we find a broad slit-
like aperture transversely disposed and with a soft rounded posterior
border, bounded by a row of very minute tubercles; while in front
the opening is more rigid in character, which is largely due to the
far greater size of the bounding scutes and their consequent greater
immobility.
Of the Teguments.—Viewed as a whole, the external epidermic
armour of this reptile consists in, for the entire dorsal aspect, a
stuccoing of knob-like tubercles of various sizes, which, as they pass
to the ventral surface of the body, gradually assume the flat type of
scale, having different forms in different localities. These tubercles
154 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
are found to be largest on top of the head, more especially on the
lateral parietal regions, and over the entire facio-frontal aspect ; here,
as in the case of the smaller mesial ones, they are crowded close to-
gether, are of varying outline, but in no specimen are they arranged
upon any definite plan as they are in some other Lizards, in Lacerta
for example. Moreover, they do not quite agree in any two specimens,
a fact that, upon comparison, at once becomes evident. Tubercles of
a similar character extend down upon either side of the head as far
as the commissure of the gape, filling in the region between the eye
and the aural entrance : these gradually become smaller as they near
the throat, which latter space is entirely covered over by an even
layer of closely-set tubercles of a very much smaller size and of a
uniformly subcircular form. Here these peculiar scales are the
smallest of the kind as compared with those anywhere else on
the body of this reptile: they are all in contact with each other,
unless the animal from some cause swells out its throat, when the
skin may be seen in the evenly distributed interspaces. Upon
studying the arrangement, number, and distribution of the circum-
ocular, narial, and labial scales in these two specimens of mine,
I find that in none of these particulars are they exactly alike. A large
oblong rostral scute is present, with a smaller scute upon either
side of it, while external to either of these is a quadrilateral sub-
narial scute. Next follow the superior labials proper, the marginal
ones being usually nine in number on either side, which become
gradually smaller as we proceed from before backwards. Above the
anterior moiety of these labials, extending between eye and nostril,
there is another row of smaller size, some five or six in number,
which I am of the opinion will be pretty constantly found in that
locality. Of this latter row the largest scute is just posterior to the
nostril, while the smallest and most posterior one, triangular in form,
is wedged in just beneath the suborbital row. Three large tubercles is
the rule for the supraciliary scutes, with four suborbitals, and either
one or two small post- and preorbitals. Normally, again, there seem
to be two anterior nasai scutes, with a large postnasal one, and
commonly one wedged in above and between these two. Passing
next to the arrangement of these upon the mandible, we find
always present a fair-sized chin-scute, followed posteriorly by four
mental scutes, on either side of the median line, while the lower
labials seem to average fourteen in number. Between these latter
and the mental scutes, the interval is filled in by three oblique rows
of flat scutes, those of the larger size being in the most external row,
while the smallest occupy the inner one, and these latter gradually
merge into the area of small tubercles which overlay the throat and
which have been already described above.
We may now turn our attention to the scutation of this reptile’s
body, and we find upon the dorsal aspect that the tubercles
gradually diminish in. size as we pass backwards from the occipital
region, although they maintain very much the same character and
arrangement. Soon, however, they commence to dispose themselves
in regular transverse rows and are of a pretty uniform size. This
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 155
state of things continues all the way to the root of the tail, with
scarcely any perceptible difference in the size of the individual
tubercles, although perhaps the larger ones may range along the
middle of the back. ‘They are so arranged that any single tubercle
in one row stands opposite the interspace between two other tu-
bercles either in the row in front of or behind it. When the
Heloderm is fat and in good condition, the individual tubercles
stand apart from each other, separated by a distance equal in any
case to about the diameter of the base of the tubercle next to the
space. And when the reptile is laying out perfectly straight and at
rest, these several rows of tubercles seem to be separated from each
other by crease-like lines marking the intervening skin; but the
moment the animal twists to one side or the other, these transverse
lines are immediately obliterated, while oblique ones, running straight
down the concaved side, take their place. As I have already
described above, these knob-like tubercles of the dorsal aspect of
the Heloderm’s body in passing down the sides gradually assume the
flat scale-like type. From between the armpits and the groins
these are of an even oblong form, arranged in regular transverse
rows, being in contact with each other, while the individual scales
of one row break joints with the seales in front of and behind them,
much in the same manner as bricks in a building do. Between
the legs in front these oblong scales gradually assume a rounded
form, and in passing still more anteriorly they become still smaller,
to eventually merge into the minute tubercles, already described, that
cover the throat. These ventral scales also become more rounded
as they pass between the hinder pair of limbs, as well as slightly
smaller. The two middle preanal scales are markedly larger than
the few remaining ones that make up this row upon either side of
them ; and, as I have already said, the tubercles on the posterior
margin of the vent are quite minute in comparison. The tubercles
covering the dorsal aspect of the great rounded tail of this reptile pass
regularly from those on its back, having the same arrangement and
character, only they are placed closer together, being nearly or quite
iu contact with each other. Further, as these caudal tubercles pass
round to the underside of this appendage, they, too, become gradually
flatter, but in their case only two middle rows running the length of
the underside of the tail may said to be flat. The rows of small
tubercles covering any one of the limbs are arranged much after the
same fashion as are those upon the back, while upon the soles of the
feet they are seen to be very much worn. Any single toe shows a
transverse arrangement of its single row of oblong scutes, both upon
its ventral and dorsal aspect, and between these, on either lateral
surface of the digit, is another longitudinal row of rounded scales, all
three being carried down so that the terminal ones surround the claw.
As has already been hinted at in a foregoing paragraph, in
shedding but small patches of skin come away at a time, and these
show a perfect casting of the scales or tubercles they originally
covered.
Of other Parts which may be examined externally.—By the aid
156 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
of a lens and carefully going over the region immediately over the
parietal foramen, I failed to discover any external traces whatever
of a “‘parietal eye,” described by Spencer as existing in
Sphenodon punctatum, and which has been found in so many
Saurians since by other observers. Indeed, the tubercles are placed
so close together on the top of the head in Heloderma, that a
depression of any kind would be recognized at once. It is possible
we may find something of the kind when we come to examine the
brain in these specimens of mine.
Passing to the ventral border of the thigh, on either side, careful
scrutiny failed to reveal to me any evidences of the pori femorales,
that series of apertures which are the external openings of certain
cutaneous glands in some Reptiles. Nor from an external examination
do I find any evidences of the large anal glands, such as were found
by Giinther to exist in Sphenodon. From an outer survey alone I
would say that both of these specimens were females, but of course
more extensive dissection will prove that point. Ossifications exist
in the cutis of Heloderma, but the squamo-tuberculated skin of this
reptile nowhere develops any special spines or similar appendages’.
So far as I have been able to discover from the literature of the
subject, little or nothing is as yet known of the reproduction of this
lizard, beyond the fact that Captain Bendire, of the U. 8. Army,
found a number of eggs in a specimen of Heloderma suspectum that
he opened (60). Indeed, there still remains much that it is very
desirable to know in so far as the habits of this reptile are concerned ;
we may refer especially to the means it employs to secure its food,
as well as the various kinds that go to make up its diet-list.
We find here and there authors referring to the nauseous odour
emitted on the part of the Heloderma, and, although I have had
them in captivity for a year or more together, I have never noticed
any such characteristic as pertaining to them, and I have studied
them under a great variety of circumstances. Professor Garman
has remarked that, “ As if better protected from below, the Heloderma
is said to turn himself on his back when attacked.’’ It never has been
my fortune to have observed this habit in the case of Heloderma
suspectum, and I am of the opinion that such is not the case with it.
1 Just here I would say that a year has passed by since this monograph was
completed up to the above point, or where the index reference to this footnote
occurs; during that time my large specimen of the Heloderma has died and
duly been placed in alcohol, while the writer’s residence is no longer at Fort
Wingate, N. Mexico, but at his home a few moment’s ride from Washington,
D.C., where all the libraries and collections are open to him and easy of access.
Through the kindness of Professor G. B. Goode, the director of the U. S.
National Museum, I have also had placed at my disposal another fine, large
alcoholic specimen of the Heloderma suspectwm from Arizona, as well as the loan
of a handsomely mounted skeleton of the same reptile, from the collections of
of that Institution. In view of these facts, I will not, in future pages of this
memoir, refer to any particular specimen used in my work; for it is sufficiently
extensive now to obviate the necessity of that course; with increased
material comes a broadening of the field, permitting our passage from the
description of a couple of specimens to more general observations in the
premises.
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. Vaz
Experiments made by a number of competent investigators during
the past few years have satisfactorily demonstrated the fact to my
mind that the venomous or non-venomous character of the bite of
the Heloderma is placed beyond the peradventure of cavil, for there
can be no doubt now but that its bite is soon fatal, at least to the
smaller kinds of animals. Whether it has ever proved fatal in the
case of man I believe still remains an open question, although I
am inclined to believe that that, too, will sooner or later be substan-
tiated.
With respect to the affinities of the Helodermatide, authors have
entertained a variety of opinions; and, so far as I can ascertain, herpe-
tologists are still considerably in doubt as to the position of these
reptiles in the system, and which group constitute their nearest kin.
The opinion has been very generally held that the Heloderms are
more or less nearly related to the Varanide or perhaps to Iguanide.
Cope, in his recent work (61), places them as a family between the
Xenosauride and the daguide ; while Gill (56) has created a
superfamily for them, ranging it as the Helodermatoidea next above
his superfamily the Yaranoidea, and the Aniellide, of his superfamily
Anielloidea, immediately preceding them. Bocourt (34) recognizes
the family Helodermide, and “ associates with it under the family
Trachydermi, Wiegm., several lizards to which it offers considerable
zoological affinities; they differ from it in having smooth ungrooved
teeth. Such a difference might at first seem to militate against their
union with Heloderma, but this dental character, of great importance
in the higher Vertebrata, has only a secondary importance among the
Reptiles, as is exemplified by the serrated teeth of Macroscincus
coctei, D. & B.” (Zool. Rec. 1878). A few years ago, Steindachner
(35) described a new reptile from Borneo to which he gave the name
of Lanthanotus borneensis, and which he claimed was related to the
Heloderms. We are, however, of the opinion that that fact is by
no means a settled one. Nevertheless, Boulenger has placed the
genus Lanthanotus atter the family Helodermatide in the Catalogue
of Reptiles in the British Museum (55), but remarks that ‘‘ Whether
the following genus is to be placed here, or constitutes a distinct
allied family (Lanthanotide, Steindachner), must remain doubtful
until its anatomical characters are known. Its dentition was
originally stated to be the same as in Heloderma, but this has been
subsequently corrected by Steindachner.” In the Catalogue we
have cited, Boulenger has characterized the Helodermatide for us
in a masterly manner, and in the same place he presents us with the
characters of Lanthanotus, so far as they are at present known
from Steindachner’s description. It is evident, then, that a complete
account of the anatomy of this Bornean reptile, one of the supposed
affines of Heloderma, is very much to be desired; I am inclined to
think, however, at present, that when its morphology comes to be
fully known, its affinity with the Helodermatide will not be
found to be a near one by any manner of means, judging, as I do,
from some of its external characters.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XII. 12
158 DR. R- W. SHUFELDT ON (Apr. 1,
III. Or tax Myouoey.
To assist me in the demonstration of the muscles of this lizard I
have at my hand an excellent paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Myology
of Liolepis belli,” by Alfred Sanders (P. Z. S. 1872, p. 154);
also one entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Myclogy of the Phrynosoma
coronatum,” by the same author (P. Z.S. 1874, p. 71); also the
admirable memoir, “On the Myology of Chameleon parsonii,” by
Professor St. George Mivart (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 850); and finally the
more generalized contribution to the study of the muscles in Lizards
presented us by Prof. ©. K. Hoffmann in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs ’
(45). With these I must likewise mention the studies of Professor
Mivart upon the Iguana (P. Z.S. 1867); and other works on the
muscles of reptiles by the same distinguished author. As to the
names I here bestow upon the muscles of the Heloderm, I can say
with Sanders, who remarked in his paper on the myology of Liolepis,
that “ With regard to the nomenclature, it must be regarded as
inerely a tentative expression of opinion, liable to be changed at any
time on the demonstration of error.’ It is a long day yet before we
can say in truth that our knowledge of the myology of reptiles is in
any way complete, and a great many forms still remain to be worked
out.
Muscles of the Head.
1. Mylo-hyoideus anterior.—We find in the present subject this
muscle to be but feebly developed; it arises, on either side, from
the inner aspect of the lower border of the ramus of the jaw, for
about its anterior moiety, and as far forward as the symphysis.
Mesially, it indistinguishably blends with its fellow of the opposite
side, making no median raphe. Postero-laterally it faintly overlaps
the mylo-hyoideus posterior, while at the middle of the throat it
almost seems to blend with that muscle: and this delicate, super-
ficial plain of transversely disposed muscular fibres overlays a number
of the group of the more deeply situated and true hyoidean
muscles.
2. Mylo-hyoideus posterior is a far better developed muscle than
the one I have just described, and apart from its greater size it
differs from it in that it exhibits a fairly well-developed medio-
tendinous raphe fer nearly its entire length. Into this the muscle
of either side merges. Springing from the occiput and the dense
fascia at the antero-superior part of the neck, from the mandibular
suspensorium, as well as from the inner aspect of the posterior moiety
of the mandible itself, the posterior mylo-hyoid sends its fibres, for the
most part, transversely to the middle line of the throat, where they
blend with the delicate, longitudinal, raphenous line in a manner
which 1 have already indicated. ‘The posterior border of this
muscle is well-defined and thickened: it crosses the throat just
anterior to the region of the chest; while laterally the hinder
margin of an aural aperture is formed by its free muscular edge.
Anteriorly it is very thin where it meets the anterior mylo-hyoid in
1890. } HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 159
a manner already alluded to. These two muscles seem to constitute
the platysma myoides of Sanders, and from this it will be seen that
Heloderma suspectum is one of those lizards wherein the mylo-
hyoidean muscles are conspicuously developed. By removing them
we at once expose the deeper set of the true muscles of the hyoid
arches.
3. Temporalis.—Notably dense and bulky, this is one of the, if
not the, most powerful muscles of the system to be found in this
lizard’s economy. It takes origin from the parietal, from the
nether surface of the squamosal and postfrontal, and from the
anterior aspect of the quadrate ; from this extensive surface its fibres
rapidly converge as they pass downwards and forwards, and becoming
strongly tendinous they make insertion upon the postero-external
border of the coronary process of the mandible; this constitutes
its chief insertion, but beyond this its tendon also fastens itself
to the outer surface of the coronary, extending to the corre-
sponding aspect of the adjacent side of the mandible as far forward
as the dentary element, and posteriorly to a slight extent towards the
hinder end of the bone. It will be seen from this that the muscle
quite fills the temporal fossa, its insertional margin being limited
sharply above by the cranial bones that go to form the outer
edge of the orbit; and it is between the posterior border of this
muscle and the anterior margin of the digastric and neuro-mandi-
bularis that we discover the subelliptical periphery of the ear, with
its tympanic membrane tightly stretched over it.
In making my dissections of these parts, I find an interesting
tendon which arises from near the posterior end of the mandible,
and passing directly forwards, on a line with the upper edge of the
lower jaw, commences to expand about opposite the coronoid 5 process of
that bone, and spreading out like a fan, thence on becomes intimately
attached to the antero-lateral skin of the throat. It is superficial to
all these structures, except of course the skin, where anteriorly it is
attached, being in contact above with the poison-gland of the corre-
sponding side. Now there are a few muscular fibres to be seen in
the anterior portion of this tendon, so that upon contraction it will
tend to press with some force the poison-gland against the mandible,
and thus be auxiliary to forcing its secretion through the gland’s
ducts at the time this reptile makes its bite.
4, Pterygoideus externus.—Chiefly carneous, this is another large
muscle of this region, which arises from the inferior aspect of the
corresponding pterygoid to pass backwards and outwards in the
form of a subelliptical bundie of fleshy fibres that take it upon
themselves to completely envelop the articular extremity of the
mandible, being inserted into the three elements that go to form
that end of the bone. This muscle is somewhat tendinous at its
origin, but almost entirely carneous at its insertion.
5. Pierygoideus internus——More modest in its proportions than
the last described, this muscle finds its origin upon the outer margin
of the parietal bone, and the adjacent surface of the prootic, at the
antero-external region of the orbit. From this point of origin its fibres
12*
160 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
take on the same direction as the fibres of the ¢emporalis, of which
it seems almost to be the anterior part, and passing downwards aud
forwards, they are inserted, being somewhat tendinous, into the
inner aspect of the ramus of the mandible, below and at the same
time behind the coronary process‘.
6. Neuro-mandibularis.—Both this and the next muscle are but
feebly developed in our present subject, and so much alike are they,
both in their origins and insertions, as well as in the direction of
their fibres, that one might easily mistake them for one and the
same structure. The neuro-mandibularis is the more posterior of
the two, and upon either side it arises from the hinder free margin
of the parietal bone, from its mid-posterior point for a distance out-
wards of about four millimetres. It is thin and tendinous here, but
soon gathers itself into a small, somewhat laterally flattened, bundle
of fibres which pass directly downwards to the posterior tip of the
mandible, where they make a firm tendinous insertion.
7. Digastric.—Is rather a smaller muscle than the newro-mandi-
bularis, being related to it as we have already described in the
foregoing paragraph. It is the muscle of the deep layer which goes
to form the posterior fleshy border of the aural opening, the mylo-
hyoideus posterior being the superficial one. It arises from the
point of meeting of the quadrate, squamosal, and parietal bones, at
the postero-lateral aspect of the cranium, and passes directly down-
wards to make a common insertion with the neuro-mandibularis on
the hinder end of the lower jaw.
Mivart does not allude to the neuro-mandibularis as occurring in
either Parson’s Chameleon or in the Iguana, while Sanders de-
scribes it as being present in Phrynosoma, as well as in Liolepis.
Hoffmann recognizes it in his general account of the myology of
Lizards, while again Mivart (Elem. Anat. p. 311) figures two digas-
trics for Menopoma, the posterior one of which I take to be the
neuro-mandibularis.
Muscles of the Hyoidean Apparatus.
8. Genio-hyoideus—This is a flat muscular sheet composed of
fasciculi of coarse fibres, which, with the fellow of the opposite side,
forms a substantial fleshy underflooring to the buccal cavity.
Either genio-hyoid arises, carneous, from the entire anterior surface
of the corresponding thyro-hyal of the hyoid, and its fibres, con-
verging but very slightly, pass directly forwards to become inserted
along the inner aspect of the ramus of the mandible for the middle
third of its length. The deeper fibres of this muscle pass upwards
to become inserted into the base of the tongne. This muscle is
inclined to be more tendinous at its insertion than it is at its origin,
where in front it is separated from its fellow by quite an interval.
9. Cerato-hyoidcus.—By dividing the genio-hyoideus transversely
through its middle and reflecting back the cut extremities, we
expose the deeper set of the hyoidean muscles. The cerato-hyoideus
‘ T fail to find a “superficial temporal” in this lizard, as is described by
Mivart in Chameleon parsonii (PR. Z. 8. 1870).
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 161
consists of a loosely connected plain of coarse fibres, which arise
from the outer half of the posterior cornua of the hyoid, from the
under surface of the anterior horn of the same bone, and from the
membrane of the floor of the mouth. Passing directly forwards it
inserts itself, tendinous, into the inner aspect of the dentary
element of the mandible posterior to the symphysis. From this it
will be seen that this muscle is posteriorly broad and anteriorly
narrow.
10. Mandibularis.—This is a muscle that, thus far, I have failed
to find any published description of, although it was evidently seen
by Fischer, who has presented us with an imperfect drawing of it,
and apparently left the muscle unnamed (see fig. 1, Taf. xevii.
Bronn’s ‘Thier-Reichs,’ Bd. vi., iii. Abth., 33 & 34 Lief. 1882).
When I say an imperfect figure, I mean that the muscle does not
interdigitate with the m. genio-hyoideus superficialis as Fischer has
represented it, at least it does not in the several specimens of
Heloderma suspectum wherein I have examined it. The mandibu-
laris is a small muscle which has an origin for about half a centimetre
on the inner aspect of the dentary element of the mandibular ramus
just posterior to the point of attachment of the cerato-mandibularis.
It is quadrilateral in form, and its fibres pass directly across the
inter-ramal space to meet the muscle of the opposite side, which it
does in a delicate fascia in the median line. It is deep to the
genio-hyoideus, and I have provisionally bestowed the above name
upon it, until its homologies are better known.
11. Cerato-mandibularis.—In this we have a muscle that appears
to represent but a little more than the differentiated external margin
of the genio-hyoideus. It arises, on either side, from the apex of
the posterior cornua of the hyoid bone, and its fibres taking on the
same direction as those of the genio-hyoideus, the muscle inserts
itself by a delicate tendon into the antero-iuternal aspect of the
mandible just posterior to the insertion of the genio-hyoideus, and
upon the same plane with it. This muscle is the cerato-mandibular
of Mivart, and, in part, the mylo-hyoideus of Sanders ; it being the
cerato-mandibularis of Hoffmann.
12. The Omo-hyoideus is a handsomely developed muscle in this
lizard, arising for the most part from the anterior border of the
clavicle of the same side, and from the summit of the interclavicle,
and apparently by a single head. Its fibres forma flat band, which,
passing forwards and inwards, insert themselves into the posterior
surface of the basihyal, and the hinder margin of the corresponding
thyro-hyal for the inner two thirds of its length. Mesially it meets
the muscle of the opposite side for a limited distance in front, and
for the most part is superficial to the next two muscles to be de-
scribed. Externally it is overlapped by the sterno-mastoideus, and
we note that passing obliquely across its middle a tendinous line is
to be seen, from the external, and at the same time the most anterior,
half of which its fibres are inclined to be more cutwardly directed,
before making their insertion into the thyro-hyal.
13.» The Sterno-hyoideus is a much slenderer muscle than the last
162 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1
described one, and in its characters it almost agrees with the same
muscle in Liolepis, as described for us by Sanders. Arising from the
summit of the interclavicle and the adjacent fascia, it takes a course
directly up the middle of the neck, to become inserted into the basi-
hyal and for a limited distance on the adjacent thyro-hyal, on their
posterior margins. This muscle is almost in contact with the
fellow of the opposite side for its entire length.
14. The Sterno-hyoideus profundus is situated deep to the two
last-mentioned muscles, it taking origin from the interclavicle, the
corresponding clavicle for nearly its entire length, and from the deep
fascia of the neck adjacent to these parts. From this origin its
fibres are directed upwards, forwards, and outwards, to finally insert
themselves along the hinder border of the thyro-hyal of the same
side, from its tip inwardly to the point of insertion of the sterno-
hyoideus. At the postero-mesial point of origin this muscle and
the fellow of the opposite side are in contact.
Muscles of the Shoulder-Girdle and the Upper Extremity.
15. The Sterno-mastoideus in this lizard is a strong, broad, and
flat muscle, which arises from the summit of the interclavicle at its
external aspect, also from the adjacent fascia as far back as the
shoulder-joint. Passing obliquely upwards, forwards, and outwards,
it is inserted into the outer end of the squamosal of the corre-
sponding side. At its insertion it is covered by the zeuro-
mandibularis. Posterior to this the sterno-mastoideus is attached
to the superficial fascia overlying the deeper muscles of the back of
the neck, as far back as the third cervical vertebra. In this
locality the muscle becomes very thin. The anterior and posterior
portions of this muscle are somewhat individualized, more especially
the dorsal moiety of the muscle, where the cranial and cervical
insertional parts are quite distinct.
16. Trapezius.—This muscle is comparatively feebly developed
in Heloderma, being subtriangular in form, and overlapping behind
the anterior portion of the latissimus dorsi. It arises as a thin
sheet of tendon from the fascia that springs from the cervico-dorsal
vertebrze at the summits of their neural spines, from about the last
few cervical vertebrae, to include the first two dorsals. The fibres,
forming a thin muscular plane, converge as they pass down towards
the shoulder-joint, where they again become tendinous, and are
finally inserted at the anterior portion of the outer aspect of the
suprascapular of the same side, to the fascia below and posterior to
this, and more anteriorly to the outer extremity of the corre-
sponding clavicle.
17. Latissimus dorsi is a much better developed muscle than the
last described, being a strong, flat, triangular fasciculus of rather
coarse muscular fibres, which arise for ‘the most part from the
aponeurosis of the dorsum that is attached to the neural spines of
the tenth to the twenty-first vertebrae inclusive, being adherent to the
fascia covering the deeper muscles for some little distance outwards
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 163
from these points. Passing downwards and forwards it becomes
inserted by a strong tendon into the proximal third of the corre-
sponding humerus upon its ulnar aspect. The outer margin of this
muscle develops a strong tendon, which, as the muscle itself passes
between the heads of the triceps to its insertion, branches off to
insert itself into the triceps, upon its inner head. Mivart found a
similar tendon to this in Iguana, and Sanders in Phrynosoma; but
the latter anatomist found it absent in Liolepis.
18. Levator scapule.—tThis is a flat, triangular muscle that
arises fleshy from the external aspect of the anterior part of the
seapular and suprascapular, and from the anterior margins of both
of these bones. Its fibres converging as they pass directly forwards
and passing between the deep muscles at the side of the neck, it is
finally inserted by a strong tendon into the side of the atlas.
19. Pectoralis.—Heloderma has this important breast-muscle
well developed ; it arises from the external longitudinal half of the
entire length of the interelavicle, from the posterior border of the
inner end of the clavicle, from the ventral aspect of the sternum,
from the corresponding surfaces of the last four costal ribs and the
intercostal fascia, and finally posterior to these parts from the fascia
of those muscles of the abdomen which are situated deep to the
pectoralis.
From these several points of origin, a pectoralis of either side has
its fibres converging to a point represented by the tuberosity of the
humerus of the same side, and here they are inserted, tendinous,
upon a line defining its mesial aspect, and for its entire margin.
20. Deltoideus in the species before us arises by two heads—the
anterior head from the underside of the mesial extremity of the
clavicle ; the posterior head from the interclavicle close to the
anterior head, and from the surface of the sternum immediately ad-
jacent : these two heads are in contact for their entire lengths, and
their fibres are sent directly to the corresponding humerus; passing
backwards and outwards, they become inserted by a strong tendon
upon the head of that bone, just anterior to the next-to-be-described
muscle. [t appears that Sanders found in Liolepis and in Phry-
nosoma only that part of the deltoideus which represents its clavi-
cular portion present. I believe it has a double head in the /guana.
21. The Supraspinatus is a flat, triangular muscle of the chest,
which, in this lizard, arises from the anterior half of the mesial
margin of the coracoid, by means of a strong aponeurosis ; the fibres
converge as they tuke their way to the humerus of the same side,
and are inserted, tendinous, into the tuberosity of that bone, close to
the insertion of the pectoralis.
Here in Heloderma the supraspinatus appears almost to be
divisible into two parts, the anterior half of the muscle being
connected with the posterior half by an easily separable fascia ;_ but as
their origins are continuous, as well as their insertions, the muscle
could in no way be properly described as having two heads.
Hoffmann, who calls this muscle the m. supracoracoideus, in-
forms us in his synonymy that it is the subclavius of Rolleston, the
164 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
pectoralis II. of Stannius, and the epicoraco-humeral of Mivart.
Fiirbringer also called it the supracoracoideus. As in Liolepis, the
supraspinatus is covered by the deltotdeus at least for its inner
anterior part and anterior border. Mr. Sanders, who says that he
has “‘seen Prof. Rolleston’s paper (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi.
pt. 3), ‘On the Homologies of certain Muscles connected with the
Shoulder-joint,’ in which he goes far to prove that the ‘ epicoraco-
humeralis’ (which was Dr. Mivart’s name for the supraspinatus)
corresponds to the snbclavius; but these differences of interpretation
are reconciled by Mr. Galton’s paper ‘On the Myology of the
Orycteropus capensis, in the same volume, in which the author
shows that the subclavius in that animal has, among other inser-
tions, one into the fascia covering the supraspinatus. Another piece
of evidence bears upon this point; I believe that the nerve which in
anthropotomy supplies the supraspinatus, arises from the same cord
of the brachial plexus and close to the same one which supplies the
subclavius, so that the muscle in question really corresponds to the
subclavius at its origin, and to the supraspinatus at its insertion”
(P. Z. 8. 1872).
22. The Infraspinatus in Heloderma is a broad, thin, and fan-shaped
muscle which arises from a curved line occupying a middle position
upon the external surface of the suprascapula. From this poimt of
origin its fibres tend immediately to converge to a point, but terminate
ina strong, flat tendon which inserts itself upon the tuberosity of the
humerus just beyond the insertions of the deltoideus and supraspi-
natus.
23. The Zeres minor is one of the deeper muscles of this shoulder-
girdle group, and it arises from the antero-external border of the
coracoid and the adjacent margin of the scapula. Its fibres pass
upwards, backwards, and outwards, when, becoming tendinous, the
muscle inserts itself upon the proximal end of the humerus of the
same side, just beyond its head. Not far from its insertion, the
teres minor is bound down by a strong tendinous aponeurosis, which
latter comes off from the tendon of the long head of the ¢riceps,
connecting this last with the head of the humerus. Fiirbringer
called this muscle the scapulo-humeralis profundus, in which he was
followed by Hoffmann ; and according to this latter author it repre-
sents the swpraspinatus of Pfeiffer and Riidinger, the infraspinatus
of Mivart, the suprascapuiaris of Rolleston, and the teres minor of
Sanders: may we not in truth believe that there is still work to be
done in the myology of reptiles ?
24. Serratus superficialis—Two of the serrati muscles form an
oblong fleshy mass upon the external aspect of the thoracic parietes,
connecting the vertebro-costal ribs with the posterior border of the
suprascapula, Serratus superficialis arises by two digitations, the
most posterior of which springs from the outer surface of the
posterior extremity of the second sternal rib, while the larger or an-
terior one comes off from a similar point upon the first sternal rib.
Its fibres run forwards and upwards, and insert themselves upon the
hinder border of the suprascapula, at its postero-inferior angle.
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 165
This muscle is superficial and closely applied to the serratus pro-
fundus, its fibres having the same direction almost throughout its
length ; it is so inserted, however, that the wider s. profundus
extends beyond it, both beyond its superior and inferior borders
posteriorly ; while anteriorly, the lower margins of these two
muscles are nearly in the same line, and the s. profundus expends its
greater width above it, having a higher insertion upon the supra-
scapula.
25. Serratus profundus.—As I have already pointed out in the
description of the s. superficialis, the present muscle lies immediately
beneath the same. It arises from the superior extremities of the
first two sternal ribs ; from the lower end of the last cervical rib :
and from the lower end of the first dorsal rib, as well as from the
fascia stretching between these parts of the skeleton. Its fibres
taking a course forwards and upwards, they become inserted upon
the entire posterior border of the suprascapula, making slight en-
croachment upon the adjacent internal surface of the same bone.
26. Serratus tertius—This is the third muscle of the Serrati
group, and it arises by fleshy digitations from the fascia between the
last two cervical ribs (this part of the origin is very weak), from the
free extremities of the penultimate and next two anterior cervical
ribs. From this origin the muscle is thrown upwards as a thin,
fleshy sheet, covering the thoracic aspect of the corresponding scapula
and suprascapula, to finally insert itself along the free, inner margin
of the last-named bone, for the anterior four fifths of its superior
edge.
27. Sterno-coracoideus internus superficialis—To examine this
muscle from the ventral aspect one must disarticulate the coracoid
and the sternum, as the muscle iies within the thoracic cavity. It
will be found to arise from the externo-dorsal surface of the sternum;
from the anterior border of the same surface and from one or two
of the sternal ribs and the fascia between them, upon the same side.
From this origin its fibres pass directly forwards, converging some-
what as they do so, to become inserted into the coracoid, on its
inner aspect and near its lower anterior border, immediately in front
of the subscapularis.
28. Sterno-coracoideus internus profundus.—As its name indi-
cates, this muscle is deep to the one just described. It arises from
the inner chest-wall, aud from the thoracic aspect of the posterior
moiety of the sternum beyond it ; when, converging, its fibres
becoming tendinous, it finally inserts itself upon the inner surface of
the coracoid, above and somewhat anterior to the sterno-coracoideus
internus superficialis. Both these muscles were found to be present
in Liolepis belli by Sanders, while Mivart describes but one of
them as the ‘“sterno-coracoid”’ as occurring in Parson’s Chameelon.
Following Firbringer, they have also been termed the m. sterno-
coracoideus internus superficialis and m. sternocoracoideus internus
profundus by Hoffmann, who has said of them that “Die Mm.
sterno-coracoidei internt superficialis und profundus werden in der
Regel durch zwei an der Innenfliche des Brustbeins und ventralen
166 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. ],
Brustgiirtels gelegene Muskeln repriisentirt, die Sternum mit Cora-
coideum verbinden. Am einfachsten ist die Bildung bei Platy-
dactylus .... Hier entspringt ein ansehnlicher Muskel von der
Innenfliche und dem vorderen dusseren Rande des Sternum, sowie
von den angrenzenden Enden der Sternocostalleisten und geht
nach vorn zur Innenfliiche des Coracoideum. Dieser M. sterno-
coracoideus internus liisst an seinem insertiven Theile eine geweb-
liche Differenzirung erkennen, derart, dass die mediale Portion
sehnig und weiter vorn sich inserirt als die laterale, welche fleischig
sich an das Coracoideum ansetzt.”
“Diese Differenzirung entspricht der ersten Anlage einer Tren-
nung in zwei ganz selbstandige Muskeln, M. sterno-coracoideus
internus superficialis und M. sterno-coracoideus internus profundus,
wie sich dieselbe in ausgebildeten Zustande bei den meisten typischen
Sauriern findet.”
“Der WM. sterno-coracoideus internus superficialis entspringt von
der Innenfliiche der inneren Lippe der Coracoidfurche des Sternum
und inserirt sich medial neben dem hinteren Theil des Ursprungs
des M. subcoracoideus.”
‘“Der M. sterno-coracoideus internus profundus entspringt von
der Innenfliche des Sternum, namentlich im Bereiche des hinteren
Abschnittes, sowie von den angrenzenden Enden der Sternocostal-
leisten. Er geht in eine lange und ziemlich schmale Sehne tber,
welche sich an der Innenfliche des Coracoideum inserirt.”’
Bei den fusslosen Sauriern ist dieser Muskel in der Regel bis
auf spiirliche, seitlich gelegene Rudimente (Pygopus, Pseudopus,
Lialis), die speciell dem M. sterno-coracoideus internus superficialis
zu entsprechen scheinen, verkiimmert oder total reducirt (Ophiodes,
Acontias).” (Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs, Bd. vi. 22-24 Lief. pp. 625,
626, 1881).
29. Sternocosto-scapularis.—This muscle, described by Fiir-
bringer, is found to be well developed in Heloderma, and is seen to
arise, fleshy, from the anterior surface of the outer extremity of the
first sternal rib, and as a flattened and narrow fasciculus of fibres to
pass directly forwards to the internal surface of the scapula. Here
it is inserted, its insertion being found between the two divisions of
the suprascapularis muscle. Mivart, who calls this muscle the ‘‘costo-
coracoid,’ found it absent in Chameleon parsonii, but present in
Iguana; in the former, however, it is represented by a ‘“‘sheet of
membrane” (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 865). According to Hoffmann, it is
entirely absent in Platydactylus. And this last-named author
describes still another shoulder-girdle muscle for lizards, the ‘‘ teres
major,’ which I find to be lacking in Heloderma: of it he says,
“Entspringt entweder von dem hinteren Abschnitt der Aussen-
fliiche des Suprascapulare (Uromastix, Stellio, Trachysaurus), oder —
von dem hinteren Rande der Scapula und des Suprascapalare
(EZuprepes) und inserirt sich am Humerus in der Nahe des Pro-
cessus medialis, entweder fiir sich (Scincoiden) oder mit dem
Latissimus dorsi (Uromastix)”’ (loc. cit. p. 624).
30. Subscapularis.—As in the majority of true lizards, this muscle
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 167
is here diyided into two parts: the most posterior part envelops the
hinder border of the scapula and suprascapula in a fleshy mass, en-
croaching slightly upon the adjacent surface of the coracoid. After
this it converges to form rather a strong tendon, which is subse-
quently joined by the weaker tendon from the second part. This
latter arises from the inner surface of the corresponding coracoid,
covering a longitudinaily-placed, elliptical area, occupying the
greater ‘share of its lower third. As already intimated, its tendon
joins the tendon of the first part, just beyond the border of the
coracoid, when almost immediately they become inserted into the
distal margin of the head of the humerus at its posterior aspect.
Between these two divisions of the subscapularis, the sternocosto-
scapularis muscle is inserted, upon the mesial aspect of the shoulder-
biade. Externally, the subscapularis covers by its origin about half
of the scapula, extending but very slightly upon the suprascapula,
and in this locality is covered for its anterior portion by the infra-
spinatus. Just before inserting its tendon upon the humerus, a
portion of the former is deflected and so expanded as to become in-
serted into the juxtaposed capsular ligament of the shoulder-joint,
and this part of the insertion of the subscapularis seems to be en-
joyed by the muscle among most Lizards.
Furbringer and Hoffmann term this muscle the subcoracoscapularis,
but the name I here adopt for it is the one that has been used by
Mivart, Sanders, Stannius, Pfeiffer, Riidinger, and other anatomists.
ol. The Biceps here arises but by a single tendon, of some
considerable width, which has its origin upon the external surface
of the coracoid of the same side, it being limited to a curved line
on the posterior moiety of the bone immediately within the line of
the sterno-coracoidal articulation. The muscle passes directly down
to a point just in front of the elbow-joint. It is not until it gets
opposite the head of the humerus, however, that the thin flat tendon
of the diceps becomes carneous, and even here it does not show
any disposition, as it does nowhere else throughout its extent, to
divide so as to exhibit anything that might be compared to two
heads. At the middle of the brachium the muscle is considerably
bellied and fleshy. Opposite the elbow-joint it again becomes
tendinous, and its tendon here is transversely disposed, binds down
the anterior aspect of the brachialis anticus muscle, as it spans the
interosseous space, and finally is inserted into both the ulna and
the radius, the ulnar insertion being much the stronger of the two.
Sanders found that the diceps is only represented by its coracoidal
head in Liolepis, while Mivart found that in Parson’s Chameleon
its insertional slips arched over the brachialis anticus muscle, ex-
posing the latter to view in front, and he says of it, that ‘‘ Descend-
ing in front of the insertion of the pectoralis, it there becomes fleshy,
and becomes more or less divisible into two bellies, which embrace
the brachialis anticus in front, but leave part of the latter visible
within and without the arm.” As I have just said, here in
Heloderma it covers the brachialis anticus, and simply spans the
interosseous space in front of it as it makes its double insertion,
168 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
and it agrees with all these forms in possessing only its coracoidal
head.
32. Coraco-brachialis brevis——This is one of the deep muscles of
the shoulder-girdle found upon the anterior aspect of the chest, and
is here very well developed. It arises from the outer surface of the
coracoid, between the rounded, posterior angle of that bone to a
point anteriorly next to the origin of the teres minor. Its area of
origin is luniform, the concavity being towards the humerus ; and
agreeing in form, posteriorly, with ‘the coracoid, which in this
locality ‘it nearly covers. Its fibres converge as they pass towards
the humerus, upon which bone the muscle is inserted, the insertion
being upon a line extending from the head of the bone to a point at
the junction of upper and middle thirds, on its anterior surface: the
coraco-brachialis brevis also makes a partial insertion into the cap-
sule of the shoulder-joint.
Posteriorly, this muscle is firmly overlapped by the thin, flat
tendon of the dzceps, while more anteriorly some of the superficial
muscles cross it to the humerus.
33. Coraco-brachialis longus.—This is a very differently charac-
terized muscle from the one I have just described, it being long and
slender, passing parallel to the humerus for its entire length. It
arises, upon either side, from the posterior rounded angle of the
coracoid, making slight encroachment upon the adjacent posterior
surface of the bone. From this origin this long and fleshy muscle
goes directly to the internal condyle of the humerus, into which it
inserts itself: its insertion also extends slightly up the shaft of the
bone, while its fascia merges with the fascia of the shoulder-joint.
Sanders, Furbringer, and Hoffmann all adopt the same names for
these muscles as I have given them here, the first-named authority
using them in the case of Liolepis belli as early as 1872. Both the
coraco-brachialis brevis and longus are invariably present, so far as I
am aware, in all true Lizards.
34. Brachialis anticus.—Comparatively larger than we find it in
many Vertebrates, this muscle becomes one of the important ones of
the arm, being even larger than the biceps. It arises, somewhat
tendinous, from the entire antero-external aspect of the shaft of the
humerus, from tuberosity to condylar extremity, being intimately
associated with the ¢riceps upon its inner side, and in contact with
the biceps externally. Passing between the muscles of the forearm
in company with the tendon of the biceps, it inserts itself, tendinous,
into the proximal extremities of the radius and ulna, upon their
anterior surfaces, being largely covered by the insertional tendon of
the biceps in front.
Firbringer terms this muscle the “ humero-antebrachialis inferior,”
a name also adopted by Hoffmann ; it being the brachialis anticus of
Mivart and the Grachialis internus of Riidinger. It generally inserts
itself into both bones of the forearm, bit Mivart found that in
Chameleon parsonii this muscle inserted itself only into the ulna.
35. Triceps.—This thick and powerful muscle at the back of the
arm, here in our present subject exhibits four points of origin, viz. :—
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 169
(1) Its first head, and distinctly the largest, arises from the
entire posterior aspect of the shaft of the humerus, from the head
ot the bone to the condyles. This part of the origin of the triceps
is comparatively carneous.
(2) Another, and a very much smaller, carneous head springs
trom a longitudinal line upon the posterior aspect of the shaft of the
humerus, extending from the tuberosity to a point a little above the
internal condyle. At the upper part of the shaft of the humerus
the insertional tendon of the latissimus dorsi passes between these
two heads.
(3) A strong, cord-like tendon of the friceps springs from the
superior glenoid margin of the scapula, which merges into the fleshy
part of the muscle after it passes the head of the humerus. We find
given off from the proximal end of this tendon, a thin, though
strong tendinous sheet, which passes across to the humeral head,
binding down as it does so the insertional extremity of the ¢eres
minor.
(4) Finally, we finda long flat tendon of the ¢riceps arising from the
inner surface of the coracoid near its postero-inferior angle. This
crosses over to the upper part of the belly of the muscle, and merges
into it at a point immediately in front of the insertion of the datis-
simus dorsi. A tendinous connection is made between this last-
named muscle and this coracoid-head of the ¢riceps at the point we
have indicated.
The ¢riceps is inserted by a powerful tendon into the olecranon
process of the ulna, but no sesamoid develops there as was found
to be the case in Parson’s Chameleon by Mivart, and in Livlepis
belli by Sanders. This sesamoid is also alluded to by Hoffmann as
the “ patella ulnaris,” in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs’ (/oe. cit. p. 632).
Of the Musculature of the Antibrachium and Manus.
36. Supinator longus.—This, one of the most important and con-
spicuous muscles of the forearm, arises semitendinous from the ex-
ternal condyle of the humerus, and immediately makes insertion
along the entire length of the shaft of the radius, upon its supero-
external aspect. Hoffmann has very truly remarked in reference to
this muscle that “ Man kann an diesem Muskel gewohnlich zwei
zuweilen drei oder selbst vier Portionen unterscheiden (letzteres bei
Iguana, nach Mivart). Alle diese Portionen entspringen von dem
Epicondylus s. Condylus externus humeri (bei Platydactylus auch
noch von dem unteren Drittel des Humerus, bei Liolepis oberhalb
des Condylus). Seine Insertion findet, wie gesagt, an der ganzen
Lange des Radius statt.” These remarks apply equally well to
the supinator in Heloderma.
37. Extensor digitorum longus.—In this we have another muscle
which is prominently developed in the forearm of our present sub-
ject. Arising by a strong tendon from the external condyle it
passes down the limb to merge into a thin, flat tendon over the
wrist-joint, beyond which it trifureates, a slip going to be inserted
170 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
in each case into the base of the second, third, and fourth metacarpal
bones. Just beyond its origin this muscle is very thick and fleshy, and
in this locality fuses to some little extent with the supinator longus,
while at its insertion a thin tendinous expansion more or less unites
its slips of division, and spreads out over the back of the carpus.
38. Extensor carpi radialis.—Running parallel with the extensor
digitorum longus, this muscle likewise arises, tendinous, from the
external condyle of the humerus, and, as it approaches the carpus, it
forms a slender tendon which inserts itself into the os carpi radiale.
This muscle has not more than a quarter the bulk of the extensor
digitorum longus, with which it is quite intimately connected along
its radial border.
39. Evtensor digitorum brevis.—Superficially, on the back of the
manus, we observe a divided set of muscles, which constitute the
short extensors of the phalanges. Five-parted, but each slip more
or less distinct, the extensor digitorum brevis arises from the dorsal
aspect of the five metacarpal bones at their proximal extremities, and
from the ossicles of the first row of the carpus. These slips are
flesby over the back of the hand, but become tendinous, each one
at the bases of the digits, and a tendon runs along the back of each
phalanx to the base of the ungual joint, where it is, in each case,
inserted.
Proximally, these muscular slips are imbricated, while distally
their tendons, as they pass over each phalangeal joint in the fingers,
send down lateral tendinous slips on either side, which attach to the
sides of the heads of the finger-bones.
40. Extensor carpi ulnaris.—Springing from the postero-external
aspect of the external condyle of the humerus, in common with the
flexor carpi ulnaris, by « strong tendon, this muscle passes down
the side of the forearm; when opposite the radial side of the wrist
it develops a strong tendon which, passing between the muscles of
the hand on that side, finally inserts itself into the proximal end
of the fifth metacarpal, upon its external surface.
41. Ulno-metacarpalis pollicis—I propose this name for the
present muscle in lieu of the ‘ Ulno-pollicialis dorsalis s. Abductor
pollicis longus” of Fiirbringer, or even the ‘* M. ulno-metacarpialis
I” of Hoffmann. It is the Abductor pollicis longus of Stannius,
the Ewtensor ossis metacarpi pollicis of Mivart and Sanders. It
arises from the dorsal aspect of the lower third of the forearm ;
springing from the upper surface of the shaft of the ulna, it passes
obliquely across the carpus, to finally develop a strong little tendon
which is inserted into the proximal end of the pollex metacarpal,
upon its dorsa! side.
42. The flevor carpi ulnaris arises by two heads—one from
the posterior surface of the radial condyle of the humerus, and the
other from the side of the proximal extremity of the ulna and from
the olecravon process of that bone. These are at first strong tendons,
but soon become carneous and forming a flat, powerful muscle running
down the outer side of the forearm, which again becomes tendinous
at the wrist, to finally insert itself into the pisiform bone, upon the
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 171
ulnar side. To speak more strictly, this superficial muscle of the
forearm does not altogether run down its outer side, but rather
crosses the limb somewhat obliquely, from the proximo-radial side
to the ulno-distal aspect.
43. Flevor carpi radialis—This rather slender muscle, though it
develops a strong tendon both at its origin and insertion, arises from
the internal humeral condyle, and, passing down superficially, on
that side of the forearm, it becomes inserted into the os carpi radiale,
and furthermore sends a tendinous slip to be inserted into the
proximal extremity of the pollex metacarpal.
44. The Pronator radii teres is a conspicuous muscle of some
considerable bulk, which arises from the internal condyle of the
humerus, by means of a strong tendon, and is inserted into the
anterior surface of the shaft of the radius for fully half its length.
It is fleshy at its insertion, and intimately related to the flexor carpi
radialis for its entire length.
45. Pronator accessorius.—Mivart found this interesting muscle
present both in the Iguana and in Parson’s Chameleon, but according
to Sanders it is abseat both in Liolepis and Platydactylus, and
preseat in Phrynosoma. Hoffmann states that it is absent in Gonio-
cephalus, and he terms the muscle the M. ulno-carpalis. Riidinger
termed it the Pronaior quadratus proprius ; Mivart gave it the name
here adopted ; it is the Pronator radii brevis of Sanders, and the
Wino-navicularis of Fiirbringer. Heloderma suspectum has it arising
from the anterior aspect of the internal condyle of the humerus by
rather a slender tendon, whence it passes directly across to the radius
to make a carneous insertion upon rather more than the middle third
of the shaft of that bone, along a line upon its inferior aspect. The
tendons of the biceps and the brachialis anticus pass between this
muscle and the proximal third of the shaft of the radius, to their
insertions.
46. Pronator quadratus.—Having removed the superficial layer
of muscles from the anterior aspect of the forearm, we readily expose
the present one. It is seen to be a fleshy plane of muscular fibres
which obliquely span the inter-radio-uluar space ; arising froma line
extending down the shaft of the ulna on its radial side, these fibres
pass forwards to the radius and insert themselves on the entire length
of its shaft, on the side opposite the ulna.
Heloderma suspectum, then, possesses all three of these pronator
muscles in its forearm, but we see from what has gone before that
some lizards may have but one of them, others only two, and still
others all three: so, then, we may judge that when the morphology
of these Vertebrates is better known, these differences may come into
play, as one good set of characters, in their classification.
At the postero-external aspect of the distal end of the ulna, at the
back of the carpus, there is found in Heloderma a concavo-convex
bonelet which I take to be the “‘pisiform.”’ Attention is drawn to
this ossicle here as we shall have to refer to it in the description of
our next muscle.
47. Flexor perforans digitorum.—Before rendering my account
172 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
of this muscle, and the next one to be described, in Heloderma, I
would say that I have found fundamental differences in both of them
as compared with the corresponding muscles in other Lizards, as
they are described for us by the various authors before me, for a
number of forms. So different, indeed, did I find the present one,
that I dissected it out in three forearms of three separate individuals ;
not only that, but I was not satisfied until I had again gone over all
the other muscles of the forearm, removing them one at a time until
only the flecor perforans digitorum and the flexor perforatus digitorum
remained. The present muscle was found to be the same in all of
these specimens. It arises by a broad and common tendon, in two
well-defined parts, from the internal condyle of the humerus. Of
these the larger and more massive part arises on a line below the
origin of the flexor carpi radialis, while the origin of the second
part is to be sought beneath the tendon of origin of this last-named
muscle. Nice discrimination is required to properly separate these
muscles at their common origin; and Sanders found that in Liolepis
the flexor carpi radialis and the flewor perforans digitorum were
inseparable in this part of their course.
Returning to the first part of the muscle we have now under con-
sideration, we find that it stretches between the internal humeral
condyle and the pisiform bone of the carpus, its carneous portion
forming a muscular mass, of no inconsiderable bulk, at the middle
of the flexor aspect of the forearm. Its insertion covers the entire
palmar surface of the pisiform bone, the insertion of the tendon of
the f. carpi ulnaris being found to its outer side. At the middle
of the forearm, over the interosseous space, this part throws off a
flat, muscular slip, which, becoming tendinous just before arriving at
the wrist, joins the tendons of distribution of the second part of the
flexor perforans digitorum, and with them passes beneath the annular
ligament of the carpus.
Now both of these parts of our present muscle not only have an
origin from the internal condyle of the humerus, as I have already
described above, but they both likewise arise from the entire length
of the contiguous surface of the shaft of the ulna: this division of
the origin is quite free from the belly of the smaller, or second part
of the f. perforans digitorum, but it becomes far more intimate with
it at the carpus, at the point where the tendon commences that passes
beneath the annular ligament to go to the fingers. This last-
mentioned tendon still remains to be described. A large, flat sesamoid
occurs in the broad and compressed trunk of this as it passes over
the wrist-joint. In the palm the tendon splits into five strong slips,
and these are distributed in regular order to the five digits, each
one passing to the end of its proper finger to be inserted into the
base of the ungual phalanx, upon its flexor side. A triangular
muscular slip of some considerable size is given off from this tendon
as it passes over the wrist, and its fibres converging they become
inserted into one or two of the mid-carpal bones. Sanders found
a muscular development similar to this in Liolepis. The muscular
slip that goes to the pollex digit apparently does not give off either
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 173
auxiliary muscular slips or tendons, but simply passes through the
semitendinous tube developed for it by the flewor perforatus digitorum.
At the point of bifurcation, from the dorsal aspect of the tendon-slip
that goes to the second digit, we find two muscular slips given off:
the one on the ulnar side distally forms a slender tendon which joins
the corresponding tendon of the flexor perforatus digitorum; the
one on the radial side inserts itself into the base of the proximal
joint of the corresponding phalanx. This arrangement also obtains
in the case of the third and fourth digits, and to a considerable
extent with the fifth digit also.
48. The Flexor perforatus digitorum, as in so many lizards, is a
muscle confined to the palm of the hand. In the reptile before us it
arises by a common tendon from the pisiform bone and to some extent
from the annular ligament of the wrist. From its point of origin it
immediately radiates in the direction of the fingers, primarily dividing
into five slips, each one going to its proper digit, and together forming
a comparatively thick muscular pad for the palm of the hand. Each
and all of these slips are quite distinct, and the one devoted to the
pollex is especially thick: this latter at its insertion develops two
small tendon-slips which attach, upon either side, to the proximal
end of the first phalangeal joint at its latero-palmar aspect, and
between these passes the tendon of the deep flexor which goes to this
digit. A firm connective tissue both extensively and intimately
surrounds the joint at this point, and has to be dissected away before
the true relations of the parts can be clearly seen ; and, further, we
find that a tubular canal arises in this locality, stretching longi-
tudinally along the nether aspect of the phalanx, being attached to
its sides, and through it passes the digit-tendon of this finger fur-
nished by the deep flexor. In the case of the second finger the
arrangement is essentially quite different from what I have just
described it for the thumb; and here, too, as already pointed out
above, the power of the muscle is augmented by the reception, at
its ulnar side, of an auxiliary slip offered on the part of the deep
flexor. We also find the fibrous, tubular canal present, as already
described, and in this finger, as is indeed the case with all of the
remaining phalanges, this tube abruptly terminates at the middle of
the joint next behind the ungual one, at its palmar aspect, while an
inner secondary tube also presents a terminal aperture opposite the
middle of the proximal phalanx. Returning, now, to the difference
in the arrangement of the tendons in this finger, I would point out
the following interesting structures : instead of the insertional tendon-
slip of the flewor perforatus digitorum of the second digit becoming
inserted on either side of the proximal joint at its base, as is the case
in the pollex, and thus allowing the deep tendon of the perforans to
pass between them, it splits, and allows the same to pass through
the perforation, but after that this slip-tendon of the perforatus is
inserted as a single cord into the base of the second phalanx of the
digit.
Save I will also invite attention to some other structures, which
perhaps more properly should have fallen under my description of
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XIII. 13
174 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
the flewor perforans digitorum, but they are more forcibly brought
to our notice at this point in our dissections. In the ease of the
second digit, which we still have under consideration, it is seen that
when the tendon of the flexor perforans digitorum has passed
through the perforation of the flewor perforatus digitorum, it in
turn sends off a very delicate tendon which is perforated in its turn
by the tendon of the f. perforatus digitorum, and which thereafter
becomes inserted into the base of the second phalanx immediately
posterior to the insertion of the tendon of the same. Again, when
the tendon ef the f. perforans digitorum passes the second joint of
this second finger it sends off still another delicate tendon, which
this time becomes inserted into the phalanx just referred to, at a
point just posterior to its head. Finally, I find upon closer observa-
tion that in the case of the muscular slips which are thrown off on
the part of the slip-tendons of the f. perforans digitorum in the
palm of the hand, and which go to be inserted into the bases of the
proximal phalanges of the third and fourth digits, that they so
divide that the muscular slip between the second and third, as well
as between the third and fourth metacarpals goes partly to the base
of one finger and partly to the other, on either hand, for insertion.
We will now consider the method of insertion of that slip of the
f. perforatus digitorum which serves the third digit. This is very
peculiar. Its main tendon is inserted into the palmar aspect of the
distal extremity of the second phalanx, and is duly perforated near
its middle by the proper tendon of the deep flexor. In addition to
this it throws forwards still another and a delicate tendon, which in
turn is inserted into the dase of the phalanx just mentioned. This
last tendon is perforated at its middle by the tendon both of the
first-described tendon of the f. perforatus, as well as by the tendon
of the f. perforans digitorum. We find here, also, that the tendon
of the deep flexor sends off a delicate slip opposite each phalanx of
the digit under consideration, which, in every case, becomes inserted
into the several phalanges immediately posterior to their heads.
The arrangement in the case of the fourth digit is essentially the
same as that we have just described as obtaining in the third. In
the fifth digit it is also the same, but the f. perforatus digitorum
does not possess the auxiliary perforated tendon.
Comparing this with what Sanders found in the correspond-
ing parts in Liolepis belli, we find them to be quite different in
many particulars, as the reader may see by referring to that
anatomist’s work upon the reptile to which I allude. On the other
hand, I am unable to compare these parts with the corresponding
ones in J/guana tuberculata as they are offered us by Professor
Mivart, for the reason that that investigator omitted to give a full
account of the details as to the manner of insertion of the deep and
superficial flexors in the form he selected for their demonstration,
and in his drawing of the same the integuments have not been
removed from the phalanges (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 785, fig. 6).
One would hardly look for such a high degree of specialization in
the matter of these flexors of the hand of Heloderma as the reptile
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 175
is not called upon to use that member, so far as the writer knows,
for any particular operation requiring either marked flexibility or
suppleness; it simply plods about, and neither runs up trees,
grasping the smaller twigs, nor does it especially use its fore feet in
feeding.
Before closing what I have to say about this muscle I would
direct attention to the fact that Professor Mivart, in his ‘ Elementary
Anatomy’ (p. 331), has said, that in Iguana “this muscle can
hardly be said to be inserted by definite tendons” ; while, again,
their mode of insertion in PArynosoma seems, according to Sanders,
to be very simple (P. Z.S. 1874, p. 80).
49. The Abductor quinti digiti arises, fleshy, from the anterior
aspect of the pisiform bone, and, its fibres contracting to become
tendinous distally, it inserts itself into the shaft of the fifth meta-
carpal bone, immediately proximad to its head and upon the palmar
aspect.
50. The Adductor quinti digiti is here well represented, being a
delicate, thin, little band of muscular fibres which arise from the inner
side of the proximal end of the pollex metacarpal, and, passing
obliquely across the palm of the hand, are inserted into the proximal
extremity, on the inner aspect, of the proximal phalanx of the fifth
digit. This very distinct and interesting muscle I examined with
the greatest care, but it does not seem to be recognized by
Hoffmann, nor does it agree with what Sanders found in Liolepis.
In Heloderma it is at once brought into view the moment we cut
across and turn back the f. perforans digitorum, and it is found to
be wider across its middle part than it is either at its origin or its
insertion.
51. The Adductor quinti digiti proprius is a thick muscle which
arises from the two outer bones of the second row of the carpus, upon
the ulnar side, and passing directly forwards and a little outwards,
inserts itself, carneous, along the entire length of the fifth meta-
carpal, upon the inner aspect of its shaft. This may be the
Adductor quinti digiti of Sanders as found by him in Liolepis
(P. Z. S. 1872, p. 168), while the muscle I here describe as the
Adductor quinti digiti may be his Abductor quarti digiti (loc. cit.
p- 169) ; but even in that event they are essentially very different,
since the Adductor quarti digiti of Sanders, as found by him in
Liolepis, is inserted into the ulnar side of the last phalanx of the
fourth digit.
52. Abductor metacarpi pollicis is the name I here propose for
another very well-developed muscle in the palm of the lizard before
us. It arises from the two outer bones of the second row of the
carpus upon the radial side, and from the dense aponeurotic fascia
of the same region. Passing forwards and a little outwards the
muscle is inserted, carneous, along the entire length of the shaft of
the pollex metacarpal, upon its inner aspect.
53. Lumbricales.—The auxiliary muscular slips which I described
above when speaking of the flexor perforatus and perforans digi-
torum muscles undoubtedly represent the lumbrical muscles in this
13*
176 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. I,
reptile. There were found to be five of them, and they passed from
the tendon-slips of the f. perforans digitorum in the palm of the hand
to the corresponding tendons of the f. perforatus digitorum and the
bases of the proximal joints of the digits, as already pointed out
above. Professor Mivart has carefully described these as they
occur in Jguana tuberculata (P.Z.S8. 1867, p. 785).
54. Interossei palmares.—There are three of these in the palm
of the hand of Heloderma; they are unusually handsomely
developed, somewhat peculiar, and I have studied them with great
care, aided by a powerful lens. They arise by three thin, though
strong, tendons, from two bones of the second row of the carpus.
The first one springs from the outer one upon the ulnar side; the
second one from the same bone as well as from the second in the
row; the third comes off entirely from the second bone of the row.
The first-mentioned muscle enlarges and becomes carneous as it
passes forwards and is inserted, fleshy, into the distal extremity of
the shaft of the fourth metacarpal bone upon its palmar aspect and
just behind its head. Number two, or the middle one of the
three of these interossei palmares, possesses a similar form to the
one just described, and makes a similar insertion upon the shaft of
the third metacarpal. Finally, the one on the side of pollex is
inserted in a like manner into the second metacarpal.
I am thus careful in presenting these insertions of the palmar
interosseous muscles, for the reason that Professor Mivart found
that in Iguana tuberculata they were inserted “one on each side of
the proximal phalanx of each of the three middle digits” (P.Z.S.
1867, p. 786). From their position here, it will at once be seen
that these muscles are not truly “ interossei,” but rather rest upon
the palmar aspects of the metacarpal bones, and it is from their
position in the hands of most mammals that the term has been
derived.
55. Interosset dorsales.—The first of these arises from the radio-
palmar aspect of the base of the second metacarpal, and passing
obliquely forwards and outwards becomes inserted along the inner
side of the shaft of the pollex metacarpal, and distally by a tendon
into the base of the proximal phalanx of the same digit, at its
internal latero-dorsal aspect. We also note a thin, but rather
broad, tendon, stretching obliquely between the two metacarpals
here referred to, at their further extremities, the insertion upon the
second metacarpal being the higher on the shaft. The second
dorsal interosseous arises from the base of the third metacarpal at a
point corresponding to that, just described, on the second meta-
carpal as the origin of the first dorsal interosseous, and, passing
obliquely across, is similarly inserted into the proximal phalanx of
the second digit, and along the inner side of the shaft of its meta-
carpal bone. Similar interosseous muscles to these are found
between the digits and their metacarpal bones of the third and
fourth, and the fourth and fifth, phalanges, as are also the auxiliary
oblique tendons referred to above; and thus it will be seen that
Heloderma possesses four interossei dorsales.
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 177
Of the Musculature of the Trunk and Tail.
56. Spinalis dorsi.—Heloderma suspectum has this muscle quite
powerfully developed, it being a firm, longitudinal welt wedged in
between the neural spines of the vertebre on the one hand and the
longissimus dorsi muscle on the other, and extending the entire
length of the back. Its thickest parts are in the cervical and dorsal
regions, while down the latter half of the tail it gradually tapers
away to a tendinous thread at the tip. Its structure is well seen in
the mid-dorsal region, where superficially it is characterized by a series
of oblique, closely juxtaposed, tendons, which, passing forward from
the muscular mass, and stretching by nearly four of the vertebree,
are each in turn inserted into a neural spine of one of the same.
Still more deeply situate we find other tendons somewhat similar to
these last, which are inserted into the interspinous ligaments, the
fascia, and more or less upon the sides of the neurapophyses them-
selves. All these I take to be tendons of insertion of the spinalis
dorsi, and cutting down more deeply on the muscle we find its origin
to be a system of tendons which arise from the anterior margins of
the prezygapophy ses of the vertebrze and by fleshy origins from the
superior aspects of the same. Where the muscle passes over the
pelvis, corresponding attachments are made to the sacral vertebree.
Following it into the cervical region, we find the spinalis dorsi still
thick though more laterally compressed, and it is finally inserted,
first by a tendon, having something of the character of a ligamentum
nuche, into the middle of the posterior border of the parietal bone,
mesiad to the complexus, into the supraoccipital which the latter
overhangs, and also by stout carneous fasciculi into the posterior
margins of the neurapophysis, the postzygapophysis, and to some
slight extent into the ventral surface of the atlas vertebra. These
insertions are not entirely fleshy, but semitendinous, and the neural
spine of the atlas is much aborted. As we pass from sacrum to
tip of tail the spinalis dorsi, as I have already said, gradually
diminishes in size, while at the same time it comes to be more and
more intimately blended with the swpracaudal upon either side of it, as
it is between these muscles that itis found in this part of its course.
The muscles of the nuchal region of Heloderma are very much
blended together, and consequently difficult of dissection and
individualization. Hoffmann has also called this muscle the spinalis
dorsi, but incorrectly quotes Sanders as having termed it the
“sphincter dorsi”’ (Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs,’ Bd. vi. Abth. iii. p. 618,
quoting P. Z.S. 1872, p. 161).
57. The Longissimus dorsi may almost be considered as the
direct extension forwards of the supracaudal muscles, for it is only
at the leading sacral vertebra, superficially, that we can detect a
semi-distinct, transverse, line of demarcation that seems to indicate
the point where a blending takes place among the caudal muscles
on the one hand, and the longissimus dorsi and the sacro-lumbalis
on the other. Along the dorsum the present muscle is quite
intimately united, by an intervening bond of semidense fascize, with
178 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
the mesially situated spinalis dorsi, and the sacro-lumbalis upon its
outer side. And its origin seems to be in the sacro-lumbar region,
where it arises, for the most part, from the diapophyses of the
vertebree ; but as it passes to the middle of the back, and the cervical
region beyond, its attachment becomes insertional, and by tendinous
points of development it makes fast to the apices of the postzyga-
pophyses, and to the dorsal surfaces of the ribs on their outer sides.
Origin and insertion apparently are more or less blended in mid-
dorsal region, but this muscle is distinctly insertional in the cervico-
dorsal and cervical regions, while still more anteriorly the longissimus
dorsi becomes specialized and goes to form muscles that will next be
described.
58. Compleaus.—This is a most powerful muscle here, con-
stituting as it does the antero-median insertion of the longissimus
dorst upon the skull. We may consider it as coming off from more
or fewer of the post-axial vertebrze, and it is inserted into the
posterior border of the parietal bone, as well as into the hinder
surface of the cranium below it. _ All these muscles of the neck are
quite intimately blended, more especially the two or three at present
under consideration.
59. The Trachelo-mastoid is another muscle which continues the
longissimus dorsi forwards to the skull behind, being situated
external to the last, and inserted principally into the os occipitale
externus.
60. Transversalis colli is the last of the three muscular fasciculi
which insert themselves into the posterior aspect of the cranium, as
the forward prolongations of the longissimus dorsi. It attaches
itself at a poimt lower than any of them, being inserted into the
basioccipital near the rectus anticus major, and intimately associated
on its outer side with the cervicalis ascendens. ‘This muscle
is the complexus minor of Mivart, as found by him in Parson’s
Chameleon.
61. Sacro-lumbalis.—In our present subject this muscle arises
from the superficial aspect of the hinder end of the ilium of the
corresponding side, and, passing as a narrow band over the pelvic
region, it commences to broaden as it covers the ribs. From thence
on to the neck it has a width greater than the spinalis dorsi and the
longissimus dorsi together, but mesiad it is not so thick vertically,
while it gradually becomes thinner as it passes outwards. As in the
case of the two muscles just mentioned, the general direction of its
fibres is directly forwards, and its insertion is found to be upon the
dorsal surface of each rib, for more or less their inner thirds. These
insertions are tendinous and very firm, while the ventral surface of
the muscle itself is quite intimately blended with the intercostals,
and more posteriorly with the quadratus lumborum. On its inner
side, for its entire length, it is easily dissected from the longissimus
dorsi, the two muscles being quite distinct, while anteriorly it
merges into the cervicalis ascendens, a muscle which constitutes its
proper continuation forwards.
62. Cervicalis ascendens.—This muscle is handsomely developed
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 179
here. It arises from the anterior border of the leading cervical rib,
and passing forwards and slightly inwards it is inserted into the side
of the centrum of the atlas vertebra. The tendon of the levator
scapule of the same side is also attached there, just anterior to it.
63. Rectus posticus major.—Underlying the complexus, this
muscle arises from the neurapophyses or neural spines of the first
three or four cervical vertebrae, and passing directly forwards
becomes inserted upon the posterior aspect of the cranium, into the
supraoccipital hone. As the atlas is without neural spine, in its
case the muscle only arises from the neurapophyses.
64. Rectus anticus major.—This is a very distinct and handsomely
developed muscle ; arising from the ventral aspects of the first eight
cervical vertebree, or, more strictly speaking, from the ventral aspects
of the centra of these vertebre, and also from the anterior borders of
the third to the fifth cervical ribs inclusive, it passes forward to
insert itself into the basioccipital bone of the base of the cranium.
Its points of origin from the ribs are to be found close to the
vertebrae.
65. A small Scalenus anticus is to be seen arising from the
lateral aspect of the second cervical vertebra, and the next
one or two that follow it, and its fibres passing backwards and
outwards are found to be inserted into the leading two free ribs
of the neck, while internally it also attaches to the centra of
the fifth and sixth vertebrae. Sanders has said of this muscle in
Iiolepis, that “ at its insertion it is continuous dorsad with the sacro-
lumbalis, and posteriorly with the intercostales.” The same may be
said of it in Heloderma.
66. The Caudal Muscles: the Supracaudal.—Structurally the
tail of this reptile is quite a remarkable part of its organization,
as the following description will go to show. It will be seen that it
is naturally divided by four muscular sulci. Of these, one is a
supero-median longitudinal sulcus, that, as in the case of all the
others, runs the entire length of the tail: there are two mid-lateral
sulci, one upon either side; and, finally, an infero-median longitu-
dinal sulcus. These grooves are carried clear down to the caudal
vertebrae, each being lightly held together by connective tissue in
life, except the superior one, in which feeble tendinous bands stretch
across obliquely from side to side, that go to bind the supracaudals
more closely together than any of the remaining tail-muscles.
From this arrangement it will be seen that each lateral half of the
tail has two divisions, a supero-lateral and an infero-lateral one.
Each of these is made up of certain caudal muscles, which,
beginning muscular at the body, become more and more fibro-
tendinous as they proceed towards the tip of the tail. Upon
making a transverse section of one of these parts, the fact is revealed
to us that internally it is composed of two longitudinally disposed
compartments, divided by the muscle dipping down between them.
Either of these compartments is large and conically tipped at its
proximal extremity, from whence it gradually tapers to a point at its
distal end. The eight compartments of the tail, thus formed, are
180 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON (Apr. 1,
completely filled with fat, which, in this alcoholic specimen now
under my investigation, is of nearly a pure white colour. Feeble
fibrous divisions divide it apparently into irregular cells; these
merge into a line along the vertebra, any pair of compartments
forming a single longitudinal, fibro-tendinous line, which blends
with the tendinous insertional part of the enclosing muscle, that
attaches along from vertebra to vertebra in the same locality. I
fail to call to my mind at the present moment any other lizard
that is thus supplied with a large store of adipose tissue in its tail,
and it would almost seem that it was to serve the purpose of a
storehouse commissariat, upon which the entire economy of this
reptile could draw in times of need, during its brief period of
hibernation in some regions of its range, or, as in torrid Arizona,
when the food-supply becomes scarce or difficult for this clumsy
lizard to capture.
The supracaudal muscle is the direct continuation backwards of
the spinalis dorsi, and being but attached to the neurapophyses and
neural spines of the tail-vertebree, it is the smallest muscle of the
group.
The tendons do not show superficially as do the tendons of the
spinalis dorsi along the back, a feature that disappears as the two
muscles merge into each other just posterior to the pelvic region.
Indeed, when we come to first remove the integuments entirely from
the tail of a large alcoholic specimen of Heloderma, the structure is
quite devoid of any striking characters, and it is only when we come
to use our scalpel that the sulci and other parts are revealed. No
tendons or divisions are discernible upon first sight at all.
67. The ilio-caudal continues backwards to the end of the tail
the longissimus dorsi and sacro-lumbalis muscles, and it practically
in the tail fills the space between the neural spines and the
diapophyses of the caudal vertebrae. For the last three fourths of
its length this muscle fuses completely with the supracaudal, and
the two together combine to form one of the double compartments
described above, that are filled with fat.
68. Infra-caudal.—This is the largest muscle of the caudal
group, and it ensheaths, on either side, two of the fat compartments
alluded to in a previous paragraph. It arises from the posterior
aspect of the transverse process of the last sacral vertebra of the
same side, from the fascia of the muscles in the immediate post-anal
region, from the tuberosity of the ischium by a long, cord-like
tendon, and from the margin of the vent itself; it is inserted,
seriatim, into the diapophyses and the chevron-bones of all the
caudal vertebree, to the end of the tail.
69. Hemoro-caudal.—To expose the next set of caudal muscles
we must make a submedian, longitudinal incision through the
infero-caudal muscle of one side, following it upon a curve extending
down through the other tissues to the tibio-femoral interarticular
cartilage, then carefully dissect these muscles out. The one here to
be considered arises from the dorsal aspects of the transverse pro-
cesses of the four proximal caudal vertebree ; it soon becomes thick
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 181
and fleshy, although laterally compressed, and at first passing
directly forwards, soon turns outwards, and becoming tendinous is
inserted into the trochanter major of the femur of the same side.
Before arriving at this insertion, the femoro-caudal throws off
another tendon, which, passing down through certain other muscles
of the thigh, is inserted into the hinder surface of the interarticular
cartilage between the tibia and the femur. Professor Mivart found
this second tendon of insertion likewise present in Zguana.
70. The Ischio-caudal muscle arises from the outer aspect of the
chevron-bone of the eleventh caudal vertebra, counting from the
sacrum, and, ensheathed in the fat that is surrounded by the
infero-caudal of the same side, it passes directly forwards, as a sub-
cylindrical, muscular cord of some size; running close to the
vertebrze, it becomes bulbous just before arriving at the vent, and
dipping down, and passing forward between the two layers of the
cloacal muscle, is finally inserted into the tuberosity of the ischium.
71. Cloacal muscle.—This arises, almost carneous, from the
ventral surfaces of the diapophyses of the fourth and fifth caudal
vertebrae, and passing downwards and forwards as a moderately thin
sheet of muscle it becomes inserted along upon the upper surface of
the cloaca from its posterior lip forwards. As already stated above,
the ¢schio-caudal passes between its layers on its way to its insertion.
This cloacal muscle is situated to the outer side of the femoro-caudal,
and internal to the infra-caudal.
72. Transversus perinei.—Superficial to all the muscles here
described, and stretching transversely across the region just posterior
to the cloaca, we find a thin muscular layer faintly divided into two
by a median, longitudinal line. Either lateral half of this represents
one of the present muscles, a ¢ransversus perinei. For the most
part it is attached to the post-cloacal fascia of the region in question.
(From this point onwards we resume our descriptions of the
muscles of the trunk.)
73. Rectus abdominis.—Arising from the xiphoidal extremity of
the sternum, and from the costal rib that there articulates, either
rectus abdominis passes down the entire length of the body to the
anterior pelvic region, being throughout its course intimately
united with its fellow of the opposite side. Posteriorly it becomes
inserted into the ischio-pubic ligament and the neighbouring fascia.
74. Pyramidalis.—This muscle is formed by a strong triangular
slip thrown off by the rectus abdominis just above the insertion of
the latter. Its fibres converge, and passing outwards and slightly
backwards they are inserted, upon either side, into the “hamular
process’ of the pubis. Sanders found this muscle present in
Liolepis, but he does not award it a separate description (P. Z. S.
1872, p. 161).
75. Obliquus abdominis externus.—This broad and powerful
sheet of muscle here arises by an anterior expansion from the inner
surface of the skin overlying the chest ; by means of strong digita-
tions from all of the dorsal ribs, and from six or seven of the
abdominal ribs that follow them; and, finally, by far less distinctly
182 DR, R. W. SHUFELDT ON : [Apr. 1,
defined digitations from the outer surfaces of the majority of the
remaining abdominal ribs in a line along the external border of the
sacro-lumbalis of the same side. For its entire length, mesiad, the
muscle now under consideration apparently blends with the rectus
abdominis, and I fail to find any other insertion for it. It is quite
possible that the part I describe above as being attached to the
integuments overlying the thorax, may more properly be considered
as belonging to the rectus, as the fibres therefrom seem to extend
down the body ; the two muscles are quite closely blended here.
76. Obliquus abdominis internus.—In Heloderma suspectum the
thirty-first to the thirty-third vertebree, inclusive, bear very short
ribs, and consequently upon the ventral aspect of its body there is a
region which is devoid of special bony protection. It is here that
the present muscle spreads out and by its muscular wall largely
protects what would otherwise be a weak point. It arises by a
strong tendon from the anterior border of the ilium of the same
side, and, passing forwards and inwards, it gradually merges
anteriorly with the lower part of the intercostals and the abdominal
fascia of the region in question.
77. Transversalis.—The transverse fibres of this muscle are at
once made apparent upon dissecting away the last-described muscle,
and it is found also to be principally confined to the lower prepelvic
region of the abdomen. It comes away as fascia from the external
border of the guadratus lumborum, while, mesially, its strong fascia
blends with the fascia of the ¢ransversalis of the opposite side, and
is carried up beneath the rectus to a point nearly as high as the costo-
sternal ribs.
78. Quadratus lumborum.—This muscle is beautifully developed
in the reptile before us. It arises by means of a dense, sheet-like
fascia from the anterior rim of the ilium of the same side, and from
the adjacent border of the diapophysis of the first sacral vertebra as
far in as its centrum. Soon becoming muscular, its fibres passing
directly forwards insert themselves into the entire length of the
posterior surface of the rib to the thirtieth vertebra. Ventrally, it
also attaches itself to the dorsal surfaces of the so nominated ‘ lumbar
ribs,” en passant, by tendinous anchorages.
79. External intercostals.—The internal and external intercostals
are both separately and very strongly developed in our present sub-
ject. Together they fill in all the spaces among the vertebral ribs,
as well as between the sterno-costal hamapophyses.
Taken in mid-region, an external intercostal arises from the entire
anterior surface of the rib, save from about half a centimetre of its
vertebral extremity, and its fibres passing forwards and upwards they
are inserted into the entire posterior surface of the next anterior rib,
save for a short distance above its free extremity. Between the
sternal ribs the fibres of the external intercostals pass directly for-
wards, and, in each case, very nearly fill in the entire space. We
observe that from the sternum backwards through the pleura-
pophysial series there are muscular fibres coming away from the free
ends of the ribs, for about half a centimetre of their lengths in
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 183
each case, that pass downwards and forwards. These appear to be
so many separate origins of the odliquus abdominis externus, but
they do not properly belong to the series of the intercostals. They
pass across to become inserted into the transverse tendinous inter-
sections of the abdominal muscle to which we have referred. Where
the external intercostals are covered by the sacro-lumbalis, the two
muscles are very intimately fused together, but careful dissection
is all that is required to demonstrate their individual independ-
ence.
80. Internal intercostals.—These are quite as well developed as
the external ones, and taken in mid-region they arise and are inserted
in the same manner as the more superficial set ; but in the present
case the fibres pass forwards and downwards, thus leaving con-
trary-disposed vacuities at the vertebral and free ends of the ribs.
With respect to the intersterno-costal spaces, the fibres of the present
set of muscles are directed almost entirely inwards and but very
slightly forwards.
81. Retrahentes costarum.—A large part of the thoracic parietes
and, continuous with it, nearly all of the abdominal parietes are amply
lined with strong, oblique muscular fasciculi. The first series of
digitations are supplied by the ¢ransversalis, and these interdigitate,
seriatim, with the fasciculi of the present muscle, and thus to-
gether they constitute a thick muscular lining to the internal body-
wall.
The retrahentes costarum arise, upon either side, from the lateral
aspect of the bodies of the vertebrae for nearly the entire length of
the spine, from the post-cervical region down nearly to the sacrum, in
which latter locality the quadratus lumborum fulfils their part.
They pass obliquely forwards and outwards, to become inserted into
the middle of the shafts of the ribs upon their internal aspects, inter-
digitating, as I have already said, with the fasciculi of the ¢ransver-
salis.
Muscles of the Hip-Girdle and of the Pelvie Limb.
82. Iliacus.—A very interesting and broad sheet of muscle that
arises from within the pelvis, being attached, for the most part, to
the ventral and dorso-ventral surface of the pubis, as well as to the
median fibrous band that stands as a raphe between it and the fellow
of the opposite side. It may extend also slightly upon the ischium.
The fibres converging and passing over the pelvic brim, are inserted
into the anterior surface of the proximal extremity of the shaft
of the femur of the corresponding side, as well as into its trochanter
minor, and into that tendinous band seen to be crossing obliquely
the caput femoris, and into the fascia overlying the femoro-pelvic
articulation.
Mivart, in his work upon the myology of the Iguana, considered
the present muscle to represent the psoas and the iliacus combined,
and in describing it divides the same into some four or five parts.
In Heloderma I find these several parts more or less distinctly indi-
184 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. I,
cated, but believe with Hoffmann that the muscle can be very well
described in its entirety, such as has been done in the present
instance.
83. Gracilis—This is a strong and rather thick ribbon of muscle
that passes obliquely down the antero-inferior aspect of the thigh,
its lower margin being in contact with the sartorius for its entire
length. The gracilis arises from that process, immediately anterior
to the acetabulum, which is crossed by the pubo-ischiadic suture, its
origin being tendinous. For the most part it is inserted into the
fascia covering the tibial side of the knee-joint, while a few of
its fibres join those of the sartorius, the two muscles being very
intimately united, here, at their insertion. Sanders found a
gracilis as well as a sartorius muscle in both Liolepis and Platy-
dactylus ; but Hoffmann seems disinclined to recognize the existence
of the latter in Lizards (Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs,’ Rept. 22-24 Lief.
188], p. 645). They are both undoubtedly handsomely developed
here in Heloderma suspectum.
84. Sartorius.——In this we have a great muscuiar sheath that
envelops nearly the entire ventral aspect of the thigh, and which
arises from the hamular process of the pubis, as well as from the
ilio-ischiadic ligament. Below, it is inserted into the proximal end
of the tibia, upon its anterior aspect, just below the head of the
bone.
85. Pelvo-tibialis—There is a small muscle in this region that
lies immediately beneath the gracilis for nearly its entire length, and
which I will here describe under the name given it by Sanders.
Prior to that writer, Mivart had designated it in the Iguana as the
‘tibial adductor,” and subsequently Hoffmann termed it the
* M. pubo-ischio-tibialis lateralis.” Of these several names I con-
sider the one bestowed upon it by Sanders to be decidedly the
best one. In Heloderma it arises by a single tendinous head from
the ischium just in front of the acetabulum. Passing down the
antero-ventral aspect of the thigh as a narrowish ribbon of muscle,
it again becomes tendinous as it nears the tibia, enters the popliteal
space, and is inserted, just below its head, upon the mesial aspect
of the bone just mentioned.
86. Semimembranosus.—What I describe here as the ilio-ischiadic
ligament is a tendinous ligamentous arch which arises from the tu-
berosity of the ischium, and passing round the inside of the thigh to
the front is there inserted into the ilium. From this arch our rather
slender semimembranosus arises and passes down to be inserted into
the outer side of the proximal end of the tibia. I can find no origin
for it upon the ischium in Heloderma.
87. Semitendinosus.—This muscle is handsomely developed in
our present subject. It arises, tendinous, from the ilio-ischiadic
ligament, posterior to the line of the shaft of the femur. Becoming
carneous it forms a fusiform muscle which is concaved towards the
thigh and convexed upon its opposite aspect. Opposite the femoral
condyles its tendon appears, and this is bifurcated, one branch going
to the inner side of the proximal end of the tibia for insertion, the
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 185
other, more cord-like, extends down the leg, where it is in relation
with the soleus muscle.
88. The Rectus femoris arises by two thoroughly distinct heads ;
one of these, and by far the slenderer, las its origin upon the pelvis,
just in front of the acetabulum, the tendon in this case being flat and
of some length. At about the middle of the thigh this head, which
has now become muscular, merges with the larger division of the
rectus, although both it and its tendon can be easily traced as far as
the patella. The larger head of the rectus arises from the pelvis
immediately over the acetabulum by a broad tendinous origin.
Soon becoming fleshy, the muscle passes directly down the dorsal
aspect of the thigh, and, by a tendino-aponeurotic expansion, is in-
serted into the top of the patella, from which it is in turn reinserted
into the outer surface of the head of the tibia, through the interven-
tion of the ligamentum patelle.
89. Gluteus maximus.—Although here a distinct muscle, it has
pratically the same origin and insertion as the larger of the two heads
of the rectus femoris, with which it is almost indistinguishably fused.
It assists in covering the dorso-superficial aspect of the thigh pos-
terior to the latter, and in its action aids the rectus in extending the
leg upon the thigh, as inall Vertebrata where it is present. Upon
its underside, this muscle, in the lower part of its course, exhibits
a strong tendency to blend with the vastus externus, which lies be-
neath it.
90. Pectineus.—By transversely dividing at their middles the
rectus femoris and the gluteus maximus and reflecting the mesial
stump, we bring to view the more deeply situate muscles of the thigh,
and the present one can be easily examined. It is here found to be
of a triangular form, and arises from the ilium posterior to and above
the acetabulum ; it is also attached to the nether side of the tendon
of the gluteus maximus, and more internally to the pubo-ischiadic
ligament. Largely carneous in its organization, its fibres pass down-
wards and forwards to the shaft of the femur, where they are inserted
upon a longitudinal line extending down the middle third of the same
at its postero-ventral aspect.
91. The Biceps femoris is a perfectly straight, subeylindrical muscle
of nearly uniform calibre throughoutits length. Its single and only
head arises from the outer surface of the ilium, at its anterior third,
just behind and above the acetabulum, but posterior to the origin of
the pectineus. It is inserted on to the outer aspect of the shaft of the
fibula immediately below the head of the bone. At its origin it is
fleshy, but it is inserted by a comparatively strong tendon, as is
quite commonly the case in Lizards. Sanders found this muscle
arising from the posterior end of the ilium in Liolepis; while
Hoffmann, from his description of this muscle, seems to think that
this is the only origin it can have (Bronn’s ‘ Klassen,’ loc. cit.
pp. 644, 645).
92. Adductor brevis.—This is one of the smallest and at the same
time one of the most deeply situated muscles of the thigh. In some
respects it seems to correspond with either one or the other of the
186 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
gluteal muscles ascribed by Mivart to Parson’s Chameleon ; but as
the comparative anatomy of the gluteals is still in a very unsatis-
factory condition in so far as their exact determination is con-
cerned, and as this is a short adductor, pure and simple, I prefer
to provisionally bestow the above name upon it. It both arises and is
inserted by tendon, while otherwise it is a short flat muscle of
nearly uniform width, which has its origin upon the pubis, anterior
to and above the acetabulum, from whence it passes directly to the
anterior margin of the great trochanter of the femur, where it is
inserted.
93: Adductor longus.—Here we have another one of the deep
muscles of the thigh, being situated on its antero-inferior aspect.
Apparently it arises entirely from the ilio-ischiadic ligament, which,
however, is at this point strongly connected to the ischinm. At
first flat and thin, its fibres soon converge as they descend to their
insertion, which is found upon a longitudinal line occupying the
lower two thirds of the shaft of the femur, on its ventral aspect.
This muscle seems to correspond very well with the ‘adductor magnus”
of Mivart, as that distinguished anatomist describes it in the Iguana
(P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 791).
94. Vastus externus——A number of Lizards have the vasti muscles
very small, while here in Heloderma they are of considerable size.
The vastus evternus in the reptile before us is barely one fourth as
large as the v. internus. It arises from the anterior aspect of the
shaft of the femur, covering its middle third and a portion of its lower
third ; below, it becomes tendinous and merges with the tendon of
the common extensor of the leg upon the thigh.
95. Vastus internus.—Comparatively, a great bulky muscle, that
covers the shaft of the femur, from which it arises, from head to
condyles, upon its antero-posterior aspect. As in the case of the
vastus externus, its strong tendon below blends with the tendon of
the rectus femoris, while the two vasti muscles themselves are prac-
tically almost fused into one.
96. Pyriformis.—The muscle I take to be the present one in Helo-
derma makes quite a remarkable departure from the pyriformis as it
occurs in other Lizards. Indeed, it might here almost be called an
accessory femoro-caudal in some particulars, as our description will
go to show. The main part of the muscle arises fleshy from the ven-
tral surface of the diapophysis of the first caudal vertebra, encroaching
slightly upon the centrum of the bone. The fibres converge and are
directed down the back of the thigh. As they come to an apex, this
apex is joined by a small axillary muscle that arises from the tendinous
arch of the ilio-ischiadic ligament. Together the muscles at once
unite to form a delicate tendon, which, in its course towards the head
of the tibia, is closely juxtaposed to the tendon of the femoro-caudal
or rather to its branch tendon. At the lower third of the thigh
this tendon of the pyriformis and the branch tendon of the
Jfemoro-caudal fuse into one cord, which is inserted into the tendon
of the external head of the gastrocnemius muscle a few millimetres
below the insertion of the latter into the external condyle of the femur.
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 187
In sequence with it, the above-mentioned larger part of the pyri-
formis seems to be the continuation forwards of the cloacal muscle,
of the infracaudal group of muscles.
In different forms of Lizards we find the pyriformis muscle very
differently constituted, and consequently very different descriptions
of it extant ; so when we come to consider the diverse nomenclature
that has been awarded to it, the question of its study becomes quite
puzzling. For instance the pyriformis of Sanders is said by Hoffmann
to be the femoro-caudal of Mivart, while Hoffmann himself has
called it the M. coccygeo-femoralis longus s. Pyriformis ; while on
the other hand the pyriformis of Mivart is the coccygeus inferior
of Sanders, the M. coccygeo-femoralis brevis of Hoffmann, and which
is the subcaudalis of Stannius. I still believe that the myology of
reptiles demands fuller research at the hands of anatomists.
97. Coccygeus inferior.—A muscle which arises by a thin sheet of
tendon from the heemapophyses of the second, third, and fourth
caudal vertebree. Formiug anteriorly a delicate slip of muscle, it is
inserted into the ischium just posterior to the acetabulum. The
coccygeus inferior lies to the inner side of the femoro-caudal, that is,
it is mesiad to it, while the point of its insertion is internal to that
of the obturator externus. Sanders found this muscle present in
Liolepis, where it arises from the extremities of the heemal spines of
the caudal vertebree from the tenth to the third.
98. Coccygeus externus.—Arising from the ventral aspects of the
diapophyses of the second and third caudal vertebree, this laterally
compressed muscle passes directly downwards and slightly forwards
to insert itself powerfully into the ilio-ischiadic Jigament. It will be —
noticed that this muscle lies almost in the same plane with the
pyriformis in front and the cloacal muscle posterior to it, the three
being in sequence, their apposed margins in contact, and the whole
situated to the outer side of the femoro-caudal. Phrynosoma
possesses the coccygeus externus as is stated by Sanders.
99. Obturator internus is a largeand powerful muscle in Helo-
derma suspectum, arising from the pubis and ischium at the ventral
aspect of the pelvis. These fibres of origin start mesiad from the sym-
physial line, and, converging to some extent and becoming slightly
tendinous, they are attached, by an extensive insertion, upon the
summit of the shaft of the femur, on top of the trochanter major.
The muscle as thus constituted is thick and covers over nearly all of
the ventral aspect of the pelvis in front of and immediately beneath
the acetabulum ; the édiacus covering a strip along and beneath the
pubis anteriorly.
100. Obturator externus.—With a bulk that is barely one third of
that of the obturator internus, the present muscle arises, tendinous,
from the tuberosity of the ischium, posterior to and below the ace-
tabulum. Forming a strong, thick band it passes round the summit
of the femur to make insertion by a powerful tendon at a point upon
the proximal end of the shaft just below the caput femoris, upon the
posterior aspect. This point is separated from the insertion of the
obturator internus by a space of some three millimetres, the two in
188 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. I,
this locality being nearly opposite each other. When the femur is
articulated zm situ these insertions of the obturators look to the outer
side.
Muscles of the Leg and Foot.
101. Gastrocnemius.—Both heads of this muscle are here repre-
sented and strongly defined. The ewternal head arises by a long,
cord-like tendon from the outer aspect of the external condyle of
the femur, and passing directly down the back of the leg, parallel to
the shaft of the fibula, it becomes fleshy at the upper third of the
leg and, forming a flat, thin, and rather broad muscle, goes to the
tarsus for its insertion. It is inserted into that prominently pro-
jecting ossicle of the distal row of tarsal bones, nearly in line with
the fibula.
The internal head of the gastrocnemius arises from the proximal
third of the outer side of the shaft of the tibia, and passes obliquely
across the back of the leg, where it is seen to be a broad, thin, and
conspicuous muscle. It is inserted into the mesial edge of the belly
of the external head of the muscle we have under consideration, a
short distance above its insertion. At neither its origin nor its inser-
tion is the internal head of the gastrocnemius inclined to be at all
tendinous. We find the round cord formed by the fusion of the
tendons of the pyriformis and the auxiliary tendon of the jfemoro-
caudal inserted into the tendon of origin of the external head of the
gastrocnemius a few millimetres below the point from whence it
arises. A very long and strong internal lateral ligament of the
knee-joint is found in Heloderma, and it can be examined just above
the origin of the internal head of the gastrocnemius, but it in no
way overlaps the latter as Mivart states to be the case in Parson’s
Chameleon.
102. A Soleus is here but very feebly developed, consisting of
only a few fibres and withal intimately attached to the inner surface
of the external head of the gastrocnemius. It arises from the back
of the tibia at its proximal end, and is inserted in common with the
tendon of the gastrocnemius into one of the ossicles of the distal
row of the tarsus. The internal margin of the soleus muscle is
re-enforced by a tendon which is sent down by the semitendinosus
muscle of the thigh.
103. Peroneus secundus.—This muscle arises from the antero-
external aspect of the fibula, from a point corresponding to the
insertion of the diceps to within a short distance of the external
malleolus. Beyond this it forms a tendon, which, passing to the
tarsus, becomes inserted into that bone that has been designated by
Sanders as the “cuboid.” Comparatively large and thick at its
lower portion, it here gives off a fascia which, spreading over the
back of the tarsus, is so attached that it forms a binder to hold in
place the flexor tendons passing beneath it; above, it is closely
associated with the Jdiceps, the tendinous portion of its origin
being just anterior to the tendinous portion of the insertion of the
latter.
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 189
I have failed to find a peroneus primus present in Heloderma.
Sanders found one present in Phrynosoma, and Mivart one in Iguana,
and I believe it is usually present in Lizards. ;
104. Extensor longus digitorum.—Occupying a conspicuous and
median position upon the anterior aspect of the leg, this muscle
arises by a strong, flat tendon which comes off from the external
condyle of the femur, passes down in front of the same, and below
the femoro-tibial articulation becomes a comparatively flat and
narrow muscle, continuing thus to the tarsus. In this latter
locality its tendon begins to form, and, when over the metatarsus,
this latter splits into two other delicate tendons. Mivart found
the same bifurcation in Iguana tuberculata, and he has said that,
‘* Of these two tendons, the peroneal one curves round tibiad, and
is inserted into nearly the middle of the plantar surface of the
third metatarsal ;” the other one is similarly implanted into the
second metatarsal. This agrees precisely with what we find in
Heloderma.
105. The tibialis anticus is a muscle of the interno-lateral aspect
of the leg in this reptile. Arising from the antero-lateral surface of
the shaft of the tibia, from the side of the head of the bone, and to
some extent from the fascia at the tibial side of the knee-joint, the
tibialis anticus forms a fleshy muscle at the inner rather than at the
anterior aspect of the leg. At about the middle of its ccurse it is
quite intimately connected with the internal head of the gastro-
cnemius, at the origin of the latter from the tibial shaft. Opposite the
ankle the present muscle again becomes tendinous, and this, its tendon
of insertion, passes to the distal extremity of the first metatarsal
bone, where, upon the tibial side of its dorsal aspect, it is inserted.
It appears to be quite generally the case among Lizards that the
tibialis anticus occupies an antero-lateral position upon the leg,
rather than a mid-anterior one as it does in so many of the Mam-
malia.
106. Extensor brevis digitorum.—We find this muscle to some
extent quite complicated, and it arises by several independent slips,
which have diverse origins and insertions. Their disposition seems
to be as follows :—
(1) An oblique fasciculus that arises from the anterior surface
of the distal end of the fibula, and which, passing forwards and
inwards across the top of the foot, is inserted into the superior
surface of the proximal phalanx of the hallux.
(2) A smaller fasciculus than the last, also arises from the fibula
below it but more particularly from the fibulare (of the co-ossified
bones of the proximal row), and, passing directly forwards, becomes
inserted upon the dorsal aspect of the proximal joint of the fifth
digit.
(3) Fasciculus number three arises from the antero-superior
surface of the mid-ossicle of the distal tarsalia, it passes between the
bifurcated tendon of the extensor longus digitorum, and arriving at
the third digit it makes an insertion upon the upper surface of its
proximal phalanx.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1890, No. XIV. 14
190 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. I,
(4) Arising from the next inner ossicle of the distal tarsalia, but
not passing through the tendinous slips of the eatensor longus
digitorum, this has an insertion similar to the last, but here upon
the second digit.
(5) The fourth digit is similarly supplied, only in its case the
fasciculus arises from the extreme end of the fibula, and it has
likewise two lateral slips, one upon either side, inserted upon the
dorsal aspect of its proximal phalanx, and these arise on either side
from the bases of the proximal joints of the third and fifth digits.
So it will be seen that not only in this, but in other particulars, the
present muscle differs from the corresponding one in Iguana, as
described for us by Mivart (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 794).
107. Popliteus.—Heloderma has this muscle comparatively very
large. It arises from the tibial side of the fibula, for about its
proximal fourth, and passing obliquely downwards and inwards is
inserted into the shaft of the tibia for nearly the entire length of its
fibular aspect. At the back of the leg, at its origin and for some way
beyond, it is somewhat intimately attached to the flevor longus digit-
orum that covers it; while in passing to its insertion it fills in much
of the interosseous space with its flat, triangular muscular expanse.
108. Peroneo-tilial.—Anteriorly, and belonging to the deep set,
we have this interesting muscle. It spans the inter-tibio-fibular
space below. Arising from the lower third of the shaft of the tibia,
its fibres pass across to become inserted into the corresponding
extremity of the shaft of the fibula. Behind, it is largely covered
by the ¢2bialis posticus, as the latter passes to its insertion.
109. Tibialis posticus.—As is commonly the case among Lizards,
this muscle possesses a triangular form with its apex above. It
arises from the inner aspect of the fibular shaft, tibiad, for the
distal half of its extent. Its fibres converge as they pass downwards
and inwards, and when near the tarsus they become strongly ten-
dinous, which tendon is powerfully inserted into the ¢ibial ossicle
of the co-ossified elements of the proximal row of the ankle. Over
the lower part of the tibia, a firm fascia fuses with the tendon of
this muscle, which there spreads out to cover to some extent the
tarsal joint, to which it gives a certain strength and support.
110. Flevor longus digitorum ( perforans).—Large and carneous
in its upper part, this muscle arises from the posterior aspect of the
external condyle of the femur; from the posterior aspect of the
proximal half of the shaft of the fibula; and from the tendon of the
external head of the gastrocnemius muscle. It is also quite
intimately attached to the underlying popliteus at its origin. From
these several points the flewor longus digitorum, as a muscle of
some considerable bulk, passes down the back of the leg to
become, near the ankle, quite suddenly flat and then completely
tendinous. It passes dorsad of the tendinous arch at the ankle,
and in the sole of the foot splits into five small tendons, which
are distributed, one to each, to the five pedal digits. Each
perforates the tendons of the flexor brevis digitorum, after which
they send to the joints of the toes as they go to their distal inser-
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 191
tions slender accessory slips, all of which are much the same as we
found to be the case in the hand, and which has been quite fully
discussed above. We shall dwell more in detail upon these points
when we come to describe further on the smaller and special muscles
found in the sole of the foot.
111. Flexor accessorius.—Mivart describes a muscle, which is
divisible into two parts, under this name in Iguana (P. Z.S.
1867, p. 797), but it is only its first part that in any way agrees
with a muscle which I propose to call by this name in Helo-
derma. I find that it arises as a thin, small, fleshy muscle
from the posterior aspect of the fibular ossicle of the co-ossified
bones of the proximal row of the tarsus and to a limited extent
from the adjacent surface of the distal end of the fibula. Soon
forming a flat tendon it at once passes to the tarsal aspect of the
tendon of the flewor longus digitorum, where, at a point about
opposite the proximal row of tarsal bones, it fuses with it, and thus,
as will be seen, constitutes a true accessory muscle to this deep
flexor.
112. Fexor brevis digitorum (perforatus).—This arises, semi-
tendinous, from the dense transverse fascia of the ventral aspect of
the ankle, and also from the corresponding surface of the fibular
side of the fused ossicles of the proximal row of the tarsal elements.
Radiating, it divides into five muscular bundles, which pass in proper
order to the five toes; the one belonging to the hallux being the
smallest, while the one going to the little toe is the largest.
The short fasciculus that goes to the hallux is chiefly inserted into
the proximal end of the first phalanx of that digit, and simply forms
a tendinous tubular sheath through which passes the tendon of the
deep flexor, and not a distinct insertional, perforated tendon as is
the rule with this muscle in the case of the other toes. We note
here that the tendon of the deep flexor sends off an accessory slip to
every joint as it passes to the distal phalanx for insertion. In the
case of the little toe the arrangement is quite similar to what we
have just described for the hallux, while the tendon of the deep flexor
does not send off any accessory slips to the joints of this digit.
With respect to the three middle toes, the arrangement of the mser-
tional tendons of the deep and superficial flexors corresponds with
the structure of the same parts as we described them for the manus.
113. Lumbricales.—So far as I can discover it is only the tendons
of the deep and superficial flexors going to the three middle toes
that are supplied with lumbrical muscles, and these are arranged
very much as we found them in the hand of the reptile we have
under consideration, having quite similar origins and insertions.
In this connection we must observe another muscular slip: it
arises from the distal surface of the fused ossicles of the proximal
row of the tarsus, beneath the origin of the short flexor, and, passing
forwards and inwards, it becomes inserted on to the plantar side of
the broad tendon of the long flexor in the sole of the foot, before
the former splits up to be distributed to the toes.
114. Flexor fibulo-tarsalis.—I find no muscle elsewhere described
14*
192 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
that exactly corresponds to this. It occurs upon the flexor aspect
of the leg, and arises from the end of the fibula, close to the origin
of the flewor accessorius, and as a strong little bunch of fibres it
passes directly across to the bone representing the proximal tarsal
row, and is inserted thereupon, on its proximal surface.
115. Abductor hallucis.—A small muscle that arises, tendinous,
from the distal surface of the consolidated bone of the first row,
and passing forwards is inserted into the proximal phalanx of the
hallux at its base. Mivart found this same muscle present in
Iguana (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 797).
116. Flexor minimi digiti—Decidedly more inconspicuous than
the last, this muscle arises from the same bone upon the fibular side
of the foot, and passing forwards it makes a similar insertion into
the base of the proximal phalanx of the little or outer toe.
117. Adductores digitorum.—Deep to all the plantar muscles
thus far described, this set consists of three flat, carneous, little
strips which are superficial to the interossei. They have a common
origin from the bone representing the first tarsal row, and, radiating
forwards over the sole of the foot as three distinct fasciculi, they
become inserted in their proper order into the bases of the proximal
phalanges of the second, third, and fourth toes, on the fibular side
in each case.
118. Interossei plantares pedis.—Differing from these muscles in
the manus, the izterossei of the plantar region are more numerous
than those of the palm, while those of the dorsum are lessso. Their
origin and insertion, however, are essentially the same. There seem
to be five of these fasciculi present in the sole of the foot of Helo-
derma—three central ones, and one each to the inner side of the
outer toe and hallux.
119. Interossei dorsales pedis do not seem to exceed three in
number, and they are devoted to the three middle digits. They are
disposed much as we find them in the hand.
Mivart found interossei muscles also present in the pes of Iguana
tuberculata, but the additional layer of fasciculi that he there
describes, I take to be my Adductores digitorum (see P. Z. 8. 1867,
p- 797).
I find no muscles present in the pelvic limb of Heloderma sus-
pectum other than those I have described above.
IV. On an ExaMtnaTION OF THE CONTAINED ORGANS OF
THE Ca@LOM.
Cutting open the body-cavity by a median, abdominal incision,
we at once bring into view the various organs that it harbours. It
will be seen that these are covered by the reflected layer of the
peritoneum, which in Heloderma is almost perfectly colourless, and
being very thin can hardly be said to obscure the viscera from our
view at all. This peritoneal layer differs from that membrane as we
find it in Iguana and Lacerta, in that it is not deeply pigmented
posteriorly and colourless anteriorly, as may be inferred from what
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 193
we have just said. In the submedian, longitudinal plane it con-
stitutes the umbilical ligament, and this double fold of membrane
partially divides the ccelom into right and left halves. Of unusual
size, the corpora adiposa here lie between the internal muscular
parietes and the peritoneal layers, while the kidneys are external to
the latter, the reproductive glands internal to it, the two being
separated by the horizontal portion of this membrane. ['ollowing
the peritoneum to its attachments we find it to be fast all along the
spinal column, while ventrally it is firmly attached mesio-longitu-
dinally to the muscular wall of the ccelom. The parietal layer
also makes fast to the tendino-fascial divisions, here and there, that
indicate the lines of insertions of the digitations of the principal
body-wall muscles. Other than this, both the visceral and parietal
layers of the peritoneum in this Lizard are but loosely attached to
the parts they cover, and may by gentle traction be easily detached.
Thoracic and abdominal cavities are partitioned from each other by
the usual reflection of this membrane, while below the liver the
large anterior abdominal vein is seen to be borne in the ventro-
parietal layer. Continued as the umbilical ligament, it passes
between the lobes of the liver as a single layer, which in our present
subject bears the ramifications of a large vein.
Beddard has called the visceral layer of the peritoneum, as it
occurs in certain Lizards, the “horizontal membrane;” and this author,
in a masterly paper upon this subject (P. Z.S. 1888, p. 99), has said
that ‘‘In Monitor there is some little difference (from Iguana and
Lacerta) ; when the body-walls are cut open and reflected, the ali-
meutary viscera are not exposed as they are in Jguana. A loose mem-
brane covers these viscera ; the membrane looks as if it were simply
the lining peritoneum of the abdominal cavity which had got sepa-
rated and detached from the abdominal parietes ; this is, however, not
the case ; an examination by the aid of the microscope showed clearly
that a layer of peritoneum covers the abdominal musculature, and
is quite distinct from the horizontal membrane ; in Varanus griseus
the peritoneal layer was particularly distinct, for the reason that it
contained numerous pigmented corpuscles. For the greater part
this membrane is frce from the ventral parietes; anteriorly it is
attached to the median ventral line; dorsally it is attached along
the spinal column; here and there it is also attached to the lateral
parietes by membranous bands. It passes over the lobes of the
liver and the stomach, and shuts off the lungs from the abdominal
cavity. The umbilical ligament dividing the two liver-lobes is pre-
sent as in Iguana, and is attached to the dorsal side of the horizontal
membrane. This horizontal membrane also separates the kidneys
from the reproductive glands; the latter lie internally to it; the
kidneys are placed outside it. The ventral surface of this membrane
bears a vein of some size, the anterior abdominal vein. The fat-
body, when present, lies below the membrane, and is therefore shut
off from the abdominal cavity.” In many forms, and Beddard
gives us a list of some of them (Lacerta, Uromastix, Cyclodus,
Iguana, and others), this horizontal membrane is for the greater
194 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
part absent ; and thus it will be seen that the Lacertilia are arrayed
in two sections, in so far as this particular structure and its differ-
ences are concerned. Further it will be seen, from what has been
set forth above, that Heloderma agrees with Varanus in the anato-
mical arrangemennt of its peritoneal layers.
Corpora adiposa.—These, as I have already said, are very large
in Heloderma; the right one, having a length of ten centimetres,
and a width of three and a half centimetres, is somewhat longer, but
scarcely wider than the left one. In outline, either is shaped
something like a hemi-ellipsoid, the plane surface facing dorsad,
while the convex one looks downwards and outwards. Anteriorly,
either one of these paired fat-masses has fully one-third of its bulk
turned in upon itself from without, inwards, and in such a manner
that the plane surface of the turned-in portion is opposed to, and in
contact with, the plane surface of the remainder of the mass.
These fat-bodies have rounded margins, and are throughout irregularly
lobulated, the lobules being of various sizes. As has been stated, they
are separated from the abdominal cavity by the horizontal membrane
of the peritoneum; in position the right one extends from the
pelvis anteriorly to a point up opposite the middle of the stomach ;
while the left one extends from the pelvis anteriorly to a point
up opposite the middle of the liver, and dorsad to that organ. The
right corpus adiposum sends down into the pelvic cavity a small,
lobulated prolongation of its mass, and in consequence this one
extends further posteriorly than does the left one ; anteriorly, their
ends are about opposite each other. Two small lobulated com-
missures of fat yoke these corpora adiposa together just anterior to
the pelvis ; if constant, they might be known as the anterior and
the posterior commissures of the fat-bodies. All of the fat consti-
tuting these masses is of a pale straw-colour throughout, and the
lobules are very distinct, bemg simply held together by a very
delicate connective tissue, and by the vessels that ramity among
them. I found a branch of the anterior abdominal vein that passed
right and left coming from between their interlobular spaces, and it
joined the main vein in the median line. The corpora adiposa do
not seem to have any very firm connections with any of the struc-
tures in the abdomen, and it but requires the very gentlest of pulling
to detach them and to lift them im foto from that cavity. Ina
young Heloderma I find these masses proportionately considerably
smaller and situate very much farther beyond the pelvis; they are,
too, well overlapped by the lobes of the liver, and in the case of
the left one it seems to be underlaid, posteriorly, by the loop of the
duodenum.
The Liver.—In a former paragraph we gave with sufficient
fulness the manner in which the hepatic peritoneal folds assisted to
hold this important organ in its place in the body-cavity. Anteriorly,
the heart lies, for its apical portion, between its two principal lobes,
while below these latter there is brought into view the stomach, the
pancreas, and part of the intestines. In position the liver lies
somewhat to the right side of the ccelom, and the right corpus
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 195
adiposum strongly impinges upon its right lobe. Composed of the
usual hepatic tissue, the liver of Heloderma is, during life, of a
deep brownish-red colour, but this turns paler after the organ has
been placed in spirit, and it becomes tinged with a greenish hue.
Ventrally, as a whole, this gland is convex over its surface, it being
behind more or less concayed. Primarily, it is divided into two
principal lobes; the right lobe has a length of about 7°5 centimetres
and a width of 2°5 centimetres, while the left lobe is something like
a centimetre less in both of these dimensions. Its borders are
rounded, and it measures through its thick part, which is near its
centre, about a centimetre.
Regarding it upon its ventral aspect (Plate XVI. fig. 1), we are to
observe that the right lobe exhibits near its posterior apex one or two
small fissures, while a small teat-like process of the glandular sub-
stance issues from the same lobe to cross towards the left behind the
gall-bladder. This right lobe is likewise indented in such a manner
that the gall-bladder is exposed to some considerable extent through
an oblong aperture. Between the lobes, behind, issue the bile-duets,
and the portal vein makes its entrance.
Viewed upon its dorsal aspect (Plate XVI. fig. 2), the liver of this
Lizard presents us with a number of interesting points for our exami-
nation. Chief among these is a small supplementary lobe which comes
off from the anterior part of the right lobe near its mesial border.
It projects freely, being subcylindrical in form with rounded apex,
and in direction it is oblique, passing up close to the outer side of the
heart. From this latter fact I propose to call it, in those specimens
wherein it is present, the Jobulus cardiacus. Other very much smaller
lobuli are to be seen upon this aspect of the liver in the specimen
before us, whether these are constant or not, I cannot at this writing
say. Several of these occur at the apical extremity of the right
lobe ; two overlapping ones are seen at the hinder part of the fossa
cystidis fellee. In this latter fissure obliquely lies the gall-bladder,
an organ which we will describe further along.
The pons hepatis, or the ligature that binds the right and left lobes
of the liver, in Heloderma is very extensive and very thick, extend-
ing as it does from the fissure of the gall-bladder to a point anteriorly
where the two lobes meet the apex of the heart.
The portal vein enters the left lobe of the liver at its lower part,
as a single trunk. Its branchings take place after the vessel passes
into the hepatic substance. At about 4 centimetres behind the
liver the anterior abdominal vein joins the portal as its main tri-
butary. Beddard figures the portal vein of Varanus salvator as
entering the right lobe of the liver (P. Z. S. 1888, p. 104); but this
does not agree with a specimen of Varanus niloticus before me,
wherein the portal vein distinctly enters the le{t lobe of the liver,
branching just as it does so’.
* T am indebted to Professor Alexander Agassiz for the specimen of V. nilo-
ticus to which I refer, and to Professor Samuel Garman for his kindness in
selecting it from the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology of
Harvard College, and forwarding it to me.
196 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
The Gall-bladder is of a pear-shaped form and of compara-
tively large size. Its position has already been given above. Its
own duct (cystic) passes down to the duodenum, being joined in
mid-course by a biliary duct coming from the right lobe of the liver.
Smaller ducts pass from it to enter the right hepatic lobe just men-
tioned, while upon its surface several minor branches seem to anasto-
mose with each other. In addition to all these we make out an
hepatic duct proper; this issues also from the right lobe of the liver,
and passing down joins at mid-ccurse the pancreatic duct. A
branch joins also this hepatic duct with the gall-biadder. It wasa
long time before I could bring myself to believe that these several
branching ducts were not anastomosing vessels borne in the peri-
toneum overlying the parts under consideration. I am now,
however, fairly well satisfied, after the most careful examination
that I could make, that the arrangement is as I have given it.
According to Beddard a somewhat similar.condition of affairs is
to be found in Varanus salvator (P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 105, fig. 4).
The structure is one that requires and will repay more extended and
careful research, and to this end I should very much like to examine
large living specimens of Heloderma, and if possible compare them
with more specimens of Varanus salvator.
The Pancreas.—This organ is of proportionately good size in the
reptile before us, and it is to be sought, as usual, in the loop of the
duodenum. From its ventral aspect there arises an elongated
papilla, and it is at the extremity of this that there enters the
single hepatic duct formed by the two smaller ones which emerge
from the sulcus in the right lobe of the liver; while lower down one
of these latter appears to send a branch to the duodenum. For its
middle third, one of these ducts exhibits a peculiar reddish enlarge-
ment, of no great size; I am at a loss to know whether this be
normal or not. This enlargement is strung along on the duct for a
distance of a centimetre or more, and has the appearance of a very
narrow elongated gland through which the duct must pass before
arriving at the pancreatic gland. From the apex of the pancreas
the common duct, here very short, enters the gut.
Peculiar as this arrangement of the cystic, hepatic, pancreatic, and
common ducts in Heloderma is, it is not without parallel among
Vertebrates, for the arrangement is simulated in the Frog, where, too,
a system of branching hepatic ducts coming from the liver unite to
form a single duct that passes into the substance of the pancreas,
where it eventually unites with the common bile-duct on its way to
the duodenum’.
In Heloderma the hepatic veins emerge from the liver at its
anterior part and soon enter the postcaval vein, as the latter passes
forwards to the right side of the heart.
1 For a good drawing of these structures in the Frog, see Wiedersheim’s
‘ Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ translated by W. Newton Parker, 1886,
p- 241, fig. 197. Compare also what Sir Richard Owen has to say upon this
point in his ‘Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates,’ vol. i.
pp- 48-454.
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 197
While in New Mexico, several years ago, I collected a large series
of Phrynosoma douglassii, and I have an alcoholic specimen of one
of these before me at the present time. Upon opening it I find
that the greater part of its peritoneum, posteriorly, is deeply pig-
mented (almost or quite black), while it lacks the horizontal
membrane dividing the ccelom, and so agrees with the Jguana-
Lacerta group as pointed out by Beddard’.
The liver of this Phrynosoma is very thin and broad, spreading
out nearly across the abdominal cavity. Its left lobe is considerably
the larger and the thinner; it extends well behind and laterally
covering, for the most part, the neighbouring viscera. I find its
gall-bladder subspherical in form, with very thin coats, while in the
arrangement of its duct (for there is but one of them) and the
hepatic duct it agrees with what T. J. Parker found in Lacerta
viridis—that is, a “‘ common bile-duct, running parallel to the portal
vein and opening posteriorly into the duodenum: at its anterior end
it is formed by the union of the cystic duct and the hepatic duct
from the liver itself ”’ *.
Judging, then, from Professor W. N. Parker’s figure of the Frog,
we may have (1) several ducts leading from the lobes of the liver,
and combining in a single duct that goes to the gall-bladder; (2) a
duct from the gall-bladder to the pancreas; (3) a duct from the
liver to the pancreas; (4) the proper hepatic ducts combining to
form one that enters the pancreas and in it join a duct traversing that
gland ; (5) a common biliary-pancreatic duct passing from the end
of the pancreas to the duodenum.
Judging from Beddard’s description of Varanus salvator, we may
have in that lizard :—(1) at least three ducts leading from the liver
tu the gall-bladder ; (2) at least two proper hepatic ducts that unite
before joining the common duct ; (3) a cysto-hepatic duct that joins
the cystic duct—a final union, posteriorly, with a single cystie duct
and an hepatic duct to form the common duct; (4) an interlacement
of cystic ducts upon the surface of the gall-bladder. The relations
with the pancreas are not given by the writer quoted.
Judging from T. J, Parker’s description of Lacerta viridis, we
may have simply the cystic duct uniting with the hepatic duct
to form the ductus communis choledochus which opens into the
duodenum.
Judging from what we find in Heloderma, we may have :—(1) a cys-
tic duct uniting with an hepatic duct to form asingle duct that opens
into the duodenum ; (2) proper hepatic ducts that pass to the pan-
creas, usually two that unite in a single one before coming to that
gland; (3) a common duct from the pancreas to the duodenum :
Proc. Zool. Soe. 1888, p. 100. I am inclined to think that this character
is going to prove to be of no little value in the study of the structure of Lizards
in future researches.
2 Parker, LT. J., ‘A Course of Instruction in Zootomy (Vertebrates), 1884,
p. 165. According to Owen, “In the Jguana there is a distinct hepatie duct
which enters the duodenum about an inch from the pylorus, a cyst-hepatic duct
which enters the side of the gall-bladder, and cystic ducts which leave the
globose bladder abruptly ” (doc. cit. p. 451).
198 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
(4) a few interlacing ducts, joined by one or two (?) hepatic ducts
occurring on the surface of the gall-bladder or just near it.
In figure 2, of Plate XVI., I present a drawing of the liver (and
other parts associated) of Heloderma, and although in that drawing
the parts are of their normal sizes and lengths they are pulled rather
downwards and forwards in order to show them off better.
The Spleen—This peculiar organ is of a bright red colour in the
living Heloderma, and, as in so many Lizards, is freely swung in the
fold of the peritoneum knownas the mesogaster. In form it is sub-
ovoid, being rounded at one end and rather pointed at the other, and
lies about a centimetre from the concave curvature of the stomach.
It measures in length, in a large specimen of the Heloderma, 1-4
centimetre, and has a width of about 8 millimetres. A large
vein leads from it which joins the portal vein, while it is supplied
with arterial blood by the splenic artery, which is a branch of the
dorsal aortic artery. In its position it lies upon a crossing of a
number of the vessels borne by the mesogaster, but in so far as I
can see they seem to have no other special connection with this
organ.
Very little seems to have been written about the spleen in Lizards.
Dr. Giinther has said that the “ spleen and pancreas are very elon-
gate and narrow” in Hatteria’. As referring to Reptiles, the word
“spleen”? does not even occur in the General Index (vol. iii.) of
Sir Richard Owen’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrata,’ and I fail to find any-
thing definite about that organ in the Reptilia in the same work.
In Lana the spleen is placed near the anterior commencement of
the rectum. Turner, whois pleased to notice the great value of work
done in “ comparative anatomy,” has not a word to say upon the com-
parative morphology of the spleen in his article upon the general sub-
ject of Anatomy, and in that article confines what he has to say upon
the organ under consideration to a few words having reference to the
anatomy of the spleen in a single type representing but a single family
of the Vertebrata (Homo)*. It is hardly to be expected that we
shall ever possess a very complete knowledge of the physiology of
this organ so long as we remain so ignorant of its comparative mor-
phology. In this Lizard it has simply the appearance of a large,
isolated lymphatic gland, and the remark of Huxley that ‘‘ The
spleen is substantially a lymphatic gland,” may still bespeak the
summation of our knowledge upon that point ®.
The Alimentary Canal.—In deseribing this we shall for the present
pass by the tongue and certain other structures that pertain to the
mouth-parts, and present what we have to say about them further
along.
The W@sophagus consists of a straight tube extending from the
buccal cavity to a point opposite the apex of the heart. In its pha-
1 Giinther, “ Contributions to the Anatomy of Hatteria (R hychocephalus,
Owen),” Phil. Trans. pt. ii. 1867, p. 28.
* Turner, William, Article ‘‘ Anatomy”: Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th
edition, vol. i. (see pp. 819 and 907).
3 Huxley, T. H., ‘The Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals,’ p. 91.
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 199
ryngeal portion it is capacious, but it gradually narrows as it proceeds
backwards, so that it becomes of very much diminished calibre
before arriving at the cardiac extremity, of the stomach, where its
coats are markedly strong and thick. All the internal membranal
lining of the mouth, the pharynx, and the cesophageal tube, down as
far as a point opposite the base of the heart, is normally, in the living
Heloderma, of a deep biack colour, due to an abundant deposit of
pigment in the mucous coat lining the parts in question. Below
this, however, such colouring entirely disappears, and the internal
coat again assumes its more natural tints. Strong, longitudinal rugee
already make their appearance here in the posterior fourth of the
cesophagus, and these are continued on into the stomach; we also
observe that both the circular and longitudinal muscular fibres of
this division of the alimentary tract are well-developed as we come to
examine its posterior portion.
The Stomach, in a full-grown lizard of this species, measures
for its greatest length about 9-2 centimetres and at its greatest
width about 2°5 centimetres; this last measurement is taken
at the junction of the middle and the pyloric thirds. The anterior
or the somewhat shorter border of the organ exhibits one general
concave curvature that may be divided into two lesser and similar
ones; the posterior and at the same time the longer border exhibits
one general convex curvature for its length. Muscular fibres can
plainly be made out upon its external surface running in the longitu-
dinal direction adown its cardiac moiety, they being continuous with
those of the cesophagus.
At the cardiac end of this gastric pouch the cesophageal tube
gradually widens as it merges into it, and in reality no proper line
can be drawn to define any exact cardiac orifice ; but this does not
strictly apply to the pyloric extremity, for there we can very well
define the line of union between gut and stomach. Upen opening
the latter, we have presented us for our examination the abundant
longitudinal rugze of the cardiac half of the sac, while these are
generally reduced to two for the mucous lining of the pyloric
moiety, and from these two well-defined ridges strong transverse
ruge branch off. These are continued to the “ pyloric valve,” an
annular muco-muscular ridge which constricts the orifice of this end
of the stomach where it joins the small intestine. A lens of moderate
power will discover to us the gastric alveoli, but they are not con-
spicuous, and it would require a good microscope to make out such
structures as gastric follicles and peptic glands if they exist in the
internal mucous coat of this lizard, as they no doubt do.
The entire intestine, in this same specimen, measured from the
stomach to the border of the anus, has a length of 40 centimetres,
and it presents the usual Lacertilian characters’. The duodenal por-
1 Tn the specimen under examination a complete invagination of the small
intestine existed, which, however, did not in any way involve the duodenum,
although it was very extensive below that point. ‘he gut was but slightly
thickened from the inflammatory process, and by gentle traction the inslipped
or upper portion was easily pulled out, and this I did, wondering all the time
whether such an accident often took place in lizards.
200 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON. [Apr. 1,
tion curves round the pancreas, and in it the coats of the tube
appear to be thinner than in any other part of the tract. Both the
stomach and the duodenum are connected to the spinal column by
a broad fold of the peritoneum ; in the case of the first it is known
as the “ mesogaster,” and in the second as the “ mesentery.” These
folds are absent in Man.
In all of the specimens I have examined, the “ ileo-cxcal valve”
is notably rudimentary in character, and indeed in this form the
termination of the small intestine hardly seems to enter into that
part of the tract, here spoken of as the rectal pouch, but which in
part must also, for its anterior division at least, represent the colon.
In Heloderma, too, the blind pouch that represents the cecum
is so shallow that it would hardly attract our especial attention were
it not for the fact that it forms quite a conspicuous feature in a
number of other species.
So far as the general calibre of the intestine is concerned, we are
to note that this is the greatest along the duodenal division, and from
this onwards to the point where it joins the rectal enlargement the
alimentary tube gradually diminishes in its calibre, being very notice-
ably smaller for the last fourth of its length. It enlarges again
slightly just before it terminates. Without giving it a special
microscopical examination, the intestine seems to be composed of the
usual coats, and upon cutting into it it struck me that the intestinal
villi were comparatively very large, especially along its middle
portion.
My big specimen of this lizard had a rectal sac some 9 cms. in
length, and of a form that quite well agrees with that of a Lacerta
viridis, as figured for us by Professor T. J. Parker in his ‘ Zootomy,’
on page 160 of that work (7). The mesenteric fold of the peritoneum
is continued backwards upon the rectum, and in this region it
is spoken of as the mesorectum. From this it will be seen that
the entire gastro-intestinal tract is supported, from one end to the
other, by a continuous fold of the peritoneum, which latter attaches
itself to the spinal column, along in the median line.
The blind pouch or cecum of the rectum is here very small and
scarcely definable. For instance, it is nothing like as prominent as
Owen figures it for Draco volans (loc. cit. vol. i. p. 445, fig. 303, h).
The Urogenital System.—Unfortunately all the specimens of Helo-
derma at present to hand are females; consequently it does not
lie within my power in this memoir to record anything relative to
either the urinary system or the generative aparatus in the male.
In the urogenital system of the large specimen of this lizard men-
tioned above the following facts are presented for our consideration.
An elongated, large, pear-shaped urinary bladder with thin walls
is to be observed. ‘This has a length of 6 centimetres, measuring
2°5 at its widest part, and is supported by the usual tissues, and
opens in the usual manner into the ventral wall of the cloaca.
Parker (I. J.) found this viscus ‘‘ bilobed” in Lacerta viridis, but
I find no such condition in our present subject, its anterior fundus
being uniformly rounded.
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 201
In my larger specimen the ovaries are very much atrophied, while
the oviducts have very much more the form of those in Lacerta
viridis, as drawn for us by Parker in his ‘ Zootomy,’ than they
have in ZL. muralis as seen by Parker (W.N.), and figured in his
translation of ‘Wiedersheim’s ‘ Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates ’
(p. 318). In other words, their anterior ends are rather split-leaf
like than elongo-folded tubule-like. A comparison of the two
figures in question will make my meaning clear.
The Aidney is large ana several-lobed rather than two-lobed as it is
in Lacerta viridis, and its posterior slender part equals in length the
anterior or enlarged part. The wreters open in the usual way in the
cloaca. In Heloderma the kidneys are of about an equal size, and
each one extends about as far forwards as the other. Standing
between the anterior aperture of the oviduct and the atrophied ovary
in my larger specimen, I make out a parovarium, which is thin and
subcircular and about as large as my index-finger-nail. Leading
backwards from it, I can with ease trace the rudimentary duct of
Gartner. Upon either side, at the sites of the penes in the male,
I find present a papilla which possibly represents a clitoris in this
lizard.
V. Nores upon THE THORACIC ORGANS.
Upon opening the cavity of the chest we finda very firm pleuritic
membrane, continuous with the serous membrane covering the liver,
spreading across the heart from lung to lung and enveloping those
organs, as well as enclosing the structures about the heart’s base.
Dividing this down the median line we observe that the last-named
organ is likewise contained in its own serous sac, the pericardium,
while our dissections further show that the outer membrane closely
ensheaths the lobulus cardiacus of the liver and the thyroid gland at
the ventro-posterior end of the trachea (see figure 3 of Plate XVL.,
eee.)
Opening next the pericardium the heart is brought fully into view,
with its ventricle and two large auricles.
The Thyroid Gland.—This structure is quite large in our present
subject (fig. 3, ¢.y.), and occupies a very different position from the
thyroid in such a reptile as Lacerta viridis. In Heloderma I find
it at the root of the trachea overlying the great vessels at the base of
the heart. This is more in accord with what we find in Birds,
where in some forms of them it lies upon the origin of the carotid
artery ; there is, however, a gland upon either side at the base of
the thyroid in a young Stork’.
As in the Crocodiles, the thyroid of Heloderma is bilobed; the
transverse, basic portion lies across the trachea next the base of the
heart, and connects the two lobes. ‘These are subcylindrical in form,
with pointed apices, each passing forwards by the windpipe, on either
side.
1 See Wiedersheim’s ‘Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates, Engl. ed. by
W. N. Parker, p. 227, fig. 185 (¢r.).
202 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
The Heart and Great Vessels.—Such examination as I gave this
organ, and the vessels leading to and from it, revealed to me nothing
that might be considered especially remarkable. Upon comparing
the entrance and emergence of the principal veins and arteries as they
take place from the cardiac cavities in the lizard before us, I find
that the arrangement agrees rather with Lacerta than it does with
Varanus. In making this assertion I am obliged to rely largely
upon the two figures given in the ‘ Comparative Anatomy of Verte-
brates’ (p. 285, fig. 229, A & B), where the arrangement of the
vessels is seen to be very different in these two types of Lizards.
With respect to the heart, the walls of the atria are markedly
thin in Heloderma, while, on the other hand, the ventricular parietes
are composed of thick muscle of a spongy nature, which renders the
single cavity of that division of the heart especially smal]. The
right auricle has nearly double the capacity of the left, and the left
has nearly three times that of the ventricle. Nothing especial seems
to characterize the sinus venosus, sinu-auricular aperture, the septum
auricularum, or the auriculo-ventricular aperture or its valve, or the
musculi pectinati, all of which structures I examined with great
care.
Such notes as may seem to be required hereafter upon the general
venous and arterial systems will be given, but it is my present im-
pression they are not distinguished from the same, as we find them
in ordinary Lizards, by any marked peculiarity.
Of the Lungs and Air-passages——The larynz is seen to be placed
dorsad to the base of the tongue, riding above it, as it were, while the
deep-black integumental mucous membrane which lines the buccal
cavity ensheaths them both. A sharp, thin, medio-vertical slit
occurring on the front of the larynx represents the g/ottideal aperture ;
it is unguarded by any epiglottideal valve, but its hips are closely
apposed to each other, and are thick, being so constructed that food
is prevented from getting into the windpipe. There is a median
membranous freenum connecting the anterior end of the tracheal
tube to the base of the tongue, but beyond lying immediately over
the hyoidean apparatus, the larynx seems to bear no special relation
to the last-named structure. I mention this fact, for the reason
that Professor W. N. Parker has said (in his translation of Wieders-
heim’s work), in speaking of the larynx of reptiles, “One point,
however, must be specially noticed, viz., the close connection which
obtains between the larynx and the hyoidean apparatus—more par-
ticularly the dorsal surface of the basi-hyal”’ (doc. cit. p. 255).
The structure of the /arynx in Heloderma is quite simple: we
have at its summit, upon either side, a movably articulated arytenoid
bone, and postero-laterally, upon either side, outside the larynx, a
cricoidal process. Extending from a cricoidal process to the ante-
rior tip of the arytenoid bone of the same side, we have a dilator
muscle, which by its contraction will open the glottis. Then, ante-
riorly, in the median line, dorsad, we find the larynx is roundly
notched : a constrictor muscle arises from the base of this notch, one
for either side, and passing round outside the larynx, becomes in-
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 203
serted into the posterior end of the corresponding arytenoid. The
dilator muscle, upon either side, is superficial to the constrictor of
the same side. The constrictors by their common contraction close
the aperture of the glottis during the acts of respiration and deglu-
tition. Dorso-laterally, the cartilaginous wall of the laryngeal box
is ample and broad, while ventrally it is narrow; and its capacity
is but slightly increased over that of the end of the trachea, which
1t surmounts.
In my female Heloderma the trachea, including the larynx, had
a length of seven and a half centimetres, to the bifurcation of the
bronchi, being composed of about 57 cartilaginous rings, each and
every one of which are incomplete down the median dorsal line.
Some few of these tracheal rings bifurcate, as we occasionally find
them in Man. Either bronchus is unusually long, its rings being
incomplete as they are in the trachea, which it lacks but little of
having the same calibre. For instance, in this same specimen a
bronchus measures three and a half centimetres in length, while its
size changes but little from the bifurcation to its terminus, thus
being nearly half as long as the trachea. According to Mivart,
the bronchi in Lizards are usually “ very short” (Encycl. Brit.
vol. xx. p. 458), and to this rule Heloderma certainly forms an
exception. A pulmonary vessel follows up either bronchus along
its anterior aspect, as one does along the opposite side of the tube,
each coming from the posterior portion of the lung.
Either lung is larger anteriorly than it is posteriorly, ending be-
hind in a rounded tip (see fig. 3, Plate XV1.), while it is in the fore
part only that we find a pulmonic tissue of the finer more spongy
sort, as these sacs behind are covered by a serous coat of a denser
texture, and are filled in by air-cells of the larger more open kind, as
is the case very generally in this class of Vertebrates. These lungs
are of about the same shape, size, and length in our present subject,
and their extremities within the abdominal cavity take up but little
room.
Now either bronchus curves slightly as it comes through the an-
terior moiety of the lung, and its rings are lost posteriorly in that part
where the pulmonic tissue begins to become coarse. Bronchial
branches are not definite, as communication is made with the lung-
tissue by means of short-necked apertures found at a few points
along their sides, principally anteriorly.
VI. Norres upon THE ORAL Cavity AND AssocIATED Parts,
At the roof of the mouth we have presented us for examination,
posteriorly, the Eustachian pits. These are large and deep, espe-
cially behind; they shallow out as we proceed mesiad and towards
the front. At the back part of either one of them there is situated
the subelliptical aperture that leads into the organ of hearing, and
these apertures, in a large specimen of Heloderma, are nearly 3
centimetres apart. Anterior to the point where the Eustachian pits
cease, the lining membrane of the roof of the mouth is not so deeply
204 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apes
pigmented ; while it fits very closely to the superimposed bones of
the skull, thus giving rise to several paired pits of greater or less
depth, and an azygos one that stands between the apertures of the
posterior nares.
These latter are of fair size, somewhat rounded in outline, and
separated from each other by a transverse distance of nearly a centi-
metre in the adult. From either one there leads forwards a doubly
curved slit-like groove, the lips of which are flexible and in contact
by their edges for their anterior two-thirds. This groove terminates
in front in a small, rounded opening, which is the mouth-entrance
to the cavity containing the Organ of Jacobson. A line drawn per-
pendicular to the plane of one of the posterior narial openings would
be found to be considerably in front of the eye of the same side, and
still further ix front of the brain. In the dried skull the direction
of the narial chamber lies longitudinally ; but in the living animal
the external nostril is laterally situated, so that an angle is formed in
the passage in front.
The Tongue.—Bocourt and Boulenger have given a superior view
of the tongue in H. horridum, and it has been figured by other
anatomists.
It is thick and broad at its base, rather thin and acutely but not
deeply bifid anteriorly. It is more than twice as wide behind than
it is in front, having rounded margins for its thicker parts.
Peculiar papilla forming epithelium is seen covering the hinder
two-thirds of its free surface, which is gradually developed from the
smoother coat of the fore part of the organ. A faint medio-longi-
tudinal groove marks its superior aspect, and it is bound down by a
thick median freenum ventrally. Dissection shows it to be composed
of two symmetrical halves, which are separated from each other by
a thin fibrous septum, found in the medio-vertical plane. Posteriorly,
extending deep into its base, we find the rod-like body of the hyoid,
and about it considerable adipose tissue is deposited.
Either lateral half of the tongue possesses two special muscles
that here require description :—
120. The Lingualis.—This is purely an intrinsic muscle of the
tongue, which arises in the substance of its base, and, extending
longitudinally through the entire dorsum, its fibres are gradually
lost as it comes to the apex. It overlies the genioglossus and the
genio-hyoideus.
121. The Genioglossus—A muscle which must be considered
but partly intrinsic to the tongue I propose to describe under this
name. It is seen to arise, upon either side, from the inner aspect
of the mandible near the symphysis, and its fibres passing backwards
and upwards, spreading out as they do so, the muscle at once
becomes entirely incorporated in, and devoted to, the tongue. Its
insertion for the most part is limited to the hinder half of the organ,
extending from the freenum to the base, and outwards as far as the
lateral margin.
The broad, thick, fleshy, unensheathed and independent tongue
of Heloderma, then, is a very different affair as compared with the
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 205
tongue in many other reptiles, or with such a lizard, as Varanus for
instance, where the morphology of the structure is essentially very
different’.
The Teeth.—These appear to be embedded in the thick buccal
membrane that overlies both jaws within the oral cavity in the lizard
before us, and it is only in the dried skull that we are enabled to
satisfactorily study them. In either jaw the curved line of teeth
stand in a slit-like groove of the mucous membrane to which we
refer, which is continuous all the way reund, and, in addition to this,
we find the teeth piercing the basic part of this groove and raising a
kind of a papilla at the point of each individual puncture.
Bocourt has given us excellent figures of the sharp, curved, conical
pleurodont teeth of Heloderma (34), and these have been copied by
other naturalists ; so it will be quite unnecessary for me to reproduce
these now well-known structures here.
In a very fine mounted skeleton of a specimen of Heloderma
suspectum in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution at Wash-
ington, which I have been permitted to study, I find the following
to be some of the characters of the teeth of this reptile. From
twelve to fourteen of these seem to be about the normal complement
that are destined to ornament the mandible, while perhaps
a pair more are to be found in the upper jaw. In front these
teeth are tiny and small; they very considerably increase in
size laterally, while posteriorly they are again smaller, especially in
the upper jaw. The largest of all are to be found in the middle of
the series in the mandible, the smallest in the premaxilla. Contrary
to what I have always understood from published descriptions, I find
all of the larger teeth, in both jaws, characterized by the peculiar
grooving, although it is best marked in the large ones opposite the
site“of the poison-gland upon either side. Pleurodont to a less
distinctive degree than we find in some other Lizards, these poison-
fangs are firmly anchored through anchylosis by a broad base to
the rather transversely-spreading ramus, in the case of the mandible,
while in the case of the maxilla of the skull they are more laterally
attached. -When, through accident or otherwise, any of these teeth
happen to be lost they are quite rapidly reproduced again, as I
have seen from my own observation.
All curve more or less backwards, and Giinther has said of them
that ‘In the genus Heloderma the teeth are vertically grooved so
as to remind us of their structure in Serpents. The teeth indeed
are more grooved than in them, for one vertical groove passes down
on the antero-inner side and another on the postero-outer side of
each tooth” (‘Encycl. Brit.’ 9th ed. p. 457).
1 For a good figure of the tongue, hyoidean arches, and associated parts of a
Varanus, see Gegenbaur’s ‘ Elements of Comparative Anatomy’ (English trans-
lation), p.553, fig. 310 (Lond. 1878). It is very evident that a bifid tongue, as
in the case of a short humerus in a Swift and a Humming-bird, is by no means
an index that all of the remainder of the structure in the compared forms will
be more or less alike, and consequently point to affinities that in reality do
not exist.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XV. 15
206 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
Just at this point I will pass from the consideration of those
organs that are entirely contained either within the body- or mouth-
cavities and record next a few brief notes upon some external
structures, such, for instance, as the poison-glands and their ducts".
VII. Tue Potson-Guanps. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.)
J. G. Fischer (44) has presented us with a fair drawing of the
venom-organs of Heloderma horridum as they occur upon either side of
the lower jaw. Of the ducts, of which there are four in the specimen
I dissected, they passed, at a short distance apart, from the mesial
aspect of the middle of the gland upwards each to its opening on
1 Before parting company, however, with our researches upon the organs
contained in the celom and the cavity of the thorax, I would like to say a
word or two more in reference to the observations I have made concerning the
system of hepatic. cystic, and pancreatic ducts ; and, secondly, as to the deserip-
tion recorded of the thyroid gland of Heloderma. In the case of the first-
mentioned structures I desire to repeat the statement that my opinion
about them is not final, as I should very much like to see additional material
and fully re-investigate structures that seem to be so notably different from the
more usual arrangement of these ducts in other vertebrate forms. ‘To be sure
I deyoted several hours to the careful examination of the ducts in question,
and, as far as the circumstances would admit, I was satisfied in my own mind
as to the peculiarities they presented; but that part of the vascular system of
the specimen undergoing dissection was not injected, and this may have given
opportunity for error. Notwithstanding the cautionary words I here give, bothmy
description of these parts and my drawings of them may be absolutely correct ;
and if they be, why so much the better for the writer and his reputation. Speaking
of these hepatic ducts I see that Professor Hoffmann found some interesting
arrangement of them in Alligators and Crocodiles (see Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs,’
Rept. Bd. vi. 33 & 34 Lief., 1882), and, according to him, the distribution of
the ducts varies for different species of Alligators, as shown by the drawings in
the work quoted (Taf. C). It nist be evident, however, from what I have said
upon a former page of this memoir, and from what Beddard found in a species
of Varanus with regard to its biliary ducts, that further investigation into these
structures in Lizards will well repay the labours of the morphologist.
As to the thyroid gland in Heloderma, and the description I have recorded
in reference to it, I would say that I am aware of the position occupied by this
structure in other Lizards, as in Lacerta it occurs as two separate lobes opposite
each other on the sides of the trachea some little distance above the base of the
heart. J examined with no little care the organ 1 have described as the thyroid
in our present subject; it was firm and flexible, and under a lens of moderate
power had all of the appearances that characterize glandular tissue. Be it
noted, too, that the pericardial sac does not normally extend anteriorly beyond
the base of the heart, nor connect with any other sae overlying the origin of
the great vessels that I am at present aware of. Still, a small rupture had
taken place in one of the thin auricles of my specimen and some blood had
escaped into the pericardial sac, and this, stained with its own colouring-matter
and hardened with the alcohol, had, I must confess, some little resemblance to
the structure I have described as the thyroid; but it may have been a resem-
blance and nothing more. The parts were all particularly sound and perfect
otherwise ; furthermore, after carefully dissecting up both sides of the trachea, 1
utterly failed to find in my specimen any such thing as a thyroid in the locality
wherein it oceurs in Lacerta. Again, it may have been some pathological
erowth, put an examination of a few recently killed Heloderms would soon
clear up all such doubtful points, and 1 sincerely trust that some day this will
be done.
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 207
the outer surface of the mandible, where they entered. Fischer
found in his specimen that these ducts branched as they quit the
gland; this was not the case in the reptile examined by me. Each
duct passes obliquely upwards and inwards through the lower jaw,
and its internal opening within the mouth is found at the base of the
tooth it supplies, near the termination of the groove of the tooth.
These glands resemble each other in size, shape, and position, and
they in all probability have the same function. Either one of them
lacks something of being rather less than two centimetres for its
antero-posterior diameter, and is about a centimetre wide. Sub-
elliptical in outline it will measure at its thickest part, which is at
its centre, four or less millimetres, while the organ is held in its position
by the firm connective tissue that surrounds it. Over its surface,
superficially, it is easy to discern the ratnifications of the vein that
comes away from it and thereafter joins the internal jugular. A
tendinous expansion, which arises from the outer surface of the
superficial muscles near the hinder end of the mandible, is seen to
spread out over this organ in large subjects. It is narrow and rather
strong at its commencement, to become very thin and closely adhe-
rent to the skin as its fibres diverge anteriorly. There seems to be
svarcely any muscular tissue in this tendon, but [ am inclined to
believe that by its contraction in the living reptile the venom of the
giand can be forcibly jetted through the ducts and so along the
grooves of the teeth at the time of its bite. In my specimen the
four ducts serve the anterior moiety of the organ, its hinder half
being without these glardular conduits.
Now, although the upper teeth of Heloderma suspectum are
grooved, I fail upon dissection of the parts to find any gland present
wherewith they might be supplied with poison. Indeed the skin
overlying the latero-labial region is quite adherent to the skull along
its maigin, while just above it, between the eve and the external
nostril, the bases of the dermal tubercles and the underlying bone
often coossify.
There seems to be no reasonable doubt at the present time but
that the secretion of these glands in Heloderma is of a poisonous
natare, and that the injury caused by its injection into the circu-
lation of living animals varies. Still further research is required
before we can possess anything like a complete knowledge of its
action upou different auimals and under varying conditions. It is
hoped that experiments tending to make clear such points will be
undertaken by the scientific investigator from time to time.
VIL. Tue Ovracrory Cavrries AND tHe ORGAN OF JACOBSON,
With the very tinest of wire saws I made both a transverse and
a longitudinal section through the uarial chamber of one side in a
specimen of Heloderma suspectum. The operation brought the
structures of the region plainly into view; but, so far as I was
enabled to discover, it revealed nothing that seémed to depart in any
1o*
208 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
noteworthy way from the arrangement of the olfactory organ in the
Lacertilia generally.
Jacobson’s Organ appeared to be not as large, comparatively, as it
has been found to be in some forms, as in Lacerta viridis for instance ;
it is, however, well-developed, and, as stated in a former paragraph,
connects by means of a special tubular canal with the oral cavity,
opening upon the roof of the mouth, anterior to the posterior narial
aperture.
As for the olfactory organ itself it exhibits, as usual, an antero-
external and postero-internal chamber, which are connected with
each other by means of a mid-passage.
The postero-internal or true olfactory chamber presents for our
examination a large, semi-rolled turbinal bone springing from its
outer wall. This is covered with the usual mucous membrane,
which supports the terminal ramifications of the nasal nerve.
Relying, as I do, upon the drawings made by Parker, Hoffmann,
and others, which are before me, of the nasal chambers of Lacerta
viridis, 1 am of the opinion that Heloderma differs from that form
in these parts in that we find in the true postero-internal nasal cavity
of the latter reptile a large turbinated, cartilaginous scroll hanging
from, and at the same time attached to, the roof of the chamber in
question. Externo-laterally this is connected with the lateral tur-
binal, the lining membrane passing from the one on to the other.
IX. Norres oN THE ANATOMY OF THE EYE.
My examination into the structure of this organ was by no means
exhaustive, and only sufficient to bring the following points to my
notice. Both eyelids seem to enjoy the usual movement of opening
and closing, rather more especially the lower one. The aperture
between them is horizontal. Small dermal tubercles fringe the
margins of these eyelids, and somewhat larger ones cover their ex-
ternal surfaces. A very delicate tarsal cartilage is developed in the
lower lid, but any such structure appears to be entirely absent from
the upper one. By the aid of a lens of some power I succeeded in
finding the Meibomian glands in the lower lid, where they seem to
be best marked. A nictitating membrane is strongly developed, as
is its governing tendon. In Heloderma this membrane is placed
quite vertically, and in a state of rest is found covering the antero-
internal part of the eyeball. In front of it there is to be seen a
semi-elongated, though not large, /aerymal gland, the duct of which
passes to open into the buccal cavity. Very much larger than this
is the Harderian gland, the body of which in our present subject
forms a thick, squarish cushion for the eye, resting upon the floor of
the orbit. Anteriorly it becomes smaller, forming a kind of neck,
which, crooked outwards upon itself and in contact with the eye-
ball, opens by a single duct upon the outer surface of the nictitating
membrane. This anterior portion of the gland is crossed by the
anterior rectus muscle, which holds it against the eye. Little or no
tat was found in the orbital cavity. Having their usual origins and
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 209
insertions as seen in the Lizards generally, the following muscles
were examined, viz :—
122. Rectus anterior.
123. Rectus posterior.
124. Rectus superior.
125, Rectus inferior.
126. Obliquus superior.
127. Obliquus inferior.
128. Musculus choanoides.
129. Pyramidalis.
130. Levator palpebre superioris.
131. Depressor palpebre inferioris (feebly developed).
132. Orbicularis palpebrarum (feebly developed).
The pupil is round, and the sclerotal plates are thin, these latter
having each a form somewhat similar to what we find in Birds.
Careful examination failed to demonstrate the presence of the pecten
within the eyeball, though future specimens may go to show its
presence. It is known to be absent in Hatterta and Chelonia’.
Around the entrance of the optic nerve the sclerotic coat seems to
occasionally slightly ossify. I have also found this to be the case
in a variety of genera of Birds. We find the cornea to be not very
markedly convex, while the lens is comparatively of good size, it
being quite flat externally, and convex upon its internal aspect.
X. Notes on THE ANATOMY OF THE Ear.
Heloderma has the tympanum of the ear large and fully developed,
making the usual attachments to the parts and bones in the
vicinity, thus creating a capacious meatus. Upon dividing this, the
external ear-drum, all around at its periphery, and reflecting it, we
bring into view the cartilagino-osseous chain of elements that connect
the tympanum with the inner ear. Both the passage of the
Eustachian tube and the cavity of the middle ear are capacious.
Lying along the dorsal roof of this chamber, and close to it, we
observe the well-developed columella auris; it passes forwards and
inwards and very slightly upwards; the osseous rod-like portion
being included in a fold of the common lining epithelium, as 1s like-
wise the infra-stapedial process in its own fold.
The middle ear is partially divided into two cavities by the inner
edge of the quadrate bone, and we see that it is within the inner part
of this cavity that the ossified medio-stapedial portion of the colu-
mella auris lies, while the outer cartilaginous extremity of the rod
1 Since writing the above I have carefully examined an eye in very fair con-
dition from an alcoholic specimen of Heloderma suspectum, and in it I discovered
an extremely delicate fold of tissue extending from the capsule of the lens to a
point near the entrance of the optic nerve. It was non-pigmented. This
structure quite possibly represents the pecten or “‘faleiform process,” but it is
here by no means so well marked as I have found it in many species of Birds.
Of course the demonstration of the presence of a ¢apetwm in old alcoholic
specimens of Heloderma is difficult, and I was not successful in any instance.
210 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
is found in the other. The latter develops the usual extra-, infra-,
and suprastapedial processes, while the last-named sends off a small
special apophysis of its own that lies in the epithelium lining the
internal surface of the ear-drum. Mesially, the columella anris is
slightly enlarged, tipped with cartilage and closely fitted into the
fenestra ovalis. Upon properly opening the dense, flinty, osseous
otic capsule, I find a sacculus of fair size and with the three semi-
circular canals disposed somewhat as they are in Lacerta. The lagena
is moderately well developed, but shows barely any inclination to
become spiriform. Beyond these casual observations I made no
special note, in so far as the auditory organ was concerned. This
apparatus widely varies in the Lacertilia, and to make correct and
exhaustive dissections of these parts requires much time and abun-
dance of material, neither of which are quite as I would have them
at present.
XJ. A rew prier Notes vPon THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM.
Upon examining the dorsal aorta below the heart, it is seen that in
its branching it is inclined to throw off rather a generous supply of
offshoots. At the point where the cceliaco-mesenteric is usually given
off, two arteries arise—the hepatic, which thereafter gives off smaller
mesenteric branches; and, secondly, a cceliac, which chiefly supplies
the stomach, the spleen, and the pancreas. About a centimetre below
the point where the cceliaco-mesenteric comes away there is given
off a large mesenteric branch, which with its branches furnishes the
principal arterial supply to the intestine and its supporting mesen-
teric membrane. A few smaller mesenteric offshoots are sent forth
at irregular distances below this point. Branches from these, as well
as from the dorsal aorta, still more posteriorly, supply the retrahentes
costarum muscles and less important structures along the region of
the spine. The ovarian branches exhibit no special peculiarities.
There may be as many as seven renal branches upon either side ; a
generous supply of hemorrhoidal arteries are also thrown off; while
a vesical branch to the bladder is supplied by the right common iliac.
Posteriorly, the dorsal aorta is continued to the end of the tail as the
caudal aorta, and for the entire length of this appendage it passes
between the arches of the chevron bones.
I made no especial research for the existence of the retia mirabilia
along the caudal portion of the vertebral column in this lizard, but
have reason to believe that if such vascular anastomoses there occur,
in our subject, they will be found to be not very markedly developed
in the region to which we have referred. It is generally understood
that a rete mirabileis more likely to be discovered along the vertebral
column in the tail of those forms of Lizards and Blindworms wherein
that structure is often lost through some mishap and nature repro-
duces the appendage again. This is especially true of the Blindworms.
It is not likely that our thick-tailed Heloderma often parts with
that extremity of its body; it is nevertheless true, however, that
when it does, nature supplies a new tail in precisely the same manner
as we see it reproduced in other Lizards similarly gifted.
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 211
There is before me at the present moment a mounted skeleton of a
Heloderma suspectum belonging to the U.S. National Museum,
wherein the hinder third of the skeleton of the tail has been replaced
by feebly developed cartilaginous nodules, and it is very evident that
that specimen, in life, sometime or other lost that part of its economy.
The Lymphatic system of Heloderma has not been examined by me ;
that is beyond what I have given above in reference to the spleen.
XII. Some OBSERVATIONS UPON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
Although it possesses a peculiar facies of its own, the brain of
Heloderma suspectum is quite typically Lacertilian in the majority of
its parts. Either o/factory lobe is rather short, comparatively, and
is of nearly uniform calibre throughout, The outer envelope of the
brain ensheaths these lobes together, up to their anterior tips.
Measuring from the posterior surface of the cerebellum to the tip of
an olfactory lobe, the greatest length of the brain of this reptile is
2°3 centimetres, while is greatest width, taken through the cerebral
mass transversely, is one centimetre. Each cerebral hemisphere is
reniform in outline, full, and beautifully rounded. The posterior
limbs of the somewhat slender optic chiasma are closely appiied to -
the rather large pituitary body, which latter presents the usual
infundibulum, and withal has a form much as we find it in Lacerta
viridis. Upon opening one of the cerebral hemispheres we observe
that the corpus striatum is large and rounded and occupies consider-
able space in the central cavity. A choroid plexus is easily made out.
Turning to the pineal body we find it small and rather inconspicuous,
and when the brain is in its case in siéu within the skull this structure
comes closely in contact on the ventral surface, in the middle line,
with a large longitudinal venous sinus that is seen in this cavity in
Heloderma. {Ihave made no especial histological examination of
the pineal body in our present subject, and consequently cannot with
authority say at what stage the “parietal eye’? may be: I am of
opinion, however, that it is undoubtedly in a very rudimentary
condition. It is a fact that a very considerable venous sinus stands
between it and the cranial roof, and that not a vestige of a parietal
foramen is to be found piercing the latter. This latter feature is
well seen in a skull of Iguana tuberculata before me that belongs
to the collections of the Smithsonian Institution (No. 12600). After
reading Baldwin Spencer’s announcement of his important discovery,
it is quite natural that this point should specially interest me upon
dissecting the brain of Heloderma'.
Young Heloderms show no better development of this eye than
do the adult specimens, in so far as I have examined them.
Passing to the olfactory lobes, we find them to be rather small in
comparison with the size attained by the hemispheres in the Lizard
before us, the two lobes together barely having a width equalling the
width of one of the hemispheres.
1 Spencer, W. Baldwin, “The Parietal Hye of Hatterta.” ‘Nature,’ May 13th.
1886, p. 33.
212 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
The cerebellum is cup-shaped, smooth, and comparatively of large
size; its anterior concavity entirely covers the hinder portion of the
optic lobes. Behind it, the dorsal aspect of the medulla oblongata
is much scooped out, while its ventral flexure is but fairly well-marked.
Upon carefully examining the roots of the cranial nerves, the fora-
men of Monro, the posterior commissure, the encephalic ventricles,
and other minor structures of the brain-mass, I find nothing that.
might in any way be-considered worthy of special record.
I will say here, however, that I felt a strong desire to work out
the cranial nerves; they looked very tempting, but my material
would hardly admit of it, as my dissections of the eye, ear, tongue,
and muscles of the head had already made extensive inroads upon this
part of the bodies of my several specimens, and in consequence the
cranial nerves had to be frequently cut or broken up.
Of the Sacral and Brachial Plexuses.—-Coming to the spinal nerves,
the only ones to which we have paid any special attention in our subject
are the branches that go to make up the brachial and sacral plexuses.
These I observed quite closely. But upon studying the descriptions
and examining the figures of these parts in a goodly number of species
and genera of reptiles as given us by a great many anatomists, I have
been forced to believe that these structures will never be anything
more than uncertain ones in so far as they afford any reliable cha-
racters for classificatory purposes. Mivart speaks to the point in
reference to this matter when he says, ‘‘ As to the particular spinal
nerves which go to form these plexuses respectively, and as to the
mode of their interlacement and mode of giving origin to the limb-
nerves, there is not only diversity between different genera of the same
order and species of the same genus, but also between different
individuals of the same genus, and even between the two sides of the
same individual reptile” *.
Regarding the brachial plexus in an adult specimen of Heloderma
before me of the right side, I find that the fifth nerve that emerges
from the spinal column, in addition to its sending off its smaller
branches for muscular supply in its vicinity, also sends a long delicate
branch which merges with the sixth spinal nerve, and so it constitutes
the anterior part of the brachial plexus. The sixth, seventh, and
eighth spinal nerves are very considerably larger than any of those
that precede them or that immediately follow them, and they may be
considered as constituting the main portion of the plexus. As they
come out of the intervertebral foramina of the spine, the first two
mentioned nerves pass over the posterior end of the rectus anticus
major muscle, while the eighth spinal is still more extensively covered
by the most anterior fasciculus of the retrahentes costarum series.
Now the sixth spinal nerve as it approaches the shoulder-joint gives
off four principal branches which supply various muscles of this
region, and a little further on at its termination this is the fate of
the main trunk itself. It, however, also sends off a short and rather
thick branch that joins and merges with the trunk of the seventh
nerve, before the latter anastomoses with the eighth. Following out-
1 Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th edition, article “ Reptiles,” vol. xx. p. 460.
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 213
wards the trunk of the seventh spinal nerve, we observe that the
first branch that it gives off is a short thick one, which it sends to
join the main stem of the sixth, and this branch crosses the branch
sent to the nerve now under consideration by the sixth, which is the
branch described in the last paragraph. In other words, the sixth
and seventh trunks are mutually joined to each other, near their
middles, by rather short thick branches which cross each other.
Below this point, and still following the trunk of the seventh spinal
nerve, we note that it soon thereafter joins with and merges into the
trunk of the eighth spinal nerve, and gives off no branches before so
doing. No branches are given off from the trunk of the eighth spinal
nerve before its mergence with the trunk of the seventh, and the two
below that point constitute a still larger trunk, which upon arriving
at the axilla passes on down the arm, breaking up as it does go into the
more usual branches that go to supply the muscles of the brachium,
antebrachium, and the hand.
Tt is hardly necessary to add that the vessels, the subclavian vein,
and the brachial artery are situated ventrad to this nervous plexus
of the bracbium.
Upon comparing this arrangement of the nerves in the brachial
plexus of Heloderma with the descriptions and figures as given us
by Hoffmann (45) of such species as Platydactylus egyptiacus,
Uromastia spinipes, Pseudopus pallasii, Chameleon vulgaris, or even
Crocodilus acutus, I fail to find scarcely any agreement whatever,
and it is only in such a form as Uromastiv that we note any
approach to what we find in Heloderma. This agreement refers to
the number of nerves and their connections that go to form the plexus ;
but even in these particulars the two species are at variance, though
in both four spinal nerves constitute the plexus, they being v1-1x in
Uromastiv and v—vui1 in Heloderma.
Next we come to consider the lumbo-sacral plexus, and there is no
doubt but that quite as much inconstancy of arrangement exists here
as we noted above with reference to the brachial interlacement.
Indeed, Mivart included the sacral plexus in his remarks as we
quoted him above, and my own observations go to sustain the opinion
he has expressed in the premises.
Using the same specimen of Heloderma as we did in our examina-
tions of the brachial plexus, and still confining ourselves to the right
side of the animal, the following arrangement of the nerves is to be
made out. ‘There are two vertebre in the sacrum of this lizard, and
there are three nerve-trunks that enter into the formation of the
lumbo-sacral plexus. The spinal nerve that emerges from the inter-
vertebral foramen between the last two lumbar vertebra is a small
one, and it immediately divides into two delicate branches. Of these
the anterior one goes to supply the muscles in the vicinity, while
the posterior branch trending backwards joins, at about its middle, a
much larger spinal nerve that comes out from the spinal cord between
the last lumbar and first sacral vertebrae. This latter, beyond this
point, in turn merges with that spinal nerve that emerges from be-
ween the two sacral vertebrze ; and the common trunk thus formed
214 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
passes out of the pelvis and down the pelvic limb, dividing up into
branches to supply the muscles of the extremity. Either of the two
posterior trunks of the sacral plexus distribute one or more nerve-
branches to the pelvo-crural group of muscles, these branches being
thrown off both prior and subsequent to their mergence with each
other.
Now I am not familiar with any Lizard wherewith to compare
Heloderma in the matter of its very simple mode of sacral nerve-
interlacement. Gegenbaur, in his ‘ Elements of Comparative Ana-
tomy ’ (English edition, p. 434), presents us with a diagram (fig. 227)
intending to indicate the most usual arrangement of the sacral plexus
in a reptile, and, although it is quite simple, it is not so simple as it
is in the subject we have before us. On the other hand, according
to Hoffmann (45), the sacral interlacement in such forms as Alligator
mississipiensis, Cyclodus boddaerti, Hydrosaurus marmoratus, and
Monitor indicus is conspicuously intricate, the more especially in such
a form as the Alligator (see ‘Taf. Ixxxvil. in the work quoted). To
a certain extent this must have its significance, as in the Crocodilia we
recognize a group of Reptiles that structurally stand the highest of
the class to which they belong, and in them the mode of interlace-
ment of the spinal nerve-plexuses is complicated ; and this would seem
to point to the fact that in the case of Heloderma, wherein the inter-
lacement of those plexuses is most simple, it is most probably affined
with a far more lowly order of Reptiles, perhaps with some of the
very lowest of existing North-American types.
XIII. Or THE SKELETON.
The Vertebral Column.—Upon counting the vertebrae composing
the spinal column of an adult specimen of Heloderma suspectum I
found that there were in all sixty-four of them. Of these eight
belonged to the cervical division of the column, twenty-two
to the dorsal, five to the lumbar, two sacral, and twenty-seven
in the tail or caudal division. In character these vertebre are
proceelous, the more spherical cups and balls being seen in mid-
cervical region, while those of the transversely elliptical pattern are best
developed in the dorsal portion of the column; and, finally, the more
rudimentary ones are devoted to the ultimate joints as we gradually
pass to the end of the tail. Commencing with the aéJas it is found
to be composed of five separate pieces; three of these are devoted
to the formation of its anterior cup for the cranial condyle. Of these
three pieces, one is a mid-ventral one, while either of the others are
ventro-laterally situated. Each side of the neural arch is formed by
one of the two of the remaining pieces of the five of the component
elements of this vertebra; and in a large specimen of this lizard
none of these five parts had co-ossified. A proatlas does not seem
to exist in Heloderma.
Turning to the aais vertebra we find it characterized by a very long
and prominent neural spine ; indeed, its length distinguishes it from
any other vertebra in the column. Its odontoid process is conical
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 215
with rounded apex: a thin plate of cartilage, supported by the atlas,
prevents it from being in contact with the condyle of the occiput
during the life of the reptile. The postzygapophyses of this vertebra
face almost directly downwards, articulating with the counterfaced
prezygapophyses of the third cervical vertebra. From this point,
backwards, this is essentially the direction assumed by these articular
facets throughout the vertebral series. Passing next to the third
vertebra, it is seen to possess a form that, in its main features, agrees
with all the other vertebrze to the anterior sacral one. It is to be
observed, however, that they grow almost imperceptibly wider as
they are followed in that direction ; the last lumbar being the widest,
and the vertebra now under consideration the narrowest in its trans-
verse diameter. This third cervical vertebra has a peg-like and
conspicuous neural spine directed upwards and backwards. This is
also characteristic of all the vertebree as far back as to include the
second caudal, from whence they gradually become thinner, more lofty
and pointed—to again become reduced and gradually disappear as
the few terminal joints of the tail are approached, wherein they are
quite suppressed. Rudimentary pleurapophysial prominences exist,
one upon either side of the fore part of the centrum of the third
cervical vertebra, but it does not develop the autogenous hypapophysis,
a character common to some lizards. Indeed there are no hypapo-
physes present upon the ventral aspects of the centra of the vertebrae
in Heloderma until we arrive at the first caudal one that bears a
chevron-bone. A subcircular intervertebral foramen is found between
the vertebrae for nearly the entire length of the column, it being
intended for the exit ot the spinal series of nerves. It is of good
size where the brachial plexus comes out, but the largest apertures
are those between the last two lumbar vertebrae, or where the larger
branches of the lumbo-sacral plexus emerge, one upon either side.
The centra of the vertebree, including the first caudal, are of
average length, rather broad, and flat upon their ventral aspects ;
the tail series beyond become gradually narrower, and comparatively
longer, as they diminish in size to the ultimate one. Facets for
articulation with the heads of the free vertebral pleurapophyses (of
those vertebree that possess them) exist, one upon either side of all
the centra at their anterior parts.
Choosing at random a dorsal vertebra from the middle of the series,
we are to note upon its superior aspect the thin anterior edge of its
neural spine and the almost equilateral outline that bounds its nearly
horizontal superficies.
Apart from their largely developed lateral processes, the two free
sacral vertebrze agree in the main in their forms with the first caudal
vertebra. ‘heir transverse processes are large, rounded, and thick,
with dilated outer ends, the bigger pair belonging to the anterior
vertebra, These outer extremities, upon either side, seize the ilium
between them, the anterior one having the superior hold, the posterior
one the under. Slender and rather conspicuous lateral processes
also characterize the caudal vertebre; they are probably pleurapo-
physial developments. Gradually diminishing in size from first to
216 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr.o8;
last, to finally disappear altogether, they are seen to be sharp-pointed
and stand directly outwards, the first pair being pierced by a foramen
upon either side aud near the middle of the process. Freely articu-
lated and prominent, Y-shaped, chevron-bones exist throughout nearly
the entire series of caudal vertebra. They gradually diminish from
first to last, disappearing altogether near the end of the tail, each
being directed downwards and backwards and articulating as usual
with the postero-inferior rim of the vertebra at its ventral aspect.
As I have already stated above, Heloderma reproduces that part of
its tail that at any time may, through accident, be fractured off.
A pair of free ribs first occur upon the fourth cervical vertebra ;
they are about a centimetre long, slightly curved, flattened, and tipped
with cartilage. The facet for their articulation upon either side is
rather extensive, but the head of the rib does not bifureate. Similar
ribs characterize each and all of the remaining cervical vertebree from
the fourth to the last. They, however, grow gradually longer aud more
cylindrical ; indeed, they simply intergrade in form imperceptibly
into the thoracic series of the beautiful, strong, and curved ribs that
are possessed by this lizard. Passing to the dorsal series we find
that it is only the four leading anterior pairs that are connected with
the sternum through the intervention of hemapophyses. These
latter are long and sweeping, and are preformed entirely in cartilage.
The shortest pair are the anterior ones, the longest the posterior; the
two mid pairs being regularly intermediate in their lengths, and for
comparison we find the hinder pair about one third longer than the
first pair. They articulate in little pit-like facets that are situated
at nearly equal distances apart on the posterior borders of the sternum.
The articular facets for the heads of the long hinder pair are
found side by side occapying the apex of the postero-mesial extremity
of the sternum. Pointed cartilaginous tips, ranging in length from
eight to two millimetres, embellish the free extremities of all of the
remaining dorsal ribs, from the fifth to the twenty-second inclusive.
These ribs are beautifully and regularly curved ; their vertebral heads
are rather large and are non-bifureated, while their bodies are subcylin-
drical inform. The longest pairs are found upon the 13th and 14th
dorsal vertebrae. The first three pairs of lumbar ribs are short in
comparison, each rib rarely measuring wore in length than a centi-
metre, while the pair upon the fourth lumbar vertebra are rudimentary,
and the last Jumbar is entirely without them. Cartilaginous tips
seen to be absent from the ends of these ultimate riblets of the
series, a fact worthy of notice.
Heloderma possesses a comparatively small sternum, it being re-
presented by a lozenge-shaped plate of cartilage, as is the case in the
vast majority of ordinary lizards. Quite firmly attached to it and
overlapping its anterior angle is seen the hinder end of the inter-
clavicle, the latter being situated ventrad. Its mesio-posterior angle
is occupied by two facets for a pair of the costal ribs, as already
pointed out, while the contiguous borders to this angle are mono-
polized by the remaining heemapophysial facets. Either anterior
border is grooved for its entire length to accommodate in articulation
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 217
the sharpened edge of the corresponding coracoid. Such a form as
Lacerta viridis, according to Mr. T. J. Parker, has in its sternum
characters additional to the ones here described, for it will be observed
that Heloderma lacks the ‘‘ small central fontanelle” and the ‘two
slender flattened cornua” which are produced posteriorly. Indeed,
this simple type of sternum in our present subject does not seem to
agree exactly with any other form in particular. And to satisfy one’s
self of this fact it is only necessary to compare the description offered
above with the figures of reptilian sterna that have been collected
together for us by Hoffmann in Bronn’s Thier-Reichs (Rept. 18-21
Lief., 1881).
The Skull.—To complete the account of the axial skeleton a con-
sideration of this important part of it still remains. The first thing
that strikes one upon a general examination of the skull of He/oderma
suspectum is what may be characterized as its peculiar solidity, a
certain massive compactness. All the bones composing it are stout
and strong. This appearance is still further enhanced by the fact
that it is thickly studded for the anterior snperficies of its roofing
bones by the co-ossified dermal tubercles, and some of these may be
found over the parietal region. Old oaken chests or various kinds ot
heavy furniture leave the same impression upon our minds, when they,
too, have certain parts of them studded with round-headed, brass
hob-nails.
Sutural traces can, but with difficulty, be made out in some in-
stances, although in the mandible and in most other localities no such
obliterations are met with. Except in front, the encephalic casket
is well protected by bony walls, and this kind of protection is also
nearly as well afforded to the orbits and the rhinal spaces ; the bounding
peripheral margins of these latter are quite circular in outline, while
the antero-external narial apertures are very much of the same form.
The form of the snout is broadly rounded, and the maxillary alveolar
margins are strong and horizontally broad, thus creating a substantial
base for the besetment of the teeth. Normally, the massive mandi-
bular rami do not fuse by ossification at the mandibular symphysis.
What is one of the most remarkable facts, however, about the
skull of this reptile is the now well-known circumstance that its
zygomatic arch is almost completely atrophied, and further that by
the union of the post- and prefrontal bones, the frontal is most
completely prevented from participating in the formation of the
orbital periphery.
In outline the comparatively large foramen magnum is a transverse
ellipse, while the condyle of the occiput below it is reniform in shape
and distinctly exhibits throughout life the sutural traces of the bones
that enter into its formation. Spacious from side to side, but not
lofty, the posterior temporal fossee are much over-arched by the free
posterior edge of the parietal bone. Either parotic process is stout,
being directed upwards, backwards, and principally outwards, while
the various infero-lateral foramina at or near its base are of com-
paratively large size: relatively larger, for instance, than we find
them in the skull of a big Iguana tuberculata that I have at hand.
218 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON {Apr. 1
The posterior nasal fossee are elongo-pear-shaped apertures with
the bulbous ends directed backwards, while either palatine foramen
is of an oval outline and of no great size. The inferior temporal
fossa is capacious, and a firm thin plate of cartilage standing verti-
cally in the median plane divides the orbital cavities internally.
This is the interorbital septum.
Of fair extent, the basis cranii is nearly a horizontal surface,
showing but a very slight general concavity over it. This is at
variance with such a form as Iguana tuberculata, where the area
to which we refer is considerably concaved. Ina previous paragraph
we have already sufficiently referred to the tympano-eustachian fossa
and the characters of the columella auris.
Whatever may be the condition of the parietal ossifications in the
very young Heloderma, they are in the adult reptile represeuted
solely by a solidly ossified and dense plate of bone. This bifurcates
behind, and either limb is directed backwards and outwards and
slightly downwards to articulate with the squamosal of the same side
as well as with the correspoading parotic process. Viewed from
above the anterior margin of the parietal plate is represented by a
finely serrated poet line; the superior surface of the bone is
nearly horizontal and usually supports a group of the ossitied dermal
tubercles, which have fused with it. Near the middle of its ventral
surface is seen a smail pit, which it would seem is situated too far
back to represent the vestige of the parietal foramen. It by uo means
pierces the bone. At some distance within its external free margin,
on either side, this bone develops a longitudinal ridge. This is most
conspicuous near its middle, and resting here against its outer aspect
are the upper ends of the columella and the prootic.
In old specimens of this Reptile, the frontal bones are indistinguish-
ably fused together, and upon a superior aspect of the skull not a
trace of the median suture that originally stood between them can
be made out. And even within the cranium it is hardly to be
discerned at all. By a straight transverse coronal suture, this frontal
bone articulates posteriorly with the parietal ; while we have already
mentioned the fact as to how it is prevented from participating in
the furmation of the orbital periphery by the meeting of the pre-
and postfrontal elements. Posteriorly, these united frontals are
almost entirely masked from our view by the layer of fused and
ossified dermal tubercles that overlie the entire fore part of the
skull. One never meets with skulls of old individuals of H. sus-
pectum as free from this feature, nor with the naso-frontal and
fronto-parietal sutures anything like as clearly defined as is seen in
the skuil of A. horridum which is figured for us by Mivart
(Eneyel. Brit. 9th ed. vol. xx. p. 451, fig. 12 f.). Ventrally, the
frontals of the skull of our present subject offer us a peculiar cha-
racter. Opposite the orbits each one sends downwards and inwardsa
broad and curved plate of bone which mesially meets and fuses with
a corresponding plate coming from the bone of the other side. This
arrangement gives rise to a transverse osseous bridge, and the large
mesial foramen it assists to form has passing through it certain
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 219
important structures which are on their way to the rhinal spaces.
That is, during life such is the case. Passing next to a consider-
ation of the zasals, they are seen to be fused together in a manner
quite similar to that which has just been described for the frontals,
and it is only upon the roof of the rhinal spaces that the sutural traces
can be made out at all. Laterally, a nasal articulates with the
corresponding maxillary and prefrontal; anteriorly the two unite
to send forward a process that articulates with the premaxillary in
the middle line ; posteriorly the uaso-frontal suture is seen to be
represented by a deeply zigzagged line ; and, finally, these fused
nasals at their antero-inferior fuubioe, mesially, meet the hinder
ends of the septomaxillaries. They assist in the formation of the
peripheries and upper parts of the external narial apertures.
Articulating with the nasals, the vomers, the maxillaries, and the
septomaxillaries, the premawilla presents a strong mid-process in
front which is carried backwards as the nasal process. Its alveolar
portion is rather broad aud commonly bears upon either side four
teeth. Behind these, and in the middle line upon the ventral
aspect, are seen two small processes placed side by side. The united
anterior apex of the vomers just reaches tothem. A similar character
to this is seen ina skull of Zguana tuberculata at hand, only in
it the apices of these two little apophyses have fused together, thus
forming a foramen between them.
Again viewing the fore part of the skull upon its externo-lateral
aspect, we observe that the thickly set, fused osseous dermal
tubercles are carried down over the maxillary and jugal bones upon
either side. They do not, however, entirely cover the mazillary,
for a narrow strip of its externo-alveolar portion is free from them,
and this extends from the jugal all the way round to the narial
aperture of the same side. As in so many other forms of Lizards,
this smooth and narrow surface of the maxillary seen upon its
external aspect, bounded below by its free alveolar margin, is
characterized by a longitudinal row of some six or seven minute
foramina; they pierce the bone opposite the teeth, or in some
instances even between them.
Either one of the waxillaries articulates with a good many bones ;
it articulates with an os transversum, with a palatine, with a jugal,
lacrymal, and prefrontal, with a septomaxillary and a premaxillary,
with a nasal, and finally it may even come in contact with one of
the vomers of the corresponding side. A maxillary forms the outer
lateral wall of the nasal fossa, and also a part of the roof of the
same cavity. It also, in Heloderma, contributes largely to the
formation of the bony part of the roof of the mouth ; and here upon
its ventral aspect it is somewhat concaved, while along its alveolar
edge the row of teeth are found. These latter are grooved in a
manner similar to the teeth found in the mandible, notwithstanding
the fact that they do not now seem to be intended to conduct a
poisonous fluid at the time the reptile inflicts its bite.
Septomazillaries are large and thoroughly ossified. ‘hey are in
contact with the maxillaries, the premaxillary, the nasals, and the
220 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. I,
vomers, and contribute largely to the osseous floor and inner wall of
either narial aperture in front.
Parial vomers are found in the skull of Heloderma. They are
represented by rather long stout ossifications; subcylindrical in
form, and either one showing a partial groove down its dorsal
aspect longitudinally. A septomaxillary notches a vomer on the
same side, externally, near its anterior end. These vomers are in
contact in front, but they gradually diverge from each other as they
pass backwards to articulate with the palatine of either side. How
different these bones are from the broad, flat vomers as we find them
in Iguana tuberculata, where they are in contact with each other,
mesially, for their entire lengths !
Either jugal is represented by a strong curved bone which forms
the postero-ventral boundary of the external periphery of the orbit.
Behind it articulates with the postfrontal, while anteriorly it is
suturaily connected with the lacrymal, the os transversum, the
maxillary, and the prefrontal. True fusion has almost taken place
among some of these sutures, notably the anterior ones. At its
postero-inferior angle behind, the jugal develops a stumpy apophysis.
Essentially this bone is a very different affair from what we find in
a Varanus, wherein it is reduced to almost spiculiform proportions
and curving upwards fails to reach the postfrontal '.
Making extensive articulations by very firm sutures with the
parietal, the prefrontal and frontal, and the jugal, a postfrontal
bone is here a fair-sized ossification that forms the supero-posterior
angle of the orbit, and completes the corresponding part of its
periphery. Instead of being a small and comparatively unimportant
bone, as indeed it is in some of the Lacertilians, the prefrontal in
Heloderma constitutes one of the most essential elements at the
fore part of the cranium. It is in sutural contact with the post-
frontal and frontal, with the nasal and the lacrymal, with the jugal,
the palatine, and finally with the maxillary. With the lacrymal it
forms the anterior wall of the orbit, as well as its antero-superior
margin. Internally, it bounds the lacrymal foramen, while its dorsal
surface is largely covered by a lateral extension of the co-ossified
dermal tubercles.
Forming the outer boundary of the osseous lacrymal duct or
canal, and wedged in between or rather among the prefrontal, max-
illary, and jugal bones, we find the small Jacrymal ossification.
Externally it is generally covered by one of the dermal ossifications
that overlie the surface of the skull in front, and it fuses with it.
A palatine is seen to be a large tripronged bone that develops
a transverse ridge upon its dorsal aspect. This ridge articulates
with the prefrontal bone. The inner fork of the palatine articulates
with the hinder end of the vomer of the same side; its posterior
fork engages the antero-internal limb of the corresponding pterygoid ;
\ My thanks are due to Mr. F. A. Lucas for theloan of a skull of a specimen
of Varanus bengalensis, as well as an imperfect skeleton of Crotaphytus collaris,
both from the collections of the U. 8. National Museum (Nos. 29226, 29151
respectively).
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 221
lastly, the external fork of a palatine articulates with the maxillary
and the transpalatine or os transversum. With the pterygoid it
completes the inner periphery of the palatine foramen; it forms its
entire anterior boundary, as it does the posterior boundary of the
internal narial aperture.
An os transversum is an important element in the lateral chain of
bones at the base of the skull. It is deeply cleft behind in the
horizontal direction, and into this closely fits the external limb of
the corresponding pterygoid, which is wedged for the purpose.
And it is thus that the pterygoid is extended to the maxillary, as
through the palatine it is by its internal fork extended to the vomer
of the same side. Articulating, then, with a palatine, with the
maxillary and the pterygoid, and touching the jugal to its outer
side, the os transversum completes the outer periphery of the palative
foramen ; and also affords an important contribution to the osseous
floor of the orbital cavity.
The péerygoids are a somewhat long and slender pair of bones.
Either one presents an enlarged anterior moiety and a straight and
slighter hinder shaft. These two portions form a curve which
presents its concavity to the outer side, and pressing against its
inner side at the middle is the extremity of the corresponding basi-
pterygoidal process. This latter is stout and prominent, and has
the appearance of pushing the pterygoid firmly against the quadrate
of the same side, as the columella appears to prevent it from rising
upwards. The pterygoid develops a small lip of bone at its ventral
side, which, extending backwards, overlaps the basipterygoid
process and thus prevents the slipping. As to its articulations, we
are to note that a pterygoid meets the columella, the basipterygoid
process the quadrate, while anteriorly it is powerfully wedged into
the os transversum, suturally linked to the palatine, and barely
touches the jugal. To some extent a pterygoid assists to complete
the osseous flooring of the orbit, and it also completes the boundary
of the palatine foramen behind.
Dr. Mivart has said in his article “ Reptiles,’ in the 9th edition
of the ‘Encyclopzdia Britannica (p. 451), that “The skull of
Heloderma is very vemarkable in that it has no zygomatic arch
whatever.”
And this is commonly the way in which this fact is stated. It
is not, however, strictly true, for upon examining skulls of both old
and young individuals of Heloderma suspectum I find at least a very
substantial rudiment of the arch in question. It also has been
noticed by Bocourt and by Troschel. It consists of a freely
articulated conical ossicle standing on top of the quadrate, being
moulded to the outer side of the posterior end of the squamosal,
with which it also freely articulates. It is seen to be present upon
both sides. That it is the osseous rudiment of the hinder end of
the zygomatic arch in this reptile there cannot be the shadow of a
doubt.
The sguamosals are well developed and occupy their most usual
position as seen in Lizards, being, upon either side, accurately moulded
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1890, No. XVI. 16
222 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
on the posterior bifurcation of the parietal bone. Either squamosal
articulates with the parotic process, the parietal, the rudiment of
the zygomatic arch, and finally contributes in a very limited degree
to the articulatory facette for the quadrate bone.
This last-named element of the lateral aspect of the cranium is
large in Heloderma, and transversely unusually broad. Its outer
moiety behind is concaved in the vertical direction, while its
anterior face, though slightly convex, is nearly flat. Tubercular
eminences and depressions finish off its summit, and two obliquely-
placed articular facets, intended for the mandible, occupy its
mandibular end.
Most Lizards have the epipteryyoid (columella) extending between
the pterygoid and the anterior edge of the prootic ; in Heloderma,
however, it quite reaches to the ventral surface of the parietal. In
Iguana tuberculata it lacks a couple of millimetres of accomplishing
this ; in both of these reptiles it rests against the prootic above.
Already I have said that the foramen magnum is of good size,
being a transverse ellipse in outline, and that the occipifal condyle
faintly shows the sutures upon its convexity throughout life.
And now we pass to a consideration of some of the bones that
more directly enter into the formation of the brain-case. Presenting
nothing worthy of special remark, the dasioccipital is nevertheless
interesting from the fact that the process it develops upon either
side, below the optic aperture, is of rather unusual prominence and
size. We have already alluded to the large parotic processes ; each
one is formed by the exoccipital and opisthotic of the corresponding
side.
A character of some value is seen in the fact that the supra-
occipital fails to reach the ventral surface of the parietal by not an
inconsiderable interspace ; this, of course, likewise applies to its
lateral portions, the epiotics. More anteriorly, the prootic of either
side articulates both with the under surface of the parietal, as well
as with the superior end of the epipterygoid. Tbe several otic
bones mentioned appear to go to form the auditory capsule in the
same manner as they do in all ordinary Lizards.
Every trace of the suture between the Jasioccipital and the basi-
sphenoid has been absorbed in skulls of adult individuals ; I find it
persisting, however, in the skull of an old Varanus bengalensis,
and according to Parker (T. J.) this is also the case with Lacerta
viridis. This suture, when it persists, is generally a straight trans-
verse line.
Strong basipterygoid processes with dilated ends are developed
on the part of the basisphenoid, and they spring from their usual
points, and articulate, in a manner already described above, with
the pterygoids.
Ossifications representing the parasphenoid, as well as the ali-
sphenoids, may be present in the skulls of fully-matured individuals.
They are to be found in their usual positions.
No especial study was made of the openings that give exit to the
cranial nerves from brain-case, other than to note the facts that
1890.} HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 223
the vagus and condylar foramina are to be found at their most
common sites as seen in ordinary Lizards. The anterior margin of
the prootic is also notched for the passage of the 5th and 7th uerves,
this notch being converted into a foramen by the membrane that
helps to enclose the fore part of the cranial casket when the skull is
normally complete. ‘The 8th nerve emerges from the internal
auditory meatus.
Next turning to the mandible I would add a few words to what
I have already said in reference to the teeth. ‘The ducts which
lead from the poison-gland upon either side do not pass directly
through the ramus of the jaw to the base of the groove of the tooth
to be supplied, as one might naturally suppose. Rather this is the
arrangement. Let us choose a large tooth from the middle of the
series for an example. In the first place it must be noted that
when the grooves upon the tooth are followed down to the base of
the tooth it is not at that point that we find the internal foramen
that is intended to transmit the poisonous fluid to the groove in
question. The external duct enters by means of a foramen directly
through the outer bony wall of the ramus. This leads into quite a
cavity which exists in the body of the jaw and at the base of the
tooth. Now the foramen that leads into the mouth and finally
supplies the tooth with the venom makes its entrance, as I have
already said, at the base of the structure, but by this I by no means
intend to imply that the dental groove leads into this opening. On
the other hand it is found exactly opposite the tooth and well
towards the mesial plane. It will be seen that the base of the tooth
slopes inwards and slightly backwards, and the reverse of this
course indicates the direction of the internal division of the fora-
minal passage when followed from within outwards. From the
structure of these parts, then, I am compelled to infer that the fate
of the venom upon being jetted from the gland is this :—it passes
directly, though somewhat obliquely, through the body of the
mandible, and enters the mouth through the foramen at the extreme
base of the tooth towards the median plane. Theedgesof the thickened
mucous membrane on either side of the row of teeth form there a
longitudinal gutter as it were; this is flooded full upon the venom
being thrown into the buccal cavity, it surrounding the teeth in
consequence. Then, simultaneous with this, when the reptile makes
its bite, the grooves upon the teeth simply serve as conduits to
conduct the venom into the wound. And when one comes to think
of it, this is a very simple arrangement, the more especially so when
compared with the more highly perfected poison-fangs of such a
reptile as Crotalus.
Heloderma has a mandible to its skull that seems to be composed
of the usual number of bones found in the make-up of lower jaws of
all ordinary Lizards. There is a strong well-developed articular,
with its large angular process directed posteriorly, and with its
articulation for the quadrate, the latter showing two concavities
facing upwards, backwards, and inwards. Upon the inner side of
the ramus, between the articular and the coronary, there is to be
16*
224 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
found a short longitudinal gutter with a foraminal pit at either end
of it. Meckel’s cartilage, as usual, is ensheathed by the anterior
portion of the articular element of the mandible, from whence it
proceeds forwards to the symphysis, being exposed along the inner
side of the dentary for its anterior moiety. The angular, pointed
behind and truncated in front, occupies nearly the middle third of
the ventral border of the ramus. The two bones thus far alluded
to are designated by Hoffmann as the articulare and the angulare,
respectively. And it is my intention in the present connection to
use the nomenclature for the ramal elements given us by that
distinguished anatomist (see Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reichs, Rept. 22-24
Lief. 1881, Taf. Ixvii. figs. 4-5), as his account of these ossifications
is far more satisfactory than any other that I happen to have at my
hand at the present moment. The coronoideum occupies its usual
position, developing upon its mid-dorsal border a strong quadrate
coronoid process, which takes on an upward and backward direction.
This element articulates with the dentale, the complementare, the
operculare, and the articulare. Forming the base of a fossa be-
tween the bifurcations of the coronoideum, upon the mesial aspect
of the ramus, occurs a thin splint-bone, the complementare, and this
is probably the “ splenial’’ element of some authors. Beyond the
ossifications thus far described we find an operculare; it is a flat,
irregular shaped bone that stands between the dentale on the one
hand and the coronoideum, complementare, and the angulare on the
other, forming a fair share of the mid-portion of the surface of the
imner aspect of the ramus.
Still more important is the dentale, which, as we know, bears the
teeth. This is here quite a powerful bone forming the distal moiety
of the mandible, being markedly concaved upon its mesial aspect,
and correspondingly convexed both ver tically and antero-posteriorly
on its external surface. As I have already said, the symphysis of
the two dentary elements is notably weak ; indeed, the bones of the
two sides are little more than in contact at the point in question.
Two small foramina pierce the operculare upon its inner aspect,
as does one the angulare posterior to these. Externally there is
also an opening of this character which is found in the suture
between the coronoideum and the articulare, being vertically below
the coronoid process.
The hyoid apparatus.—At its hinder extremity the slender dasz-
hyal is just sufficiently enlarged to admit of its articulation with
the anterior and posterior cornua. Posterior to this point it does
not send back any median process, while in front its delicate
cartilaginous rod is continued forwards into the tongue. Upon
either side of its hinder and slightly enlarged end it has articulating
with it the mesial heads of the anterior cornua. These latter have
their slender shafts at first directed, upon either side, forwards and
outwards, when at a certain distance they are bent upon themselves,
and then are directed outwards and backwards. At the point of
flexion there appears to be some sort of a simple joint present.
The posterior cornua are represented by paired bony rods of a
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 225
subcylindrical form ; they articulate with the basihyal posterior to
the mesial heads of the anterior cornua. Curving backwards and
outwards, their hinder ends are tipped with cartilage, which latter
character reminds one of the thyro-hyals as seen in most birds—all
ordinary existing birds. It is only the anterior joints of the pos-
terior cornua of the hyoidean arches in this Lizard that ossify ; all
the remaining parts of the apparatus‘are cartilaginous, even in very
old specimens.
From this brief description it will be seen that the hyoidean
arches in Heloderma simply add another pattern of these structures
to the various forms they assume among Lizards generally. Ac-
cording to Cuvier, Hoffmann, the Parker, and many other anato-
mists, these parts differ in a number of species of the Geckos, in
Gonyocephalus, in Iguana, in Seincus, in Chameleon, and in many
other species and genera.
In such a species as Lacerta viridis, according to Professor T. J.
Parker (‘ Zootomy’), all three cornua of the hyoid apparatus ave
present, the anterior, middle, and posterior, and such elements are
represented as the hypo-hyal, the stylo-hyal, the cerato-hyal, and
the epibranchial of the second branchial arch.
On the Shoulder-Girdle and the Pectoral Limb.
A description of the simple form assumed by the sternum in
Heloderma has already been presented above. ‘This structural
simplicity appears to be extended to the shoulder-girdle. A broad
part of the mesial border of either coracoid remains cartilaginous,
and this is wider in front than it is behind. Fusing with the
corresponding scapula, the osseous part of the coracoid at a point
upon the posterior margin of the girdle yields to the articular
surface of the glenoid cavity its ventral moiety. Just anterior to
this point is to be seen a small fenestra, that appears to indicate the
original divisional space between the precoracoid and the coracoid
proper. In rough outline the form of the coracoid simulates the
sector of a circle, the apex being at the glenoid cavity. Anteriorly
these bones overlap each other, while posteriorly the mesial margin
of either one articulates with the groove occupying the antero-
external border of the sternum. In a specimen before me it is the
left coracoid that underlaps the right, while the clavicles and inter-
clavicle tend to hold them in this position. It may not, however,
be that the left bone is always positioned ventrad. From all this
it will be observed that the coracoid in Heloderma having the form
described, its several elements are so fused together that it remains
only to make out the cartilaginous epicoracoid (mesial rim), the
precoracoid and coracoid proper being indicated by the position of a
small foramen only, while the mesocoracoid, if it ever exists as a
separate ossification in this reptile, is here now completely co-ossified
with the other elements.
Being rather less than one third the size of the coracoidal portion
of the girdle, the scapula has its upper and lower extremities dilated,
226 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
the bone, as in the case of the coracoid, being transversely flattened.
Its antero-ventral end fuses with the coracoid, while its postero-
ventral end goes to help form the dorso-superior part of the glenoid
cavity. Its antero-superior angle articulates with the outer end of
the corresponding clavicle, and its dorsal border articulates, for its
entire length, with the superimposed suprascapula.
The expanded dorsal part of the scapula is harmoniously extended
by the still more dilated semi-osseous suprascapula. The dorsal
border of this element of the girdle is markedly convex, the mid-
point of its are almost reaching to the transverse processes of the
vertebrae of the spine above it. Jn situ, it is seen to be a thin
plate resting upon the last four cervical ribs by its mesial flat surface,
being connected with the rest of the girdle in the manner we have
described.
The Interclavicle (episternum) is represented by an azygos bony
bar, which is somewhat dilated and vertically compressed behind,
while it is small and tapering in front, at which latter point it stands
between the mesial ends of the clavicles, being slightly dorsad to them.
Posteriorly its dilated extremity is attached to the ventral surface
of the antero-mesial angle of the sternum, the union being through
the medium of firm ligament.
Hither clavicle is represented by a slender, subcompressed bone
articulating in a manner already indicated above. When seen in
situ it at first passes from its articulation with the interclavicle
outwards. Near the middle point of its shaft it bends at a gentle
angle upwards, and from thence goes to its facet, found at the
antero-dorsal angle of the corresponding scapula. The mesial end
of the clavicle is but slightly larger than its outer extremity, and the
form of the bone thus affords a good classificatory character. Upon
close examination, in some specimens, it may be discovered that its
extreme outer tip may come into contact with the suprascapula at
its antero-ventral angle.
The Pectoral Limb.—Averaging some 3°'4 centimetres in length,
the humerus presents a rather short subcylindrical shaft, with
scarcely any curvature. Its extremities are markedly expanded, the
imaginary planes in which they lie intersecting each other at an
angle of about 35 degrees. The head of the humerus is an elongated
facet, and throughout life the sutural trace showing where this is
united with the rest of the bone is distinctly visible. To the radial
side of this is a bony crest for muscular insertion, having a form much
as we see it in ordinary existing birds. This crest is turned ulnad
so as to make an angle with the rest of the head of the bone, which is
also similar to what we find in this Jast-mentioned class. Distally,
there isan ulnar and radial tubercle, condylar surfaces for articulation
with the bones of the antebrachium. In their form these also
remind us of the corresponding structures in birds, though here in
this Lizard the epiphysial sutural trace is visible during the life of
the individual. The epiphysis in question includes the entire
articular portion. Above the radial tubercle, the side of the expanded
end of the shaft develops a moderately prominent ridge several
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 227
millimetres long. At the middle of this, upon its dorsal aspect, is
found a small pit that has the appearance of an incompleted foramen.
This character is constant.
Both the radius and ulna long retain, at their distal and proximal
extremities, the evidences of the epiphysial sutural traces. Sub-
cylindrical in form, the shaft of the radius is but very slightly bent,
and its enlarged distal end is moulded to articulate with the radial
ossicle of the carpus. Its proximal extremity is also enlarged, cup-
shaped at its summit, and flattened at the ulnar aspect of its head
so as to be brought close against the corresponding extremity of
that bone when the skeleton of the arm is properly articulated.
The ulna, nearly as large as the radius in point of size, has a
compressed shaft, with a very conspicuous, semiglobular, articular
condyle at its distal extremity. At the other end of the bone the
olecranon is well-developed, and a “ greater sigmoid cavity” hand-
somely excavated. What is interesting here is the fact that no
“lesser sigmoid cavity ’’ is formed to admit in articulation the head
of the radius, which latter is placed at the expense of a flattening in
order to articulate with an apposed flat surface on the ulna, which
occurs at the site of the ‘lesser sigmoid cavity” as it is presented
tous in anthropotomy. Thusit will be seen that a sliding movement
is admitted of here, but not a rotary motion on the part of the
head of the radius, as is the case in many of the higher Vertebrata.
Five carpalia represent the distal row of ossicles in the wrist of
Heloderma, while proximally we find the ulnare, the radiale, and a
centrale. Careful search, aided by a good lens, failed to discover
any evidences whatever of the presence of an intermediwm, much
less the vestiges of any rudimentary digit. In a previous section,
the large sesamoid that occurs in the great flexor tendon as it passes
over the carpus has already been described ; and ligamentously
attached to the outer side of the ulna isa large. pisiform. As to
articulations, two of the carpalia extensively articulate with the
ulnare and with each other, while the inner one of the two is in
contact extensively with the middle ossicle of this distal row. This
last-named one in turn engages the entire inner surface of the ossicle
of the carpalia upon its radial side, while its proximal apex comes
slightly in contact with the centrale. Number four of the carpalia
engages the entire distal surface of the centrale, but barely touches
the last ossicle of the distal row upon the radial side. This one is
devoted to the radiale and also articulates with the centrale. Proxi-
mally, the centrale articulates with the ulnare and radiale. Finally,
it is hardly necessary to mention that the carpalia, as a rule, each
engage a metacarpal distally, while radiale and ulnare articulate
with the radius and ulna, respectively.
The joints of the several digits of the manus remind us considerably
of the corresponding parts as we find them in the toes of small
ordinary existing birds, more especiaily the distal ones. Counting
the claw in each case, we note that the first finger upon the ulnar
side possesses three joints ; the next one to it has five; the middle one
has four; the next one, radiad, has three; while, finally the radial
228 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. l,
digit has but two. Passing from this last one, then, towards the
ulnar side we observe that they stand 2, 3, 4, 5, 3.
Taken as a whole, this pectoral limb of Heloderma is a very well-
developed one, and in the absence of the intermedium it agrees with-
the Crocodiles ; it will be remembered, however, that aside from this
point these latter have a very differently constituted carpus from the
one we have just described in the Lizard before us.
On the Pelvis and the Pelvic Limb.
In its general characters and in its outlines, the pelvis of Heloderma
agrees with that part of the skeleton as it is found in all ordinary
Lizard-forms known to us. The acetabulum is extensive but not
very deeply excavated, it being formed in the usual way by the union
of the three bones composing the os innominatum. The ilium
contributes its share to the dorsal third of the acetabulum, and from
this expanded portion it at first passes upwards, then curves
upon itself to pass almost directly backwards, and only slightly
upwards. All this last part of the ilium is stout in character and
rod-like in form, being compressed from side to side. The manner
in which it is seized by the two sacral vertebree has already been
described above when speaking of the vertebral column. Posteriorly
the ilium is carried nearly a centimetre beyond its sacral articulation,
terminating behind in a free blunt point. The pubis (or the pubic
bone) represents the smallest element of either half of the pelvis,
it beimg the antero-ventral one and forming the antero-ventral part
of the acetabulum. Dorsally it is nearly straight from the last-
named point to the symphysis pubis, while from side to side it is
convex. In the same direction, ventrally, itis somewhat excavated.
At its usual site it is pierced by the foramen for the passage of the
obturator nerve, while just anterior to this point a fairly well-
developed pectineal process is to be seen.
More irregular in form than either the ilium or the pubis, the
ischium completes the postero-ventral part of the acetabulum. To
describe it, one might say that it is composed of a broad flattened
arm that passes downwards and inwards from the acetabulum, to
merge, ventrally, into a quadrilateral plate, its second part; and
that the mesial border of this plate forms the line of the symphysis
ischit. This latter is slightly separated by a slip of calcified cartilage,
and this is continued posteriorly, beyond the symphysis, into the
ventral wall of the cloaca, as a small os cloace.
The anterior apex of the united ischia is but 5 millimetres distant
from the posterior apex of the united pubie bones, and this is
spanned by an azygos ligament, that, as usual, divides the not large
foramen cordiforme into the two obturator foramina. Fither one
of these latter is of a subelliptical form. Immediately anterior to
the pubic symphysis, we find a smal] nodule of cartilage that has
been designated as the prepubis. And this is connected with the
mesial pubo-ischiadie ligament, and even the hinder portion of this
latter may in some instances chondrify.
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 229
The Pelvic Limb.—As in the case of the anterior limb, we find the
long bones of this pelvic extremity ee at their proximal
and distal ends in epiphyses composed of calcified cartilage, and the
sutural traces between them and the true bone of the shafts are
visible throughout the life of the individual. One of these superadded
pieces caps the trochanter of the Jemur, a bone which here has a
length of about 3°5 centimetres. Its shaft is cylindrical in form
and nearly straight ; the head which surmounts it (mostly epiphysial)
is a transverse ellipsoid, rearing somewhat above the process seen at
the preaxial side of it, which represents the trochanter. A pit is
seen for the Jigamentum teres, and this is partly excavated at the
expense of the epiphysis, and partly at the expense of the shaft
adjacent. Distally, the condyles are rounded in front, with a shallow
rotular channel between them ; while upon the posterior aspect they
are especially sculpt in order c6 articulate with the corresponding
surfaces presented on the part of the proximal ends of the two bones
of the leg.
A very small osseous patella is visible in the ligamentum patelle,
at a point opposite the knee-joint.
Transverse sections made at the proximal, middle, and distal parts
of the shaft of the ¢idza are seen to be triangular, subcircular, and
subtriangular, respectively. The head of this bone is much enlarged,
less so its distal extremity, while its shaft is but slightly carved
along its lower third. The cnemial ridge is pretty well marked, as
are the tuberosities at its summit, intended for articulation with the
femur.
Quite straight and slender, the fibula has a very small proximal
extremity as compared with that of the tibia, while its distal
end is transversely widened out, being markedly compressed in the
antero-posterior direction. These two bones of the leg are of about
equal length, each averaging 2°5 centimetres, or about one centimetre
longer than the femur.
Returning for a moment to the knee-joint, we are to note the
presence of the internal and external semi-lunar fibro-cartilages, but
the osseous sesamoids found in these parts in some Lizards (Lacerta)
are here only performed in cartilage. In this last statement, of
course, I do not include the patella.
Co-ossification is extended to all the elements of the proximal row
of the tarsus, but this fusion is not so complete as to entirely oblite-
rate the original sutural landmarks. For even in fully adult specimens
an examination of this now single bone reveals the limitations of
three segments that compose it ; ‘these we take to be a fibiale (astra-
galus), a fibulare (calcaneum ), and the centrale. The last- named
one is very large, comparatively, and may include an intermedium,
but there is no evidence of it. Pr oximally, this tibio-fibulare has a
large facet upon either side to accommodate in articulation the fibula
and the tibia, while distally it is in contact with the tarsalia and two
of the metatarsals.
Passing to the consideration of the ¢arsalia themselves, we are to
note that in the case of ¢arsale 1 and 2 they appear only to be
230 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
represented by an inconspicuous intercalated bit of thin cartilage,
barely preventing the contact of the tibio-fibulare with the first two
metatarsals. Proximal epiphyses of these latter, however, are
moulded to meet the ends of perfect articulation. Subcuboidal in
form, tarsale 3 is a well-ossified bonelet articulating with second and
third metatarsals, with tarsale 2, and with the tibio-fibulare, or the
co-ossified mass representing the elements of the proximal row. The
basal ends of the 2nd and 3rd metatarsals are markedly smaller than
they are in the Ist and 4th, indeed in the latter it has its proximal
extremity very conspicuously expanded. Tarsale 4 is a larger
nodule of bone that articulates with the tarsal elements upon
either side of it, with the 4th metatarsal, and with the tibio-fibulare.
Finally, more remarkable than any of the rest is tarsale 5; itis a
wonderfully irregular bone in form, and peculiar in other respects.
It articulates by merely a vertical line with the tibio-fibulare.
Externally it sends forward a prominent process that, by a trochlear
facet at its extremity, articulates with the basal phalanx of the 5th
metatarsal. It also articulates with tarsale and metatarsale 4,
while in the sole it sends downwards a strong process that serves for
muscular and other attachments. This latter is augmented by the
form assumed by tarsale 4 at its inner side, and it is this common
apophysis that gives attachment to some of the short plantar muscles
that, in my chapter on the myology (given above), may have been a
little differently described, from the confusing propinquity of the
ossicles in question. So that a knowledge of this fact will make
clear in those premises what might otherwise be considered not an
exact description. Professor T. J. Parker, in bis studies of Lacerta
viridis, considered tarsale 4 to be the “cuboid” (Zootomy, p. 152).
Vestiges of a very rudimentary character appear to be preseut in one
of my specimens of IHeloderma of a sixth pedal ray, it being in
connection with tarsale 5 upon the fibular side of the ankle.
The metatarsals differ in form but slightly from the metacarpals,
and these differences pertain more especially to the proximal extremi-
ties, and these have already been pointed ont above. Still more in-
significant are the differences to be found between the corresponding
jcints of the digits of manus and pes, and their numerical arrangement
is also similar. We saw in the hand that, passing from the radial to
the ulnar side, the fingers possessed 2, 3, 4, 5, 3 phalangeal joints,
respectively ; now in the foot, in passing from the tibial to the
fibular side these numbers exactly correspond, or we find 2, 3, 4, 5,3
phalangeal joints to the toe respectively.
An excellent diagnostic character twixt pes and manus in this
Lizard is to be found in the comparative size and form of the fifth
metatarsal and the fifth metacarpal; in the case of the former it is
notably short and small, while in the latter quite the reverse of these
characters exists, for no especial curtailment of its length is to be
noticed, and in bulk it rather exceeds any one of the middle three
joints of the palm.
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 231
XIV. A srier SynopricAL RECAPITULATION OF THE MORE
Satient MorPHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF HELODERMA
SUSPECTUM, SELECTED FROM THE RESEARCHES SET FORTH
IN THE PRESENT Memoir.
Herpetologists have long been familiar with those topographical
characters that are presented on the part of either H. horridum or
H. suspectum. Bocourt, in characterizing the group he created to
contain these reptiles’, gave them tersely as follows :—‘ Parties
supérieures du corps hérisséces de tubercules semi-osseux, disposés
sur le trone et sur la queue en séries transversaleg trés-rapprochées
les unes des autres. Plaques ventrales plates et quadrilatérales.
Pas de plicature de la peau formant un sillon le long des flancs.
Dents maxillaires appliquées sur le bord interne des machoires et
creusées d’une rainure longitudinale assez profonde. Langue non
rétractile.”’
And for the genus (Heloderma) :—* Téte forte et épaisse.
Corps trapu. Membres et doigts courts, 4 peu prés de méme
longueur. Queue arrondie. Ventre protégé par des plaques lisses,
quadrilatérales, ne formant que des séries transversales. Des pau-
itres. Une ouverture auriculaire. Pas de pores fémoraux.”
Essentially, these are the most available characters presented in the
form of H. swspectum, and by dissection the following, more deeply
situate, are brought to light :—
Heloderma suspectum will probably be found to be an oviparous
reptile.
‘) And it has between the rami of its mandible a mandibularis
muscle.
(2) With all three pronator muscles present in its forearm.
(3) With peculiar longitudinal cones of adipose tissue inter-
calated with the muscles and the other structures of the
tail.
(4) With large corpora adiposa.
(5) With the horizontal membrane or the visceral layer of the
peritoneum present and well developed.
(6) With an anastomotic arrangement of the bile and hepatic
ducts, and with the same having a peculiar connection with
the pancreas (?).
(7) With a rather large, pear-shaped, thoroughly isolated spleen
resent.
(8) With a bilobed thyroid gland present and situated just above
the heart (?).
(9) With the walls of the atria of the heart thin, and with
those of the ventricle thick, while the cavity of the latter is
small and not divided.
(10) With the anterior end of the trachea placed dorsad to the
base of the tongue.
! Sous-Famille.—TRAcHYDERMI GLYPHODONTA,
232 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
(11) With a simple laryngeal apparatus and trachea, but with
long bronchi.
(12) With a thick, fleshy, unsheathed, and slightly forked
tongue.
(13) With curved, conical, grooved, sharp-pointed teeth: when
this reptile bites, these teeth transmit the poison from the
poison-glands to the wounds they inflict.
(14) With the secretion of either submandibular gland of a
poisonous nature, and with the four ducts of the gland
opening into the mouth by foramina situated beneath its
lining membrane, near the bases of the teeth.
(15) With la®fymal and Harderian glands present in either orbit,
and with the pecten present in either eye.
(16) With a fully developed tympanum for the ear.
(17) With sixty-four vertebrze in its spinai column, of which
eight are cervical, twenty-two are dorsal, five lumbar, two
sacral, and twenty-seven in the tail. They are of the
proccelous type.
(18) With a sternum that is entire.
(19) With the dermal tubercles covering the fore part of the
skull, co-ossifying therewith in the adult.
(20) With almost complete atrophy of the zygomatic arch, only
a bit of its posterior extremity remaining.
(21) With the frontal bone excluded from participating in the
formation of the superior margin of either orbital periphery,
aud this by the union of the post- and prefrontal bones.
(22) With a single parietal bone unperforated by a parietal
foramen. ;
(23) With a stout epipterygoid that reaches the parietal roof
above.
(24) With a free dorsal margin to the supraoccipital (7. e. that
edge is not in contact with the ventral surface of the
parietal).
(25) With clavicles that are of nearly uniform calibre through-
out their lengths.
(26) With a straight interclavicle that is small and nodular in
front, dilated behind. Anteriorly, it stands between the
mesial ends of the clavicles.
(27) With only the ulnare, radiale, and centrale composing the
proximal row of carpus, and with five carpalia in the distal
row.
(28) With digits of manus and pes, in which, counting from first
to fifth, inclusive, the number of phalangeal joints run 3, 2, 3,
4, 5, 3, respectively.
(29) With a well-developed pectineal process, upon either side,
on the anterior margin of the pelvis.
(30) With a small os cloace.
(31) With a very small, but ossified patella in the pelvic limb.
(32) With a single bone forming the proximal row of the tarsus,
but the sutural traces in it, standing among tibiale, fibulare,
1890. ] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 233
and centrale, plainly visible throughout lite. With three
well-ossified bones in the distal row of the tarsus. These
represent the tarsalia.
XV. ConcLtupinG REMaARKs.
There were two prime objects the writer had in view when he
undertook the present memoir; the one was to give an account of
the anatomy of the reptile of which it treats, and the second, to
point out, if possible, some of the forms to which it was related.
Heloderma seemed to be deserving of a more complete chapter
devoted to its structure than had, prior to the production of the present
work, been awarded it. How well this has been accomplished it
remains for the reader of the foregoing pages to decide for himself.
With respect to my having succeeded in throwing any light upon
the probable affinities of Heloderma, it must be owned that such
success as has been attained is by no means as complete as the
writer had originally hoped for, and this has brought with it its due
measure of disappointment. Failure in this direction has been due
principally to the lack of proper material for comparison, material
which it was found impossible to obtain, notwithstanding the fact
that a great many earnest efforts were made todo so. Bocourt (34)
has presented us with a sufficiently complete résumé of the opinion
of authors as to the affinities of the Helodermatide down to the year
1878, so it will not be necessary to recapitulate that excellent piece
of work here. My own studies of the Varanide convince me of
the fact that Heloderma is far removed trom that group, having
very little structural affinity with it. This applies with equal truth
to any true kinship that may have been entertained as existing be-
tween the Helodermatide and the Iguanide.
In so far as my opinions go in reference to such affinities as may
exist between two such forms as Lanthanotus boreensis and Heloderma
suspectum, they quite agree with those of Mr. Garman, and the
affinity in that direction ‘‘ seems to me rather fanciful.’ Perhaps
a remote affinity may exist between Lanthanotus and the Crocodiles,
but such interesting points can only be decided when Curators come
to learn one point and practice another. In the first instance the
ultimate fate of an important form of reptile should not be to place
it in a jar of alcohol, stand it upon a shelf, and then ascertain how
many years it will take to have nearly all its characters rot within a
spirit-preserved skin ; and in the second instance, the simple method
of ascertaining many of the most important internal characters from
such specimens, to the benefit of the specimen and the progress of
science, should be more universally indulged in.
Personally, the writer has compared the skeleton of Heloderma
suspectum with the skeleton of Crotaphytus collaris, but there is no
affinity in that direction ; and the fact of tne matter is, there is far
more to remind one of the skeleton of Iguana tuberculata in the
osteology of such a species than there is to suggest anything to do
with such a radically different type of structure as is presented in the
234 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
skeleton of a Heloderma. Indeed, if we take the skulls of Iguana
tuberculata and Crotaphytus collaris it is not ‘a difficult matter to
pick out quite a number of points of near resemblance.
From all that I have seen in the works of other authors, I am
strongly inclined to believe that when the morphology of such species
that are now grouped in the genera Yantusia, Xenosaurus, and
Lepidophyma is thoroughly worked out, no inconsiderable amount of
light will be thrown upon the subject of the affinities of the Heloder-
matide. So far as our present knowledge of existing reptiles extends,
I am convinced that it is in the direction that I have just indicated
that we must look for the affines of our Heloderma suspectum.
When we come to consider the group of characters that are pre-
sented us on the part of the form to the anatomy of which the pages
of this memoir have been devoted, there can be but one opinion in
our minds as to the classificatory rank that should be awarded to the
Heloderm in the system. Fora great many years zoologists have
met all the way through the animal series forms the taxonomic
arrangement of which demanded a somewhat higher rank than the
genus seemed to suggest. This need seems to have been quite
thoroughly satisfied in the creation of the subfamily, as it is now
generally employed and has been so long in use. On the other
hand, at a considerably later date, the necessity for a group ranking
higher than the family became apparent, and this was first met by
Gill, who in 1872 introduced the use of Superfamilies*; and they
have been steadily growing in favour with naturalists ever since. The
same zoologist has already created a superfamily to contain the
Heloderms. This he has termed the Helodermatoidea, and has
selected the fullowing characters to designate it, viz.:—“ Eriglossate
Saurians with coneavo-convex vertebree ; clavicles undilated prox-
imally, and post-orbital bony arches, but without post-frontosquamosal
arches ” (Smithsonian Report, 1885, pt. i. p. 800).
The Helodermatide is the only known family of this superfamily,
and it, as we now know, contains but the two species which have been
referred to in this memoir. They are the only ones at present
known to science. To return to the taxonomy of them, the present
writer is of opinion that the morphological characters presented
on the part of these reptiles, which characters have been set forth
in detail in this work, go to support the classification suggested by
Gill, and it is proposed, in so far as it applies to the definition of
the Heloderms in the system, that the arrangement be adopted. It
is adopted here.
Many things have, during my studies of the Helodermatide,
inclined me to believe that these reptiles are probably derived froma
rather old stock, and that during comparatively recent times they
have not changed much in their organization. And further, I doubt
very much that we will ever meet among the more recent forms of
existing types of reptiles any that will show in their morphology
' These were first used, by the author quoted, in a paper entitled “On the
Characteristics of the Primary Groups of the Class Mammals,” Proc. Am. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. vol. xx. p. 291.
1890. } HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 235
very close affinity with them. Giinther has said * that “ Central
America possesses, besides, five other families, small in species and
restricted in range (some belonging to the fauna of great elevations),
but highly interesting types. These are the Hublepharide, Xeno-
sauride, Aniellide, Helodermatide, and Lepidophymatide. Their
localization and differentiation can be accounted for on the hypothesis
that they are the remains of the fauna of the various islands into
which Central America was broken up at a former period.’ ‘This is
likewise quite in the line of my thinking.
XVI. BispLioGRAPHyY.
The following works are the principal ones that refer to the
HELODERMATIDA, and the most important of them have been
consulted by the writer in connection with the present monograph.
(1) 1651. Hernanpez (FRanciscus).—‘ Historize animalium et
mineralium Noyee Hispaniz liber vnicus’; Cap. p. 315.—
(This is the first authority that alludes to H. horridum, and
in the volume quoted we find a very fair description of the
Reptile, the author stating that it was known to the Mexicans
as the Acastelepon, but to the Spanish Créoles as the “ Ks-
corpion.’’)
(2) 1829. Wiegmann (AREND Fripericus AuGustus).—Isis,
pp. 627-629.—(Under the name of Trachyderma horridum,
Wiegmann, in this place, presents us with rather a super-
ficial description of a Mexican specimen of the reptile ; see
also the same work, p. 624, H. horridum.)
(3) 1830. WacLer (Joannes).—Natiirliches System der Am-
phibien. P. 164.—(This naturalist places Heloderma among
the Thecoglosse pleurodontes.)
(4) 1833. Idem.—Descriptiones et Icones Amphibiorum. Fasc.
2.—(An unpaged description, in Latin, illustrated by an in-
differently executed figure of Heloderma horridum, trom an
alcoholic specimev which had been brought to Berlin.)
(5) 1833. Scuinz (Hernricu Rupoirn).—Naturgeschichte und
Abbildungen der Reptilien. Text and Atlas, 4to. Leipzig.
P. 95; tab. 33.—(Wagler’s drawing accompanied by a no
better description in German.)
(6) 1834. Wrzemann (ArenpD F. A.).—Herpetologia Mexicana
seu Descriptio Amphibiorum Nove Hispaniz. Berolini.
Pp. 6, 7, and tab. ii—(Here this author’s well-known
suborder of the Sguamata is divided into three series,—the
Leptoglossi, the Rhyptoglossi, and the Pachyglossi. Of these
the Leptoglossi is again subdivided into the Brevilingues
and the Fissilingues, and in the last-mentioned group the
Heloderma has been placed, in a family created tor it, the
Trachydermi. Wis coloured figure of Heloderma horridum
is too brown in its colouring, and in form only presents us
1 Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th ed. vol. xx. p. 470 (1886).
236 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
with a fair idea of the reptile. A drawing is also given of
the superior aspect of the head.)
(7) 1836. Dumerim (A. M. C.) and Brsron (G).—Erpétologie
Générale ou Histoire Naturelle compléte des Reptiles. T.
iii. pp. 499-501.—(In this justly celebrated work a brief
description of the Heloderma is given, which adds nothing to
previous descriptions of other authors.)
(8) 1837. Gray (J. E.).—Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London. P. 132.—(Places the Helodermatide with the
Leptoglosse, a subdivision of the Saurians as proposed by
Wiegmann.)
(9) 1838. Bonaparte (CuArtes Lucien).—* Synopsis Vertebrat-
orum Systematis.”? Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali.
Anno i. Tomo ii. Bologna, pp. 105—133.—(On page 124, family
13 is represented by the Helodermatide, and subfamily 20
by the Helodermatina, the latter being the only subfamily
ranged under the former. The cacography in either case is
retained. The year, although given as above both on back
of volume and the titlepage, should probably be 1839,
unless Tomo iii. was published in 1839. Compare same
work below.)
(10) 1840. Idem.—* Prodromus Systematis Herpetologiz.’’ Nuovi
Annali delle Scienze Naturali. Anno ii. Tomoiv. Bologna,
pp. 90-101.—(Here the Heloderms are placed with the
Leptoglossi of this author, between the Varanide and the
Ameivide (Tribus 2); and upon p. 95 the following cha-
racterization of them is given: “Familia 13. Helodermatide.
Lingua. ... laminz supraorbitales cutaneze: oculi palpe-
brati; aures conspicuze: membrana tympani superficialis ;
caput tuberculato-squamosum, depressum: corpus elong-
atum.
“ Subfamilia 21. Helodermatina. Dentes adnati: cutis
sulculis exarata: squamze tuberculiformes ossee: pori fe-
morales nuili.”’
(11) 1840. Idem.—* Systema Vertebratorum.” Trans. Linn. Soc.
London ; vol. 18. pp. 247-305. Separate, 1. p. 1. 58 pp.
Helodermatide and Helodermatina, p. 294; Sep. 37.—
(In the last place there occurs the same characterization of
the Helodermatide and the Helodermatina as is quoted above
from the Prodromus, with the exception that the words
“ Familia” and ‘ Subfamilia’’ were not introduced, and owing
to a certain re-arrangement the subfamily is 20 instead of 21
as above given.)
(12) 1845. Gray (J. E.).—Catalogue of the Specimens of Lizards
in the Collection of the British Museum. P. 14.—(Helo-
derma horridum is here alluded to under the name of “The
Caltetepon,” and isolated as the representative of the family
** Caltetepons ” (Helodermide).)
(13) 1853. TroscHen (F. H.).—Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte ; t. i.
p- 294.—(Taf. xiii. and xiv. present us with very good figures,
1890. ] ; HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 237
giving side and basal view of skull, the former showing the
manner in which the dermal tubercles of the head eventually
ossify and fuse with the skull; there are also given figures
of the upper view of the tongue, the hyoid, the limbs, ribs,
sternum, and pelvis.)
(14) 1856. Dumérit (Aucuste).—“ Description des Reptiles nou-
veaux ou imparfaitement connus de la collection du Muséum
d’Histoire Naturelle et Remarques sur la Ciassification et
les Caractéres des Reptiles.’’? Archives de Muséum d’ Histoire
Naturelle. (Deuxiéme Mémoire.) T. viii. p. 491.—(Under
his ‘‘Quatriéme Famille: Varaniens ou Platynotes” occur
the following remarks :—“ Cette tribu des Thécoglosses est
formée par la réunion de quatre familles. La premicre
(Paleosauri) ne comprend que des genres fossiles; .... La
deuxiéme enfin (Helodermata) ne se compose que d’un seul
genre, celui que Wiegmann a établi sous le nom de Helo-
derma.” ‘This is followed by an allusion to the work of
Troschel upon the structure of this form.)
(15) 1857. Gray (Joun Epwarb).—* On the Genus Wecturus or
Menobranchus, with an account of its Skull and Teeth.”
Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 62. (In the place quoted the
following notes occur :—“ The chief difference between the
teeth of the Proteus of the Lakes and the fangs of Serpents
is, that in the former the aperture of the cavity is nearer to
the centre of the tooth, some distance from the apex, while
in the fang of the Serpent it is generally near to the tip. I
know of no other instance of a Batrachian having this
structure of its teeth, nor do I know any instance, except in
the Mexican Lizard, called Heloderma horrida, in which all
the teeth are uniformly furnished with a basal cavity and
foramen, and this Lizard is said to be noxious; but the
fact has not been distinctly proved.’’)
(16) 1858. Grrarp (CuHarves).—United States Exploring Ex-
pedition during the years 1838-42, under Captain Charles
Wilkes, U.S. Navy. Herpetology, p. 195.—(Refers to the
. Heloderms as belonging to the family Varanide.)
(17) 1859. Batrp (Spencer F.).—Report of the United States and
Mexican Boundary Survey. P. 11, pl. xxvi—(The plate
gives a left lateral view of what appears to be a specimen of
Heloderma suspectum, indifferently figured. There is also
on the same plate an under view of the head, the vent (en-
larged), and the details of the toes.)
(18) 1859. Idem.—Pacific Railroad Reports; No.4. Report upon
the Reptiles of the Route, vol. x. pt. vi. p. 38.—(Heloderma
horridum mentioned in a list of reptiles collected by the
expedition.) ‘
(19) 1862. Perers (WiLHELM).—“ Uber Cercosaura und die mit
dieser Gattung verwandten Eidechsen aus Siidamerica.”
Abhandlungen der kénigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin, p. 172. (On the page referred to, the following
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XVII. 17
238 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
remarks oceur:—“ Die Gerrhonotus, welche enige iiussere
Aehnlichkeit mit den Cercosauri haben, entfernen sich von
ihnen durch die dachziegelformige Beschuppung des Unter-
kinns, vorziiglich aber durch die eigenthiimliche schwammige
Zunge, welche mit zwei besonders geformten glatten Spitzen
endigt, ganz iihnlich, wie es die treffliche Abbildung von
Heloderma horridum zeigt, welche Hr. Troschel (Archiv fiir
Natur. 1853, xix, 1 Taf. xiii. fig. 1) geliefert hat.”)
(20) 1864. Copz (Epwarp Drinker).—Proceedings of the Aca-
demy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: p. 227.—(Makes
a group Pleurodonta containing the Iguania, Diploglossa,
Thecaglossa, and Leptoglossa, giving the characters of each,
placing the Helodermatide with the Anguide and Ger-
rhonotide in the Diploglossa.)
(21) 1864. Sumicurast (F.).—‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural
History.’ Lond. xiii. pp. 497-500. (Considers the H. hor-
ridum as belonging to the Varanide ; gives a very interesting
account of its habits and other matters referring to the species.
Speaks of the difficulty of studying this species from the
fact that it is nocturnal in its habits: of how tenacious they
are of life, and even after life is apparently extinct the
muscles long respond to stimulation.)
(22) 1864. Idem.—‘‘ Note sur les Mceurs de quelques Reptiles du
Mexique.”’ Bibl. univers. et Revue Suisse, Arch, des Scien.
Phys. et Nat. t. xix. pp. 45-61. (Places H. horridum in
the family Varanide, and givesa brief account of its external
-appearance and of its habits. This paper seems to be sub-
stantially what had already appeared in the Ann, and Mag.
of Nat. Hist., for which see No. 21 antea.)
(23) 1865. Kaur (J. J.).—“‘ Einige Nachtrige zur Gattung Helo-
derma horridum.” Wiegm. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, pp.
33-40; pl. iii. figs. 1 and 2.—(The figures present us with
very fair drawings of superior and inferior views of the skull
of a Heloderma horridum.)
(24) 1866. Corr (E. D.).—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 305, 311.—(H. suspectum
yeferred to in a collection of Reptilia and Batrachia of the
Sonoran Province of the Nearctic Region. The collection
was made by Dr. E. Coues.)
(25) 1869. Idem. loc. cit. p. 5.—(This same author briefly refers
to the characters of the Helodermatide in this place, and
defines H. suspectum as a distinct species.)
(26) 1873. Gervais (Paux).—Journal de Zoologie, p. 453.—
(There are three plates with this excellent paper, giving
figures of many of the structural parts of H. horridum, this
talented anatomist having secured a large specimen of the
Reptile.)
(27) 1873. Idem.—* Structure des dents de lHeloderme et des
Ophidiens.’’ Comptes Rendus, tom. Ixxvii. p. 1069.—(A brief
account of the teeth in Heloderma.)
1890.] HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 239
(28) 1873. Sumicnrasr (F)—‘“ Coup d’ceil sur la distribution
géographique des reptiles au Mexique.’’ Bib]. univers. et Revue
Suisse, Archives Scien. Phys. et Nat. t. xlvi, pp. 233-250.—-
(In speaking of certain reptiles and their distribution, he
adds:—..... “d’autres sont particulicres 4 celle du
Pacifique et parmi elles il faut citer d’abord ?Heloderme, Hel.
horridum:; ce curieux reptile que quelques naturalistes
considérent comme un membre de la famille paléotropicale
des Varanides, mais qui formera sans doute plus tard le
type d’un groupe particulier, le Cyclura quingue-carinata
(Enyaliosaurus, Gray), ete.’’)
(29) 1875. Yarrow (H. C.).—Report upon the Collections of
Batrachians and Reptiles made in portions of Nevada, Utah,
California, New Mexico, and Arizona, during the years 1871,
1872, 1873, and 1874. U.S. Geographical Survey West of
the 100th Meridian. (Lieutenant Geo. M. Wheeler, U.S.A.,
in charge). Pp. 562, 563.—(Refers to a specimen of H. sus-
pectum taken on the Route of the Expedition, and disclaims
any belief in the fact that its bite is poisonous or dangerous.)
(30) 1875, Buancuarp (Em.).—*“ Observations sur les mceurs de
V Heloderma horridum, Wiegm., par M. F, Sumichrast ;
Note de M. Bocourt présentée par M. Em. Blanchard.”
Comptes rendus des séances d’Académie des Sciences,
tom. Ixxx. p. 676.—(Brief observations upon experiments
with the bite of the Heloderm.)
(31) 1875. Corr (E. D.)—* Bulletin,’ United States National
Museum, No. 1, pp. 19 and 47.(Places the Helodermatide
(group &. Diplogtossa) with his Pleurodonta; and on p. 47
gives the habitat of H. suspectum as the Sonoran region.)
(32) 1875, Bocourr (I'.).— Comptes rendus des séances de
Académie des Sciences, tom. Ixxx. p. 676.—(Details of
habits and experiments tending to show the venomous nature
of the bite of this Lizard, from the observations of Sumi-
ehrast. This author also refers to the nauseous odour of
H. horridum.)
(33) 1876. Watitace (ALFRED RvussEL).—The Geographical
Distribution of Animals. Vol. ii. p. 390.—(Notes upon the
distribution of the Helodermatide.)
(34) 1878. Dumérit (Aue. M. C.) and Bocourr (F.).—Mission
scientifique au Mexique et dans Amérique Centrale. Pt. iii.
pp- 287-802, pl. 20 E. figs. 1-13, and pl. 20 G. figs. 1, 3, 3 a,
36, 6, 6a, 7, 7a, 8-lla.—(A very excellent account of
H. horridum, with a brief résumé of all that appeared to be
known of the reptile up to the date of issue of this work,
and illustrated by valuable figures in the plates.)
(35) 1878. Srernpacuner (F'ranz).—Denkschriften der kaiser-
lichen Akademie der Wissenschaften (Wien), 38 Band,
p- 95.—(In this place are described some reptiles new to
science, and for one of them (Lanthanotus borneensis) a new
family is created (Lanthanotide), of which the author of the
17*
240 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. 1,
work says “ Die in den nachfolgenden Zeilen beschriebene
Art bildet den einzigen bisher bekannten Vertreter einer
eigenen Familie (Lanthanotide), welcher sich zuniichst an
die Helodermide an den Mangel eines fiusseren Ohres sowie
durch die eigenthiimliche Beschilderung des Riickens, welche
jener gewisser Krokodile (z. B. Cv. acutus) aihnlich ist, sich
wesentlich unterscheidet. Die Kieferzihne sind tbrigens
wie bei Heloderma hinten gefurcht, dagegen fehlen grosse
plattenférmige Schilder am Mundrande.”’
This contribution presents us with a very good plate of
Lanthanotus borneensis (Taf. ii. nat. Gr.), and a glance at it
is sufficient for us to perceive how one could, through an
opinion arrived at by the impression of the superficial
resemblance that this lizard bears to a Heloderma, come to
believe that such an affinity actually existed. Such a diagnosis,
however, is sometimes arrived at in sober earnest, the more
especially when the investigator is ignorant of the internal
structure of at least one of the forms undergcing com-
parison.)
(36) 1878. Idem.— Note” [iiber Tejovaranus und Lanthanotus]}
in “ Ichthyologische Betrage (vii.),” Sitzungsb. k. Akad.
Wissensch. (Wien) v. 78, 1 Abth. pp. 377-400 (p. 399).
—(This observation reads as follows :—“ Note. Bei dieser
Gelegenheit erlaube ich mir zu bemerken dass Tejovaranus
branickii m. mit Callopistes maculatus, Gravenh.=Aporo-
mera flavipunctata, Dum. & Bibr., identisch und die Gattung
Tejovaranus somit einzuziehen sei. Die Kieferzahne von
Lanthanotus borneensis, m.(s. Denksch. Wien. Acad. Bd. 38,
p- 95), endlich sind hinten nicht gefurcht, sondern im
Durchschnitte ganzrandig ; es zeigt sich somit in dieser
Beziehung keine Ahnlichkeit mit der Gattung Heloderma,
bei welcher die Zahne vorne gefurcht sind.”—Appearing as
this “Note” did at the end of a paper describing some Fishes
of the Galapagos Islands (VILI. Ueber zwei neue Fischarten
von den Galapagos-Inseln), it may have escaped the obser-
vation of many herpetologists, who, I feel confident, will be
glad of the more general circulation that I have given it by
publishing it in the present connection.)
(37) 1880. Sumicurasr (F.)—Bulletin Société Zoologique de
France, p. 178.—(Under ‘“‘ Helodermieus” presents a few
notes in reference to small mammals dying from the bite of
HH. suspectum.)
(38) 1880. Packxarp (A. S.).—Zoology. N. York. P. 504.—
(Popular reference to the Helodermatide.)
(39) 1882. ‘THe American Narturatist.’ Philadelphia. P. 842.
—(Editorial note: testimony as to the poisonous nature of
the bite of H. suspectum.)
(40) 1882. GinrHer (A. C.).—Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th
Edition: Art. ‘‘ Lizard,” vol. xiv. p. 735.—(Refers to the
bite of H. horridum as being poisonous, and cites cases.)
1890. ] HELODERMNA SUSPECTUM. 241
(41) 1882. Yarrow (H. C.)—Bulletin of the U.S. National
Museum, No. 24, pp. 9 & 48.—(Name of H. suspectum
occurs in list of N.-American Reptiles.)
(42) 1882. Scrarer (Purie Lutiey).—Proe. Zool. Soc. London,
p- 630.—(Remarks :—‘‘3. A Heloderm Lizard (Heloderma
suspectum) from Arizona, presented by Sir John Lubbock,
Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.Z.S., July 16.”
‘© This Lizard, which is new to the collection, is remark-
able as belonging to the only positively known venomous
form of the Lacertilian Order. It has been ascertained by
actual experiment that its bite is fatal to small mammals.)
(43) 1882. BouLencer (Grorce ALBERT).—Loc. cit. p. 631.—
(Remarks :—‘I may add that Heloderma is probably not
the only poisonous lizard. Lanthanotus borneensis, a pretty
close ally of this lizard, described four years ago by Dr.
Steindachner, exhibits, according to that author, a similar
dentition.”’)
(44) 1882. Fiscuer (J. G.).—Anatomische Notizen iiber He-
loderma horridum, Wiegm. Verhandl. des Vereins fir
naturw. Unterhaltung zu Hamburg, Bd. v. p. 2, plate iii.
—(Comments upon and gives drawings of the poison-glands
in the Heloderma.)
(45) 1882. Horrmann (C. K.).—Reptilien: in Bronn’s Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Bd. vi., iii. Abth. 30-32
Lieferung, pp. 890-892; and Joc. cit. 33 and 34 Lieferung,
Taf. Ixxxxvil. fig. 2—(The author reproduces Fischer’s figure
of the dissection of the poison-glands in a Heloderma, and
comments upon them and the affinities of the Reptile.)
(46) 1882. Suuretpr (R. W.).—‘‘The Bite of the Gila Monster
(Heloderma suspectum).’”? The American Naturalist, Phila-
delphia. November; pp. 907, 908.—(The author of the
paper was severely bitten by an adult specimen of the Helo-
derma suspectum, and although much pain and grave
symptoms immediately supervened, the results passed entirely
away in a few days with barely any treatment.)
(47) 1882. ‘Nature.’ London. Vol. xxvii. No. 685; Dee. 14,
pp: 153, 154, fig. 28—(Some very excellent remarks upon
the two species of Heloderma, and also a good woodcut of
the reptile.)
(48) 1882. Fayrer (Sir JosepH).—Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London, p. 632.—(Has reference to the poisonous
effects of the bite of the Heloderma.)
(49) Garman (SamuEL).—The Reptiles and Batrachians of North
America. Published by the permission of the Kentucky
Geological Survey. P. xi—(In some respects a good account
of Heloderma, but a few of the statements made in reference
to its habits do not apply, at least to H. suspectum.)
(50) 1883. Mircuexy (S. Werr) and Reicnerr (Epwarp T.),
—Medical News, Feb. 10, and Science, vol. i. no. 13, p- 372.
—(Celebrated papers upon the examination of the poisonous
effects of the bite of Heloderma.)
242 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON [Apr. ],
(51) 1883. ‘Tar American Naturauist.’ Philadelphia. P. 800.
—(Editorial, referring to the experiments of Mitchell and
Reichert. )
(52) 1884. Scrarer (P. L.).—Proe. Zool. Soc. London, p. 475.—
(Under noticeable additions to the Zoological Society’s
Gardens for the month of July, remarks:—“*1. A second
specimen of the Heloderm Lizard (Heloderma suspectum),
received in exchange from the Central Park Menagerie,
New York, U.S.A., July 3rd.”’)
(53) 1884. Boutencer (G. A.).—Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, (5) xiv. p. 120.—(Characterizes the
Helodermatide, and places them between the Aniellide and
Varanide.)
(54) 1884. Garman (SamueL).—The North-American Reptiles
and Batrachians. A List of the Species occurring North of
the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, with references: p. 12.—
(Characterizes the family Helodermide, and alludes briefly
to H. horridum and suspectum.)
(55) 1885. Boutencer (G. A.).—Catalogue of the Lizards in the
British Museum. Vol. ii. pp. 300-302.—(Presents the
characters of the Family, and of the two species known to
science.)
(56) 1885. Gitt (THEeopore).— Smithsonian Report, Part I.
p- 800.—(Proposes the superfamily Helodermatoidea, con-
taining the only known family Helodermatide ; both are
briefly characterized.)
(57) 1885. Ginruer (A. C.).—Biologia Centrali-Americana. Rep-
tiles, pl. xxvii—(Figures a young specimen of Heloderma
horridum.)
(58) 1886. Ginruer (A. C.) and Mrvarr (St. Grorce).—
Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th Edition, Art. “ Reptiles.”
Vol. xx. pp. 439, 451, 458, figs. 12 & 27.—(The Heloder-
mide are placed in the Suborder (1) Lacertilia vera (group B),
between the Aniellide and the Varanidze. Bocourt’s figures
of skull and teeth reproduced. Characters of the skull are
alluded to, and the nature of the teeth and other points.)
(59) 1887. Snuretpr (R. W.).—The Gila Monster. Forest and
Stream: New York. Aug. 4; p. 24, figure (life-size) of the
reptile—(A popular account of H. suspectum.)
(60) 1887. Benprre (C. E.).—‘ Forest and Stream’ (newspaper).
Aug. 18; pp. 64, 65. Under title of “Whip Scorpion and the
Gila Monster,” describes the eggs removed from a specimen
of H. suspectum:—“If I remember rightly, this specimen
contained about eight fully formed eggs, all about three
quarters of an inch in length by one third of an inch in
width, bluntly pointed at each end, resembling the egg of
an Alligator in shape, but with a smooth, soft, white skin
instead of a hard, glossy shell like the latter.” )
(61) 1887. Corr (E. D.).—Bulletin of the U.S. National Mu-
seum, No. 32, p. 40.—In a Catalogue of Batrachia and
1890. | HELODERMA SUSPECTUM. 243
Reptilia of Central America and Mexico, places the Heloder-
mide between the Xenosauridz and the Anguide.
~ (62) 1888. Yarrow (H. C.).—Bite of the Gila Monster. Forest
aud Stream, New York, June 14th. Vol. xxx. no. 21,
pp- 412, 413.—(This is part vi. of this writer’s series of
papers on ‘‘Snake Bite and its Antidote,” in the same
newspaper. )
(63) 1888. Idem.—A Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences,
embracing the entire range of Scientific and Practical Medi-
cine and Allied Science. By various writers. Illustrated
by chromolithographs and fine wood-engravings. Edited by
Ausert H. Buck. New York (William Wood & Co.).
Vol. vi. p. 171, pl. 28.—(Plate 28 is a chromolithograph of
Heloderma suspectum, and illustrates the article contributed
by Dr. Yarrow, entitled “ Reptiles, poisonous,” pp. 165-174
—a few brief remarks on p. 171, within the title, being
devoted to the Heloderma.)
(64) 1889. Mrrcnexu (S. Werr).—The Poison of Serpents. The
Century Illustrated Monthly Magazine, vol. xxxvili. no. 4.
New York, August 1885, p. 505.—(A popular account of
venomous reptiles, wherein an allusion is made to the
poisonous saliva of Heloderma suspectum; an indifferent
figure of the reptile illustrates the article.)
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVI.
All figures reduced 3.
Fig. 1. Direct ventral view of the liver, gall-bladder, and duets, &e. of an adult
specimen of Heloderma suspectum. g.b., gall-bladder; r./., right lobe
of liver; /./., left lobe of liver.
2. Direct dorsal aspect of the same specimen as is shown in figure 1 with
additional parts added. /.c., lobulus cardiacus; P.v., portal vein ;
d.c., common duct; @.a.v., anterior abdominal vein; g.¢., a structure
that appeared like a ganglionic enlargement upon the pancreatic duct
in the case of the specimen examined; p., pancreas; d., duodenum.
3. Direct ventral view of the heart, lungs, thyroid gland, and other parts
of Heloderma suspectum. The various organs are in situ, but the
pericardium and other serous membranes have been removed with the
exception of /.c., lobus cardiacus. ¢.7., trachea; ¢.a., carotid artery ;
z.g., thyroid gland ; r./., rightlung; J.c., anterior cap of the peritoneum
(cut short) in which the dobulus cardiacus of the liver is lodged were that
organ represented in the drawing im situ; #., esophagus; 7,7., internal
jugular; 22, left lung; H., heart (showing the ventricle and the two
auricles).
4, Ventral view of the head of an adult specimen of Heloderma suspectum
with the integuments removed, and showing the poison-glands. The tip
of the tongue (Z') is protruding from the mouth, and the mandible (J/)
is partially seen through the superficial layer of muscles. The left
poison-gland (p.gl') is represented as being drawn outwards by
means of a smail dissecting hook and chain, to expose its four ducts
which lead through the mandible to the bases of the teeth. On the
right side the gland is shown 7m stfu (p.gl.), as well as the vein that
returns the blood from it and afterwards joins the external jugular.
244
Fig. 1.
bo
or
6.
DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW [Apr. 1,
Puate XVII.
Left lateral view of skull and mandible of a specimen of Heloderma
suspectum, the latter disarticulated ; life-size from the specimen (adult).
mx., maxillary; pmzx., premaxillary; smx., septomaxillary ; ol., co-
ossified dermal tubercles; prf., prefrontal; fr., frontal; psf, post-
frontal; 7., jugal; pa., parietal; co., columella; pr.o., prootic; sq.,
squamosal; pl., pterygoid; rz., vestige or rudiment of zygomatic
arch; g., quadrate; d., dentary; com., complementare; cor., coron-
oideum ; a7., articulare; an., angulare.
. Superior view of the right ramus of the mandible of H. suspectum.
op., operculare. Other letters as in Fig. 1.
. Mesial aspect of the right ramus of the mandible of H. suspectwm.
Letters as in Fig. 1.
. Superior aspect of the skull of H. suspeetwm, the mandible removed.
1., laerymal ; /.c.,lacrymal canal; so.,supraoccipital. Other letters as
in Fig. 1.
. Superior aspect of the skull of H. horridwm, mandible removed. (After
Bocourt.) Lettering as in Fig. 1.
. Ventral aspect of the skull of H. suspectum, mandible removed ; life
size. 7¢t., teeth; v., vomer; pil., palatine; ¢7., transpalatine (os
tranversum) ; 4s., basisphenoid ; d¢p., basipterygoid process; ¢0.,
exoccipital ; bo., basioccipital. Other letters as in Fig. 1.
® Prate XVIII.
. Dorsal aspect of the right pelvic limb of a specimen of H. suspectum,
natural size. f., femur; p., patella; ¢., tibia; fb., fibula; ¢fe., tibio-
fibulare ; ¢r., distal tarsalia; ¢., epiphysis on proximal extremity of
metatarsal of the second toe.
. Ventral aspect of right humerus of a specimen of H. suspectum, natural
size. h., humerus.
. Dorsal aspect of the antibrachium, carpus, and manus of the right
pectoral limb of H. suspectwm, natural size. wl., ulna; rd., radius ;
ue., ulnare; 7é., radiale; p., pisiforme; c., centrale; cp., distal carpalia.
. Direct dorsal view of the pelvis and sacrum of H. suspectum, natural
size. pb., pubis; of., foramen for the passage of the obturator nerve ;
a., ilium; fier., foramen cordiforme; p.p., pectineal process; is.,
ischium; sv! and sv”, the two vertebre that go to form the sacrum,
the first and second respectively.
Ventral aspect of the sternum and shoulder-girdle and associated parts
of H. suspectum, natural size. s., scapula; c/., clavicle ; co., coracoid ;
ic., interclavicle ; s¢., sternum ; ¢.7d., costal ribs.
Ventral aspect of the hyoid arches of H. suspectwm, somewhat enlarged.
b.hy., basihyal ; a.co., anterior cornua ; p.co., posterior cornua.
2. Description of a new Species of Deep-sea Fish from the
Cape (Lophotes fiski). By Dr. A. C. L. Gunruer,
F.R.S.
[Received March 14, 1890.]
(Plates XIX. & XX.)
The Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S., has kindly submitted to my
examination a highly interesting fish which proves to be a species of
Lophotes, a genus still extremely rare in collections. In a letter
addressed to our Secretary under date of September 9, 1889, Mr. Fisk
says :—‘‘ Enclosed you will find a rough sketch of a fish which
‘dun: soag wrequtyy
‘IMSId SHLOHGOT
“ML 99 [Sp Vaspuayg y
‘Msiad SHLORdOD WO: Gyan
Gut soug wey,
UL Tsp VrequpL YY
. XX. Id. O6SL SZ -d
1890.] DEEP-SEA FISH FROM THE CAPE. 245
about ten weeks ago was washed up on the shore of Kalk Bay (which
is situated in False Bay). Unfortunately it was much injured and
broken by people before it was put into spirits. Mr. Perey Nightin-
gale, who was on a visit to the Bay, obtained possession of it and very
kindly brought it to me. I am unable to identify it by any books.
It is unknown at the South-African Museum, and, so far as I have
been able to ascertain, no one has seen an example of it before at the
Cape. The fishermen at Kalk Bay do not recognize it. If new
to Dr. Giinther, and he wishes to see it, I would gladly send it to
him to be at his disposal.”
The sketch which accompanied this letter was sufficiently exact
to enable me to recognize in the specimen a fish allied to Lophotes,
in spite of the extraordinary forward prolongation of the parietal
crest, which renders the appearance of the head still more bizarre
than in the typical species of the genus. But as it seemed desirable
to ascertain also other points of its organization which could not be
shown in the sketch, and also to give a detailed description and figure
of so extraordinary a fish, I sent a request to Mr. Fisk to let me
have the specimen for the British Museum, with which he most
kindly complied in due course.
In the typical Lophotes the crest is elevated above the head, and
not pushed forwards beyond the snout; it is also covered with soft
integuments and a muscular layer. In the new species the crest
is covered with a thin film of epidermis, leaving the sculpture
of the bone exposed. This is merely a difference of form, and can-
not, by itself, constitute a generic distinction, reminding us of similar
modifications of the cranial excrescences in Chameleons. In the
typical Lophotes a minute aud rudimentary ventral fin, consisting of
several rays’, but evidently functionless, is present; in the new
species this rudimentary organ has entirely disappeared—a difference
which, in my opinion, is equally unfit for generic distinction. On
the other hand, it is very unfortunate that the caudal extremity has
been mutilated (apparently during life) in the Cape specimen, so
that we cannot be certain whether it possessed a separate small anal
and caudal fin like the type, or whether the caudal extremity was
tapering and without those appendages—a structure well compatible
with the greatly elongate form of the fish.
The few specimens of Lophotes which have fallen into the hands
of naturalists were obtained in the Mediterranean, off Madeira, and
in the Japanese Sea ; and referred to three species—Lophotes cepedia-
nus, Lophotes capellei (Schleg.), and Lophotes cristatus, the latter
having been described in the Proceedings of this Society by Mr.
Johnson (1863) ; possibly all three are of the same species. A very
small fish believed to be the young of Lophotes is described and
figured in the Report on the Pelagic Fishes of the ‘ Challenger’
Expedition.
The fishes of this genus have been long regarded as bathybial
forms, although, probably, not extending to the great depths inhabited
1 In the specimens in the British Museum it is much smaller than it is
represented in Cuvier and Valenciennes’s figure.
746: DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW DEEP-SEA FisH. ([Apr. 1,
by the true Ribbon-fishes (Zrachypteride). The fish described here,
however, approaches the Ribbon-fishes in possessing the characteris-
tics of bathybial organization in a somewhat higher degree: the
bones of the head are thinner, more deeply sculptured, more flexible,
and the muscular system is less developed than in L. cepedianus ;
on the other hand, the vertebre are firmly united by ligamentous
tissue.
I take great pleasure in naming this interesting fish after Mr.
Fisk, to whom we are indebted for so many additions to our know-
ledge of the Fauna of South Africa.
Lopnortes Fiski. (Plates XIX. & XX.)
The body of this fishis very elongate and strongly compressed like
that of a Regalecus; it is nearly of uniform depth throughout, and
gradually narrowing in its posterior fourth. It is impossible to say
whether it possesses a separate caudal fin or tapers into a point, the
extremity of the tail being mutilated. Asin the other species of the
genus, the vent (Plate XIX., v.) is at a short distance from the ex-
tremity of the tail, but no anal fin can be made out, possibly on account
of the mutilation of this part. The head is scarcely deeper than the
body, strongly compressed ; its upper part forms a low crest which is
prolonged forward into an extraordinary sword-shaped process which
projects far beyond the snout. Like the other bones of the skull, this
process is flexible and deeply longitudinally sculptured ; thin as the
blade of a knife, it is sharp-edged above and below. The dorsal fin
commences on the extreme point of this process with an extremely
long and compressed ray. Iam unable to give the exact length and
form of this ray, as only a fragment about as long as the head remains ;
probably when complete it was three or four times that length and
may serve either as a tactile or an attractile organ. It is connected
with the following rays by membrane; these are not of unusual
length, but the succeeding rays, which are attached to the upper edge
of the cephalic process, are short and widely set. From above the
eye the rays become longer again, forming a fin which is about half
as deep as the body underneath, and which is continued to the end
of the tail.
To return to the description of the parts of the head, we notice,
in the first instance, the large eye, which is longer than the snout and
possesses a transversely oval pupil. The mouth is rather small,
obliquely ascending forward and with its cleft extending backwards
to below the anterior margin of the eye. The maxillary is elongate,
lamelliform, broader than the suborbital ring, which consists of two
bones only. Both jaws are armed with a series of small uncinate
teeth laterally, which series become double anteriorly. The oper-
cular bones much dilated and overlapping each other.
Gills well developed, a short slit behind the fourth arch. Six
branchiostegals. The pectoral fin consists of thirteen rays, inserted
on a broad horizontal base, and points upwards.
The skin is scaleless and contains a rather thick deposit of a silvery
pigment, which in some parts assumes a blackish hue, and seems to
Py Z. 5. 1850) een
; 26.
Mintern Bros, del.et hth Mintern: Bros . Chrome . imp:
ii]
u
23. 24.
MOLLUSCA OF S? HELENA.
-
-
at eet
.
suey
ah
“ Js
A
w*
—
: SSN ——
>. s
Mintern Pros. dei, et. hth
10 a.
890. PrAaw
8b
10.
Mintern Bros.
Chromo . imp
1890. Pl. XXII.
AN AN Da
eee
Mintern Bros.
os. del. et hth
Mintern Br
ELENA
H
7
AOR 3S
oes
MOLLUSC
*
av
hn
rf
a
v
ay
Sac
=
1890. Pl. XXIV.
1 See S yi
Mintern Bros del. et lth
MOLLUSCA OF S? HELENA.
1890.] ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST, HELENA, 247
produce darker cross bands very indistinctly perceptible in certain
lights.
“Total length 50 inches; depth of the body behind the head 14
inch ; depth of the body in the middle of the length 13 inch ; depth
of the body above the vent 7 lines; length of the head without
process 3 inches; length of the head with the process 5 inches
3 lines; diameter of the eye 9 lines; length of the pectoral
10 lines ; length of one of the longest dorsal rays 1 inch 6 lines.
The first figure (Plate XIX.) represents the entire fish, much
reduced, with the first dorsal ray restored to its supposed original
length and form; the second figure (Plate XX.) the head of the
natural size.
3. Report on the Marie Molluscan Fauna of the Island of
St. Helena. By Encax A. Smirn.
[Received March 14, 1890.]
(Plates XXI.-XXIV.)
The materials which form the basis of this Report consist mainly
of a-very extensive series of shells, about 2500 in number, collected
at St. Helena by Capt. W. H. Turton, R.E., duringthe years 1884-6,
and which he subsequently most liberally presented to the British
Museum.
A series of small shells, presented to the Museum in 1857 by
E. W. Alexander, Esq., has also been worked through. A few
specimens dredged by Dr. Wallich about the year 1857, others re-
ceived from Sir George Grey in 1841, a small collection from the
Museum of Economic Geology in 1860, and, finally, a set of the
specimens collected by Mr. J. C. Melliss and enumerated in his book
on St. Helena, have been examined.
The greatest praise is due to Capt. Turton for the excellent
manner in which the collection was made and put up for transmission
to this country ; and the amount of time and labour bestowed upon
it must have been very considerable.
The majority of the species are very small and were obtained “ by
sifting the sand and shingle which is found in a few places on the
coast,” and by dredging in depths up to about 80 fathoms, chiefly,
but not exclusively, off the north of the island. A few were picked
out of a hard kind of conglomerate of shells and sand, about four
feet above high-water mark, in a bay on the north coast. This
conglomerate is found in the crevices of rocks which have fallen
down from the high cliffs above, quite recently, and probably it got
washed up into that position by some high tide, such as occurs
there every few years. Some of the specimens were found on pieces
of a substance, locally called ‘‘Sea-horn”’*, which is sometimes
1 Doubtless these pieces of “Sea-horn” are portions of a large species of
Yangle, probably Echlonia buccinalis, which is very thick and horny, and occurs
at the Cape of Good Hope, whence these fragments had drifted.
248 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. |,
washed ashore on the windward or south side of the island. These
specimens will be enumerated in an Appendix, as they cannot be
regarded as belonging to the St. Helenafauna. In nearly every instance
in which it has been possible to associate them with known species,
they prove to be South-African forms, thus clearly showing that
they have been drifted northwards from the Cape by the prevailing
south-east trade-winds and oceanic currents.
Capt. Turton observes in his notes that some of them were
alive when taken, and this was generally the case when the “ Sea-
horn” was only recently washed up, or was secured from a boat.
Notwithstanding this fact, it is remarkable that scarcely any
(exclusively) South-African species appear to survive and become
established at St. Helena; indeed, Gadinia costata is the only
species in this collection, not found on ‘‘ Sea-horn,” the distribution
of which has hitherto been restricted to South Africa. A few species
such as Triton olearium, Triforis perversa, Cingulina circinata,
Sazicava arctica, Mytilus edulis, M. magellanicus, Arca domingensis,
Pinna pernula, and perhaps one or two others, are found at both
localities, but they mostly have a wide distribution.
As it is seen that many species are drifted from the Cape to
St. Helena, the question arises whether some of those dredged by
Capt. Turton, or found by him and others upon the shore, may not
have become detached from the floating seaweed.
In one or two cases it is pretty certain that this has occurred, as
specimens of Mytilus magellanicus and M. edulis (2) were obtained
alive attached to floating weed and also dead upon the shore. Two
dead specimens of Patella compressa, a well-known Cape species,
were also collected on the shore, there being every probability of
their having been carried there attached to seaweed.
The molluscan fauna of St. Helena appears most to resemble that
of the West Indies; for, of the known species’ in this collection,
just fifty per cent. are common to the two localities.
About five-and-twenty species, or thirty per cent., are identical
with Mediterranean forms, and about half a dozen occur at all three
localities. About thirteen species are also met with on the West-
African Coast, between the Gulf of Guinea and Morocco.
What proportion of species are common to St. Helena and the
west coast of Africa, south of Guinea, it is difficult to ascertain
at present, as comparatively little is known of the Mollusca of that
part of the coast.
However, in Dunker’s list of shells from Lower Guinea, eight
species are quoted which are common to St. Helena. The similarity
between the fauna of St. Helena and that of the West Indies is
undoubtedly, in a great measure, due to oceanic currents.
According to various maps an important current flows from near
the centre of the South Atlantic past Ascension Island along the
north coast of South America to the West Indies, a return current
passing in an easterly or south-easterly direction towards the Gulf
of Guinea. These and the great Gulf-stream in all probability have
1 Pelagic forms are not included.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 249
tended to assimilate, to some extent, the faunas of the West Indies
and West Africa by transmitting from place to place the pelagic fry
of some of the species, and the adult forms and the ova of others
attached to floating sea weed.
Not more than fourteen species in this collection belong to forms
which occur in the Indo-Pacific region. This comparative paucity
of species common to these two regions is probably, in a great
measure, attributable to the cold Antarctic currents, which, flowing
northward to the Cape of Good Hope, bar the emigration of species
from the Indian Ocean into the Atlantic. Semper! refers to the
sudden and marked change in the fauna on rounding the Cape,
the result of different currents and temperature.
The only list of species from St. Helena which has yet appeared
is that prepared by Jeffreys’, which was based upon a collection
made by Mr. Melliss, who, in his book on St. Helena (pp. 113-128),
has reproduced and somewhat amplified it. In this list only forty-
one marine species are enumerated, the majority consisting of shells
of fairly large dimensions, which, with one exception (Ostrea crista-
galli), were all picked up on the shore.
This list did not contain all the species which had been previously
recorded from the island, at least half a dozen forms being omitted.
The large proportion of new species hereafter described, most of
them very small, is not therefore altogether surprising, as so little
was previously known of this fauna.
Thanks to Capt. Turton’s energy, as many as 138 additional
named species are now added to the list, bringing up the total of
known forms to 178.
This number, however, does not at all approximate the total of
the species which really exist around St. Helena; for, in addition
to those which I have been able to determine, there is a considerable
number, nearly a hundred species, which, on account of their imma-
ture or bad condition, could not be satisfactorily identified or
described. Besides, whenever more extensive dredging is carried
on, many additional species will doubtless be discovered *.
A certain number of species have been described from St. Helena
which in reality do not inhabit that region. This mistake has arisen
from the misspelling of St. Elena on the west coast of America.
The species are :—(1) Cancellaria tessellata, Sowerby ; (2) C. obtusa,
Kiener (non Deshayes)=C. solida, Sow. ; (3) Marginella granum,
Kiener= Erato scabriuseula, Gray ; (4) Purpura undata, Lamarck,
partim=P. biserialis, Blainv.; (5) Ostrea columbiensis, Hanley ;
(6) Circe fluctuata, Sow. ; (7) Strombus granulatus, Gray *.
1 Animal Life, p. 278. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. pp. 262-4,
3 Specimens of Cyprea testudinaria, C. moneta, C. arabica, and Placuna sella
were obtained by Capt. Turton as St. Helena shells ; but he shrewdly doubted
their genuineness. He observes, “ships from all parts of the world touch here,
often bringing shells which are got by the natives, and then offered as island
shells.” This is evidently the true explanation of the presence of these species
at St. Helena. ;
4 Species 1 to 4 are quoted from Kiener’s ‘Icon. Coq. Viv.,’ and 5, 6, and 7
from Reeye’s ‘ Conch, Icon.’
250 MR. E, A. SMITH ON THE
[Apr. I,
Purpura turbinoides, Blainville, quoted by Kiener from St. Helena,
occurs at the Phillipine Islands and in the Pacific.
The following Table will show at a glance the distribution of each
Doubtless
many of the new species, which are indicated by an asterisk *, will
eventually be discovered in other localities.
species, which, in some instances, is very remarkable.
TABLE oF DistRIBUTION.
geieere East ATLanric.
: is
Complete List of known bi i 4 s 2 g
Species. s\24 s[5/8|2/5 5 JE
FS ER SEsie/s|ESle
-|8,2/s(3]./8] | a slsrsre
Fie lslslaceis Sigisis
Conus testudinarius ...............44- foe Pa (7
Ss ok ide nccncnts<c- deanweopet aston Lee *
DURE PURGES AR ce ten ccs ces tae eee wo ¥|...|%
Pleurotoma (Clavyus) amanda ...... Seales *
* (——) prolongata........,...... ve | eee |*
* ( ) albobalteata .......,.... fed PE *
Si (Drillia) turtoni .....,........- ae | *
—— (Mangilia) subquadrata ...... ee Bee
—— ( )iperamia’ sees. fot .| *
= ( )paellissh. 27.5.8 ie seeks. eae +) *
* —— (Clathurella ?) commutabilis. .|... -| *
* ___( ) multigranosa............ te .|*
3 ( GUIsbey avers tea seca tes cee Ses .| *
Murex (Chicoreus) adustus ......... * |) Ros Re] Bg bel pad Pe) ie
= (Ocinebra) sanctze-helene ...|... wefeoe| ®
* __ ( Srpatrmelis bs 322 cesesleas tlle peiilarsteachee
* __. ( ) alboangulatus .........|... e|es-| ¥
* Tachesis helens ..........-.:..002+s2s0-|-«- | *
* Cantharus (Tritonidea) albozonatus\... 3
“ ( ) consanguineus .........|... .| *
ee (——) levis ............ccccceceeleee Z .| *
Columbella (Anachis) decipiens ...|*| ... -| *
(Mitrella) eribraria ............ 2 eee he = 3 ee IAS eel A
—— (——) pusilla ............ sooses| ¥ .|%
- (——) sanctz-helene .........|... | *
Nassa sanctee-helen® .............00008{++ 2 -| *
——-.cinctolla....j-<casstisen. sacyesase a= Glteae | *
* Coralliophila erythrostoma ......... eae ae -| *
= Atlantica ~ 5... cceees ocoateees bee -| *
bracteata 25.7 cocoons ae = [ull tee| elose[eecteee| ae
Purpurg Heleng 22.2 !.usidoasesoncas * “| ¥ | % ]..
* Mitra (Cancilla) turtoni ........,... a | *
= (Turricula) innotabilis....,.... i .| *
* (Pusia) sancte-helene ......... ay -| *
* (Thala) pleurotomoides ..,.... are .| *
Marginella (Volvaria) cinerea ...... wae lade | Sel iin) (3
= (——) consanguinea ......... fol) See BBS le
* _ ) ALOMIUS oot Soc ean Bee eg eer oe
Localities, chiefly
Extra-Atlantic.
E. coast of South and
{Central America
|( Weinkauff).
Japan,
Philippines,
| Indian and Pacific
[ Oceans.
Panama, Ma-
{zatlan.
_—————————————————— ee DD ee Eee eS
1890.]
TABLE (continued).
MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA.
251
Nore
: A abraes ~ Hast ATLAnNtic.
Complete List of known ial A a :
Species. Eales =| Sine = Localities, chiefly
23a! |sslsisisr| | Extra-Atlantic.
3/2 Ste Sialetale|e/eE (2
|S /EIS| 512) /2)8/8 (Sle
Fle |slalald|E |S lol |S |6
Cassis testiculus.............scseeeeeees 53 | Were) Cee Bee * |...) *
ARI pOH PRILOULS, 2502 dencsesce<0gesienes¢ | see fooefees * *| * |...) %1]...] N. Australia, Pacific I.
EATILIN stn ..das<peidecsqecon=ad * * * | * *|...| Australia, Japan, &e.
¥ BMRRONY teaats cyan ae anipeacex adociar ster bis, Bel ie}
Ranella cralata .........,.c0segsesese{ees] eos [aoe [tefl ald -| Panama.
PHOWTSD a asaesctcdes sta .cteedaade ad 63 {BE aeel oe! Bec * -| | |. .| Mauritius,
ERINAGICA DUTEOUL) <2 <sscensqsecmsoqeces<aalees|| cos fnacten= *
(SHCA Renee Reo eraser cer aree =| pecan Bed ee * *|...| Mauritius, 8. PacificI.
¥ sanctse-helenwe .......00.,-.eecefeee| coe feeefees *
(Polinices) porcellana .........|--.| -+- |---]--- * *| *
Tanthina communis ...,...........+++ \
globosa (fide Lesson).......2.++- | Pelagic forms
ye Eee ae Bee eer erin eee throughout the
eID GAED, 3 .000g0csheed0s0acrss ss Atlantic.
Sa) LEE ot Cee Eee ore Oc eee
DCAIATIA CORINGH...0-5:.050seceqecessn ad OF feral saclors|saclaceieecless Philippines, Sandwich
Hieber DS" Oe Beceee aoe pee ser Goosen: c3| Nes | sed Oa % [I., N.W. Australia.
* BVIEU IRS era carn actienicgcseosd~ccsnod|sen||»sie§ [necfoo- *
* REN Che-MElOUDH At. tcedscog-sapwcefans] cee) fasabes's *
+ POPAM OND 85M atecce-'s doso3<< cs aateon|| 28s. losahess *
i ———— ALOMUS .ccccsccccccgecreccqescececlece| coe foo-[ese *
—-—- multistriata?...... Foiseogucake cd Kil wee [ese |oae 2 |...].-.
Obeliscus dolabratus...,..........2+6+ Sei] vebopilecs teas Eile oa] Hileselaes|co|voclees Red Sea, Indian and
* sanctse-helens# . ...-....gecesee-[ee-| soe |---|--- * [Pacific Oceans.
* (Syrnola)pumilios...-..g2--+--4|-04|| «ee |-o-feo- *
aemirbonilla, baroldi,.3..<,.00se.4<2cs0-s|s04] see [oor |e ee *
23 AONUMAUIAR, «5-4. <ageceesvdeoceeeal|se|) «08 [oar fees *
* fruneatelloides)...qsc.s204-.eess-|-05] soe foce|eee *
* DEACHIG) ins ose ceee no dsacp se ge0s ree] see - Ea
* BTGIIR cao eds g ss cea caecas wal sa Se
Cingulina circinata ...,...-......2.02|--- 2} eM (sl Bet Bee ed el toe .|...|-4.| N. China, Japan, Port
(Mathilda) quadricarinata ...|... 3 | Bee *|...]% piidtecn,
* Odostomia glaphyra ...............04-|.+- *
* Hulima fuscescens ............20seeree- [eee x
oe ULATION Cae -.sas<dsacaseae'snascer soe) as *
PRD COMICA «wae o-f- op -a'd<ccpn anor *
g ETE WPS Sace deer eer sec oan soce| Bee *
* (Subularia) fuscopunctata ...|... |
* Amaurella canaliculata...............|--- *
(WGRISCUS WHICUS -<.2..0.50 205525. cal es Sei aalecoalbes eae tee: *|*
BeACMsaMCAtA ..s.c.--5ssecseqscevsa|e0e *
=e BRCM oedesnt se des taerep erates s ey
eID VIN Be casa scc-r-nsennq--2r-c]ens *
Solarium placentale .................. * ate .|...|...| California.
(@yiithanystvin YR Predgspoeeceeerces| oe #
—— hybridum ................ssce+ee[+- =e £9 Ee| Bc| Be) Soe eee *|...| Indian Ocean, Japan,
archite ......6 SOS ORE eEeeE ace: Bo |S fe leoalealoe- [esclone * [Philippines, E.
iypreca uid aie secnedeacpenas-0¢-+er=54 Ber Pe ee [ Australia, &e.
252 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE
TABLE (continued).
[Apr. I,
Localities, chiefly
Extra-Atlantic.
| British.
...| Mauritius. ,
...| Mauritius.
...| Panama,
.| W. coast of C. America
[and Sandwich I.
.| Sandwich I.
iets eh East ATLANTIC.
: : =|
Romplete List of known ; fi S
ecies, |. 6 a |
axel Zi] |alelgigiat|_|é
a2 Seelsleslelsee
TIER IS SIs) s| ols
OT 1s | las} a 3|3\/n\&
ates Alana ooaa
Cypreea SPUTCA ....0.0.cee-cereeeeeenee| Foe | ¥*|* |) #) |
Littorina miliaris «| *
NEON) Gengenecsoncean oem | (ees Ble
Modulus modulus . Ree Poe =
Planaxis lineatus ......... “PETE Vi cefeeel te |
== CDOPEUS) cone cs daidvesseewacacar=sr oan *|.. *
* Lacuna pumilio.......... < -|
Fossarus ambiguus ...... wf fee.| #] He] Le
* (Couthouyia) dentifer .........|--- +)
* ) leeviusculus ............]+--| ++ «|e
* Diala fuscopicta............ =e Goo ven |==0 “ =|
* Rissoina mellissii ...... Geide nae stotece| eas ae -| *
* GUTCOUL <5:sc:2226 54 HOR CREPE echood| oes = «|
* AECIPIENS! mseoseeseses=sbse4. Se ve|ess ae ae
DYYGVia 2... auwes.--4-e “e lise | Selene] ven |ooet eck lene
* congenita .. Lees Hoxatoat *
Ps helene ..... SBA el “5
*ORISsOm Calas 2.csc+2dareo- ewes = PA ise! ae *
zs ephamilllay) %2-. 2320, --4-=- oriiee 5. tee saul Selves *
* glypta nol Ba ese *
* eritima ...... Pn es eee
* ——- apapeta ......ccccecsececee - 58 lee) Ge *
3 compsa .. : | >k
23 Wallrchiy.teetebect sees secs ds- hoe| sealiotauileae eee *
¥ perfecta..... Poulneatees *
os varicifera supe ae bse *
= pseustes......... pnebasceSeasest se ataes em Bee ees #
* Barleeia congenita . Bll a *
Czeeum jucundum.... ....... Pepieselee *
Imbricabum) y.-ce.se-.m-e-s see * we] xk
—— (Meioceras) nitidum............]*| .+- |---|... *
Cerithium (Bittium) gibberulum...|*] ... |..-]...] %
Triforis perversa .......¢.c0s2--se. woslees| coe foe] | ]eo| ¥ |---| ¥[* | ¥] %| California.
MOlANULA" Sls.e dos sssow se acaeke es =f Cosy ad ee o
* atlantica'” ..3:-aness-- barre Bre Ben ec el eee coe *
* ECiaes=.-c0staseteeeesee es a elec ek ee bee *
* ___ hathyraphe Sf decency coer Soo echt Seals *
Cirithiopsis rugulosa........ = 3 face pal ase *
neglecta............ tes aa|(Nepappase|see Pel Boe lnc! bpd Bael bed be
Hipponyx antiquatus ....... -|*| x |. *|¥*|*
grayanus ......... sande ce | fee hel PE Be Ee ccslnnelees
* Teinostoma? abnorme ......... BS Sere vate Woselees *
Turbo (Collonia) rubricinctus | eeseeh ace) ce Fe ee oe Pee soe
ee (——) admissus ......... BORN Seeecoaloes *
Phasianella tessellata ......... Be ee eal Peel He *
SMOG ArGUULA, cocdedse ttc. «-costeadece|-eel) we |roalees ¥
= MEUM PA DUIS s.doasssecees oe Sal caer ool ee ¥
Gena asperulata.................. EL [E3 Meoe Bed ee -
Emarginula elongata.......... Semen eee| seel ieew onl etn oer apiece «| ¥
1890.]
TABLE (continued).
MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA.
253
West | asp ATLANTIC.
ATLANTIC.
5 a
Complete List of known : lie 5 Localities, chiefly
Species. glos| |slgisiSlely| | Extra-Altantic.
lB e| SIS lslEb lel alele
iS SS |S lk Blt} ol/5/2\a/2
Se lellslSke eels iele
B |e |e lat |e 4 IS [S| [ea
Fissurella gibberula? ...............|. * * * *|...| Spain, Portugal.
Patella plumbea .........,..scseeeeee]e. gi 03K
Williamia gussonii ...............+0+|..- veceee| ge |e [-e-]--- [| * | # |---| Sandwich I.
Bulla striata .............0000 Sapeatena * * ge [ree] Hen efeee| a]
Cylichna cylindracea............+ aatea| cos oe | | 36 * * | *
lig BRIT CAE te asSes5.piectedee.tcwess oe re i
—— bidentata .............. eee eeeeee * oh
Tornatina recta ..........sesescesseeees * | x
Philine quadrata ............ssscccsss/ooe | el foc) S| had «|...|*| Massachusetts Bay,
Haminea hydatis ..........00022...00+|« ee s Wesel gol vceisas| sos em * | * [Greenland.
* Actzeon semisculptus...........s0000++|-+- «le?
Peucotina minuta,......cs.0..cs9<esae|s0s bel aeatheaa
Umbrella mediterranea? ............|... «-[% Pl? |. .foee] ]...|..0|
Py locin a CHLEINA,.ccccce1saeconsoeecress|as0 APA aca Reel cPAtes ate ali
PECL PES alert. cc daveacs+-edaccceectse|s-s we] ye |---| # |---|] |---|] Madeira,
Gadinia costata......... avesttaeabe sexs - ail
@adulus jeffroysil ...,-.....00cecce-ns-|o0 «| ge eee] * Joee|---| # | *| | New England.
Venus (Ventricola) effossa .........|... ol} ge [eee] F Joon] | 4% | #
(Chione) pygmza.......... Saree OE atop
Cytherea (Caryatis) rudis............|... alee * *
PRGUEPANCONUG 5.5. cccghecssceceesices * peel asaleeg
Semele cordiformis .................. caer Ife 3 se be Re a .| West Colombia.
Ervilia subcancellata...............+4. *| * | #201,
Corbula swiftiana .......0........0000 *|. A\e
Cardium (Fragum) speciosum......|... Por or] P| a as .| China Sea.
(Papyridea) bullatum ....... .| * 22 eels bed baa Heal eee % |...|...| W. coast of C. America.
Hocellaria Gubia .....0-.sse-essasees|a0e altglltesices *|*|...|*| «| Madeira.
Chama sp. ....... padenccteanecoeheeaaee - ibe
gryphoides (fide Jeffreys).. ...|... ble sl Beal ae * |...) *
* Basterotia oblonga ............eeeeee[ee ee
Laseea adansoniana ............00.00-{e0 «| |-+-] ¥
* Lucina inconspicua ..............006-|e+- Ale
* —. (Codakia) compacta............|... 2 le
Verticordia ornata.........se0......08% EU AB a [eee (eae tel .| California, China Sea,
Mytilus exustis)...........0..2.s0eccees ¥] * [eld y [United States.
Lithodomus biexcavatus?......-..... * «|x?
* Arca sancta-helenzx .............2.00[e++ wee] ok |
(Acar) domingensis ............ * o| > |e | |e] .| Red Sea, Japan, Aus-
tralia, Indian and
Pacific Oceans,
Aeinis, TU BORA dos sty fb ettes Go aee dala ties pleplieeale- (Pek lees ea] elle ? Bay of Panama.
CLUS: cn82 de 3.0008 J2 oc sceetee nt E APE |e sd See eee bel Peeled cee Madeira.
Avicula hirundo (fide Jeffreys)......|... wf ok |eee[eeefgee| %] 4 | |
Pecten corallinoides .................. nce -| oe Jee] |e | |
* atlanticus ...... sophe ceanwecse «|
* (Janira) turtoni .............. |... | [tugal.
KMGH BASIN (:saccnos casuicecsssess<tesale ss Ales (lc | «| W. of Ireland to Por-
Ostrea, crista-galli (fide Jeffreys) ...|... AVealle .| Indian Ocean,
Sp....+-- Cecces Coccccccceevecsesccccl(ens “|e
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XVIII.
18
to
or
—
MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
I. CEPHALOPODA.
An undetermined species of Octopus and the shells of drgonauta
argo are mentioned by Mr. Melliss. The former ‘is plentiful in
the nooks and rocky holes on the coast, about high-water mark.”
The Argonauta is occasionally washed ashore at Sandy Bay, on the
south coast ; this species also occurs at the Cape, in the Mediter-
ranean, North Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans.
II. PTEROPODA.
Shells of the following species’ were dredged in 50 to 80
fathoms :—
1, CAvoLIntA TRIDENTATA (Forskil).
2. CAVOLINIA LoNGIROsTRIS (Lesueur).
3. CAVOLINIA QUADRIDENTATA (Lesueur).
4. Cavouinia uncINATA (Rang).
5. Cavouinia GipBosa (Rang).
6. CAVOLINIA INFLEXA (Lesueur).
7. DracriA TRISPINOSA (Lesueur).
8. Ciro pyrRAMIDATA, Linné.
9. SryL1oLa suBULA, Quoy & Gaimard.
10. SrynioLa ReEcTA, Lesueur.
11. Sryztioza vireata, Rang.
12. TRIPTERA COLUMELLA, Rang.
13. Limacina BuLImoipes, D’Orbigny.
14. Limacina 1nFxata, D’Orbigny.
15. Limacitna antarctica, Woodward.
Ill. GASTROPODA.
Conus TESTUDINARIUS, Martini.
Two specimens were obtained by Mr. Melliss.
Conus IRREGULARIS, Sowerby.
The specimens from St. Helena are of ashorter growth than those
figured by Sowerby (Thes. Conch. iii. pl. 104. figs. 418, 419); they
are broader at the shoulder and more suddenly contracted anteriorly.
They also are more highly painted, exhibiting a considerable amount
of olive-brown longitudinal streaks, which are interrupted at the
1 For the synonymy and distribution consult Pelseneer’s Report on the
Pteropoda of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 235
middle by the bluish-white irregular zone dotted and spotted with
olive-brown. The spire is either almost uniformly dark chestnut-
brown, or else white, blotched with that colour.
Some small specimens, about 3 inch long, which I believe to be
the young of this species, are still more brightly coloured, being
more or less copiously blotched with brown-black ; and the spire is
radiately lined and spotted with the same tint.
Conus sp.?
A single much-worn shell is all that was obtained. In general
form it is very like C. tinianus, but seems to be thicker and more
strongly striated transversely. It is livid in colour, and marked
with longitudinal and transverse bands of an olive-brown tint, which
are not, however, sharply defined, but blend at the edges into the
ground-colour of the shell. The whorls of the spire are dark livid
on the upper half and pale beneath, forming a light spiral zone
which revolves up the spire above the suture.
PLeurRotomaA (Ciavus) amanpa, Smith. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)
Pleurotoma (Clavus) amanda, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
Sept. 1882, p. 207.
The locality of this species was unknown at the time it was de-
scribed. The fresh specimens from St. Helena have the transverse
zone of a brighter tint, somewhat pinkish red. In certain examples
it is interrupted between the ribs, and occasionally a fine reddish
line occurs at the upper part of the whorls a little below the
suture.
This species is very closely related to P. sinuosa, Montagu, and
may eventually prove to be merely a variety of it.
PLevurotoma (CLavus) protoneata. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)
Testa elongata, turrita, alba vel rubescens; anfractus 6-7, duo
apicales leves, magni, globosi, sequentes superne vix concave de-
clives, in medio angulati, inferne conspicue contracti, costis obli-
quis flecuosis circa 12 instructi ; apertura parva, brevis, longit.
totrus 3 adequans ; anfr. ultimus costa valida variciformi longe
pone labrum munitus ; labrum tenue, haud incrassatun ; sinus
profundus, magnus; columella rectiuscula, callo tenui labro
juncta ; canalis brevissimus, latus.
Longit. 6 millim., diam. 2.
This species is remarkable for the great length of the spire in
proportion to that of the aperture. Besides the ribs, the surface
exhibits fine wavy striw of growth.
PLeurotoma (CLavus) ALBOBALTEATA. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)
Testu parva, fusiformi-ovata, pallide fuscescens, circa medium anfr.
superiorum et ad basim anfr. ultimi albida ; anfr. 6, primi duo
loves, convexi, ceteri paulo excavati, ad latera convexiusculi,
costis crassis 10-12 superne subobsoletis, ad sutwras indistincte
13*
256 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. I,
subnodosis (in anfr. ult. infr. medium evanidis) instructi ; aper-
tura parva, longit. totius 3 haud equans ; labrum ad marginem
tenue, costa ultima valida extus incrassatum, superne leviter
sinuatum.
Longit. 5 millim., diam. 2.
Although the general appearance of this little species as regards
colour is as above described, still, on closer examination, the style
of ornamentation proves to be less simple; the white band is seen
to be subdivided by a fine line of the same colour as the rest of the
shell, and a few wavy darker brown lines flow down the lower por-
tion of the body-whorl.
One specimen has the brown colour replaced by a pinkish or
vinous tint.
Prevrotoma (DriniiA) TuRTONI. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)
Testa breviter fusiformis, flavescens, inter costas fusco tincta, infra
suturas alba, circa anfr. ultimi medium albo zonata ; anfr.103,
primus convecus, levis, duo sequentes in medio carinati, ccetert
superne concavi, deinde convewi, costis brevibus circiter 12 su-
perne obsoletis lirisque spiralibus 4-6 inter costas fuscis decus-
sati, infra suturam corrugati ; anfr. ulttmus inferne contractus ;
apertura angusta, longit. totius 4 paulo minor ; labrum ad mar-
ginem tenue, extus costa variciforme arcuata incrassatum, intus
denticulatum ; columella alba, denticulis transversis pluribus
munita ; sinus profundus ; canalis brevis, recurvus.
Longit. 18 millim., diam. 6.
The colouring of this species is very pretty. The spire has the
appearance of being alternately zoned with white and yellow, the
yellow zone, falling upon the lower and costate portion of the whorls,
is interrupted by a brown stain between the ribs. The lower half
of the body-whorl, excepting the pale extremity, is yellowish, and
has the appearance of being dotted with brown.
This species belongs to that section of the genus which includes
Pl. intercalaris, Carpenter, Pl. spurca, Hinds, and a few others.
These species have the columella and the interior of the labrum more
or less denticulated.
PLeuROTOMA (MANGILIA) SUBQUADRATA, Smith. (Plate XXI.
fig. 4.)
This species was described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1888,
vol. li. p. 313.
Prevrotoma (ManeiiiA) GEMMA, Smith. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 2.)
Pleurotoma (Mangilia) gemma, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1884, xiv. p. 322.
The specimens obtained by Mr. Turton are larger and in fresher
condition than those originally described, and show that the upper
ends of the costz are not constantly red alternately, as some of these
examples have all of them of a reddish colour. The largest speci-
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 257
men has eight whorls, of which the three apical are white, convex,
and ornamented with subdistant, very oblique, arcuate, and very
slender lire. The remainder of the shell is of a whitish-wax tint.
The length is 72 millim., the diameter 3.
The more extended series of specimens at hand now shows that
Pl. helenensis, which I described at the same time as Pl. gemma, is
only a variety of this species, differing chiefly from the typical form in
colour.
Some examples are entirely white, others of a uniform rich brown,
whilst others are of intermediate tints. Some have all the upper
ends of the costz of a reddish colour, some only the alternate ones ;
and the transverse zone on the body-whorl is not constantly pre-
sent in all specimens ; indeed it appears to be mostly wanting in the
yellowish and brownish examples. PI. lavalleana, d’Orbigny, is the
West-Indian representative of this species, from which it differs in
the position of the colour-band, its more attenuated body-whorl, and
in the different position of the angle of the volutions.
Prevrotoma (Maneiuia) Meuissi. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)
Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, dilute fuscescens ad sutwras fusco
tincta, circa medium anfr. ultimi fusco zonata ; anfractus 63,
primi 24 convexi, laves, tertius convewus, obliquiter tenuissime
liratus, cceteri superne declives et angulati, costis tenuibus circa
14 et liris gracilioribus spiralibus (in anfr. superioribus 3, m
ultimo 16-20) cancellati, wndique minute squamoso-striati ;
apertura angusta, longit. totius 4 viv wequans ; labrum ineras-
satum, intus leve ; sinus haud profundus.
Longit. 5 millim., diam. 2.
The microscopic structure of this species is very like that occurring
in Pl. subquadrata, and appears under the microscope to consist of
numerous spiral series of very minute grain-like scales, which, at
times, are arranged one under the other, so as to produce the
appearance of longitudinal series also. It may be known from
Pl. subquadrata by its finer cancellation and the more central posi-
tion of the colour-zone upon the body-whorl, which also is not con-
tracted in the same way below the middle.
PLevrotoma (CLATHURELLA’) CoMMUTABILIS. (Plate XXIII.
fiz. 3.)
Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, aut alba, flavescens, aut lilacea, costis
longitudinalibus ad 12 lirisque transversis (in anfr. supertoribus
2-3, in ultimo 8), fortissime cancellata ; anfractus 53, primi 13
vitrei, peculiares, superne carinati et concavi, quasi truncatt, re=
liqui 4 convexiusculi ; apertura parva, angusta, longit. totvus 2
adeequans ; labrum via incrussatum ; canalis brevissimus, latus ;
sinus parvus, inconspicuus; columella rectiuscula, tuberculis
duobus prope medium munita.
Longit. 4 millim., diam. 13.
This species is very distinctly characterized by its form and the
coarse style of its sculpture. The ribs and lire are about equally
248 MR..E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. l,
thick, produced into acute nodules at the points of intersection, and
the quadrate interstices are very deeply pitted.
PLEUROTOMA (CLATHURELLA?) MULTIGRANOSA. (Plate XXI.
fig. 6.)
Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, nigrescens vel rufescens, supra me-
dium anfractuum albo zonata, undique granulis albis et nigres-
centibus aut rufis ornata ; anfractus 54, nucleares 14 leves,
cornet, superne concavi, carinati, ceteri planiusculi, costes ad 14
lirisque spiralibus supra costas granosis instructi ; lire in anfr.
superioribus tres, suprema minima, in ultimo 13-14 ; apertura
angusta, longit. totius 4 subequans ; columella rectiuscula, in
medio tuberculis minutis duobus instructa, callo tenui induta_;
labrum vix incrassatum, superne brevissime sed distincte sinu-
atum.
Longit. 43 millim., diam. 2.
This species is larger than P/. commutabilis, differently coloured,
and more closely sculptured. The coste and lire are so near
together that the granules almost touch one another.
PiLevrotToma (CLATHURELLA?) usta. (Plate XXIII. fig. 4.)
Testa minuta, fusiformi-ovata, mgricans vel rufescens, interdum
serie granulorum albidorum paulo infra suturam ornata ; an-
fract. 5, primi 13 levigati, cateri leviter conveaiusculi, costis
12-14 paulo obliquis instructi, sulcisque angustis transversis (in
anfr. superioribus 4, in ultimo circiter 15) sculpti ; apertura
elongata, angusta, diumidium longit. totius via equans ; colu-
mella leviter obliqua, callo tenui induta, in medio interdum indi-
stincte incisa ; labrum probabiliter leviter incrassatum, swperne
via sinuatum.
Longit. 22 millim., diam. 13.
The sulci cut through the coste and produce a somewhat gra-
nular appearance. The lira beneath the first sulcus below the
suture is that which is white upon the riblets in the black variety.
Murex (Cuicorevs) apustus, Lamarck.
Hab. West Indies, Japan, Philippines, Indian and Pacific
Oceans.
In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 1875, vol. xv.
p- 419, I expressed an opinion that Murex despectus of A. Adams,
said to have come from the West Indies, was identical with this:
species, which is known as an inhabitant of Eastern seas. At the
time I doubted the accuracy of the locality given by Adams, but
now I am inclined to nelieve it correct, as so many West-Indian
shells have also been found on the eastern side of the Atlantic at
St. Helena, Ascension Island, and on the west coast of Africa.
Murex (OcrNEBRA) SANCTH-HELENEZ. (Plate XXIII. fig. 5.)
Testa fusiformis, alba, varicibus tribus obliquis, compressis, dentatis,
et liris spiralibus (in anfract. superioribus duobus, in ultimo
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 259
5-6) pone varices maxime elevatis instructa ; anfractus circa 10,
superne concavi, dein angulati, inferne constricti ; apertura
parva, irregulariter circularis, marginibus fere continuis promi-
nentibus circumdata ; canalis mediocriter elongatus, angustus,
subclausus, tortuosus, recurvus.
Longit. 30 millim., lat. 16.
This species is remarkable for the prominent character of the
spiral ridges just behind the varices and the deep pits between them.
They are produced in a somewhat radiating manner, and form
tooth-like projections, giving the edge of the varices a pretty
festooned appearance. Although four varices can be counted in any
individual whorl, still, as the fourth from the labrum falls very
close but not exactly above it, and so on in the other whorls, three
disjointed varices are thus formed, and pass very obliquely up the
spire.
Murex (OctnesrRa) PATRUELIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 6.)
Testa brevissisme fusiformis, dilute fuscescens, inferne vix
rimata; anfract. 7-8, convexi, in medio angulati, costis
longitudinalibus circa 9, mediocriter fortibus, lirisque trans-
versis, elevatis, squamosis, inequalibus (in anfr. penult. 5—6, in
ultimo circiter 13) instructi ; apertura elongata, subpyriformis,
longit. totius 3 adequans, intus pallide fuscescens ; columella
supra parum arcuata, inferne oblique tortuosa; canalis brevis,
recurvus.
Longit. 10 millim., diam. max. 63. Apertura 54 longa, 23 lata.
This little species is very like M. diadema of Aradas and Benoit,
but has not the liration at the angle of the whorls produced into
hollow spines upon the custe. The lire, also, are more numerous,
and the nuclear whorls are differently sculptured. None of the few
specimens at hand are quite mature, so I cannot state whether the
labrum is smooth or denticulate within.
Murex (OcINEBRA) ALBOANGULATUS. (Plate XXI. fig. 7.)
Testa brevissime fusiformis, rufo-fusca,ad angulum anfractuum
et basim anfr. ultimi alba; apex rufescens ; anfr. 7, apicales
3 convest, liris tenuissimis longitudinalibus numerosis, paucis-
que transversis sculpti, ceteri superne declives, infra medium
acute angulati, costis crassis circa 10, lirisque fortibus spiral-
ibus squamulatis (in anfr. penult.5, in ultimo ad 11) instrueti;
anfr. ultimus paulo infra medium contractus ; columella callo
albo incrassata ; apertura albida, longit. totius + subequans ;
labrum incrassatum, intus denticulatum.
Longit. 8 millim., diam. max. 53.
This species has the general aspect of certain Coralliophile, and
might be placed with that group provisionally until the animal and
opeculum are known. It differs from M. patruelis in having smaller
apical whorls, in coloration, and in sculpture, the transverse or spiral
ridges being somewhat finer and more squamose.
260 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
LACHESIS HELEN%. (Plate XXI. fig. 8.)
Testa fusiformi-ovata, saturate fusca, interdum pallide flavo
zonata; anfractus 6,nuclearis corneus, convexus, levis, cetert
convexiusculi, sutura profunde sejuncti, costis crassis obliquis
cirea 13, lirisque spiralibus, fortibus, supra costas granosis (in
anfr.superioribus 3, in ultimo ad 9) cancellati; apertura parva,
longit. totius 3 vix equans ; labrum incrassatum, intus denti-
culis senis munitum; columella leviter arcuata, callo tenut,
inferne ad canalem brevem obliquum albo induta.
Longit. 7 millim., diam. max. 33. Apertura 34 longa, 13 lata.
This species is broader than most of the European forms. Of the
three liree upon the upper whorls, the uppermost is rather more
slender than the other two. A fourth liration is occasionally visible
at the lower part of the whorls. ‘The oblique ribs are more or less
regularly continuous up the spire.
CanTHarus (TRITONIDEA) ALBOZONATUS. (Plate XXI. fig. 9.)
Testa breviter fusiformis, saturate purpureo-fusca, circa medium
anfractuum albo zonata, lirisque supra costas albo nodosis,
cincta; anfr. 7-8, superne concavi, deinde convext, costis
crassiusculis ad 8, et liris spiralibus, supra costas nodulosis,
instructi ; lire in anfr. superioribus 3-4, due prope medium
alba, aliis majores, in ultimo 9-10 ; apertura elongate pyri-
Sormis, longit. totius 3 equans, intus lilacea, zona alba ornata ;
labrum intus tenuiter liratum, liris elongatis, longe intrantibus,
haud ad marginem attingentibus ; canalis angustus, obliquus,
paulo recurvus ; columella supra medium arcuata, purpureo-
Susca, callo tenui, superne tuberculata, munita, inferne alba.
Longit. \6 millim., diam. max. 8.
Var. Testa brevior, saturate purpureo-fusca, nodulis flaves-
centibus supra costas, preter duas albas prope medium anfrac-
tuwm, ornata.
Longit. 11 millim., diam. maz. 6.
This species varies considerably in form and colour. The smaller
variety has the ribs rather more numerous and is of much stumpier
growth, but the series of specimens at hand is sufficiently large to
clearly connect the two varieties. The Mediterranean C. orbignyi
is a larger shell, has the white zone lower down, and differs in colour
and in the aperture.
CanTHARuS (TRITONIDEA) CONSANGUINEUS. (Plate XXI.
fig. 10.)
Cominella lugubris, Jeffreys (non C. B. Adams), Melliss’s St.
Helena, p. 124.
Testa fusiformi-ovata, pallide rufescens, liris transversis,
nigrescentibus cinecta; anfractus 8-9, apicales 33 convexi,
leves, ceteri superne concavi, in medio obtuse angulati, costis
levibus circa 10, lirisque supra costas nodulosis, instructi ; lire
in anfr. penultimo 3-4, una ad suturas, una vel due contique
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA, 261
circa medium ; anfr. ultimus inferne contractus, subrimatus,
liris precipuis 6-7, aliisque tenuibus, intercalentibus, cinctus ;
apertura parva, albida vel lilacea, cum canali longit. totius
dimidium superans; columella callo tenui, superne tuberculo
parvo munito induta ; canalis obliquus, angustus, recurvus ;
labrum intus incrassatum, liris 6—7 instructum.
Longit. 14 millim., diam. max. 8.
This species has much of the character of two species—the one
Can. nodulosus from the West Indies, and the other C. lugubris
from Panama, both described by C. B. Adams. The spire of the
latter species seems to be rather longer than that of the present
Species ; its aperture is consequently proportionally shorter, and the
coloration is not the same. C. nodulosus, which is very closely
allied to the present form, besides being differently coloured, is a
somewhat more robust species and has a shorter canal, and the whorls
seem to be rather less angular.
These three forms are difficult to locate generically ; and although
I have considered them as belonging to the Zritonidea section of
Cantharus, they might with equal propriety be associated with
Sistrum.
CANTHARUS (TRITONIDEA) L&vis. (Plate XXI. fig. 11.)
Testa fusiformi-ovata, alba, lineis transversis saturate fuscis
ornata, interque costas fusco tincta; anfr. 10, apicales tres
convesi, leves, flavescentes, sequentes superne concavi, in medio
angulati, infra angulum convexiusculi, costis crassis 9, ad
angulum acutis, instructi ; anfr. ultimus elongatus, prope
medium contractus, inferne subrimatus ; apertura alba, cum
canali longit. totius 3 superans ; labrum extus valde ineras-
satum, intus denticulis ad 6 munitum; columella callo albo,
tenut induta ; canalis elongatus, obliquus, recurvus.
Longit. 23 millim., diam. maz. 10; apertura eum canali 12 longa,
43 lata.
This pretty species recalls certain forms of the genus Siphonalia.
It is unlike most species of Cantharus in having no tubercular sculp-
ture, on which account I have called it C. levis.
CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) DECIPIENS (C. B. Adams).
Buccinum concinnum, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
1845.
Columbella decipiens, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. p. 55 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. pl. xx. fig. 111.
Col. crassilabris, Reeve, 1. c. pl. xxviii. fig. 177 a—0.
Hab. Jamaica (C. B. Adams).
In the Museum are the type of C. crassilabris and the specimen
of C. decipiens figured by Reeve. They unquestionably belong to
the same species. The figure of the former is not good as regards
form, and is very greatly enlarged, although no indication of this
appears on the plate. The only specimen from St. Helena forms
part of a collection made by Mr. J. Macgillivray many years ago.
262 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. I,
CoLuMBELLA (MITRELLA) CRIBRARIA, Lamarck.
This species has a very remarkable distribution. Java Seas,
Ascension Island, St. Helena, Goree, Guinea, Cuba, Barbadoes,
Panama, and Mazatlan have been ascribed to it; and the British
-Museum, besides specimens from Goree, St. Helena, Ascension,
Panama, and Mazatlan, contains series from St. Vincent’s, West
Indies, Guatemala, and Amboyna. Those from Guatemala were
described by Reeve under the name of C. delicata (Conch. Icon.
pl. xxvii. fig. 171), but whether from the eastern or the Pacific coast
is not stated. The series from Amboyna have that locality attached
to them, but I am unable to discover the source whence they were
obtained, and therefore cannot vouch for the correctness of the habitat.
Dr. P. P. Carpenter, in his Catalogue of Mazatlan Shells, cites among
the synonymy of this species the following :—Voluta ocellata,
Gmelin; Buccinum parvulum, Dunker; Columbella mitriformis,
Broderip and King; and C. gutfata, Sowerby.
This appears to be a species which varies much in size. All the
specimens from Ascension and St. Helena are smal!, averaging about
eight or nine millimetres in length. Yhey are almost invariably
decollated, and have but four whorls remaining. The largest specimen
from St. Vincent’s, consisting of an equal number of whorls, is 12
millimetres long. The specimens from Goree, Amboyna, and Panama
are, as a rule, broader, larger, and more solid than West-Indian or
St. Helena examples.
CoLUMBELLA (MitTrRELLA) PusiLLa, Sowerby.
Col. pusilla, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. i. p. 144, pl. xl. figs. 182,
183 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xx. figs. 109, 110, 112.
Hab. West Indies (Sowerby), island of St. Vincent, West Indies
(Reeve).
This species closely resembles C. /unata, Say, but is a trifle more
slender, marked somewhat differently, has a more thickened labrum,
and a more distinct sinus above. The apex of this species is invar-
iably brown, and the lip, especially the sinus, is usually tinted with
the same colour along the edge. The single specimen from St. Helena
was collected by J. Macgillivray.
CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) SANCTHZ-HELEN®. (PI. XXI. fig. 12.)
‘esta fusiformi-ovata, parva, albida, dilute fusco lineata vel
maculata, frequenter infra suturam et circa medium anfr.
ultimi niveo notata; anfr. 89, primi 3-4 conveai, leves, ceteri
parum convexi, striis spiralibus, subdistantibus insculpti,
incrementi lineis striati; anfr. ultimus infra peripheriam
rotundatam contractus, oblique tenuiterque sulcatus; apertura
angusta, lonyit. tolius 4 haud equans; labrum mediocriter
incrassatum, intus denticulis 7-8 munitum ; columella callosa,
prope medium tuberculo pliciforme instructa; canalis obliquus,
brevis, recurvus.
Longit. 73 millim., diam. max. 3.
The spiral subdistant striee will readily distinguish this species
1890. | MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 263
from some others which closely approach it in outline. Most of
the specimens are rather smaller than that of which the dimensions
are given above, and have an average length of 63 millimetres and a
diameter of 23. All of this smaller form are blotched irregularly
with pale brown, and have a more or less distinct interrupted pallid
zone at the periphery, and white spots below the suture. The
larger form is ornamented with numerous longitudinal light brown
lines, which vary in thickness, and are connected, more or less, by
short transverse ones, producing somewhat the appearance of an
indistinct network.
NASSA SANCTZ-HELENZ, A. Adams.
A series of about forty specimens of Wassa from St. Helena
makes it extremely difficult to decide to which species they should be
assigned. Some exactly resemble Adams’s type (Reeve, Conch. Icon.
fig. 188), whilst others appear altogether different, the form and
sculpture being very variable. The typical form may be thus
described :—Shell elongate, with a rather acutely produced spire, of
a dirty whitish colour, with a dark brown line interrupted by the
costee around the middie of the body-whorl, also one above near the
suture, and another round the base, both being less clearly defined
and not so regularly interrupted as the median line; whorls 8, the
three apical smooth, glassy, very convex, the rest narrowly somewhat
excavated or concave above, then moderately convex at the sides ;
sculpture consisting of 10-12 slightly oblique strongish costz, a
little nodose at the angle of the concavity, and of spiral sulci, which
are well defined and cover the whole of the spire, but become a
trifle obsolete on the central part of the body-whorl ; outer lip
thickened by abroad external varix, marked with a brown spot, the
termination of the central interrupted line, and furnished within with
about a dozen fine lire; columella covered with a callus, with a
small elongate narrow tubercle above and several irregular trans-
verse rugosities and tubercles from theuce downwards. Length 12
millim., greatest diameter 64. The principal variations consist of
differences of form and colour, in the number of costz, and in the
greater or less development of the spiral grooving. When the spiral
sulci are strongly marked, the costee become somewhat nodulous as
in NV. incrassata, Strom, with which species Jeffreys, in his account of
Mr. Melliss’s shells, associated two specimens obtained at St. Helena,
and placed in the British Museum by that gentleman. Not one of
the St. Helena shells has the canal stained with black like the
majority of specimens of incrassata.
NASSA CINCTELLA, A. Adams.
. Hab. St. Helena, 20 fathoms, sandy mud (Adams).
The two specimens in Mr, Cuming’s collection are all I have seen of
this species. It is rather like the West-Indian N. ambigua of
Montagu in its short squarish form, but differs in having less tabu-
lated whorls, and stronger or coarser spiral sculpture.
264 MR. E. A. SMITH ON ‘THE [Apr. l,
CoRALLIOPHILA ERYTHROSTOMA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 7.)
Testa brevis, alba, brevissime fusiforme ; anfractus 6, tabulati, in
medio angulati, costis 8-9 paulo obliquis et liris spiralibus pul-
cherrime squamulatis (in anfr. superioribus ad 6, in ultimo
circa 15) instructi; anfr. ultimus inferne angustatus, rimam
angustam umbilicalem exhibens; apertura pyriformis, longe
intus rufescens; labrum album, intus sulcatum; columella
superne parum arcuata, infra medium obliqua; canalis medio-
cris, paulo recurvus. Operculum ignotum.
Longit. 22 millim. ; diam. max. 15, min. 12. Apertura 14 longa,
6 lata.
This species is chiefly distinguished by its short broad-shouldered
form, and the reddish interior of the mouth. The liration upon
the costz at the angle is rather acutely produced, giving it a pretty
festooned appearance.
CoRALLIOPHILA ATLANTICA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 8.)
Testa fusiformi-ovata, rimata, alba, mediocriter erassa; anfr.
6, convexi, costis obliquis circiter 11, plerumque parum elevatis,
lirisque spiralibus, minute squamatis (in anfr. superioribus circa
4, in ult. ad 20 tirregulariter alternatim majoribus) instructi ;
apertura subpyriformis, alba, longit. totius + superans ; labrum
intus sulcatum ; columella rectiuscula ; canalis brevis.
Longit. 17 millim.; diam. 11. Apertura 114 longa, 43 lata.
” 13 2” ” 83 9 i ” Q 9»
This species is chiefly distinguished by the roundness of the
whorls and the slight development of the costz ; in some specimens
they are all but obsolete.
CoRALLIOPHILA BRACTEATA (Brocchi).
Hab. Mediterranean.
The two little specimens from St. Helena of this variable species
belong to var. 4 as described by Monterosata (vide ‘ Nuova revista
Conch. Medit.’ 1875, p. 40, as Pseudomurex). Murer gravesii,
Broderip (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 44), as pointed out by Tryon,
is another synonym of this variety.
PuRPURA HELENA, Q. & G.
? Purpura undata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vol. vii. p. 238.
Purpura helena, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i.
(1832) p. 573, Atlas, pl. 39. figs. 7-10.
Purpura bicarinata, Blainville, Nouv. Ann. du Muséum d’Hist.
Nat. vol. i. (1832) p. 215.
Purpura fasciata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. iii. pl. ix. fig. 45.
Purpura undata, Kiener (partim), Icon. Coq. Viv. pl. 34.
figs. 81 a-c.
Cuma carinifera, Tryon (partim), Man. Conch. vol. i. pl. 62.
fig. 324.
Hab. West Indies (Kiister, Higgins § Marrat, and British
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 265
Museum) ; Ascension Island (Conry) ; Cape Verde Islands (Mac-
Andrew).
The specimens collected by Mr. Melliss at St. Helena and named by
Jeffreys P. rudolphi (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, April, p. 264)
belong to this species. St. Helena examples are generally of a darker
colour than those from the West Indies, but they agree in nearly
always having a purple-brown stain on the edge of the columella
bordering the canal. This seems to be a fairly constant character.
Purpura forbesii, Dunker (Index Moll. Guinea, p. 22), is very close
to, if not the same as, this species.
The shell described by Quoy and Gaimard is scarcely half-grown,
and has a very different appearance from the adult worn specimen
figured in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ as P. fasciata. The series of
specimens in the British Museum clearly shows, however, that both
are merely different stages of one and the same species.
Mirra (Cancitia) TuRTONI. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)
Testa fusiformis, dilute olivaceo-fusca, spiraliter crebre lirata et
sulcata, in sulcis longitudinaliter striata ; anfractus 10, apicales
tres aut quatuor levigati, pallidi, ceteri leviter convert ; aper-
tura rubescens, longit. totius 4 equans ; columella paulo obliqua,
plicis 4—5 in medio instructa.
Longit. 27 millim., diam. max. 8 ; apertura 133 longa, fere
3 lata.
This species is considerably like M. gambiana, Dohrn, as regards
form, but differs in colour and sculpture, the sulci being deeper,
and the intervening lire narrower. The fine longitudinal striae are
chiefly visible in the grooves, but they do to some extent cross
the riblets.
Mirra (TurRICULA) INNOTABILIS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 9.)
Testa parva, fusca, lira alba circa medium anfr. ultimi ornata ;
anfractus 6, nucleus magnus, convexus, nitidus, anfr. sequentes
paulo convezi, costis obliquis circa 12, lirisque spiralibus, supra
costas nudulosis (in anfr. superioribus 3, ultimo circiter 12)
instructi ; apertura angusta, longit. totius 4 haud equans ;
columella triplicata, callo tenui amicta; labrum tenue, intus
leve.
Longit. 7 millim., diam 23. ; apertura 3 longa, 1 lata.
The cancellation is coarse for so small a shell. The whorls have
a slightly turreted appearance, being divided by a deep suture. The
white liration is the third from the top of the whorls.
Mirra (PusiA) SANCTH-HELENZ. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)
Testa parva, brevis, ovata, alba, inter nodulos nigro fasciata ;
anfractus 5, primus levis, globosus, nigrescens, ceteri convexius-
culi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, costis confertis, granulosis,
sulcis spiralibus sculptis instructi ; coste circiter 16, vir oblique,
fere ad basim anfr. ultimi producte ; sulci angusti, subequales,
in anfr. superioribus 2-3, in ultimo 10-12; apertura parva,
266 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
longit. totius 4 equans ; labrum leviter incrassatum, intus den-
ticulatum ; columella triplicata.
Longit. 5 millim., diam 23.
This species at first sight looks very like the shell previously
described as Plewrotoma multigranosa, but, of course, is perfectly
distinct. It is remarkable for its small size, the minutely beaded
ribs, the dark apex, and the style of coloration. Allied to M. albv-
cincta, C. B. Adams.
Mirra (THata) PLEUROTOMOIDES. (Plate XXIII. fig. 10.)
Testa parva, breviter fusiformis, albida, interdum luteo-tincta ;
anfractus sex, duo supremi leves, superne acute carinati, plani,
quasi truncati, ceteri convewxiusculi, costis longitudinalibus
circiter 16, lirisque transversis (in anfr. penult. 5-6, in ultimo
18-20) granose clathrati ; apertura perva, angusta, longit.
totius 4 adequans ; labrum leviter incrassatum, denticulis circiter
sex intus munitum, postice distincte sinuatum; columella rec-
tiuscula, leviter obliqua, in medio plicis duobus instructa, callo
tenui superne labro juncto induta.
Longit. 5 millim., diam. 2.
This species is remarkable for the peculiar truncate apex, the
Pleurotomoid labral sinus, and the columellar plaits being two only
in number. Fischer (Man. Conch. p. 612) has pointed out that
Mitras of the group Zhala have much affinity with the shells of
Clathurella and Mangilia. I might point out that one species,
Thala solida, was described by Reeve’ as belonging to the latter
genus, and another, Thala todilla, was originally published by
Mighels* as a species of Pleurotoma. It therefore still remains
doubtful to which family, Pleurotomide or Mitride, this group
should be referred.
MarGIneELLa (VOLVARIA) CINEREA, Jousseaume.
The type of this species, 1. semen of Reeve, not of Lea, described
by Reeve (Conch. Icon. pl. xxvi. fig. 145), is now in the Museum,
having been presented by Mrs. Lombe Taylor after the death of her
husband. It is incorrectly said by Reeve to have four plaits on the
columella, for on careful examination only three are discernible,
nor is this number exceeded in any of the specimens, nearly twenty
in number, from St. Helena. Reeve’s figure does not accurately
represent the form of the spire, aud the sutural line is too low down.
No locality has previously been quoted for it.
MarGINELLA (VOLVARIA) CONSANGUINEA. (Plate XXIII.
fig. 11.)
Testa minuta, ovata, alba, nitida, pellucida; anfractus 3-4 ; spira
brevissima, obtusissime conica; anf. ultimus elongate ovatus, in
medio labri levissime constrictus ; apertura angustissima ;
labrum paulo incrassatum, inflecum, arcuatum, intus leve,
1 Conch. Icon. (Mangelia), sp. 64.
2 Proc. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist. 1845, vol. i. p. 24.
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 267
superne suturam haud attingens ; columella inferne triplicata,
plica suprema minima, interdum subobsoleta.
Longit. 23 millim., lat. 13.
M. lavalliana of dOrbigny, a common West-Indian species,
appears to more closely resemble this than any other. That form
is, however, a little more solid, hardly so narrow, and has four or
more folds on the columella.
Mareinevxa (Votvarta) atomus. (Plate XXIII. fig. 12.)
Testa minuta, pyriformi-ovata, alba, pellucida, levis ; spira obtu-
sissima, vie elata ; apertura angusta; labrum paulo inflexrum et
incrassatum, superne suture junctum, intus haud denticulatum ;
columella quadriplicata, plica suprema minutissima.
Longit. 13 millim., lat. 1.
This species might almost be regarded as a small form of the
Australian M. angasi, from which it seems to differ chiefly in size.
The columella of that species is not quite the same, however, being
furnished with a few additional denticles or plice at the upper
part.
CAssIS TESTICULUS, Var.
Hab. West Indies.
The St. Helena form of this species is that named C. crumena by
Bruguicre. From the series of specimens examined, I am inclined
to think that it cannot be held distinct. It appears to exist on the
eastern side of the Atlantic, and has not, I think, been recorded from
the western parts. The typical form, however, of C. testiculus is
known from the West-African coast, and a specimen from that
region was presented to the Museum by F. P. Marrat, Esq.
TRITON TRITONIS (Linné).
Hab. W. Indies, Mediterranean, N. Australia, Pacific Islands.
A single specimen in a very worn and broken condition, and
which, when perfect, must have been about twelve inches in
length, is all that was found by Capt. Turton at St. Helena.
Mr. Melliss ‘‘obtained two living specimens which came ashore
at Lemon Valley.” The species occurs also at the Canary and
Cape de Verde Islands, and it is well known from the West-Indian
region. J. seguenze, Aradas and Benoit, is, in my opinion, the
Mediterranean variety of this species.
TRITON OLEARIUM (Linné).
Hab. New Zealand, Port Jackson, Japan, Tahiti, West Indies,
Mediterranean, &c., &c.
The distribution of this species is truly remarkable, and has been
ably discussed by Lischke'.
The specimens from St. Helena have the spiral ridges much more
prominently nodose than usual, the varices are thicker, and the
labrum not effuse, but very solid and strong as in 7. aquatilis. In
1 Japan. Meeres-Conchyl. part rh p. 48.
268 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. I,
colour, however, the columella and the denticles within the outer lip
exactly resemble 7. olearium. T. aquatilis (Reeve, Conch. Icon.
fiz. 24) has a great affinity with Z. pilearis (Reeve, Jl. c. fig. 23),
and both have an equally wide range. Both occur at the Philip-
pine Is., Japan, the Red Sea, and the West Indies; and the general
structure of the two forms is so very similar, that I am inclined to
think that eventually, when large series can be re-examined, it will
be impossible to distinguish them. The shell in the d’Orbigny col-
lection marked “7. martinianum, d’Orb.’’, is quite a typical
uquatilis, and his three examples of J. americanum? from Rio
Janeiro, which he formerly considered 7’. pilearis*, certainly belong
to T. olearium.
The largest specimen from St. Helena, which is much broken,
when perfect must have measured about four and a half inches in
length.
TRITON TURTONI. (Plate XXI. figs. 13, 12 a.)
Lesta elongata, fusiformis, turrita, rufescens, varicibus albidis,
rufo-zonatis, instructa; anfr. 11, embryonales 6 pallide fusci,
convert, ceteri superne tabulati, anyulati, inferne ad suturam
valde constricti, liris spiralibus, costis longitudinalibus, nodosis,
rotundatis, varicibusque paucis instructi; coste ad angulum
prominentes (in anfract. penultimo 7), in ultimo infra medium
obsolete ; lire transverse, inequales ; apertura longe intus
lurida, cum canali longit. totius 4 equans ; labrum intus album,
liris circiter 6 instructum, ad marginem paribus senis denti-
culorum partim fusco-tinctorum armatum ; columella in medio
arcuata, plus minus purpureo-nigra, rugis transversis, graci-
libus, albis ornata ; canalis intus albus, recurvus.
Longit. 49 millim., lat. 20.
This is a very distinct species, and well characterized by the
angled tabulated whorls which are much constricted at the lower
suture. On the five normal whorls there are only four varices, two
on the body-whorl and two on the penultimate. Of the spiral
ridges, one marking the angle and one below it, and which are
nodose upon the costz, are most conspicuous.
RANELLA C&ZLATA, Broderip.
This species is common on the coast of Panama, and it is
extremely remarkable that it should occur at St. Helena. The
single specimen collected by Mr. Melliss*, and presented to the
British Museum, corresponds in every particular with Panama
examples; but those obtained by Capt. Turton partly belong to the
same variety, and partly to that named 2. pustulosa by Reeve, from
Ascension Island, which differs from the Panama type in having
fewer and larger tubercles. A specimen collected by Staff-Surgeon
* Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Mollusques, vol. ii. p. 162.
? Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., Moll. p. 711.
8 Ibid. p. 449.
4 Vide Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. p. 264.
1890. | MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 269
T. Conry at Ascension, and presented by him to the British
Museum, has, however, tubercles as in R. celata. The number of
the nodules seems to be very variable, and a character of no specific
importance. With this species may also be united R. ponderosa,
Reeve, the locality of which was unknown to its author, and some
shells labelled R. guercina, Mérch*, in Cuming’s collection, said
to have come from Guinea, evidently belong to the same species.
As I have been unable to consult the work of Schriter, referred to
by Mérch, who gives no description of his species, I cannot say
whether these specimens are correctly identified. They are peculiar
in having the nodules on the upper whorls as in typical specimens.
RANELLA THOM, d’Orbigny.
Hab. St. Thomas (d’Orbigny) ; Madeira (Watson); Canary
Islands (‘ Challenger’); Cape Verde Islands (Brit. Mus.) ; Mauri-
tius (Robillard).
D’Orbigny’s description of this species (Sagra’s Hist. Cuba,
Moll. vol. ii. p. 164) was based upon an old dead specimen, entirely
devoid of colour, now in the British Museum. In fresh examples
the aperture is tinted with pale rose, and the varices and spiral
ridges are irregularly spotted and dotted with brown. The enlarged
figure in the above-mentioned work (pl. xxiii. fig. 23) is not at all
good. The labrum is not so bulging, the granules are not so bead-
like, the body-whorl is more constricted below, the varix on the
left, and the basal canal is directed to the right and not to the left.
The largest specimen in the Museum is from St. Vincent, Cape
Verde Islands, and measures 22 millim. in length.
This species also occurs at the Mauritius, and has been named
R. bergeri*. This distribution supports Tryon’s opinion, that
R. thome should be considered to be the same as R. rhodostoma, and
indeed, excepting that the brown dotting is more conspicuous and
the colour of the aperture different, there is little to found specific
distinction upon. I cannot, however, agree with that author in
cousidering FR. cruentata and R. rhodostoma forms of one and the
same species.
NaTICA TURTONI. (Plate XXI. figs. 14, 14a.)
Testa globosa, late umbilicata, rufescens, plus minus radiatim
strigata, zonis quatuor albis, maculis saturate fusco-rujis,
quadratis, interruptis, cincta, striis incrementi, ad suturam leviter
plicatis, sculpta, epidermide decidua, sublamellata, induta;
anfractus 4—5, celeriter accrescentes, convexi, sutura profunda
sejuncti, ultimus magnus, aperturam versus leviter expansus vel
tubiformis ; umbilicus albus, magnus, callo mediocriter tenui in
medio instructus ; apertura dilatata, semicircularis, intus albida,
coloribus externis leviter conspicuis.
Diam. maj. 19 millim., min. 14, alt. 18.
1 Cat. Conch. Yoldi, p. 106.
* Canefri, Mém. Soc. Malac. Belgique, 1880, vol. xy. p. 50, pl. 2. figs. 1, 2.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XIX. 19
270 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1
Operculum calcarium, ex anfractibus duobus constitum, inferne
leve, incrementi lineis striatum, extus porcis spiralibus septenis
valde inequalibus, sulcis interjicientibus profundis, instructum.
(Plate XXI. fig. 14 a.)
In style of coloration this species resembles NV. teniata, the
well-known species from the Indian Ocean and the Philippines. It
is, however, of a slightly different form, and the colour, both
externally and within the aperture, is dissimilar. The two forms are
at once distinguishable by the opercula.
The operculum of N. teniata (Plate XXI. fig. 15) is externally
grooved and ridged, like that of N. ¢urtoni, but the ridges are more
numerous and more equal in size. The figures on Plate XXI. show
at a glance the difference. The operculum of JV. teniata has not
previously been described. The specimen figured was collected at
Aden by the Rev. A. W. Baynham, who, in 1885, presented to the
British Museum a very interesting series of shells from that locality.
NaTICA DILLWYNII, Payraudeau.
Hab. Mediterranean in many places; Mauritius (Robillard) ;
South Pacific Islands (B. B. Woodward).
After carefully comparing Maltese specimens of this species with
examples of the West-Indian N. prozima of C. B. Adams, I am
quite convinced that they all belong to one and the same species.
Philippi (see Kiister’s Conch.-Cab. Monog. Nutica, p- 123) holds
them distinct, observing that VV. proxima is more ovate in form, aud
that the umbilical ridge is much thicker and situated below the
middle of the umbilicus. In answer to this, I would observe that
these differences do not exist in specimens in the Cumingian Collec-
tion, sent by C. B. Adams himself. None of the St. Helena
specimens are full-sized, but several are very brightly coloured.
In the British Museum is a single specimen sent direct from the
Mauritius by M. Robillard, which is absolutely identical with West-
Indian examples with which I have compared it, and specimens from
the South-Pacific Islands shown to me by Mr. Woodward seem to
belong undoubtedly to this species.
NATICA SANCTH-HELENE. (Plate XXI. fig. 16.)
Testa parva, umbilicata, globularis, nitida, albida, zona interrupla
rufo-fusca infra suturam cincta, lineis pallidioribus, ziczac-
Jormibus, prope umbilicum saturatioribus, zonam indistinctam
Sormantibus, ornata; anfractus 5, rapide accrescentes; spira
parva, parum prominens ; umbilicus parvus, callo columellari
albido semiobtectus ; apertura semicircularis.
Alt. 9 millim., diam. max. 9.
This species probably attains a larger size than the above dimen-
sions indicate. It resembles JV. alderi of Forbes in form, excepting
that the tip of the spire is scarcely so pointed, but the style of
markings may be sufficiently different to distinguish it. Besides the
rich brown, more or less interrupted zone beneath the suture, and
the less distinct one around the umbilicus, the angles of the zigzag
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 271
lines also form two or three spiral bands. The thickened border of
the umbilicus is not stained with brown so distinctly as in NV. alderi.
The operculum is at present unknown.
Natica (Potinices) porceiiana, d’Orbigny.
Hab. Teneriffe, Madeira, Cape Verde Islands.
This species and N. uberina of the same author from the West
Indies are very closely related, but the majority of specimens of the
latter have a differently formed callus. The figure in Sagra’s ‘ Hist.
Cuba’ (pl. xvii. fig. 19) represents an umbilical callus very like that
of IV. porcellana, but in most West-Indian specimens it has not got
such a central prominence at the termination of the umbilical ridge,
and consequently a less marked sinus above it.
Ail the specimens from St. Helena are much smaller than the type
figured by d’Orbigny (Webb & Berthelot’s Hist. Nat. Canaries,
Mollusques, pl. vi. figs. 27, 28).
The umbilicus also in these Specimens is unusually large, the
groove within it deep, and the curved ridge is rather sharp. In the
specimen of NV. porcellana figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. figs. 102
a, 6) the umbilicus is much narrower and the callosity more
developed. In the Museum Collection there are two specimens
from Goree, named N. loveni, Dunker, which undoubtedly belong to
this species, but at present I have not met with any description of
that species. The operculum is thin, horny, and reddish. In his
list of St. Helena shells Jeffreys quotes JV. nitida, Dovovan. We
did not receive this shell from Mr. Melliss; but it is possible it may
have been the present species, which is not unlike Donovan’s figure.
TANTHINA ComMuNIS, Lamarck.
Hab. East and West Atlantic.
This species appears in Jeffreys’s list of Mr. Melliss’s St. Helena
shells under the name of J. fragilis. The form and colour varies
considerably in the seven specimens from the shores of St. Helena.
Some are as depressed as I. ceruleata, Reeve (Conch. Icon. figs.
7a, 76), and similarly coloured, whilst others are much more
elevated, nearly as high in the spire as I. africana, Reeve, fig. 8 a,
6, and white above as in that species, which is also considered but a
variety of the present species by Sowerby (Thesaurus, v. p. 56).
I. bicolor, Lesson’, also described and figured from St. Helena
specimens, belongs to this species.
IANTHINA GLOBOSA, Swainson.
Hab. St. Helena (Lesson).
This species is described and figured by Lesson, from examples
taken at St. Helena, under the name of J. prolongata, Blainville
(vide Voy. Coquille, Zool. vol. ii. p. 366).
* Zool. Voy. Coquille, vol. ii. p. 365.
19*
272 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
IANTHINA ExIGUA, Lamarck.
Hab. South Atlantic ; ‘‘ New Zealand, New South Wales, and
S. Australia ” (Hutton).
I have compared New-Zealand specimens in the Museum with
the one from St. Helena, and can discover no distinction.
IanTHINA UMBiILicaTa, d’Orbigny.
Ianthina umbilicata, d’Orb. Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Mollusq. vol. ii.
p- 85, Atlas, pl. xx. figs. 22, 23 (bad!); id. Voy. Amér. Meérid.
vol. v. p. 414; Reeve, Con. Icon. figs. 22a, 6; Sowerby, The-
saurus, pl. 444. fig. 22.
Testa parva, violacea, infra suturam albo anguste zonata, anguste
perforata; anfractus 5, primi duo (nucleus) obliqui, parvi,
papilliformes, pellucidi, ceteri convexi, nitidi, ultimus in medio
obtuse angulatus et sulcatus, incrementi lineis, in medio angu-
latis, sculptus ; apertura mediocris, inferne anguste effusa;
columella rectiuscula, paulo refleza; labrum profunde et acute
incisum.
Alt. 94 millim., diam. 8.
The British Museum received many specimens of this species
from Mr. Nuttall in the year 1855, under the name of J. bifida’.
They were obtained at the Sandwich Islands. The shell figured by
Reeve under that name is altogether different, and seems to me but
a form of J. exigua, as suggested by Sowerby. Besides the lines of
growth, which are perhaps a trifle coarser on the under surface than
upon the spire, there are indications of feeble spiral striz, chiefly
upon the base.
The figure given by d’Orbigny is not good, and does not accord
with his description. ‘The labrum is described as acutely sinuated,
and the surface as smooth, or scarcely marked with faint lines of
growth, yet the figure depicts no sinuation, but represents rather
well-marked incremental striz. In d’Orbigny’s South-American
shells are preserved three or four specimens of this species, marked
I. umbilicata in his own handwriting. These certainly agree with
the single specimen from St. Helena and the large series from the
Sandwich Islands. The figure in Reeve’s ‘ Conchologia’ represents
the form correctly, but does not show the deep labral notch.
D’Orbigny describes the colour as uniform deep blue, but his
specimens have the pale infrasutural line as described above.
All the specimens of this species which I have examined are of
small size, none exceeding the dimensions above given.
TANTHINA PALLIDA, Harvey.
Hab. Ireland (Thompson) ; Straits of Magellan (Jeffreys).
The single St. Helena specimen, half an inch in length, agrees
very closely with Forbes and Hanley’s figure (Brit. Moll. pl. 69.
figs. 10, 11).
» Blanford, ‘Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia,’ p. 468, gives off the S.E.
coast of Arabia as a locality for this species.
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 273
SCALARIA CONFUSA.
Sealaria turricula, Sowerby, partim, Thes. Conch. vol. i. p. 92.
Hab. Catanuan, Isle of Luzon, Philippines (Cuming); Sandwich
Islands (Mus. Cuming); N.W. Australia (Capt. Beckett in Brit.
Mus.).
Sowerby seems to me to have included two species under the
name S. ¢urricula—the one a distinctly striated shell with unequal
varices ; the other, which I now name S. confusa, being smooth and
with more regular riblets. The true turricula is represented by
figure 88° in the ‘Thesaurus,’ where the thick varix on the
penultimate whorl shows the spine or tooth-like projection at the
upper end, a feature not occurring in Se. confusa. It is only the
thick riblets (former peristomes) which have the spine. ‘The-
saurus,’ fig. 61, fairly represents the form of the present species, but
the colour is too red, the varices not fine enough, and the interstices
should be smooth and not spirally striated. Fig. 59 in the ‘ Conch.
Icon.’ also gives a coarse idea of this species. The St. Helena
specimens have the lower half of the whorls light brown, and the
upper half dirty white, with oblique faint brown blotches, and all the
riblets are white throughout. In comparison with the three
specimens from N.W. Australia, those from St. Helena are a trifle
more suddenly tapering ; but as both exhibit the same glossy surface
similar colour, and varices, I feel convinced that they should be
considered as belonging to one and the same species.
ScaLaRIA FRAGILIS, Hanley.
Scalaria fragilis, Hanley, Conchologist’s Book of Species, p. 63
(1842); Sowerby, Thesaurus, vol. i. p. 88, pl. xxxiii. figs. 64-66
(1844); id. Conch. Icon. pl. v. fig. 29.
Scalaria albida, d’Orbigny, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Moll. vol. ii.
p- 17, pl. x. figs. 24, 25.
Hab. St. Vincent’s and Cuba.
Of the five St. Helena specimens, three are rather less slender
than the majority of West-Indian examples, but the two others have
quite the same form. Species of Scalaria appear to vary in respect
of proportional dimensions.
The figure in Hanley’s work is not good, but I nevertheless believe
that it represents the same species as that described by Sowerby.
The latter is, however, certainly identical with S. alécda of d’Orbigny,
proved by a comparison of the types.
ScaLaRIA MELLIssI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 13.)
Testa Sc. trevelyane similis, sed paulo robustior, lamellisque
longitudinalibus simplicibus, superne haud subspinosis.
Longit. 14 millim., diam. 43.
The shells here described were collected by Mr. Melliss, and
appear in his list under the name of S. modesta of C. B. Adams.
1 T retain this as the type because in both of his diagnoses the author refers
to the minute spiral striation.
274 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. l,
That species has, however, rather stronger ribs and distinct spiral
strize, which at once separate it from the present species.
S. mellissi is of a livid colour, and glossy between the white
ribs, which are thirteen or fourteen in number, and are very like
those of S. trevelyane, but have not the short projection near the
upper end. It may be described as a stumpier species than that
shell, the spire being less slender.
SCALARIA SANCTZ-HELENE. (Plate XXIII. fig. 14.)
Testa parva, albida, turrita, gracilis, imperforata ; anfractus 8-9,
primi 3-4 levigati, nitentes, convexi, pellucidi, ceteri convex,
contigui, lamellis numerosis, (in anfr. ult. 26-28) tenuissimis,
paulo obliquis, instructi ; apertura subcircularis, inferne obscure
effusa.
Longit. 43 millim., diam. 13.
The number of whorls, and their steady enlargement, incline me
to believe that this species does not attain a much larger size. It
seems to approach S. pulchella, Bivona, but the riblets are finer and
the whorls not quite so high.
ScaLaria commopAa. (Plate XXIII. fig. 15.)
Testa parva, angusta, elongata, albida, imperforata; anfractus
9, sutwra undulata sejuncti, primi tres convexi, nitidi, rufes-
centes, ceteri convexi, costis crassis circa 11, leviter obliquis,
lirisque tenuibus, pluribus, cancellati, incrementi lineis minutis-
sime decussati; anfr. ultimus lira crassa inferne cinctus ;
apertura ovato-circularis, superne quam basi angustior ; labrum
valde incrassatum.
Longit. 5 millim., diam. 13.
This minute species is well characterized by its reddish apex, the
strong ribs extended upward, so as to form a wavy sutural line, and
the spiral liree, producing a cancellated appearance.
ScauariA AToMus. (Plate XXIII. fig. 16.)
Testa minima, brevis, anguste umbilicata, alba; anfractus 4},
perconvexi, sutura profunda sejuncti, primus levis, ceteri costis
tenuibus circiter 18 instructi; apertura oblique ovata, basi
paulo subeffusa ; peristoma tn exemplis adultis continuum,
margine columellari subreflexo.
Longit. 14 millim., diam. 1.
The shells here described, although so small, appear to be full-
grown ; such may not, however, be the case.
ScALARIA MULTISTRIATA, Say ?
S. multistriata, Say, Amer. Conch. pl. 27 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch.
vol. i. p. 108, woodcut ; Gould, Invert. Mass. 1870, p. 313, cut.
Hab. U. States, W. Indies, Mediterranean.
A single specimen from St. Helena and one from the Canary
Islands, in the Museum, apparently belong to this species. They
are a trifle narrower in the body-whorl than the above-cited figures.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 275
OBELIscuS DOLABRATUs (Linné).
fab. West Indies ; Cuba, Guadeloupe, and St. Lucia (d’ Orbigny) ;
Island of Annabon, West Africa (Dunker) ; Red Sea; Indian and
Pacific Oceans.
Several specimens were dredged in shallow water, 5-20 fathoms,
off the north of the island, and this I believe is the only record of
the appearance of this species on the eastern side of the Atlantic
with the exception of Annabon Island mentioned above.
OBELISCUS SANCT#Z-HELEN®%. (Plate XXIII. fig. 17.)
Testa elongata, subpellucido-alba, linea flavescente interdum cincta,
nitida, perforata; anfractus normales 7, convexiusculi, sutura
mediocriter profunda separati; nucleus convexus, involutus ;
apertura inverse subauriformis ; columella recta, supra um-
bilicum reflewa, superne plica valida instructa.
Longit. 63 millim., diam. 24.
This species is characterized by being perforated, by its convexish
smooth whorls, and the distinct twist or plait on the upper part of
the columella. In most of the specimens at hand the slender
coloured line which revolves round the middle of the body-whorl and
up the spire, just above the suture, is very faint, but in a few fresher
Specimens it is much more distinct. Some examples which have
the lip broken away, thus permitting a further view within the
aperture, exhibit two very fine spiral plaits or lirze on the columella,
below the uppermost stouter one. It becomes therefore a link, as it
were, between the typical species of Obeliscus with three distinct
folds on the columella, and Syrnola with only one, agreeing with the
latter genus in general form and style of ornamentation.
Osetiscus (SyRNOLA) PUMILIO. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)
Testa elongata, gracilis, nitida, alba, lineis paucis spiralibus
pellucidis ornata, lineaque unica rufescenti cincta ; anfractus 8-9,
leviter convexi, lente accrescentes, sutura simplici paulo oblique
sejuncti ; nucleus globosus, pellucidus, obliquus, sinistrorsus ;
apertura inverse subauriformis, basi vix effusa ; columellu paulo
reflexa, superne plicata, inferne arcuata.
Lonyit. 63 millim., diam. 13.
This species at first sight looks like a miniature of S. cinctella, A.
Adams, from the Korea Straits. It is, however, proportionally
more slender, the aperture is longer, and is ornamented with a few
spiral pellucid zones.
TURBONILLA HAROLDI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 18.)
Testa elongato-oblonga, alba, superne leviter coarctuta ; anfractus
6, planiusculi, turriti, sutwra profunda sejuncti, ad marginem
superiorem incrassati, costis longitudinalibus suberectis, fere
equalibus (in anfr. ult. circiter 10-18) instructi, in interstitiis
minute spiraliter striati; apertura inverse subauriformis,
superne acuminata ; peristoma continuum, margine columellart
276 MR. E. A, SMITH ON THE (Apr. 1,
paulo reflexo, rimam umbilicalem angustam semiobtegente ;
plica columelle haud perspicua.
Longit. 23 millim., diam. fere 1.
The fold or twist of the columella in this minute species is hig
up and not conspicuously developed.
TURBONILLA ASSIMILANS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 19.)
Testa elongata, gracilis, alba, nitida, subpellucida; anfractus
9-10, convexi, lente accrescentes, costis tenuibus, gracilibus,
(in anfr. penult. circiter 20) leviter obliquis, instructt, lirisque
spiralibus paucis circa partem inferiorem inter costas ornati ;
apex magnus, globosus; anfr. ultimus costis basim versus
obsoletis ; apertura parva, subovata ; columella leviter torta.
Longit. 43 millim., lat. 1.
Turbonilla acicularis, A. Adams, from the Philippine Islands,
and 7. pusilla, C. B. Adams, from Jamaica, have very much the
same form as the present species. The latter, however, is rather
more slender, and has fewer riblets than 7’. assimilans, whilst the
former has flatter whorls and coarser costz.
TURBONILLA TRUNCATELLOIDES. (Plate XXIII. fig. 20.)
Testa elongata, solidiuscula, alba, linea flavescente circa medium
anfractuum ornata; anfract. 7, primus (apex) pellucidus,
globosus, ceteri levissime convexi, sutura profunda sejuncti,
costis longitudinalibus 15-16 crassis, interstitiis latioribus,
instructi; anfr. ultimus linea secunda flavescenti infra medium
cinctus ; apertura subpyriformis ; columella superne plicata ;
peristoma continuum, margine columellari leviter reflewvo.
Longit. 4 millim., diam. 13.
This species agrees in its general appearance with the section
Mormula, but has a rather more distinct fold than JZ. vissoina, the
type of this so-called genus.
TURBONILLA BRACHIA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 21.)
Testa minima, brevis, turrita, pellucida, albida, nitida ; anfractus
43, apicales leves, convexi, tres sequentes convexiusculi, sutura
profunda paulo obliqua sejuncti, costis bene arcuatis circiter
20 (in anfr. ultimo inferne attenuatis) instructi, paulo infra
suturam, sulco inconspicuo, costas secanti, sculpti; apex
maximus, obtusus ; apertura ovalis, superne acuminata, longit.
totius 3 adcequans ; columella leviter reflexa, spiraliter torta,
labro callo tenui juncta.
Longit. 13 millim., diam. 3.
The short stumpy form, the very large obtuse apex, the much
curved ribs, and the deep suture are the principal distinguishing
features of this little species.
TURBONILLA (DuNKERIA) ERITIMA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 22.)
Testa subulata, pellucida, vitrea, nitida ; anfractus normales 6,
convexi, iris longitudinalibus numerosis, arcuatis (ir anfr.
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 277
ultimo circiter 22, inferne obsoletis) sulcisque duobus trans-
versis, cirea partem inferiorem, instructi; apex parvus,
globosus, involutus ; apertura irregulariter ovata, basi sub-
effusa ; columella vix torta, leviter reflexa.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. fere 1; apertura 1 longa, 3 lata.
Besides the two spiral sulci which encircle the lower part of the
whorls between the riblets, some microscopic spiral striz are
observable at the upper part, and also upon the base of the body-
whorl. The little glassy nucleus is uncoiled and at a right angle to
the axis of the shell.
CINGULINA cCrRCINATA, A. Adams.
Cingulina circinata, A. Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860,
vol. vi. p. 414; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 201.
Hab. North China, Japan, and Port Jackson.
Several small specimens of this species were obtained at St.
Helena. After a very careful examination under a microscope, I
cannot detect any difference whereby they can be distinguished from
this eastern form. The sculpture consists of three subequal spiral
ridges on each whorl, and a very fine thread borders the suture.
The nucleus is convex and sinistral, as in Mathilda, which I regard
as a subgenus of Cingulina. The finest specimen from Japan which
has been examined is 12 millim. in length, and consists of
thirteen normal whorls, whilst the largest St. Helena example is
only 5 millim. long and has eight volutions; but had this shell been
permitted to go on growing, it would, by the addition of 5 more
whorls, have attained a length fully as great as the Japanese example.
Cineuina (Matuitpa) QuapRicarInata (Brocchi).
Hab. Mediterranean, Bay of Biscay, Madeira.
The distribution and references of this beautiful species are given
by Jeffreys in his report on the Mollusca of the ‘ Porcupine’
Expedition (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 364). He observes that the
sculpture “ varies considerably, and this has, of course, given rise to
several synonyms, including Eglisia macandree of A. Adams.”
This latter species was described by H. (not A.) Adams‘ and has
six spiral liree and more numerous and more delicate longitudinal
raised lines of growth. Until further specimens are obtained which
may connect the two forms I prefer to keep them separate.
The three specimens from St. Helena are small, the largest
measuring 134 millim. in length. They appear to be a trifle more
slender than the ‘ Porcupine’ specimens and that figured by Kobelt
(Jahrbiich. deutsch. Mal. Gesell. 1874, pl. xi. figs. 2, 2a). The
sculpture, however, is precisely similar.
The question has been raised by Mr. Watson (‘ Challenger’ Gas-
teropoda, p. 499), whether the genus Mathilda ig the same as Cingu-
lina of Adams ; but I cannot adopt the conclusion at which he arrives
namely, ‘ either to suppress Cingulina altogether, or to retain it
1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 758.
278 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
merely as a subgenus of Mathilda.’ It certainly either is or is not
the same ; and presuming them to be identical, Cingulina must be
retained, having been published five years previous to Mathilda ;
but should it be considered that they differ sufficiently in sculpture
to be placed in different sections, Mathilda and not Cingulina should
take subgeneric rank. I have this advantage over Mr. Watson in
knowing that the character of the apical whorls is the same in both,
as one of the specimens of Cingulina circinata in the Museum still
retains its nucleus.
The sculpture of this species, the type of the genus, is certainly
very unlike that of most of the known species of Mathi/da, consisting
of strong spiral ridges, with only feeble lines of growth in the
interstices. C. spina of Crosse and Fischer is very closely related,
but quite distinct. Owing to the more cancellated surfaces of
Mathilda, it may be convenient at present to retain it as a section
or subgenus.
OposToMIA GLAPHYRA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 23.)
Testa ovato-cylindracea, albo-pellucida ; anfractus 5-6, apicalis
converus, involutus, cetert parum convexi, levigati, sutura
mediocriter profunda, vix obliqua, sejuncti, ultimus penult.
latitudine subequans; apertura parva, inverse auriformis,
longit. totius 3 subequans ; columella plus minus leviter con-
torta, in exemplis adultis callo tenui labro juncta.
Longit. 25 millim., diam. 1.
Although under an ordinary lens this species appears to be smooth,
it is in fact finely spirally striated. It is sufficiently pellucid to
allow of the columella being indistinctly visible up the spire, the
apex of which is large and obtuse.
EvLima FuSCESCENS. (Plate XXIII. fig. 24.)
Testa parva, acuminata, recta, pallide fuscescens, polita ; anfractus
octo, levissime conveai, sutura simplice vir obliqua sejuncti, ultimus
ad medium mayis conveaus, mediocriter elongatus ; apertura ovata,
superne acuminata ; perist. tenue, inferne leviter effusum, mar-
gine columellari paulo reflexo, superne callo tenui labro juncto.
Longit. 25 millim., lat. fere 1; apertura } longa, 3 lata.
This little species is peculiar on account of its colour, a rare feature
in this genus, and its short erect form.
Eutta atTiantica. (Plate XXIII. fig. 25.)
Testa nivea, elongata, aut recta aut superne plus minus dextrorsum
vel sinistrorsum curvata; anfractus 11-12, fere pluni, sutura
levi sejuncti; ultimus in medio curvatus, subbrevis ; apertura
parva, ovata, superne acuminata ; columella paulo incrassata,
reflexa, labro callo tenui juncta ; labrum in medio prominens,
prope suturam haud profunde sinuatum.
Longit. 73 millim., diam. 2; apertura 2 longa, 1 lata.
This species has a less slender spire than Z. intermedia, Cantraine,
is of a shorter and stumpier growth, and the reflection of the colu-
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 279
mella is different. It is very like 2. aciculata, Pease, of which
Li. retrorsa, Sowerby, is a synonym. It differs in the following
respects:—the lip is more sinuated above and more prominently
curved below, the spire is rather less acutely produced, and the
semipellucid zone beneath the suture is not so broad in proportion
to the rest of the whorl beneath,
EULIMA sUBCONICA.
Eulima conica, Sowerby (non C. B. Adams), Conch. Icon. fig. 44,
Both the figure and the description of this species are misleading,
for Mr. Sowerby was careless, especially when engaged with small
forms. He describes the last whorl as ‘ angulated,” and a decided
angle is depicted in his figure. The type has a much less pronounced
angulation ; the specimens from St. Helena are more like the figure,
but still not quite so bulging at the periphery. The apical portion
of the spire is sometimes straight, occasionally curves to the left, or,
as in the type, turns to the right, not as drawn by Sowerby, who
has reversed the direction.
The aperture is neither ‘‘ rather square”’ nor ‘ acuminated beneath.”
It should have been described as obliquely oval and a trifle more
acuminate above than below. ‘The columella is not ‘‘7ather tortuous,”
but slightly curved and reflexed over the umbilical region. Mr.
Sowerby apparently drew a bad figure and then based his description
upon it.
There are thirteen whorls in the type, which is four and a half
millimetres long. They are separated by a distinct suture, and the
semipellucid margin, beneath it, occupies a little less than one-third
of the whorl. The few uppermost are a trifle convex, the rest almost,
but not quite, flat.
The name conica was already in use for a Jamaican species of this
genus, described by C. B. Adams in his ‘Contributions to Conchology,
p- 110. His diagnosis applies very closely to the St. Helena specimens;
but, as I have not a specimen of this species for comparison, I, for the
present, prefer to consider them a distinct, but closely allied form, on
which account I have proposed the name sudconica.
EvuLima GERMANA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 26.)
Testa minima, nitida, pellucida, plus minus leviter arcuata ; an-
fracius 9, planiusculi, sutura distincta vie obliqua discreti ;
apertura ovata, superne acuminata, longit. totius 4 subequans ;
labrum prominens, arcuatum ; columella obliqua, curvata, antice
incrassata.
Longit. 24, diam. 1 millim.
Of this very little species, two specimens were obtained by Capt.
Turton, one somewhat more curved than the other. This same
specimen also exhibits a continuous series of varices upon the right
side. The pellucid zone beneath the suture in the penultimate whorl
is about half as broad as the space between it and the top of the
body-whorl.
280 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. I,
Evia (SusunariA) FuscopunctaTa. (Plate XXI. fig. 18.)
Testa minuta, subulata, pellucida, punctis fuscis irregulariter
notata, nitida; spira acuminata, apice mediocriter acuto, con-
voluto; anfractus 9, tres apicales conveai, ceteri subplani, elon-
gati, sutura obliqua sejuncti; apertura elongata, ovata, superne
anguste acuminata, longit. totius } paulo superans ; columella
obliqua, leviter incrassata et reflexa.
Longit. 23 millim., diam. 3 ; apertura ? longa, % lata.
This minute shining little species is remarkable for the minute
brownish scattered dots, which do not appear to be arranged in
regular series.
AMAURELLA CANALICULATA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 27.)
Testa parva, tenuis, hyalina, umbilicata, ovato-turrita ; anfr. 7,
convewi, ad suturam profunde canaliculati, leves ; apertura ovata,
paulo obliqua, longit. totius 3 equans ; peristoma tenue, mar-
gine columellari leviter dilatato, inferneque subeffuso.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. 1%.
This remarkable shell has the first three or four whorls narrow in
proportion to the others, so that the spire has a suddenly contracted
appearance towards the top. The umbilicated base, smooth surface,
and channelled suture well distinguish this species. In describing
the genus Amaurelia, Adams states incorrectly that it is “‘imperforata,”
for the typical species A. japonica is distinctly perforate, although
more narrowly than that now described.
Croniscus unrcus (Montagu).
Hab. British Islands, west coasts of France, and some parts of
the Mediterranean.
The three specimens of this beautiful shell from St. Helena have
the whorls the least trifle shorter than British specimens with which
they have been compared, but agree in all other respects.
Aciis anGuLaTa. (Plate XXIII. fig. 28.)
Testa minuta, elongata, turrita, alba; anfr. 6, primi duo magni,
converi, leves, ceteri superne oblique declives, in medio acute
carinato-angulati, infra angulum contracti, lineis incrementi
conspicuis, elevatis, confertissimis, regularibus, sculpti ; anfr.
ultimus ad peripheriam obtusissime rotunde angulatus ; apertura
obliqua, irregulariter ovata ; peristoma continuum, haud incras-
satum, supra angulum, prope suturam, leviter sinuatum.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 3.
This little species is remarkable for its angular whorls, the regular
close-set raised lines of growth, and large apex.
ACLIS SIMILLIMA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 29.)
Testa minuta, gracilis, alba, nitida, pellucida; anfractus normales 7,
convexiusculi, sutura obliqua profunde sejuncti ; nucleus magnus,
convolutus, elevatus ; apertura lata, inverse subauriformis ;
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 281
peristoma fere continuum, margine columellari paulo prominente,
superne torto.
Longit. 25 millim., diam. 4.
This minute species is very like A. nitidissima of Montagu, but
has decidedly less convex whorls, the aperture is broader, and the
columellar twist different. The heterostrophe apical coil is also very
similar in both forms.
Acuis pipyMA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 30.)
Testa minuta, turrita, albida, imperforata ; anfractus 6, supremus
levis, convexus, obtusus, ceteri superne declives, subexcavati,
dein obtuse angulati, inferne planiusculi, longitudinaliter striati,
ad angulum subplicati; apertura parva, ovata, longit. totius
q adequans ; columella levissime reflera, superne subtorta.
Longit. 25 millim., diam.
Owing to the large size of the nuclear whorl, this species has very
gently converging outlines. The columella does not unite above
with the outer lip, but appears to be slightly spirally intorted.
Co
SoLARIUM PLACENTALE, Hinds, var.
Hab. Bay of Magdalena, California, Off Barbados in deep
water (Dall for S. peracutum).
Three specimens in excellent condition, one alive with the oper-
culum, were dredged by Capt. Turton. This is another instance of
remarkable distribution in this genus. After a careful study and
comparison of these examples with the types of S. placentale, and
Mr. Dall’s description and figures of S. peracutum *, although slight
differences are noticeable, I can but regard all of them as forms of
one and the same species. The St. Helena specimens are a little
paler in colour than the type; the periphery is perhaps very slightly
more acute, as is the case with S. peracutum ; the crenulazions bor-
dering the umbilicus finer, and the spiral sculpture, more especially
on the upper surfaces, is rather more inclined to be granular.
The operculum consists of six whorls, which rapidly increase from
a central nucleus, and, on the external surface, have the outer margin
elevated, forming a sutural keel and thus giving them a concave
aspect. The mner surface is glossy and furnished with a strong
whitish central elevated process, from which a conspicuous curved
ridge arises, forming rather more than a semicircle.
The figure of S. placentale in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ is a mere
caricature, being both out of drawing and exaggerated in colour and
sculpture. The figures in the ‘Voyage of the Sulphur’ (pl. xiv.
figs. 5, 6) are good and of the natural size.
The acuteness of the peripherial keel is variable, for, in a second
specimen of the typical form, received by the British Museum from
Sir E. Belcher, it is sharper and flatter above.
SOLARIUM ORDINARIUM. (Plate XXI. figs. 17-17 6.)
Testa orbiculo-conoidea, depressa, mediocriter umbilicata, albida
1 Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xviii. p. 275, pl. xxxiii. figs. 2, 5.
282 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
vel lilaceo tincta, rufo punctata ; anfractus 5, vix convexiuscult,
liris quinque, oblique granosis cincti, ultimus ad peripheriam
acute angulatus, plerumque lilaceus, concentrice sulcatus et cingu-
latus, cingulo circa umbilicum maximo, fortiter crenato, ceteris
quogue plus minus crenulatis vel subquadrate granulatis ; aper-
tura trapeziformis, ad columellam bicanaliculata.
Diam. max. 13 millim., alt. 63.
The liree on the upper surface, which do not vary much in size,
are cut across by deep oblique lines of growth, so that the granules
have an oblique appearance. Those on the ridges of the under
surface are squarer, as the incremental strize are radiating.
The granules on the stout lira bordering the umbilicus are much
the coarsest, those on the other ridges becoming finer the more
remote they are from the centre.
This species has less convex whorls than S. granulatum, Lamarck,
from the West Indies, not such a deep suture, and considerably
finer granulation. It seems to be larger than the Mediterranean
S. moniliferum, Bronn’,to have a different kind of granules, and the
aperture is distinctly channelled both at the lower and upper end of
the columella.
SOLARIUM HYBRIDUM, Linné.
Hab. China Sea, Philippine and Malacca Islands, Jaya, Ceylon,
Moreton Bay, Queensland, and New South Wales.
In separating the Mediterranean from the Australian form of
SS. luteum under the name of S. conulus, Weinkauff* appears to
have been mainly influenced by difference of locality. The same
might be done in the present instance, for this is, I believe, the first
record of S. Aydridum from the Atlantic Ocean. Only two small
specimens are in the collection ; but these undoubtedly belong to this
species, possessing all the characters of colouring and sculpture met
with in eastern examples.
SoLARIUM ARCHITS, Costa.
Hab. Throughout the Mediterranean and in the Atlantic, off the
coast of France and Portugal.
This well-known Mediterranean species has not been previously
recorded from so southern a locality as St. Helena. I have carefully
examined the type of S. soverbii, Hanley, and agree, with Monte-
rosato® and Jeffreys’, in considering it the same as this species.
Cypr2A LuRIDA, Linné.
This species, which occurs in the Mediterranean, at the Azores,
the Canary and Cape Verde Islands, and on the African coast, as far
as Guinea, has not been met with further south than St. Helena.
It has also been recorded from Ascension Island by Lister, and was
obtained there by Dr. Conry. _ Dunker has quoted it from Annabon
Island.
1 Monterosato, Notizie Solarii Mediterr. p. 5.
2 Conch. Mittelmeer. vol. ii. p. 261.
3 Notizie Solarii Mediter. p. 11. + Proc. Zool. Soc, 1885, p. 39.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 283
Cypraa spurca, Linné.
The distribution of this species is similar to that of the preceding,
excepting that it also occurs at the West Indies (d’Orbigny and
others). The single shell received from Mr. Melliss, and named
C. turdus by Jeffreys, is merely a small specimen of C. spurca.
LirrorRiINnA MILIARIS, Quoy and Gaimard (var.).
Hab. Ascension Island (Q. & G.); also R. Trimen and Dr. Conry
in British Museum.
The specimens from St. Helena do not agree exactly with those
from Ascension. In them the last whorl is rather less ventricose ;
the spire longer, and consequently more acutely conical ; the aper-
ture is a trifle more effuse at the base, and the tuberculation much
Jess pronounced ; indeed, in some instances, the surface is all but
smooth. Jeffreys and Melliss have classed the St. Helena forms
under the name of L. striata, King, but, in my opinion, they are
certainly more closely related to L. miliaris. In connexion with
this species I would observe that LZ. grunularis, Gray, and L. nodosa,
Reeve (not of Gray), are synonymous. Some remarks by Watson
(Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ Rep. Gasteropoda, p. 576) and Lischke (Japan.
Meeres-Conch. ii. p. 70) have been given concerning the synonymy
of ZL. granularis. After a very careful comparison of Gray’s much
worn type with specimens of L. miliaris from Ascension, I feel con-
vinced of their identity ; but I rather incline with Lischke to hold
Dunker’s L. ewigua, from Japan, as distinct from LZ. granularis, Gray,
with which it is united by Watson.
It is not surprising that Lischke should consider Reeve’s L. granu-
laris a distinct species from Gray’s, seeing that the latter author’s
type is in such worn condition, so that neither the colour nor sculpture
could be accurately described; and, moreover, it was from an un-
known locality.
The very young specimens from St. Helena have quite a different
aspect from the adult Ascension examples, having an angular body-
whorl and an effuse columella at the base; still, in a large series of
different ages, the transitions or links are observable.
Lirrorina HELEN, Melliss. (Plate XXI. fig. 19.)
Littorina helene, Melliss’s St. Helena, p. 125.
Testa parva, trochiformis, fusco-nigra, inferne regionem versus
umbilici pallidior ; spira elevata, conica, acuta, lateribus recti-
linearibus ; anfr. 8, plani, sertebus granulorum trikus ornati,
striisque intercalatis paucis sculpti; anfr. ullimus subacute
angulatus, ad angulum serie tuberculorum dvuplici instructus,
inferne liris concentricis tenuibus cinctus; apertura parva,
rotunde quadrata, longit. totius 7 adequans, intus saturate
castanea, linea basali albida interrupta; columella pallida,
inferne castanea et subacuminate effusa.
Longit. 9 millim., diam. fere 6.
Among the shells presented to the British Museum by Mr. Melliss
284 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. l,
no such species as L. helene occurs, nor is it enumerated by Jeffreys
in the list in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ All
he says concerning it is that it is ‘a small periwinkle, found abun-
dantly alive and sticking to the rocks all round the sea coast at and
above high-water mark.”
I am inclined to believe that the shells which I have associated
with L. miliaris are the more common species; but as that was the
only species of this genus received from Mr. Melliss, I have con-
cluded that his Z. helene must be the little conical form described
above.
It is remarkable for its elevated, straight-sided, conical spire, small
aperture, and angular body-whorl. The pale zone on the base is
situated about the middle, so that a small central portion is left of a
rich brown colour. ‘The tubercles on the spire are not closely packed,
but are often separated by spaces wider than themselves.
MopvLvus MODULUS, var.
Hab. West Indies generally; Florida for var. floridana.
The St. Helena specimens most closely approach that form of this
species which has been named M. floridanus by Conrad. None of
them, however, are nearly so large as his figure (Amer. Journ. Conch.
vol. y. pl. xii. fig. 6). The radiating ribs are less numerous and not
so regular; the spotting on the basal ribs, which are finer, is less
distinct, and the concentric furrow near the middle of the base,
which is more conspicuous than the rest, is rather more noticeable.
The considerable variation among the specimens from St. Helena
has induced me to regard them as variations of this American species
rather than as a distinct species. Had they, on the contrary, been
constant in their characters, I believe enough differences might be
indicated to entitle them to specific rank.
PLANAXIS LINEATUS (Da Costa).
Hab. West Indies, St. Vincent’s, Jamaica, St. Thomas, St. John’s,
St. Martin.
All the specimens from St. Helena are dead shells, and faded, but
seem to belong to this species. It was also obtained at Ascension
Island by Dr. Conry. A very similar species, P/. hermannseni,
Dunker, occurs on the West-African coast at Benguela.
PLANAXIS EBOREUS, Smith.
Hab. St. Thomas and St. Vincent.
The two specimens from St. Helena agree in all respects with
West-Indian examples.
The colouring of the figure of this species (Conch. Icon. vol. xx.
pl. v. fig. 33) is simply absurd. In the copy of the work before me
the entire shell is of a lemon-yellow tint, varied with a few spiral red
lines. All this is imaginary, as the colour is pure white, with tke
exception of the brownish apex and the dots on the edge of the
labrum.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 285
Lacuna pumitio. (Plate XXIII. fig. 31.)
Testa minuta, albida, late umbilicata, subglobosa, incrementi lineis
obliquis striata, aliis spiralibus obsoletis subcancellata; an-
Sractus tres, convexi, ultimus supra tabulatus et subangulatus,
inferne carinis duabus cinctus; apertura irregulariter ovata,
magna, longit. totius 3 adequans ; columella fere rectilinearis,
anguste reflexa, inferne producta, carine umbilicum circumdanti
juncta.
Longit. 13 millim., diam. 13.
Although so small, this does not look like a young shell. Of the
two keels on the base of the body-whorl, that bordering the umbilicus
is the more conspicuous, and unites with the lower extremity of the
columella; the other runs into the base of the aperture, a little
farther off, and the space between is somewhat flat.
Fossarus AMBicuus (Linné).
Hab. Many parts of the Mediterranean, the coast of Morocco,
Cape Verde Islarids and Senegal, Madeira and the Canary Islands.
The specimens from St. Helena, which I believe belong to this
species, present a very great variation in form. Some closely
resemble Adanson’s figure (Sénégal, pl. 13. fig. 1), but are rather
more widely umbilicated. The majority, however, have the spire
scarcely elevated above the body-whorl, the mouth large, and the
umbilicus very open, so that, in many cases, the body-whorl is
detached from the preceding for a short distance.
The spiral keels, also, are very variable in number and thickness,
but all specimens exhibit very much the same kind of fine spiral
strize upon and between the ridges. I see no reason for separating
F. cumingii of A. Adams from this species; and F. bicarinatus of
the same author may also be an extreme form of it.
Fossarus (CourHouyiA) DENTIFER. (Plate XXIII. fig. 32.)
Testa parva, alba, minute rimata, solida, haud nitens ; anfractus
5-6, apicalis globosus, involutus, eeteri convexi, superne obsolete
angulati, lineis incrementi rugosis obliquis striati; anfr. ulti-
mus magnus, globosus, liris spiralibus distantibus paucis (cireiter
sew) cinetus ; apertura subcircularis, longit. totius 3 adequans ;
labrum tenue, superne haud sinuatum; columella arcuata,
callosa, infra medium transverse plicata, infra plicam late
excavata.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. max. 13.
The general character of this shell seems to refer it to this genus,
but it differs from other species in having a columellar denticle.
The genus Plicifer of H. Adams (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 293)
was founded for a small white shell with a somewhat similar tooth
or fold on the pillar. P. nevilli, however, has a posterior sinus to
the labrum, and differs in other respects from the present species.
Fossarus (CourHovuyiA) Lzviuscutus. (Plate XXIII. fig. 33.)
Testa parva, anguste umbilicata, ovata, superne acuminata, alba,
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XX. 20
286 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
tenuis; anfractus 5, convext, microscopice spiraliter striatt,
sutura subprofunda sejuneti; apertura ovata, superne paulo
acuminata, longit. totius 3 subequans; peristoma tenue,
continuum, margine columellari anguste reflexo.
Longit. 33 millim., diam. 13.
The spiral strize are so fine that they can only be seen under a com-
pound microscope. Under a simple lens the surface appears smooth.
Couthouyia plicifera, A. Adams, has the aperture more distinctly
channelled anteriorly, and the umbilicus defined by a carinate
margin.
Draxa Fuscoricra. (Plate XXI. fig. 20.)
Testa minuta, imperforata, conica, tenuis, nitens, albo-pellucida,
strigis fuscis longitudinalibus, et zona interrupta lactea ad
peripheriam picta ; anfractus 5, vix convexiusculi, primi duo
spiraliter tenuiter striati, cetert leves, ultimus in medio
rotunde angulatus ; apertura mediocriter magna, longitudinis
totius 4 via equans ; labrum tenue; columella rectiuscula,
leviter obliqua, antice subeffusa.
Longit. 24 millim., diam. 13.
This pretty little shell has the surface smooth, with the exception
of the first two whorls, which are finely spirally striated. The
upper extremities of the brown stripes do not extend quite to the
suture, and on the body-whorl pass between the opaque-white row of
dots at the periphery.
RissOinA MELLIssI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 34.)
Testa ovato-turrita, alba, solidiuscula; anfractus sex, supremt
duo convexiusculi, spiraliter striati, ceteris superne tabulati
et rotunde angulati, costis validis circiter 11 (in anfr.
ultimo ad basim continuis) instructi, striisque spiralibus
tenuissimis sculpli; apertura oblique ovata; labrum ineras-
satum, duplex, superne subsinuatum; margo columellaris
callo reflexo, superne labro juncto, indutus.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. 13.
This is a strongly costate species, with very fine transverse striz
on and between the ribs. The outer basal margin of the aperture
las a double lip, and the ribs are more or less regularly continuous
up the spire.
RissoIna TURTONI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 35.)
Testa gracilis, turrita, alba; anfractus 6-7, convexi, sutura
obliqua sejuncti, primi duo spiraliter lirati, ceteri costis
longitudinalibus 10-12 tenuibus, oblique curvatis, instructi,
transversim inter costas tenuissime striati ; apertura obliqua,
parva, longit. totius 3 viv equans, ad basim late effusa ; labrum
mediocriter tincrassatum, intus longitudinaliter striatum ;
columella obliqua, parwm arcuata.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. 1.
The spiral liree upon the apical whorls are peculiar, and the apex
itself is large in proportion to the size of the shell.
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 287
Rissorna Deciriens. (Plate XXIII. fig. 36.)
Testa R. bryerie simillima, sed anfr. ultimo inferne transversim
striato, et apertura antice distincte subcanaliculata differt.
Longit. 43 millim., diam. 13.
This species, unless critically examined, might easily be taken
for P. bryeria. It differs in having spiral striz around the lower
part of the body-whorl, and the aperture is produced in front into a
decided oblique sinus or channel, giving a longer appearance to the
mouth. Three specimens of this species were presented to the
Museum by E, W. Alexander, Esq., in 1857.
RissOINA BRYERIA (Montagu).
re
Turbo bryerius, Montagu, Test. Brit. vol. ii, p. 313, pl. 15.
fig. 8.
” Rissoina bryeria, Schwartz v. Mohrenstern, Denkschr. k. Akad.
Wissensch. Wien, 1861, vol. xix. p. 139, pl. v. fig. 36.
This is a common West-Indiau species, and is also said by
Schwartz von Mohrenstern to occur at the Mauritius. The two
specimens from St. Helena are intermediate in size between average
examples of this species and R. chesneli, and one of them exhibits a
distinct indication of the labral tooth of the latter species (vide
Schwartz, /. c. fig. 39).
No mention of this denticle is made by Michaud, the author of
the species ; but in the figure given by Schwartz von Mohrenstern,
taken from a specimen furnished him by Michaud, it is clearly
depicted. his feature and its smaller size alone separate it from
R. bryeria, aud I am inclined, from an examination of a large series
of specimens, to believe that neither of these characters are at all
reliable, for a perfect gradation in size and in the development of the
tooth is observable. I am therefore of opinion that both forms
should be regarded in the light of variations of one and the same
species.
Rissomna concentra. (Plate XXIII. fig. 37.)
Testa R. bryeriz similis, sed minor, costis tenwioribus, mages
obliquis instructa, inter costas transversim striata; labrum
minus incrassatun.
Longit. 32 millim., diam. 13.
The ribs are sharper and more oblique than in R. dryeria or the
variety chesneli. ‘Ihe spiral striation is very fine, and chiefly
apparent between the cost; if, however, the shells were in very
fresh condition, it would doubtless pass over the ribs also.
‘Rissoina HELENHZ. (Plate XXIII. fig. 38.)
Testa parva, albida, subpellucida, ovato-turrita ; anfractus 6,
duo supremi levigatt, perconveat, ceteri mediocriter convexi,
sutura profunda sejuncti, costis oblique curvatis 15-16 in-
structi, undique minute spiraliter striati; apex peculiaris,
magnus ; apertura obliqua, subpyriformis, longit. totius 4 sub-
20*
288 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE (Apr. 1,
@quans ; columella basi inerassata producta ; labrum tneras-
satum.
Longit. 2% millim., diam. 1.
The apex of this species is very peculiar, being large, smooth, and
somewhat uncoiled.
Rissoa cana. (Plate XXI. fig. 21.)
Testa ovato-pyramidalis, nitida, mediocriter tenuis, albida,
lineis vel strigis longitudinalibus undulatis irregularibus
picta; anfractus 6, leviter convexi, levigati ; apex subacutus,
spiraliter tenuissime striatus; anfract. ultimus ad basim
albus, haud variegatus, in medio obsolete rotunde subangulatus ;
apertura rotundata, intus albida; columella fusco tincta;
labrum tenue, album.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. 14.
The brownish markings are irregular in shape and direction, and
give most of the specimens the appearance of being mottled with
brown and white. Some examples, however, which have only a
brownish zone round the middle of the body-whorl, bear consider-
able resemblance to Barleeta rubra, Montagu. That species has
not the same spiral striation on the upper volutions.
RissOA EPHAMILLA. (Plate XXI. fig. 22.)
Testa ovato-pyramidalis, levigata, albida, infra suturam opaco-
albo et rufo-fusco maculata; anfract. 6, vie convex, ultimus
ad basim lineis radiantibus fuscis ornatus ; apertura rotun-
data, longit. totius 3 subequans; columella fusco-purpureo
tincta ; labrum via incrassatum.
Longit. 4 millim., diam. 2.
This species must not be confused with 2. cala. It is a little
larger, somewhat more solid, has rather less convex whorls, and is
not coloured in the same way. Both have the columella stained
with a brown or purplish-brown colour, and united to the outer lip
above by a thin callus.
Rissoa GLypta. (Plate XXIII. fig. 39.)
Testa ovato-pyramidalis, alba vel rufescens, imperforata, nitida ;
anfractus 6, apicales leves, convexi, cetert superne declives,
interdum paulo excavati, in medio aut obtuse vel subacute
angulati, infra angulum contracti, liris spiralibus tenuibus
cincti, interdum ad angulum plus minus longttudinaliter
plicati; apertura rotunde ovata, longit. totius i adequans ;
peristoma continuum, margine basali subeffuso, columellari
anguste reflexo.
Longit. 33 millim., diam. 13.
In some specimens the walls are much more angular than in
others, and the longitudinal plicee vary also very much in
development.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 289
Rissoa ERITIMA. (Plate XXIII. fig. 40.)
Testa ovata, umbilicata, albo-pellucida, nitida; anfractus 4,
sutura profunda disereti, convext, duo supremi levis, ceteri
striis spiralibus tenuisstmis sculpti, ultimus magnus, sub-
globosus ; umbilicus falciformis, in medio lira tenuissima
instructus ; apertura rotunde ovata, superne acuminata,
longit. totius 3 equans ; peristoma continuum, vix incras-
satum, ad basim columelle subeffusum vel indistinete sub-
canaliculatum.
Longit. 1% millim., diam. 1.
This is more widely umbilicated than &. so/uta, Philippi, is more
regularly spirally striated, has a slight imdication of a sinus at the
base of the columella, and also differs in other particulars.
Rissoa AGAPETA. (Plate XXI. fig. 23.)
Testa ovata, imperforata, nitida, subpellucida, lineis spiralibus
fuscis interruptis ornata ; anfractus 5, convexi, duo supremi
minutissime subpunctati, ceteri spiraliter sulcati, sutura
profunda sejuncti ; apertura ovata, suwperne leviter acuminata,
longit. totius 5 haud equans; peristoma tenue, margine
columellari anguste reflexo, superne labro callo tenui juncto.
Longit. 13 millim., diam. fere 1.
The microscopic sculpture of the apical whorls has a very pretty
shagreened appearance. The spiral sulci are about five in number
on the penultimate volution, and twelve on the last. The uninter-
rapted brown lines fall on the ridges between the grooves. R. de-
picta, Manzoni, from Madeira, is an allied but larger form.
Rissoa compsa. (Plate XXIII. fig. 41.)
Festa ovata, inperforata, parum nitida, albida vel dilute fus-
cescens; anfractus 5, convext, sutura profunda discrett, sulcis
spiralibus fortibus (in anfr. penult. circiter 5, in ultimo ad
12) seulpti ; apertura rotunde ovata, superne leviter acuminata,
longit. totius 1 haud equans; peristoma continuum, vie in-
crassatum, ad basim obsolete expansum.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.
When placed side by side, this species is seen to be a trifle larger
than R. agapeta, and a little smaller than R. depicta. It also
differs from both in colour, and is more strongly grooved than
either.
Rissoa wauticui. (Plate XXI. fig. 24.)
Testa ovata, solida, alba, interdum zona rufa cincta, imperforata ;
anfractus 5-6, primi duo spiraliter tenuiter striati, cceteri plani-
usculi, carims volventibus prominentibus (in anfr. superioribus
tribus, in ultimo 7-8) instructi, sutura profunda sejuncti; apertura
ovata, longit. totius 4 paulo superans ; peristoma continuum,
margine eaterno leviter incrassato, columellari antice subdilatato.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. 13.
The red zone, when present, occupies the central part of the last
290 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. l,
volution and the lower portion of the upper whorls; it is often
dotted with white.
Rissoa perrecta. (Plate XXIII. fig. 42.)
Testa brevis, ovata, nitida, pellucida, cornea, supra carinas rufo vel
fusco punctata, imperforata ; anfractus +, primus levis, ceteri
superne tabulati, carinis fortibus (in anfr. superioribus 2,
ultimo 5) instructi, sutura marginata disereti ; apertura oblique
rotundo-ovata, longit. totins 3 haud wquans; peristoma con-
tinuum, margine eaterno extus incrassato, columellari leviter
reflexo.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.
This charming little species is at once recognizable by the strong
red-dotted spiral ridges. The dots usually fall under one another,
forming longitudinal series.
Rissoa vAricirera. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1, 1 a.)
Testa ovato-acuminata, imperforata, alba, flavescens vel rufescens ;
anfractus 5, supremi duo convexi, tenuiter spiraliter lirati,
sequentes convewiusculi, sutura profunda sejuncti, carinis spira-
libus (in anfr. superioribus 3, in ultimo 7-8) instrueti ; striis mi-
croscopicis spiralibus sculpti ; apertura parva, ovata, longit. totius
3 adequans ; peristoma continuum, margine externo tenut,
varice valido paulo remoto instructo, columellari obliquo, anguste
reflcxo.
Longit. 1} mallim., diam. 3. é
The little varix at a short distance from the extreme thin edge of
the labrum is of a convex swollen character. A series of specimens
from Madeira, presented to the British Museum by the Rev. R. Boog
Watson, very closely approach this species; they are referred to by
him (Proe. Zool. Soe. 1873, p. 374) under the name R. subcarinata.
Rissoa psrustes. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)
Testa ovata, subrimata, tenuis, fuscescenti-cornea, nitida, pellucida ;
anfractus 4, convexi, duo apicales striis microscopicis spiralibus
striati, coeteri fere leves, infra suturam rufescentes, distincte
marginatt ; apertura ovata, postice angustata, longit. totius 4
paulo minor; peristoma tenne, continuum, margine columellari
rufescente, anguste reflexo.
Longit. 13 millim., diam. 3.
This minute species, of which there are four specimens, has
rather the look of an embryonic shell. It may prove to be a
Jeffreysia. It is very like R. perminima, Watson (? not of Manzoni),
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p- 383, but seems rather shorter and has no
basal strize.
Bar.eeiA CONGENITA. (Plate XXI. fig. 25.) ©
Testa solida, obtuse ovato-conoidalis, levis, saturate rufa, infra
suturam albo marginata vel maculata, infra medium anfract.
ultime alba; anfr. 5, convewiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam
obtuse rotunde angulatus ; apertura rotundata, superne leviter
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 291
acuminata, intus rufescens; columella reflewa, fusco tincta,
superne labro juncta ; labrum vix incrassatum, pallidum.
Longit. 24 millim., diam. fere 12.
This species is considerably like B. rubra of the British coast. It
is, however, of a stumpier form, the spire being less produced, and
the body-whorl longer in proportion to the spire.
Czxcum JucuNpuM, de Folin.
C. jucundum, de Folin, Fonds de la Mer, vol. i. Hu 2, ple 2.
figs. 6, 7.
Hab. Guadeloupe.
Cacum rupricatum, Carpenter.
Caecum imbricatum, Carp. Proe. Zool. Soe. 1858, p. 422.
Hab. West Indies.
Cacum (Mrtoceras) Nit1puM, Bean.
Meioceras nitidum (Bean), Carp. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 438.
Hab. W. Indies.
CreritTHiuM (BirtT1uM) GIBBERULUM, var.
Cerithium gibberulum, C. B. Adams Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist.
1845, vol. ii. p.5 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. ii. p. 876, pl. 184.
figs. 210, 211; id. Reeve’s Conch. Icon. pl. 18. fig. 123.
Hab. Jamaica.
The specimens from St. Helena are much paler than those from
the West Indies. The varix on the back of the body-whorl is
whitish in all, and usually has some short brown lines on the trans-
verse lirze behind it, and a dark brown spot in front.
TRIFORIS PERVERSA (Linné).
Hab. Mediterranean, North Sea, English Channel, Atlantic coasts
of France and Portugal, North-west Africa and Madeira, Canary
Islands and the Azores.
The specimens from St. Helena are as variable in form as those
from other localities, some being very much more slender than others.
The minute bead-like granules are pale in colour, and contrast
strongly with the rich brown dots between them. The central row
of granules on the penultimate and preceding volutions is almost as
large as the others in the majority of the specimens.
TriFroris MELANURA (C. B. Adams).
Cerithium melanura, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conchol. p. 117.
Hab. Jamaica.
A few specimens of a whitish colour, with the exception of the
four apical whorls and the cauda of the last, which are brown,
possibly belong to this species. For the most part, however, they
have the central spiral series of granules on the penultimate and one
or two preceding whorls rather finer than the others. In other
respects they accord with Adams’s description.
292 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
TRIFORIS ATLANTICA. (Plate XXI. fig. 26.)
Testa haud perelongata, alba, livido-fusco inferne zonata ; anfrac-
tus 13, anguste turriti, supremi minute cancellatr, cetert plant,
granulorum sericbus duobus vel tribus cincti, ultimus sericbus
quingue, infina minus tuberculata, ornatus; cauda brevis,
carina valida instructa, fuscescens; apertura obliqua, ovata,
superne canaliculata ; peristoma superne leviter incisum, inferne
columelle callo crasso junctum.
Longit. 6 millim., diam. 2.
The outlines of this species are a little convex. Only the penul-
timate and antepenultimate whorls have three distinet rows of
granules, and of those the central one is the smallest. The granules
of the lowermost series, or rather the interstices between them, are
brown and the uppermost series is white.
Triroris REcTA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)
Testa elongata, gracilis, fuscescens, ad apicem plerumque pallida ;
anfractus 13, primi duo bicarinati, ceteri liris tribus, granosis,
subeequalibus, cincti, ultimus liris duabus simplicibus infra
medium instructus; linea suturalis canaliculata; apertura
parva, ovalis ; labrum superne leviter sinuatum ; columella callo
incrassato induta ; canalis brevissimus, haud clausus.
Longit. 5 millim., diam. 13.
This species is more slender than any of the others from
St. Helena, and remarkable on account of the sculpture of the apical
whorls, which is not fine as in 7. melanura and T. perversa, but
consists of two strong spiral keels on each whorl. The above-
mentioned species also have only two series of granules on the whorls
towards the apex, whereas in the present species there are three.
TRIFORIS BATHYRAPHE. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)
Testa haud perelongata, albida vel pallide fusca; anfractus 11,
conveaiusculi, sutura profunda sejuncti, liris spiralibus tribus
subequalibus, lirisque longitudinalibus circiter 26 granose can-
cellati; anfr. ultimus liris sexcinctus ; apertura rotunde ovata ;
labrum tenue, superne ad suturam anguste sinuatum, inferne
columelle junctum; cauda brevis, leviter recurve.
Longit. 53 millim., diam. 2.
This species is peculiar on account of the deep suture and the
distinct cancellation of the surface. The whorls, too, are convex, so
that the central row of granules are most prominent. It is a much
stouter shell than 7’. recta and has a different aperture.
CrerirHiopsis RuGuLOsA (C. B. Adams).
Cerithium rugulosum, C. B. Adams, Contributions to Conch.
p. 121; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. pl. 184. fig. 237 (237 * 7).
Hab. Jamaica (Adams); St. Vincent’s (Brit. Mus.); Algiers
(Sowerby)?
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 293
In the Cumingian Collection there is a single specimen of this
species and one of C. vicinum, which were received from Adams
himself. On examination they seem to me to belong to one and the
same species, the difference in thickness of the spiral and transverse
tidges being very slight. Some of the St. Helena examples exceed
the dimensions given by the author, having a length of 6 millimetres,
and they consist of ten normal and three nuclear whorls. The
slightly elevated spiral line mentioned by Adams is at the top of the
whorls just below the suture, and the “fourth” spiral nodulous
slender ridge on the body-whorl should have been termed the
fifth.
CERITHIOPSIS NEGLECTA (C. B. Adams).
Cerithium neglectum, C. B. Adams, Panama Shells, p. 154.
Hab. Panama (ddams); Algiers (Sowerby).
This is a minute dark brown granulated shell, consisting of about
twelve whorls, of which the three or four apical are transparent, glossy,
smooth, and separated by a brown sutural line. Adams observes that
there are two additional spiral ridges on the lower part of the body-
whorl, whereas I distinctly count three, both in Panama and St. Helena
specimens. With this exception, no fault can be found with his
diagnosis. Sowerby’s figures (Thesaurus Conch. pl. 184. figs. 235,
236) either represent another species, as each whorl has but two
rows of granules, or else have been carelessly drawn,
Hipronyx antiauatus (Linné).
Hab. West Indies, Fernando Noronha, island of Trinidad in the
South Atlantic, and Ascension Island ; Loanda (Dunker).
Hrpronyx GRAYANUwS, Menke.
Hab. West coast of Central America, Sandwich Islands, Fernando
Noronha.
I have given the distribution of this and the preceding species,
also references and synonymy, in my account of the Mollusca of
Fernando Noronha, which will be publisbed in the Journal of the
Linnean Society.
TEINOSTOMA ? ABNORME. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.)
Testa minuta, alba, pellucida, subglobosa, imperforata ; anfrac-
tus 3, rapide acerescentes, sutura canaliculata sejuncti ;
anfract. ultimus magnus, minute spiraliter striatus, in regione
umbilicali callo crasso instructus ; spira plana, haud elevata ;
apertura magna, ovata, nferne effusa; columella arcuata,
callo crasso reflexo induta.
Longit. 1 millin., diam. max. 1.
Although so minute, the above measurements probably represent
the adult size of this species. It does not agree with the typical
forms of Teinostoma in the shape of the aperture; but in texture
and colour it is very similar.
294 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
Turso (CoLionia) ruBRIcINCTUs, Mighels, var.
Turbo rubricinetus, Mighels, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1845,
vol. il. p. 22.
Leptothyra rubrilineata, Garrett; Martens, Donum Bismarki-
anum, p. 48, pl. il. fig. 15.
Turbo (Collonia) rubricinctus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. v.
p. 212, pl. 13. fig. 157.
Collonia rubrilineata, Pease, MS., Sowerby, /. c.
Collonia multistriata, Pease, MS., Sowerby, /. c.
Hab. Sandwich Islands.
None of the specimens from the Sandwich Islands, which I have
seen, appear to be quite as large as those from St. Helena. The
former have a rosy apex to the spire, whilst in the latter it is pale.
Dr. von Martens (Don. Bism. p. 48) considers this species the same
as Collonia verruca, Gould. The difference in size and colour at
once distinguishes them. Some of the St. Helena specimens are
coloured like the type-forms, whilst others are reddish brown, with
a few pale interruptions on the spiral ridges.
Turso (Cottonia) apmissus. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)
Testa minuta, anguste wmbilicata, conico-globosa, alba, radiatim
rufo-fusco lineata vel flammulata, punetis rufis minutis
tessellata ; anfractus 5, superne declives, dein angulati, ad
angulum carinati, liris tenuibus paucis cincti, ultimus infra
medium subangulatus, carina circa wmbilicum instructus ;
apertura subrotundata, longit. totius 3 adequans; columella
arcuata, alba, leviter reflexa.
Longit. 23 millim., diam. maj. 2.
The generic position of this pretty minute species is at present
somewhat uncertain, as the operculum is unknown. On account of
its small size and non-nacreons interior, I believe it to belong to
Collonia. One specimen is of a pinkish tint, and all show a more
or less distinct darkish zone on the lower surface of the body-whorl.
The minute dots fall upon the fine spiral lire.
PHASIANELLA TESSELLATA, C. B. Adams.
Phasianella tessellata, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. p. 67.
Hab. Jamaica.
The coloration of this species is variable, but the ‘fine, rather
distant, parallel, spiral lines of brown, which descend more rapidly
than the whorls,’’ appear to be quite constant. In young fresh
specimens more or less spiral striation is discernible.
LioTIA ARENULA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 6.)
Testa minuta, depresse globosa, anguste umbilicata, alba; an-
fractus 3-33, superne subplani, in medio rotunde angulati,
microscopice spiraliter slriuti, radiatim plicati, transversim-
que lirati, ultimus carinis vel liris spiralibus sex, lirisque
obliquis numerosis cancellatus ; sutura profunda, canalicu-
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 295
lata; apertura rotundata; peristoma leviter incrassatum,
marginibus continuis, dextro subpatulo.
Longit. 3 millim., diam. maj. 13.
The beauty of this species can only be seen under the microscope.
The cancellation of the body-whorl is strongly developed, so that
the pittings between the cross-ridges are deep and striking. The
uppermost of the six revolving lire borders the channelled suture,
and the umbilicus is encompassed by a swollen ridge, which is in
addition to the six lirze referred to. ‘The microscopic strive are seen
upon the lire.
Lioria ADMIRABILIS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 7.)
Testa minuta, profunde umbilicata, depresse globosa, alba ; an-
fractus 34, superne declives, planulati, in medio angulati,
infra angulum plani, cancellati, ultimus carinis transversis
quinque, lamellis longitudinalibus paulo obliquis circiter 16
instructus ; apertura ewrcularis ; peristoma incrassatum, con-
tinuum, marginibus callo tenui junctis.
Longit. 1 millim., diam. maj. 13.
This very minute species is a strongly sculptured shell like
L. asteriscus, Gould, and L. speciosa, Angas. It is, however, much
smaller than either.
The uppermost of the keels on the body-whorl revolves up the
spire and forms the angle on the upper volutions; the lowermost
carina borders the umbilicus, and the next occupies the middle of
the under surface. The longitudinal lamellz are continuous on and
between the keels.
GENA ASPERULATA, A. Adams.
Gena asperulata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 38; Thes.
Conch. vol. ii. p. 831, pl. 173. figs. 28, 29; Sowerby, Conch. Icon.
pl. ii. fig. 16.
Hab.—? (Adams); St. Thomas (Brit. Mus.).
The colour of this species is very variable. Some specimens are
pink, tessellated with white; others are olive-browu with white
spots ; some have few spots, others many. None of the St. Helena
shells are marked like the type, but they agree with it in form and
sculpture, which is peculiar, and in having the apex of the spire
white.
EMARGINULA ELONGATA, Costa.
Hab. Mediterranean.
A single small specimen, 5 millim. in length, apparently belongs
to this species. The cancellation of its surface is, however, a little
finer than usual. 4. maculata, A. Adams, from Japan, also closely
resembles this specimen in form and sculpture.
FisSURELLA GIBBERULA, Lamarck ?
Several specimens, the largest of which is hardly ten millim.
long, appear to belong to this species. '. variegata, Sow., and
296 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
F. arcuata, Sow., may also be forms of it. The distribution and
synonymy is given by Weinkauff (Conch. Mittelm. vol. il. p. 394).
The specimens collected by Mr. Melliss were named F’. arcuata,
Sow., by Jeffreys’, but in sculpture they more nearly resemble the
typical form of F. gibberula. In F. arcuata the coste are very
closely approximated to one another. Young specimens, in which
the capuliform apex has not been absorbed, have the appearance of
the genus Puncturella.
PATELLA PLUMBEA, Lamarck.
Patella plumbea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. iii. figs. 5 a-0.
Patella cerulea, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Moll. vol. iii.
p- 342, pl. 70. figs. 4—6.
Patella cyanea, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, vol. ii. p. 417.
Patella canescens, Reeve, op. cit. pl. 34. figs. 103 a6.
Hab. St. Helena (Q. § G., Lesson) ; Senegal (Lamarch).
If, as I am inclined to believe, P. canescens be a variety of this
species, it shows that it is a very variable form. A considerable
number of very young shells were collected by Capt. Turton, which
probably are the early stages of different varieties of this species.
They are extremely variable in colour, but it is impossible to distin-
guish them on that account alone.
WiiiAMiA Gussonit (Costa).
Ancylus gussonii, Costa, Cat. Test. due Sicil. pp. 120 & 125.
Patella pellucida, Philippi, Moll. Sicil. vol. i. p. 111, pl. 7. fig. 7.
Patella gussonii, id. 1. ce. p. 255, vol. il. p. 84.
Patella radiata, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 437.
Hab. Some parts of the Mediterranean, Madeira, Canary Islands,
Ascension Island.
The specimens from St. Helena and Ascension Island are precisely
similar, and agree exactly with the shells in Cuming’s collection
marked Patella radiata, Pease, and which, I presume, are the types
described, and supposed to have come from the Sandwich Islands.
Examples from the Canaries have the apex more excentric than the
majority of St. Helena specimens, and they are less distinctly
rayed. The radiating ribs mentioned by Pease are very indistinct.
In his list of shells collected by Mr. Melliss at St. Helena (Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. p. 264) Jeffreys has quoted this
species under the name of Tectura virginea, Miiller. The latter
species, however, I believe is quite distinct.
Buwa striata, Bruguiére.
Hab. Mediterranean, West Indies, Brazil, West Africa.
With this species I unite B. media and B. adansonii, Philippi,
respectively from the West Indies and West Africa. I do not think
the slight differences pointed out by Philippi possess more than
varietal value. I have seen specimens from both localities with the
superior as well as the inferior striz.
1 Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix, p. 264.
1890. | MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 297
CYLICHNA CYLINDRACEA (Pennant).
Hab. This species occurs throughout “ the whole north-east
Atlantic, from the Lofotens to the Mediterranean, at the Canaries
and Mogador” (Watson). It was also obtained by the ‘Challenger’
at Ascension Island and Tristan da Cunha, and the British Museum
possesses specimens collected at Whydah on the west coast of
Africa. Several of the specimens belong to the variety ‘‘ linearis ”’
(Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 416).
Cynicuna ATLANTICA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 10.)
Testa ovato-cylindracea, tenuis, pellucido-alba, nitens, rimata,
ad verticem anguste perforata, transversim (presertim supra
et infra) tenuissime striata; apertura superne angustissima,
antice leviter dilatata ; labrum tenue, supra verticem anfr.
wltimt productum; margo columellaris callo tenui reflexo
indutus, inferne obsolete subtruncatum.
Longit. 53 millim., diam. 23.
This species has more curved outlines than C. cylindracea, has a
perforate apex, and an umbilical chink. The thin columellar cal-
losity extends up the whorl, and joins the upper extremity of the
outer lip.
CyLICHNA BIDENTATA (d’Orbigny.)
Bulla bidentata, d’Orbigny, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Moll. vol. i.
p- 125, pl. 4. figs. 13-16.
Hab. West Indies.
The specimens from St. Helena agree in all respects with this
species, except that the lower columellar tooth, or fold, is less deve-
loped. Similar variation occasionally occurs in West-Indian
examples.
Tornatina reEcTA (d’Orbigny).
Bulla recta, dOrbigny, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vol. i. p. 131,
pl. 4 bis. figs. 17-20.
Hab. West Indies. %
A single specimen is all I have seen from St. Helena. It has the
spire rather less elevated than d’Orbigny’s type.
PHILINE QUADRATA, Searles Wood.
Hab. North Britain, Norway, Greenland, Massachusetts Bay,
Azores.
A single specimen was dredged in 50-80 fathoms. It has the
transverse sculpture rather finer than usual.
Haminea uypatis (Linné).
Hab. British Coast, Mediterranean, &c.
None of the specimens from St. Helena exceed 10 millim. in
length ; they therefore are probably not full-grown.
298 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE (Apr. 1,
ACTON sEMiIscuLPTus. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8.)
Testa ovata, turrita, parva, nitida, nivea, angustissime rimata,
superne levis, infra mediwn subdistanter transversim punctato-
striata ad basim confertius striata, sulcis paucis longitudinalibus
indistinctis, crenutis, distantibus sculpta; anfractus quatuor,
leviter convevi, sutwra anguste canaliculata sejuncti ; apex invo-
lutus ; apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius 4 paullo
superans ; columella anguste reflewa, plica parva ‘prope rimam
munta.
Longit. 4 millim,, diam. 23.
The spiral transverse punctured striz do not extend above the
middle of the body-whorl. The !ongitudinal narrow and shallow
indistinct sulci apparently indicate lines of growth.
Levucotina mMinuta. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.)
Testa ninuta, oblonga, alba ; anfractus 5, primus (nucleus) rotun-
datus, introversus, spiraliter liratus, coteri convexi, liris tenut-
bus spiralibus (in anfr. penult. cireiter 7) instructi, in interstitirs,
liris paulo angustioribus, linews longitudinalibus tenuissimis
sculpti ; apertura ovata, superne acuminata, inferne cum colu-
mella arcuata et dilatata leviter effusa ; plica columelle centralis,
distincta.
Longit. 24 millim., diam. 3. Var. brevior 24 longa, | lata.
The apex of this interesting species is peculiar, being introverted
as it were, and partly enveloped by the succeeding whorl. It is not
smooth, as is frequently the case in other species, but obliquely spirally
lirate. The raised lines in the grooves between the ridges produce a
subpunctate appearance.
The genera Myonia and Leucotina were described by A. Adams
in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 1860, vol. v.
p- 406. On examining the diagnoses a great similarity is obsery-
able, and, indeed, with the exception of a slight difference in form,
there seems to be very little, if any, distinction. I therefore would
propose that these genera be united, in which case Leucotina may
be retained, Myonia being preoccupied. M. japonica, A. Adams, I
have not seen; but Acteon modesta, A. Adams, Monoptygma casta
= M. concinna, both of A. Adams, and Daphnella casta, Hinds, all
typical forms of MWyonia, have been examined, and they do not offer
any characters which will separate them generically from Leucotina
niphonensis, A. Adams, L. diane, A. Adams (described as an Act@on),
&e.
One of the species of this genus, L. casta, A. Adams, has been
referred by Watson (‘ Challenger’ Report of Gasteropoda, p. 487)
to the section Parthenia of Odostomia ; but this location is not cor-
rect, I think—Parthenia', comprising longitudinally-ribbed shells,
being apparently synonymous with Chemnitzia, d’Orbigny, or Tur-
honilla, Risso, 1826. Judging from the shell-characters, I should
1 This name was proposed by Lowe in 1840. 1t had previously (1830) been
used by Robineau-Desyoidy for a genus of Insects.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 299
be inclined to place this form in the Acteonide, as recommended by
Adams, rather than in the Pyramidellide.
Some confusion appears to exist with regard to the genus Mono-
ptygma, judging from the variety of shells which have been placed
in it. ‘he original type described by Lea under the name of J.
alabamensis is a fossil, and evidently allied to Ancillaria, with which
it is associated both by Tryon and Fischer in their recent Manuals.
A. Adams published a monograph of this genus in the ‘ Proceedings
of the Zoological Society ’ for 1851 (reproduced in Sowerby’s ‘ The-
saurus Conchyliorum,’ voi. ii.), including in it a number of species,
none of which, in fact, have any relationship with MJonoptygma.
He subsequently removed all of these species to other genera, with
the exception of JZ. striatum and UW. fulvum. A_ species very
closely allied to these forms has since been described by Lischke
from Japan, under the name of JZ. eximium. As far as I can
ascertain, no geueric or subgeneric division has been proposed for
these species. If as much latitude in variation of form be allowed
in the genus Leucotina as in some other genera (e. g., Murex,
Triton, Mitra, &c.), there is no occasion to establish a new division
for these three and allied species, for, with the exception of being
more elongate than typical species of the genus, they do not offer
any material differences in regard to the aperture, sculpture, or the
apical whorls.
UMBRELLA MEDITERRANEA, Lamarck ?
This well-known Mediterranean shell also occurs at Madeira and
the Cape de Verde Islands, but it has not previously been recorded
from so southern a locality as St. Helena. Krauss’ quotes U. indica
as a Cape species, so that | am uncertain whether the two young
shells from St. Helena should not be referred to that species, if in
reality it is distinct from the Mediterranean form. — It is stated by
Eydoux and Souleyet, in the ‘Zoology of the Bonite,’ that the
animals do not differ, and, as far as I have studied the shells, the
two typical forms appear to pass one into the other.
TYLODINA CITRINA, Joaunis.
Tylodina citrina, Joaunis, Mag. de Zool. 1834, pl. 36; Grube,
Ausflug Triest und Quarnero, pp. 58 & 120.
Hab. Mediterranean (Joannis, Grube, Monterosato, ge.) ; Canary
Islands (dle Andrew, teste Weinkauff’).
Only some small specimens, about 7 millim. in length, were ob-
tained. ‘They agree in every particular with the apical portion of
large Mediterraneay examples with which I have compared them.
The minute nucleus consists of about two spirally-coiled whorls, is
glossy, vitreous, and laterally inelined.
1 Siidafr. Moll. p. 62.
300 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. I,
PepIpEs AFER (Gmelin).
Hab. Portugal, Azores, Madeira, Salvages, and some parts of the
shore of West Africa.
This well-known species has not been previously recorded from
St. Helena. None of the specimens obtained by Capt. Turton were
living, but were found in the hard kind of conglomerate of shells
and sand mentioned in the introductory observations.
Gapin1a CosTaTa (Krauss).
Mouretia costata, Krauss, Siidafr. Moll. p. 57, pl. 4. fig. 1.
Gadinia costata, Dall, Amer. Journ. Conch. vol. vi. p. 11.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
The St. Helena specimens have more colour than most of the South
African shells I have seen. In other respects they are similar.
The following HETEROPODA were obtained by dredging :—
OxyGYRUS KERAUDRENII, Lesueur.
ATLANTA PERONI, Lesueur.
ATLANTA IncLINATA, Eydoux & Souleyet.
The synonymy and distribution of these species are given in my
Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Heteropoda.
IV. SCAPHOPODA.
CapuLus JEFFREYsII, Monterosato.
The synonymy and distribution of this species are given by
Jeffreys (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 665). I have carefully compared
the series of specimens from St. Helena with others obtained by the
‘Porcupine’ Expedition in the Atlantic, and can find no difference,
except in size. Those from St. Helena are a trifle smaller.
V. PELECYPODA.
Venus (VENTRICOLA) EFFOSSA, Bivona.
Venus effossa, Bivona, Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 197, pl. 32.
figs. 1-4.
Hab. Sicily, Naples, Corsica, Algeria, Canary Islands, Azores.
The largest of the specimens from St. Helena is twenty-five
millimetres long and high, and twenty-three in diameter. None of
them have the lunule quite as deep as the Mediterranean shells
figured by Pfeiffer and Philippi (Moll. Sicil. vol. i. pl. iu. fig. 20).
V.. toreuma, Gould, is very closely related to this species, but may
be distinguished by its finer concentric ribs, which are more or less
granular. V. effossa is radiately striated, especially at the anterior
and posterior ends. The colour of the specimens at hand is similar
to the above-cited figure in the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet.’
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 30]
Venus (CuIonE) pyema, Lamarck.
Venus pygmea, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. vi. p. 337; Hanley,
Cat. Recent Shells, p. 110, pl. 16. fig. 13; Sowerby, Thes. Con.
vol. ii. p. 707, pl. 156. figs. 69-72; Reeve, Con. Icon. pl. 26.
fig. 138 a-c.
Hab. West Indies.
Of this well-defined species I have seen only a single specimen
from St. Helena. It is not rayed with pink, as is frequently the
case, but merely presents a few brown spots, disposed in rays upon
a whitish ground, and a few cross-lines on the excavated hinder
dorsal area.
CyTHEREA (CaryATIs) RuDIs (Poli).
Cytherea rudis, Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 34, pl. 11. figs. 9, 10.
Hab. Mediterranean, Adriatic and Black Seas, Canary Islands.
The shells from St. Helena are rather strongly concentrically
sculptured. The largest is 22 millim. in length, and none have a
coloured lunule.
TELLINA ANTONII, Philippi.
Hab. Guadaloupe, West Indies.
As far as I can ascertain the above is the only locality quoted for
this species. In the British Museum “ East Africa” and ‘ Am-
boyna” are attached to some specimens which undoubtedly belong
to this species; but I regard both with suspicion. The three valves
from St. Helena are long and narrow, being 55 millim. in length and
23 in height. They agree in form with 7. cumingii, as figured in
Reeve’s ‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ fig. 179 a, and, indeed, I question if
the limits of that and the present species can be clearly defined.
The form is subject to considerable variation, even among speci-
mens which have identical sculpture, some being much narrower
than others. The radiating strize also differ much in development,
and although their presence in 7’. eumingii is not mentioned by
Hanley, they have been detected by Riémer; and in all the speci-
mens which I have examined their presence, especially in the right
valve, is undeniable. 7’. eumingii has been recorded from the west
coast of Central America by Hanley, C. B. Adams, and athers, so it
may be presumed that that is its true locality, and not the Red Sea,
quoted by Sowerby in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica.’
SEMELE CORDIFORMIs (Chemnitz).
Tellina cordiformis, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vol. xi. figs. 1941-2,
Amphidesma cordiformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 5. fig. 30.
Hab. West Indies, Georgia, Florida, Brazil, West Africa, West
Colombia.
With this species I unite Amphidesma orbiculata and A. radiata,
both of Say, A. subtruncata, Sowerby, A. reticulata, Sowerby, A.
decussata, Wood, A. luteola, A. Adams, A. lenticularis, Sowerby,
and A, modesta, A. Adams. I believe these so-called species merely
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXI. 21
302 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
represent varieties and different stages of the same shell. The loca-
lity “Indian Ocean” given by Reeve to Am. cordiformis, which he
assigns to Sowerby, is evidently incorrect. Say’s species were from
Georgia and E. Florida, A. reticulata,' subtruncata, and decussata
from the West Indies, A. lenticularis from West Colombia, and A.
modesta from West Africa.
The shells from St. Helena are only young specimens, 18 millim.
in length, and agree with A. modesta as figured by Reeve (Conch.
Icon. fig. 35 4).
ERvILIA SUBCANCELLATA, Smith.
Ervilia subcancellata, Smith, ‘Challenger’ Lamellibr. p. 80,
pl. vi. figs. 2-2 6.
Hab. West Indies; Fernando Noronha ; Brazil ; 25-675 fathoms.
The concentric sculpture is much coarser in some specimens than
in others, and the radiating striee, as formerly pointed out, also vary.
Young specimens, which are pellucid, exhibit on each side towards
the end of the dorsal margin a small brown spot, also occasionally
observable in more adult shells.
CorBuLa swirtiAna, C. B. Adams.
Corbula swiftiana, C. B:; Adams, Contrib. Conch. p- 236.
Hab, Jamaica, St. Thomas, Hayti.
Carprum (FRAGuUM) speciosum, Adams & Reeve.
Cardium speciosum, Adams & Reeve, Voy. ‘Samarang,’ p. 77,
pl. xxii. fig. 9.
Hab. China Sea (Ad. & Rve.).
After a very careful comparison of the St. Helena specimens with
the type of this species preserved in the British Museum, I have no
hesitation in pronouncing them one and the same form. In shape
and sculpture they are identical, but differ in having about three
more ribs. The locality assigned’to’this species is possibly, or
probably, erroneous, and I think it likely it may have been obtained
at St. Helena on the voyage home, for, as stated by Mr. Adams in
the preface to the ‘ Voyage,’ p. vi, the ‘ Samarang’ touched at St.
Helena. Whether this species should or should not be regarded
merely as a variety of the West-Indian C. medium, Linné, I cannot
now determine, not having a sufficient series of either for studying
their variation or constancy. C. medium, however, has a less oblique
form, and seems to be a broader shell, or, in other words, has a
longer ventral margin, which is not so obliquely upsloping in front.
The ribs, too, are usually flatter, and sculptured with much coarser
curved strize.
Carpium (PapyRIDEA), BULLATUM, Chemnitz.
Hab. West Indies, Brazil, and west coast of Central America.
St. Vineent, Cape Verde Islands (Dunker).
The synonymy of this species I have given in the Report of the
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 303
‘Challenger’ Lamellibranchiata, p. 161. It has not previously
been met with so far south in the eastern parts of the Atlantic.
RoceLLaria DuBIA (Pennant).
Hab. Mediterranean, Red Sea, North Sea, Madeira, Canary
Islands, Cape Verde Islands.
St. Helena is, I believe, the most southern locality known for this
species.
CHAMA, sp.
Several specimens of a species of this genus were collected by
Capt. Turton. The young examples exhibit short spines on both
valves, but the adult shells are too worn to be determined. The
interior is white, more or less stained with brown, especially towards
the margins. Length of largest specimen 75 millim.
C. gryphoides, Linn., appears in Jeffreys’s and Melliss’s lists of
St. Helena shells. I have not seen the specimens which they exa-
mined, but doubtless they belonged to the same species as those
collected by Capt. Turton. It is probable that they are correctly
identified, but in such a difficult group as Chama one hesitates to
pronounce a positive opinion without a special study.
Basteroria oBtonGA. (Plate XXII. figs. 5, 5a.)
Testa oblongo-subquadrata, valde inequilateralis, albida, concen-
trice striata ; value aquales, ab umbone ad eatremitatem posti-
cam obtuse angulate ; margo dorsi posticus fere rectus, ventralis
subrectilinearis, vel in medio leviter incurvatus ; latus anticum
breve, obliquum, inferne rotundatum, posticum oblique curvatum,
ad extremitatem acute rotundatum ; umbones pari, acuti, ante-
meciant, circiter in longitudinis siti ; dens cardinalis in utraque
valua prominens, acutus ; pagina interna nitida ; cicatrices bene
impress.
Longit. 83 millim., alt. 5, diam. 42.
This is a more oblong species than B. carinata or B. gouldii and
some others.
This group of shells was first recognized by Gray in 1842
(Synopsis Contents Brit. Mus. p. 78) and named Harlea. His de-
scription runs thus:—“ The Harlea are oblong, subquadrate, thin
shells, with a sharp keel from the umbo, and conical hinge-teeth.”’
This diagnosis applies perfectly to the type marked by Gray him-
self as Harlea, and this was described the year following (1843) by
Hinds as Corbula quadrata. This species also forms the type of
Réciuz’s genus Eucharis (1850), and Hornes in 1859 described a
fossil species belonging to the same group under the generic name
Basterotia. Considering the imperfection of Gray’s description,
and the fact of his not citing any species, I think it would be ad-
visable to ignore his genus Harlea, although, personally, I am sure
what group he intended to include under that name.
A genus Lucharis having been published by Latreille in 1804,
this name cannot be employed for the present group of shells. We
Pui Nas
304 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
are therefore compelled to designate it Basterotia, the name given
by Hérnes, who appears to have been ignorant of the fact that, not
only Gray, but Récluz also, had previously recognized the existence
of this generic group.
LasmA ADANSONIANA (Récluz).
Poronia adansoniana, Récluz, Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 174; id. in
Chenu’s Illus. Conchyl. pl. i. figs. 1 a-g.
Hab. Senegal.
Lucina 1nconspicua. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)
Testa minima, altior quam longa, mediocriter convexa, inequi-
lateralis, solidiuscula, albida, concentrice regulariter tenutter
striata, striisque radiantibus via conspicuis sculpta ; umbones
acuti, antrorsum curvati; lunula profunda, parva; margo
dorsi posticus leviter excurvatus; pagina interna nitida,
ad marginem minute denticulata ; dentes cardinales et laterales
validt.
Longit. 3 millim., alt. 33, diam. 2.
This species, although so small, is conspicuously solid. The um-
bones are well curved forward, producing a beaked appearance to the
apex. The radiating striee are excessively fine and only visible in
certain lights, and seem to be lines below the surface.
Lucina (Copak1a) compacta. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)
Testa equilateralis, mediocriter globosa, alba vel dilute citrina,
concentrice et radiatim tenuissime et confertim lirata, minute
cancellata ; umbonesleviter prominentes ; lunula angusta, parva,
mediocriter profunda ; latus posticum obtusum, anticum rotun-
datum ; margo inferior intus striatus, subcrenulatus ; ligamen-
tum internum.
Longit. 10 millim., alt. 93, diam. 6.
The dentition and the muscular impressions of this species are
normal. The sculpture is so fine that it is almost invisible to the
naked eye. Specimens were collected both by Capt. Turton and
Mr. Melliss. It appears to be a common species.
VERTICORDIA ORNATA (d’Orbigny).
The three odd valves from St. Helena agree precisely with those
described in my Report on the Lamellibranchiata of the ‘ Challenger *
Expedition, p. 166. The synonymy and distribution of this species
are there given. St. Helena is the most southern known locality.
Mytitvus exustus, Linn.
Mytilus ewustus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 10; Clessin, Conch.-
Cab. ed. 2, pl. 16. figs. 7, 8.
Hab. West Indies, Brazil, U. States as far north as Charleston.
A few small odd valves, received in 1865 from the Museum of
Economic Geology, apparently belong to this species.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 305
LirHoODOMUs BI-EXCAVATUS, Reeve ?
L. bi-excavatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 4. figs. 22 a, 6.
Hab. St. Thomas, West Indies.
The shells obtained at St. Helena by Mr. Melliss and named ZL.
lithophagus, Liun., by Jeffreys, do not belong to that species. They
may be considered a variety of ZL. bi-excavatus, in which the two
depressions are not quite so distinct as in the type. The chalky
incrustation which invests them has a more openly reticulated or
spongy appearance at the posterior end.
ARCA SANCTE-HELENE. (Plate XXII. figs. 8-8 4.)
Testa oblonga, crassa, albidu, rufo-strigata et variegata, inferne
haud hians ; valve solide, antice oblique curvate, postice paulo
latiores, curvatim truncate, radiatim costate, lineisque tenui-
bus concentricis et transversis decussate ; coste inequales,
subnodose, anteriores ct posteriores crassa, mediane tenuiores ;
pagina interna alba, ad marginem saturate purpureo-fusca postice
Sortiter dentata ; umbones remoti, incurvati, prominentes ; liga-
menti area latu, concava; ligamentum subrhomboidale, fuscum,
sulcis paucis sculptum.
Longit. 66 millim., diam. 47, alt. 36.
This is a strong, heavy species, belonging to the same group as
A. noe, A. navicularis, and the like.
It is more solid than either of the above-named species, has the
posterior end unsinuated, and the margins of the valves are peculiarly
dentate posteriorly, and, when closed, interlock like the valves of
Ostrea crista-galli and some others. A few of the ribs near the
posterior angle of the valves are very large and strong, and separated
by very deep grooves.
The form is rather like that of A. subquadrangula of Dunker, but
the posterior end is not so truncate and the coste are different.
Arca (Acar) pomincensts, Lamarck.
Hab. West Indies, Cape Verde Islands, S. Africa, Red Sea, Indian
Ocean, South Pacific Ocean, Japan, Australia, &c. (Lischke).
Pinna RvGOosA, Sowerby.
Pinna rugosa, Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 26. fig. 50.
Hab. Isle of Rey, Bay of Panama (Cuming).
Capt. Turton remarks as follows respecting the single broken valve
obtained :—‘‘ It measured when perfect 19 inches, but I cannot be
sure of this identical shell being an island one, as I bought it; but
I have seen another just like it, 16 inches long, which was fished
up alive and bought by another officer before I heard of it, so this
is probably an island one too.”
Is there some mistake here, or does this species really occur at
Panama?
306
MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
PINNA PERNULA, Chemnitz.
Pinna pernula, Chemn., Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 12. figs. 22 a, b.
Hab. St. Croix, West Indies (Chemnitz) ; Madeira (Brit. Mus.).
AVICULA HIRUNDO (Linn.).
Hab. On the sea-beach, St. Helena (Melliss).
PECTEN CORALLINOIDES, d’Orbigny.
Pecten corallinoides, d’Orb. in Webb & Berthelot’s Hist. Nat.
Canaries, Mollusques, p. 102, pl. 7. figs. 20-22 ; Sowerby, Thes.
Conch. vol. ii. p. 65, pl. 12. figs. 3, 4.
Hab. Canary Islands, Cape Verde Islands.
This striking species has not previously been recorded from so
southern a locality.
PecTEeN ATLANTICUS. (Plate XXII. figs. 9-9 d.)
Testa obliqua, inequilateralis, equivalvis, mediocriter convexa,
albida vel flavescens,supra costas rufo vel roseo tincta et maculata,
costis rotundatis circiter 16, sulcos immaculatos modice profundos
equantibus, instructa, inter et supra costas liris tenuibus, minute
squamosis, ornata; auricule parve, inequales, postica valve
dextre oblique declivis, liris tenuibus radiantibus 5-7 instructa,
antica paulo major, radiatim lirata, minute squamosa, inferne
viz sinuata; auricule valve sinistre liris tenuibus, paucis,
squamatis, ornate ; pagina interna flavo-albida, plus minus
rubicunda.
Longit. 29 millim., diam. 15, alt. 29.
This species is remarkable on account of its oblique form, which
is produced by the posterior slope being longer than the anterior.
The angle at the apex, formed by the dorsal slopes, is about equal
to a right angle. The surface is rough to the touch through the
beautiful wavy lines of growth which everywhere adorn the surface,
and,
upon the ridges, become minute scales.
Pecren (JANIRA) TURTONI. (Plate XXII. figs. 10, 10a.)
Testa rotundata; valva plana leviter concava, rufescens vel
rosacea, maculis albis, lineisque gracilibus, zigzagformibus,
purpureis, ornata, costis radiantibus, tenuibus, aurantio-rujis,
circiter 17-19, instructa, lineis incrementi confertis, elevatis,
pulcherrime lamellata; valva convexa, mediocriter profunda
vel purpurea, apicem versus pullida vel albida, inter costas
purpureo tincta, costis paulo latioribus et planioribus quam in
valva superiore ; auricule parve, plus minus purpureo tincte ;
pagina interna valve profunde alba, fusco-purpureo marginata,
v. plane in medio aurantio vel roseo, et ad marginem purpureo
tincla.
Longit. et latit. 32-34 millim.
The fine ribs, the comparatively small auricles, and the beautiful
raised lamelliform lines of growth are the chief distinguishing
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 307
features of this species. It probably attains larger dimensions than
those given above. The angle formed by the divergent dorsal
slopes is about 116 degrees.
Limea sArst, Lovén.
Limea sarsii, Lovén, Index Moll. Seandin. p. 32.
Lima sarsii, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. ii. p. 78, vol. v. p. 169,
pl. 25. fig. 1.
Lima (Limatula) sarsii, Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 562.
Limatula crassa (Forbes), Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 26.
Hab. North Sea; Mediterranean; Atlantic from west of Ireland
to Portugal.
A number of odd valves were dredged in deep water by Capt.
Turton. The occurrence of this species so far south has not been
previously noted.
OsTREA, sp.
A species of oyster occurs in very shallow pools on the east coast
of St. Helena, which, possibly, has not been previously described.
The same form is met with at Cape Verde Islands. It is thick,
solid, irregularly rounded, with the surface ridged and the margin
dentate and interlocking like O. folium and other species. The
interior is dirty whitish, stained more or less with olive-brown or
yellowish olive, and the outer margin is finely wrinkle-striated.
OsTREA CRISTA-GALLI, Linn.
Hab. St. Helena, 50-60 fathoms (Melliss).
I have not seen the specimens collected by Mr. Melliss and
identified by Jeffreys as belonging to this species, which is usually
regarded as an Indian-Ocean form. I think it probable that they
belong to the same species as those collected by Capt. Turton,
which I have not ventured to identify. Having strongly dentate
margins to the valves, they may have been mistaken by Jeffreys for
the Linnean species.
APPENDIX.
The following species were all taken at St. Helena upon floating
seaweed, but, as I have already shown’, are to be regarded as South-
African forms.
I. GASTROPODA.
PLevrRoToMA (Maneiuia) ATLANTICA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 11.)
Testa elongata, pallide fusca, linea alba cincta ; anfractus 5, primus
maximus, globosus, nitidus, albidus, ccetert conveaiusculi, plicis
longitudinalibus 10-12 instructi, livis striisque spiralibus ornati ;
anfr. ultimus elongatus, infra medium parum contractus ; aper-
tura angusta, longit. totius =, adequans ; columella alba ; lab-
rum vie incrassatum, superne minime sinuatum.
Longit. 6 millim., diam, max. 23.
This species is remarkable for the large size of the apex. The
1 Pp. 247, 248.
398 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1
general colour of the shell appears to be brown or reddish, but on
close examination it will be seen that the spiral strize are whitish,
and the interstices or lirze only are coloured.
Prievroroma (Manertra) cast, Reeve.
The single shell collected by Capt. Turton agrees in many re-
spects with the type of this species, which, unfortunately, is in rather
bad condition, and only exhibits faint indications of spiral striz.
The specimen from the ‘‘ Sea-horn” is beautifully striated, is rather
shorter, and has one costa less than the type. Nevertheless, I have
a strong belief that it belongs to the same species. The locality of
P. casta was unknown to Reeve.
Murex (OcinEBRA) PURPUROIDES, Dunker.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
CoLuMBELLA (ANACHIS) KRAUSSII, Sowerby.
Columbella kraussit, Sowerby (1844), Thesaurus, Conch. vol. ii.
p. 144, pl. xl. figs. 180, 181; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 213.
Buceinum cereale (Menke, MS.), Krauss (1848), Siidafr. Moll.
p. 122, pl. vi. fig. 17; Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Columéella), pl. xxi.
fig. 118.
” Columbella (Anachis) fulminea, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
vol. vil. p. 334; Otia, p. 131.
This seems to be rather a common shell on the South-African
coast. C. fulminea was described from Simon’s Bay, Krauss
cites the Cape Coast for it, and in the Museum there is a series
labelled Natal. Two specimens only, of a rather dark tint, were ob-
tained at St. Helena.
CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) PRoscRIeTA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 12.)
Testa minuta, angusta, tenuis, nitida, pallide fuscescens, infra su-
turam linea saturatiore cincta, versus apicem dilute rosacea ;
anfractus 5, primi duo magni, loves, conveai, cetert convexius-
cult, striis paucis spiralibus pallidis (in anfr. ultimo cireiter —
12) sculpti ; apertura angusta, longit. totius 4 via cequans ; la-
brum leviter merassatum, superne subsinuatum, ad marginem
fusco tinctum ; columella rectiuscula, callo tenui induta.
Longit. 4 millim., diam. 13.
A small shining pinkish-brown shell, exhibiting a few spiral pale
strie. The penultimate and antepenultimate volutions show indi-
cations of longitudinal plication.
Purpura squamosa, Lamarck.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope and Natal coast (Krauss and others);
St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands (Dunker).
Only one young specimen of this common South-African species
was sent by Capt. Turton. The locality given by Reeve (Con. Icon.
sp. 48), ‘‘ Tigre Bay, Abyssinia,” requires confirmation. It may be
correct, but the number of species common to South Africa and the
Red Sea is not large.
1890.] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 309
MarGInE.ta (VoLvariA) ZoNnATA, Kiener.
The single specimen from St. Helena is small, about the same size
as the form described by Krauss (Siidafr. Moll. p. 126) under the
name I. dunkeri, but the labrum at the upper extremity is united
with the shell aé the suture and not below it. The position of this
point of juncture, judging from the series of specimens in the
Museum, is variable, and consequently when it is high up at the
suture the upper margin of the brownish-yellow band will fall further
below than when the end of the labrum is attached further down or
below the suture. I am therefore of opinion that M. dunkeri should
be regarded as a variety of IZ. zonata and not as a distinct species,
as the distinctive features referred to by Krauss are not constant.
Weinkauff (Monograph of Marginella, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 28)
quotes this species as I. dunkeri from Ascension Island, his speci-
mens being almost as large as typical examples of M. zonata, which
appear to be common at the Cape of Good Hope.
Mirra simpLex, Dunker.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
Rissoa pLATIA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 13.)
Testa minuta, ovato-turrita, imperforata, albida; anfractus 4},
superne concave excavati, in medio subacute angulati, infra
angulum contracti, spiraliter lirati ; apex obtusus, involutus ;
apertura rotunde ovata, superne acuminata, longit. totius 3
subequans ; peristoma continuum, incrassatum, subeffusum,
margine columellari inferne subproducta.
Longit. 13 millim., diam. 3.
The spiral sculpture is continued upon the apical whorl, which is
involuted, thus producing a very blunt top to the shell. The lirze
are four to six in number on the lower half of the penultimate
whorl, and rather coarser than those above the angle.
Rissoa atomus. (Plate XXIV. fig. 14.)
Testa minuta, alba, pellucida, nitida, ovata, imperforata; an-
fractus 4, convexiusculi, leves, ultimus magnus ; apertura sub-
pyriformis, longit. totius § adequans; peristoma continuum,
margine externo leviter patulo et incrassato, columellari obliquo,
superne valde calloso.
Longit. 1 millim., diam, 3.
This minute species, of which there are three specimens, is
certainly full-grown, and has no other sculpture except microscopic
lines of growth.
Rissoa vaca. (Plate XXIV. fig. 15.)
Testa minuta, tenuis, subrimata, dilute fuscescens, spiraliter lirata ;
anfractus 5, convex, liris filiformibus spiralibus (in anfr. penult.
3, ultimo 10) instruct ; apertura ovato-rotundata, longit. totius
310 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
1 subequans; peristoma tenue, margine columellari leviter
reflexo, superne labro callo tenui guncto.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.
This species has more convex whorls than P. varicifera, to which
it bears a general resemblance. Its spiral ridges also are finer, the
aperture different, and the labrum has no external varix.
Rissoa sImuLANS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 16.)
Testa ovata, imperforata, alba vel pallide fuscescens ; anfractus
4, convexi, primus et secundus spiraliter striati, sequentes liris
transversis (in anfr. penultimo circiter 3, in ultimo 8-9) in-
structi ; apertura rotunde ovata, longit. totius 3 paulo minor ;
peristoma continuum, viv imerassatum, margine columellart
anguste reflexo.
Longit. 1% millim., diam. 1.
This is a shorter stumpier species than 7. varicifera and has no
postlabral thickening.
Rissoa ORDINARIA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 17.)
Testa ovata, solidiuscula, alba, imperforata, nitida; anfractus
4, convexiusculi, sutura mediocriter profunda, paulo obliqua
sejuncti, spiraliter substriate ; apertura rotunde ovata, superne
acuminata, longit. totius 3 paulo superans ; peristoma continuum,
leviter incrassatum, margine columellari dilatato.
Longit. 14 millim., diam. 3.
This species, although so small, is certainly adult. The spiral
strize are not numerous, and only visible on well-preserved specimens
by the aid of a microscope.
Rissoa aqua. (Plate XXIV. fig. 18.)
Testa brevis, turrita, alba, vie rimata ; anfractus 5, primi duo
conveai, leves vel spiraliter tenwiter striati, cetert superne
tabulati, angulati, carinis fortibus (in anfr. swperioribus duabus,
in ultimo senis) instructi, lineis incrementi tenwissimis sculpti ;
apertura ovata, longit. totius 3 haud equans ; peristoma con-
tinuum, margine externo viw incrassato, columellari dilatato,
reflexo, rimam umbilicalem formante.
Longit. 24 millim., diam. 13.
This species closely resembles R. perfectain form. It is, however,
a little larger, is not spotted, and has seven keels on the body-whorl
instead of five; of these, the one nearest the suture is very fine and
thread-like, the next two, which also pass up the spire, are strong
and prominent, and the remaining four gradually lessen in thickness,
the lowermost being very inconspicuous.
The nucleus of this species is also different from that of R. perfecta,
and the outer lip is not thickened in the same manner.
RisSOA FENESTRATA, Krauss.
Hab, Cape of Good Hope.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 311
BaRLEEIA WALLICHI. - (Plate XXIV. fig. 19.)
Testa B. congenite similis, sed tenwior, pallidior, spiraliter
tenuissime striata ; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, ultimus rotun-
datus, haud obsolete angulatus; peristoma undique tenue,
marginibus callo tenui junctis.
Longit. 2 millim., diam. 1.
This species in form is very like B. congenita, from St. Helena.
It is, however, rather smaller, thinner, paler, spirally striated, has
no approach toan angle at the periphery, and has a thinner peristome.
TURRITELLA CARINIFERA, Lamarck.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
TRIFORIS PERVERSA (Linné).
Hab. South Africa (G. B. Sowerby).
This well-known species occurs in Great Britain, Mediterranean, at
Madeira and the Canary Islands, also on the coast of California,
Turso (OcanA) crparis, Gmelin.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
Turso (CoLtitoniA) incertus. (Plate XXIV. figs. 21, 21 a.)
Testa minuta, imperforata, subglobosa, fusco-purpurea, levis,
incrementi lineis striata ; anfractus tres, convexiusculi, celeriter
crescentes, ultimus magnus, rotundatus ; apertura magna, fere
circularis, longit. totius 3 fere aquans ; peristoma interruptum,
margine exteriori tenui, columellari albo, incrassato, reflexo.
Longit. 13 millim., diam, maj. 13.
The generic position of this minute species, of which there are
five specimens in the collection, would be somewhat uncertain, if
the operculum had not been present in one of the examples. It is
white, slightly convex, and consists of about three whorls.
PHASIANELLA NERITINA, Dunker.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
Trocuus (Cynisca) GRANULOsus, Dunker.
Hab. Table Bay, Cape of Good Hope.
The type figured by Krauss (Siidafr. Moll. pl. v. fig. 28) is of a
pinkish tint. White varieties are also met with. A. Adams described
this species (P. Z. S. 1853, p. 183) as Cyclostrema granulata. The
locality he gave, Philippine Islands, can scarcely be relied on.
Trocuus (GiBBULA) mustvus, Gould.
Hab. Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope (Gould).
ScISSURELLA JucUNDA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 22, 22 a.)
Testa minuta, umbilicata, depressa, alba; anfractus tres, convewi, liris
spiralibus, tenuissimis, aliisque radiantibus, cancellati, ultimus
312 MR. E. Ae SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
liris duobus élevatis fissuram contingentibus superne instructus ;
apertura irregulariter rotundata ; peristoma tenue, continuum.
Diam. maj. 1% millin.
There are two specimens of this very minute shell. The larger
has the slit almost closed at the peristome, which is otherwise con-
tinuous, so that it is likely, if it had lived a short time longer, it
would have been quite closed, and then would have become a form
of Schismope.
In his report on the Gasteropoda of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition,
p. 119, Mr. Watson has described as Schismope carinata the same
species as that published by A. Adams (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862,
vol. x. p. 346) under the name of Scisswrella carinata.
FisSURELLA MUTABILIS, Sowerby.
Hab. South Africa, at the Cape.
PATELLA UMBELLA, Gmelin.
Hab. South Africa, Cape of Good Hope.
Pare.ta RusTIcA, Linn.
Had. South Africa, Cape of Good Hope.
PaTELLA ocuLus, Born.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
PareLia compressa, Linné.
The two specimens from St. Helena are of an unusual bright red
colour, and the interior, excepting the muscular scar and the part it
encloses, is of the same bright colour. They are in an excellent
state of preservation, exhibiting on and between the fine radiating
lirae very pretty close-set concentric wavy strie.
Although found on the beach by Capt. Turton, these specimens
have doubtless been transported from the Cape of Good Hope to
St. Helena upon floating seaweed, upon the stems of which it is said
to attach itself.
CyiicHNa REmissaA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 20.)
Testa parva, tenuis, albida, superne anguste perforata, strivs spira-
libuset longitudinalibus minute decussata ; anfr. ultimus lateribus
rectiusculis, inferne paulo latior quam supra; apertura supra
angusta, infra medium leviter dilatata ; columella obliqua,
subrecta, leviter refleaa.
Longit. 23 millim., diam. 13.
This species has much resemblance to Utriculus complanatus,
Watson, in form. It is, however, a little narrower at the upper
part, and the aperture is produced higher above the spire. The
reticulate sculpture can only be seen under a compound microscope.
1890. ] MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA. 313
II. PELECYPODA.
Saxicava arctica (Linn.).
Hab. Cosmopolitan.
KELLiA crassruscuLa. (Plate XXIV. fig. 23.)
Testa qlobosa, rotunde ovata, nitida, alba, apices versus subpellucida,
concentrice subrugose striata, fere wequilateralis ; latus anticum
posteriore paulo angustius ; pagina interna alba, incrassata,
minute subrugosa ; linea cardinalis crassiuscula, dente vel tuber-
culo cardinal et lateral posteriore tuberculari in utraque valva
instructa ; ligamentum internum pone umbones situm.
Longit. 64 millim., alt. 5, diam. 33.
For a shell of such small size it is rather thick. The umbones
are only very slightly elevated, curved towards the anterior end, and
capped at the tip with a minute embryonic shell.
KeELLIA ATLANTICA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 24.)
Testa minuta, oblongo-rotundata, inequilateralis, sordide albida,
concentrice tenuissime striata ; margo dorsi anticus valde declivis,
leviter conveaus, posticus longior, subhorizontalis ; latus anticum
acute rotundatum, posticum latius excurvatum ; margo inferior
late arcuatus. Dens cardinalis valve sinistre A-forme, value
dextre unicus prominens, acutus ; dens lateralis posticus in
utraque valva elongatus, in deatra validus, margine dorsali sulco
separdatus.
Longit. 24 millim., alt. 2, diam. 13.
This species is about the size of Lepton clarkie, but not of the
same form.
MONTACUTA SUBTRIANGULARIS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 25.)
Lesta fere equilateralis, mediocriter convexa, sordide albida, haud
nitida, rotunde subtriangularis, lineis ncrementi striata, postice
quam antice paulo angustior ; margo dorsalis utrinque declivis,
postice vie excurvatus, antice leviter concavus, ventralis rectus vel
in medio levissime imeurvatus ; umbones prominuli, subacuti ;
pagina interna nitida, prope margine incrassata ; cicatrices
magnee, subpyriformes ; dentes duo value sinistre prominentes,
dwwergentes.
Longit. 44 millim., alt. 33, diam. 23.
This species has the dorsal margin sloping on each side and the
base almost straight, so that a somewhat triangular shape is produced,
the two lower angles being well rounded.
Lucrna (CopakiA) tmBricaTtuta, C. B. Adams.
Lucina imbricatula, C. B. Adams, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
1845, vol. ii. p. 10; id. Contrib. Conch. p. 245.
314 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
LIucina pecten, Reeve (non Lamarck), Conch. Icon. pl. 7. figs. 34,
35 a-b.
Lucina occidentalis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Index, Errata.
Hab. Various islands in the West Indies, also Cape Verde Islands
(P. Furse in Brit. Mus.).
This species greatly resembles Z. fibula Reeve, from the Philippines,
Red Sea, &c., but the radiating ridges do not divaricate on the dorsal
margins in the same manner. JL. munda, A. Adams (Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1855, p. 225), is the same species as L. fibula.
Mytitus epuuis, Linné?
Two or three small specimens collected by Mr. Melliss have been
referred to this common species by Jeffreys. They were “ found
attached to long pieces of seaweed” which drift on shore at Sandy
Bay beach on the south coast (Melliss), so probably had been carried
northward from S. Africa. They might with equal propriety be
referred to M. compressus, Phil., or J. meridionalis, Krauss.
Mytitus MAGELLANICUus, Chemnitz.
Both Mr. Melliss and Capt. Turton obtained this form from sea-
weed. The specimens are all small, about an inch in length, and
show considerable variation in the miuber and coarseness of the
ribs. The colour varies from yellow to purplish.
MoproLariA MARMORATA (Forbes).
Hab. Gt. Britain, Mediterranean, Canary Islands. 5
According to Jeffreys this species also occurs in the Gulf of Suez,
the Persian Gulf, and N. Pacific. The specimens from St. Helena
collected by Capt. Turton are vividly mottled, but agree in form
and sculpture with European specimens.
CRENELLA PURA. (Plate XXIV. fig. 26.)
Testa minuta, equilateralis, triangularis, nferne arcuatu, alba ;
valve mediocriter convexe, crassiuscule, radiatim anguste sulcate,
sulcis interstitiis anyustioribus, lineis incrementt striate ; margo
dorsi utrinque valde declivis, subr ectilinearis ; umbones promi-
nentes ; linea cardinis valida, infra et pone umbones transversim
striata, sulco angusto ligamentali postice obliquo sculpta ; pagina
interna nitida, alba, haud margaritacea, margine inferiori plus
minus denticulato, dentibus 2-3 validis ad extremitatem posticam
line cardinalis mstructa. :
Longit. 3 millim., alt. 34, diam. 2
This little species for its size is rather solid, and peculiar on
account of its hinge-plate, and the two or three denticles at the
posterior end, just within the margin of the valves.
Pecten pusio, Linn.
Hab. Mediterranean to Norway and Faroe Isles, Madeira, Canaries,
Azores, 8. Africa.
This species has been quoted from South Africa both by Jeffreys
1890.]
MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA.
315
and Sowerby. The latter has, correctly I think, cited P. tinctus and
P. albus of Reeve as synonyms.
P. sentis and P. textilis of the same author.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XXI.
. Pleurotoma (Clavus) amanda, p. 255.
( ) albobalteata, hoe 255.
. —— (Drillia) turtoni, p. 256
(Mangilia) subquadrata, p- 256.
) mellisst, p. 257.
(Clathurella?) multigranosa, p. 258.
. Murex ( Ocinebra) alboangulatus, p. 259.
. Lachesis helene, p. 260.
. Cantharus (Tritonidea) albozonatus, p. 260.
( ) consanguineus, p. 260.
) levis, p. 261
12. Columbella (Mitrelia) sancta= helene, p. 262.
13. Triton turtoni, p. 268.
13 a. ; youn
14. Natica turtoni, p. 269.
14a. ; operculum, p. 270.
15. —— teniata; operculum, p. 270.
16. sancte- helene, p- 270.
17. Solariwm ordinarium 5 upper side, p. 281.
17 a. ; front view.
17 6. ——; lower side.
18. Eulima (Subularia) fuscopunctata, p. 280.
19. Littorina helene, p. 283.
20. Diala fuscopicta, p. 286.
21. Rissoa cala, p. 288.
epee p. 288.
23. —— agapeta, p. 289.
wallichi, p. 289.
25. Barleeia congenita, p. 290.
26. Triforis atlantica, p. 292.
Puatre XXII.
1. Mitra (Cancilia) turtoni, p. 265.
2. (Pusia) sancte- helene, p- 265.
3. Obeliscus (Syrnola) pumilio, p- 278.
4. Turbo (Collonia) admissus, p. 294.
5. Basterotia oblonga ; lateral view, p. 303.
5a. ; dorsal side.
6.
Ue
8.
8
8
Inecina inconspicua, p- 304.
(Codakia) compacta, p. 3804.
Arca sancte-helene ; lateral view, p. 305.
a. dorsal side.
b. — ; ventral side.
9. Pecten, atlanticus, p. 306.
9a. —— ——-; sculpture magnified.
95, —— ; sculpture of left valve.
10. —— (Janira) turtoni; right valve, p. 306.
10a. —— ( ; left valve.
Puate XXIII,
u Pleurotoma (Clavus) prolongata, p. 255.
2. (Mangilia) gemma, p. 256.
3. —— (Clathurella ?) commutabilis, p. 257.
4, —— (——) usta, p. 258.
In this category I should also place
316
Fig.
THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ST. HELENA.
Murex (Ocinebra) sancte-helene, p. 258.
(——) patruelis, p. 259.
. Coralliophila erythrostoma, p. 264.
—-— atlantica, p. 264.
. Mitra (Turricula) innotabilis, p. 265.
a
.
——. (Thala) pleurotomoides, p. 266
. Marginella (Volvaria) consanguinea, p. 266.
. —— (——) atomus, p. 267.
. Scalaria mellissi, p. 273.
. —— sancte-helene, p. 274.
. —— commoda, p. 274.
. —— atomus, p. 274.
. Obeliscus sancte-helene, p. 275.
. Turbonilla haroldi, p. 275.
. —— assimilans, p. 276.
truncatelloides, p. 276.
. —— brachia, p. 276.
. —— (Dunkeria) eritima, p. 276.
. Odostomia glaphyra, p. 278.
. Eulima fuscescens, p. 278.
5, —— atlantica, p. 278.
germana, p. 279.
. Amaurella canaliculata, p. 280.
. Aclis angulata, p. 280.
simillima, p. 280.
. —— didyma, p. 281.
. Lacuna pumilio, p. 285.
. Fossarus (Couthouyia) dentifer, p. 285.
. ——- (——) leviusculus, p. 285.
. Rissoina mellissi, p. 286.
turtont, p. 286.
decipiens, p. 287.
congenita, p. 287.
helene, p. 287.
39. Rissoa glypta, p. 288.
1
DO OOMTS: CTR OPN
eritima, p. 289.
compsu, p. 28).
2. perfecta, p. 290.
Puate XXIV.
. Rissoa varicifera, p. 290.
S
5; varix, p. 290.
pseustes, p. 290.
. Triforis recta, p. 292.
bathyraphe, p. 292.
. Teinostoma? abnorme, p. 293.
. Liotia arenula, p. 294.
admirabilis, p. 295.
Acteon semisculptus, p. 298.
. Leucotina minuta, p. 298.
. Cylichna atlantica, p. 297.
. Pleurotoma (Mangilia) atlantica, p. 307.
. Columbella (Mitrella) proscripta, p. 308.
. Rissoa platie, p. 309.
14. atomus, p. 309.
15. vaga, p. 309.
16. —— simulans, p. 31.0.
17. ordinaria, p. 310.
18. equa, p. 310.
19. Barleeia wallichi, p. dil.
[Apr. 1,
1890.] ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ASCENSION ISLAND. 317
Fig. 20. Cylichna remissa, p. 312.
21. Turbo (Collinia) ineertus, p. 311.
21a. (+—) ——; upper view.
22. Scissurella jgucunda, p. 311.
22a, —— ; upper surface.
23. Kellia crassiuscula, p. 313.
24. atlantica, p. 313.
25. Montacuta subtriangularis, p. 813.
26. Crenella pura, p. 314.
4. On the Marine Mollusca of Ascension Island.
By Epear A. Suirn.
[Received March 14, 1890.]
In the following list of forty-two species of Mollusca from Ascen-
sion Island, nine, obtained by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, ought
not perhaps to be included in the fauna; for, although dredged
close to the island off the west coast, they were from a depth of
420 fathoms.
The poverty of this list is doubtless due to the fact that no
experienced collector has ever explored the shores.
Fourteen cf these species occur at St. Helena, eleven are West-
African, twelve are found at the Cape Verde, Canary Islands, and
the Azores, nine are Mediterranean, and seventeen, or about 40 per
cent., are West-Indian forms. These figures, on comparison with
those referring to the species found at St. Helena, and given in the
previous report, show that the relationship of the two faunas to
other regions is the same. Both resemble that of the West Indies
more than any other locality, both have a considerable percentage
of species common to West Africa, to the Atlantic Islands, including
the Cape Verdes, Canaries, Madeira, and the Azores, and also to the
Mediterranean, the causes which have effected this distribution
doubtless being the same in both cases. ;
The three species of Marginella are well-known Cape forms, and
therefore the question arises, whether these shells may not have
drifted to Ascension on floating tangles as in the case of numerous
species at St. Helena.
A few species are eastern forms, for example Ostrea cucullata
and Malleus regula. Both of these, I believe, are established at
Ascension. The former was quoted by Chemnitz more than a
hundred years ago, and although he remarks that ships returning
from China and the Hast Indies used to call at Ascension for water,
I do not think it likely that the shells were carried there from the
east. The single valve received from Dr. Conry is in very fresh
condition and has not the appearance of having been rolled on the
beach.
In the ‘ Universal Conchologist’ Martyn has figured a small
specimen of the well-known Fusus proboscidi‘erus of Lamarck,
under the name of Buccinum incisum, and gives as the locality
“* Ascension Island, new Guinea.”
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXII, 29
318 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
I have been unable to discover the existence of any island of that
name near New Guinea, although that region would be a correct
habitat for this species. Perhaps “ new”’ should read near, which
would then clear up the doubt with regard to Ascension Island, but
I very much question the occurrence of this shell in the Atlantic.
All the species enumerated hereafter, with the exception of the
three species of Marginella and Ianthina globosa, are represented
in the British Museum by specimens from Ascension Island. The
greater part were received from Staff-Surgeon T. Conry a few years
ago, and partly recorded in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1881,
vol. vill. pp. 430, 431,
I. GASTROPODA.
Pisania Pusio (Linné).
Two specimens of this common species were obtained by Dr.
Conry, which agree in all respects with typical examples from the
West Indies. It has not, i believe, been noticed before from the
eastern side of the Atlantic.
CoLUMBELLA (MiTRELLA) CRIBRARIA, Lamarck.
Hab. Ascension (Quoy g Gaimard, Kiener).
The four specimens of this species are of a very dark or black-
brown colour, and pale-spotted in the usual way. It is common at
the West Indies.
PuRPURA ASCENSIONIS, Quoy & Gaimard.
Hab. Ascension Island (Q. g G., Kiener, Kuster, &c.).
This species has not, I believe, ever been recorded from any other
locality than Ascension Island. Twospecimens sent by Capt. Turton
from St. Helena are in a very worn state, and were obtained by him
near the harbour at Jamestown, so, as he observes in his notes,
‘ perhaps they are not true natives.”
PuRpPURA HELENA, Quoy & Gaimard.
The specimens obtained by Dr. Conry are not quite like Reeve’s
type of fasciata (a synonym of this species), having the tubercles
rather more distant, the brown colour of « darker tint, and the
blotches within the outer lip much more pronounced ; but this may
be due to the fact that none of the specimens appear to be adult.
Harpa rosea, Lamarck.
Ascension Island appears to be a new locality for this shell, which,
as far as is at present known, has a limited range on the West Coast
of Africa. Kener cites ‘‘ les mers du Japon” as the habitat, but
this is certainly incerrect.
RaNneELLA Ca@Lata, Broderip.
Hab. Ascension (Conry).
R. pustulosa is a variety of this species.
1890. | MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ASCENSION ISLAND. 319
MARrGINELLA CApensis, Dunker.
Hab, Ascension (Weinkauf’).
Other localities for this species are South Africa and Guinea.
MARGINELLA ZONATA, Kiener.
Hab. Ascension (Weinkauff’); Cape of Good Hope.
MARGINELLA DUNKERI, Krauss.
Hab. Ascension (Weinkauf’); Cape of Good Hope.
Mitra stRIATULA, Lamarck.
This well-known West-Indian species has not been previously
recorded from the eastern side of the Atlantic. Of the two specimens
obtained by Dr. Conry, one, which has lost the spiral striation
through being beach-rolled, is very remarkable, and_plentifully
spotted with the opaque white which is so characteristic of this
species. The other specimen is in fresh condition, and possesses all
the features of typical examples from the West Indies. The shell
figured by Sowerby (Thes. Conch. pl. 353. fig. 204) under the name
of M. barbadensis is an immature specimen of this species.
Euuima cuyta, Watson.
Eulima chyta, Watson, Report ‘ Challenger’ Gasterupoda, p. 516,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 5.
Hab. Ascensior Island, 420 fathoms.
IANTHINA GLOBOsA, Swainson.
Hab. Ascension Island (Lesson).
This species is quoted by Lesson (Voy. Coquille, Zool. vol. ii.
p- 366) under the name of J. prolongata, Blainville.
Cypraa Luripa, Linné.
Hab. Ascension (Lister).
CypPr@a spurca, Linné.
Besides two specimens received from Dr. Conry, the British
Museum possesses a third, presented by R. Trimen, Esq.
LirroriNA MILIARIS, Quoy & Gaimard.
Hab. Ascension Island (Q. & G., Philippt, Conry, Craven).
PLANAXIS LINEATUS (Da Costa).
Hab. Ascension (Conry).
RissOINA BRYERIA (Montagu).
Hab. Ascension Island (2. Trimen).
Rissoa (Setta) TENUIscULPTA, Watson.
Rissoa (Setia) tenuisculpta, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 389,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 28; Gasteropoda of the ‘Challenger’ Exp. p. 607.
Hab. Mediterranean, Madeira, Ascension Island, and West Indies
(25-420 fathoms).
22%
320 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 1,
Rissoa (SETIA) TRIANGULARIS, Watson.
Rissoa (Setia) triangularis, Watson, ‘ Challenger’ Gasteropoda,
p- 611, pl. xlvi. fig. 2.
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms.
AuasBa TERVARICOSA (C. B. Adams).
Rissoa tervaricosa, C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
1845, vol. 11. p. 6.
Rissoa (?) melanura, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. p. 116.
Hab. Ascension Island (Conry); Jamaica (Adams).
The single well-preserved specimen from Ascension is a trifle
more slender than any of the examples from Jamaica I have seen.
It belongs, however, without doubt to this species, having the
spiral strize at the base of the whorls, and some opaque white spots
in the same place as in Jamaican shells. This specimen has a
single varix on the body-whorl, and its apex is not black, but this
I do not regard as an essential feature.
After carefully studying the descriptions of R. tervaricosa and
R. melanura, and examining a series of both,named by C. B. Adams
himself, in Cuming’s collection, I feel convinced that they constitute
but one species. The number and position of varices is very
variable, and their total absence occasionally occurs. The texture and
striation are similar in all specimens, and all are white and mostly
exhibit at the periphery of the body-whorl a series of opaque white
dots, not mentioned by Adams, which are also visible around the
lower part of the upper volutions. The apex is not constantly black,
but is so occasionally, both. in varicose and unvariced specimens.
MiTRULARIA DILLWYNI (Gray).
Pateila equestris, Wood (non Linn.), Index Test. pl. xxxvii. fig. 1.
Calyptrea dillwynii, Gray, Arn. Philosoph. 1825, vol. ix. p. 407 ;
Woodward, Man. Moll. pl. xi. fig. 11.
Mitrularia dillwynii, Fischer, Man. Conch, pl. xi. fig. 11.
Calyptrea martiniana, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xi. pl. iv.
figs. 13 a—b.
Hab. West Indies (Woodward and Brit. Mus.) ; Philippines
(Cuming).
This species has the surface extremely uneven and wrinkled, and
minutely radiately striated. The internal appendage is very large.
1 think it possible Reeve’s locality may be an error. According to
Hanley (Index Test. p. 183) this is Patella undulata of Bolten.
Hipronyx ANTIQUATUS (Linné).
This species occurs also at St. Helena.
STROMBUS BUBONIUS, Lamarck.
Hab. West Indies, West Africa at Goree and Rufisque, also Cape
Verde Islands.
The single specimen from Ascension Island is very like that
1890. | MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ASCENSION ISLAND. 321
figured by Kiener (Coq. Viv. pl. 6), but the tubercles are rather
larger and more obtuse.
NERITA ASCENSIONIS, Gmelin.
Hab. Ascension Island (Quoy & Gaimard, Trimen, Conry, Chem-
nitz, &c.); Island of Trinidad, off Brazil, and Fernando Noronha.
BAsILIssA OxyTROPIS, Watson.
Basilissa orytropis, Watson, Report ‘Challenger’ Gasteropoda,
p- 104, pl. vii. fig. 9.
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms.
FissURELLA NUBECULA (Linné).
Hab. Mediterranean, Morocco, Cape Verde Islands, Senegambia,
Guinea.
With this species, besides F. rosea, Lamarck, should be united
F. ostrina, Reeve, described without locality.
WILuIAMIA Gussontt (Costa).
This species is also found at St. Helena, and has already been
noticed and references given in the preceding report on the Mollusca
of that Island.
Urricuuus oryctus, Watson.
Utriculus oryctus, Watson, Report ‘* Challenger’ Gasteropoda,
p- 653, pl. xlviii. fig. 12.
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms.
CYLICHNA CYLINDRACEA (Pennant).
Hab. Ascension Island (‘ Challenger’ Exped.).
HAMINEA HyDATIs (Linné).
Hab. Ascension Island (2. Trimen).
The specimens from Ascension, like those referred to from St.
Helena, are all small, none exceeding 10 millim. in length.
DENTALIUM ENTALIS, var. AGILE.
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms (‘ Challenger’); North Sea,
Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean, Azores, Canaries, Gulf of Mexico.
II. PELECYPODA.
SEMELE corpD1FoRMIs (Chemnitz).
Hab. Ascension (Conry).
Remarks on the distribution and synonymy of this species are
given in the St. Helena Report.
Lucina (CopAktA) imBricaTuta, C. B. Adams.
Hab. Ascension (Conry and R. Trimen).
This species is scarcely distinguishable from L. pecten, Lamarck.
The latter is rather more finely sculptured. Both forms occur at
St. Vincent’s, West Indies.
322 ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF ASCENSION ISLAND. [Apr. l,
CryYPTODON, sp.
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms (‘ Challenger’).
Carpium (FrAGuM) MepIvuM, Linné.
Hab. West Indies.
Two separate valves obtained by Dr. Conry possess all the features
of this well-known form. It has not, I believe, been previously
recorded from the eastern parts of the Atlantic.
ARCA SANCTH-HELENZ, Smith.
Hab. Ascension (Meiklejohn) and St. Helena.
Arca (Acar) pom1nGEnsis, Lamarck.
Hab. Ascension (Conry and Trimen).
Arca (Acar) vacTea, Linné.
Hab. Ascension (Conry).
This species occurs in the Mediterranean, British seas, West Africa
at the Cape Verde and Canary Islands, and South Africa. Jeffreys
has also quoted it as a Red-Sea form.
Nucunana JeFFreEys! (Hidalgo).
Hab. Ascension Island, 420 fathoms (‘ Challenger’), off the
Azores in 1000 fathoms (‘ Challenger’). Off the west of Ireland,
165-1443 fath. (‘ Porcupine’ Ezp., 1869); off Portugal, 740-1095
fath. (‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1870).
SPONDYLUS, sp.
A number of odd valves of a species of this genus were presented
to the Museum by Dr. Meiklejohn, and a single valve was also received
from Dr. Conry. The largest specimen is four and a half inches in
diameter. All the valves are very much worn, so that it is impossible
to identify them specifically. The colour is bright purple-red and
the surface is covered with numerous radiating ridges, some of which,
more or less far apart, are larger than the rest, and on the deeper valve
appear to have been strongly nodose at distant intervals.
Ma.veus REGULA (Forsk§l).
Hab. Ascension (Conry) ; Red Sea and Philippines.
Two young specimens, which appear to belong to this species, is
all the evidence we have of the occurrence of this species in the
Atlantic.
OsrREA CUCULLATA, Born.
Hab. Ascension (Conry and Chemnitz); Red Sea, Indian Ocean,
Philippines.
Dr. Conry’s specimen is in fresh condition and, although a little
smaller, is very like Chemnitz’s figure 679 a (Conch. Cab. vol. viii.
pl. 74). He named this species O. cornu-copie and O. forskalii, the
latter from Red-Sea examples.
reeves
Asa ore vias
af
v
P. ZS). d890 SEEaeN
Peter Smit del. et lith Mintern Bros . imp.
1.GENYOPHRYNE THOMSONI. 2.PALUDICOLA FISCHERI.
3.BUFO JERBOA.
Fi 2. Se OSC rae
Peter Smit del. et hth Mintern Bros. imp.
CERATOPHRYS CALCARATA.
1890.] BaTRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 323
April 15, 1890.
G. A. Boulenger, Esq., F.Z.S., in the Chair.
The following papers were read :-—
1. Second Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection
in the Natural-History Museum!'. By G. A. Bov-
LENGER,
[Received March 18, 1890.]
(Plates XXV. & XXVI.)
Our knowledge of the species of Batrachians increases rapidly.
After considering carefully every description that has been published
since the beginning of 1882, I find that as many as 1119 apparently
valid species are known at present, viz. 960 Heaudata, 122 Caudata,
and 37 Apoda.
The collection in the British Museum keeps pace with this increase,
as testified by the following list of additions received during the last
four years. In fact, the rate of increase has steadily risen since the
collection of Frogs was first put in order by Dr. Ginther in 1858 *.
The number of species then represented in the Museum was estimated
at 214 (1691 specimens). In a report published ten years later by
Dr. Giinther*® the number had risen to 313. In the second edition
of the Catalogue, prepared by me and issued in 1882, the number of
species was given as 522, and the number of specimens 4692. 63
species were added from 1882 to the middle of 1886, and 74 more
are enumerated in the present report. So that the Museum possesses
at present examples of about 660 species of Frogs, illustrated by
over 6900 specimens. Thus we see that the increase in the number
_ of species represented in the Museum has been at the rate of 10 per
annum from 1858 to 1868, of 15 per ann. from 1868 to 1882, of 16
per ann. from 1882 to 1886, and of 183 per ann. from 1886 to the
present day.
The number of Tailed Batrachians in the Collection is now 85
species and about 1340 specimens ; of Apodals, 29 species and 156
specimens.
I. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented, added to
the collection since June 1886.
(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)
Ecaupata.
*1, Rana boulengeri, Gthr. Aun. N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 222.—
Ichang (Pratt).
*2. Rana macroscelis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 345.—New
Guinea (Forbes).
1 Of. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 411. 3 P. Z. 8. 1868, p, 478.
2 Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia.
324 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Apr. 15,
*3, Rana dorie, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 482,.—
Tenasserim, Mergui (Theobald, Beddome, Anderson).
4. Rana utricularia, Harl.—Florida ( Bol/man).
5. Rana amurensis, Blgr. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 598.—
Lake Kanka and Corea (Fischer).
*6, Rana leithii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) 11.1888, p. 506.—Bombay
(Leith).
7. Rana galamensis, D. & B.—Niger Benue.
*8, Rana humeralis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887,
p- 420.—Upper Burma (Fea).
*9, Rana labialis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 345.—
Malacca (Hervey).
*10. Rana flavicrus, Blgr. Ann, N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 249.—
Madagascar (Majaster).
*11, Rana redimita, Blgr. 1. c.—Madagascar (Majaster).
#12. Rana biporus, Blgr. |. c. p. 246.—Madagascar (Majaster).
*13. Rana himalayana, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) ii. 1888, p. 507.—
Darjeeling (Jerdon, Blanford).
14. Rhacophorus leprosus, Tsch.—Perak (Wray).
#15, Rhacophorus opisthodon, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) i. 1888,
p- 105.—Madagascar.
16. Rhacophorus viridis, Hallow.—Loo Choo Islands (Pryer).
*17. Rhacophorus albilabris, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 105.—
Madagascar (Baron).
*18, Ivalus vittatus, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1587,
p. 421.—Bhamo (Fea).
*19. Cornufer johnstoni, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1887, p.564.—Rio del Rey,
W. Africa (Johnston).
20. Phrynobatrachus acridoides, Cope.—Kiduwe, E. Africa
(Jackson).
*21. Batrachylodes vertebralis, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1887, p. 337.—
Solomon Islands (Woodford).
22. Arthroleptis pecilonotus, Ptrs—Gold Coast (Burton §
Cameron).
23. Rappia pusilla, Cope—Brass, Niger.
*24, Rappia sordida, Fischer, JB. Wiss. Anst. Hamb. v. 1888,
p. 10.—Cameroon (Fischer).
25. Hylambates anchiete, Bocage.—Angola (Bocage).
*26. Hylambates angolensis, Bocage.—Angola (Bocage).
27. Phyllobates limbatus, Cope.—Cuba.
#28. Phyllobates trinitatis, Garm. Bull. Essex Inst. xix. 1887,
p- 13.—Trinidad (Agassiz).
#29. Mantella baroni, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 106 *.—
Madagascar (Baron).
30. Phryniscus longirostris, Cope *.—Ecuador.
*31. Engystoma leucostictum, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888,
p- 416.—Sta. Catharina, Brazil (Michaélis).
1 = Phrynomantis maculatus, Thominot, i889.
2— Phryniscus boussingaulti, Thominot, 1889.
»*
1890.]
¥32,
*33.
*34.
*57.,
58.
59.
BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 325
Microhyla inornata, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1890, p. 37,—Deli, Su-
matra (Moesch).
Phrynella pulchra, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (4) xix. 1887, p. 346.—
Malacca (Hervey) ; Deli, Sumatra (Moesch).
Phrynella pollicaris, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1890, p. 37.—Perak
(Wray).
- Cacosternum nanum, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 51.—
Caffraria (Weale).
- Callulops dorie, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 345.—
New Guinea (Forbes).
- Platyhyla grandis, Blgr. Ann. N.H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 247.—
Madagascar (Majaster).
. Platypelis pollicaris, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 106.—
Madagascar (Baron).
- Genyophryne thomsoni, Blgr., infra.—Sudest Island, New
Guinea (B. Thomson).
- Hylodes plicifera, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) ii. 1888, p. 41.—
Iguarasse, Pernambuco (Ramage).
- Hylodes ramagii, Blgr. 1. c-—Iguarasse (Ramage).
. Ceratophrys calcarata, Blgr., infra—Colombia (Fischer).
- Paludicola fischeri, Blgr., infra—Venezuela (Fischer).
- Paludicola bischofii, Bigr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,
p- 296.—Rio Grande do Sul (Bischoff).
. Leptodactylus prognathus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888,
p- 187.—Rio Grande do Sul (Ihering).
. Limnodynastes fletcheri, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) ii. 1888,
p- 142.—Victoria (fletcher).
- Crinia victoriana, Bigr. 1. c.—Victoria (Fletcher).
- Eupemphix nana, Bigr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 187.—
Sta. Catharina, Brazil (Michaélis).
- Eupemphix trinitatis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) iii. 1889,
p- 307.—Trinidad (Hart).
- Bufo jerboa, Bigr., infra.—S.E. Borneo (Fischer).
. Bufo muelleri, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 52.—
Mindanao (Ff, Muller).
. Bufo debilis, Gir.—Texas (Taylor).
. Bufo superciliaris, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 565.—Rio del
Rey, W. Africa (Johnston),
. Bufo macrotis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v.1887, p.422.—
Kakhyen hills, Upper Burma (Fea).
. Bufo parvus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 346.—
Malacca (Hervey) ; Deli, Sumatra (Moesch).
. Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr.1. c. p. 347.—Malacea (Hervey),
Perak (Wray); Deli, Sumatra (Moesch).
Bufo philippinicus, Blgr. 1. ¢. p. 348.—Puerta Princesa
(Everett).
Cophophryne sikkimensis, Blyth.—Sikkim (Blanford).
Hyla langsdorffii, D. & B.—Sta. Catharina, Brazil (Jhering),
*60. Hyla copii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 53.—Texas
(Forrer).
wonre—
Pup
on the
MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Apr. 15,
. Ayla bischofii, Blgr.1. ¢. p. 298.—Rio Grande do Sul
(Bischoff).
2. Hyla stepheni, Blgr, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 579.—Port Hamilton,
Corea (Stephen), Ussuri R. ( Fischer).
. Hyla phrynoderma, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vii. 1889,
p- 248.—Colonia Resistencia, Argentine Republic (Speg-
azzint).
. Hyla lutea, Bigr. P. Z. S. 1587, p. 337.—Solomon Islands
( Woodford).
. Hyla nana, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vil. 1889,
p- 249.—Colonia Resistencia (Spegazzint).
. Ayla bivittata, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 188.—
Sta. Catharina (Michaélis).
. Hyla marginata, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 298.—
Rio Grande do Sul (Bischoff).
. Hyla miotympanum, Cope.—Mexico (Copenhagen Mus.).
. Hyla catharine, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) 1. 1888, p. 417.—
Sta. Catharina (Wichaélis).
. Nototrema fissipes, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) ii. 1888, p, 42.—
Iguarasse, Pernambuco (Ramage).
. Leptobrachium fee, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) iv. 1887,
p- 512.—Kakhyen hills, Upper Burma (Fea).
. Bombinator igneus, Laur.’—Germany, Denmark, Sweden,
Austria.
. Bombinator orientalis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) v. 1890,
p- 143.—Chefoo (Swinhoe); Corea (Carpenter); Ussuri
(Fischer).
. Alytes cisternasii, BoscA.—Spain (Bosc).
CAUDATA.
. Molge meridionalis, Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 17, 1880,
p- 30.—Texas (Taylor).
. Hynobius leechii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 87.—
Corea (Leech).
. Hynobius chinensis, Gthr. Ann. N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 222.—
Ichang (Pratét).
Apopa.
. Cecilia polyzona, Fisch.—Panama (Fischer).
. Gymnopis oligozona, Cope-—Guatemala (F. Miller).
. Siphonops hardyi, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 189.—
Porto Real, Rio Janeiro (Hardy du Dréneuf ).
II. Descriptions of new Species.
GENYOPHRYNE, &. ll.
il horizontal. Tongue oblong, entire, free at the sides. Tecth
palatine bones, Eight or nine small teeth on the anterior
} The European specimens referred to B. zgneus in the Catalogue belong all to
B. pachypus, Bp.
1890.] BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 327
extremity of each ramus mandibuli. A denticulated transverse der-
mal ridge in front of the cesophagus. Ear hidden. Fingers free ;
toes webbed at the base, the tips slightly dilated; outer metatarsals
bound together. No preecoracoid; sternum cartilaginous. Trans-
verse processes of sacral vertebra moderately dilated.
Genyophryne may be regarded as the type of a new family of
Firmisternia, Genyophrynide, characterized by absence of maxillary
teeth and presence of mandibular teeth. In all but the latter cha-
racter it agrees with the Engystomatide.
GENYOPHRYNE THOMSONI. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)
Very similar in appearance to Rhombophryne testudo, Bttz. Head
large and much depressed ; eyes small and wide apart. First finger
shortest, third much longer than second or fourth. Inner metatarsal
tubercle indistinct. Heel with a triangular dermal process. Skin
smooth. Pinkish brown above, variegated with blackish ; temples
whitish ; a light line on each side from the eye aloug the back ;
hinder side of thighs and lower surface of tarsus black.
From snout to vent 32 millim.
A single specimen was obtained by Mr. Basil Thomson on Sudest
Island, between New Guinea and the Louisiade Archipelago. It is
unfortunately in very bad condition.
CERATOPHRYS CALCARATA. (Plate XXVI.)
Vomerine teeth in two very small, very indistinct groups between
the choane. Head large, bony; a supratemporal bony ridge ;
nostril nearer the eye than the tip of the snout ; tympanum perfectly
distinct, a little smaller than the eye; interorbital space concave ;
upper eyelid prolonged into a small “horn.’”’ First finger longer
than second ; toes hardly half webbed; inner metatarsal tubercle
very large, shovel-shaped, sharp-edged; a rather indistinct tarsal
fold. ‘The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the tympanum.
Upper parts with small very prominent tubercles, the largest of
which are ribbed. No dorsal shield. Dark olive above, with paler
symmetrical markings; an arrow-headed green band on the back,
widening and bifurcating between the eyes; lcwer parts with a few
brown spots ; metatarsal spur black.
From snout to vent 70 millim.
A single specimen, a female, obtained by Hr. Diimel in Colombia,
was in the late Dr. J. G. Fischer’s collection, recently acquired by
the Trustees of the British Museum.
PALUDICOLA FISCHERI. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)
Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout rounded,
as long as the diameter of the orbit; interorbital space as broad as
the upper eyelid ; tympanum rather indistinct, about half the diameter
of theeye. Fingers slender, first not extending quite as far as second;
toes slender, fringed, with a slight rudiment of web; subarticular
tubercles moderately large but very prominent; a small tarsal tubercle;
328 BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. [Apr. 15,
two oval, blunt metatarsal tubercles, inner more elongate and nearer
its fellow than the tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the centre of theeye. Skin smooth ; a large, flat, oval lumbar
gland. Grey-brown above, with a blackish lateral band; lumbar
gland with a black, light-edged ocellus ; hind limbs with dark cross-
bands; hinder side of thighs white-dotted; lower parts white,
speckled with brown.
From snout to vent 33 millim.
A single female specimen from Venezuela, from Dr. Fischer’s
collection.
Buro sERBoA. (Plate XXV. fig. 3.)
Allied to Bufo leptopus, Gthr., but with still longer hind limbs.
The femoro-tibial articulation reaches the shoulder, the tibio-tarsal
far beyond the tip of the snout, and the tibia measures two thirds
the length of head and body. In B. leptopus the tibia measures
half the length of head and body, and the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the eye or between the eye and tip of the snout. Snout
strongly projecting; loreal region vertical; interorbital space as
broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum close to, and measuring half
the diameter of the eye. First and second fingers equal; toes one-
third webbed. Upper parts with small smooth warts; no distinct
parotoids. Brown above, limbs with darker cross-bands; an X-shaped
dark marking on the middle of the back ; throat brown. Male with
an internal subgular vocal sac and brown nuptial asperities on the
inner finger.
From snout to vent 30 millim.
A single male specimen, collected by Hr. Grabowsky in S.E. Borneo,
and mentioned in the list published by Fischer (Arch. f. Nat. 1885,
p. 43) as B. leptopus. It is particularly curious to find in Borneo,
which is the home of the most long-legged Rana (R. jerboa, Gthr.),
a kind of Toad which by far exceeds all others in the length of the
hind limbs.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puatre XXYV.
Fig. 1. Genyophryne thomsont.
la. Open mouth. X2.
1. Right ramus of mandible. X23.
2. Paludicoia fischeri.
2a. Open mouth. x2.
3. Bufo jerboa,
Prate XXVI.
Ceratophrys calcarata, with side view of head.
1890.] ON THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 329
2. On the Structure of Psophia and on its Relations to
other Birds. By Franx HE. Brepparp, M.A., &c., Pro-
sector to the Society.
[Received March 26, 1890.]
So far as I am aware there has been no paper especially devoted
to the general anatomy of Psophia ever published, although many‘of
the facts in its structure have been described incidentally in other
papers. The following observations refer to the principal osteo-
logical and some other characters, of which a few are mentioned
here for the first time.
The principal account of its skeleton is to be found in Burmeister’s
work upon Cariama*, and in Parker’s memoir of the osteology of
Rhinochetus *.
The skeleton and some of the separate bones (pelvis, sternum, &c.)
are figured and described in Eyton’s ‘Osteologia Avium’; the
skeleton of Ps. crepitans is also figured by Meyer in his ‘ Abbild-
ungen Vogel-Skelet.’ pl. Ixxvi.
I have had the opportunity of studying both Psophia crepitans
and Psophia leucoptera. It may not therefore be out of place to
point out some of the differences which appear to distinguish these
two species from each other. The difference in the proportions of
the two lobes of the liver is remarkable; I have a MS. note in the
handwriting of Prof. Garrod which shows that Psophia viridis, a
species which I have not myself examined, agrees in this particular
with Ps. leucoptera.
With regard to specific differences the following table shows all
that I have been able to ascertain :—
Skull. Liver] Vertebral column.| ‘Ribs.
Psophia leucoptera...| Palatine bones|L<Rj} Vertebre Nos.| 1 pair cery.
with longer inner 19-22 fused, fol- | ribs;8 attached
lamina; space lowed by three | to sternum (of
between post- Sree vertebre. these 2-6 with
frontal and zy- uncinate pro-
gomatic process cesses); 1 pair
wide. of lumbar ribs.
Psophia crepitans ...| Palatine bones|}L>R | Vertebree Nos.| 1 pair cerv.
: with very short 19-22 fused, fol- | ribs; 8 attached
inner lamina ; lowed by ¢wo free | to sternum (of |
space between vertebrae. these 2~7 with
postfrontal and uncinate pro- |
zygomatic pro- cesses) ; a tiny |
cess narrow. rudiment of a |
10th rib.
1 “Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte des Seriema,” Abhandl. nat. Ges. Halle,
Bad. i. p. 11 (1853).
> «On the Osteology of the Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus),” Trans. Zool. Soc.
vol. vi. p. 501 (1886).
330 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 15,
I shall now proceed to direct attention to certain points in the
skull, some of which I have not seen referred to elsewhere.
Skull.
As to the temporal fossze, Prof. Parker contrasts the Kagu on the
one hand with Anthropoides, Balearica, Psophia, Eurypyga, Ocydro-
mus, and Gidicnemus on the other.
Psophia and Rhinochetus appear to me rather as the two extremes
which are connected by various intermediate types as follows :—
Psophia.
(dicnemus.
Aramus.
Grus.
Fulica.
Ocydromus.
Eurypyga.
Rhinochetus.
In Eurypyga the temporal fosse more nearly approach each other
on the occipital face of the skull than in any other type except the
Kazu.
In Psophia, as in most of its allies, the postorbital angle and the
postfrontal process are one.
Side view of skull of Psophia leucoptera.
In the skull of Rhinochetus examined by myself, it seemed to me
that this was not the case, and that the original (?) separateness of
the two processes was just visible. This appears to be confirmed by
the fact that the two are quite cbviously distinct, though both are
small, in Ewrypyga helias, a bird unmistakably allied to Rhinochetus.
Something of the same kind occurs in many Limicole.
The mazillo-palatines are comparatively large and swollen and
are quite visible when the skull is regarded from below, as they
1890.] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 331
project inwards of the palatines. They differ from those of Grus
and Fulica in being convex, and not concave, on the outer side. In
these points, Psophia agrees with Chunga and Ocydromus.
In Rhinochetus and Eurypyga the maxillo-palatines are thin
curved plates entirely invisible when the skulls are looked at from
below.
In Numenius, Metopidius, and Gdicnemus their structure is much
like that of the last-mentioned genera.
Aramus connects Grus with Psophia.
The lachrymal bone in Psophia is large and its descending process
is club-shaped and swollen; it nearly comes into contact with the
rather thick prefrontal process of the ethmoid. On the whole it
appears to me that this bone is most similar to that of Chunga and
Cdicnemus’.
In Fulica, Aramus, Ocydromus, Aramides, and Grus the descend-
ing process of the lachrymal nowhere near touches the prefrontal
process of the ethmoid. It becomes fused with it in Parra, Hydro-
phasianus, Metopidius, and Numenius.
The palatines ot Psophia, as Parker has remarked*, come nearest
to those of the Cranes ; I find that Aramus (which must be regarded
asa Crane), Cdicnemus, and Numenius have palatines which are
not unlike those of Psophia and the Cranes.
Ocydromus, Fulica, Porphyrio, Parra so far differ that the anterior
half of each palatine is very much narrower than the posterior.
Before proceeding to discuss the affinities of Psophia as indicated
by the skull, it will be convenient to clear the ground by contrasting
several of the more typical Gralline forms, which have, it appears to
me, been wrongly associated together. The Cranes do not show so
many points of resemblance to the Limicole as to warrant their
inclusion in the same group, while Gdicnemus, usually assigned to
the Limicolee, differs from both.
Grus. Hematopus. CEdicnemus.
The supraorbital ridges The supraorbital ridges The supraorbital ridges
are rounded offandthe are sharp and the de- aresharp. Nodepres-
impressions for glands pressions for supraor- __ sion for glands.
only just furrow their ital glands are con-
margin. spicuous.
Lachrymal does not join Lachrymal completely lLachrymal articulates
ectethmoid. fused with ectethmoid, with ectethmoid, form-
forming a ring *. ing aring; lachrymal
also prolonged so as to
nearly reach jugal.
Occipital foramina present. absent.
present.
Basipterygoid processes present. absent.
absent 4.
1 In a specimen of @. bistriatus I found this bone ankylosed with the margin
of the orbit.
2 Loc. cit. p. 509.
3 T find that Garrod (‘‘On the Anatomy of Aramus scolopaceus,” P. Z. 8, 1876,
p. 275) has laid stress upon this characteristic feature of the Limicoline skull.
+ According to Huxley they are present in Grus virgo.
332
Grus.
Maxillo-palatines of con-
siderable size and visible
from beneath.
Vomer ends in a point.
Postorbital not distinct
from postfrontal pro-
cess.
Foramen magnum at
posterior end of skull,
Schizorhinal.
MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON
Hematopus.
Maxillo-palatines _ very
small and fused with
palatines.
Vomer truncated at ex-
tremity!.
Postorbital angle slight
but distinet from post-
fontal process.
Temporal fosse com-
mence below former and
extend on to occipital
surface.
Foramen magnum visible
on under surface of
skull.
Schizorhinal.
[Apr. 15,
(Edicnemus.
Maxillo-palatines of con-
siderable sizeand visible
from beneath.
Vomer ends in a blunt
point.
Postorbital angle not dis-
tinct from postfrontal
process,
Foramen magnum at pos-
terior end of skull.
Holorhinal.
Two prominent members of Huxley’s Geranomorphe show the
following resemblances and differences :-—
Grus.
Occipital foramina present.
Articulation of quadrate not concealed
by squamosal.
Interorbital septum less defective.
Maxillo-palatines with an outer con-
cave border.
Maxillary part of nasal bone facing
forwards.
Anterior process of quadrate does
not end in a straight truncated
extremity.
Palatines of approximately equal
breadth throughout; anteriorly they
largely conceal the underlying
maxillo-palatines.
Schizorhinal.
Ocydromus.
None.
Articulation of quadrate concealed by
squamosal.
Interorbital septum hardly ossified 7.
Mazxillo-palatines with an outer con-
vex border®.
Maxillary part of nasal bone facing
outwards.
Anterior process of quadrate does
end in a straight truncated surface.
There is a sharp distinction between
the anterior narrow and the poste-
rior broad portion of palatine. The
maxillo-palatines are not much con-
cealed by the palatines.
Holorhinal.
In the following pages some of the most prominent skull cha-
racters are given in which Psophia differs from various genera of
«*A lectorides.””
resemblances to the well-marked family of the Limicole.
It does not appear to me to show any particular
I have
not therefore troubled to indicate its differences from that family
which would be in all the points raised as well as in many others.
1 Garrod (“Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Genera
Thinocorus and Attagis,” P.Z.8. 1877, p. 417, fig. 2) figures the vomer of this
and other ‘‘ Limicolz ” as excavated at the top.
In Numenius pheopus there is an extraordinarily deep excavation
specimen.
It was certainly not so in my
at the point of the vomer; so much so that the vomer might be described as
bifid with two slender branches.
2 This is not so with Fulica and Aramides, which are nearer to the Cranes.
3 This does not apply to Fulica.
1890. ] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 333
Psophia shows the following points of difference from Grus :—
(1) The inner margin of the palatines is not greatly bent down-
wards to form the inner lamina.
(2) The vomer ends on a level with the anterior margin of the
maxillo-palatines, it is anteriorly thin and compressed.
(3) There is no conspicuous foramen formed at the junction of the
quadrato-jugal with the maxilla.
(4) There are no occipital foramina above the foramen magnum.
(5) The supraorbital margin is produced into a thin, strong,
sharp-edged area.
(6) It is holorhinal.
(7) The interorbital plate is much less vacuolate.
(8) The palatines are wider behind than in front.
(9) The temporal fossze are not so extensive.
(10) The surface of the maxillary process of the nasal bone is
directed outwards.
Psophia shows the following points of difference from Ocydro-
mus -—
(1) The inner margin of the palatines is not greatly bent down-
wards.
(5) The supraorbital margin is produced into a sharp edge.
(7) The interorbital plate is not largely vacuolate.
(8) The contrast between the wider posterior and narrower anterior
part of the palatines is not so marked.
(9) The temporal fossze are not nearly so well marked.
(11) The lateral ethmoid processes come more nearly into contact
with the descending process of the lachrymal, which very nearly
reaches the jugal.
(12) The skull is relatively broad in the interorbital region.
(13) The articulation of the quadrate is not hidden by a down-
ward growth of the squamosal.
In all these points Psophia also differs from Fulica and Aramides,
Crex and Porphyrio ; but, in the latter, characters Nos. 9 and 13 offer
less-marked differences. The vomer in Cree and Porpiyrio is a
much broader bone, though ending in a point.
Psophia shows the following differences from @dicnemus ' :—
(2) The vomer does not extend beyond the anterior end of
maxillo-palatines.
(3) There is no conspicuous foramen at the junction of the jugal
with the maxilla.
(7) The interorbital plate is not so vacuolate, though the vacuo-
lation is slight in @dicnemus.
(9) The temporal fossze are not so well marked.
! The sharp edge of the supraorbital region is largely due in Psophia to a
chain of supraorbital bones, which were first made known by Parker (“On the
Osteology of the Kagu,” Joc. cit. p.503). It is possible that dicnemus and
Rhinochetus, which agree in this particular with Psophia, will be found to have
a similar series of ossicles which in the adult become completely fused with the
frontals and parietals.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXIII. 23
334 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON (Apr. 15,
(11) The descending process of the lachrymal does not unite with
the prefrontal process of the ethmoid.
Psophia shows the following points of difference from Lhino-
chetus :—
(1) The inner margin of the palatines is not so greatly bent
downwards to form the inner lamina.
(6) It is holorhinal.
(8) The palatines are not of the same breadth throughout, but
are wider behind than in front.
(9) The temporal fossee are comparatively shallow, and there is
no trace of them upon the occipital face of the skull.
(10) The surface of the maxillary part of the nasal bone is directed
outwards and not forwards.
(11) The lateral ethmoid processes do not come into actual contact
with descending process of lachrymal ; lachrymals themselves are
large and nearly join jugal.
Psophia differs in the following from Eurypyga :—
(3) There is no conspicuous foramen at junction of the quadrato-
jugal with the maxillary.
(6) It is holorhinal.
(7) The interorbital plate is not largely vacuolate.
(8) The palatines are wider behind than in front.
(9) Temporal fossee are comparatively deep but do not appear
on occipital face of skull.
(10) The surface of the maxillary part of the nasal bone is
directed outwards’.
Psophia shows no perceptible differences from Cariama in the
points enumerated above except in the comparative shallowness of
temporal fossa, which indeed hardly extends on to the occipital region
of the skull in Psophia.
The principal points in which it does differ are the absence of a
special bone uniting the lachrymal with the quadrato-jugal *, and of
course the presence of the supraorbital chain: in the greater space
which separates the two maxillo-palatines, which are all but fused in
Cariama ; in the fact that the jugals are attached to the maxilla above
the point where the palatines articulate with the same bones. In
this respect Psophia agrees with all Cranes and Rails that I have
examined, while Cariama strongly resembles Serpentarius *.
1 This characteristic difference in the bone is oz correlated with the schizo-
rhinal or holorhinal nature of the skull; although it appears to be so from the
types selected for comparison in these tables. For while Nwimenius agrees
with Lurypyga, Parra agrees with Psophia and the Rails. Larus, which is, of
course, schizorbinal, agrees with Psophia, and the holorhinal Nycticorax has the
nasals directed forwards quite as in Rhinochetus.
* Mr. Forbes (Report on the Anatomy of Petrels [Tubinares], Zool. Chall.
Exp. vol. iv. pl. xi. p. 44) remarks that a similar bone occurs in F7egata and in
some Petrels. This may be so, but it must be remembered that in the latter
birds, as Forbes correctly states, the bone is attached to the palatine, whereas
in Chunga, as I have stated above, it is attached to the quadrato-jugal.
* Some other Desmognathous birds (not Accipitrine) also resemble Cartama
in this point.
1890. ] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 335
In (1) Psophia most resembles Eurypyga, Cariama, Chunga.
In (2) a 3 3 Cariama, Chunga, Rhinochetus.
Tn (3) $s 53 s Cariama and Chunga.
In (4) He i 4 Rallidze, Rhinochetus, Cariama,
Chunga, Gdicnemus.
In (5) + BS ks Rhinochetus, Edicnemus, Cariama,
Chunga.
In (6) 3 ts . Cariama, Chunga, Rallide, Gdi-
enemus.
In (7) 3 a A (Edicnemus.
In (8) sf 5 i Cariama, Chunga.
In (9) he : 3 Cariama, Chunga.
Ino}, 4; < * (dicnemus, Cariama.
Mins) e Se Ee an (dienemus, Cariama, Chunya.
in (re) £ re 5 Udicnemus, Rhinochetus, Cariama,
Chunga.
Imj@is})) sees . id (idicnemus, Rhinochetus, Chunga,
Caviama, Eurypyga.
In the greatest percentage of theabove characters Psophia resembles
. . S + 7* ’ .
the Cariamidee, next come @dicnemus and Grus, then Ihinochetus.
Pelvis.
A comparison with the pelvis of a Crane (Tetrapteryx paradisea)
may conveniently serve to indicate some of the peculiarities of the
pelvis in Psophia, before comparing it with those of other types.
The pelvis in Psophia is narrower, and the anterior part formed
by the prolongation of the ilia is not much longer than the posterior
part ; it covers only two ribs.
The inner borders of the postacetabular portion of the ilia are
straight and lie close to the caudal vertebrae. The pubes come into
close relations with the ischia. ‘The process of the ihum overhang-
ing the acetabulum is not very well developed.
In the Crane the contrary of all these conditions is found. The
whole pelvis is broader and the anterior narrow region is longer than
the posterior broader region. The inner borders of the postace-
tabular region of the ilia are concave and widely diverge from
the vertebrze of the tail. The suprailiac crest is well developed.
Cariama and Chunga' come nearer to the Cranes in every one of
the points enumerated except in the connection between the pubes
and ischia.
Aramides, Fulica, and Ocydromus come nearest to Psophia; so
also do Parra and perhaps Gidicnemus.
I do not lay any stress upon the preacetabular process (pubis of
some writers), as it is absent or present in very closely allied forms ;
e.g. in Vetrapteryx paradisea (present) and Grus australasiana
(absent).
1 Prof. Parker says (Osteology of the Kagu, Joc. cit. p. 516) :—‘ Here let it be
remarked that the pelvis of Psophia is more like that of Ocydromus than that
of the typical Cranes.”
[Apr. 15,
MR. F. £&. BEDDARD ON
336
“paadoona) niydosg FO MUOG-JsvoIq PUL ‘SqEC SeIqoqWo A
Biz!
g/09'a
59
He
1890. ] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 337
The following table shows the number of cervical and dorsal
vertebree, of ribs, &c., in a series of birds more or less closely allied
to Psophia. The letters 7, 7’, R represent rudimentary ribs, often
spoken of as cervical, which precede the complete ribs ; the number
of complete ribs (7. e. those which reach the sternum) is indicated, and
also that of the incomplete ribs (never more than two) which lie
behind them and do not reach the sternum.
22a a oe
Tetrapteryx paradisea ...... 17 |(10) r+7'+6+42 (lumbar) On ribs 5-8!
Balearica chrysopelargus ..., 19 | (9) r'+7+1 (lumbar) ie 46
Psophia leucoptera ............ 16 |\(10) r+8+1 (umbar) a 3-7]
Kurypyge helids ......16..0004- 16 | (8) 7+7'+-5+1 (lumbar) rs
OPO FOCUIRY vax. os /msstaceser | 14 (8) r-+7'+5+1 (lumbar) » 3-6}
Ianpodotis senegalensis ...... | 15 | (7) 7’+-R-+5 (1 lumbar) 99 5-8
Chunga burmeisteri ......... 15 | (8) 7-++7'+5-+47 (lumbar) » 46
\Cariama cristata 2.2.2.2... 13) | (7) e+7'+5 (2 lumbar) Bae
Edicnemus grallarius ...... 13 | (9) 2r+r'+-5-++1 (2 lumbar) » 38
Tribonyx morticri .....:1..000 13 (11) r+r'+5+4 (1 lumbar) Pears
OLS Pek OR ee 13 \(10) r+7'+R+6-+7 (lumbar) » 9-8
Ocydromus australis ......... 13 (10) 7+7'+6+2 (1 lumbar) 2
Fulica ardesiaca ........0..06. 13 |(10) r+7'+7+1 (lumbar) 3 3-8
l
The above table does not appear to me to bring out any very
valuable results. Indeed, the ditferences between Otis and Eupodotis
are quite as great as those between genera usually referred to distinct
families.
On the whole Psophia appears to come nearest to the Cranes.
Myology.
I have nothing new to record under this head; I have simply
been able to confirm the statements of Garrod and Fiirbringer.
In the leg the ambiens, semitendinosus, accessory semitendinosus,
and accessory femorocaudal are present, the femorocaudal itself being
absent ; in these particulars Psophia agrees with Otis, Serpentarius,
Cariama, Aramus, and Phenicopterus, and differs from the Cranes
and Rails.
In the fore limb there is, as Furbringer has recorded, a conspicuous
biceps slip to the patagium.
Trachea.
The structure of the syrinx (woodcut fig. 3, p. 338) is nearest to
that of Cariama among the possible allies of this bird, but no
trenchant characters distinguish it from many Rails and the Cranes.
338 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 15,
It has been stated by J. Hancock’ that the windpipe in the male
(but not in all males) is convoluted, passing down under the skin
right:to the anus and then back again. This is a remarkable point,
as it shows an affinity with the Cranes, which are the only nearly
allied birds, according to Mr. Forbes’s careful list *, with a similar
modification. It is curious that Psophia is not included in that
list ; I have not found any such modification of the trachea myself,
nor have I seen any MS. note to that effect of either Mr. Garrod or
Mr. Forbes. It is evident that some particular species only shows
this modification.
Trachea of Psophia lewcoptera.
While upon this subject I may direct attention to a paper by Mr.
T. S. Trail*, in which it is said that the trachea communicates
directly with the air-space surrounding it by slit-like apertures in
the membrana tympani. In spite of the careful observations of
Trail, it seems to me that we are dealing here with an accidental cut.
Viscera of Abdomen.
The only point to which I direct attention, as being of some
bearing upon the question of the affinities of Psophia is the attach-
ment of the gizzard to the parietes and the development of the
omentum. I have already pointed out the necessity of taking this
structure into account in questions relating to the affinities of
different birds. If the comparison which I" instituted, in part
following Huxley ’, between this structure and a similar one ix the
Crocodile be just, it follows that those birds in which the omentum
is extensive and continuous on each side with the oblique septum
are relatively the most archaic forms; while the partial suppression
or great reduction of this structure indicates a more modified type.
Arguing thus, the Cranes will have to be relegated to a very low
‘ “Notes on the Trumpeter Bird or Waracoli of the Arowahs of Guiana,
Psophia crepitans of Linnus,” Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1838,
p. 490.
Pe On the Conyoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode &e.,” P. Z. 8. 1882,
p. OAT.
: 3 nica on the habits, appearance, and anatoruical structure of the
bird named the Trumpeter, Psophia crepitans of Linneus, Agam?é of Cuvier,”
Mem. Wern. Soe. Ed. vol. v. (1825) p. 523.
' « Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. 1. Ou the so-called Omen-
tum,” P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 836.
> **On the Respiratory Organs of Apteryx,” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 560.
1890. | THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 339
position among Schizognathous birds ; and I maintain that the struc-
ture of the skull is at least not opposed to such a conelusion.
In Psophia the omentum is very much reduced and the gizzard 1s
attached to the parietes by an almost vertically running sheet of
membrane; the elongated sternum completely covers the lobes of
the liver, and the gizzard itself only just reaches beyond it. In
these particulars Psophia especially resembles Cariama and Chunga
and the Rallidze, and differs in the most pronounced fashion from the
Gruide. I have not yet dissected many Limicole from this point
of view; but in Hematopus ostralegus the disposition of the
omentum is more like that of the Cranes, though it is more reduced
than in that group.
The above comparison of Psophia with other forms shows that it
cannot be closely united with any other genus of those referred to.
It appears to me to be most widely removed from the Limicole,
though it is connected with this family by @dicnemus, which should,
in my opinion, be removed from the Limicolz.
The Limicole may, from their skull-characters, be thus defined :—
Schizorhinal birds with the maxillary process of the nasal directed
forwards. Supraorbital margin with a sharp edge marked above by
considerable furrows for the nasal glands. Foramen magnum on the
under surface of the skull; occipital foramina present. | Vomer
truncated or ending in a concave margin. Interorbital septum
largely unossified. Lachrymal and prefrontal process of ethmoid
fused to form a complete ring of bone. Maxillo-palatines very small
and fused with palatines, invisibly or nearly so from beneath. Post-
orbital angle aud postfrontal process distinct ; temporal fossa com-
mencing behind former process and visible on the occipital surface of
skull. Basipterygoid processes usually present.
The family Rallide shows the following characters :—
Holorhinal birds with the maxillary process of the nasal facing
outwards. Supraorbital margin rounded and without depressions
for nasal glands. Foramen magnum on the posterior face of the
skull; no occipital foramina. Vomer pointed in front. Palatines
narrow in front, wide behind; maxillo-palatines large and swollen,
quite conspicuous from below. Lachrymals quite free from pre-
frontal process of ethmoid. Interorbital septum incompletely ossified.
Articulation of quadrate covered by a descending process of squa-
mosal. No postorbital angle ; temporal fossze just reach the occipital
face of skull. No basipterygoid processes.
If the members of these two families were the only “ Gralline ”
birds known, it is obvious that’ there would be no difficulty in
accepting Prof. Huxley’s* arrangement of them into two sections—
Charadriomorphze and Geranomerphee ; but a consideration of other
forms, including Psophia, appears to me to render this arrangement
impossible.
The Cranes themselves are the first stumbling-block. They
agree with the Limicole in many, perhaps most, characters, but in
others they agree with the Rallide.
1 «Qn the Classification of Birds, &c.,” P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 457.
340 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON [Apr. 15,
They may be defined as follows :—
Schizorhinal birds with the nasals facing forwards. Supraorbital
margin rounded, but with slight depressions for the nasal glands
Lachrymal quite independent of the prefrontal process. Bony
interorbital septum largely deficient. | Maxillo-palatines large but
hardly visible from below. Foramen magnum at posterior end of
skull ; occipital foramina present. No postfrontal process present.
The Cranes are placed by Mr. Sclater in his group Alectorides,
aud so far this is justified by the above definition, which shows that
the Cranes are intermediate between the Rallidee and Limicole and
should be therefore placed apart ; but when the other families in-
cluded in the Alectorides are considered, such an arrangement does not
appear to be feasible. Psophia is, in my opinion, sufficient to show
that this association of birds will not hold, unless it be entirely
restricted to Psophia and the Cariamidz and perhaps the Bustards
and Gdicnemus.
It appears to me, in fact, that the natural affinities of these
different birds are not so difficult to make out, if we cease the
attempt to combine together the various families of ‘* Alectorides”’
and simply show the relationships of the several types in a graphic
form.
Ardeidez.
Gypogeranus.
Rhinochetus.
|
Limicolz. !
\
‘
\
x Rallidx. | Cariama.
/ a Jt
4
J
pets Psophia.
\ | foe _ — Medicnemus.
Gruidx.
1890.] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 341
The most central form I believe to be Grus, the family Gruide
(including Aramus). To include this family with the Limicole in a
group Pluviales, as Prof. Garrod’ and Mr. Forbes * have done, seems
to me to be an ignoring of some of the obvious cranial characters
of the Gruide.
Ido not propose to say much about Rhinochetus and Ewrypyga
now, as I am waiting an opportunity of completing my notes upon
the anatomy of these two forms. In the meantime, however, I
regard them as closely allied, and as having been given off from
the Crane stock shortly after one branch of this had begun to
develop in the direction of the Limicole.
In the Cranes the omentum is well developed, while it is less
developed in the Limicole and hardly recognizable in the Rallidee,
Psoplia, and Cariama. If any stress may be laid upon this
character, it indicates the low position of the Gruidze.
1 “On certain Muscles of Birds.—Pt. II.,” P. Z. 8. 1874, p.117. The wide
separation of the Rallidsz &c. from the Cranes appears to me to be one of the
most striking signs of artificiality in Garrod’s scheme.
* “ Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Jagands (Parride),”
P.Z.8.1881, p. 639 ; “ Forbes’s Final Idea as to the Classification of Birds,” Ibis,
1884, p. 119. In associating together all the birds treated of in the present
per as a group Charadriornithes, Fiirbringer exactly expresses my own opinion.
This also is the position taken up by Mr. Seebohm (Ibis, 1889, p. 415).
Contents (continued).
April 1, 1890.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1890. —
CEabe LV s): oss cio elas ie steheisiaia alicia vialeian ya ei< <i s\ate bers s:.0a sieee gael et note stat ap ois aa 147
Mr. J. H. Gurney, Jun., F.Z.8. | Exhibition of a specimen of a hybrid between the Tree-
Sparrow and the House-Sparrow .............. see saw setere gated isda oe eees 14Y
Mr. A. Smith-Woodward. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Mesozoic Paleoniscid Fish
eola eNews, SOUL WV ALES It's clei asas sana arcieitial ee dnicS pla Sielisjciemen Seer oeaemad acetone LAS
Mr. C. M. Woodford, C.M.Z.S. Remarks upon the Fauna of the Solomon Islands........ 148
1. Contributions to the Study of Heloderma suspectum. By R.W. Suvrenpt, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
(ib Labs Wiis Nc WEE, ils»: a2orcre oie sreisinio etolsinte «ibiolaie olan ARO igi TOPO. COED IBE -. 148
2. Description of a new Species of Deep-sea Fish from the Cape (Lophotes fiski). By Dr.
. ‘A. C. L. Ginruer, F.R.S. (Plates XIX. & XX.). .......... Sadtane aiaiste eas sap tees 244
3. Report on the Marine Molluscan Fauna of the Island of St. Helena, By Enoar A.
Sura... (Plates CXL—XXITV.). oc vdee cnceie pes onisvwe es aiaiadivie fate (Wala sta:etg(\a\n| o.a\e'a\ o\e 247
4, On the Marine Mollusca of Ascension Island, By Encar A. Smitu ........ Sion datirie 317
April 15, 1890.
1. Second Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection in the Natural-History Museum.
By G.A, Boununerr. (Plates XV. GXXVI) oo. p wenn e 0s cio ee voce aloes PES Bic 323
2, On the Structure of Psophia and on its Relations to other Birds. By Frank E. Brpparp,
fo eMCA.. Xe. Prosectar to the! Society, sivcescesce cece se sci
~2Q.
ed
LIST OF PLATES. i ‘
+ wee
1890. ers
PART II.
Plate Page
XT} gouth-African Buthid “at
XIV. ui rican Buthide ............. tebaret eed hele cae eet “Il4
XV. Hypocolius ampelinus ...+sse00.. 2... seeesesvevercle cee . 147
XVI. aie BG
XVII. } Anatomy of Heloderma suspectum........ Pre Co wieekt 148
XVIII.
XIX. Lophotes fiski ...... strat eee eet e cs teeeeteecetter ees | ogy
XX. Head of Lophotes Meki Pe. occ is eee Sts rich: ewe
oar Mollusca of St. Helena .......... in tie siete eee wives Satatee 247
XXIV.
XXV. Fig. 1. Genyophryne a sa Hie 2. Paludicola fischeri.
Fig. 3. Bufo jerboa ........ Wa ble oo ea ascrorat Nie os eee
XXVI. Ceratophrys calcarata....ssescsse ccccercersvssccecccses
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in fours, part,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in January and Hae! on June. Ist.
II, ve ee » March and April, on August Ist.
Til. is = x» May and June, on October Ist.
IV. a = » November and December, on April let.
The price is 12s. per part for the a with er ie: and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
*
PROCEEDINGS
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YHAR
1890.
PART III.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
gee RBBEES. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.)
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART III.—1890.
April 15, 1890 (continued).
Page
3, On new or little-known Birds from South-eastern China. By Heyry Sexson, F.Z.S.
(Plater ROVE) No atte eins oreo sia ulpeicte acer ia ae eta ncatlaale sletnoietahels ete cae apap. 34
4. On some new Fishes from the English Wealden and Purbeck Beds, referable to the Genera
Oligopleurus, Strobilodus, and Mesodon. By A. Smita Woopwanp, F.Z.S., of the
British Museum (Natural History): (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.) ....- ea eatelenlerels 346
May 6, 1890.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1890 ........ 304
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of an Antelope (Damalis senegalensis)
from Hast Africa ...... Sie nla 1a ptels\n/alel Sgmobay aida (ain c/s sie’ 6°: s/n, ave (ole! oye, in)s-€, 0S eee aera 354
Prof. G. B. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Hatteria showing
the “ pro-atlas” and vomerine teeth ..........ccccce cece cece cc cece coteeevcce +. OOF
Dr. Emin Pasha, C.M.Z.S. Letters from, concerning some Zoological Specimens forwarded
for the Society’s acceptance ....... Ara. Prooncnguceeamandb antici unec Re son on aie):
Mr. Henry Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Eastern Turtle.
Dove (Zurtur orientalis) shot near Scarborough ..........2+.++: Riceissinins ssteteieletale 361
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Contributions to our ar Rate ee
of the Antipatharian Cotalavielcrc.(acrrmeny. swt Dintdiotaveyeiers dots bie ole (setae eee . 361
1. Notes on the Wild Sheep and Mountain-Antelope of Algeria. By E.N. Buxton ...... 361
2. On a remarkable Antler from Asia Minor, By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.Z.8. (Plate XXX.) 363
3. On the Minute Structure of the Eye in some Shallow-Water and Deep-Sea Species of the .
Isopod Genus Arcturus. By ae E. Brpparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
(Elate MART) ty. sete othe fc eee font 0B
4, Note on the Bones of small Birds obtained by Se Sain Nation from below the Nitrate-
beds of Peru. By E. T. Newrox, F.G.S8., F.Z ehahaieaciotelonat reat oo ca camps a OLE
5, Note on Canine Dental Abnormalities. Dr. Sr. EA biswsda DBRS steiciciae ete Surtees - 376
6.
¥
On some new Moths from India. By H. J. Exwns, F.Z.S8. (Plates XXXII.-XXXIV.) . 378
May 20, 1890.
Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of photographs taken from animals in
the Society’s Gardens and in the Menagerie of Mr. Walter Rothschild .......-.... 401
Prof. Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of the nest of a Hornbill
( Toccus melanoleucus) in which the female was shown “ walled in”.......+ sesasiewiaie AOE
Rey. Canon Tristram, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Remarks on his recent visit to the rock of Zalmo in
thie Oariaries;. ap sent ws ciesiehoe eno: alee wisisys'010 \ejsps'e wie) vhs Aa VeReTUis Ss el peri =is ane «-- 402
J. On the reported Discovery of Dodo’s Bones ina Cavern in Mauritius. By Sir Hpwarp
WNwron, KOO:MiGS BG Sh O.MGAS, fe verse cos cweieeiee SOOO RIS 5 ace
2. On a new Toucan of the Genus Péeroglossus. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., F.R.S., Secretary
: to the Society als fal tia omc pivazetwo oma cis Decteieuts eeletBelrohls sete’: siege ateta ewes ehiiae
3. On the Remains of some large Extinct Birds from the Cavern-deposits of Malta. By
R. Lypexser, B.A., F.Z.S., &c. (Plates XXXV. & XXXVI.) .............22. Sore
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrappe
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
PE ee
Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Homenrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mawmats, Brrps, and Reprizes has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of Frsues
and of the Lower Aguaric Animats,, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Patron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALKS, K.G.
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President.
Lt.-Gey. Tur Lorp Asryerr, C.B. || Dr. Epwarp Hamrnron, Vice-
Dr. Joun Anpderson, LL.D., | President.
FE.BS. | Lx.-Gzn. Ste H. B. Lumsprn,
Witrram Bateson, Esa., M.A. wal eC HSE
Masor-Gen. Henry Crrrx,R.A., || Dr. Sr. Georce Mrvart, F.R.S.
F.R.S. Prorerssor ALYRED Newton, M.A.,
Henry E. Dresser, Esa. F.R.S. Vice-President.
Cuartes Drumonp, Ksa., Tue Lorp Artuur Rossetr.
Treasurer. Ospert Satvin, Esa, F.RS.,
Sir JosrpoH Farrer, K.C.S.L, Vice-President.
F.R.S., Vice-President. Puitie Lortey Scrarer, Ese.,
Joun P. Gasstor, Ese. M.A., Pa.D.,F.R.S., Secretary.
F. DuCane Gopman, Ese., F.R.S., || Heyry Serzonm, Esa.
Vice- President. Josep Travers Sura, Esa.
Cor. James A. Grant, C.B., |) Tue Lorp Watsineuam, F.R.S., |
C.8.1L, F.R.S. Vice-President.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o'clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frertow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.
3
Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets, each valid for the
admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday,
or Forty similar Tickets, each valid for the admission of one child
(under Twelve Years of age) any day of the week, including Sunday.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fexrtows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a Fectow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fx tows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1860, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1 (which includes
delivery in the United Kingdom), payable on the Ist July in each
year, but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid
before the Ist of December following.
Fettows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRansFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in onesum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
4
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persous who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.B.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
October 1st, 1890.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
1890-91.
18go.
Turspay, November 4and18 | ‘Tuxspay, Decemper 2
I8gI.
Turspay, January 6 and 20 Turspay, Aprin .. 7 and 21
x5 Fesruary 3 ,, 17 £3 MAY. seisneis 0
se Marcw’.) 3° 5° 17 + JUNE... 25 12) sere
The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o’clock in the Evening
precisely.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Warer-
HOUSE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.M.; on Saturdays to
2pm. It is closed in the month of September.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and
“ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured,
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller.
[ October, 1890. ]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public,
£ s. d. si >d.
Vol. I., contaiming 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6.. 418 0*
Vol. IL., vs Wah, 235s (oo —4L)i 4, 4. .0.°O. 5 6 6*
Vol. IIL., 5 635 Gs cane Cote) 3 8-3 411] O0*
Vol. IV., os Lite aD —Goh cos Oe Oh 8 2 6*
Vol. V., 53 Of, F ssn OR ce, Clcoe-00)) . 8 Oye) pat. 619 O
Vol. VI., 53 O92 5p lee S00-09) 6... D1, 5 0 ice Ibe
Vol. VIL., a5 13), ar wee LSs6o—72)-...: 10: 4 0>. 55 SISmomO
Vol: VIE seas ST nes ats lley/2/0 ) are unets e 1211 0
Vol. IX., 35 SO eee a STO-74) ass. 12 1) 6°. 16) 2) 0
Vol. X., OS LOss—79) ..4.7 10) 10) 3) 13) 7.
Index, VolsU:=Xiie dace ayeope sacle: (US383—79)) vues. 107 VO). 010 O
Vol. XI., containmg 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 12 16 O
Vol. XIL., SHLGD! #55) in, MLSSOSIO). 2.47 L698 2007, 7 4.0
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Fellows. Public.
Batter cee SoU Ho lc, AEA VOlesVOnnccuctasiarsiae iasuries <6 4s.6d. .. 6s.F
pelle Adee. id dba Bice Tend © cago inereny a 4s0 Gd... 0S
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
5 II. 1834. 4 4s. 6d. .. 6s. x X. 1842. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
i al: SRS eo ae nae re Sy Ke D848. rt, “dace eee
SD ALL |. eee Can Se ee Sey, ees! Reece
.Me687.: og lo taaiene ABR KTH TRB, 5, 0° Pag. GAMES Ge.
Wi) A838. i og, es sv Odd 6s. » XIV. 1846. 4, 4s. 6d. .. 6s.¢
> VAL...1839. f 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » «XV. 1847. ee 4s. 6d... 68.7
» WIE. 1840. ae 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. os 4s. 6d... 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to: Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Sie #£ s. d.
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. ........ 10 8 he Sg
< XVII. 1849. He MASAGG: 4) KEES ie se 1 0 8 ey) GT
» AXVIN. 1850. 5S LCA ee (Od Mo et Se eee Db a8 16 11s) OF
- XIX. 1851. me ASG eh at OS WN) Se 015 9 ay) a;
3 XX. 1852. Fes MBA Gibs. Tepe) eC OSE Meese so oar 015 9 Ta 07
‘3 XXI. 1853. i RCH OE PGI! 2b. 018 O | re: SUSE
» AXE. 1854. By BS OGHS Tisith ORL. «cee 019 6 he 6 0}
> MATE: 1858 re Ae06ds . ° 6 Gs cto tes Lent 6 118 OF
a XXIV. 1856, a 4s. 6d. Fag OS) oN ouee tO 8 Le Fa Gi;
+ XXV. 1857. 5 AsGds | 53, e908. eee oe le USS v7 Gi
» AAVI. 1858. sy AGO ok a2 we OShae Wot rceNae IS La 2 2n Or
» XXVIII. 1859. “ AGRO: fuk. 1OSs tes ststaumeteeis 1°21 6 2 2eor
» XXVIIE. 1860. AGG es “Gsee ee. Ll 6 2/925 OF
ndex'1848-1860. ., 48.6d. .. 6a,
* No perfect copies in stock. 7 Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. ublie. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
RSE AS80005 ie OSK.4 3 ers 9s; hare 2) ie) GaSe Ioana 458:
aes Ae atid a... HBSS), ae oe 9s. a UT Sas 338. 9ds 4... 45083
DGG. 45.00: | 20 6Sx aais be 9s. Bias USA... Cosa Ons seers
DSOSr 14s: Ga 2. R68. F205 9s. Ader EDS Be ALS: 538: 90. oh aS
Pater 4s.\6die. Ui. G8) Ades .s 9s, sti}. CaN2Ss wie. ae ooay GAs, |S 4be:
bSGGte: 42) Gds\: .. 66%. ..... 9s. Hote ZS sus ep ONS. CANE AS
Listy" 3 tee EP Eee eee 9s an Or: 33s. 9d. ..... 45s
LETTS) cota meen eee aon oe 9s We Bree oat. 33s. 9d. .... 45s
PAGO ie eet. lh aS, LS IS Sd 9s | OE Aa ae gas. 9d... . . 458
LSTA) hte, Sea ee a 9s We Beso aos. Id: +. . 45s
Index. 1861-1840. aces | actade As Gd ngs) 68:
2 fe Ree 9 AE I 9s. ia. deena «no AOS
BE eaten oiccreuc age’ ats in aysarets eesicies 9s. TDs: ISaOE. soe 1 S08 Sh
Viren teers ee oes orate ttertis 9s. Rogen 5 SOSH OG: «+ 0.0) 40851,
PSV Asirapites saved echo Rae | Waar 9s. 128.+ 36s. . 48s.
Meee A eV reed sxavbiald oer Betene Meda 9s. OL ea eae 36s . 488.7
et OME, ciahcia cM. 6 vusye steele 2 9s. 1 36s .. 48s.F
SU ape ica ts ccs) cee Boils secon eS wine 9s. 12s. 36s . 48s
NEVE NONE chert aicte do rach brah hint wrees 9s 12s. 36s 48s
PS foeethexstevane ta stan aielatskegale%, Nene o 9s | po, ale Oe 36s. 4&s.*
ESS Oier ke) See uMoeasnes aac 9s. 12s. 36s 48s.*
Index, 1S/I—1S8O) 2 22. ss ede 46.60.) ...35° (6s:
Paes Needy ct <i 5 ie hoi iio ‘ade a) Se tava Nero 9s. epee ees 36s. 48s.*
ROMS Altera, ssh cikeldintd aah eva Se 12s. 36s. 48s
CES A eS eRe Beco ort 9s. | aes 36s. 48s
Ree I Nav occas ovecaatntes ex olsw'ie & 9s: 2s). 2 36s. 48s
SMe Lets tee hearers tee tre On oe 2s. ©, 36s 48s.*
[NESTE 9s Att Re 0 2 0 ee 9s DOS ve 36s 48s.
TERT RE oe Se ene eon ee Fier 9s 12s; . 36s 48s.T
Me rstete Sak aig. d.s shin, cgctee eo alee <e 9s. 6, Sik DUPRE faa ara SOS inane AOS:
SS eters Ae icva cis acne tev alre 9s. Set eae at ec shOUss Renee Cm
regOspart Gane & Heb: >." Qs.3d. ss OS. oes 9s. ees
SIO. 62) (Lar. SocAmprs i. Ba Saet le See aah Sete ee 9s. See LTD s
TB90Wee, oo (lade June)! 3/0 2s38- 228 O92 Yactares 9s. Hata los:
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. fd.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d..
4
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8yo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) 1887. Cloth, 8vo. Price 4s.
Tue Zootocicat Record.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFFice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
Mintern Bros. imp
1890. ] THE STRUCTURE OF PSOPHIA. 341
The most central form I believe to be Grus, i. e. the family Gruidze
(including Aramus). To unite this family with the Limicole in a
group Pluviales, as Prof. Garrod’ and Mr. Forbes” have done, seems
to me to be an ignoring of some of the obvious cranial characters
of the Gruide.
Ido not propose to say much about hinochetus and Eurypyga
now, as I am waiting an opportunity of completing my notes upon
the anatomy of these two forms. In the meantime, however, I
regard them as closely allied, and as having been given off from
the Crane stock shortly after one branch of this had begun to
develop in the direction of the Limicole.
In the Cranes the omentum is well developed, while it is less
developed in the Limicole and is hardly recognizable in the Rallide,
Psophia, and Cariama. If any stress may be laid upon this
character, it would indicate the low position of the Gruide.
3. On new or little-known Birds from South-eastern China.
By Henry Sersoum, F.Z.S8.
[Received April 11, 1890.]
(Plate XXVIL.)
Through the kindness of my old friend and travelling companion
in Finnmark, Professor Collett, of the Zoological Museum of
Christiania University, I have had an opportunity of examining a
large collection of birds, comprising examples of 182 species, from
North Fokien in South-eastern China. Most of the examples were
procured by Herr Baun at Puching, up amongst the hills, but some
of them were obtained at Fvo-chow on the coast.
When it is remembered what large numbers of birds were collected
by Swinhoe in South Fokien, it is surprising that amongst the birds
of North Fokien examples of so many interesting species as are
enumerated in the following list have been procured.
XANTHOPYGIA CYANOMELENA.
Herr Baun has sent a female collected at Puching on the 28th
of April, which agrees exactly with females of this species from
China in the Swinhoe collection, and from Japan in the Pryer
collection. It also agrees with the plate in the ‘Fauna Japonica’ of
Muscicapa gularis.
XANTHOPYGIA NARCISSINA.
Herr Baun has sent examples of this species collected at Puching
1 “ On certain Muscles of Birds.—Pt. II.,” P. Z. 8. 1874, p.117. The wide
separation of the Rallide &c. from the Cranes appears to me to be one of the
most striking signs of artificiality in Garrod’s scheme.
2 “ Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Jaganas (Parride),”
P.Z.8.1881, p. 639 ; “ Forbes’s Final Idea as to the Classification of Birds,’ Ibis,
1884, p. 119. In associating together all the birds treated of in the present
paper as a group Charadriornithes, Fiirbringer exactly expresses my own opinion.
This also is the position taken up by Mx. Seebohm (Ibis, 1889, p. 415).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXIV. 24
342 MR. H. SEEBOHM ON BIRDS [Apr. 15,
on the 27th of April and the 1st of May, and there is a fine series
in the Pryer collection from Japan. The females agree with the
plate in the ‘Fauna Japonica’ of Muscicapa hylocharis, which appears
to me to have been erroneously identified with Xanthopygia tricolor
(Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. iv. p. 250). The latter species is
not represented in the Pryer collection from Japan, nor is it included
in the ‘Fauna Japonica ;’ consequently the adult male (stuffed) in
the British Museum, labelled “‘ Japan, Leyden Museum,” must be
regarded with suspicion, and is probably a Chinese example. There
is no satisfactory evidence that X. tricolor has ever occurred in
Japan, whilst X. zarcissina is a common bird there.
HeEmIxvs CANIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVII.)
Hemixus dorso castaneo, alis cinereo marginatis.
In the sixth voulme of the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum
seven Bulbuls are placed in the genus Hemirus. A Bulbul collected
by Herr Baun near Foo-chow appears to be perfectly distinct from
all of them, having the ashy-grey margins to the outer webs of the
quills, which are characteristic of Hemizus cinereus from Sumatra
and Malacca, combined with the chestnut-brown back, which has
hitherto been regarded as diagnostic of Hemixus castanonotus, from
Hainan. A
The Foo-chow species further differs from its Hainan ally in being
slightly larger (total length 83 inches, culmen ‘85, wing 4°1, tail 3°8,
tarsus *75); in having the axillaries and under wing-coverts white,
with no stains of yellow; and the breast and flanks grey, with no
brown on the former, and no olive on the latter ; and in having the
wings and tail-feathers dark grey instead of brown.
There can be little doubt that this is the species which was
met with by Mons. de la Touche near Foo-chow (Styan, Ibis, 1887,
p. 224).
IoLe Hoxtr (Swinhoe), Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. vi. p. 61.
Iole dorso brunneo, guldé cinerea albo striata.
Swinhoe’s Bulbui has hitherto only been known from the type
specimen in the Swinhoe collection from the Pih-ling hills near Foo-
chow, and from an example in the Leyden Museum from Hing-yang
(Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, p. 409). The occurrence of a third example
collected by Herr Baun at Puching on the 10th of May is conse-
quently very interesting. It appears to be a good species.
It was originally described as Hypsipetes holtii (Swinhoe, Ibis,
1871, p. 266), but was afterwards wrongly identified by its discoverer
with Hypsipetes maclellandi (Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871,
p- 369).
PoMATORHINUS SWINHOEI, David, Ann. Se. Nat. xix. Art. 9
(1874).
Pomatorhinus pectore nigro striato, tibiis cinereis, superciliis
minime albis.
Herr Baun obtained an example of this fine species of Scimitar
teh
1890.] FROM SOUTH-EASTERN CHINA. 343
Babbler at Ching-fung, in North Fokien, on the 13th of October.
It is most nearly allied to Pomatorhinus erythrocnemis, from Formosa,
which it resembles in its dimensions, but from which it differs in
the following particulars :—the crown is brown rather than grey ;
the back is chestnut-red rather than chestnut-brown ; the breast and
belly are pale slate-grey in the centre, and dark slate-grey on the
sides, instead of dull white in the centre, and chestnut-brown on the
sides ; whilst the thighs are almost entirely slate-grey, instead of
chestnut and brown.
AuciprE nvetI, David, Ann. Se. Nat. xix. Art. 9 (1874).
Alcippe annulo ophthalmico albo ; hypochondriis brunneis ; pileo
cinereo.
Two examples collected by Herr Baun, one on the 14th of
November at Puching, and the other on the 28th of October at
Kien-ning, appear to be distinct from Alcippe morrisoni from Formosa,
and still more so from Alcippe nipalensis from the Eastern
Himalayas. The Fokien species agrees with them in having a
conspicuous ring of white feathers round the eye, but differs from
both in the colour of the crown and nape, which is slate-grey without
any tinge of brown. The lores also differ in having no white
bases to the feathers. On the underparts it agrees with the
Formosan species in having the throat suffused with grey instead
of buff, and with the Himalayan species in having the flanks and
under tail-coverts suffused with olive-brown instead of sandy buff.
The male measures 2°55 inches in length of wing, and 2°4 in length
of tail; but the female is smaller, measuring only 2°45 inches in
length of wing, and 2°15 in length of tail. In both sexes the culmen
measures *5 and the tarsus °9.
The Abbé David appears to have been fully justified in describing
the Fokien bird as a distinct species; though he was subsequently
induced to identify it with Alcippe nipalensis (David et Oustalet,
Ois. Chine, p. 218), and still more recently other ornithologists have
identified it with Alcippe morrisoni (Styan, Ibis, 1887, p. 222).
LIoTHRIX LUTEA.
Liothrix pileo olivaceo, caudé valde furcatd.
Two examples of the Red-billed Hill-Tit procured by Herr Baun
at Puching, one in May and the other in November, differ from
Himalayan examples in various particulars, and cannot be regarded
as of the same species. The specific term duéea must be retained
for the Chinese species, having been originally applied to examples
from Nankin (Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 96), whilst
that of calipyga (Hodgson, Indian Review, 1838, p. 88) will
probably be recognized as the name of the Indian species. The
Chinese species has a much more forked tail, the outer feathers
being 35 inch longer than the central feathers, instead of only -15
inch. The red patch on the wing is almo-t as rich, whilst the red
on the outer webs of the two innermost primaries is almost as pale
as in Liothrix argentauris. The tertials of the Chinese species are
24*
344 MR. H. SEEBOHM ON BIRDS [Apr. 15,
slaty green, like those of Liothria argentauris, instead of being
rufous green, and the general colour of the upper parts is of a bluer
green than in Liothria calipyga.
PARADOXORNIS GUTTATICOLLIS, David, Nouv. Archives, 1871,
Bull. p. 14.
Paradoxornis pileo rufo, guld alba nigro sagittata.
Herr Baun obtained an example of this curious bird at Ching-
fung on the 13th of October. It measures 3°6 inches in length of
wing, and 4:7 inches in length of tail. The type of Paradoxornis
austeni (Gould, Birds of Asia, iii. pl. 73) is a smaller bird, measuring
only 3-1 inches in length of wing, and 3°2 in length of tail, and has
all the appearance of being in immature plumage. There is a fine
series in the Hume collection which agree in dimensions with the
Chinese examples, so that there can be little doubt of the absolute
identity of the Himalayan and Chinese birds.
SuTHoRA BULOMACHUS, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p. 300.
This species has hitherto been supposed to be peculiar to the
island of Formosa, but Herr Baun has sent two examples collected
at Puching (one in February and the other in May), which are very
conspicuously streaked on the throat, and in the richness of the
chestnut on the crown are intermediate between the types of
Suthora bulomachus and Suthora suffusa, both of which are in the
Swinhoe collection.
LANIUS BUCEPHALUS.
Herr Baun has sent two examples of this Shrike collected at
Puching, one in September and the other in December.
PaRus VENUSTULUS, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 133.
Herr Baun has sent two examples of this rare Tit from Puching,
collected on the 15th and 16th of November. One of them agrees
with the type in the Swinhoe collection, but the other is very
different. The blue-black on the head, neck, back, wing-coverts, and
tertials is replaced by olive-green, and the white on the nape is
suffused with yellow. It is probably a bird of the year.
SITTA C2SIA SINENSIS.
Two Nuthatches collected by Herr Baun at Puching, one in
March and the other in April, only differ in size, and that very
slightly, from examples from South Europe. They measure 2°95
inches in length of wing from carpal joint.
The variations of colour in the races of the Common Nuthatch
appear to be climatic, and correspond to a remarkable degree with the
July isothermal lines of mean temperature. Nuthatches moult only
once in the year, and July is probably the month when most of the
new feathers are formed. The Kamtschatkan raee is the palest, as
it is of the various climatic races of Parus palustris, Pyrrhula vulgaris,
Pica caudata, &e. It moults in a mean temperature of 54° to 58°;
1890. ] FROM SOUTH-EASTERN CHINA. 345
the Central Siberian race enjoys a mean temperature at that season
of 58° to 62°. The Western race in the Baltic Provinces, and the
Eastern race in the valley of the Amoor, which are scarcely distin-
gishable, moult in a mean temperature of 63° to 70°, whilst the dark
race in South Europe and its prototype in China enjoy a mean
temperature of 75° to 80° during the moulting-season.
CoccoTHRAUSTES PERSONATUS.
Herr Baun obtained this species at Puching in April.
SCOPS GLABRIPES.
Herr Baun obtained an example at Puching in December. This is
doubtless the species obtained by Mons. de la Touche near Foo-chow
(Styan, Ibis, 1887, p. 230) and regarded as Scops elegans. I only
know of the existence of five examples of the latter species. The
type is in the Philadelphia Museum ; the second example is in the
British Museum (and was erroneously described in the Catalogue,
vol. ii. p. 56, as Seops japonicus) ; the third is in the Educational
Museum of Tokio; the fourth is the Pryer collection; and the fifth
in the Smithsonian Institution at Washington.
MicrouwierRAxX MELANOLEUCUS, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
xii. pt. 1. p. 179.
An example of this beautiful little Hawk was collected by Herr
Baun at Shinkow in North Fokien on the 9th of October. It
resembles four examples in the British Mnseum from Eastern Assam.
Two other examples in the National collection differ in having more
or less white at the back of the neck. Three examples collected by
Abbé David in the province of Kiang-si and one obtained by Monsieur
Heude near Nankin are described as ‘“‘avec une tache blanche au haut
du dos,” and on the faith of this character have been regarded as
a distinct species under the name of MJicroheriax chinensis (David,
Bull. Soc. Philom. sér. 6, xii. p. 18). The validity of this species
must be regarded as very doubtful.
CHaRADRIUS PLACIDUS.
This species winters at Puching.
On examining a large collection of birds from a definite locality
hike the province of Fokien, and comparing them with an equally
important collection of birds from Japan, it is impossible not to be
surprised at the difference in their general character. In both collec-
tions there are many Paleearctic species which are winter visitors, but
when these are eliminated it is found that the species breeding in
South China and Formosa are for the most part Oriental, whilst those
breeding in North China and Japan are mostly Palearctic. Possibly
the best boundary between the two Regions in China, so far as birds
are concerned, may be the watershed between the valley of the Hoang-
To and the valley of the Yang-tze-Kiang.
346 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON NEw FisHeES [Apr. 15,
4. On some new Fishes from the English Wealden and
Purbeck Beds, referable to the Genera Oligopleurus,
Strobilodus, and Mesodon. By A. Smita Woopwarp,
F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History).
[Received March 18, 1890.]
(Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.)
The list of genera and species of Upper Mesozoic fishes met with
in the English Purbeck and Wealden beds is already somewhat
extensive, many contributions to the subject having been made by
Agassiz and Egerton. There still remain, however, several unde-
scribed species well represented in collections ; and a few of these
in the British Museum, referable to the three genera enumerated
above, form the subject of the following notes. Researches already
published have indicated a close comnection between the fish-fauna of
the English Purbeck beds and that of the Upper Jurassic Litho-
graphic Stones of France, Bavaria, and Wiirtemberg; and the new
forms now described tend to demonstrate that alliance even more
clearly. The British fossil remains of Oligopleurus are also worthy
of special note, apart from questions of distribution ; for their com-
paratively satisfactory state of preservation adds much to our know-
ledge of the osteology of this genus, which has hitherto been only
imperfectly elucidated.
Genus OLIGOPLEURUS.
[V. Thiolliére, Poissons Fossiles du Bugey, pt. ii. 1873, p. 21.]
OLIGOPLEURUS VECTENSIs, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 1-4,
Plate XXIX. figs. 1, 2.)
The specimen to be regarded as the type of this species is a large
laterally compressed skull and mandible from the Wealden of the Isle
of Wight (Brit. Mus. no. 42013), shown, of one half the natural
size, in Plate XXVIII. fig. 1. A group of scattered head- and
opercular bones, with a series of vertebral centra of an equally large
individual, from the same formation and locality (B.M., no. 42014),
exhibit some further osteological details. Moreover, the characters
of the mandibular symphysis, gill-rakers, and a single vertebral
centrum in the first-mentioned fossil show that an imperfect speci-
men from the Purbeck beds, erroneously determined by Agassiz as
Lepidotus minor’, must be assigned to the same form ; and this
discovery leads to the identification of other Purbeckian fragments of
the axial skeleton, which elucidate additional features of some
interest and taxonomic importance.
Skull, Mandible, and Opercular Apparatus.—The type specimen is
much crushed and broken, but, as shown by the figure( Plate XX VIII.
fig. 1), several of the elements are distinguishable and well preserved.
* Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. i. (1844). p. 269, pl. xxix. ¢, fig. 12.
P.Z.5.1890.Plate XXVIII
G.M.Woodward, del.et lith.
West,Newman. imp.
1-4. Ohgopleurus vectensis.
7 Do. Mesodon daviesi.
‘stsueyoeqund SUP OTIGOUyG 'D
(s1su9}034)) sndne[do3i9 '¢ ‘“sIsus}09A snanedo8io -¢ J
* . +
dust wreumeanyysayy “UHL I TEP PTEMpooA WH
®¥"1d O68L'S Zd
1890. ] FROM THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK BEDS. 347
The head is of triangular shape, much laterally compressed, and
measures about 0°18 in length by 0°16 in maximum depth at the
occiput. The cranial roof is broadest at the occipital border, gently
arched from side to side, and produced sufficieutly downwards be-
hind the eye to form a considerable portion of the posterior border
of the orbital space; there is a longitudinal median depression
attaining its maximum depth and greatest breadth immediately
behind the interorbital region and gradually becoming shallower in
front and behind; while none of the bones appear to have been
ornamented, the only superficial markings being radiating ruge and
ridges, evidently due to the ordinary processes of growth. No details
of the cranial osteology can be deciphered ; but it is clear that there
was originally no ossified interorbital septum, and there is a frag-
ment of the parasphenoid ( pas.) in position, which shows that this
bone was narrow in the middle region of the skull. In the mandi-
bular suspensorium, the hyomandibular (hm.) is conspicuous, but its
inferior portion and connections are unfortunately destroyed ; the
upper part of the bone is triangular in form, much expanded and
laterally compressed, and at the median constriction the direction of
compression becomes antero-posterior. Of the means of connection
between this element and the quadrate, nothing can be discerned ;
but the latter bone is well shown, in position, with its condyle
adjoining the socket of the articular element of the mandible. The
quadrate (qu.) is triangular in shape, thinning out at its notched
superior border,—the hinder margin being thickened, gently arched,
turned outwards, and continued upwardsas a long slender process ;
while the articular condyle is somewhat constricted from the main
part of the bone, and has a robust, inwardly-directed process arising
from its base. The last-named process is only distinguishable on the
left side of the fossil, but is there prominent and not readily
explained. Of the pterygo-palatine arcade, three elements are seen
from their outer lateral aspect. The metapterygoid (mpt.) is nearly
as deep as long, triangular, with a thickened superior border and
attenuated postero-lateral and antero-lateral margins; it is gently
bent, being outwardly concave behind and outwardly convex in front.
The entopterygoid (enpt.) is broadest posteriorly, much elongated,
with a nearly straight outer inferior border and an irregularly curved
inner superior border, these gradually converging to a rounded apex
in front ; the bony lamina is placed more nearly in a horizontal than
in a vertical position, is sharply curved downwards at its postero-
lateral angle, and appears concave when viewed from the outer
aspect above. The ectopterygoid (ecpt.) is a long, narrow, lamelli-
form bone, apposed to the outer border of the entopterygoid, and
apparently extending somewhat in advance of this; but its exact
form and proportions cannot be discerned. The premazilla (pmz.) was
evidently small, but only an imperfect fragment remains. The
macilla (mx.) is a long, narrow, laterally compressed, and gently
arched bone, of almost uniform depth, except in its anterior third,
which gradually contracts and ends in a stout, inwardly directed
process ; the oral border is convex, and the hinder two-thirds of the
348 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON NEW FISHES [Apr. 15,
superior border exhibit a deep, narrow depression overlapped by two
supra-maaillary bones (smax.). Of the latter the hindermost is
irregularly triangular, pointed behind, deepest in front, with a sharp
re-entering angle on the anterior border, and a long antero-superior
process ; the second elenient is also triangular, but much elongated,
its narrow base fitting into the re-entering angle just mentioned, and
its tapering apex directed forwards. In the mandible, the articular
bone (ar.) is laterally compressed, abruptly truncated behind, narrow
beneath the socket for the condyle, and much expanded forwards in
the form of an elevated triangular plate. The dentary (d.) is long,
thin and deep, abruptly truncated at the symphysis, but too much
crushed to exhibit all the details of form. The mandibular suspen-
sorium is somewhat inclined forwards, and the dentary symphysis
evidently projects in advance of the premaxille. Of cheek-plates
and circumorbitals almost all traces are lost, but fragments of a thin
lamina of bone, above and exterior to the metapterygoid, may
probably be assigned to this category; they are marked by somewhat
radiating ridges. Of the hyoid arch and its appendages, the right
ceratohyal, with the distal end of the epihyal in position, is exhibited
in the small Purbeck fossil described by Agassiz, and there seems to
be evidence of small, slender, widely spaced branchiostegal rays. The
operculum and suboperculum are not distinctly recognizable in any
specimen ; but the preoperculum (Plate XXIX. fig. 2) is a charac-
teristic element. This bone is of considerable size, narrow aud
deep, with a broad, much thickened anterior border ; its lower limb
is relatively large, meeting the upper limb in a sharp angulation ; and
the hinder expansion of the upper limb is almost smooth, while that
of the lower limb is separated from this by a transverse ridge and is
itself marked by three or four rounded, parallel, or somewhat
divergent ridges.
Dentition.—The oral margin of the maxilla is thickened, rounded,
and regularly reticulated in such a manner as to suggest the original
presence of a uniform cluster of very small teeth. None of these
are preserved ; and the teeth of the mandible are also not shown, its
dentigerous border being obscured by pyritous matrix and the over-
lap of the maxille. In the small Purbeck fossil, however, the
symphysial end of the right dentary is well exhibited (Plate XXIX.
fig. 1). Here are preserved a few small, stout, conical teeth, which
seem to have formed part of an irregular spaced series, around and
between which were still more minute teeth.
Branchial Arches.—In the postero-inferior region of the type speci-
men, a short vertical series of small, horizontally directed, thick rods
is conspicuous (g.r.), though very imperfectly preserved; and the
appearance of these fragments is at first suggestive of the base of a
powerful pectoral fin. The supposed Lepidotus minor of Agassiz,
however, explains that the structures in question are referable to the
branchial apparatus ; and in the last-mentioned fossil one of the
arches is tolerably well displayed from the outer aspect (Plate
XXVIII. fig. 2). A most singular feature is thus made known, the
arch being provided with a close series of enormous bony gill-
1890. ] FROM THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK BEDS. 349
takers (the fragmentary rods of the type specimen), each of these
being smooth and elongated, with a slight constriction immediately
above its base, and tapering to a point distally.
Vertebral Column.—A single centrum attached to the occipital
portion of the type specimen (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1 a) shows that
the vertebrae were completely ossified, while the second Wealden fossil
and some of the Purbeckian specimens reveal the principal characters
of the anterior part of the vertebral column. The centra are narrow
and distinctly amphiccelous, much deeper than broad, and marked
on the sides by fine transverse striations extending between a thick-
ened rim anteriorly and posteriorly ; a pair of deep pits on the upper
aspect accommodates the neural arch, and there is a similar pair of
pits on the ventral aspect for the insertion of a hemal arch. The
only traces of attached peripheral elements on the sides of the centra
consist in a small, faint, rounded pit or rugosity on four or five of the
anterior vertebr in the so-called Zepidotus, which may have sup-
ported an intermuscular bone. The first vertebral centrum, articulat-
ing with the basioccipital, is composed of two thin dises fused together
(Plate XXVIII. fig. 3), but the others are all simple, each bearing its
own arch. The neural spines (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4) are long and
slender, fixed to delicate, low arches, with prominent zygapophyses ;
and if the fossil that best displays these structures gives equally
reliable indications of the hzemal elements, the latter have the form
of very feebly developed ribs. ‘Two long curved bones in the second
of the large Wealden specimens are also at first sight suggestive of
ribs, and seem to indicate a greater development of these structures
than is here shown; but the elements in question are not certainly
determinable and may be branchiostegal rays.
Generic and Specific Determination —That the fossils now de-
scribed pertain to the genus Oligopleurus seems evident from the
form and proportions of the jaws and dentition, the characters of
the vertebral centra, and the slight development of the neural and
heemal arches. The absence of scales is explained by their extreme
tenuity in the fish of the Lithographic Stone, and the coarse nature
of the matrix in which the new Wealden and Purbeck specimens
occur.
These fossils, however, scarcely suffice for a specific determination,
and unless the small immature individual from the Purbeck beds,
shown, of slightly reduced size, in Plate XXIX. fig. 3, be the young
of the form under consideration, no precise diagnosis can as yet be
attempted. That the larger fossils now described represent a
distinct species from the typical O. esocinus, seems to be indicated
by the narrowness and greater relative depth of the anterior vertebree
in the English specimens; and they may thus be provisionally
named O. vectensis, from the discovery of the first and best-preserved
fossil in the Isle of Wight. If, however, the small fish just referred
to prove to be truly referable to the same species, it will readily be
distinguished by its much more slender proportions—the depth of
the trunk at the position of the pectoral arch being comprised nearly
seven times in the total length, whereas in O. esocinus the same
350 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON NEW FisHeEsS_ [Apr. 15,
measurement is coutained scarcely six times in the total length. The
caudal pedicle is also much less robust in this immature Purbeckian
fish than in the typical species from the French Lithographic Stone.
Genus STROBILODUS.
[A. Wagner, Abh. k.-bay. Akad. Wiss., Cl. ii. Bd. vi. 1851, p. 75.]
STROBILODUS PURBECKENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4.)
A single example of the head and pectoral arch, with a portion of
the abdominal region, exposed from the right lateral aspect, indicates
the occurrence of a small species of Strodilodus in the Purbeck beds of
Swanage. The specimen is shown of the natural size in Plate XXIX.
fig. 4, and is unfortunately too much crushed to exhibit many details
of its osteology. It adds, however, a few new points to previous
observations on the genus.
Head and Opercular Apparatus—The head must have been
originally somewhat compressed from side to side, longer than deep,
and with a pointed snout. The cranium is narrow and elongated,
with a well-developed parasphenoid (pas.); and the cranial roof
exhibits no ornamentation, being only sparsely pitted. The pre-
maxilla (pmez.) is evidently short, though much broken, and the
maailla (mx.) is relatively long and narrow. This element is robust
and has a somewhat wavy dentigerous border, its anterior two thirds
forming a gentle convexity, this passing backwards into a short
concavity, and becoming convex again at the hinder end. The
mandible (md.) is also long and narrow, deepest at its articulation,
and gradually tapering to its pointed extremity. The mandibular
suspensorium is very oblique, but its elements are obscured by thin
postorbital membrane bones, which seem to have attained consider-
able proportions and are externally unornamented. The branchial
arches and pectoral arch are also covered by the crushed remains of
the opercular bones, which likewise exhibit a smooth outer surface.
The preoperculum (p.op.)is long, narrow, and gently curved, without
a distinct inferior limb.
Dentition.—A single series of teeth, of large size and well spaced,
occupies the whole of the margin of the mouth above and below.
Each tooth is fused with the supporting bone, hasa large pulp-cavity,
is somewhat tumid at its base, and ends upwards in a long, slender,
tapering apex; there is also a characteristic median longitudinal
depression on the outer aspect of the tumid base of all the principal
teeth. The teeth vary somewhat in size, those of the maxilla being
largest in the middle of the great convexity, smailest in the concavity,
and relatively long, slender, and closely arranged on the hinder
convexity. In the mandible, the largest examples are in the middle
of the ramus. There are not less than twenty-eight teeth in the
upper jaw and twenty in the lower.
Vertebral Column.—The remains of the vertebree (v.) are seen in
the form of narrow, though robust rings, either complete or nearly
so, somewhat angulated, and apparently with slight tuberosities for
1890. ] FROM THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK BEDS. 351
the support of the hemal arches. There are also long slender ribs
and neural spines.
Appendicular Skeleton.—The basal portion of the pectoral fin (p.)
consists of stout unarticulated rays, not less than fifteen in number ;
but the distal part of the appendage is unfortunately wanting.
Scales.—There is distinct evidence of a well-developed squamation.
The scales are thin, ganoid, and smooth externally, and appear as if
deeply overlapping.
Generic and Specific Determination.—The principal characters of
the fossil thus described show that it pertains either to Caturus or
Strobilodus; and, as remarked by von Zittel, the known differences
between these two types are so slight that it is probable the latter
must only be regarded as a subgenus of the former. Since, however,
the obliquity of the mandibular suspeusorium is greater and the ossifi-
cation of the vertebree apparently more advanced than in the typical
species of Caturus, while the teeth exhibit bases as tumid and as
much indented externally as those of the typical Strobilodus, it seems
advisable to adopt the latter name for the Purbeckian fossil, whatever
its value may eventually prove to be.
Of this genus, S. gigas, from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria *,
and S. suchoides, from the Kimmeridge Clay of Norfolk *, are the
only two recognized species ; and the new fossil is distinguished from
both by attaining scarcely half the size, by the relative narrowness
of the maxilla and mandible, the slenderness of the apical portion
of the principal teeth, and the extreme elongation of the hindermost
maxillary teeth. It may thus be regarded as indicating a hitherto
unrecognized species, to be named S. purbeckensis, from its occurrence
in the Purbeck beds, which constitute the highest horizon as yet
known to yield remains of the genus in question.
Genus Mesopon.
[A. Wagner, Abh.k.-bay. Akad. Wiss., Cl. ii. Bd. vi. 1851, p. 56.]
MESODON DAvIESI, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.)
A typical member of the Pycnodont genus Mesodon, from the
Purbeck beds of Swanage, is indicated not only by the well-preserved
fish shown in Plate XXVIII. fig. 5, but also by the head and anterior
abdominal region of another individual, which may possibly pertain
to a distinct species. The total length of the complete specimen is
0-225, the figure being thus one half of the natural size. The fish
is round and short, the maximum depth of the trunk immediately in
advance of the dorsal fin being somewhat less than the length of the
head and trunk to the base of the caudal fin; while the head and
opercular apparatus are contained nearly five times in the total length
(including the caudal fin).
Head and Opercular Apparatus.—The bones of the head are
much crushed and obscurely defined, the majority being partly broken
away, and some only displaying the fibrous inner aspect. The skull
1 A. Wagner, tom. cit. p. 75, pl. ii.
> Thlattodus suchoides, RB. Owen, Geol. Mag. vol. iii. (1866), p. 55, pl. iii.
352 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON NEw FisHEs_ [Apr. 15,
and mandible together are more than twice as deep as broad, and, as
usual in the genus, the facial profile below the frontal angulation is
vertical. The operculum (op.) is small, having a coarse, radiating,
fibrous appearance, possibly not merely superficial, but textural ;
it is irregularly triangular in shape, its depth being at least twice
as great as its maximum breadth, and the postero-inferior angle
apparently well-rounded.
Dentition—The jaws and teeth are so much crushed as not to be
readily determinable ; but the principal teeth are not more than
twice as broad as long, while the others are of considerable relative
size and round. Appearances are also suggestive of there being only
two outer series of teeth in the mandible‘.
Vertebral Axis.—There is the ordinary vacant space denoting a
persistent notochord, and the small expansions of the bases of the
neural and hzemal arches are partly seen. There are not less than
13 segments in the abdominal region, and 20 in the caudal, these
exhibiting the usual form and proportions.
Appendicular Skeleton—To the remains of the pectoral arch
behind is fixed a large expanded fin, situated well upon the side of
the fish. It consists of numerous broad delicate rays, doubtless
closely articulated, and very divergent distally. The ventral margin
that would support the pelvic fins is broken away; but the median
fins are well preserved, except the distal portion of the anal. Their
rays, like those of the pectoral, are broad, closely articulated from a
point near the base, somewhat spaced, and branching distally. The
dorsal fin arises at the middle point of the trunk, and comprises 39
rays, of which the fifth or sixth is probably the longest, its length
being nearly half that of the base-line of the fin. The anal fin
comprises about 30 rays, is somewhat more than three-quarters as
long as the dorsal, arising behind the latter, but terminating at the
same point quite at the end of the caudal pedicle. The caudal fin
has a narrow base, and its rays are most slender and clustered at the
dorsal and ventral borders; the median rays are sparser and more
robust, but scarcely extend further back than the lateral rays, thus
imparting to the fin a truncated, rather than a rounded form.
Scales.—The thickened ribs of about fifteen vertical series of
scales are observed in the abdominal region, the hindermost pro-
ceeding from a point slightly in advance of the dorsal fin and meeting
the origin of the anal. There are also traces of the serrated dorsal
and ventral ridge-scales, but these seem to have been small.
Generic and Specific Determination.—The form and proportions
of the head, caudal pedicle, and caudal fin demonstrate that the
fish now described is truly referable to Mesodon; and it is one of
the most complete examples of the genus hitherto made known.
The circumstance that so few details are forthcoming as to the
? In the imperfect specimen mentioned above (p. 351) there are distinctly
only two series of teeth external to the principal row in the mandible ; but the
present writer is inclined to doubt the specific identity of this fossil with the
fine specimen now described, its principal Jower teeth being broader in pro-
portion to their length and the outer teeth relatively smaller.
1890.] FROM THE WEALDEN AND PURBECK BEDs. 353
characters of the teeth is somewhat unfortunate, and this important
information must be supplied before the species can be regarded as
completely defined. The characters enumerated above, however,
are at once sufficient to exclude from comparison all known species
except the typical W. macropterus, from the Lithographic Stone ;
and, as shown by a nearly complete specimen of the last-named form
in the British Museum (no. P. 5546), it is distinguished from the
Purbeck fossil by the maximum depth of the trunk being equal to
the combined length of the head and trunk, while the head and
opercular apparatus together occupy not less than one quarter of the
total length of the fish. It is thus evident that we are concerned
with a new species; and, the generic relationships of the fossil
having been first recognized by Mr. William Davies (in the Brit.
Mus. Register), the name of Mesodon daviesi seems appropriate,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Oligoplewrus vectensis, sp. nov. ; head, lateral aspect, one half natural
size. Wealden; Isle of Wight. [B.M., no. 42013.]
ar, articular. d., dentary. ecpt., ectopterygoid. enpt., entoptery-
goid. g.7., gill-rakers. hm., hyomandibular. mpt., metapterygoid.
me., maxilla. pas., parasphenoid. pm«., premaxilla. qu., quadrate.
smx,, supramaxillaries.
1a. Vertebral centrum, posterior and lateral aspects.
. Ditto; branchial arch and gill-rakers, outer aspect. Middle Purbeck
beds, Swanage. [B.M., no. P. 4219.]
. Ditto ; first vertebral centrum of same specimen, right lateral aspect.
. Ditto; vertebra, lateral aspect. Jbid. [B.M., no. P. 1121.]
. Mesodon daviesi, sp. nov. ; lateral aspect of fish, one half natural size.
Ibid. [B.M., no. 41387.]
op., operculum.
bo
Supp Co
Pirate XXIX.
Fig. 1. Oligopleurus vectensis, sp. noy.; anterior portion of dentary bone,
lateral aspect. Middle Purbeck beds, Swanage. [B.M., no. P. 4719. |
la. Tooth, enlarged four times.
2. Ditto; preoperculum, two thirds natural size. bid. [ University Col-
lege, Bristol.]
3. Oligopleurus (? immature vectensis) ; lateral aspect of fish, nearly natural
size. Ibid. [B.M., no. 40423.]
md., mandible. mtp., metapterygoid. op., operculum. p.Op., pre-
operculum. pas., parasphenoid. guw., quadrate.
4. Strobilodus purbeckensis, sp. noy.; head, &c., lateral aspect. Ibid.
[B.M., no. 46911.]
cl., clavicle. mz., maxilla. pmz., premaxilla. p., pectoral fin.
v., vertebrae. Other letters as before.
B.M.=British Museum, Unless otherwise stated the figs, are of the natural
size.
354 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON DAMALIS SENEGALENSIS. [May 6,
May 6, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1890 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April was 104, of which 36 were by
presentation, 3 by birth, 46 by purchase, 1 was received in exchange,
and 18o0n deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 71.
Amongst the additions special attention may be called to:—
Two specimens of Simony’s Lizard (Lacerta simonyi) from the
lonely rock of Zalmo, near the island of Ferro, Canaries. This is a
rare Lizard lately described by Dr. Steindachner (Anz. k. Ak. Wiss.
Wien, 1889, p. 260), and only known from this spot, where it is
said to subsist on crabs. These specimens were obtained by Canon
Tristram, F.R.S., during his recent visit to the Canaries, and were
presented to the Society by Lord Lilford.
Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks upon the stuffed head of
an Antelope, sent to him for identification by Mrs. Montgomerie, of
Hunston House, Ware, Herts.
The specimen had heen shot by Commander R. A. J. Mont-
gomerie, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Boadicea,’ on or about the 16th June,
1889, when on a shooting-excursion about four days inland from
Malimdi, on the East-African coast, north of Zanzibar. It was
observed, along with several others like it, amongst a herd of
Zebras.
Mr. Sclater referred this head to what is commonly called the
Korrigum Antelope (Damalis senegalensis), and made the following
remarks :—
The Korrigum is a fine and conspicuous Antelope, well figured in
the ‘Knowsley Menagerie’ (tab. xxi.) from specimens formerly
living at Knowsley ; but it is still rare and little known in Europe.
I have never seen living specimens during my long experience
among Zoological Gardens, and there is no example of its skin in
the British Museum, where it is only represented by a series of
skulls and horns’.
The Korrigum appears to have a wide distribution across Central
Africa from Senegal through the interior to Sennaar and Somali-
Land. Whether it is really the “ Koba” of Buffon, upon which
the term senegalensis was originally founded by Desmarest, seems
to be uncertain, but it is certainly the Damalis senegalensis of Gray ;
and there is no doubt that it occurs in Senegal, whence living
? There are two stuffed specimens in the Derby Museum, Liverpool, as Mr.
T. Moore kindly informs me, no doubt the animals formerly living in the
Knowsley Menagerie.
1890.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON DAMALIS SENEGALENSIS. 355
specimens were transmitted to Lord Derby by Mr. Whitfield. Dr.
Percy Rendall has also recently sent a skull of this Antelope from
the Upper Gambia to the British Museum.
In Central Africa the Korrigum was obtained by Messrs. Denham
and Clapperton during their journey to Lake Tchad. Proceeding
further eastwards, we find this Antelope recorded by Sundevall as
Fig. 1.
Head of Damalis senegalensis,
met with in Sennaar, under the name Bubalis koba (Exp. Pec. Syst.
p- 159). It is probably also the Damalis tiang of Heuglin, so far
as we can tell from his figure and description (Antlopen u. Biiffel
Nordost-Afr. p. 23). Heuglin tells us this is one of the commonest
356 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON DAMALIS SENEGALENSIS. [May 6,
Antelopes on the Sobat and Bahr-el-Ghasal. Two skulls obtained
by Petherick on the Bahr-el-Ghasal are in the British Museum.
Examples of the Korrigum have recently been obtained by
several of our naturalists and hunters in Eastern Africa, where this
Skull of Damalis senegalensis.
species appears to be distributed over Southern Somali-Land as far
south as the river Tana. Lord Walsingham has a skull obtained
by Mr. F. J. Jackson, F.Z.S., in the vicinity of Lamu (see fig. 2),
1890. ] PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HATTERIA. 357
and there is a head in the British Museum obtained by Sir John
Kirk on the river Juba’. We have also the present head now
before us, obtained in the Tana valley; and the “‘ Senegal Antelope”
is enumerated among those “seen up the Tana” by Sir Robert
Harvey and his party in Sir John Willoughby’s ‘ East Africa and its
Big Game’ (p. 283).
I append a list of the principal references to this Antelope :—
Le Koba, Buffon, Hist. Nat. xii. p. 267 (1764) (Senegal) (?).
Senegal Antelope, Pennant, Synops. Quadrupeds, p. 38 (1771);
id. Hist. Quadrupeds, p. 91 (1781) (?).
Antilope senegalensis, Cuv. Dict. Sc. Nat. ii. p. 235 (1816).
Antilope koba, Desm. N. D. @H.N. ii. p. 167 (1816).
Antilope senegalensis, Desm. Mammalogie, p. 457 (1820) (?).
Antilope senegalensis, Children in Denham and Clapperton,
Narrative of Travels in N. and Central Africa, p. 192 (1826).
Damalis senegalensis, Ham. Smith, in Griff. An. K. v. p. 363
(1827).
Antilope korrigum, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1836, p. 103.
Bubalis lunatus, Sund. Act. Stock. 1842, pp. 201, 243 (Sennaar).
Bubalis koba, Sund. Exp. Pee. Syst. p. 159 (Sennaar) (1844).
Damalis korrigum, Gray, List of Mamm. in B. M. p. 158 (1843).
Damalis senegalensis, (Garay in Knowsl. Men. p. 21, t. xxi. (1850).
Damalis senegalensis, Gray, Cat. of Mamm. in B. M. iii. Ungulata
Fure. p. 126 (1852).
Damalis tiang, Heuglin, Ant. u. Biff. Nordost-Afrika’s, p. 22
(1863).
Damalis senegalensis, Gray, Cat. Rum. in B. M. p. 45 (1872).
Damatis senegalensis, Gray, Hand-list of Edentates &e. p. 115
(1873).
Damalis senegalensis, Noack, Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 208 (1887).
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of Hatteria
showing the “ pro-atlas”’ and vomerine teeth, and made the following
remarks thereon :—
“ Pro-atlas.”’—His attention had been recently called, in conver-
sation with Mr. Boulenger, to a specimen of Hatteria in which the
**pro-atlas”’ was present only on the left side. The specimen in
question was dissected by Mr. Ridewood, and was now among the
exhibits in the index collection of the Natural History Museum.
As the “ pro-atlas”” was present only on the left side in Albrecht’s
? Sir John Kirk writes to me, in reply to inquiries about this specimen, as
follows :—
“The Senegal Antelope, so far as I know, is first found on the east coast, to
the north of the river Sabaki at Malimdi. It is common at Merereri in
Formosa Bay, where it might be seen every day when I was shooting there. It
was also common between Lamu and the river Juba, where I first shot it, So
far as I am aware it does not exist anywhere on the coast south of the Sabaki,
but may be found further inland. In the Kilimanjaro district it is replaced by
Alcelaphus cokii, and in the country opposite Zanzibar by the (so-called) A.
lichtensteint, which, however, I suspect is not the same as A, lichtensteint, Peters,
of the Zambesi region.” —P. L. 8.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXV. 25
358 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HATTERIA. [May 6,
original specimen (Bullet. Mus. Belg. t. ii. p. 185), and as doubts
had recently been thrown upon its existence by Cornet and Smets
(cf. Dollo, Zoolog. Jahrb. Jena, t. iii. Anat. p. 433), he deemed it
advisable to examine the material at his disposal. Six spirit-specimens
were accordingly examined ; five of them showed that, as with the
examples of Baur (Zoolog. Anz. 1886, p. 1) and Dollo, the * pro-
atlas”’ was present and bilaterally symmetrical, while in the sixth
(viii.) it was present on the right side only, having been apparently
removed on the left. He fully acquiesced in Dollo’s criticisms of
the statements made by Cornet and Smets and of the views of these
and other observers, and agreed with them in regarding the “ pro-
atlas”’ as (/.c. p. 437) “without doubt constant in Hatteria” ;
he, moreover, believed that it was invariably present on both sides,
and that in those examples in which it had been detected on one
side only, it had been either lost (as suggested by Albrecht, /.c.
p- 192) in maceration, or incautiously removed. Referring to the
general relationships and morphology of the “ pro-atlas,”’ he pointed
out that the former are most nearly in harmony with the supposition
that it represents the arches of a vestigial vertebra. It articulates
upon the skull; and in its relations to the episkeletal muscles it
repeats the conditions of the atlas; its arches are preformed in carti-
lage (cf. Baur, Amer. Nat. 1886, p. 288); they lie, like those of a
normal vertebra, buried in the dorso-lateral (occipito-atlantal) liga-
ments (fig. 3) of the vertebral column, and their separation in the
dorsal middle line is but an exaggeration of that so characteristic of
the atlas in Hatteria, Crocodilia, and many other Sauropsida. He
stated that he was inclined to accept Dollo’s declaration of homology
between those various structures, which have been described in leading
classes of Vertebrata, to which he collectively applies the term ‘* pro-
atlas’? (for genera and species see Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. t. iii.
p. 127, and Zoolog. Jahrb. /.c.); and that the views of that author
appeared to him to be in complete harmony with Froriep’s important
discovery (Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys., Anat. Abth. 1882, p. 279) of
the vertebral nature of the occipital segment of the skull, and with
those of Sagemahl (Morpholg. Jahrb. Bd. ix. p. 177), Jungersen,
and others which bear upon it.
Vomerine Teeth.—These were originally described by Baur (Zool.
Anz. 1888, p. 85) in a young individual of 210 millim. total length,
the skeleton of which was still largely cartilaginous. Prof. Howes’s
interest in the question had been heightened by a statement of Mr.
Boulenger’s to the effect that he had not been able to find vomerine
teeth in any of the skulls of Hatteria in the Natural History Museum.
He had examined the palates, in all, of nine specimens, details of
which were given as follows :—
Specimens examined.
Prepared skeletons.
“ Pro-atlas” Vomerine teeth
1, 200 mm... eee | settee eee absent.
BA INU sans <eccael|| ep ances present, the right the larger.
1890. | PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HATTERTA. 359
Carcases.
‘* Pro-atlas” Vomerine teeth
iii. ¢, 240 mm. ...... | present on both sides. | last traces.
iV) 240) mms)... 222% | present on both sides. | absent.
vy. Senile J, 225mm. | present on both sides. | present on right side only.
wie ©..220)mm....-..- present on both sides. | absent.
Vile! is UO MM. sas present on both sides. | present, bilaterally symme-
trical.
viii. 9, 182 mm. ...... damaged. absent.
pee Oe S Simm wee present on both sides. | absent.
Five of the above-named specimens are in the teaching collection of the
Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, S. Kensington ; for
the opportunity of examining three others Prof. Howes was indebted to his
former pupil Mr. A. Vaughan Jennings, who had just returned from New
Zealand, and for the remaining one he had to thank his Demonstrator,
Mr. M. F. Woodward.
‘The occasional absence, mutilation, or reproduced condition of the tail render
measurements expressive of the total length of the body of a Lizard of little
value. Those given above express the length of the body along the mid-ventral
line, from the posterior edge of the symphysis ischii (which can be readily felt
through the skin) to the anterior one of the symphysis mandibuli.
ig. 1. Fig. 3. Fig. 2.
Hatteria punctata.
Fig. 1. Anterior palatal region of skull, showing bilaterally symmetrical vome-
rine teeth. (Young [sexually mature] 3.)
Fig. 2. Similar view of a second specimen, showing asymmetrical condition of
the teeth together with their mode of suppression, and apparent
duplication on the right side.
Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the occipito-atlantal region to show the “ pro-atlas”
in relation (right side) to the occipito-atlantal ligament and skull,
and (left side) to the dorsal episkeletal muscles.
Reference letters.—m., dorsal episkeletal muscles; 2.p., posterior nares ; pl.,
palatines; pt., pterygoids; vo., vomers; i, ‘‘pro-atlas”; ii, atlas; ili, axis
vertebra,
“ee
Four of these showed the teeth in an unmistakable form ; and in
all which had not been macerated he found, whether teeth were
present or not, a couple of thickenings of the mucous membrane,
in the region which they occupied, beneath which there lay corre-
sponding ridges of the vomers. He had noted the presence of these
25*
360 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON HATTERIA. [May 6,
ridges in ail the skulls which he had examined. Alluding to the teeth
themselves, he said he had been able to examine them in relation
to the mucous membrane of the roof of the mouth in two specimens.
In one of these, it so happened that the teeth were unequally deve-
loped, that of the right side being the larger. The individual
tooth alluded to was the largest he had observed; its apex was
exposed, but it could not in any sense be said to project into the
cavity of the mouth. The tooth of the opposite side, which had
more nearly the proportions observed in other specimens, was
wholly buried beneath the mucous membrane, in the manner of a
vestigial structure. In the other specimen the insignificant vestiges
of the teeth which were present lay wholly beneath the mucous
membrane, which completely covered their apices.
In one specimen there was present on the right side (fig. 2, p. 359)
a small tooth-like tubercle in continuity with the base of the vomerine
tooth. He was unable to say definitely whether the former repre-
sented a distinct tooth or a dismembered portion of the larger one.
Commenting upon the aforementioned facts, he pointed out that
in the recently discovered Paleohatteria of the Permian (Credner,
Zeitschr. deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch. 1888, p. 490), which animal
unmistakably connects theliving Hatteria with the Stegocephalia, the
vomers were markedly dentigerous. It becomes therefore a question
whether, in Hatteria, we are dealing with a vestigial or a reversional
condition of the same. Baur’s observation alluded to would seem
to indicate that vomerine teeth appear in the young individual and
disappear with advancing age. On the other hand, the most
marked development of the individual tooth which Prof. Howes had
observed was realized in a senile old male (v.), while Mr. Boulenger
had failed to find teeth in a specimen much younger than that of
Baur'. The presence of a minute tooth on one side (ii.), where that
of the other was well defined, was suggestive of a peculiar mode of
disappearance of paired vestigial structures known elsewhere (which
he illustrated by the exhibition of a Pigeon’s intestine in which
but one of the two familiar ceeca was present), and therefore indicative
of the vestigial nature of the vomerine teeth. The observations
of Boulenger and Baur did not appear to him to be contradictory,
as vestigial structures are well known to frequently appear late.
So far as the evidence afforded by his tooth-bearing specimens
went, the tooth of the left side was the more variable, that being
either small or absent, while the tooth of the right side was well-
developed or even duplicated (?). It would therefore appear that
the teeth in question are not only vestigial but that they are, at the
present time, undergoing suppression frorn left to right.
Prof. Howes finally directed attention to the fact that those
individuals possessed of teeth, in which he had been able to determine
the sex, were males, and alluded to the desirability of information
concerning the vomer of Colenso’s supposed new species of Hatteria
(Sphenodon diversum, Trans. New Zealand Instit. vol. xviil. p. 118,
1886).
1 In the possession of Sir W. Buller, approximate total length about 120 mm.
1890.] ON WILD SHEEP AND ANTELOPE OF ALGERIA. 361
Two letters were read addressed to the Secretary by Dr. Emin
Pasha, C.M.Z.S., dated Bagamoyo, March 1890, announcing that
he had forwarded certain zoological specimens for the Society’s
acceptance. Amongst them was an example of Anomalurus orien-
talis, Peters, from Monda, in the Nguru Mountains, and one of
Rhynchocyon petersi from Mandera.
Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited a specimen of the Eastern Turtle-
Dove (Turtur orientalis), which had been sent to him by Mr. James
Backhouse, jr., of York, with a jetter stating that it had been shot on
the 23rd of October last at a place commonly known as Nab Gutter,
a small stream running from Oliver’s Mount near Scarborough down
to the sea. It flew very swiftly and was pursued by a number of
small birds. A Red-breasted Flycatcher (Muscicapa parva) was
shot in the same locality on the same day. This example of the
Eastern Turtle-Dove is in the plumage of the first autumn, without
the pied patch on each side of the neck. The Oriental Turtle-
Dove, in its typical form, with the axillaries, under tail-coverts, and
the tips of most of the tail-feathers bluish grey, bred in South-
east Siberia, China, and Japan, as well as in the hilly part of India.
It was not known to have previously occurred in the British Islands,
but it had twice been recorded, both times in immature plumage,
in the north of Scandinavia.
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., read the first of a series of papers
entitled ‘Contributions to our Knowledge of the Antipatharian
Corals.” The present communication contained the description of
a particularly fine example of the Black Coral of the Mediterranean
(Gerardia lamarcki), and an account of a very remarkable Antipathid
from the neighbourhood of tbe island of Mauritius, which it was
proposed to call Antipathes robillardi.
This Memoir will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on the Wild Sheep and Mountain- Antelope of
Algeria. By E. N. Buxton’.
[Received March 31, 1890.]
During a shooting-excursion into the Algerian Atlas in 1890, I
obtained specimens of the Wild Sheep and the Mountain-Gazelle, of
which the mounted heads are now exhibited.
My expedition was undertaken in January and February of the
present year. The Djebel Metlili overlooking El Kantera, a station
on the Biskra railway, was the first range I tried for Wild-Sheep. I
was advised by naturalists at home that the extension of the railway
to this point would certainly have driven them further afield. It so
1 Communicated by P. L, Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S.
362 ON WILD SHEEP AND ANTELOPE OF ALGERIA. | May 6,
happened, however, that, though we were singularly unlucky in our
hunting here, we saw them on several occasions within sight of the
Station and within hearing of the railway-whistle. This was no doubt
owing to the fact that there is a very lofty and broken cliff at that
end of the mountain. On one occasion I saw with the telescope, from
the neighbourhood of the Station itself, a small herd about 4 miles
off, near the top of the mountain.
Other ranges which we explored, and where we found the Sheep,
were the curiously honeycombed Salt Mountain (literally of solid
salt) to the east of El Outaja, a few miles south of El Kantera; Bou
Arif, 12 miles to the west of that place; and the Ahmar Khadou,
40 miles to the east of Biskra, and forming part of the Aurés Range.
In fact, we found more or less of them in every precipitous range
where we sought for them.
The Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus) rejoices in a confusing number of
vernacular names. In the Gardens of this Society it is known as the
**Aoudad.”’ The name is not recognized in Algiers, where it is
called “ Moufflon 4 Mauchettes” by the French, and ‘“ Aroui” by
Arabs, or, in the case of the old males, ‘ Feshtal.”
The Aroui are thinly scattered all over the above-named ranges,
wherever they are rough and precipitous, and are doubtless to be
found in similar spots on all the arid southern slopes of the Atlas
from the Atlantic to Tunis. They are unknown further into the
mountains, 7. e. nearer to the coast, and I do not think are ever
found out of sight of the desert *.
After numerous inquiries I cannot hear authoritatively of any
Englishman who has successfully stalked these animals until we did
so, though I heard of two who have tried and failed. This is not
surprising, for they are more difficult to find than any animal I have
ever hunted. My own experience will illustrate this. 1 hunted for
twenty-three days, being nearly always out from before sunrise till
after sunset, and I got shots at only four during that time. The
reason for this is the extraordinary capacity for hiding itself shown
by the “ Aroui,” in which it is assisted by its own nearly invisible
colour, which is a pale rufous-yellow, and by the extremely broken
character of the rocks, which, being for the most part of a soft
limestoue, readily decompose and are cut into numerous fantastic
hollows and fissures, and are covered in many places with a rather
extensive growth of scrubby Thuya bushes.
The habits of the Arabs, continued for countless generations, have
helped to form the habits of the Aroui. The nomad tribes pitch
their tents necessarily within reach of one of the scanty springs of
water, and daily lead their flocks of goats up the mountains, and no
cliff or corrie is safe from their intrusion. The Aroui have thus no
means of escaping from them, as every mountain within reach of
water is similarly infested. They are constantly within sight and
1 The Arabs say that these Sheep never drink more frequently than once in
five days; but though this, no doubt, enables them to traverse long distances in
these thirsty slopes, I do not think they are often found at a great distance
from water.—E. N. B.
P Z.5.1890.Plate XXX.
E.C Woodward lith. West, Newman imp.
Abnormal Antlers of Cervus elaphus.
1890.] | MR. LYDEKKER ON AN ANTLER FROM ASIA MINOR. 363
hearing of the Arabs and their goats, and as they cannot get
away they have developed the art of hiding themselves to an extra-
ordinary extent, and they have unlimited confidence in their own
invisibility. This was demonstrated by me one evening when I sat for
twenty minutes carefully spying the surrounding country. The knoll
on which I sat commanded a small shallow hollow. In this there
was not a vestige of cover except a few thin Thuya bushes wisich
looked as if they could not hidea rat. It was not till I rose to shift
my position that a female Aroui and two yearlings started from these
bushes. They had been lying within 60 yards of me, and must have
been fully conscious of my presence all the time. The Aroui, in this
habit of hiding, is very like the Pyrenean Ibex, which lives in
rather similar ground, and also trusts to concealment in preference to
flight. It is very similar to it in other respects—e.g. observe the
inward turn of the end of the horns to enable it, I presume, to push
through the scrub, ‘The Alpine Ibex, which lives in the open, has
no such inward curve.
The Mountain-Gazelle of Algeria, which Mr. Sclater identifies as
Gazella kevella’, is about twice the size of the common Gazelle of
the plains (Gazella dorcas), and has straight instead of lyre-shaped
horns. It lives on the same kind of steep ground as the Aroui,
perhaps at a rather lower elevation. The fact that it is essentially a
mountain animal is, I think, shown by its large callous knees, like
those of a London cab-horse. The Arouihas the same. They are,
I think, absent in the Gazella dorcas. Another feature consists of
the curious hollows or pouches on either side of the testicles. It was
suggested that they are for the purpose of concealiug those organs
in cold weather.
The Gazella kevella is rarely seen, and still more rarely got. We
had five accomplished telescopists in my party, but we only spied it
on the single occasion when I killed the one of which the head is
now exhibited. This was on a low range a few miles to the west of
El Outaja. On two other occasions we ‘‘ pumped”? them without
getting a shot. Out of two or three hundred pairs of Gazelle-horns
which I saw in curiosity-shops in Biskra, there were only four or
five pairs of the *“‘ Edmi,” as the Arabs call this Gazelle.
2. On a remarkable Antler from Asia Minor.
By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.Z.S.
(Plate XXX.)
[Received March 28, 1890.]
In the year 1879 Mr. C. G. Danford” exhibited to the Society an
antler of a large Deer from Asia Minor; while subsequently, in a
communication by that gentleman and the late Mr. E. R. Alston *,
1 [Gazella kevella (Pallas), as identified by Lataste (Etude de la Faune des
Vertébrés de Barbarie, p. 172).—P.: L. 8.]
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 562. % Ibid. 1880, p. 54.
364 MR. LYDEKKER ON AN ANTLER FROM ASIA MINOR. [May 6,
the same specimen is alluded to in the following words :—‘ At the
village of Jarpuz, at the foot of the Bimboghas Mountains near
Albistan, Danford obtained from a peasant a very remarkable Deer’s
antler, in either a subfossil or a greatly weathered condition: and he
saw another similar specimen in the same locality. When he
exhibited this antler at a meeting of the Society last year there was
some difference of opinion as to whether it was or was not an
abnormal specimen of Cervus elaphus; but as we are ourselves
strongly of opinion that it cannot be referred to any known recent
Deer, we reserve its description for another opportunity.”
Recently Mr. Danford has presented this interesting specimen to
the British Museum, and, at the request of Mr. O. Thomas, I have
undertaken an examination, the results of which are now laid before
the Society. I may say, first of all, that my conclusions differ from
those arrived at by Messrs. Danford and Alston, and that the speci-
men, in my judgment, is nothing more than a very abnormal antler
of a Red Deer. There is nothing in the condition of the specimen
to suggest fossilization, although it has evidently been exposed for a
considerable period to the action of the atmosphere.
This antler (Plate XXX. fig. 1) belongs to the right side, and is
perfect, with the exception of the base, which has been longitudinally
split, so as to carry away the brow- and bez-tynes. It is that of
an animal nearly or quite as large as the Maral, the beam being
very stout and as much as two and a half feet in length. Unfor-
tunately the imperfect condition of the base renders it impos-
sible to be certain that both a brow- and a bez-tyne were present,
but from the presence of a prominence some distance above the burr
corresponding to the point of origin of a bez-tyne, I am inclined to
consider that both these tynes may have been present, although, as
is not uncommonly the case, they must have originated very close
together. Above the point of origin of the presumed bez-tyne there
is an almost cylindrical and nearly straight beam extending, without
any trace of a trez-tyne, for a distance of two feet. Beyond this
point the beam suddenly expands into a crown, which is imperfectly
palmated, consisting of a stout cylindrical anterior tyne, of a median
palmation with five snags, and of a somewhat flattened posterior tyne
terminating in two snags. The whole of the crown forms, so to
speak, one side of a cup, so that no true cup occurs.
At first sight this antler looks utterly unlike that of a Red Deer,
but further comparison shows that it may be readily derived from the
more normal type. Thus, if I am right in considering that both a
brow- and bez-tyne were developed, we have one very strong point in
favour of this view. Next, if the crown be compared with antlers
like the specimens in the Geological Department of the British
Museum (No. M. 392) from an Irish lake, figured in Owen’s ‘British
Fossil Mammals and Birds,’ p. 472, fig. 196, it will be found that the
palmation of the crown is very similar in the two, if we remove the
tyne forming the external portion of the cup in the Irish specimen.
A much more striking resemblance is, however, presented by three
recent detached antlers in the Museum, some at least of which were
1890.. Pl. XXX.
i ite Sais fc
re ee a es | va ae
Mintern Bros
ARCTURUS.
F.F..B, del
1890.] ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE EYE IN ARCTURUS. 365
obtained from the Crimea, and all of which are referred to the Red
Deer. One of these (represented in Plate XXX. fig. 2) is a right
antler, with only a rudimental brow-tyne, and above this a straight
beam with no tyne till the crown is reached. The latter is slightly
palmated and terminates in three snags. Such an antler, it appears
to me, is likely to be merely an earlier stage of one of the present
type; and if the one is rightly referred to the Red Deer, I think
there can be no hesitation in considering the other as referable to the
same form. Another and larger antler from the Crimea exhibits the
usual brow-, bez-, and trez-tynes, and then expands at the summit
into a distinctly palmated crown with three snags. A third, if the
trez-tyne were removed, would be not at all unlike the specimen
under consideration, although with less palmation of the crown.
Again, on turning to the magnificent series of Red Deer antlers
figured in A. B. Meyer’s ‘Die Hirschgeweih Sammlung im kin .
Schlosse zu Moritzburg’ (1883), I find that some of the abnormal
specimens approach the one before us, although none are exactly
similar. Thus the left antler of the head, figured in plate xvi. of that
work, has a palmation not unlike Mr. Danford’s specimen, although
there is an inner tyne to the crown, which thus forms a cup, and the
trez-tyne is developed. Again, the left antler in plate xxix. shows
the complete abortion of both brow- and bez-tyne, and the absence
of any trace of a trez-tyne ; the beam forming a long unbroken shaft
like the specimen before mentioned.
These instances are sufficient to show that the peculiarities of the
antler obtained by Mr. Danford are paralleled by other Specimens
which are clearly referable to the Red Deer, so that we have every
reason for regarding it as belonging to that species. I have con-
sidered it advisable that this antler should be figured, firstly, because
it bas been regarded as representing a new species of Deer, and
secondly, since it is important as indicating how much care must be
exercised in founding so-called new species upon detached and
imperfect fossil antlers.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Fig. 1. An abnormal right antler of Cervus elaphus, from Asia Minor.
2, Another abnormal right antler of the same species, from the Crimea,
Both figures are } nat, size.
3. On the Minute Structure of the Eye in some Shallow-
Water and Deep-Sea Species of the Isopod Genus
Arcturus. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to
the Society.
[Received April 15, 1890.]
(Plate XXXI.)
Three years ago I communicated a paper to the Royal Society of
Edinburgh upon the structure of the Eye in the two Isopodan families
366 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ May 6,
of the Serolide and the Cymothoide, which was published in the
‘Transactions.’ The present paper is a continuation of the same
subject, but deals with the genus Arcturus. The material, like that of
my former paper, consists of teased preparations and of sections of the
eyes of species obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’
all of which species have been described by me in my Report (8).
In my paper on the structure of the eye in the Cymothoide, I
mentioned the principal papers dealing with the Isopodan eye, which
are not many in number. Since the appearance of that paper but
little has been published upon the Isopodan eye. I am, indeed, only
acquainted with a single memoir upon the subject, one by Mr. 8.
Watase (11); this paper deals largely with Serolis, but it contains
also some very weighty observations upon the morphology and
pedigree of the Arthropod eye in general.
It is gratifying to me personally to find that Mr. Watase has
‘verified all the chief results” of my own research. This fact
also gives me greater confidence in laying the present paper before
the Society. If the state of preservation of the specimens of Serolis
was so good as to enable me to state accurately the principal facts
in the anatomy of the eye, it seems likely that the Arcturt, which
were preserved in an identical fashion, will also furnish reliable data.
In any case our knowledge of this particular genus is at present, so
far as I am aware, absolutely ni/; and it is almost unnecessary to
state that the deep-sea forms are as little known as those which in-
habit the shallower waters. Mr. Watase, in his description of the
eye of Serolis, which occupies the first five pages of the special part,
refers to the presence of a ‘“‘corneagen”’* (a term introduced by
Patten, 13) below the cornea and above the cells of the vitrella; he
also figures a row of pigmented cells surrounding the vitrella *.
These structures were not figured or described by myself, but I am
not prepared to dispute the probable justice of Mr. Watase’s addition
to my own account.
It seems to me to be very probable that this corneagen layer is,
as Patten has particularly insisted, always present in eyes of these
types; and Watase has shown a very strong raison d étre for its
presence.
The present paper, however, only professes to bea very small
contribution to the morphology of the Isopodan eye; the main
object is to compare the minute structue of the eye of species living
in sballow water with that of their deep-sea allies.
The questions involved are interesting and lead to some rather
important conclusions about the life of these deep-sea forms.
In the first part of my ‘ Challenger’ Report, dealing only with the
very remarkable genus Serolis (2), I gave some figures and a brief
description of the structure of the eyes in two deep-sea species, viz.
Serolis bromleyana and Serolis neera. Without recapitulating all
the results here, I may point out that the eyes in those forms showed
very considerable traces of degeneration; this degeneration was
1 Pl. xxix. fig. 1 cg, fig. 1° a.
* This term was introduced by Lankester and Bourne.
1890. ] OF THE EYE IN ARCTURUS. 367
shown to have affected all the component parts of the eye. The
cornea was little (S. neera) or hardly at all (S. bromleyana) convex
below ; the lens was granular, and could hardly have been transparent
during life ; the rhabdom and retinules were not recognizable—
at least in the form which they present in other (shallow-water)
species. The amount of pigment present was comparatively small,
or, as in S. bromleyana and S. gracilis, completely absent. I hope
to show in the present paper a somewhat similar though less marked
series of changes in the eyes of the deep-water Arcturi.
Before the appearance of my preliminary account of the genus
Serolis (1), which contained a summary of observations upon the
structure of the eye, but little had been done in investigating the
histology of that organ in deep-sea Crustacea. Dr. P. P. C. Hoek,
in his Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Pyenogonida (6), mentioned that
pigment is often absent from the eyes of deep-sea forms, and
that the retina may be replaced by a mass of connective tissue,
though the lens be present. The details given by Hoek are not
very numerous. Since the publication of my Report several other
groups of deep-sea animals have been reported on. Mr. S. I. Smith
(12) found that in the majority of species of Atlantic deep-sea
Decapods the eyes have undergone certain structural changes ; these
changes are partly in the alteration of the pigment, which becomes
lighter coloured in the abyssal species, and partly in the reduction
of the number of the visual elements.
A considerable number of deep-sea Mollusca according to Pelseneer
(8) have rudimentary eyes; some are totally blind.
Henderson found (7) with regard to the Auomura that degenera-
tion was common in the eyes of abyssal forms; this degeneration
was largely shown by the absence or reduction in quantity of the
pigment. Here, however, there is no elaboration of detail and the
points raised are not illustrated by figures.
Animals that dwell in caves are, so far as absence of sunlight is
concerned, subjected to the same conditions as are deep-sea animals.
Packard (10), in investigating animals from the Kentucky caves,
found various conditions of degeneration in the eyes, culminating in
the total blindness of some species.
The result, then, of all these investigations has been to show that
the deep-sea fauna is chiefly made up of animals which are either
blind or—if they have eyes—show evident traces of degeneration in
these eyes.
I attempted to show, in considering the deep-sea Isopods, that
the blind deep-sea genera were, at any rate for the most part, peculiar
genera, and that those deep-sea Isopods with apparently well-developed
eyes were closely allied to, if not identical with, forms living in
shallow water, Thus it appeared reasonable to assume that the
eyed forms were comparatively recent immigrants into deep water.
This view has already, I find, been considered by Prof. Semper * to
1 «Animal Life,’ Int. Scient. Series, p. 84. “ Wehave become acquainted... .
with a wonderful deep-sea fauna, showing the same striking mixture of blind
and seeing animals as the fauna of the caves. This case is all the more
368 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [May 6,
account for the presence of animals with eyes in dark caves and the
deep-sea, but rejected. It is accepted, however, by Henderson.
This being the case it is unnecessary to make any further use of the
ingenious ‘‘ theory of abyssal light,” and it is impossible to build up
any theories with regard to the brilliant coloration of deep-sea animals.
These colours must be absolutely without any secondary meaning, as
must also the frequent phosphorescence of Alcyonarians and other
animals living in great depths.
If there were no intermediate stages between Crustacea and other
animals of the deep sea with well-developed eyes and those without
any trace of eyes at all, such theories might be put forward with
some plausibility. It might be urged that the eyeless forms were
simply peculiar in this respect ; that is to say, that just as among
shallow-water genera, and even surface forms, eyes may be absent
and characterize a particular genus or species by their absence, such
might also be the case with genera inhabiting the deeper waters of
the oceans. The numerous stages of degeneration appear to me to
render this view untenable.
I shall now proceed to describe, in as much detail as my prepara-
tions allow of, the minute structure of the eye in a number of species
of Arcturus.
(1) Arcturus furcatus, Studer.
The eye of this species is quite a typical Isopodan eye, though
differing in certain details from any type that has been hitherto
studied.
The vitreous body is rounded conical in form and is distinctly
made up of two halves. As is illustrated (Plate XXXI. fig. 4), there
appear to be four nuclei corresponding to each vitreous body and
lying above it. These are, I imagine, the nuclei of Semper and the
nuclei of the corneagen cells.
The retinula of each eyelet is made up of six cells, which is not
a number that has been hitherto met with among the Isopods. In
insects this number appears to be common according to Grenacher’s
figures (5).
The rhabdom secreted by these retinula-cells is in certain respects
rather remarkable.
It is conspicuous on account of its size; it has the clear amber-
yellow colour of the vitreous body ; peripherally (see Plate XXXI.
figs. 5, 14-16) the rhabdom is markedly a very densely pigmented
band. ‘Towards its upper extremity the rhabdom is, as shown by
puzzling, because the chief part of such deep-sea animals as can see are extra-
ordinarily unlike their nearest congeners living at the surface and in the light,
so that we are forbidden to suppose that they may be species that have only
lately migrated from the surface to great depths.” It is unnecessary to point
out that this statement does not allow for such cases as I refer to, where the
eyes, although apparently like those of others, are really in various stages of
degeneration. There are no doubt plenty of species in which, as in Serolis
neera, the facetted cornea is the last part of the eye to disappear. Hence totally
blind animals may seem to have well-developed eyes.
1890.) OF THE EYE IN ARCTURUS. 369
transverse sections (figs. 14-16), of an oblong shape, the corners are
sharply marked and the sides are perfectly parallel with, or at right
angles to each other. Lower down, at about the level of the nuclei
of the retinula-cells (fig. 14), the rhabdom becomes indented, and
shows obvious traces of its orgin from six rhabdomeres. Lower
down still (fig. 15) the six rhabdomeres diverge from each other.
Each rhabdomere becomes surrounded by a dense pigmented
sheath.
When the eyes are teased in glycerine after depigmentation by
nitric acid, the rhabdom shows a tendency to break up into squarish
blocks (fig. 8), as has frequently been noticed in other Arthropods.
(2) Arcturus spinosus, F. E. Beddard.
The eye of this species, which is from deep water, contrasts in
many points with that of Arcturus furcatus—a typically shallow-
water form.
The lens has the peculiar form shown in the drawing (Plate
XXXI. fig. 10), which represents a semidiagrammatic longitudinal
section through an eye-element. It is somewhat muffin-shaped,
being depressed on both sides in the middle. In some other slides
which are labelled “ Arcturus spinosus,”’ and which I have no reason
for doubting are really preparations from this species, the lens has
the form shown in another drawing (figs. 6, 11); it is pear-shaped,
and in the middle it is decidedly more opaque than peripherally,
where it is quite transparent. This central opacity may be due to
a precipitated and coagulated fluid occupying the interior of the lens,
such as Watase (11) has described and figured in Serolis’. I have
not, however, observed anything similar in the shallow-water species
of Serolis which I myself investigated. Perhaps it will turn out to
be a commencing degeneration in the eyes of the species described
which is carried out more fully in Serolis neera.
The rhabdom of Arcturus spinosus is very large, and in longi-
tudinal sections of the undepigmented eye shows the characters ex-
hibited in the drawing (fig. 10); it is of roughly conical form, the
apex of the cone lying towards the ommateal membrane. In some
examples of this species which I referred to above in connection with
the peculiar difference in the structure of their lenses, the rhabdom
also shows a departure from the ordinary condition. As indicated
in fig. 6, its upper extremity embraces the lens, which is sunk into a
depression of what is really the broad end of the conical rhabdom ;
although in such preparations as those illustrated in figs. 6, 11, the
vitreous body and the rhabdom appear to be very nearly if not quite
in actual contact, there is not the least difficulty in distinguishing
between them.
The rhabdom in both forms of eye is by no means so clear and
transparent as in Arcturus furcatus, and it is proportionately very
much larger than in that species. Its form varies much, but is
usually more or less bent.
1 Loe. eit. p. 290, pl. xxix. fig. 1 a.
370 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ May 6,
The retinula-cells are, on the other hand, very much smaller pro-
portionally, and are only well developed and conspicuous at the end
of the rhabdom, which, by the way, shows no traces of division into
six rhabdomeres.
As may be seen by longitudinal sections (fig. 10), a coating of
dense pigment covers the rhabdom, and occasionally pierces into its
interior for a short distance ; this I presume to be the upper portion
of the retinula-cells. The nuclei of these cells are placed on a level
with the posterior end of the rhabdom instead of near the upper
extremity of this structure, as they are in Arcturus furcatus. The
pigment, although deep black ia colour, is very much less in amount
than it is in A. furcatus. It is clear, therefore, that the eye of
Arcturus furcatus differs from that of A. spinosus in many points.
I do not possess so many preparations of other species of Arcturus
as of the two which I have just described. The following notes
therefore show many lacunz which I see no chance of being able to
fill up. They are largely but not entirely based upon sketches
which were made some five years ago, when I commenced to work
at this subject. These sketches, unfortunately, do not show all the
points which I have since ascertained to be important.
(3) Arcturus anna, F. E. Beddard.
In this species the lens has an ellipsoidal form, the long axis coin-
ciding with that of the ommatidium when the lens is in position.
The lens agrees, however, with that of Arcturus spinosus—at least
with some individuals of that species—in being composed of a clearer
peripheral portion and a granular-looking opaque middle.
The rhabdom is large and solid, it is not prolonged into six
separate rhabdomeres at the posterior extremity as in A. furcatus ;
after treatment with nitric acid, however, it shows distinct traces of
longitudinal division into a number of pieces which no doubt corre-
spond with the cells of the retinula.
The retinula-cells themselves, as in A. spinosus, are only clearly
distinguishable as such behind the rhabdom where their nuclei are
situated ; a coating of pigment whicb covers the rhabdom up to very
nearly the lens is doubtless deposited in a forward prolongation of
the retinula-cells.
(4) Arcturus cornutus, F. E. Beddard.
In most respects the eye of this species agrees with that of
Arcturus anna; so close is this agreement, that I need not enter into
any description of the ommatidium. All that I shall do is to call atten-
tion to one rather important point of difference between this species
and Arcturus anna.
This point of difference concerns the vitreous body, which appears
to be even less fitted as a refracting medium in this species than in
the last.
The opacity, which is quite a noticeable feature of the lens in
A, anna, is exaggerated in A. cornutus, until there is not even a
1890.] OF THE EYE IN ARCTURUS. 371
narrow peripheral band left which is clear. The whole vitreous body
appears to be more or less granular and opaque.
(5) Arcturus brunneus, F. E. Beddard.
In this species the vitreous bodies or lenses of the ommatidia have
the form which is illustrated in the drawing exhibited (Plate XXXI.
fig. 13) ; their shape is usually that of a buffet with the convex
outer surface and a straightish margin where the lens comes into
actual or at any rate very near contact with the rhabdom. Asa
tule the lens is decidedly smaller.
The rhabdom, on the other hand, is particularly large.
(6) Arcturus glacialis, F. E. Beddard.
The eye of this species calls for no lengthy description, the vitreous
bodies have the same curious muffin-shape that they have in
A. spinosus; the rhabdom is large, and the nuclei of the retinula-
cells are placed below it.
(7) Arcturus studeri, F. E. Beddard.
This is the only shallow-water species besides A.:furcatus and
A. americanus that I have studied ; unfortunately in this case, as in
that of A. americanus, I am dependent upon a single sketch which I
made some years ago ; the preparations themselves are missing. This
is particularly to be regretted, as A. studeri resembles in some par-
ticulars species that only occur in deep water. The vitreous bodies,
however, are quite like those of A. furcatus in their perfect trans-
parency and in their general shape. Iam unable to give any details
about the rhabdom ; it does not, however, seem to be particularly
large ; the retinula-cells are unlike those of A. furcatus, and like
those of A. spinosus and all the deep-sea species described in the
present paper in that their nuclei are placed below the posterior ex-
tremity of the rhabdom. Whether there is much or little pigment
I cannot say.
The following table indicates the depths at which the various
species described in the present paper were met with :—
1. Arcturus furcatus. 7-127 fathoms (one specimen in 1675
fathoms).
. Arcturus americanus. 55 fathoms.
. Arcturus studeri. 25-127 fathoms.
. Arcturus glacialis. 1675 fathoms.
. Arcturus brunneus. 1600 fathoms.
. Arcturus anna. 600 fathoms.
. Arcturus cornutus. 500 fathoms.
. Arcturus spinosus. 1375 fathoms.
CONT OD OB O bo
The first three species are therefore to be looked upon as shallow-
water forms; the remainder as true deep-sea species.
372 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [May 6,
It is noteworthy that all the shallow-water species, viz. Arcturus
furcatus, A. americanus, A. studeri, have lenses which are perfectly
clear and transparent, and are characteristically pear-shaped.
On the other hand, all those species which have an apparently
partly opaque lens are deep-water forms’; these are Arcturus spi-
nosus, A, anna, A. cornutus. This list is not exhaustive of the deep-
sea forms which I have been able to examine; but there are no
others in which the lens appears to be getting opaque. It is re-
markable, however, that in the other deep-sea species which I have
examined, viz. Arcturus brunneus and A. glacialis, and some specimens
of A. spinosus, the lens should show a reduction is size and an alter-
ation in shape which must impair its perfection as an organ for the
passage of rays of light, if the form best suited for that purpose be
that exhibited by A. furcatus.
The retiuula-cells appear to be best developed in A. furcatus, where,
as shown in my drawing (fig. 8), the nucleus is placed high up, not
far from the commencement of the rhabdom. ‘This may also be the
case with A. americanus, butmy sketches are unfortunately not con-
clusive as to this point and the preparations have been since spoiled.
In all the other species of Arcturus examined by me, the retinula-
cells are relatively small, and the nuclei are situated (e. g. fig. 13, 2)
below the extremity of the rhabdom. It is possible that this re-
duction of the retinula-cells (which I believe with Grenacher and
others to be the essential visual cells) is correlated with a commencing
degeneration of the eye. If it were not for the single exception
offered by A. studeri (a shallow-water species from Kerguelen), I
should be disposed to lay considerable weight upon this series of
facts. As it is, it does not appear to me to be safe to make any
such assertion in at all a positive way.
The rhabdom does seem in several of the deep-sea species, par-
ticularly in A. spinosus, to be undergoing degeneration. This is
shown by its less perfect transparency and by its irregular form,
and perhaps also by its very large size. It may not perhaps seem
very reasonable to adduce increase of bulk im an organ as indi-
cation of degeneration. If we are to regard the rhabdom as formed
by the retinula-cells, the large size of the former may be connected
with the diminished size of the latter; it may therefore be a sort of
degeneration. On the Lamarckian view of evolution, the increase in
size of the media for concentrating the light might seem to be an
attempt to keep up with the diminishing supply of light. I myself
should be disposed to regard this phenomenon as a kind of “‘ running
to seed”’ of the non-essential part of the eye.
Another point of very considerable importance in relation to the
supposed degeneration of the eye is the smaller amount of pigment
which occurs in the eyes of most of the deep-sea species examined
by me. In teased preparations the rhabdom was always perfectly
distinct, the yellowish-brown colour being quite visible; and in sec-
tions of A. spinosus the amount of pigment covering the rhabdom is
seen to be not great (cf. Plate XXXI. figs. 10 and 5). On the other
? I. e, occurring at depths greater than 500 fathoms.
1890. ] OF THE EYE IN ARCTrURUS. 373
hand, in teased preparations of 4. furcatus the rhabdom always
appeared as a densely black mass in the centre of the retinula-cells,
its outline only being recognizable ; although in these deep-sea forms
the amount of the pigment is very decidedly less than that which is
found in the shallow-water species 4. furcatus, its colour is the
same; in all forms it had a dense black appearance. These facts
are similar to those which I stated with reference to Serolis neera ;
in that species (a deep-sea form) the pigment is just as densely black
as in the shallow-water Serolis cornuta, but less in amount!. On
the other hand, it has been several times observed that in other
deep-sea Crustacea the pigment is of an orange colour. This I
suppose only means that the pigment-granules are less dense in
those forms ; for in the species of Arcturus which I describe in the
present paper the pigment when dissolved by means of nitric acid
showed an orange-brown colour. Unfortunately I am not able to
state what is the amount of pigment, as compared with other forms,
present in the ommatidia of Arcturus studeri. It agrees, as I have
pointed out, with other deep-water forms in the small size of the
retinula-cells and in the position of their nuclei below the level of
the extremity of the rhabdom, but it has a large clear vitreous body
like that which is found in each ommatidium of the eye of A. fur-
catus and A. americanus.
In any case I have been able to describe in this paper for the first
time certain interesting differences of structure in the eyes of a
number of species of Arcturus.
These differences fall into two main categories :—
(1) In A. furcatus and A. americanus (?) the rhabdom is com-
paratively small (though large compared with other Crustacea), and
the retinula-cells are very large, the nuclei being situated at the level
of the anterior end of the rhabdom.
(2) In A. spinosus, A. anna, A. cornutus, A. brunneus, A. glaci-
alis, and A. studeri the rhabdom is very large and the retinula-cells
are comparatively small, their nuclei? being situated below the ex-
tremity of the rhabdom, near to the basement membrane of the
ommateum. Besides these morphological differences in the retinula-
cells, which perhaps have no reference to the conditions under which
the animals live, the second division shows various peculiarities in
most species which seem to be correlated with a deep-sea habit.
Thus in some forms the lens is reduced in size and altered in form
or has become partially opaque and the pigment is small in amount ;
these statements apply to all the species in the second list except
Arcturus studeri.
List of Memoirs referred to.
1. Bepparp, F. E.—Preliminary Notice of Isopoda collected
1 Tt will be remembered that in the case of this deep-sea Serolis the small
amount of pigment is also correlated with degeneration of the retinula.
2 This position of the nuclei, though unusual, is not unparallelled. They
oceur in that position in Talorchestia, even below the ommateal membrane
(Watase), and in other Amphipods.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXVI. 26
374
10.
TT:
12.
13.
ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE EYE IN ARCTURUS. [May 6,
during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—Part I. Serolis.
P. Z.S. 1884, p. 330.
. Bepparp, F. E.—Report on the Isopoda collected by H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76.—Part I. The genus
Serolis. Zool. Chall. Exp. pt. xxxiii.
. Bepparp, F. E.—Report on the Isopoda collected by H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76.—Part II. Zool. Chall.
Exp. pt. xlviil.
Bepparp, F. E.—On the Minute Structure of the Eye in the
Cymothoide. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxiii. p. 443.
. Grenacner, H.—Untersuchungen iiber das Sehorgan der
Arthropoden. Gdttingen, 1879.
. Horx, P. P. C.—Report on the Pyenogonida collected by
H.M.S. ‘Challenger during the years 1873-76. Zool. Chall.
Exp. pt. x.
. Henperson, J. R.—Report on the Anomura collected by
H.MLS. ‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76. Zool. Chall.
Exp. pt. Ixix.
. PetseNnEER, P.—Report on the Anatomy of the Deep-sea Mol-
lusea collected by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ in the years 1873-76.
Zool. Chall. Exp. pt. Ixxiv.
. LanKEsTER, E. R., and Bourne, A. G.—On the Minute
Structure of the Lateral and Central Eyes of Limulus and
Scorpio. Q. J. Micr. Sci. vol. xxiii. p. 177.
Packxarp, A. S.—The Cave Fauna of North America, with
Remarks on the Anatomy of the Brain and Origin of the Blind
Species. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vol. iv.
Warasr, S.—On the Morphology of the Compound Eyes of
Arthropods. Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ. vol. iv.
no. 6, p. 287 e¢ seq.
Smiru, S. I—Abyssal Decapod Crustacea of the ‘Albatross’
Dredgings in the North Atlantic. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)
xvii. p. 187 et seq.
Patrren, W.—Studies on the Eyes of Arthropods.—I. De-
velopment of the Eyes of Vespa, &c. Journ. Morph. vol. i.
no. |.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.
The following letters have the same significance in all! the figures :—v., vitreous
body; rh., rhabdom; 7., retinula; m., nuclei of retinula-cells. The chitinous
parts of the eye (vitreous body and rhabdom) are for the most part coloured
yellow.
Fig. 1. A number of ommatidia of Arcturus spinosus, from above.
2, 3. Cross sections at different levels through rhabdom of A. spinosus.
. A number of ommatidia of A. furcatus, from above.
. Longitudinal section through ommatidium of A. fureatus,
. Vitreous body and rhabdom of A. spinosus, from a teased and depig-
mented preparation.
. Partially depigmented retinula of 4. furcatus,
. Depigmented retinula of 4. furcatus.
. Transverse section of ommatidium of A. furcatus below extremity of
rhabdom; one rhabdomere is seen.
10, Longitudinal section through ommatidium of A. spinosus.
OOsr Oop
1890.] ON BONES FROM THE NITRATE BEDS OF PERU. 3795
Fig. 11. Ommatidium of A. spinosus, from a teased and depigmented prepa-
ration.
12. Vitreous body of A. brunneus, from above.
13. Ommatidium of A. brunneus, from a teased and depigmented prepa-
ration.
14, 15, 16. Transverse sections through ommatidium of A. furcatus at
different levels.
4. Note on the Bones of small Birds obtained by Professor
Nation from below the Nitrate-beds of Peru. By
E. T. Newron, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
[Received April 17, 1890.]
At the meeting of the Zoological Society held on the 14th January,
1890, Dr. Sclater exhibited some bones of small birds sent to him by
Prof. Nation in a small quantity of guano-like earth obtained from
‘‘ beneath the nitrate-beds of Peru.” At present we have no infor-
mation as to the precise locality where these specimens were found,
and although the nitrate is now being extensively worked, little
seems to be known as to the age of the deposits; some account of
them, however, has been published by Mr. Ralph Abercrombie in
‘Nature’ (June 20 and July 25, 1889), and he alludes to the fact that
there is ‘‘in some deposits a layer of guano under the ealiche
(nitrate);” but this is not always the case.
The specimens were handed to me by Dr. Selater for further
examination, and by sifting the guano several other bones were found,
so that there are now for examination portions, more or less complete,
of the following :—3 femora, 4 tibio-tarsi, 7 metatarsi, 2 or 3 fragments
of pelvis, 8 humeri, 4 ulne, 3 metacarpals, and 2 coracoids. The
only portions of the head found are the curved extremities of 3
upper bony beaks, a fragment of a horny beak, the hinder ends of
two mandibular rami, and a quadrate bone. There are also portions
of 3 vertebre.
With regard to the lengths of the long bones, it is only the femora
and metacarpals which are quite entire, but by comparing the
different examples of each of the other bones, a tolerably accurate
idea of their length may be obtained, and the following measurements
were made before I had seen those of the Cymochorea leucorrhoa
given by W. A. Forbes (Memorial Volume, p. 426, 1885), which are
here reproduced for comparison.
Bones from below Cymochorea leucorrhoa,
nitrate-bed. after Forbes.
millim. millim.
WPIGMULT, = vcie: suerte er sere ROP RTE Beets ie 16
Tibio-tarsus .......... RY Nae ee eee 37
Tarso-metatarsus ...... 25-30 ..........-- 24
Humerus...,........ CUD ATA 2. veka dees 35
Tinea gezech oy < cons Kevoneneye br at) Ee Merle 35
Micieangal ic. aor ee ender manus 42
Coracoid .............. 13-15
26*
376 DR. ST. G. MIVART ON CANINE [May 6,
- The agreement in size and structure of the different examples of
each of the bones leads to the conclusion that most of them belong
to one species of bird, and it was thought at first they might be
parts of a small Tern; but the curved beak, as well as the longer
and more slender tarso-metatarse, seems to indicate a closer affinity
with the Petrels. Possibly these remains will be found to belong to
some species now living on the western coasts of South America,
although the nitrate districts are said to be, at the present time,
almost devoid of animal life and the birds from which these fossils are
derived must have existed in the district in considerable numbers.
Mr. H. Seebohm kindly suggested a reference to Mr. H.A. Forbes’s
memoir on the ‘Challenger’ Petrels as likely to help in the com-
parison of these remains; and in that memoir (Memorial Volume,
p. 426) measurements are given of the limb-bones of several forms,
including those of Cymochorea leucorrhoa, the latter agreeing so closely
with the measurements of the fossils as to render it highly probable
that they are generically allied. At present, however, I have been
unable to get a skeleton of any species of this genus for close
comparison. The ‘Challenger’ specimen of Cymochorea leucorrhoa
seems not to be in the British Museum collection.
Mr. O. Salvin, who is so well acquainted with the Petrels, tells me
that C. leucorrhoa is not known on the west coast of S. America ;
but is there replaced by a closely allied species which he has described
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 430) and named C. markhami.
Two skins of Mr. Salvin’s species are in the British Museum, and
by the kindness of Mr. Bowdler Sharpe I have been able to examine
them; but the only parts which can be compared are the beak and the
length of the tarso-metatarse, and in so far as one can judge of parts
which are still enclosed in their horny coverings, they seem to agree
with the Peruvian fossils.
The peculiarities of structure presented by these fossil bones agree
so nearly with those of forms closely allied to Cymochorea, and their
proportions and absolute lengths agree so well with the measure-
ments of C. leucorrhoa, that it is highly probable they will prove to
belong to the genus Cymochorea and to be closely allied to C.
leucorrhoa and C. markhami, but the want of skeletons for detailed
comparison prevents a more definite determination.
5. Note on Canine Dental Abnormalities.
By Dr. Sr. G. Mivart, F.R.S.
[Received April 25, 1890.]
It appears to me that it may be useful to record some dental
abnormalites amongst the Canide which I have myself observed or
have found noticed by others. In his recent paper’ Dr. Windle has
enumerated, with respect to Domestic Dogs, 7 cases of an additional
1 P. Z. S. 1890, p. 29.
1890. ]} DENTAL ABNORMALITIES. 377
upper molar on one side and 5 cases of an additional upper molar
on both sides.
I have found the following abnormalities in skulls at the British
Museum :—
C. magellanicus, No. 46. 11.3.9: an extra lower molar on both
sides.
C. lateralis, No. 71. 5.27.8: five premolars on the right side.
One of these is an extra tooth introduced between P. 1 and P. 2, as
is shown by the presence of a corresponding diastema on the left
side.
C. cancrivorus, No. 10336: a small extra lower molar on both sides.
In No. 46. 6.15. 3, on the right side of the mandible there is,
instead of the third lower molar, a bunch of five small denticles, as
shown in the accompanying figure.
Hindmost teeth of right side of mandible of a specimen of Canis cancrivorus.
Twice the size of nature.
In skull No. 84.2. 21. 1 there is a very small extra lower molar
on one side.
In Cyon javanicus. No. 58. 5. 4. 99, the second upper molar is
wanting on both sides.
Professor Huxley has noted’ the abnormalities above given as
regards C’. magellanicus and C. canerivorus, including the five small
denticles. He has also called attention to a South-American canine
skull described by Van der Hoeven as having an extra upper molar
1 Tu his papers on the Canide, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 268,
378 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
on each side, and to the fact that in Ofocyon there is sometimes a
fourth upper molar.
Professor Flower has recorded* the presence of a second, small,
upper molar in Icticyon.
Donitz* has described the presence of an extra lower premolar
between the normal first and second premolars in one specimen
of C. mesomelas, and of a small third upper molar with two tubercles
on the left side of another specimen-of the same species.
Finally, Néhring® has called attention to the cases of a Dingo with
five premolars above and below, and of two domestic dogs, one with
an extra molar beth above and below, the other (a terrier) with only
two inferior molars.
The abnormal defects of dentition in Pug dogs, as is well known,
may be such that but one tooth exists on either side of either jaw
behind the canines *.
6. On some new Moths from India. By H.J. Ewes, F.Z.S.
[Received May 6, 1890.]
(Plates XXXII.-XXXIV.)
Since I returned from India in 1886 I have been gradually getting
into order the very large collection of Moths which I made in Sikkim ;
and as this has been yearly increased by numerous additions sent me
by my lamented friend Otto Méller and by Messrs. Gammie and
Knyvett, I have hitherto refrained from describing any of the
novelties, which I believe to amount to something like 200 species
out of about 2000 found in Sikkim. The difficulty of naming these
is very great, as since Guenée’s time no one has attempted a general
revision of the genera of Heterocera, and though the nomenclature
of Eastern species has been almost a monopoly of Messrs. Walker,
Butler, and Moore, yet the genera they have described are rarely
based on characters which can be easily examined or compared with
those of their allies. Notwithstanding the assistance I have received
from Mr. F. Moore, whose knowledge of Indian moths is unequalled,
and from Messrs. Druce and Leech, and Col. Swinhoe, to all of whom
my best thanks are due, I have in some instances been unable to
find genera to suit my new species, for which in the existing state of
classification I think it unwise to propose new generic names.
I have lately received from the Naga Hills a fine series of Moths
collected by Mr. Doherty, of which a few are included in this paper,
and which will, when worked out, throw much light on the distribution
of species in that most interesting and prolific part of the Himalo-
Chinese subregion.
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1880, p. 71.
° Sitzungsb, d. Gesell. naturf, Freunde, Berlin, 1869, p. 41, and 1872, p. 54.
3 Op. cit. 1882, p. 65.
* See Dr. Gray, P. Z.8. 1867, p. 46, and also’ Cope, Proc. Acad. N. 8. Philad.
1879, pp. 188 & 189, and the ‘ American Naturalist,’ vol. xiii. (1879), p. 655.
West, Newman, Chromo, lith
New Indian Moths
dian Moths.
In
Cw
N
West, Newman, lith
New Indian Moths.
1890. ] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 379
Genus Artona, Wk.,
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 356 (1876).
ARTONA SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 17, 3.)
¢. Brown, with a pale yellow streak at base of costa; an ovate
spot of the same colour at the middle of the hind margin, and a short
transverse band near apex of fore wing; hind wing with a long yellow-
ish-brown streak in centre. Beneath, the same markings, but the
streak of the hind wing is broader, connected with the costal margin
near the middle ; fringes of both wings pale yellow. Thorax and head
brown, with yellowish tegulz and spots on sides of neck. Abdomen
banded with yellow above, beneath yellowish ; front of head and palpi
yellow. Antenne pectinate, black.
Expanse 21 mm.
Described from a single specimen, taken by myself on the Singa-
lelah range, dividing Sikkim and Nepal, at about 12,000 feet eleva-
tion, in July 1886.
This species is most nearly allied to 4. zebraica, which I have from
Sikkim and Kulu.
ARTONA ZEBRA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11, 3.)
3. Brown, with a faint yellow costal streak ; 4 conspicuous yellow
spots on fore wing, of which one at the base is elongate, the next two in
the centre ovate, and the last near the apex geminate. Hind wing with
a broad central longitudinal yellow patch. Fringes broad, yellow,
abruptly changing to brown close to the apex of the fore and hind
wings, by which character it can readily be separated from the allied
species. Beneath, the two central spots coalesce and touch the basal
streaks ; on the hind wing the yellow patch extends towards the ab-
dominal margin. Tegule and sides of neck, front of head, and base of
coxee yellow. Abdomen brown, faintly banded with whitish; end
of abdomen below yellowish. Antennze black.
Expanse 18 mm.
Described from two males taken at the same time and place as
the last, but lower down the mountain, at about 11,000 feet
elevation.
ARTONA POSTALBA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 16, 3.)
With A. sikkimensis I took still another, which might be thought
to be a variety of it, but which differs so conspicuously in the colour
of the hind wings and fringes that, as I know of no similar variation
in the species of this family, I must conciude to be a distinct species.
It may be described shortly as like d. cedra, but with the central
patch of the hind wing white instead of yellow, the fringes of the
hind wings blackish instead of yellow, the costal streak at base of
fore wing wanting. The tegulz show no yellow; the abdomen no
whitish bands above, but narrow yellow bands below. Antenne
black.
Expanse 15 mm.
380 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
Besides the species of this genus described above I have from
Sikkim the following :—
A. zebraica, Butl. J. L. S. xii. p. 356 (1876); Ill. Het. v. p. 27,
t. 84. fig. 9, which is most like 4. zebra, but has 8 yellow patches
on the fore wing and the fringes all yellow. It occurs also in the
N.W. Himalayas.
A. postvitta, Moore, which is entirely without yellow markings,
having only a white patch on the hind wing, white fringes to the
hind wings, and some white on the legs and underside of body.
A sixth species, described by Mr. Moore as from Darjeeling, but
of which all the specimens in the Atkinson Collection are labelled
Calcutta, is A. fuliginosa, which is entirely brown without spots,
and I think belongs to another genus.
I have also compared my three new species with the collections of
the British Museum and those of Messrs. Moore and Druce, and
found that they agree with none of the species described from other
parts of India.
Genus Crrxea, Wk. Cat. ii. p. 465.
CLELEA NIGROVIRIDIS, 0. Sp.
Black, with iridescent green markings on fore wings and thorax.
Base of fore wings, neck, and head showing golden and purple
reflexions in some lights. Hind wing black, with a green stripe
from base to margin, near analangle. Beneath, fore wing black, paler
towards the hind margin, with narrow green stripes from base half-
way up the wing; hind wings black, with costal green stripe, another
below it forking outwardly, and a broad green stripe extending to
margin. Antenne shining purple. Legs and underside of abdomen
tinged with sbining purple and green.
This differs from Clelea chala, Moore, and C. sapphirina, Wk., so
much in the colour of its iridescent markings that I am obliged to
suppose it distinct. I have specimens from Sikkim which agree fairly
with both of these species, which may be identical, and one other
came with C. nigroviridis from the Naga Hills, which also agrees
with the Javan Clelea. There is, however, a specimen from Formosa
in the British Museum, which, though in bad condition, may be the
same as C. nigroviridis’.
Described trom a single male taken by Mr. Doherty in the Naga
Hills.
Genus Arossa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 577.
AtossA NELCINNA, Moore, l. c. t. 67. fig. 7,3.
This was till recently the only species of the genus, and the type
in Mr. Moore’s collection was unique. As figured, the venation is
not very clear, but Mr. Moore has kindly sent me an accurate drawing
which agrees with the figure here given of Mr. Leech’s specimen
(Plate XXXIV. fig. 1). It will be seen that the subcostal vem has
four branches, of which the first arises from about half the length of
1 J have since seen better male specimens from Formosa in Coll. Moore which
he calls C. sapphirina, and which differ from mine in haying the markings
blue, and a blue band on outer margin of fore wing.
1890. ] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 381
the cell, the second and third from a point considerably beyond it.
The vein dividing the cell, as shown in the Plate, differs from Mr.
Moore’s drawing, which does not, as in the specimen figured and in
A. moorei, fork near the end of the cell.
It will be seen that in both my new species the venation differs
in the fore wing, showing that in this as in other genera of Chalcosiidz
venation cannot be considered as a good generic character.
This species was taken by Col. Lang in Gurhwal, North-west
Himalayas, where it is found in July flying heavily by day among
high trees of Pavia indica.
In 1887 Dr. Staudinger described A. nelcymna (sic) in Romanoff’s
Memoires, vol. iil. p. 192, figuring the only specimen received under
the name of Chalcosia palearctica (Stgr. l.c. t. x. fig. 3,2); taken
on the Ussuri river, N.E. Asia, by Dorries.
I have examined this specimen, which is a much paler insect than
A, nelcinna, and has the prothorax and tegulz black, with a yellow
collar, which is not visible in A. nelcinna, the breast also is yellow ;
the abdomen has a black dorsal stripe marked with narrow yellow
bands and four rows of spots, two of them lateral and two ventral.
The venation also differs in the branches of the subcostal being all
emitted beyond the cell. This species must therefore stand as
Atossa palearctica, Sigr.
Mr. Leech in ‘ Entomologist,’ vol. xxiii. March 1890, describes
A. nelcymna (sic), var. chinensis, as follows :—
««®. In this form the neuration is broadly bordered with blackish ;
the outer third of all the wings is much suffused with the same colour
and sprinkled with greenish-grey scales.
“ Expanse *79 mm.
‘J received one female taken at Changyang (Central China) in June
by Mr. Pratt.”
Mr. Leech having kindly lent me this specimen to examine, I have
compared it with Mr. Moore’s figure, and should say that it as well
as a male, obtained in 1889 also by Mr. Pratt at Washan, in the
province of Szechuen, and now figured (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1), is
apparently not separable from A. nelcinna even as a variety, Mr.
Leech’s comparison having evidently been made with A. palearctica,
which I have shown to be distinct. They agree in their venation,
size, and colour, except that they have not so much of the yellow tint
as Moore’s figure shows. The female has the hind wing rounder
than the male, but not so round as in A. palearctica.
A third specimen, ¢, also taken by Mr. Pratt at Huang Machung
near Ta-tsien-lo in West Szechuen, has a decided yellow tint on
both wings and surfaces, and much less of the dark marking below.
It agrees in venation with the other two.
In neither of these males is the abdomen banded above; in the
female it is inconspicuously so. ‘he thorax in all is black, but in
the last-mentioned specimen isa yellow spot on each side of the
prothorax. If this is found to be constant and not present in any
specimens of A. nelcinna, as I suspect to be the case, it may belong
to a distinct species, for which I would suggest the name 4. leechii.
382 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [ May 6,
Lastly, I received four specimens of this genus, two males and
two females, from the Naga Hills, which I describe as follows :—
ATOSsSA MOOREI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)
3 2. Resemble A. nelcinna in general outline, but larger, male
77 mm., female 82-90 mm.
Antenne, ¢ 13 mm., 2 16-17 mm.
Body from head to end of abdomen, ¢ 27, 2 31 mm.
Head and thorax black, with prothorax yellow and tegule with a
broad yellow margin. Abdomen thick, yellow, with seven black
bands above and five broader ones below ; a single line of black spots
on the sides. Breast yellow; antenne black, pectinate in male,
minutely serrate in female.
Colours greyish white, with a broad dark bar on fore wing crossing
end of cell, and broad marginal band with paler markings down its
centre. Hind wings greyish white, with black edges and a series of
blackish streaks or spots hetween the veins, coalescing into an irregular
band across the outer half of the wing. Beneath as above, but the
dark markiugs less distinct.
Differs from 4. nelcinna in the second branch of the subcostal
being forked beyond its separation from the main branch (cf. Plate
XXXIV. figs. 1, 2).
Along with these specimens I received a single male, which differs
very considerably in markings, and though on account of the appa-
rently variable character of the markings in this genus, I should not
have been inclined to consider it as more than a variety, yet the
neuration is also so different that I am forced to believe it is of a
distinct species. The differences will best be appreciated by a com-
parison of the accompanying figures, which show that there are only
3 instead of 4 branches to the subcostal, whilst the shape of the
cell in the fore wing is also different.
If the same species can vary to this extent in venation as well as in
markings, I can only say that hitherto accepted generic characters
will have to be entirely revised, because the difference in these two
specimens would by many be considered generic rather than specific.
I propose to call this form
ATOSSA NAGAENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)
¢. Differs from 4. mooret in the venation (cf. fig.), in having a
black central stripe dividing the yellow collar, and in having the
whole of the fore wing pale grey, excepting a band of whitish marks
between the veins near the outer margin.
Hab. Naga Hills (W. Doherty).
Genus Herpa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 442 (1854).
HERPA SUBHYALINA, Var. PRIMULINA, 0. var.
3 2. Nearly allied to Herpa subhyalina, Moore, Descr. Coll. Atk.
i. p. 18 (1879), but smaller and of a much brighter yellow. The
costal border of the hind wings not fuliginous as in that species,
though the underside of the costa in the fore wing only towards
the base is in the male sex darker than the upperside. The antennze
1890. ] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 383
of the female are very narrowly pectinated compared with those of
the male, but there is no other difference.
This species was taken at 6000-7000 feet in the Naga Hills, by
Mr. Doherty, and seems to be the local representative of the genus,
of which only two others are known—H. venosa, Walker, a
shorter-winged species from the Khasia Hills, with the veins much
blacker and black fringes ; and H. subhyalina, which is only known
by a male from the Lachung valley, Sikkim, 8000-10,000 ft., which
is one of the insects I took myself in 1870, and gave to the late
Mr. Atkinson. I have compared my specimens with this, which is
now in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
Genus CampyLores, Westwood.
CamPYLores HisTRIoNicus, Westw., Royle, Ill. Him. p. liii, t. 10.
fig. 1 (1837).
Chalcosia histrionica, Koll. Hiigel’s Kashm. p. 463 (1848).
The type of this species came from the North-west Himalaya,
where it is not uncommon at moderate elevations, and extends with
some variation throughout the Himalayas to the Khasia and Naga
Hills, and, as I learn from M. Oberthiir, into the Chinese provinces
of Yunnan, Kouytcheou, and Szechuen. The Sikkim form might
almost be separated as a local variety, as in the male the red or
reddish-yellow stripes which run parallel to the inner margin do
not, in Khasia specimens, usually extend more than halfway to
the anal angle, whereas in Sikkim specimens they come almost to
the margin. The colour of the markings on the hind wing also is
less tinged with crimson than in Sikkim specimens. So far as I
have seen, North-western and Nepalese specimens are nearer to the
Khasia than to the Sikkim ones. I found this species common on
open grassy downs at 5000 feet near Shillong, in September, flying
heavily by day, but have not taken it myself in Sikkim.
There is a dwarf form of this species found in Sikkim, the Naga
Hills, and the North-west Himalayas, which, though not differing
appreciably in markings, is constantly smaller in size }.
The measurements of five specimens in my collection are as
follows :—
mm.
Q. Sikkim, 10,000 feet, July (Hlwes) .......... 51
9 sy Sulkin, Mareb 76 Maher) ut acs status ley: 54
9 = Sikkin, 10,000 feet (top) ics ei eucnouaures 52
3d. Naga Hills, 5000 feet, Aug.(W. Doherty) .... 49
2 . 2” 29 2 ” rohan OO
Measurements of C. histrionicus.
Khasia male in my collection 2.4 cess os cee ase 69
Kebasia female: jiwissaus bh atthidents dbahexe. mateah FA
Nik kingamales. vary {ows «0p iW ice aphiein dinadevatn 70-84
Sikkim females vary from....,........... e+e. 76-84
} A photograph sent me by M. C. Oberthiir of Campzylotes in his collection
shows a specimen {rom Ta-tsien-lo which seems to belong to this form.
384 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
The only difference of colour in this forin that I see is that the
three lower ovate apical glassy spots on the fore wing are in the
Naga specimen yellow, not white; in the Sikkim specimens this
colour is paler, and does not extend to the outermost of the three
spots. This difference holds good in a very small specimen of his-
trionicus type from Mandi in the N.W. Himalaya, which from its
size I at first thought to be altissima. In this respect the variety
shows some resemblance to CO. sikkimensis, but I can distinguish
all specimens of the latter with certainty. As this form appears
in Sikkim at least to be confined to high elevations, I propose to
call it C. histrionicus, var. altissima (Plate XX XIII. fig. 1).
CAMPYLOTES SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2*.)
This species I have long hesitated to separate from the last, which
it resembles closely in size, but as I have now four specimens and have
seen others in Messrs. Druce and Moore’s collections which agree
pretty closely, I am obliged to give it a name.
3 9. Differ from C. histrionicus in their much smaller size
(346-51 mm., Q 51-61 mm. in expanse); in having all the
marks on the fore wing pale yellow, which are vitreous white in
C. histrionicus ; in the hind wing the red stripes are divided near the
margin by a black line, outside of which the markings are yellow as
in (. desgodinsi, Ob. In one specimen only this character fails,
making it intermediate between C. sikkimensis and C. histrionicus
var. altissima, but on the underside the apex of the hind wing
clearly distinguishes it from the latter.
At the apex of the fore wing are two additional spots not seen in
any specimens of histrionicus, though in two of the var. altissima
there are small white specks in the same position.
On the underside the markings are also different, and leave no
doubt in my mind that this is a different species. It occurs rarely
on Tonglo at 10,000 feet with the last, where I took a male in August
1886, and received three others in the same collection, made by
natives in the Chumbi Valley, which contained the new butterflies
I described in P. Z. S. 1882, p. 398.
Among the numerous beautiful Heterocera sent me by Mr. Doherty
were 7 specimens of a Campylotes, which though it agrees in pattern
and colour pretty fairly with Campylotes desgodinsi', is so much larger
and brighter in colour, that I can hardly place it under that species.
As, however, intermediate forms may occur, I propose to call it
CAMPYLOTES DESGODINSI, var. SPLENDIDA, n. var.. (Plate
XXXIII. fig. 3.)
The subjoined comparison is made with a specimen from Ta-tsien-
lo in East Tibet, and with a photograph of three others, for which
I am indebted to the kindness of M. Charles Oberthur.
Much larger, expands 80 mm. as compared with 58 mm.; very
1 Epyrgis desgodinsi, Oberth. Et. Ent. livr. ix. p. 18, t. xi. fig. 10.
2 The difference shown in the Plate between the abdomen of this species and
that of fig. 1 does not really exist, and is caused by the yellow bands of the
sides showing above in its more distended state.
1890. | NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 385
much brighter in colour, being bright cherry-red instead of dull red-
dish pink, the yellow spots, even in worn specimens, much brighter
and larger. The body is black as in C. desgodinsi, with a row of 6
large yellow spots on the sides and under surface of the abdomen
separated by black bands.
The underside of the tibize in all the legs is bright yellow, the
tarsi and feet black. This seems to be the case also in C. desgodinsi,
though my specimen is not so fresh. M. Oberthiir informs me that
a similar form occurs in Yunnan.
Besides the species of Campylotes above referred to, the following
only are known to me :—
CaMPYLOTES ATKINSONI, Moore, Descr. Atk. Coll. i. p. 17
(1879).
A rare species, from high elevations in Sikkim, without any yellow
markings.
CaMPYLOTEs PRATTII, Leech, Ent. 1890, p. 109.
From Central China. A species allied to C. desgodinsi, but easily
distinguished from it and from all other described species by the
transverse black band near the base of the fore wings.
Cycuosia? ocurea, n.sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 4, 2.)
This very curious little insect agrees well with no genus known to
me nor with any in the British Museum, if its size, colour, and
aspect are regarded ; but its antennz and the ovipositor-like pro-
jection from the abdomen in the 9, as well as the neuration, show
that it belongs to the Chalcosiide, where it would come between
Herpa and Cyclosia panthona, Cr. It is probably nearly allied to
Arbudas bicolor, Moore, Atk. i. p. 20, t. 2. 19, which, though placed
by Mr. Moore in the Nyctemeride, is also, | think, a Chalcosid
Moth.
3 9. Fore wings ochreous yellow without markings; hind wings
the same, but paler and brighter, with darker abdominal border.
Beneath, plain dull yellow-ochre. Head and body brown; antenne
black ; legs and underside of body yellowish.
Expanse 24 to 26 mm.
Described from a single male and three females taken by Mr. Do-
herty in the Naga Hills at about 5000 to 7000 feet elevation.
Sorit1A ? MOLLERI, n.sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13.)
I know of no insect in the family at all resembling this, and
believe it will form the type of a new genus; but I have only seen
two specimens, of the sex of which I cannot be certain with the help
of a strong lens, and as I do not wish to destroy them, I must leave it
uncertain for the present, though they seem to agree in venation and
general appearance with Soritia (Heterusia) circumdata, Walk. Cat.
xxx p12).
Colour black, with the inner half of both wings white except at
the base, the veins of fore wing and a bar at the end of the cell
vitreous; four black spots in the white part of the fore wing.
Beneath, the white is tinged slightly with bluish. Head, thorax,
386 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
and abdomen tinged with steel-blue, which also extends to the base
of the fore wings. Hinder part of abdomen clothed with some
seattered white hairs. The haustellum bright red, looking, when
rolled up, like a red spot below the neck.
Of this curious and distinct species I received two specimens only,
from the late Otto Mdller in 1887. As they have neither date nor
locality, I presume they were taken in the interior of Sikkim by his
native collectors.
Retina? Fuscescens. (Plate XXXII. fig. 12, 2.)
Of this very distinct species I have a single specimen only, of
which the antenne are not perfect and the wings somewhat worn;
but though I cannot be certain of the genus, yet the insect can be
confounded with no other known to Mr. Moore or myself from the
Indian region '.
The venation seems near that of Retina rubrivitta, though in this
family I do not attach so much importance to that character. The
antennze are somewhat less pectinated though similar in structure.
The projecting organ which resembles an ovipositor, and the red
neck and the character of the wing-scales, all tend to prove that it
belongs to the Chalcosiidz, though its superficial appearance might
lead one to place it among the Lithosiidz.
Colour dull black, with a large whitish patch from the base to
beyond the middle of hind wing. Tip of fore wing and costa of hind
wing below also whitish. Collar and shoulders beneath red. Head,
legs, and body black.
Expanse 33 mm.
Described from a single specimen taken in the interior of Sikkim
by one of Moller’s collectors.
Retina? Fuavicosra, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1, 2.)
Of this insect I had a single female in the same collection as the
last. It seems to be most nearly allied to R. rubrivitta, Wk. Cat.
Het. ii. p. 439 (1854); Butl. Ill. Het. v. p. 25, t. 84. fig. 4.
Fore and hind wings dull black, with the costa of both wings and
outer margin of hind wing dull yellow; collar and sides of neck
below crimsou. Thorax and body apparently tinged with green, but
the specimen is too much rubbed to be certain; antennee wanting.
Genus Excysma, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 4.
ELCYsMA DOHERTYI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4, ¢.)
This remarkable species is very nearly allied to 2. westwoodi,
Voll., from Japan, which is figured in the Tijdschrift for 1863, t. ix.
fig. 3, g, and described at page 136, of which £. translucida, Butl.,
1 After describing this species I saw it in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and
found that it was the same as Soria fuscescens, Moore, Atk. p. 16 (1879). The
male differs in having the hind wing without white, only a paler brown in the
centre, and in being smaller. The antenne are very long, measuring ‘40 of an
inch, which is the same as the length of the hind wings. Both sexes are in
the Atkinson collection.
1890.] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 387
is a synonym (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5). It is also closely allied to
Chalcosia caudata, Brem.' (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6), which I have from
the island of Askold; but though there is nothing very marked in
the coloration to separate it from either of them, yet the difference in
venation affords a sufficient character. It may be described as
resembling E. westwoodi in size, shape, and colour, but the fore
wings more smoky, and the second discocellular vein of the hind
wing forked close to, instead of some distance from, the end of the
cell.
From £. caudata it differs in its larger size, much darker colour of
both fore and hind wings, and in the recurrent vein in the cell of the
fore wing being simple as it is in #. westwoodi, and not forked.
From both the other species it differs in having the costal vein of the
hind wing forked near the base, the two branches being connected
by a short transverse vein near the middle of the cell (cf. fig. 4, a).
All three species have a yellow patch edged with a dark line at
the base of the fore wing. The antenne, head, legs, and abdomen
are black. In £. caudata and EL. westwoodi the abdomen is much
paler. The antennee of the female in /. caudata, and probably in
the other species, are much more finely pectinate than in the male.
The claspers of the male and the ovipositor of the female are of the
same character as those of Cadphises, Chelura, and Aglaope, to which
genera Elcysma seems to me to be most nearly allied. The only
specimen I have seen was taken by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga
Hills, at an elevation of about 5000 feet, in August 1889.
Expanse of fore wing 66 mm.; length of hind wing 41 mm.;
length of antenne 12 mm.
CHIONOMERA PULCHELLA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15.)
This species isa near ally of Tyana superba, Moore, and belongs
to the genus Chionomera, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 18, in
which he placed C. superba and C. argentea trom Japan. It belongs
to the Nycteolide and would come near Farias, but has no other
near allies in Asia as faras I know. It is easily distinguished from
C. superba by the green instead of yellow bands of the fore wing and
by the much greater breadth of these bands, and these characters do
not vary in the five specimens I have seen. It is rare in Sikkim;
one specimen in Méller’s collection was taken at about 5000 feet in
April. I have received others taken near Tonglo at about 7000
feet. Of C. superba I have only two—one from Bhutan taken in
September, the other by myself at Darjeeling in July’.
Fore wiugs silvery above, with rich olive-green markings as shown
in the Plate; below, only an indistinct olive-green patch on the middle
of the costa; hind wings pure silvery white on both sides. Legs
olive-green, with white joints and tarsi ; two pairs of strong spurs on
the hind legs. Palpi long, extending beyond the head. The sexes do
not appear to differ.
Expanse 23-27 mm.
1 Chalcosia caudata, Brem. Lep. Ost.-Sib. p. 97, t. viii. fig. 8.
2 There are several specimens of C. pulchella, from Sikkim, unnamed, in the
Atkinson collection which agree with mine,
1
388 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
Liruosta? ANOMALA, nu. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 14, 9.)
I am unable to say with certainty to what genus or even to
what family this species belongs. Mr. Moore has a specimen un-
named in his collection which he has placed next to Propachys, but
the palpi and legs are utterly different from this genus. Superficially
it resembles a J'yspanodes, but has short legs like those of a Lithosid
moth; its habit and general aspect make me think it must belong
to the Lithosiidee, in which also Dr. Staudinger concurs; and as I
am unable to make out the venation clearly without injuring the
specimen, ! have placed it here for the present. I have two pairs,
which I took at light on July 7th, 1886, at the old bungalow at
Rangyroon near Darjeeling, at about 5000 feet; also a male from
_ Bhutan and another which agrees perfectly, from the Naga Hills,
taken in September.
3 @. Fore wings above pale red, with a black line from the base to
the outer margin, and two faint short ones above this at the apex ;
hind wings sooty black. Below, the fore wing is sooty black with the
costal margin and fringes red, and a red tinge at the base and hind
margin. Thorax, tegule, base of the antenna, and front of head
red. Palpi, legs, and abdomen black. The hind legs have a strong
double spur on the last joint; there is a conspicuous haustellum.
Antenne rather short and filiform, with fine sete at the joints.
Expanse, ¢ 23-25 mm., 2 28-31 mm.
Karaa? semirusca, nu. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9.)
According to Mr. Moore this belongs to the genus Katha (P.Z.S8.
1878, p. 16), but I am unable to follow his minute subdivision of the
Lithosiidee, and have no other species with which to compare it,
except K. nigrifrons, which it resembles in size and shape. It comes,
however, nearer to the figure of K. terminalis (P. Z. S. 1878, pl. i.
fig. 14) in colour, but differs in the band of the fore wing being more
than twice as broad. Fore wing fawn-colour, with a broad fuscous
band not extending to the costa except at the apex, or to the outer
margin. Hind wing pale straw-colour. Below as above, but the
band paler and less defined. Head and thorax brown; neck, legs,
and abdomen pale straw-colour.
Expanse 32 mm.
Described from a single specimen, which seems to be a male, taken
by one of Miller’s men in the interior of Sikkim.
NupariA? pupDGEONI, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.)
This species seems to come nearest to Nudaria margaritacea, Wk.,
but I am not at all sure that it is congeneric with the European
Nudaria, the venation being obscure. Mr. Moore thinks it should
form the type of a new genus, but there are too many ill-defined
genera in the family already, as it seems to me.
The species is very distinct from anything known to me or to
Mr. Moore, and the figure is so good that I need hardly describe the
colour. The fringes at apex of both fore and hind wings are much
darker brown than the remainder, and all the markings of the under-
side are darker than above. The hind legs have a double spur on
1890. | NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 389
the last joint. The antenne are filiform, with minute setz at the
joints.
Expanse 23 mm.
Described from a single specimen (? female) taken by Mr. Dudgeon
at about 5000 feet, near Darjeeling, May 15, 1887.
Serina? puncrata, n.sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 18, 2.)
This species is nearly allied to S. dasara, Moore, which I have
from the Naga Hills and Sikkim, and which also occurs in the North-
west Himalaya. It is also less nearly allied to S. nebulosa, Moore,
of which I have both sexes from Sikkim, but distinguished from
both these by having no bands across the wings.
From 8S. dharma, Moore, and SN. punctilinea, Moore, it is also
distinct, as I have compared these species in Mr. Moore’s collection.
It comes nearest to S. discisigna, Moore, from the Khasi Hills, but
differs from it in having no purplish brown on the hind wing, no
black spots on the head or thorax, abdomen and legs yellowish
instead of purplish brown.
Described from two females, one from Sikkim, and one from the
Naga Hills. Idoubt whether the Indian species are congeneric
with Se¢ina of Schrank, in S. nebulosa at least the male antennz are
pectinate ; but I leave them so at present as my series is not suffi-
ciently good to rearrange them.
LYCLENE SIMPLIFASCIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 19, 2.)
This species is nearly allied to L. nubifascia, Walk., of which I
have numerous specimens of both sexes, but differs in the following
particulars :—The double row of spots across the fore wing is not
bent outwards at the hind margin, and except in very fresh speci-
mens is hardly visible. The fore wings are much deeper in colour.
The dark bands across the fore wings are very faint, often quite in-
visible on the upper surface, and always narrower, especially in the
female.
If I had not several fresh specimens of both sexes I should not
have ventured to separate it, but finding that both Mr. Moore, Col.
Swinhoe, and Mr. Butler have separated it in their collections without
naming it, I have decided to do go. I took this species as well as
L. nubifascia commonly at light at Darjeeling, on Tonglo, also on
the top of the Rishilah in West Bhotan, from June to August. The
antennze of the male are pectinate as in L. nubifuscia.
Genus Bizonz, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 548 (1854) ; Moore, Lep.
Ceyl. ii. p. 60.
Chionema, H.-S. Aus. Schmett. p. 21 (1858).
In order to identify the numerous species of Bizone I have from
India, and before describing any new species, I was obliged to revise
the whole genus, and have carefully gone through the specimens in
the British and Oxford Museums and in the collections of Messrs.
Druce, Moore, Leech, Col. Swinhoe, and Dr. Staudinger, all of whom
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1889, No. XXVILI. 27
390 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [ May 6,
I have to thank for allowing me to borrow for comparison specimens
about which I was doubtful. As the species are numerous, little
known, and closely allied, I have thought it best to give a list of
those known to me. I think that the species for the most part do
not vary much, and that the characters by which I have separated
them seem constant in all those species of which I have seen many
specimens. The form of the costal fold and the lobe beneath the
fore wing, which is found in the males of most of the species, and
the number, position, and colour of the bands on the fore wing, as
well as the discal spots, which are usually different in number and
position in the two sexes, afford good specific characters.
The distribution of the genus is rather peculiar. It seems to
reach its maximum of development in the Eastern Himalayas, where
no less than fifteen species are found, six only of which are as yet
known to occur west of Nepal. In Southern India and Ceylon only
three occur. In China there are seven, of which several seem to
belong to a different group, in which the costal fold is absent or
only slightly developed. In Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Malay
peninsula we know of six or seven, and these too little to separate
them in a satisfactory way. Celebes and Amboina have each one
peculiar species. Madagascar has two; and one is found at Sierra
Leone.
Sect. I.
A. Costal fold present, with 4 red bands on fore wing.
Q with one spot between 2nd and 3rd bands.
a. & with 3 black spots between 2nd and 3rd band.
a’. 3rd band concave, 2nd comma-shaped.
1. Brzone pur ta, Drury, Exot. Ins. ii. p. 3, t. 2, 9 (1773).
B. peregrina, Walk. Cat. ii. p. 551, in part.
The type wasa 2 from South India. I have a 2 from Bangalore
which agrees with the plate, and both sexes from Kulu, which agree
in the bands and spots. ‘The male has a black or pinkish dash
beyond the third band, which is sometimes edged with black.
Var.? PALLENS, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 338, 2.
This may be distinct, but the bands are usually much straighter
and more parallel, and the insect smaller. I have a single ¢ from
Sikkim which is rather intermediate. Others from the Naga Hills
seem more distinct from the type. Mr. Butler has placed speci-
mens from Moulmein, Sylhet, and Kangra under this name in the
British Museum.
a". 3rd band connected with 4th by a red line on costa; a deep
cavity in the underside of fore wing.
2. BIzoNE PEREGRINA, Walk. Cat. ii. p. 351, in part.
Walker confused two or three species under this name, which I
restrict to the Ceylon species, which I have seen only in Mr. Moore’s
collection. It can certainly be distinguished from the last in the g,
though possibly not in the 9 sex.
1890.] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 391
I have seen no males from S. India, but if they should be found
to agree with the Ceylon species, then the name of puel/a must be
applied to this form, and the Himalayan insect, which I have called
' puella, would take the name of peregrina.
Moore has figured in Cat. E. I. C. p. 351, t. 13, the larva and
pupa of a Javan species under the name of puel/la; but I have seen
none from that island, though there are three females from Sumatra
in Dr. Staudinger’s collection which may be a form of it, These,
however, have the marginal band very faint, and the 3rd band
convex instead of concave.
8. 3 with 2 black or pinkish-brown spots and a red dash between
2nd and 3rd bands, which are bent inwards and towards each other.
3. Bizone namata, Wk. Cat. ii. p. 549 (1854); Leech, P. Z.5S.
1888, p. 604.
? B. puella, Fixsen (nec Drury), Rom. Mem. iii. p. 332,
The type from Shanghai agrees with Japanese specimens.
It occurs also in Central China, and has been recorded from Hong
Kong, though this may be another species.
4. Brzone Fascrioua, Leech, MS.
This species is separated from B. hamata by the 2nd and 3rd bands
being straighter, and the lower black spot in the male being placed
outside the upper one, not straight below it as in B. hamata. It
has been taken at Ichang and Changyang, in Central China by Mr.
Pratt.
5. Bizone rnconciusa, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vi.
p- 120, ¢ (1862).
This species, which I have seen from Borneo and Sumatra, seems
intermediate between B. humata and the next species; but I have not
seen a sufficient number of both sexes to be able to form an opinion.
Walker describes it as distinct from the next by the difference in
the discal dots, shorter costal fringe, and narrower bands. The lobe
below the costa is single, not double as in conclusa.
6. Bizonr conczusa, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vi.
p. 120, 3 (1862).
? Var. javanica, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 337.
This species occurs in Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and the island of
Nias, and is distinguished from the last by the larger costal fold,
broader red bands, of which the 2nd is edged inwardly, the 3rd out-
wardly, with black. The hind wing of B. conclusa is fawn-colour ;
Walker says tinged with pale yellow, perhaps this is faded. That
of B. javanica is pink. If this is constant, the species might very
well be separated, but I have seen but few specimens of either.
7. BIZONE PLATENI, n. sp. (2).
Allied to B. conelusa, Wk., var. javanica, Butl., but has not the
o7*
392 MR. H. J, ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
dash running outward from the 2nd band, and has the lower of the
two spots in the male obliquely inside instead of outside the upper
spot. The shape, colour, and position of the fringe and lobe are
very similar to B. javanica, and the hind wing also is pink. The
red bands are broader, as in B. conclusa.
This species I describe with some hesitation, as I have seen only
a single male, which is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and was
collected by Dr. Platen in the Minahasa district of North Celebes.
c. 1 spot only and a red dash between 2nd and 3rd bands. with
a large brush of hairs on underside of the fore wing.
8. Bizone unrpuncraTA, Leech, MS.
This very distinct species seems to be very rare in Japan, but
Mr. Leech has a pair from Satsuma and a female from the Liukiu
Islands, all taken by Mr. H. Pryer.
d. Very small red spots between 2nd and 3rd bands, which are
straight.
9. Bizone amaBiuis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 597, t.59. f. 2, 3.
From the description and figure [ supposed this to be a form of
puella, but on examining the type I find it is a good species. A
female in Moore’s collection is from Car Nicobar island.
10. Brzone Pupens, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vi. p. 120
(1862).
B. perversa, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 338, 2.
A small species from Borneo, which seems to come very near to
the last. I have only seen it in the British and Oxford Museums.
B. Costal fold well marked.
a. ¢& with 3 spots between 2nd and 3rd bands.
a’. 2 with 2 spots between 2nd and 3rd bands.
a’. Hind wings red.
11. Brzone sranca, Walk. Cat. vii. p. 1684, ¢ (1859).
A distinct species, which occurs in Sikkim, Burmah, and Penang.
B. determinata, Wk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vi. p. 120, 2
(1862), from Sarawak, seems nearest B. bianca, and may be its
female; but the male is unknown, and what is put as the female
of bianca in the Oxford Museum by Walker has three spots, whilst
all I have from Sikkim and Burmah have two only.
a
a’, With hind wings fawn-colour.
12. Bizone PUER, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8, 3.)
d. Fore wings white, with two red bars, the outer one edged out-
wardly with black, the inner one angled ; a short orange-buff band at
base of wing; the whole apex and entire hind wing pale buff.
1890.] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 393
2. Like the male but larger, with two larger spots between the
bands.
Between the red bars on fore wing are three black spots in a
triangle, and a fourth outside the bar near the costa close to the
fold which is little marked above; below there is a single lobe as in
B. sikkimensis. Beneath buff, with the costa of hind wing and hind
margin of fore wing white. Head and body white. Thorax buff
with white stripes. Legs white with black bands.
Of this distinct species I took a male at light near Darjeeling on
July 20, 1886, and have seen a female in Atkinson’s collection from
the Khasia Hills, taken October 1867. I have also a pair from Mao
on the Manipur side of the Naga Hills, taken by W. Doherty in
August 1889. There is a female without name, from Assam, in the
Oxford Museum.
6. 2 with 3 spots between 2nd and 3rd bands.
é’. All white, with no marginal band.
13. Brzone signa. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7, 2,? var.)
B. signa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 550, ¢ (1854). Silhet.
? B. fasciculata, Walk. 1. c. vii. p. 1684, ¢ (1855). Himalaya,
Kulu to Sikkim.
B, adita, Moore, Cat. K. I. C. ii. p. 306, t. 7 a. fig. 11, 2 (1859).
I cannot be certain whether B. signa and B. fasciculata are the
same, as the type of the latter is in the Oxford Museum, and the
type of B. signa in the British Museum. In this and in one of my
Sikkim specimens the two outer spots coalesce and form a short
black bar, but it does not seem to be otherwise different. The
female which I have figured as B. signa, var. (fig. 7), has no
corresponding male. I have four specimens of it from Sikkim, which
differ from the female of B. fasciculata, Wk., which is common in
Sikkim, by the larger size of the spots, the shape of the outer bar,
and the red band on the hinder part of the thorax. I also notice
that the basal band in fasciculata is reduced to a line on the costa
which runs along it from the 2nd band, whereas in what I figure as
signa there is no pink edge to the costa, and the basal band
extends nearly to the hind margin. If B. signa and B. fasciculata
(= 8B. adita) prove distinct, which I doubt, this might be the female
of B. signa. If not it may be a new species, which I would call
B. walkeri.
14. BizoNeE ADELINA.
Bizone adelina, Stgr. Rom. Mem. iii. p. 191, t. x. fig. 14, 9
(1887).
This is most nearly allied to B. fasciculata, Wk., and has the
same spots, but differs in the pink bands being more angular and
in the pink colour of the hind wings. It seems to be a good species.
It was found near Vladivostock in July and August by Christoph.
394 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
6". With marginal bands present. White hind wings.
15. Brzone artapneg, Leech, MS.
This is a good species, distinguished from signa by marginal band
and shape of the second and third bands; in the male there is a
pink spot on the costa above the black spot, which is separated by _
the fold from the pink band.
It has been found in Central China, at Changyang, by Mr. Pratt.
b". Red hind wings.
16. BizonE PRATTI, n. sp.
This was sent to me by Mr. Leech under the name of B. san-
guinea, Brem., but it is quite distinct from what I take to be that
species, which is described further on.
It is like B. ariadne, but differs in having the hind wings and
abdomen bright pink as in B. bianca. There are three black spots in
both sexes, but in the male the outer one is placed on the third bar
instead of within it. As this species will doubtless be figured by
Mr. Leech, I will not describe it more particularly. It was taken
by Mr. and Mrs. Pratt at Changyang and Ichang in June 1888.
Next we have a group of five species with four fawn-eoloured
bands (except in B. sikkimensis, which has only three), all, so far
as I know, confined to the Himalayan region. ‘They are all nearly
allied but, as I believe, quite distinct.
I have been obliged to name no less than three of them, which I
should not have ventured to do if I had not examples of both sexes
in good condition of every species.
c. 4 yellow bands.
c’. Pink body and pale pink hind wings.
17. Bizone arama, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. ii. p. 306, t. 7a.
fig. 10, 2.
A distinct species, which seems rare wherever found. The male,
which is undescribed, I have only seen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
The middle spot in the male takes the form of a short bar, as
though two spots were united. The outer spot is placed, as in
B. pratti, rather outside the third band, which is broken by the
fold, and appears as a spot on the costa. I have females from Kulu
and Sikkim in my collection, and there are others from Khasia in
the British Museum.
¢. White body and hind wings ; hind wings with a dark lunule.
18. BizoNE DOHERTYI, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4, 2.)
3 2. White, with pale yellow bands on the thorax and tegule.
Four pale yellow bands across the wings, of which the first does not
extend to the hind margin, the second and third irregular. In
1890.] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 395
addition to the triangle of black spots between these bands, the male
has a fourth close to the costa outside or partly in the third band.
The fringe of the fold is very narrow, and the lappet beneath the
wing small. Underside and hind wings pure white, the black dots
showing through, and on the hind wing a small blackish lunule at
the end of the cell, which is not visible in the Plate, but which
‘ distinguishes this species from any other. Described from two
males and a female taken by Mr. Doherty at Mao, on the Manipur
side of the Naga Hills, in August 1889. I have a single female
agreeing perfectly with them from Moller’s coliection, taken in 1888,
in Sikkim.
c*. 2 spots only within the bands in ¢.
19. BizonE MOLLERI, 2D. sp.
Very near the last species, but distinguished by the absence of
the dark lunule on the hind wing, by the male having two only
instead of three spots in the disk, by the somewhat smaller size,
and differently shaped lappet below the wing. I think it isa
perfectly good species, as I have 1 ¢ and 2 2 from Sikkim, and
have compared a male from Cherra Pungi in the Khasia Hills, in the
Atkinson collection, which perfectly agrees.
This species may be distinguished trom B. guttifera by the much
larger black spots, the pure white hind wing, and larger costal fringe.
ce’. With pale yellow hind wings.
20. Bizone GutTtireRA, Walk. Cat. vii. p. 1779.
Smaller than the last, with smaller black spots, and the hind
wings in fresh specimens bright yellowish fawn-colour, which in worn
or old specimens fades towards the base. Agrees with type in the
British Museum, which came from the North-west Himalaya. Seems
common in the interior of Sikkim, and brought from Chumbi by
native collectors, but not found, so far as I know, near Darjeeling.
A pair from the Naga Hills agree perfectly.
In the British Museum and Moore’s collection some specimens
which may belong to B. sikkimensis are mixed with it, but fourteen
specimens in Méller’s and my collection, of which four are males,
are constant in the colour of the hind wing and other characters.
c®. Pure white, with 3 yellow bands, the terminal one wanting.
21. BizoNE SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig.6 9,592.)
3 2. White, with orange-buff bands on the thorax and tegule,
and three orange-buff bands across the fore wing as in the figure.
The male has two round black spots between second and third bands,
and a black streak on the third band, the outer angle of which is
partly concealed by the costal fold.
The fold appears to be much shorter and differently shaped to
those of B. signa or B. mélleri and seems more like that of B. gut-
tifera, whilst the lobe below is shorter and single.
396 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [May 6,
In the female the three black spots are smaller, and more widely
separated than in B. arama or B. mélleri, resembling those of
B. signa 3.
I took this species on Tonglo, at 10,000 feet elevation, in July,
where it was rare; there was also a male in Moller’s collection.
d. Pure white, without bands.
22. Bizone canpipa. (Plate XXXII. fig.2 ¢,3 92.)
Chionema candida, Feld. Reise Nov. t. 10 6. fig. 17.
I had described this species already under the name of candida,
when Mr, Butler called my attention to Felder’s figure, which appears
to be the same insect and has the same name. As, however, it has
not been described, I annex a short diagnosis.
3 Q. Pure white, with crimson band across the thorax ; a crimson
spot in its centre and on the tegule (these are absent in a specimen
taken at Rala), A crimson line along both sides of the costa as
far as the sexual fold above and the large lobe below ; the base of
the costa is also pale crimson. The male has, in addition to the
three black spots in a triangle, a fourth partially concealed by the
fold as in B. signa. Tarsi white banded with black. Palpi white
below, black above.
Hab. Sikkim, 8000—10,000 feet elevation ; Kulu, in Indian Mu-
seum (fide Swinhoe); Rala, N.W. Himalaya, 6000 ft. (McArthur).
I have received several males and one female of this species trom
native collectors on Tonglo, aud have no doubt it is a good species.
Species of doubtful position.
23. ? Bizone TRicutTata, Walk. Char. Undescr. Lep. p. 89, 2
(1869).
I cannot identify this species with certainty, as the description of
the female only might do for B. molleri.
The type is in the Devon and Exeter Museum, where, on appli-
cation to the curator, I have not been able to see it. It was said to
have come from Benares. There is in Mr. Moore’s collection a
male labelled N.W. Himalaya, which may be of this species, and
which differs from B. guttifera only in the pure white hind wings,
and from B. dohertyi only in the absence of the lunule on the hind
wing. For the present this species must remain obscure.
24. Brzone suBornaTa, Walk. Cat. ii. p. 550, 9 (1854) ; Moore,
Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 60, t. 103. 4.
The type of this is a single female in bad condition from Ceylon ;
the male is unknown. Mr. Moore has one from Ceylon, another
female from the Andamans, and a third from Borneo. Col. Swinhoe
has a female from Khandalla, near Bombay. All these appear to
belong to one species, which may be described as like B. puella,
but with the bands straighter, as in B. pallens, Butl., and with
three spots instead of one.
1890. ] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 397
Aberrant species, of which the male only is known,
25. Bizone costirimpBria, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vi.
p- 121, ¢ (1862).
This species is described from Sarawak, and the type is in the
Saunders collection at Oxford. The description agrees with a male
from Sumatra collected by Paul Staudinger and with one taken at
Perak by Doherty, except that the third band of this species is not
black-bordered outwardly as Walker says. I find this character,
however, is not constant in other species. Without seeing the
female, I cannot tell where to place this species.
26. Barsine errracta, Walk. Cat. ii. p. 546.
Bizone effracta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p- 339.
A distinct species, which probably belongs to this genus, as the
costal fold and lobe are well marked. It differs from all others in
having five pink bands on the fore wing, and pink spots between each
of them, except the two inner ones. It has also a dark spot on the
hind wing.
It occurs very rarely in Sikkim, and is recorded from Nepal.
Sect. II.
A. Costal fold absent or inconspicuous.
a. Hind wings red.
a’. Fore wings red, with 2 black bands and 3 black spots.
27. Bizone coccingA, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 28, t. iii. 14, 3.
A very distinct species, of which the male only is known.
It appears to be very rare in Sikkim.
a’. Fore wings white, with 3 red bands and an apical yellow patch.
28. BizonE BELLIssIMA, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 27, t. 11. 13, ¢.
Of this species also the female is unknown. The type was from
Masuri, and I have a male from Sikkim, where it is very rare, and
there are two more in the Atkinson collection.
a’, Fore wings white with 3 pink bands.
29. Brzone pirana, Moore, Cat. E.1.C. ii. p. 305, 2 (1858-9).
This resembles B. subornata, except that it has no apical band.
The type is in the British Museum from J ava. There is also a single
male from Sindaglaia, Java, in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, which,
though in bad condition, appears to have no costal fold or lobe
beneath.
a’. Fore wings red, with white markings and 3 black spots.
30. BizoneE PHzDRA, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 126,
tAix, tie 6; 2.
This is a very distinct species, which might be put in another
398 MR. H. J. ELWES ON SOME [ May 6,
genus with the next two, as the bands are replaced by much broader
irregular markings. Mr. Leech says that the sexes are alike, but
the position of the three spots is different in two specimens which
he has lent me to examine. '
It occurs at Kiukiang and Changyang, in Central China, also at
Ningpo and at Ta-tsien-lo, whence I have two specimens from M.
Oberthiir which fairly agree with Mr. Leech’s, though the white on
the fore wing is much more extended and the red much paler. These
specimens, however, are not fresh enough to enable me to judge
correctly.
31. BIzONE SANGUINEA.
Calligenia sanguinea, Brem. Schmett. N. China, p. 14 (1853).
? Bizone sanguinea, Leech (nec Brem.), Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889,
»fi202
f ? Bizone cruenta, Leech, Entomologist, Feb. 1890, p. 49, ¢ Q.
I cannot be certain what Bremer’s species is, as the plate to which
Mr. Leech refers is not in any copy of Bremer’s work which I have
seen, and it is doubtful whether it was ever published. Bremer’s
Latin diagnosis, however, together with his German description,
seem to me to answer exactly to the species described by Leech as
B. cruenta, except that the Latin says ‘‘ punctis duodus nigris
in media ala,” whilst the German says “wo derselbe vor einem
schwarzen Punkte endigt.”
In six specimens of B. cruenta which are before me, including the
types, there are two black spots; but in worn specimens one of them
is faint, and Bremer may have had such before him when he wrote
the description. Bremer’s type came from near Pekin, Leech’s
from Changyang in Central China, where it seems common.
32. BizoNE HARTERTI, 0. sp.
This species seems quite distinct, and may be described as like a
small B. guttifera, but differs in having no costal fold, white hind
wings, smaller spots, and narrower yellow bands ; on the underside of
the fore wing is a dark patch corresponding in position to the spots
above, but no lappet. The underside is white, with the costal and
outer margins of the fore wing broadly tinged yellow. The types
are two specimens, of which one is certainly, and the other probably,
a male, in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. They were taken in Upper
Assam in 1888 by Lieut. Hartert, after whom I name the species.
33. Bizone rmpuncraTa, Feld. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissen. Wien,
xlii. Abth. 1, p. 37 (1861).
A very distinct species, which I have seen in Dr. Pagenstecher’s
and Staudinger’s collections from Amboina. It has four red bands,
but no spots at all, and in the specimen before me, which appears to
be a male, there is no costal fold or lappet.
1890. ] NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. 399
34. BIzONE DIVAKARA.
Barsine divakara, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 798, t. 43. fig. 9.
This is a large species which is common at Darjeeling, and is
distinct from all others. The fold in this case is short and less
conspicuous, but appears to be formed somewhat in the same way
as that of B. puella.
35. Brzone RuBRIFASCIATA, Druce, Waterh. Aid, t. 172. fig. 1.
Bizone rubrifasciata is a splendid and very distinct species from
Celebes, with dark slaty hind wings. The type is in Mr. Druce’s
collection, and there are two females from North Celebes in Dr.
Staudinger’s.
36. Bizone sAALMULueERI, Butl. Cist. Ent. iii. p. 3.
From Madagascar. Type in British Museum.
37. BizoneE DELicaTA, Walk. Cat. il. p. 550.
From Sierra Leone. Type in British Museum.
38. Bizone amatura, Walk. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 16.
From Madagascar. Type in British Museum.
Doubtful Species.
Lirnosia auBoroseA, Walk. Cat. xxxi. p. 230.
Bizone alborosea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 339.
The type is a female, and so much worn that it cannot be re-
cognized. Butler gave no reason for putting it into this genus.
Bizone GAZELLA, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 572, t. 33. fig. 4, d.
A distinct species, but it cannot be included in the genus on ac-
count of the antennz of the male being distinctly pectinate, as shown
in the plate. I have not seen this sex however, but only a female
from Sikkim in Atkinson’s colleetion. It must be very rare there.
The types were from Masuri.
BrzonE QuaDRiInoraTA, Walk. Char. Undescr. Het. p. 90, ¢
(1869).
Described from Benares. The type is in the Devon and Exeter
Museum, and for the present must remain obscure, though from the
description I expect it will prove to be either B. pallens or B. puella.
Bizone ausa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 28.
A single specimen in Mr. Moore’s collection from N. China
(? Shanghai), in bad condition and of uncertain sex, is all I know of
this species. It is white, without bands, and with a single discal spot.
NoropontTa (?) GIGANTEA.
I am quite unable to say with any certainty what this remarkable
insect is, having seen nothing like it in any collection, except
400 ON SOME NEW MOTHS FROM INDIA. [May 6,
another of the same species in Mr. Druce’s, which I received some
years ago from Capt. Graham Young, and which was taken in the
Mandi or Kulu district of the N.W. Himalaya. The sex cannot
be determined with certainty, but both specimens seem, on account
of the simple frenulum, to be males.
I took my specimen at Darjeeling in August. It may be described
as follows :—
Form and venation of Notodonta trepida, but twice as large. Fore
wings brown, mottled with grey and reddish brown; a dark line
inside the outer margin and a broad grey patch along the middle
part of the costa. A distinct fringed lobe in the centre of the hind
margin, resembling that found in the genera Notodonta and Lopho-
pteryx, but not found in Phalera. Hind wings fawn-colour, with dark
veins and long dense brown hairs at the base. Beneath, fore wings
brown, with dense hairs clothing the basal part of the wing; hind
wing paler, the costa reddish brown. Head and thorax grey-brown.
Abdomen dark brown, with yellow projecting tufts along the sides
and yellow bands below. Extremity of abdomen yellowish brown.
Fore legs densely covered, as in Notodonta trepida, with reddish-brown
hair. Palpishort. A dense tuft of hair between the eyes and at
base of the antenne, which are very minutely ciliated. Expanse
125 mm., length of body from eyes 41, length of hind wing 38,
antenne 2] mm.
Genus Sinna, WIk.
Sinna, Walk. Cat. Het. xxxii. p. 641 (1865).
Teinopyga, Feld. Reis. Nov., Atl. p. 9 (sine descr.) (1868).
SINNA DOHERTYI, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 5.)
This genus contains four or five species, which are all represented
in the British Museum, and from all of which my species differs. It
most resembles S. calospila, Wk., from Java, but differs in having
‘the ground-colour of the fore and the whole of the hind wing pure
shining silvery white instead of pale buff.
From S. extrema, Wk., from Shanghai (probably identical with
Teinopyga reticularis, Feld.), and 8. fentoni, Butler, from Japan,
which is also very nearly allied, it differs in having the markings of
the fore wing red instead of yellow. 7. clara, Butler, from Japan
has no black at the tips of the wings.
The markings of the fore wing above are too intricate for a de-
scription that would be intelligible; but the colour in fresh speci-
mens is brighter than shown in the Plate. Beneath it is silvery
white, with smoky black instead of red and yellow markings. The
thorax is white with yellow bands; the abdomen white with two
black spots on each side of its end. Legs white, with some black
Spots.
Described from two specimens taken in the Naga Hills by Mr.
Doherty. I should have been disposed to place this genus near
Chasmina among the Noctue, but it is arranged in the British
Museum with the Lithosiide between Setina and Camptoloma, and
Felder suggests its affinity to the genus Halias.
1890. ] PROF. FLOWER ON TOCCUS MELANOLEUCUS.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Fig.
Fig.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Puate XXXII.
Retina flavicosta, 2. u. sp., p. 386.
. Bizone candida, 3, p. 396.
dohertyi, O,n.sp., p. 394.
sikkimensis, Qn. sp., p. 895.
signa, Q, var., p. 393.
puer, 3,0. s8p., p. 392.
. Katha semifusca, n. sp., p. 388.
. Nudaria dudgeoni, n. sp., p. 388.
. Artona zebra, 3, u. sp., p. 379.
. Retina? fuscescens, 2, p. 386.
. Soritia mélleri, n. sp., p. 385.
. Lithosia anomala, 2, nu. sp., p- 388.
5. Chionomera pulchella, n. sp., p. 387.
. Artona postalba, J, nu. sp., p. 379.
sikkimensis, 3, u.sp., p- 379.
. Setina? punctata, 2, un. sp., p. 389.
. Lyclene simplifascia, 2, n. sp., p. 389.
DUE 98 bo
Puate XXXTII.
. Campylotes histrionicus, var. altissima, p. 384.
sikkimensis, n. sp., p. 384.
desgodinst, var. splendida, p. 384.
. Cyclosia ochrea, 2, n. sp., p. 385.
. Sinna dohertyi, n. sp., p. 400.
Puate XXXIV.
. Atossa neleinna, Moore, p. 381.
—— moorei, $, 0. sp., p. 382.
nagaensis, JS, nu. sp., p. d82.
. Eleysma dohertyi, 3, un. sp., p. 386.
westwoodi, Voll., p. 386.
caudata, Brem., p. 387.
May 20, 1890.
401
Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of photographs,
principally taken from animals living in the Society’s Gardens and
in the Menagerie of Mr. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.
Prof. Flower exhibited and made remarks on a photograph of a
nest of a Hornbill (Yoceus melanoleucus), taken from a specimen in
the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, in which the female was shown
*€ walled in.”
402 ON A REPORTED DISCOVERY OF DODO’s BONES. [May 20,
The Rev. Canon Tristram, F.R.S., F.Z.S., gave an account of
his recent visit to the rock of Zalmo in the Canaries, where he ob-
tained specimens of Simony’s Lizard (Lacerta simony?)*.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the reported Discovery of Dodo’s Bones in a Cavern
in Mauritius. By Sir Epwarp Newron, K.C.M.G.,
F.L.S., C.M.Z.8.
[Received April 30, 1890.]
At a meeting of the Society, November 3rd, 1885 (P. Z. S. 1885,
p. 719), an extract from a letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. J.
Caldwell, C.M.Z.S., of Mauritius, was read announcing the finding by
one of his collectors of a hitherto unknown deposit “of bones of the
Dodo (Didus ineptus) in a small cavern in the island. Nothing
further has been heard, I believe, of the supposed discovery, and Mr.
Caldwell died a few months after he had made his communication
to the Society. I have, however, just received a letter from Mr.
Evenor Dupont, a well-known shell-collector of Mauritius, with an
endorsement by Mr. C. E. Bewsher, C.M.Z.S., which I think leaves
no doubt that the late Mr. Caldwell had been imposed upon, and that
the bones in question were not those of the Dodo.
Mr. Dupont writes :—
“Port Louis, Mauritius,
March 20, 1890.
“«.... L write to correct a statement made by the late Mr. Caldwell,
and published in Proceedings of the Zoological Society, to the effect
that Dodo bones have been found in acavern in Mauritius. Mr.
Caldwell, I believe, was induced to make this statement on the faith
of a story told him by one of our native collectors (a Creole) here —
who brought him the bones. The whole thing was a fraud, and I am
afraid the bones were not those of the Dodo, but Turkey’s. I searched
for them without success in Mr. Caldwell’s collections when they were
sold after his death. I have never heard of any Dodo bones being
found except in a marsh at Flacq (by Mr. Ange Régnard, one
bone, doubtful) and in the Mare aux Songes at Grand Port. I am
the more inclined to discredit the story of the Cave bones, as these
men, who for years have made a business of hunting for specimens
of Natural History (one of whom brought the bones to yMr. Caldwell),
have more than once tried to pass off doctored shells as new species
and not always without success.’
Mr. Bewsher endorses this by writing :—‘ On my return to Mau-
ritius two years ago, I went very carefuly into this question of the Cave
bones, and the result of my enquires led me to the same conclusion
as my friend Dupont. I fully endorse all he has said, and would add
that Mr. Caldwell was in very failing health both bodily and mentally
lately, and so the cunning Creole imposed on him more easily.”
1 See above, p. 354.
1
VOTY
LUiL
+
4
DONLES
i
4
e
f
press ORES, : ‘ 4 ;
PZS1890Plate XXXVI.
West,Newman imp
EC Woodward litt
1,P
: 1 | a WM 7
Fossil Bard-bones trom Malta.
1890.] ON SOME LARGE EXTINCT BIRDS FROM MALTA. 403
I may further add, from my own knowledge of the caves in Mau-
ritius I think it very unlikely that any animal remains so recent as
those of the Dodo or its contemporaries will be found in them, as in
the rainy season they are generally flooded by roaring torrents, which
would at once wash away modern deposits.
2. On a new Toucan of the Genus Pteroglossus.
By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., F.R.S:, Secretary to the Society.
[Received April 24, 1890.]
A single skin in the British Museum, formerly in the Salvin-
Godman Collection, seems to indicate the existence in Upper Ama-
zonia of a new species of Toucan allied to P. viridis.
This I propose to call
PTEROGLOSSUS DIDYMUS, sp. nov.
Supra obscure viridis, alis caudaque nigricantibus viridi limbatis ;
capitenigro; uropygio coceineo: infra limonaceo-flavus in ventre
mediv brunnescente adumbratus ; gutture et colli lateribus nigris ;
tibiis brunneis ; rostri mandibula superiore flavida, hujus culnine
et ipsa apice nigris ; inferiore nigra, ad basin margine flavicante
ornata : long. tota 14°5, ale 4°6, caude 5:6, rostri, a rictu ad
apicem linea directa, 3°3.
Hab. Amazonia superior.
Obs. Proximus P. viridi, sed rostri culmine nigri, et tibiis brun-
neis distinctus.
The typical specimen bears one of Hauxwell’s well-known paper
labels marked :—“‘ Male, iris red. Skin round the eye indigo-blue,
with a red patch behind eyes: 27. 8. 80.—J. H.”
The species seems to be the Upper Amazonian representative of
P. viridis, of which there is a good series in the National Collection
from Guiana, Cayenne, and Rio Negro.
3. On the Remains of some large Extinct Birds from the
Cavern-deposits of Malta. By R. Lypexxer, B.A.,
F.ZS., &e.
[Received May 2, 1890.]
(Plates XXXV. & XXXVI.)
The greater number of the remains of Vertebrates obtained from
the Pleistocene cavern-deposits of Malta having been described in the
publications of this Society, I have thought it well to bring to the
notice of the Society evidence of some new species of birds from
these deposits.
In the year 1865 Prof. W. K. Parker described in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ of our Society * a number of bird-bones from the Maltese
1 P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 752.
404 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON SOME LARGE [May 20,
caverns which had been collected by the late Admiral Spratt. These
were subsequently figured in vol. vi. pl. xxx. of the ‘ Transactions’ ;
but what has now become of them I am unable to state. Several of
them are, however, almost or quite perfect, and therefore better
suited to the exact determination of the affinities of their owners than
those I have now to describe.
The greater number of these specimens were regarded as belonging
to a species of Swan, for which the name Cygnus falconeri was
proposed. This species was described as being about one third larger
than C. musicus, from which it was distinguished by the relatively
shorter femur, the shorter tarso-metatarsus, and the much shorter
phalangeals.
In recently examining the small series of bird-bones from the
Maltese caverns presented to the British Museum by Admiral Spratt,
all of which have hitherto been labelled Cygnus falconeri, I found
that only a few of them, viz. two specimens of the imperfect distal
extremity of the tarso-metatarsus and some phalangeals, really be-
longed to that form. These specimens agree with the types in being
decidedly larger than the corresponding bones of C. musicus, and the
phalangeals confirm the conclusion that the species is widely different
from any existing form. Most of the other bones, however, are
referable to a Vulture and a Crane, and these I now proceed to
describe.
GYPS MELITENSIS, 0. sp.
The bones of the Accipitres are so easily recognized and so widely
different from those of other birds that there is no difficulty whatever
in deciding whether given fossil specimens belong to members of
this group. A considerable number of specimens in the series
already mentioned indicate the existence in Malta during the Pleis-
tocene period of a Vulture exceeding the existing Vultur monachus
by about one fifth of its dimensions, and therefore the largest
member of the Accipitres yet known, with the exception of the still
more gigantic extinct New-Zealand bird described by the late Sir
J. von Haast under the name of Harpagornis. For this species,
which may be sufficiently diagnosed by its large dimensions, I
propose the name of Gyps melitensis, my reasons for the generic
reference being given below.
It will be unnecessary on this occasion to give an account of the
distinctive osteological features of the Accipitres, since those who are
desirous of making themselves acquainted with this subject will find
full details in Professor A. Milne-Edwards’s ‘ Oiseaux Fossiles de la
France’ ; and I accordingly at once proceed to notice the various
bones, commencing with the tibio-tarsus as one of the most charac-
teristic parts of the skeleton.
In my drawings (see Plate XX XV. figs. 2, 2a) there are given two
views of the distal portion of the right tibio-tarsus, an anterior view
of the corresponding part of the homologous bone of Vultur monachus
being given in fig. 3. A comparison of the figures will at once show
1890.] EXTINCT BIRDS FROM MALTA. 405
the complete structural identity of the bones, so that detailed deserip-
tion is unnecessary. The characteristic Accipitrine features of this
part of the tibio-tarsus are the fore and aft compression of the shaft,
the shallow anterior groove, the wide separation of the two condyles
on the anterior surface, the extreme obliquity of the bony bridge
over the groove for the extensor tendons, and the absence of any
tubercle on the bridge itself’. On the posterior aspect of the bone,
which has not been figured, the shallowness and great relative width
of the trochlear surface are equally characteristic. The rough surface
for the articulation of the distal extremity of the long fibula is
distinctly seen on the postaxial border of the fossil. The specimen
represented in the next figure (Plate XX XV. fig. 1) is the imperfect
proximal extremity of a right tibio-tarsus, doubtless forming a part of
the same bone as the preceding specimen. The cnemial crest
and external surface of this fragment are somewhat imperfect, but
the contour of the portion which remains perfect agrees in all re-
spects with that of the smaller tibia of V. monachus. The greatest
transverse diameter of the fossil tibia is 0,030, the corresponding
dimension in that of the existing species being 0,025. The total
length of the tibia of V. monachus is 0,222; and if the same pro-
portion of breadth to length obtained in the extinct species the
total length of its tibia would be 0,266. The fossil tibia may be
distinguished from the recent one by the somewhat greater prominence
of the bridge (a) over the groove for the extensor tendons, and the
absence of the lateral perforation (c) which communicates with the
. same groove. The great size of this tibia indicates the probability
of its owner having belonged to Vu/tur (or an allied genus) rather than
to Aquila, this inference being rendered certain by the following
specimens.
The tarso-metatarsus of the Accipitres is fully as characteristic as
the tibio-tarsus, even when, as in the present instance, we have only
the distal trochleze to work with. Thus these trochleee approximate
more or less closely to the same transverse line, and form a slight but
regular curve from side to side. The distal extremity of a left tarso-
metatarsus (represented in Plate XXXV. fig. 6) accords so exactly in
contour with the smaller bone of Vuliur monachus (shown in fig. 7 of
the same Plate) that their close affinity is manifest at the first glance.
Moreover, in the relative length of the trochlexw, and the elevated
position of the trochlea for the fourth digit, coupled with the slight
lateral expansion of the one for the second digit, the fossil specimen
resembles Vultur and differs from Aguila. The much shorter tarso-
metatarsus of Gypaétus, while approximating to Vultur in the gen-
eral form of the trochlez, resembles Agui/a in the lateral expansion
of the trochlea for the second digit. This specimen is therefore
decisive that the fossil form should be referred to Vultur or Gyps.
The transverse diameter of the trochlea for the third digit is 0,012,
against 0,010 in V. monachus. ‘The Museum also possesses portions
1 By an unfortunate error it is stated in Nicholson and Lydekker’s ‘ Manual
of Palxontology,’ drd. ed. vol. ii. p. 1259, that the bridge itself, instead of its
tubercle, is absent in the Accipitres.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXVIII. 28
406 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON SOME LARGE [May 20,
of two other specimens of the tarso-metatarsus, as well as another
of the distal extremity of the tibio-tarsus.
Of the femur we have a specimen of the distal extremity (repre-
sented in Plate XXXV. figs. 4, 4a). This bone belongs to the right
side, and it is practically certain that the detached head of a right
femur in the Museum (No. 49355) originally formed a portion of the
same bone. The detached head agrees with the femur of Vultur and
Gyps, as distinguished from that of Aguila, by the large size of the
depression for the attachment of the ligamentum teres. It has a
diameter of 0,018, against 0,015 in V. monachus. The distal ex-
tremity agrees in all respects with the corresponding portion of the
femur of the existing species (represented in figs. 5, 5 a of the Plate
cited) even down to the position of the fossa (marked d) for the attach-
ment of a muscle or ligament. The transverse diameter of the fossil
is 0,044 and that of the recent bone 0,037 ; the former being, as in
the case of the metatarsus, about one fifth larger than the latter.
The length of the femur of V. monachus being 0,133, the calculated
length of that of the fossil species would be 0,159.
The imperfect proximal phalangeal of the third digit of the pes
(represented in Plate XX XV. fig. 8) as well as the imperfect terminal
phalangeal (shown in fig. 9 of the same Plate) resemble the corre-
sponding bones of Vultur monachus, with the same excess in size as
holds good with the other portions of the skeleton.
So far as I am aware there are no very well-marked characters
by which the bones of the hind limb of Vultur can be generically dis-
tinguished from those of Gyps. A marked osteological distinction
between the two genera is afforded, however, by the cervical vertebra,
more especially those from the hinder part of that region. To
exhibit this difference a late cervical vertebra of each genus is figured
in the two accompanying drawings (figs. 1, 2, p. 407). It will be seen
from these figures that in Gyps the lateral borders of the inferior
surface of the centrum are much more emarginate than in Vultur,
while the posterior extremity of this surface is more expanded. The
same surface of the centrum is also convex and has a sharp descent
to the very deep pit immediately behind the anterior articular
surface ; whereas in Vultur this surface is almost flat, and nearly in
the same plane as the lower border of the anterior articular surface.
In consequence of this difference a front view of the cervical of Gyps
shows an abrupt vertical surface some distance behind and below the
anterior articular face of the centrum, which is totally wanting in
that of Vultur. Moreover, the anterior face of the centrum of Gyps
is relatively larger than in Vultwr, with much sharper and more
oblique lateral borders. Again, in the figured vertebra of Gyps the
inferior surface of the centrum has a median pneumatic foramen
totally absent in that of Vultur; while in the succeeding posterior
vertebrae of the former there is a foramen situated below the root of
each lower transverse process, which are unrepresented in the corre-
sponding vertebre of the latter genus.
The above description will at once show that the im perfect late cervi-
cal vertebra from the Maltese deposits (represented in Plate XXXVI.
1890.] EXTINCT BIRDS FROM MALTA. 407
figs. 7, 7a, 76), which agrees fairly well in relative size with the
fossil limb-bones, indicates a Vulture referable to Gyps rather than
to Vultur. The whole of the characters of this vertebra are indeed
so essentially the same as those of the existing G. fulvus, even down
to the presence of the median pneumatic foramen, that it would be
waste of words to recapitulate them. Indeed the only distinctive
mark of the fossil, in addition to its superior dimensions, is the
somewhat greater prominence of the tubercle on the inferior surface
of the centrum immediately behind the anterior pit. This slight
difference could not, however, be regarded as more than an indi-
vidual or specific one. The length of the fossil centrum in the median
line is 0,029, and the greatest transverse diameter 0,023. ‘The first
Anterior and inferior aspects of a Anterior and inferior aspects
late cervical vertebra of Vultur of the corresponding vertebra of
monachus. a small individual of Gypsfulvus.
Letters as in Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.
of two later cervicals in the Museum (No. 49354, a), apparently
coming next behind the preceding specimen, agrees exactly with the
corresponding vertebra of G. fulvus, having the same pair of
pneumatic foramina at the roots of the lower transverse processes.
An imperfect, anterior cervical (No. 49354*) resembles the seventh
cervical of G. fulvus in the narrowness of the inferior surface of the
centrum, which appears to be the most characteristic feature of the
vertebree of the anterior cervical region.
28
408 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON SOME LARGE [May 20,
Taking it for granted that these cervical vertebre are referable to
the same species as the limb-bones described above, they afford
conclusive evidence that the large Accipitrine bird of the Maltese
caves belonged to the genus Gyps and not to Vultur.
The specimens described above afford therefore conclusive evidence
of the former existence in Malta of a Vulture considerably larger
than any existing species, but apparently very closely allied in
osteological characters to the large Griffon Vulture of Southern
Europe. The existence of such a large raptorial bird in company
with the “ Pigmy Elephant,” of which the height is estimated at
three feet, is certainly suggestive that the old fable of the ‘ Roc”
carrying off the Elephant may possibly have had a foundation in
fact.
I observe that remains of a species of Gyps have been recently
described from volcanic deposits in Italy’, but these have not re-
ceived a distinct name.
GRUS MELITENSIS, N. sp.
The evidence showing the existence during the Pleistocene period
of a large species of Crane in the Maltese Islands is afforded by
certain specimens (represented in Plate XXXVI, figs. 2, 4 and 5) all
of which are portions of very characteristic bones.
The specimen first represented (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4) is the prox-
imal half of the right coracoid, the entire right coracoid of Grus
cinerea being drawn for comparison (in fig. 3). The coracoid of a
Crane is a bone which cannot be mistaken for that of any other bird ;
the chief features of the proximal portion being the strongly-marked
crest extending on the ventral surface from the head (a) to join the
intermuscular ridge of the lower part of the bone, and the deep
channel, with a large pneumatic foramen, separating the body of the
bone from the subclavicular process (c). The elongated form of the
glenoidal surface, of which the lateral border is seen at 4, is also
characteristic. Now in all these respects the fossil coracoid agrees
with the recent one, to which it also approximates very closely in size.
The head of the fossil coracoid is, however, smaller and relatively
narrower than in G. antigone, a character which affords a well-marked
distinction from that species.
Equally characteristic is the distal extremity of the left tibio-
tarsus (represented in figs. 5, 5a, 5 6, of Plate XXXVI.). This bone
in the Cranes (as is shown by that of G. antigone drawn in fig. 6) is
characterized by the wide anterior intercondylar interval, and by the
bony bridge (a) over the groove for the extensor tendons being sunk
below the level of the lateral borders of the bone and carrying a
low tubercle (6). A comparison of the figures will show such a
close resemblance between the recent and fossil bones as to leave no
doubt of the generic identity of their owners. The fossil is, however,
readily distinguished by the bridge over the extensor groove being
much shorter than in G. antigone ; a feature in which it resembles
1 R. Meli, Bull. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. viii. p. 490 (1890).
1890. ] EXTINCT BIRDS FROM MALTA. 409
G. australiaca’. The transverse diameter of the fossil bone is
0,025, against 0,0255 in G. antigone.
The imperfect distal extremity of a left tarso-metatarsus (repre-
sented in Plate XXXVI. figs. 2, 2a, as being considerably larger
than the corresponding bone of G. antigone, fig. 1) indicates a
Crane larger than the individuals to which the preceding specimens
belonged, although not necessarily specifically distinct. It exhibits
the relative shortness and backward position of the trochlea for the
second digit characteristic of the Cranes. Its greatest transverse
diameter is 0,032, compared with 0,026 in G. antigone.
Taking the coracoid and tibia alone into consideration these bones
indicate the specific distinctness of the Maltese Crane from G. anti-
gone, and therefore from the smaller G. communis; and its distinction
from G. australiaca (the coracoid of which I have not had an
opportunity of examining) may be regarded as pretty certain.
Several species of fossil Cranes have been described. Of these the
so-called G. primigenia, from the caverns of the Dordogne, agrees
with G. antigone in the length of the bridge over the extensor groove
of the tibia’, and I believe that both this form and the Italian
G. turfa, Portis, are indistinguishable from G. antigone. The geo-
logical horizon of G. excelsa, from the Lower Miocene of Allier, in
which the tibial bridge is short’, is alone sufficient to indicate that
the present form is in all probability distinct from that species.
With G. pentelici, of the Lower Pliocene of Greece, the present
specimens do not admit of comparison.
Under these circumstances I propose to regard the Maltese Crane
as belonging to a new species, for which the name G. melitensis may
be adopted. It may be defined as agreeing typically in size with G.
antigone, but distinguished by the smaller and narrower head of the
coracoid, and the shorter bridge over the extensor groove of the
tibio-tarsus. If the above-mentioned tarso-metatarsus also belonged
to it, some individuals of G. melitensis will have considerably ex-
ceeded the dimensions attained by G. antigone.
CYGNUS FALCONERI.
The specimens of this species to which I desire to draw attention
are the phalangeals to which allusion has been already made, and
one of which has been figured by Prof. Parker in the ‘Trans. Zool.
Soe.’ vol. vi. pl. xxx. figs. 20-23. Of these bones the Museum
possesses ten examples. In their stoutness and shortness these
bones are so utterly different from the phalangeals of existing
Swans that it is at first sight difficult to believe that they belonged
toakindred bird. Closer examination shows, however, that the first
phalangeals of the third digit (fig. 3, A, p. 410) agree in the form of
their proximal articular surface with the corresponding bone of C. olor
(fig. 3, B, p. 410); while the distal articulation of this bone has the
peculiar obliquity and the prominent ridge formed on the posterior
1 See Milne-Edwards, ‘ Oiseaux Fossiles de la France,’ pl. Ixsiii. fig. 5.
2 See Milne-Edwards, op. cz¢. pl. Ixxvi. fig. 8. 3 Ibid. pl, \xxv. fig. 5.
410 ON SOME LARGE EXTINCT BIRDS FROM MALTA. [May 20,
aspect by the outer trochlea which are features absolutely charac-
teristic of the family to which the genus Cygnus belongs. The
figured phalangeal of the extinct species has a length of 0,046, with
an antero-posterior diameter of the proximal articular surface of
0,017; the corresponding dimensions in the homologous bone of 0.
olor being 0,060 and 0,014. The lateral phalangeals of the proximal
row have similar proportions. Thus in the second digit the proximal
phalangeal has a length of 0,037 against 0,048 in C. olor; while in
the fourth digit the lengths are respectively 0,045 and 0,061.
Anterior and distal aspects of the first phalangeal of the third digit of the right
pes of Cygnus falconert (A) and C. olor (B). }.
A second phalangeal of the third digit exhibits the peculiar oblique
proximal articular surface characteristic of the Anatide, so that its
reference to the present form is undoubted. It has a length of
0,025 against 0,043 in the corresponding bone of C. olor.
This remarkable shortness and stoutness of the phalangeals of the
pes in Cygnus falconeri leaves no doubt as to its distinctness from
all other species. The difference is indeed sufficiently great to afford
grounds for generic separation ; but since the multiplication of generic
terms is to be avoided as much as possible I prefer to let the species
remain in the genus to which it was referred by its original describer,
who remarks that in the shortness of its toes and the length of its
legs this species seems to connect the modern Swans with the
Geese.
1890.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TOTHE MENAGERIE. 411
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
(All the figures are drawn of the natural size.)
Prats XXXV.
Fig. 1. Anterior aspect of the proximal portion of the right tibio-tarsus of Gyps
melitensis,
2, 2a. Anterior and distal aspects of the distal portion of the right tibio-
tarsus of Gyps melitensis. a, extensor bridge.
3. Anterior aspect of the distal portion of the right tibio-tarsus of Vudtur
monachus. a, extensor bridge; c, lateral foramen.
4, 4a. Anterior and distal aspects of the distal extremity of the right femur
of Gyps melitensis. a, ectocondyle; 6, entocondyle; ¢, fibular ridge;
d, fossa for muscular or ligamental attachment.
5a, Anterior and distal aspects of the distal extremity of the right femur
of Vultur monachus. Letters as in figs. 4, 4a.
Distal extremity of the left tarso-metatarsus of Gyps melitensis.
Distal extremity of the left tarso-metatarsus of Vultur monachus.
Proximal phalangeal of the third digit of the pes of Gyps melitensis,
Terminal phalangeal of the pes of Gyps melitensis.
Puate XXXVI.
Fig. 1. Distal portion of the left tarso-metatarsus of Grus antigone.
2, 2a. Anterior and distal aspects of the distal extremity of the left tarso-
metatarsus of Grus melitensis.
3. Ventral aspect of the right coracoid of Grus antigone. a, head;
b, border of glenoid surface; ¢, subelavicular process.
4. Ventral aspect of the proximal portion of the right coracoid of Grus
melitensis. Letters as in fig. 3.
5, 5a, 56. Anterior, distal, and posterior aspects of the distal extremity of
the left tibio-tarsus of Grus melitensis. a, extensor bridge; 0, tubercle
on same.
6. Anterior aspect of the distal portion of the left tibio-tarsus of Grus
antigone. Letters as in fig. 5.
7, 7a, 7 6. Imperfect cervical vertebra of Gyps melitensis. prz, prezyga-
pophysis; ptz, postzygapophysis.
1)
SOOT
June 3, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.B.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1890 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 152, of which 96 were by
presentation, 19 by birth, 24 by purchase, 2 were received in
exchange, and 11 on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 86.
Amongst these special attention may be called to the following :—
1. A pair of the Hartebeest Antelope (Alcelaphus caama), ob-
tained by purchase May 5. Like most of the South-African Ante-
lopes, this species is now becoming very scarce and is seldom
imported. We have had no specimens of it in the Society’s Gardens
for the past ten years.
2. A pair of Beatrix Antelopes (Oryx beatria), presented by Col.
FE. C. Ross, C.S.1., H.B.M.’s Consul-General at Bushire. This
Arabian representative of the Antelopes of the genus Ory# is a
412 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON DARWIN'S RHEA. [June 3,
scarce and little-known animal, and we are much indebted to Col.
Ross for the present pair, which appear to be about three-parts
grown.
3. Two Swainson’s Long-tailed Jays (Calocitta formosa), pur-
chased May 24. In 1877 we had a single specimen of this fine
Corvine bird in the Society’s Aviaries. The present examples have
been acquired from the Jardin d’Acclimatation in Paris, where a
small consignment of them has lately been received.
Mr. Sclater laid on the table two young specimens of Darwin's
Rhea (Rhea darwini), obtained by Mr. A. A. Lane at Cancoa, in
the Province of Tarapaca, during his recent visit to that district,
while employed by Mr. H. Berkeley James, F.Z.8., to collect birds
in various parts of Chili. Mr. Sclater made the following
remarks:— —
“It was long ago stated by Dr. Philippi (see his Catalogue of
Chilian Birds, An. Univers. de Chile, xxxi. p. 270, 1868) that
Darwin’s Rhea is found in the vicinity of Mendoza; and the same
author (Ornis, iv. p. 159) has mentioned this species as of common
occurrence in the desert of Atacama, on the eastern side of the
Andes, and ascending to the high plateau. Mr. H. Berkeley James
has likewise assured me that a Rhea occurs in this district, though
he was not certain as to the species’.
“The specimens I now exhibit, along with the larger adult, but
imperfect specimen, received from the same collector, have set this
question finally at rest. It is now certain that Rhea darwini, so
far from being confined to the portion of Patagonia south of the Rio
Negro, as has been generally supposed, extends, like many other
species of birds, along the eastern base of the Andes into the north of
the Argentine Republic, and thence crosses the chain into the pro-
vince of Tarapacd (20° N. lat.), which now belongs to Chili.”
Mr. Sclater exhibited the flat skin of a Zebra, received from
Berbera, Northern Somali-Land, by Herr Menges, and kindly for-
1 Mr. James writes as follows :—
“In a sporting excursion to the Cordillera of Tarapacd some fifteen years
ago, I came across some Rheas which were very wild, and it was impossible to
distinguish the species; it was at an altitude of about 12,000 feet, on a sandy
plain utterly destitute of vegetation, and what the birds fed upon I cannot
imagine.
“Mr. Lane, when sending the skin shown at the meeting, makes no remark as
to how he procured it; he mentions, however, that he had bought two young
birds from the Indians, which he kept alive for some time; when they suc-
cumbed he preserved the skins and sent them to me.
‘‘Rhea-skins make up into very pretty rugs, and large numbers are brought
from the neighbourhood of Mendoza in the Argentine Republic, across the
Cordillera, into Central Chili. The Patagonian Indians also, in the Straits of
Magellan, trade in them; but I have never known skins brought to the coast
from the interior of Tarapaca.” —June 1, 1890.
1890. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON EQUUS GREVYI. A413
warded to Mr. Sclater by Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, and made the fol-
lowing remarks :—
«“ In 1882 (see P. Z.S. 1882, p. 721) I called the attention of the
Society to the discovery of the new Zebra of Shoa, named Equus
grevyi by M. Milne-Edwards, and to its differences from the southern
E. zebra. I have recently again examined the typical example of
this species, now mounted in the new gallery of the Jardin des
Plantes, and am still more confident of its distinctness, as shown by
the narrowness of the black stripes, the difference of the markings,
Fig. 1.—Flat skin of Equus grevyi, from Somali-Land.
Fig. 2.—Flat skin of Z, burchelli, from Masai-Land.
and the white spaces on the forehead and on each side of the dorsal
stripe in the northern species.
“Dr, Gestro, of the Museo Civico, Genoa, informs me that that
museum received, in June 1888, two specimens of this Zebra (an
adult female, skin and cranium, and the skin of a young animal)
from Dr, V. Ragazzi, Chief of the Italian Station Let-Marefix in
Shoa.
“Being anxious to know whether the ‘ Berg-Zebra’ of Somali-
Land, spoken of by Herr Menges (Zool. Gart. 1887, p. 263) as found
414 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON [June 3,
in the mountains of that country as far north as 8° N. lat., belongs
to E. grevyi, I requested Mr. Hagenbeck to endeavour to obtain for
me a skin of this animal. This he has most kindly done through
the intervention of Herr Menges.
“Tt will be seen, I think, that the Mountain Zebra of Somali-
Land is Equus grevyt (cf. fig. 1, p. 418), while the Zebra of Masai-
Land, as I judge from the flat skin now exhibited (fig. 2, p. 413),
obtained in that country by Mr. Joseph Thomson, and kindly sent
for exhibition by Col. Grant, would seem to be Equus burchelli, or
rather its northern subspecies Z. 6. chapmani.”
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Collection of Acarina formed in Algeria. By
A. D. Micwaet, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., &c.
[Received May 13, 1890.]
(Plates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.)
This paper shows the results of my endeavours to obtain Acarina
during a tour of about two months in Algeria, the time being
March and April 1889. The principal fauna of that country is of
course well known; but, as is usually the case in non-European
countries, that belonging to the above-named order is practically
unknown. Two or three species of Acarina have been recorded by
Lucas’, and there have been one or two other notices of the capture
of a single species in Algeria or Tunisia; but this is all, except with
regard to the Analgesne, or bird-parasitic Mites, many of which have
been recorded by M. Trouessart from dried specimens found on the
bird-skins in the French Museums.
The journey was not undertaken for collecting-purposes, but I
took with me a Stephenson binocular microscope and an ordinary
dissecting microscope, both arranged to pack in as small a space as
could be conveniently arranged, and I made regular use of these
instruments, and searched pretty constantly for creatures belonging
to my own specialty during all parts of the tour. The route em-
braced almost the whole length and a good deal of the breadth of
the country, and most of the varying conditions of level and climate
which it affords. It commenced on the sea-coast at Philippeville,
almost at the extreme east, or Tunisian frontier; thence south to
Constantine, which is a more high-lying situation, and again south-
ward to the low-level oasis of Biskra in the Sahara, returning to
near Constantine, and along the ordinary railway to Setif, whence
the coast was again reached at Bougie through the magnificent
gorge of the Chabet-el-Akhira; from Bougie I went to Algiers by
land. While at Algiers, in addition to exploring that neighbour-
1 Exploration Scientifique de l’Algérie, &e. Paris, 1849.
West, Newman ares
Horace Knight {#8
AD Michael ad nat del
New Acarine from Algeria.
DI 1200 Di. XX XVII
| ay 5 1890 Plate AAV II
West Newman | _ 2
AD Michael ad nat del Horace Xmght hth
New Acarine from Algeria.
1890. ] ACARINA FROM ALGERIA. 415
hood, an excursion was made to the high mountain-district of the
Djurdjura at Fort National. On leaving Algiers I continued west-
ward to Blidah, and again reached the coast at Cherchel, then to
the hill-country of Hammam P’hira (well known as a collecting-
place for Coleoptera) and Milianah ; thence inland to the cedar-
forest of Teniet-el-Ahd, some parts of which are about 5000 feet
above the level of the sea, then to Tlemcen at the extreme west (or
Moroccan) border of Algeria, and finally to the port of Oran.
The first thing that struck me was the entire absence, in this
order of creatures, of that teeming life which one might have hoped
to find in a southern country ; the species were, I think, fewer in
number, and certainly there were fewer specimens of each species
than I should usually find under equally favourable circumstances
during a search of similar length in England; nor do the species
which are not British appear to be larger or more robust than those
found in England. Very little is known of the Acarina of tropical
or southern extra-European lands: the parasitic Ixodide get sent
home to Museums, and they attain a comparatively large size; but
with this exception I have found that such species as I have been
able to obtain from the warmer parts of the world have not, on the
‘average, been larger or more conspicuous than the British or Mid-
European.
Another thing which struck me was the absence of any types
which are, I will not say African, because we are entirely ignorant
what, if any, the African types are, but of any types sufficiently
different from the European to necessitate a new genus. Of course
we should expect the bulk of the species to be identical with those
inhabiting Southern Europe; and so they are, but we might have
anticipated that a few would have been found departing more
widely from their European relatives. In spite of this there are
several new species, and some of these are curious and interesting.
The collection, with one single exception, consists wholly of
Oribatide ; the exception is a remarkable creature, and forms a
second species of the singular genus Ceculus, which will not fit into
any of the existing families, and has hitherto consisted of one
species only. In addition to these I found one or two Gamaside
and Trombididx, but only scattered specimens of species which are
extremely abundant in England and most other parts of Europe. I
have not thought it worth while to record these. I think the season
must have been favourable for searching all parts except the very
elevated districts such as Fort National and Teniet-el-Ahd; it was
rather early for these. Somewhat to my surprise there was a
remarkable absence of all Acarine life in the truly southern vege-
tation, such as palms, bananas, prickly pears, &c., both when
growing and in decay.
I had not any opportunity of collecting the parasitic species of
Acari nor the Water-Mites.
The collection consists of forty-four species belonging to fifteen
genera. Of these species eight are new to science, twenty-five
are found in Britain, and the remainder are natives of Southern
416 MR, A. D. MICHAEL ON [June 3,
Europe. There are only 102 known British species of Ori-
batide, and it is perhaps rather remarkable that I should have
found a quarter of them in a two-months’ tour in Algeria.
Of the new species probably the most remarkable is the curious
new Ceculus before referred to; not only because there was only
one species of this very exceptional genus known previously, but
also on account of its size and the singular arrangement of the hairs
on the cephalothorax. There are, however, other creatures of con-
siderable interest. One of these I propose calling Notaspis bur-
rowsi ; it is rather a handsome Acarid, but is quite typical of the
genus, and is just such a species as one might expect to find in
England : it has not, however, been captured anywhere in Europe
so far as I know. What really makes it noticeable is the example
it affords of the very wide distribution of these minute creatures, a
fact which I have called attention to more than once. The species
is, I believe, unrecorded, but just before I left for Algeria the Rev.
C. R. N. Burrows sent me a small collection of Oribatide which he
had lately formed in the neighbourhood of Lake Winnipeg in Canada.
He remarked that the species seemed mostly identical with the
British, which proved to be the case, but amongst them were a few
unrecorded, the most conspicuous of which was the present species,
which I at once recognized when I found it in Algeria, where it is
not uncommon. I cannot detect any difference between the African
and the Canadian specimens. Another very curious creature is that
which I propose to call Dameus phalangioides. The various
species of this genus have mostly long and slender legs, as compared
with other Oribatide, but in the present species this character is ex-
aggerated to such an extent that it would hardly have been supposed
that they could remain unbroken when the extreme brittleness of
the chitin in this family of Acarina is remembered. Another new
species of the same genus is exceptional, viz., that called D, patel-
loides, Almost all the members of the genus have a more or less
globular abdomen, or else one which is discoidal, the latter being
considered a separate genus by some Acarologists. In the present
species the abdomen is pyramidal, a form which I do not think is
found again in any known member of the family; in order to
appreciate this shape the creature must be seen sideways, I have
therefore drawn it in that position.
An Acarid which is not, I think, new, is nevertheless interesting
on account of a difference between the Algerian specimens and those
hitherto recorded in Europe. With the single exception about to
be mentioned, all known Oribatide have either monodactyle or
tridactyle claws. Among the tridactyle claws some are homodactyle,
i.e. have the three claws similar; others are heterodactyle, i.e.
have the central claw different from the lateral pair; usually the
central is much the stronger, the lateral claws being thin and weak.
It was formerly thought that Oribatidee could be classified chiefly
by these differences of the claws, but wider knowledge has shown
that any such classification would be extremely artificial. There is
an English and European species called Nothrus sylvestris, which is
1890.] ACARINA FROM ALGERIA. 417
monodactyle ; a species very similar to it, and erroneously supposed
by some to be identical with it, has been found in Italy by Prof.
Canestrini, and called by him J. anauniensis. This creature has
the strong central claw and an extremely weak and small lateral
claw on one side only, so that it becomes didactyle with very unequal
claws. In Algeria I find a creature which I have, with some doubt,
considered to be a variety of N. anauniensis, and which does not
differ from Prof. Canestrini’s species in any respect that I can see,
except that it has the weak lateral claw on each side of the central,
thus becoming tridactyle and completing the series.
List of Species found in Algeria,
(Those known to be also British are marked B.)
Name. Places of capture, &c.
ORIBATID A.
Pelops acromios, Hermann. B. Algiers and Blidah.
Oribata lapidaria, Lucas. B. Algiers.
» globula, Nicolet. B. Algiers, common.
i quadricornuta, Michael. B. Algiers.
» euspidata, Michael. B. Algiers.
ve lucasii, Nicolet. B. Algiers.
SS alata, Hermann, B. Algiers, &e., common.
:. avenifera, Michael. B. Algiers.
» longipes, Berlese. Algiers and Blidah.
Serrarius fusifer, Berlese. Algiers and Blidah, common.
Leiosoma simile, Nicolet. B. Algiers.
Cepheus tegeocranus, Hermann, B. Blidah. The hairs are finer and the
abdomen less spotted than in the
British specimens. Query, whether
identical. i
Scutovertex sculptus, Michael. B. Hammam R’hira.
Tegeocranus latus, Koch. B. Hammam R’hira.
* coriaceus, Koch. B. Blidah.
* marginatus, Michael. B. Algiers and Blidah.
EF elongatus, Michael. B. Algiers.
Notaspis burrowsti, n. sp. Hammam R’hira.
» @gualis, n. sp. Algiers.
? glabra, n. sp. Blidah.
43 bipilis, Hermann. B. Common everywhere.
5 oblonga, Koch. B. Algiers.
8 longilamellata, Michael. B. Gorge de la Chiffa. The specimens
are rather larger than the British,
and have the pseudo-stigmatic
organs not quite so clubbed.
- splendens, Koch. B. Blidah.
Dameus phalangioides, nu. sp.
» patelloides, n. sp.
» flagellifer, n. sp.
» ¢lavipes, Hermann. B.
» Oicostatus, Koch.
3 globipes, Canestrini.
» femoratus, Koch ; dugesii,
Canestrini.
FS troisti, Berlese.
Gorge de la Chiffa. One specimen
only.
Forest of Ain Beida, near Algiers.
Cedar-forest of Teniet-el-Ahd.
Algiers.
Algiers, Blidah, Hammam Bvhira,
common.
Algiers.
Algiers, Blidah, &c., common.
Gorge de la Chiffa.
418 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON {June 3,
List of Species (continued).
Name. Places of capture, &e.
Hermannia arrecta, Nicolet. B. Forest of Ain Beida.
Eremeus fimbriatus, n. sp. Algiers.
Nothrus sylvestris, Nicolet. B. Cedar-forest of Teniet-el-Ahd. The
specimens are rather smaller than
the British, and have the hairs on
the hind margin shorter and more
spatulate.
‘5 anauniensis, Canestrini. Hammam R’bira. Is tridactyle, not
didactyle. Query, if identical.
> doderleinii, Berlese. Algiers, Blidah, &c., common.
» sealiger, Koch; theleproctus, Blidah.
Berlese.
» Sptniger, Koch. B. Algiers.
¢p horridus, Hermann. B. Cedar-forest of Teniet-el-Ahd.
Hoplophora dasypus, Dugés. B. Algiers.
a carinata, Koch. Algiers, Blidah, Hammam Bhira;
common.
Zetorchestes micronychus, Berlese. Forest of Ain Beida, common.
HOPLOPID.
Ceculus spatulifer, n. sp. Forest of Ain Beida. One specimen.
Noraspis BurRowst, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 1-4.)
Average length about °75 millim.
Average extreme breadth about ‘50 millim.
Average length of legs, first three pairs about ‘35 millim.
Ps a5 fourth pair about °58 millim.
A somewhat large and handsome species.
Colour darkish yellow-brown.
Texture smooth.
Cephalothorax.—Anterior half conical, posterior half suddenly
widening, and its lateral parts forming conspicuous platforms for
the support of the two anterior pairs of legs. Without markings.
Rostrum round-pointed ; rostral hairs long ; palpi visible from the
dorsal aspect. Pseudostigmata nearly at the base of the cephalo-
thorax, but not at all hidden by the abdomen or lamelle; pseudo-
stigmatic ergans shortish, with thin peduncles and small, almost
globular, heads. Lamelle very short, not much above a third of the
length of the cephalothorax, of about even width throughout; much
nearer together anteriorly than posteriorly; provided with small
cusps and joined by a translamella which is little more than a mere
line. Interlamellar hairs large and stiff, very near the lamelle.
Lamellar hairs long, stiff, and near together. Apodemata not
joined to the sternum. Tectopedia large for the genus.
Legs of the type usual in the genus, with stout hairs on almost
all the joints, the first three pairs of about equal lengths. Claws
tridactyle, heterodactyle.
Abdomen almost, but not quite, round; it has a few small, cir-
cular, clear spots near the hind margin, only seen in preparations.
There are four longitudinal rows of thick hairs, and three pairs of
1890. ] ACARINA FROM ALGERIA, 419
similar hairs on the hind margin at the dorsal level, besides two
pairs at the ventral level. There is a very thick, almost fusiform
hair projecting on each side from the shoulder, and a long stiff hair
on the edge of the abdomen a little further back. All these hairs,
and indeed almost all those on the creature, are slightly rough or
imbricated if seen by a high amplification ; but, excepting perhaps
those on the legs, they cannot be called serrated. Genital plates
roundish ; anal plates almost square, far from the genital.
I found several specimens of this species at Hammam Phira,
Algeria; but just before leaving England for my Algerian journey I
received a collection of Oribatidz from the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows,
which he had collected in the district of Lake Winnipeg, Canada, and
that collection contains an example of the present, hitherto unre-
corded, species. I have named it after Mr. Burrows.
Noraspis #QUALIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 5.)
Average length about *42 millim.
Average extreme breadth about ‘24 millim.
Average length of legs, 1st pair about -25 millim.
” ” 2nd 9 *21 millim.
” ” 3rd ” *25 millim.
f 4th = *30 millim.
Colour ’ yellowish brown, of medium depth.
Texture polished.
Cephalothorax almost conical, sides slightly curved, without
special markings. Rostrum blunt-pointed ; rostral hairs fine and
long. Pseudostigmata at the base of the cephalothorax; pseudo-
stigmatic organs ‘rather long, with very fine peduncles, and gradually
thickening, somewhat clavate heads. Lamelle and translamella
forming a continuous band of equal breadth throughout, and without
any demarcation between them. No cusps to the lamelle. Inter-
lamellar hairs straight, rather thick, upright. Lamellar hairs very
long, fine. Apodemata not joined to the sternum.
Legs of the ordinary type in this genus; a few fine hairs on each
joint. Claws tridactyle, very heterodactyle.
Abdomen elliptical, without markings. Four longitudinal rows
of curved hairs nearly as long as half the width of the abdomen ;
one or two extra pairs of shorter hairs on the hind margin, and a
straight spine on each side standing out from the shoulder. Genital
and anal plates almost round, far apart.
Algiers ; not uncommon.
NorasPis GLABRA, 0. Sp.
Length about °34 millim.
Extreme breadth about °21 millim.
Length of legs, 1st pair about ‘17 millim.
of 55 2nd a5 15 millim.
5 én 3rd _ 16 millim,
a rs 4th a °18 millim.
420 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON [June 3,
Colour light yellow-brown.
Texture polished.
Cephalothorax almost conical, without special markings. Rostrum
pointed ; rostral hairs fine and long. Pseudostigmata at the base
of the cephalothorax ; pseudo-stigmatic organs medium length, with
short peduncles and rough pyriform heads. Lamellar blades on
edge gradually increasing in width from the posterior to the anterior
ends, provided with very short cusps. Lamelle joined by a trans-
lamella not so wide as the lamelle. Interlamellar hairs upright,
rather short. Lamellar hairs long and fine. Apodemata not joined
to the sternum.
Legs of the type usual in the genus, with fine hairs. Claws tri-
dactyle, heterodactyle.
Abdomen slightly pyriform, but very broad and short; with
four longitudinal rows of extremely minute white hairs, and a few
similar hairs on the hind margin, and a short hair on each side of
the shoulder. Genital and anal plates rather square, with rounded
corners ; far apart.
Algiers,
DaM2vs PATELLOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXXVILI. fig. 3.)
Average length about °66 millim.
Average breadth about -42 millim.
Average length of legs, Ist and 3rd pairs about ‘57 millim.
2nd pair about -46 millim.
“- 4th pair about °68 millim.
A species remarkable for the exceptional shape of the abdomen.
Colour very dark brown.
Texture smooth but not polished.
Cephalothorax nearly as wide as the abdomen; without true
sculpturings; but there is a vague ridge running transversely
between the two pseudostigmata, this is not straight, but advances
in the middle and curves backward to each pseudostigma. Rostrum
rather small, pyramidal, almost sharp-pointed ; there are two pairs
of rostral hairs, of which the hinder are the thicker. The cephalo-
thorax widens greatly and suddenly behind the rostrum, the first
pair of legs being attached at the side of the projection thus formed ;
then there is a slight indentation, and then a rounded lobe between
the first and second pairs of legs. Pseudostigmata far apart, raised,
cup-shaped, but with the outer side of the cup produced to a point.
Pseudostigmatic organs long, rod-like, but slightly tapering. Inter-
lamellar hairs short, rod-like, and placed quite close to the inner
sides of the pseudostigmata.
Legs not long for the genus, joints strongly clavate ; peduncles
of the femora not long and gradually thickening. One to four
thick, somewhat curved hairs on each joint, mostly arranged in
whorls; tarsi with one thick straight hair on the outside, and
numerous fine hairs. Claws monodactyle.
Abdomen almost conical, with curved sides and a curved apex, it
leans somewhat back; the dorsum has a great resemblance to the
9 2?
1890. ] ACARINA FROM ALGERIA. 421
form of the shells of some of the limpets (whence the name I have
given to the species). There are two longitudinal curved rows of
short, thick, almost straight hairs on the notogaster, so arranged as
to appear to form a ring round the abdomen when seen from the
side (see Plate XX XVIII. fig. 3). Genital and anal plates of nearly
equal size, almost square, close together, and occupying nearly the
whole length of the ventral plate.
Almost all the thick hairs on the creatures are slightly rough or
serrated if seen by a high amplification.
When the creature is alive the true form of the abdomen is
scarcely seen, as mud is plastered on the hinder portion of that
region, concealing the shape, and this mud is not irregularly placed,
but is generally so affixed as to make the abdomen appear a thick
flat oblong.
I have three or four specimens from the neighbourhood of Algiers,
and from Blidah, Algeria.
Dam Us PHALANGIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.)
Length about ‘52 millim.
Breadth about °22 millim.
Length of legs, 1st pair about 1°30 millim.
” ” 2nd ” “80 ”
” ” 3rd ” 1:05 9
” ” 4th Ty 1°50 an
This species is remarkable for its extremely long and slender legs.
Colour yellow-brown, of medium depth.
Texture smooth, but not polished.
Cephalothorax distinctly divided into two parts—the rostrum,
which is somewhat conical, and the larger hind portion, which is
more globular. Rostrum rather blunt-pointed, with two pairs of
long fine rostral hairs ; the second pair almost at the posterior limit
of the rostrum. Pseudostigmata small cups, considerably raised,
and almost transparent. Pseudostigmatic organs setiform, flexible,
extremely long and fine, about the same length as the body without
the rostrum. Interlamellar hairs placed close to the inner sides of
the pseudostigmata, and similar to the pseudostigmatic organs,
but even finer and not quite so long.
Legs extraordinarily long and fine. Femora with very long thin
peduncles of almost equal thickness throughout, and elongated clubs.
Genuals and tibiz scarcely clavate. Tarsi of the first and second
legs considerably, those of the third and fourth slightly, enlarged
near the proximal ends; toward the distal ends they are all
remarkably thin, and are singularly curved or undulated, par-
ticularly the fourth pair. Claws monodactyle, very fine. There
are a few setiform hairs on the various joints, mostly black, those
on the fourth legs being the largest.
Abdomen a short ellipse without markings, but with two longi-
tudinal rows of hairs, of which those constituting the anterior and
central parts of each row are black, short, and curved; those form-
ing the posterior portion longer, more flexible, and lighter in colour.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXIX. 29
422 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON [June 3,
There are a few hairs similar to the last-named round the hind
margin. Genital and anal plates small, projecting, close together.
I have only one specimen, which came from the Gorge de la
Chiffa, Blidah.
DAMUS FLAGELLIFER, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.)
Length about 65 millim.
Breadth about :40 millim.
Length of legs, 1st and 3rd pairs, about *60 millim.
- 2nd pair about °45 millim.
” ” 4th ” ” "85 ”
Colowr very dark brown.
Texture smooth, not polished, very finely punctured; this, how-
ever, is difficult to see in unprepared specimens,
Cephalothorax somewhat spotted but without true markings, con-
siderably less wide than the abdomen. Rostrum rather small,
almost pointed. Two pairs of rostral hairs, of which the hinder is
the thicker. The cephalothorax widens suddenly behind the
rostrum, forming a large, almost triangular projection, to the outer
and hinder face of which the first pair of legs are articulated. There
is another large projection between the first and second legs; it has
a rounded lobe posteriorly, to the hinder edge of which the second
leg is articulated, and a large tooth anteriorly curving forward
and outward. Pseudostigmata far apart, dorsal, slightly raised.
Pseudostigmatie organs long, setiform, flexible; generally undu-
lated or curled toward the distal extremity. Interlamellar hairs
short, curved, almost close to the pseudostigmata.
Legs of moderate length for the genus, joints clavate, the femora
suddenly so, not gradually thickened. There are three or four
moderately curved hairs arranged in a whorl on almost every joint;
the upper hair of the whorl in the femora and genuals of the fourth
legs is markedly larger than any of the others, and indeed these
hairs, which are whip-like with flexible curled or undulated ends,
are much the largest hairs on the creature, except the pseudo-
stigmatic organs, and form a conspicuous feature of the species.
Claws monodactyle.
Abdomen elliptical, without markings. There are two longi-
tudinal rows of curved hairs of moderate length on the notogaster ;
these hairs diminish slightly in length from the anterior to the
posterior margin. There is also a pair of similar hairs on the
anterior edge, close to the median line, directed forward over the
cephalothorax, and a pair on the hind margin sharply hooked out-
ward. Genital and anal plates close together, the latter much
longer in form than the former.
Two specimens from the cedar-forest of Teniet-el-Ahd.
EREMZUS FIMBRIATUS, D. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 6.)
Length about °38 millim.
Breadth about :24 millim.
1890. } ACARINA FROM ALGERIA. 423
Length of legs, 1st and 4th pairs, about -16 millim.
» % 2nd pair about 14 millim.
” ” ord ” ” “13 9
Colour red-brown, of moderate depth.
Texture rough and dull.
Cephalothoraz almost conical, considerably arched, bearing
numerous irregular, raised, rough dots and short ridges. Rostrum
somewhat rounded, rather trifid; one pair of very short curved
rostral hairs. Pseudostigmata close to the abdomen, slightly
raised. Pseudostigmatic organs very short, with almost globular
heads upon peduncles so short aa scarcely to be seen.
Legs short, the fourth pair not nearly reaching the hind margin ;
somewhat flattened, rough. The tibize long, the tarsi short; most
joints have a pair of very short curved hairs near the distal end ;
claws tridactyle, heterodactyle.
Abdomen large in proportion to the cephalothorax, compressed
dorso-ventrally. The anterior margin is somewhat truncated, but
not straight, the hind margin strongly rounded. The central part
of the notogaster is an elliptical arched lobe or elevation, the ex-
terior margin of which, after attaining its lowest level, turns gently
up again and forms a rough irregular edge, from which there is a
projection in the centre of the posterior margin. Some very short,
rather clavate, hairs project from this margin at regular intervals.
Outside the above-named edge is a deep irregular trench which
extends all round, except the anterior edge. Outside this, forming
the margin of the abdomen, is a broad, slightly arched band or
border, which is widest at the posterior margin, and is there fringed
with short clavate hairs at regular intervals. Both the central
portion of the abdomen inside the trench and the raised border bear
conspicuous, rough, raised, irregular ridges; those on the anterior
part of the central ellipse are almost transverse, those on the
posterior portion strongly bent forward in the middle. The ridges
on the border are not continuous with those on the central part,
they are much more numerous and are arranged almost radially.
I only found a single specimen of this minute creature, which I
obtained at Algiers ; its nearest ally is probably Hremeus brevipes,
a British species.
CHCULUS SPATULIFER, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 7.)
Size of the single specimen found :—
Length 1 millim.
Breadth -60 millim.
Length of legs, 1st pair 1 millim.
ss in 2nd and 3rd pairs ‘70 millim.
i ro 4th pair -80 millim.
Colowr.—Legs and chitinous plates of the body very dark brown,
almost black; parts where the skin shows between the plates or in
articulations lighter yellowish brown.
Texture of chitin very rough and dull, of skin finely striated
with irregular wavy striz like that of most Sarcoptide.
29*
424 =MR.A. D. MICHAEL ON ACARINA FROM ALGERIA. [June 3,
Cephalothorax.—The plate on the dorsum of the rostrum is not
carried nearly so far forward as in C. echinipes; it allows almost the
whole of the palpus to be seen from the dorsal aspect projecting
beyond the rostrum. The palpi are very large and are dark and
chitinized, the penultimate joint very large, the ultimate provided
with a strong claw or spine, the palpus also bears several large
spatulate hairs; the median portion of the rostral plate is depressed
and marked with several parallel, straight, longitudinal lines. This
central portion is bordered by a large raised ridge or roll on each
side; the ridges are narrow anteriorly, where they nearly meet, and
gradually thicken and become more separated towards their
posterior ends, which are suddenly thickened and turned inward.
These ridges are thickly set with stout, very curved, opaque white
hairs which are extremely conspicuous. The chitinizing of the rest
of the body hardly assumes the form of distinct plates. The median
portion of the cephalothorax behind the rostrum is raised, forming
three large rough lobes. There are two long spatulate hairs on
each side of each lobe, thus forming two longitudinal lines ; they are
much longer and less spatulate than those on C. echinipes. All
round these lobes is a deep depressed trench, showing the striated
skin but little chitinized ; outside this laterally is a raised chitinized
margin composed of three lobes on each side, and a fourth lobe con-
tinues on to the posterior margin of the cephalothorax; these lobes
all bear spatulate hairs similar in character to those on the central
lobes. The posterior margin is bordered with hairs corresponding
to those described below as bordering the abdomen. The eyes are
two on each side, placed as in C. echinipes, but rather more pro-
jecting.
Legs very similar to those of C. echinipes, but the spines on the
femora of the first pair are more curved. The claws are didactyle,
but the two claws of each pair are very unequal, one claw being
strong, thick at the base, and slightly brown; the other very small
and short, on some of the legs quite rudimentary.
Abdomen (if this be really the division of the body) only pro-
jecting a comparatively short distance behind the cephalothorax,
and decidedly lower in level, so that the hairs on the hind margin
of the cephalothorax stand free above it. The hind margin is
divided into two flat lobes, being thus indented at the median line;
it is bordered by a close line of large spatulate hairs, of which some
are markedly larger than others. The arrangement of the sizes is
definite: starting from the median line we find, on each side, first
three small hairs, then a large one, then two small, then one large,
and then two more small. All these hairs, and indeed all the
spatulate hairs, both on the body and legs, are opaque white,
giving the creature a very singular and conspicuous appearance.
I was only able to obtain one specimen of this species, which was
found in moss in the forest of Ain Beida, near Algiers. I doubt if
it be quite mature. I therefore thought at first that it might possibly
be some young form of C. echinipes; but Professor Berlese, of
Florence, has been kind enough to lend me all his specimens of that
ary
GY OF PODIC,
eee
1890. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 425
species for comparison ; they include immature stages, but all are very
different from the species now described. As the immature C. echi-
nipes closely resemble the adult, it is probable that even if the
specimen from which the above description is taken be not quite
mature, the adult would not differ greatly.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate XXXVII.
. Notaspis burrowsii, x 50, p. 418.
——,, first leg, x 110.
, fourth leg, x 110.
, pseudostigmatic organ, x 300.
; equalis, x 80, p. 419.
». Eremeus fimbriatus, X 100, p. 422.
- Ceculus spatulifer, x50, p. 423.
, claw, x 200.
Fig.
1
2,
3
4. —
5
6
7
Pirate XXXVIII.
Fig. 1. Dameus phalangioides, x 50, p. 421.
y Hlagellifer, x65, p. 422.
3. —— patelloides, X70, p. 420.
2. On the Anatomy of Podica senegalensis. By Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society,
and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital.
[Received May 6, 1890.]
(Plate XX XIX.)
As so little is known about the anatomy of the Heliornithide and
as, in consequence of this, the opinions with regard to the systematic
position of the family are so diverse, I am particularly glad to be
able to offer to the Society a contribution towards the settlement
of this question.
I am able to do this through the great kindness of Dr. Jentink,
who permitted me to dissect and study a fine example of the bird
well preserved in alcohol. Dr. Biittikofer, to whom, as the curator of
the Bird department of the Leiden Museum, I applied for assistance,
was good enough to mention my wants to Dr. Jentink, offering on
his own account to let me have the use of a rather imperfect skeleton
brought by him from Africa. To both these gentleman I desire here
to tender my hearty thanks.
Although many families and genera of birds have not yet found
a definite resting-place in the system, the Heliornithide have been
perhaps more tossed about from pillar to post of the ornithological
edifice than most. They have mainly oscillated between the Divers
and Grebes on the one hand, and the Rails on the other.
On the whole, the opinion of ornithologists has been in favour
426 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
of uniting them with some of the Rails; and all those writers
who have themselves studied the structure of the bird take this
view. Thus Nitzsch [13] places the Heliornithide with Aramus
and Parra in the “ Fulicarie”; Brandt [7] unites them with
Fulica, but removes the group thus formed to the “ Natatores.”
Giebel [6] unites the Heliornithide with the Fulicarie. This
view is accepted by Fiirbringer [4], who, however, is only able to
base his opinion upon the investigations of others, particularly of
those who haye just been mentioned; but the reasons for this belief
are stated in the tables which conclude his review of the different
groups of birds. Schlegel [8] places Heliornis with Spheniscus, Alca,
Podiceps, and Colymbus in his Urinatores. One of the most recent
writers, who believes that the Heliornithide are not closely allied to
Coots or Rails, is the late Mr. W. A. Forbes [12]; he associates the
family with the Colymbidew and Podicipedide to form an order
Eretopodes. I believe, however, that Mr. Forbes’s knowledge of the
bird was only derived from the writings of others.
The Heliornithide appear to consist of only two genera, viz.
Heliornis or Podoa, which is Neotropical, and Podica, which is
Ethiopian and Oriental. The former genus is at present the only
one which has been investigated anatomically’. It is clear that,
as Fiirbringer points out, the Old-World forms require a close
investigation before the position of the family can be fairly con-
sidered. The following description will be found, I trust, to contain
some materials for a more detailed consideration of the affinities of
the family.
§ 1. Pterylosis.
Dr. Biittikofer has recently published some notes upon the African
species Podica senegalensis and P. petersi ; being desirous of studying
further the skin of the present specimen, he requested me to have
the skin prepared. Ihave been able to comply with his request
and to study the pterylosis, partly by ascertaining the distribution
of the apteria before the skin was removed and partly by examining
the feather-tracts from the inside.
Nitzsch, in describing [13] the pterylosis of Podoa surinamensis,
distinguishes it from other Rails on account of the broad and un-
divided ventral tracts and the absence of continuity between the
anterior and posterior regions of the dorsal tracts. In the latter
character it resembles Psophia and the Limicole, but the two dorsal
tracts only unite just in front of the oil-gland, whereas in the Limicolz
they unite at a point considerably anterior to this.
I find, however, that in Podica senegalensis the two halves of the
dorsal tract unite about 24 inches in front of the oil-gland, showing
that the above character is not one of family value.
I find also that the ventral pterylosis is less peculiar than might
be inferred from Nitzsch’s description. In Podica senegalensis
1 With the exception of some observations upon the Intestinal Coils by
Dr. Gadow [5] of Podica.
1890.] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 427
there is a distinct division of the pectoral tract such as occurs in the
Rails. The inner branch is much broader than the outer, and ends
abruptly, as figured by Nitzsch in Rallus aquaticus, a short way
below the wing; the inner branch of the pectoral tract is if anything
rather broader nearer to its free extremity than at its origin; it is
13 inches long; the outer branch of the pectoral tract is wider at
first, though not so wide as the inner branch. The humeral tracts
are very strong, and certainly more than two feathers wide (2-6).
In almost every point, therefore, the pterylosis of Podica senega-
lensis differs from that of its American ally.
As regards other external characters, I find that there is a close
agreement between the Neotropical and African forms.
The ozl-gland is distinctly tufted.
The contour-feathers have no aftershaft.
There are 18 rectrices.
I count 21 remiges.
It is important to notice that the 5th cubital remex is not wanting
[see Wray, 10; Sclater, 9].
The pterylosis of Podica is so different from that of Heliornts, that
we must assume one of two things: either that Nitzsch’s description
is wrong, or that the pterylosis—at least in this group—has not the
significance that is frequently attached to it.
As a mere question of probability, it does not appear to me to be
necessary to pin our faith too firmly to the data of pterylography.
And I should be disposed to regard Nitzsch’s description of Heliornis
as likely to be right.
§ 2. Myology’.
The pectoralis primus muscle is separable into two layers, which
are even to be distinguished by a slight difference of colour; the
separation is effected by a tendinous sheet. The muscle arises from
the keel of the sternum and from its outer margin behind the third
pectoral and alongside of the second pectoral, and from the hinder
part of the sternum which is not reached by the second pectoral ;
it has also an origin along a line running parallel to but of course
below the uncinate processes from the ribs”.
Pectoralis secundus: this muscle is large and extends nearly to
the end of the sternum ; it has the usual bipinnate form.
The scapulo-humeralis is a broadish band of muscle underlying
the tendon of the biceps.
In the accompanying sketch (Plate XX XIX. fig. 1) is illustrated
the patagial muscles of the bird.
1 T have in this section principally confined myself to those muscles which
are known to be of use for systematic purposes.
2 Fiirbringer [4, p. 417 and note] denies that this extrasternal portion of
the pectoral muscle springs from the ribs; it takes its origin, according to him,
from the ‘“ parasternal fascia” which covers the sterno-costal muscles.
Nevertheless I cannot but think that in Podica senegalensis the origin is actually
in part from the ribs themselves.
428 MR. F. £E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
There is only a single patagial muscle, which divides into two
tendons, the longus and brevis.
The latter, as shown in the drawing (Plate XX XIX. fig. 1), is a
single strongish tendon which passes straight to its attachment near
to the elbow ; it gives off no recurrent slip to join the Jongus tendon.
As in so many other birds, a muscular slip arises from the biceps
and passes into the patagium; 7 7s, however, not attached to the
longus tendon, as isso generally the case, but is inserted on to the
patagial membrane. I have carefully examined both sides of the
body of the single specimen at my disposal, and have found that the
conditions are absolutely identical; it may be therefore reasonably
inferred that this peculiar termination of the biceps slip is cha-
racteristic of the bird.
So far as my own experience goes, this peculiar arrangement
of the muscle is not to be met with in any other Rail-like bird ;
nor do I find any mention of such by Fiirbringer [4]. In the
Colymbide, however, in the genera Colymbus, Alca, and Podiceps
Firbringer figures (4, Taf. xix. figs. 2, 3, 4) and describes a similar
ending of this muscle which he terms “ Biceps propatagialis.” This
is obviously a rather important fact, though perhaps it may be
thought that its significance is somewhat reduced by the occurrence
of an identical arrangement in the Cormorant ; many ornithologists,
however, have indicated points of affinity between the Steganopodes
(particularly Phalacrocorax, Plotus, and Phaethon, see Garrod 3) and
the Colymbide.
Expansor secundariorum.—This is a muscle upon the presence or
absence of which Garrod [1] laid very considerable stress as a
classificatory mark. I find that it is distinctly present in Podica
senegalensis, having an attachment to the teres which is frequently
found in other birds. In the Rallide this peculiar muscle is present,
and has the form which Garrod termed Ciconine [1j. In the
Colymbide and Podicipedide this muscle was “ not seen ;” however,
Fiirbringer found [4] in the latter group undoubted vestiges of the
tendon, of which he was unable to trace very definitely the origin or
insertion.
Merely from the point of view of its presence, then, this muscle does
not permit of any conclusions with respect to the relationship of
Podica. With regard to the course of the tendon, I have already
referred to the fact that it joins the teres at a point where that
muscle begins to become converted into its tendon of attachment,
passing through a fibrous pulley ; the tendon of the expansor secund-
ariorum is here comparatively broad and tough and not easily
missed; it then passes beyond the teres and enters the thoracic
cavity, ending apparently in the usual way.
Anconeus longus.—This muscle (Anc, Plate XX XIX. fig. 4) arises
from the scapula by an origin which is fleshy internally, but ten-
dinous externally ; it is also attached to humerus close to its scapular
origin ; further down the humerus, a little above the insertion of the
latissimus dorsi, is a flat but somewhat narrow tendon (dAnc’) which
attaches the anconceus to that bone. There appear to be no special
1890. ] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 429
differences between the condition of this muscle in the Rallide and
that in the Colymbide and Podicipedide.
The two latissimi dorsi muscles are shown as regards their
insertion in the accompanying figure (Plate XX XIX. fig. 4); as is
generally the case among birds, the posterior of the two muscles
(which are hardly distinguishable in the middle of their course‘)
ends in a long thin tendon below the fleshy insertion of the other.
It seems, from Prof. Fiirbringer’s account [4] of the posterior
latissimus dorsi, that its origin from the front border of the ilium is
very inconspicuous among the Fulicariz ; indeed it was not observed
at all in many cases. In the Colymbide, on the other hand, this
muscle has an extensive origin from the anterior border of the
ilium ; Podica is in this particular Colymbine and not Ralline.
The two rhomboidei have an extensively aponeurotic origin. This
appears to be so far evidence in favour of the Colymbine affinities
of the genus, since these muscles seem to have less tendon among
the Rails; this is certainly the case with Gallinula chloropus, which
I dissected for the purposes of comparison along with Podica.
The serratus posterior has a very large tendinous insertion on the
end of the scapula; in Gallinula chloropus this muscle is fleshy up
to its insertion.
The ambiens is present and has the usual relations.
The semitendinosus is a powerful muscle ending in a muscular
insertion covered by an aponeurosis,
There is no accessory semitendinosus.
The origin of the tensor fascie extends behind the acetabulum.
The biceps is very large and important, with a somewhat unusual
mode of insertion ; it is of course covered by the tensor fascia; when
that muscle is cut across and turned back the biceps is seen to arise
from the whole of the postacetabular region of the ilium. It has
no less than three insertions :—(1) By a broad flat muscular insertion
on to the fascia covering the outside of the leg ; this strip of muscle
springs from the outer side of the biceps just behind its division
into the second and third insertions. (2) By a thickish long tendon
which corresponds to the tendon of insertion in most birds; this
passes in the ordinary way through a loop andis inserted some way
down the leg. (3) The muscle divides just after the branch to the
fascia of the leg into two branches, of which one has the insertion
through the biceps loop that has just been described; the other
branch forms along thin muscle which becomes tendinous just before
its insertion on to the leg some way below the second insertion.
This singular modification of the biceps cruris (which is illustrated
in Plate XXXIX. fig. 2) appears to be, so far as our present
knowledge enables us to speak, quite unique among birds; it recalls
in many respects the biceps in the Mammalia, though I have not
the faintest desire to make any comparison with other groups:
nothing seems to me to be more unreasonable than to compare
muscles from one large group of animals to another; although I am
1 Their origins are closely side by side, and there is no space between, as there
is, for example, in Gallinula chloropus,
430 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
convinced that myology is a most valuable aid in determining the
affinities of different genera, and even groups, of birds, its use in my
opinion is restricted to this; no wider inferences can be drawn with
any degree of safety.
The semimembranosus arises deep of the semitendinosus, from the
ischium ; it is a tolerably strong muscle, though slighter than the
semitendinosus ; it is inserted by a broad flat tendon considerably
below the insertion of the semitendinosus on to the tibia.
The relative positions of the insertions of this muscle and of the
semitendinosus are shown in the drawing (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3;
and more in detail in fig. 3a). As Garrod [2] has pointed out, this
muscle is usually very thin in the Grebes and may even ', as stated
by Sundevall, occasionally disappear.
I find, however, in some notes left by Prof. Garrod that Colymbus
glacialis has a large semimembranosus “twice the size of semitendi-
nosus.” Its origin appears to be a little peculiar ; it arises from the
ilium and ischium near to the posterior end of the pelvis.
The femoro-caudal is a strong and well-developed muscle which has
the usual origin and ends by a narrow thin tendon of insertion.
The accessory femoro-caudal is a short fleshy muscle which is in-
serted in common with the femoro-caudal (as shown in Plate XX XIX.
fig. 3); it appears as if inserted on to the tendon of the latter.
The adductor muscles appeared to me to be comparatively small
in size ; the lower of the two was largely tendinous.
The gastrocnemius arises by three heads: the outer head is a
large fleshy muscle arising by a thin and strong tendon from the
femur, and also by a few muscular fibres from the fascia covering the
leg, which has already been spoken of in connection with the biceps ;
the inner head is of equal size and arises from the cnemial crest of
tibia, from fascie covering the leg, from septum between itself and
the peroncus longus; its tendon joins that of the outer head at the
tendo Achillis. The middle head is a very tiny muscle with a very
long tendon of insertion ; it unites with that of the inner head before
the latter joins the tendon of the outer head of the gastrocnemius.
There are two perone: muscles which have the usual relations ;
the tendon of the longus fuses with the tendon of the superficial
flexor of the third digit.
The peroneus brevis is a large muscle which forms a kind of
sheath round the tibialis anticus and the other muscles which
spring from the front of the leg; its flat, rather broad tendon,
appears to be inserted on to the heel in the usual fashion.
The tibialis anticus has the usual two heads, one femoral, the
other tibial; its tendon just before its insertion into metatarsus
gives off a small branch to the fascia which covers over the tendon
of extensor communis.
According to Giebel’s [6] notes upon the myology of Heliornis
surinamensis, the pectoralis primus and secundus agree with the
same muscles in Podica; he mentions also the large “ musculus
gracilis” (=ambiens). The peroneus longus has evidently the same
relations, and is, as in Podica, a large muscle. The description of
1 Garrod, M8. (in Podiceps minor).
1890. ] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 431
the myology, however, is a very short one, and occupies hardly one
page of Giebel’s paper.
§ 3, Alimentary Viscera.
The remarks that I am able to make under this head are not
many, as the organs were not in a very first-rate condition, being
much softened and compacted together.
The right lobe of the liver is larger than the left, and there appears
to be no gall-bladder ; the intestines measure twenty-one inches.
Ceca are present and arise from the gut at a distance of about
two inches from the cloaca; each cecum measures as nearly as
possible one and a half inches in length.
These facts do not point in any particular direction ; the absence
of a gall-bladder is certainly peculiar, but I should not like to be
very positive upon this point, considering the somewhat softened
condition of the viscera’.
One of the most important aspects of the alimentary tract, viz.
the disposition of the conyolutions of the intestine, has been already
investigated by Gadow, and a description appears in the most recent
fasciculus of his work on the Anatomy of Birds [5, p. 709 et seq.|.
Dr. Gadow makes the following remarks :—‘“ The birds of the
first circle group themselves round the Gralle as the middle point.
Limicole and Rallidee can readily be derived from each other ; they
have, however, sufficient differences in the general alimentary system
to allow them to be regarded as equivalent divisions of the Gralle.
To the Rallidee belong the Alectorides or Crane-like forms, such as
Grus, Psophia, Dicholophus, Otis. Rhinochetus unites in its ali-
mentary system, particularly in the disposition of the intestine,
characters of the Rail, Limicoline and Ibis-like birds; the relation-
ship with these is, however, remote, and only the Ethiopian genus
Podica shows striking resemblances to the New-Caledonian Rhino-
chetus. It is not improbable that both, with the American genera
Heliornis and Eurypyya, diverged early from the common Rail-like
stock, and are now isolated forms.” The Pygopodes (incl, Podici-
pedide and Colymbidz) appear to be altogether different as regards
their intestinal convolutions.
§ 4. Syringe.
This organ is illustrated in the accompanying drawing (p. 432,
fig. 1); there is nothing particularly remarkable about it. The
intrinsic muscles are attached to the first bronchial semirings; these
are very different from the tracheal rings in appearance; they are
much bent (into a bow-shape, the convexity being anterior), thin, |
and not ossified; the last tracheal rings on the contrary are stout
and stiff, though apparently not ossified, and closely applied to each
other. There are 17 (16 on one side) bronchial semirings, between
which are membranous intervals decreasing posteriorly. The bron-
chidesmus is complete. The syrinx of Podica is in fact in every
way thoroughly typical.
1 Moreover Giebel distinctly states that a gall-bladder is present in Podoa.
432 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
The relationships of the bird from the point of view of the struc-
ture of the syrinx are somewhat doubtful.
It is, in any case, very different from that of Pediceps, of which
I propose to give a more detailed description in another paper.
As to the Colymbide, I have in my possession a syrinx of Co-
lymbus septentrionalis which agrees in all essentials with that of
Syrinx of Podica senegalensis, front view ; nat. size.
Podica; the only difference is that the bronchial semirings are
rather more numerous, and are hardly divided anteriorly by mem-
branous interspaces; I do not mean to imply that they are fused,
but they are so close together as to leave only the merest chink
between adjacent rings.
The resemblance then of Podica senegalensis to Colymbus septen-
trionalis in respect of the syrinx is very close, but there are many
Rails which show an equally close resemblance to both, so that the
syrinx is unfortunately not very useful as a diagnostic character.
$5. Osteology.
Brandt [7, p. 199] remarks that Podoa and Podiceps agree closely
in the form of the skull, but that it is broader and more vaulted
posteriorly in Heliornis: it is clear from his figures (pl. xii. figs. 1, 2,
3) that Heliornis offers no marked points of difference from Podica.
In another section of the same paper (p. 155), Brandt comments
upon certain points of resemblance between Podoa and the Stegano-
podes ; there is, however, no detailed comparison of the skeleton in
any of these types.
In spite of these alleged resemblances, Heliornis is placed with
Fulica into a separate Family (Podiceps being placed with Penguins
and Auks in another) of the six into which the Natatores are
divided.
Giebel [6] has described, without figures, but in a more thorough
fashion, the osteology (and to a certain extent the soft parts also)
of Heliornis surinamensis, comparing it with the Grebes on the one
hand, and with various genera of Rails (Fulica, Gallinula, Porzana)
on the other.
1890.] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS, 433
He does not, however, direct attention in the skull to all the
points which I refer to in the following brief enumeration of the
characters which distinguish the Grebe from the Rails.
In the Rails the mavillo-palatines are large, and are not concealed
by the underlying palatines when the skull is viewed from below’.
In the Grebe, the mawillo-palatines are very slight curved plates
of bone, which are almost entirely concealed by the underlying
palatines, only projecting very slightly on the inner side of these
bones.
In the Rails the cranial axis extends as far forward as (at least)
the middle of the mavxillo-palatines. In the Grebes it does not
reach the posterior margin of these bones.
Skull of Podica senegalensis, lateral view ; nat. size.
In the Rails the temporal fossa is not bounded by very sharply
marked ridges*; in the Grebes it is so marked, particularly in
Podiceps cornutus and P. cristatus ; in P. minor this character is less
obvious.
The temporal fosse themselves are much more extensive in the
Grebes than in the Rails.
The occipital condyle in the Rails is round; in the Grebes it is
decidedly kidney-shaped with the “hilum ” above.
The forward process of the quadrate* is more slender in the
Grebes than in the Rails.
The general outline of the skull from above appears also to be
very characteristic in these two groups. The hinder part of the
skull is rhomboidal in the Grebes, and squarish in the Rails; this is
due to the peculiar development of the temporal fossee, which are
quite visible from above, while the jutting-out region of the skull
1 Tn the shape of its maxillo-palatines, Fulica comes nearer to Podiceps than
do either Ocydromus or Crex; they are curved and comparatively thin in
Fulica, instead of being inflated bullz as in the two latter genera.
2 In Ocydromus australis this ridge is rather more marked than in Fulica,
Crex, and Aramides ; it is curious to note there is not any approximation here
to the Grebes through P. minor. In the Rail it is the commencement of the
ridge which is best marked, in the Grebe the middle portion. Giebel has re-
marked that Podiceps minor is less of a typical Grebe than is, for example,
Podiceps cristatus; but he does not refer to this particular point.
* Special attention has been lately directed to the quadrate as furnishing
evidence of particular affinities in an interesting paper by Miss Walker (Studies
from the Mus. of Zool. Uniy. Coll. Dundee, vol. i. no. 1).
434 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
which forms the lower boundary of the fosse presents the appear-
ance of independence, and the eye hardly takes it in in noting the
shape of the skull.
In all these points the skull of Podica resembles that of the
Rails.
Fig. 3.
Skull of Podica senegalensis, ventral view ; nat. size.
The general appearance of the skull of Podica is more like that
of Aramides than of any other Rail with which I have been able to
compare it. But it differs from Aramides, and agrees with Fulica
and Ocydromus, in the comparatively short, outwardly and back-
wards directed part of the lachrymal, and also in the slender ven-
trally-directed process which does not (as far as the ossified part at
any rate is concerned) reach the jugal.
There is rather a less marked contrast in diameter between the
anterior and posterior parts of the palatines than exists in the Rails ;
but this character by no means offers a link with the Grebes.
There is no advantage to be gained by comparing Podica with
Colymbus, for that bird shows the characters of Podiceps even
exaggerated, and has also a well-marked supraoccipital foramen and
grooves for nasal glands, which are wanting in the Rails and also
in Podiceps’.
* The outline of the foramen magnum shows where this supraoccipital fora-
men has coalesced with the foramen magnum.
1890.] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 435
Judging from the figures given by Brandt and from Giebel’s de-
scription, there are no noteworthy points of difference between Podica
and Heliornis in the skull.
The sternum of Podica (fig. 4, p. 435), as far as Grebes, Rails, and
Divers are concerned, is decidedly peculiar. Giebel has also noted
this with regard to Podoa.
In general shape it is perhaps as much like that of Hurypyga
SS
Sternum of Podica senegalensis, ventral view ; nat. size.
Co., Coracoid; cl., clavicle (only shown on left side); Xcl., articulation of
clavicle, shown from the side.
helias as of any other bird with which it can be reasonably supposed
to be related, but its two lateral margins are more concave and the
lateral processes extend for a short distance beyond the median
part of the sternum. The keel also is less developed in proportion.
In this character it is Rail-like, but in Colymbus, as in other birds,
436 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
the keel is not deep as in many purely flying birds. Zurypyga has
a very deep keel to the sternum.
The clavicles have a large interclavicular piece which is prolonged
in front as well as behind.
Here, again, Podica appears to be peculiar, or rather to resemble
Ardea, which has also an anterior and posterior interclavicular
process.
Among the supposed near allies of Podica, Colymbus and Podieps
have both a posterior interclavicular process only, which is present,
though extremely small, in Rails.
The pelvis of Podica is in some respects like that of many Rails ;
but in other particulars again it is Grebe- or Diver-like. The ilia in
front (see fig. 5, p. 437, and fig. 6, p. 438) do not reach up to the
top of the spines of the dorsal vertebre ; each ilium also is deflected
away from the vertebral column and overlaps several ribs. In most
Rails that I have examined, the ilia completely cover the vertebra,
being fused with the summit of their neural spines ; this is the case
at any rate with Ocydromus and Aramides. In Tribonyx and
Fulica the ilia do not completely cover up the dorsal vertebrae which
they overlap; but in both these forms the ilia approach each other at
their anterior extremity, and are not deflected away from each other
as they are in Podica. In this particular the pelvis of Podica is
decidedly Colymbine.
The general outline of the pelvis is as decidedly that of a Rail,
being wider behind than in front; but in all the Rails which I
have examined the pelvic bones are perfectly free from the ischia,
though they do not extend very far behind the termination of the
latter.
In Podica there is in places a close union between the pubis and
ischium of each side, amounting to a synostosis, while the pubic
bones themselves extend for about an inch in length beyond the
ischia, and are curved inwards towards each other.
As regards the non-fusion of the pubis and ischia, the Divers are
at one extreme and Podica at the other—the Rails occupying an
intermediate position ; so that, although Podica is in some respects
peculiar, it must be considered as coming nearer to the Rails than
the Grebes. The backward extension of the pubes is, however, a
Grebe-like character, though itis after all rather slight. The ilia of
Podica end posteriorly in a strong blunt point on each side, about
as long as the first two vertebre, and there is no strong ridge, such
as we meet with in the Rails; the hinder part of the pelvis is
smoothed and rounded. Although there are differences here from
the Rails, it cannot be said that there are any marked resemblances
to the peculiar pelvis of the Diver and of the Grebe.
The anterior parts of the ilia together with the intervening
vertebre are narrower than the postacetabular portion of the pelvis ;
but the disproportion is certainly not so great as in most of the Rails:
the long and narrow pelvis of Mulica ardesiaca, though it does not
approach in shape that of Podica, does so in the proportion of the
anterior and posterior regions ; so also that of Aramides, with which
1890. ] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 437
the genus Podica has been already especially compared on account
of the skull characters. Three ribs are covered at their origin by the
ilia, which just fall short of the posterior margin of the next rib in
front.
In Fulica only one rib is thus covered, the pelvis being placed
Figs 5.
Pelvis of Podica senegalensis, dorsal view; nat. size.
further back. In the Divers and Grebes there are two ribs thus
covered over by the ilia.
In Ocydromus australis the ilia completely cover the origin of one
pair of ribs and nearly reach over another, so that there is no great
use to be made of this point.
The pelvis of Heliornis shows the same peculiarities as that of
Podica ; the pubes are in the same way united with the ischia and pro-
longed beyond them ; the fused neural spines of the lumbar vertebree
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1890, No. XXX. 30
{June 3,
MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
438
‘QUIS "YVU f MOA [RALOBLT ‘seswayphauas VopoT JO WTS pur ‘sqia ‘SLATOg
1890.] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 439
project freely as a vertical plate of bone between the twoilia. Giebel
states that there is a ridge running as far as the end of the pelvis
which marks the boundary between the postacetabular portion of
the ilium from the ischium on each side; I have already contrasted
the pelvis of Podica with that of the Rails by the absence in the former
of such a well-marked ridge. In this particular therefore it appears
that the Neotropical Heliornis has diverged less from the Rail-pattern
than Podica has.
It is evident, however, from Giebel’s description that Podoa offers
no very great differences from Podica, and that both these birds
present a very much closer resemblance in the characters of the
pelvis to the Rails than they do to the Grebes or Divers.
Giebel thus describes the ribs in Heliornis :—
“« Podoa possesses eight pairs of ribs, and of these the first and
second are false ribs, without uncinate processes, the following broad
and flat, all bound by quite flat sternocostalia with the breast-bone,
with slender uncinate processess, each reaching to thé next rib,
except on the two last. These latter are covered at their articu-
lation by the pelvis.”
I have attempted to construct from this description a formula to
compare with that of Heliornis, but I am not quite clear from the
description whether a free cervical rib is present and whether any of
the last ribs are lumbar. But apart from this it is clear that Podou
differs considerably from Podica, chiefly in the fact that there are no
rudimentary floating ribs behind the last, which is attached to the
sternum. ‘The differences indeed between Podica and Podoa in these
structures are (if the specimen studied by Giebel was not in any way
defective) if anything greater than the differences which distinguish
either genus from the Grebe or Coot.
The following table indicates some points of comparison, as to
the number of vertebra, ribs, &c., between Podica and some other
birds :—
| Cervical Fel Rib Uncinate
vertebrae. d si ee pro-
ate cesses.
Podiceps cornutus ...... | 19 2—5 |r+R+6+1 (2 lumbar)} 2—7
Fulica ardesiaca ...... 13 0) r+R+7 + 1 (lumbar) 3—8
Podica senegalensis ..., 15 0 r+R+6+2(5lumbar)| 3—7
Heliornis swrinamensis 14 0 r+R+8 3—6
Uria troile....c.0s+.0+0 13 0 r+R+7+2(2lumbar); 2—9
| | |
Fratercula arctica......, 18 0 r+R+7+2(2lumbar)| 2—8
Frat. corniculata ...... 13 0 r+R+7+2(8lumbar)| 2—8
30*
440 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
Not much, as it appears to me, can be gathered from the above
facts as to the relationshipof Podica: it is not distinctively Ralline
nor is it, on the other hand, distinctively Colymbine. In Porzana and
Gallinula (Giebel) there is a fusion between a number of the dorsal
vertebra.
The coracoid is a stout bone; the mesocoracoid process (Parker, 11)
is continued into a long thin ridge, which extends along nearly the
whole of the inner edge of the bone, gradually decreasing in depth.
This process is much larger than in any Rail which I have
examined, but not so large as in Psophia (cf. P.Z.8. 1890, p. 336),
In the Grebes the process in question is obsolete or rudimentary.
The clavicle has been already partly described in connection with
the sternum ; it is attached above to the mesocoracoid process and to
the acromion. In Heliornis the furcula is also firmly attached to the
carina sterni, but Giebel has omitted to mention anything about the
anterior and posterior interclavicular processes. The articulation of
the clavicle is a point upon which Fiirbringer lays some importance ;
it allies Podica with the Rails and not with the Divers, in which
birds the clavicle extends beyond the acromion.
The Heliornithide thus agree with the Rails in the following
characters : —-
(1) In the general structure of the skull.
(2) In the general form of the pelvis.
(3) In the pterylosis.
(4) In the presence of an eapansor secondariorum and in the re-
lation of the tendons of this muscle.
They agree with the Colymbide in the following :—
(1) The insertion of the biceps slip on to the patagium instead
of on to the tendon of the patagialis longus.
(2) In the characters of the latissimi dorst.
(3) In the muscle-formula of the leg, which is ABX+ (with
Colymbus, not with Podiceps).
The Heliornithide appear to be peculiar in the following charac-
ters :——
(1) The absence of an aftershaft.
(2) The form of the sternum.
(3) The shape and relations of the interclavicular ’.
(4) In the fusion of the pubes with the ischia and the absence of
lateral postacetabular ridges.
(5) In the arrangement of the intestinal coils.
(6) In the form of the biceps cruris.
It will be evident therefore, from a glance at the above statement,
that the Heliornithide have more characters peculiar to themselves
than characters which ally them with either the Ralline or Colymbine
birds ; and these characters appear to me to be not merely numerous
but also for the most part important ones; nor are they confined
! T do not emphasize the resemblances which they show in this or other par-
ticulars to other groups of birds.
1890. ] ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. 44]
to one organ or system, but are manifested in the entire structure—
bones, muscles, and viscera.
It appears to me, therefore, to be necessary to strongly emphasize
the justice of regarding the Heliornithide as a distinct and well-
marked family. The following is a brief definition of that family :—
Characters of the Family Heliornithide.
Schizognathous holorhinal birds with 18 rectrices, moderately
long ceeca, a tufted oil-gland, no aftershaft ; with an elongated one-
notched sternum and low carina; clavicles with an anterior and
posterior interclavicular process, the latter firmly attached to the
carina sterni; the skull without basipterygoid processes, occipital
foramina and supraorbital furrows, and without greatly developed
temporal fossz. Biceps slip ending freely on patagial membrane ;
expansor secundariorum well developed; in the hind limb ambiens,
femoro-caudal, accessory femoro-caudal, semitendinosus present,
accessory semitendinosus absent ; relations of biceps cruris peculiar.
Muscular formula of leg ABX+.
Affinities of the Heliornithide.
It is curious to notice that the osteological characters and those
shown by the muscles are almost in antagonism.
Judged entirely by its myology, Podica would be referred to the
Pygopodes, though it would doubtless be regarded as an aberrant
member of that group’.
If only osteology were taken into consideration, then Podica would
be as unhesitatingly assigned to the Rails, though the characters
afforded by the sternum would necessitate its separation as a very
distinct genus from the other Rail-like birds.
Which set of characters are we to be guided by in attempting to
settle the systematic position of the Heliornithide ?
It is hardly necessary to emphasize the fact that in deducing
affinities one character is not as good as another; adaptive characters
must clearly be set aside when they are not in harmony with
structural characters showing no evident relation to the mode of life
of the bird.
I should be inclined therefore, in the first place, to discount very
liberally the skull characters, as least some of them.
The strongly developed temporal fossz with the ridges on either
side of them distinguish the Grebes from the Rallide. But we find
exactly the same extraordinarily developed fosse in the Ardeide and
in Plotus and Phalacrocorax. These birds, like the Grebes, use their
neck and heads greatly and have powerful muscles which are inserted
1 This makes me think that Mr. Forbes must have dissected Podica or Podoa;
otherwise, if he had only published accounts to go upon, or had only examined
the osteological structure, he would hardly have definitely placed it in the same
group with the Divers and Grebes, as he did at the close of his career [12].
442 ON THE ANATOMY OF PODICA SENEGALENSIS. [June 3,
into these fossee. Perhaps also the comparatively great length of the
basis cranii is associated with this muscular development. If you
smooth down the skull of a Grebe and pare away the strongly
developed ridges, the result is not very unlike the skull of a Rail.
There are not any other really marked differences between the skulls.
Fiirbringer [4, p. 1029 et seq.| lays no weight upon the systematic
value of these characters; he does not refer to them in his digest
of the important cranial characters.
With regard to the other characters which the skeleton exhibits,
it is true that no resemblance is shown to the Divers and Grebes.
On the other hand, its resemblance to the Rails which has been so
insisted upon by Giebel is in my opinion less striking than its
differences from the same group of birds.
Turning to the muscular anatomy, we have a mixture of Colymbine
and Ralline characters with a decided element that is peculiar to
the Heliornithide. On the whole, if it were necessary to associate
Podica definitely with either of the two groups to which it
shows affinity, I should feel obliged to regard it as belonging to the
Colymbide.
Taking everything into consideration, it seems that the Heliorni-
thide form a distinct family which has traversed for a certain
distance the branch leading from the Rails to the Colymbide and
has then diverged rather widely in a direction of its own.
List or Memorrs.
1. Garrop, A. H.—On the Anatomy of Chauna derbiana and on
the Systematic Position of the Screamers (Palamedeide).
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 189 et seq.
2. Garrop, A. H.—On Certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds,
and on their Value in Classification.—Part II. Proc. Zool.
Soe. 1874, p. 111 e¢ seq.
. Garrop, A. H.—Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 335 et seq.
. Firsrincer.—Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Syste-
matik der Vogel. Amsterdam, 1888.
. Gavow, H.—Aves, in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs.’
. GreseL, C.—Zur Naturgeschichte des surinamischen Wasser-
huhns, Podoa surinamensis. Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. Bd. xviii.
(1861) pp. 424-437.
7. Branpt, J. F.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Naturgeschicte der
Vogel etc. Mém. Ac. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, 6¢ sér, t. iii. 1840,
pp. 81-239.
8. Scurecer, H.—Mus¢éum histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas, t. vi.
9. Sctater, P. L.—Remarks on the Fifth Cubital Remex of the
Wing in the Carinatie. Ibis, 1890, p. 77.
10. Wray, R.8.—On some Points in the Morphology of the Wings
of Birds. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 343.
11. Parker, W. K.—A Monograph on the Structure and Develop-
ment of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata.
Ray Society, 1868.
On > Ww
Mintern Bros. imp
J. Smut delet tith
siURUS PYRRHOPUS
1890.] ON MAMMALS COLLECTED BY DR. EMIN PASHA. 443
12. Forses, W. A.—Forbes’s Final Idea as to the Classification of
Birds. Ibis, 1884, p. 119.
13. Nrrzscu’s Pterylography. Kd. Sclater. Ray Society, 1867.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX,
Myology of Podica senegalensis.
Fig. 1. Patagial muscles. T-p, tensor patagii; Bi.s, biceps slip ; Bi, biceps ;
Hu, tendon attaching tensor patagii to Ske
. Muscles of thigh, outer view. Bi, Biceps; 1, 2, 3, its three insertions ;
, gastrocnemius ; tf, tensor fascia, cut and reflected.
3. Muscles of thigh, inner aspect. Amb, ambiens; afc, accessory femoro-
caudal; s¢, semitendinosus; $-¢; femoro-caudal ; sm, semimembranosus.
3a. Insertion of semitendinosus (st.) and semimembranosus (s77.).
4. Some of the muscles of the shoulder-girdle. Anc, Anconzus longus ;
Ane’, its tendinous slip to humerus; Se, scapula; LD', LD, two
latissimi dorsi; D, deltoid; 77, triceps ; Hu, humeral head of anco-
nus,
3. On a Collection of Mammals obtained by Dr. Emin
Pasha in Central and Eastern Africa. By Onprieip
Tuomas, F.Z.S.
[Received June 3, 1890.]
(Plate XL.)
The Mammals now described were collected partly on Dr. Emin’s
return march from his Equatorial Province, and partly by himself
or by friends of his during his stay at Bagamoyo. The former, like
the magnificent collection sent over in 1887 ', were presented by
him direct to the Natural History Museum, and the latter were
given to the Zoological Society, whose Council have in their turn
passed them on to the Museum for comparison and preservation.
After the collections described in the previous papers were dis-
patched in 1887, Dr. Emin continued to investigate the fauna of
the region of the great lakes, and it speaks volumes for his energy
and enthusiasm that after all the collections then made had most
unfortunately been lost, he should, nevertheless, have perseveringly
continued to collect all the way down during the painful march
from Equatoria to Bagamoyo, and should, under such difficulties,
have been able to obtain so many valuable specimens as are here
described. Later, while at Bagamoyo, he exercised his influence
among his friends, and the specimens recorded as from Monda, in
the Nguru Mountains, and from Mandera, a place equidistant from
Saadani and Bagamoyo, about 25 miles from the coast, were obtained
for him in this way. Those from the latter locality were collected
by Lieut. Langheld, to whose friendly exertions we owe some of the
most interesting specimens obtained.
Every skin collected during the march has been most carefully
labelled by Emin himself, many of the particulars so recorded being
1 See P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 3.
444 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS [June 3,
of the utmost value, and increasing very considerably the interest
of the specimens.
1, AnTHROPOPITHECUS TROGLODYTES, Gm.
a. $. “Skull of a full-grown Chimpanzee shot by me in Mssou-
gua, shores of Albert Lake, the first specimen ever obtained in
these regions.” —E.
6. 9. Skull without mandible. No exact locality.
Specimen a is an unusually fine male skull, measuring 198 millim.
from occiput to gnathion, and 138 in its greatest bi-zygomatic
breadth.
There appears to be no essential difference between it and
ordinary West-African Chimpanzee’s skulls; and in regard to ‘ T’ro-
glodytes schweinfurthi” and “T'. niger var marungensis,” I can
only repeat my opinion of 1888*, namely, that the evidence is as
yet too meagre for their proper distinction.
2. HeERPEsTEs GALERA, Erxl.
3. Monda, Nguru Mountains.
A remarkably handsome specimen, strongly influenced by ery-
thrism, many of the hairs, especially those on the belly, being
wholly or partly of a brilliant rufous colour.
3. HELOGALE PARVULA UNDULATA, Peters.
a. 9. Usambiro, 8. Victoria Nyanza. 1/9/89.
b. go. Usagara. 22/11/89.
“Tride fusca. Native names (a) “ Ndjéroro” and (6) “ Viguiri.”
Common in little flocks of from 6 to 10 individuals, running about
the fields.”——E.
Although, on the whole, I am disposed to agree with Dr. Jentink?
as to the specific identity of H. parvula, Sund., and H. undulata,
Peters, yet the difference in the colour of typical examples of each
is such as to render it advisable to consider the two as representing
different geographical races—a southern semi-tropical, and a northern
tropical one respectively.
Dr. Emin’s observation as to the gregarious habits of the species
is of remarkable interest, and is, I believe, the first’ observation of
the sort made about any member of the family.
4, RuyncHocyon Prerers!, Bocage.
a. Mandera, 3/90. Coll. Langheld.
The present is the third specimen of this rare species that has
been received by the Museum. The first was obtained on the
island of Zanzibar by Sir John Kirk in 1884; and a second one, a
fine male in spirit, in the Rabai Hills, Mombasa, by the Rey. W. E.
Taylor in 1886. All the three agree precisely with the original
description given by Prof. du Bocage*, of which an abstract was
published by Dr. eich in his monograph of the genus *.
1 P. Z. 8. 1888, p 3 J. Sci. Lisb. vii. p. 159 (1880).
2 Notes Leyd. is xi p- 31 (1888). 4 Pp. Z. 8. 1881, p. "64.
1890.] COLLECTED BY DR. EMIN PASHA. 445
5. PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Peters.
a—c. Mandera. 3/90. Coll. by Lieut. Langheld.
In this species it is worthy of note that there is a very considerable
difference in size between the sexes, a difference so great as at first,
with only unsexed specimens for examination, to make one suspect
specific distinctness. Thus a male skull in the Museum collection
measures 50 millim. in basal length, whilst that of a fully adult
female is only 45.
Specimen c has its milk-dentition still in place, and a figuro of it
may be of use. Its interest, however, lies, not in the mere form of the
milk-teeth, but in their proving that all the usually received dental
Side and top view of upper and lower teeth.
formule of the members of the family are wrong in one important
essential. So far as I know, without exception, every author has
considered that the Macroscelidide have three premolars, and three
molars above and below, except Macroscelides brachyrhynchus and
M. fuscus, which have four molars below. This last fact might
have aroused a suspicion of what is really the case, as proved by the
milk-dentition, namely, that in all the members of the family there
are four premolars, the last three changing, as is usual, and only
two molars in the ordinary forms, the above-mentioned two species
having three below.
This is rather a remarkable example of the many mistakes which
occur owing to naturalists homologizing teeth from their form alone,
for in this case, what is now proved to be P.4 is in its shape
absolutely molariform, so that it has hitherto always been taken to
be M.*.
446 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS (June 3,
In Rhynchocyon and Macroscelides other specimens in the Museum
show the same fact equally clearly and decisively.
The revised formule for the three genera will therefore be :—
Rhynchocyon : 1. 9-7-5". C, 5, P.t-2-5-4, M, 1-2-0 x 2-34 or 36.
1.2.3 1 1.2.3.4 1.2.0
Tap C- > Site ane M5 x 2= 40.
P
oot) Leone tk 1.2.8.4 7 1.2.0 bina 9
Macroscelides : I. Toa eens tsa acece ML. Ta-dorp X 2 =40 or 42,
Petrodromus: 1.
.
6. MacroscELIDEs RUFESCENS, Peters (?).
a. 9. Usambiro. 1/9/89,
“Tride nigerrima. This single specimen found amongst the high
dry grasses. Runs like a Gerbille. Native name ‘ Gosso’.”—E.
This beautiful little Elephant-Shrew appears to agree in all essen-
tial characters with Peters’s M/. rufescens, although it is considerably
paler and less rufescent in colour than some of the original speci-
mens of that species now in the Museum. Its colour is in fact
more like that shown on the plate of “ MW. revoil,” Huet’, a form
which will, I suspect, be found to be specifically identical with the
earlier described M. rufescens.
7. EromorHorvs minor, Dobs.
a f. Kiriamo. 16/5/89.
b-d. 6 9. Bagamoyo. 20/2/90.
‘“‘Tride pallide umbrina. 10 to 20 individuals together on cocoa-
palms, inside the town of Bagamoyo.”—E.
8. EpomoPHorts PusILLus, Pet.
a. g. Kiriamo. 14/5/89.
* Tride pallide umbrina.”
9. Nycrrnomus puMIiLvs, Cretzschm.
a,b. 6 Q. Usambiro. 9/9/89.
ce. ¢. Bagamoyo. 24/1/90.
“Tride fusca. Frequent among the rocks. Native name‘ Ka-
tunké.’ ”—E.
10. ANOMALURUS ORIENTALIS, Peters.
a. Monda, Nguru Mountains.
The present is only the second specimen of this interesting species
that has been obtained, the type in the British Museum having
remained unique up to the present time. As that type was bought
from negroes in the streets of Zanzibar by Fischer, Dr. Emin’s
example is the first that shows where the species really occurs wild.
A. orientalis is unquestionably very closely allied to the first
described species of the genus, A. fraseri, Waterh., a native of
Fernando Po,
* Revoil’s ‘ Fauna et Flore des Pays-Comalis,’ pl. 1 (1882).
1890.] COLLECTED BY DR. EMIN PASHA. 447
11. Scrurvs patiiatus, Peters.
a, b, c. Monda, Nguru Mountains.
12. Scrurus RUFOBRACHIATUS, Waterh.
a. 2. Buguera. 29/3/89.
“ Tride fusco-umbrina. Common in the thick forest on the hill-
sides,” —E.
13. ScrurUs PYRRHOPUS ANERYTHRUS, subsp. noy. (Plate XL.)
a. d. Buguera. 14/3/89. Type of variety.
b. 2. Buguera. 31/3/89.
“Tride fusca. On trees near watercourses.”—E,
For differential characters see below.
Dimensions of a, an adult male in skin:—Head and body 185
millim. ; tail, without terminal hairs 167, with hairs 196 ; hind foot,
without claws, 40.
The numerous and well-defined colour-variations found in Sciwrus
pyrrhopus, and commented on by Dr. Jentink in his admirable
monograph of the African Squirrils', have always appeared to me
to be of somewhat more than the merely individual value assigned
to them by that author, and on laying out the Museum series of the
species, 20 in number, I find that the variations are so strictly
geographical in their occurrence that they deserve recognition by
name,
The following are the geographical races that I would propose to
recognize, with short notes on the characters which distinguish them
from one another. The specific characters of the whole are given
in Dr, Jentink’s paper :—
A. S. pyrrhopus leucostigma, Temm.
Rufous extending all along sides, on cheeks, flanks, and outer
sides of limbs. Pale lateral line shown up by the darkening of the
hairs just external to it, the latter forming in some specimens a
distinct blackish line. Belly pure white.
Hab. Region north and west of the Bight of Biafra.
B. S. pyrrhopus erythrogenys, Waterh.
Rufous dull, confined to cheeks, none on flanks or limbs. No
darker line on sides. Belly white.
Hab. Island of Fernando Po.
C. S. pyrrhopus typicus, F. Cuv.
Rufous very brilliant, present on face and cheeks, fore and hind
limbs, not on flanks. Belly white, often washed with rufous.
Hab. Gaboon and eastward through the great Congo Forest to
Monbuttu, Central Africa.
1 Notes Leyd. Mus. iv. p. 1 (1882).
2 The type of this form was said to have come from Fernando Po, but as it
had been kept alive as a pet, it may easily have been taken to the island by
natives before it came into the hands of the French naturalists. All of the five
Fernando Po specimens in the British Museum are of the erythrogenys variety.
448 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS [June 3,
D. S. pyrrhopus anerythrus, subsp. nov.
No rufous present on head, body, or limbs. Pale lateral lines
very indistinct, not shown up by darker external lines. Belly grey,
washed with pale orange ; the hairs slaty grey basally, and orange
distally, none of them pure white.
Hab. Lake-region, S. of Albert Nyanza.
The present is a still further eastward extension of the known
range of this species, which had never been recorded out of West
Africa until Dr. Emin sent home the two specimens of the typical
race from Monbuttu, referred to in the previous paper on his
Mammals’.
14. Scrvervs coneicus, Kuhl.
a. S. Mrogoro, Usagara. 24/11/89.
*Tride fusca. Native name ‘ Kifroma.’ ”—
15. GERBILLUS, sp. inc.
a. Young. Mugombia, Ugogo. 2/11/89.
Too young for determination.
16. Gerpritts vanvs, Blanf. (?).
a,b. g. Ussougo. 3/10/89.
*Tride fusea. Native name ‘ Nkosso.’”—E.
I am unable to distinguish these specimens from some Abyssinian
individuals in the Museum collection, obtained by Mr. Blanford
himself at Zoulla ; butit is possible that spirit-specimens would show
differences not discernible in the dried skins, and, considering the
great difference in locality, it would be wiser to accept the deter-
mination with some doubt.
The species was originally described from Persia, but the Zoulla
specimens are unquestionably identical with the types, now in the
Museum.
[Mus narrus, L.
a. Bagamoyo. |
17. Mus (Isomys) porsatis, Smith.
a. Monda, Nguru Mountains.
18. Mus (Isomys) apyssryicts, Riipp.
a. ¢. Gombe, Ikungu. 18/10/89.
19. Myoscatops* ancENTEO-cINEREUS, Peters (?).
a,b. Mandera. 3/90. Coll. Langheld.
It is with the greatest hesitation that I place these two specimens
under one anne Externally, no one would doubt but that they
1 Pp. ZS. 1888, p
2 Nom. nov. Disophobius Peters, 1846, nec Boisduval, Index Meth., Lepi-
dopt. p. 69 (1829).
1890.] COLLECTED BY DR. EMIN PASHA. 449
were simply adult and young of the same animal. But in their skulls,
as in other cases in the present family, the age characters are so slight
and doubtful that one would at first sight say that the skull of 4
was that of an adult animal; and therefore that it could not possibly
be of the same species as the very much larger one of a. Further-
more, 4 agrees in every respect, external and cranial (except that
it has not the white frontal spot), with the type of Georychus
albifrons, Gray, in the British Museum; and, on the other hand,
a agrees in its skull and dentition with that of G. pallidus, Gr.,
which is unquestionably synonymous with Peters’s Heliophobius
argenteo-cinereus. The colour of G. pallidus, and, so far as can be
judged from the figure and description, that of H. argenteo-cinereus,
is very much paler than either of Emin’s specimens, and this by
itself makes it doubtful whether the latter are certainly of the same
species. Without further material, however, it would not be safe to
separate them on account of their colour alone.
But the difficulty arises owing to the number of the teeth. In
Peters’s examples, in the type of G. pallidus, and in a of the present
collection there are either five or six cheek-teeth, as in typical
Myoscalops, while in the G. albifrons and in b there are only three
or four,as in Georychus. But the peculiar structure of the posterior
palatal region is quite the same in both, as also are the proportions
of the digits ; and I am therefore induced for the present to look upon
the two small specimens as merely younger examples of MW. argenteo-
cinereus, and to suppose that as they got older they would have
developed more and more of their posterior molars.
The peculiar way in which the teeth of Myoscalops succeed each
other behind up to a total of six renders the true homologies of the
four cheek-teeth of Georychus a little doubtful, and instead of there
being three molars and one premolar as is ordinarily supposed, it
seems possible that there are really three premolars and one molar,
the two molars suppressed being those that only come up in extreme
old age in the allied genus Myoscalops.
Finally, should the difference in colour already referred to prove
of specific value, the type of “G. pallidus” would fall under
M. argenteo-cinereus, while the dark-coloured species would stand as
M, albifrons, to which both of Emin’s specimens would then be
referable.
20. AULACODUS SWINDERNIANUS, Temm.
a. Monda, Nguru Mountains.
21. Procavia Bocacel, Gray.
a. 2. Usambiro. 3/9/89.
“ Tride fusco-umbrina. Found on the rocky hills round Usambiro.
Native name ‘ Pembe.’ ”— E.
This is a very considerable extension of the known range of
P. bocagei; but Dr. Emin’s specimen agrees on the whole so fairly
well with the Angolan examples in the Museum that I do not at
present feel justified in separating it specifically.
450 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON TWO NEW [June 3,
22. ScopopHoRvs, sp. inc.
a. Skin without label, too young for determination.
23. Manis TEMMINcKII, Smuts.
a. Mandera. 3/90. Collected by Lieut. Langheld.
| This specimen appears to have an unusually long tail, but as some
of the terminal caudal scales have been lost, the exact extent of the
variation cannot be recorded.
4. Descriptions of two new Species of the Siluroid Genus
Arges. By G. A. BouLencrEr.
[Received May 28, 1890.]
(Plate XLI.)
Leaving aside the two or three species in which a spine is present
between the rayed dorsal fin and the caudal, whether exposed and
supporting the small adipose fin or partly embedded in the skin, and
for which the name Stygogenes, Giinther, may be retained, I find,
upon examination of the material in the British Museum and after
perusal of Dr. Steindachner’s descriptions, that as many as six species
of the genus Arges are entitled to distinction. They may be easily
identified by means of the following synopsis :—
A. First ventral ray about as long as its distance from
the posterior extremity of the anal laid against the
tail, reaching or nearly reaching the anus.
a. Barbel half the length of the head.
Eye equally distant from posterior nostril and
upper border of gill-opening; outer pectoral
ray reaching but a little beyond the base of the
OUiberVEnLral aay. tscec-tsic-cereesana erate ns-eeetes 1. prenadilla, C. & V.
Eye nearer the upper border of the gill-opening
than to the posterior nostril; outer pectoral
ray reaching nearly the extremity of the outer
WENN AY eee ensie-t eaap cone ae spas vom aan ae eee 2. longijilis, Stdr.
4. Barbel one third or one fourth the length of the
head; eye nearer the upper border of the gill-
opening than to the posterior nostril ............... 3. sabalo, C. & VY.
B, First ventral ray exactly as long as its distance from
the anal; anal opening nearly equally distant from
the extremity of the ventral and the origin of the
anal, or a little nearer the former.
a. Barbel half the length of the head.
Eye equally distant from posterior nostril and
upper border of gill-opeuing; outer pectoral
ray not reaching the middle of the outer
Womtiral Vay: 25 oe. ceswccroasccptscsk puscseneumeceass setae 4, whymperi, sp. n.
Eye nearer the upper border of the gill-opening
than to the posterior nostril; outer pectoral
ray reaching beyond the middle of the outer
WOM UH PAY oschene nc poas. cs- -5 cc sarncasacevarasceanates 5. taczanowskti, sp. n.
6, Barbel one third the length of the head; eye
nearer the upper border of the gill-opening than
to the posterior nostril .........scs0eees0e Sedatete kee 6. peruanus, Stdr.
Smit del. et lith.
_ 1.ARGES TACZANOWSKII. 2.ARGES WHYMPERI.
mo. ,
Mintern Bros . imp.
1890. ] SPECIES OF THE SILUROID GENUS ARGES. 451
A, longifilis, sabalo, taczanowskii, and peruanus inhabit the Andes
of Pern, A. prenadilla and whymperi the Andes of Ecuador. I had
originally confounded the two latter species, when Mr. Whymper
submitted to me his specimens for identification some years since,
but a renewed examination has convinced me that there are at least
three kinds of ‘‘ Prefiadillas” in Ecuador, instead of one as believed
by Putnam,
ARGES TACZANOWSKII, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 1.)
Arges sabalo, part., Steindachn. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, lxxii. 1876,
p. 598.
DPA /GHeAST/ 620 Bol/l.... Vol/4
Head as broad as long, one fourth of the total length (without
caudal), Eyes very small, about one third the width of the inter-
ocular space, midway between the anterior nostril and the posterior
border of the head, much nearer the upper extremity of the gill-cleft
than to the posterior nostril; nostrils much nearer the end of the
snout than to the eyes. Three rows of teeth in the premaxillary,
mostly unicuspid, the outer row comprising about twenty teeth;
mandibular teeth of the outer row larger and deeply notched.
Labial lobes large and graulate all oyer; the cleft of the mouth
measures one half the width of the buccal disk; barbels measuring
half the length of the head. Adipose fin one third of the total
length (without caudal), very low and extending to the caudal.
The origin of the first dorsal is one third nearer the end of the snout
than the base of the caudal; the first ray is somewhat prolonged
and its length equals the distance from the posterior nostril to the
posterior extremity of the head. First pectoral ray prolonged, as
long as the head, extending as far as halfway between the head and
the anal, but not so far as the extremity of the ventrals. The latter
fins originate slightly in advance of the dorsal, and measure exactly
one half the distance between the base of their first ray (which is
much thickened but scarcely prolonged) and the anal. Anal opening
a little nearer the extremity of the ventrals than the origin of the
anal, First anal ray three fourths the length of the ventral, half-
way between the extremity of the pectoral and the caudal. The
caudal fin is injured in the unique specimen examined. Yellowish,
above closely marbled with pale purplish brown.
Total length (without caudal) 72 millim.; length of head 18;
width of head 18; depth of body (above base of ventrals) 12.
A single specimen, from Amable Maria, Peruvian Andes, is in the
British Museum. It was obtained by exchange from the Warsaw
Museum, in memory of whose regretted Curator the species is
named.
ARGES WHYMPERI, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)
De Ge A MGs Wille Wie,
Head as broad as long, 43 to 5 times in the total length (caudal
excluded). Eyes very small, about one fourth the width of the
452 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON SOME NEW {June 3,
interocular space, midway between the posterior nostril and the
upper extremity of the gill-cleft; posterior nostril midway between
the end of the snout and the eye. Five rows of teeth in the pre-
maxillary, nearly all bicuspid, the outer row comprising about
twenty teeth ; mandibular teeth scarcely larger than preemaxillaries,
bicuspid. Labial lobes large and covered with granular papille ;
the cleft of the mouth measures three fifths the width of the buccal
disk ; barbels measuring half the length of the head. Adipose fin
quite indistinct. The origin of the first dorsal is nearly twice as far
from the caudal as from the end of the snout; its first ray is scarcely
prolonged, measuring a little less than the distance between the
posterior nostril and the posterior extremity of the head. First
pectoral ray little prolonged, a little shorter than the head, mea-
suring about one third of the distance between its base and the anal,
and not extending to the middle of the outer ventral ray. Ventral
fins originating slightly in advance of the dorsal; the outer ray
much thickened and a little prolonged, measuring half the distance
between its base and the anal. Anal opening equally distant from
the extremity of the ventrals and the origin of the anal. First anal
ray two thirds the length of the ventral, halfway between the ex-
tremity of the ventral and the caudal. Caudal fin crescentically
notched, with the outer rays a little produced and a little shorter
than the head. Olive-brown above, closely spotted with darker.
Total length 89 millim., without caudal 75; length of head 16;
width of head 16; depth of body (above base of ventrals) 12.
Specimens were obtained in the Andes of Ecuador (Milligalli) by
Mr. Edward Whymper.
5. On some new Species of Fishes from Madeira.
By James Yate Jonnson, C.M.Z.S.
[Received June 3, 1890.]
Family Serranip2.
1. ANTHIAS MUNDULUS, sp. 0.
B.6. D. 10/16. V.1/5. A. 3/7. Lat, line 37.
Oblong compressed; the height being to the length without the
caudal as 1 to 33. Body, head, and checks scaly. Scales of mode-
rate size, the exposed edge finely pectinate.
Head compared with length without the caudalas 1 to 3. yes
round, large, scarcely more than half a diameter from the snout
and less than a diameter apart; they do not take part in the pro-
file. Diameter of eye to length of head as 1 to 8. Snout short,
obtuse, upper jaw protrusile ; rictus very oblique, not reaching to
orbit. Upper border of mouth formed entirely of the premaxillary ;
maxillary much dilated posteriorly, its scales not larger than those
1890.] SPECIES OF FISHES FROM MADEIRA. 453
of the head, its posterior extremity not reaching quite so far as the
vertical from the middle of the eye.
In the upper jaw there is a narrow band of minute curved teeth
with two larger conical teeth ; at the front of the lower jaw a simi-
lar band of teeth with four conical ones, and at the sides behind a
single series of teeth. Minute teeth on the vomer and palatines ;
none on the tongue. The opercular pieces are clothed with scales.
There is a spine near the upper angle of the opercle and another
spine a little lower down. Lower still are a few serratures. The
vertical border of the preopercle is strongly serrate, and there is a
spine at the angle with a smaller spine a little beyond. The rest
of the lower edge is entire. All the spines are directed back-
wards.
The dorsal fin begins over the root of the pectorals and extends
a little beyond the end of the anal. ‘The first and second spines are
short, the third and fourth are equal in length and have skinny
tags at their tops. The soft portion of the fin is higher than the
spinous portion ; the last rays reach to the base of the caudal.
The pectorals are not quite so long as the ventrals, and they reach
back to the beginning of the anal, or to the end of the spinous por-
tion of the dorsal; their bases are scaly. The ventrals are inserted
under the root of the pectorals and reach back a little beyond the
commencement of the anal. The second soft ray is elongate and
filiform. The anal begins a little behind the middle of the base
of the dorsal. ‘The first spine is short, the second stout and the
longest of the three. The soft portion of the fin is higher than the
second spine, but the last rays do not reach nearly so far as the
base of the caudal. The caudal is deeply furcate and has some of
the exterior rays elongate and filiform. The membrane between
the rays is scaly as in Callanthias.
The lateral line has 37 scales; it rises from the edge of the gill-
cover, runs high up on the side following the curve of the back,
descends rapidly under the end of the base of the dorsal, and passes
along the middle of the tail to the base of the caudal.
The colour of all the specimens had faded to a pale brown; but
faint traces of pink or red were visible in parts, and there seemed
to have been twelve or more narrow transverse bands on the sides,
alternating with paler bands.
This fish much confuses the distinction between the genera An-
thias and Callauthias. With the only known member of the latter
genus it agrees in having only six branchiostegal rays, in possessing
much the same external form, and in haying the angles of the caudal
fin prolonged into filaments. It would therefore appear that the
difference between the two genera is reduced to the serrature of the
border of the preopercle, which is present in Anthias and not in
Callanthias, a trifling artificial distinction.
The first specimen that came under my notice was found dead and
dry by myself, in a cavity amongst a mass of Ostrea and Chama
shells brought up from deep water. Afterwards four specimens were
taken by the officers of the ‘ Britannia’ whilst engaged in repairing
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXI. 31
454 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON SOME NEW [June 3,
the Brazilian Submarine Company’s cable in Funchal bay, two of
which are now in the British Museum.
millim
Length of fish without caudal .............. 48
Heist ait MNS SMMBIDE oe seed Co + tia ne Isp 14
Head, length 16; thickness nearly .......... 8
MN G5 EA Oem eee ai cri. ou a, 1a op Sapsa,n ¢ amd 55
Dorsal tin, Weneth Of base. . < bocc. vnc 0.0 eaeres 26
Pectorals, length 14; distance of root from snout 17
MASH OIS: | /510215) 0 i ca i Ae Se eae 15
Jowileg inh ColNl Ch 77 2 he re ae 11
STG Lens Diller, eS 19
Family Scorrripz.
2. ScopELUS LANGERHANSI, sp. 0.
Ist D. 12. 2nd D. rudimentary. P.ca.14. V.8. A. ca. 24,
B. M. 5?
Compressed, elongate; height to length without caudal fin 1 to
Colour blackish, with numerous small silvery spots: two longi-
tudinal rows of about 8 each on the belly; a row more widely
separated halfway between the median line of the belly and the
lateral line; a few just below the lateral line and a close row of
about 20 at each side of the anal fin up to the base of the caudal.
Head large ; compared with length of fish without caudal as 1 to
32. Profile quadratic; snout very short, about half the diameter of
the eye, which is round and large, being nearly 11 mm. in diameter or
about one third the length of the head. It is surrounded by a thin
bony crest, which is more prominent above. ‘The space between the
eyes is concave, and at the fore part of it there is a thin bony crest
along the snout. ‘The inside of the mouth and gill-covers is black.
The rictus reaches to about the vertical of the posterior part of the
orbit. The upper border of the mouth is formed entirely of the
premaxillaries. Both premaxillary and maxillary are dilated pos-
teriorly.
Minute tecth in narrow brush-like bands are found in both jaws
and on the palatines ; the innermost teeth are rather larger. ‘There
are also teeth on the vomer, and the entopterygoids are roughened
with asperities.
The tongue is of peculiar form, being boat-shaped, hollowed at the
middle, with a small tip. The gill-covers are scaly; the fore edge
of the preopercle is turned up so as to form a thin vertical crest,
which is continued nearly up to the angle of the mouth, The inner
edges of the mandibular pieces are also turned up into crests.
The first dorsal fin commences over the root of the pectorals and
much in advance of the root of the ventrals; its base is only 16 mm.
long; it does not extend quite so far as the end of the anal. As
1890.] SPECIES OF FISHES FROM MADEIRA. 455
the fin was mutilated, further account of it cannot be given. The
rudimentary second dorsal is placed a little in advance of the
posterior end of the base of the anal, and about 16 mm. from the
base of the caudal. The long narrow pectorals are inserted near
the edge of the opercle and extend back much beyond the base of
the ventrals, reaching almost as far as their tips, but not quite so far
as the vertical from the posterior end of the base of the dorsal.
Compared with the length of the fish without the caudal, they are
as 1 to 42. The abdominal ventrals were mutilated in the speci-
men; but the more perfect one was 15 mm. in length; they are
inserted about 13 mm. behind the root of the pectorals. The anal
begins a little behind the posterior end of the base of the first
dorsal: its base has a length of 25mm. What remained of the
furcate caudal had a length of 19 mm. There were no spines on
any part of the fish.
The scales had been nearly all removed ; the few remaining were
cycloid and thin. The lateral line commences at the upper angle of
the opercle and falls rapidly on the side of the body until it reaches
CO
Scopelus langerhansi.
Scales of lateral line, enlarged.
the middle of the base of the first dorsal, thence it runs along the
middle of the height to the base of the caudal. On one side of the
body, in the neighbourhood of the rudimentary dorsal, three scales
of the lateral line were left to show that these scales were very large,
transversely elliptical and imbricated. They were 6 mm. wide, or
about half as wide as the tail at that part.
The single specimen of this fish that has occurred was obtained
from a fisherman by my friend the late Prof. Dr. Langerhans, and
was sent by him to the Museum of Natural History at Berlin under
the name of Alysia loricata, Lowe. But from that fish (which Dr.
Giinther believes to be Scopelus coccot) the fish here described
differs in many important respects. On comparing the above de-
scription with Mr. Lowe’s description of Alysia, the following differ-
ences (along with others) will be found to exist:—1. In this fish
the pectoral fins extend much beyond the roots of the ventrals ; in
Alysia the ventral fins are inserted under the tips of the pectorals.
2. The ventrals have 8 rays; in Alysia 6. 3. The first dorsal fin
begins over the root of the pectorals; in Alysia that fin is placed
over the space between the ventrals and the anal. 4. The caudal fin
is very small in Alysia, whilst here it is longer than the height of
the fish. 5, In Alysca there are spines on the tail both above and
below ; here there are no spines. 6. In Alysia there is a single
31*
456 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON SOME NEW [June 3,
row of silvery spots along the ventral line; here there are several
rows of silvery spots on the sides,
millim.
Length without caudal........ 110
Height at rootof pectorals .... 20
Thickness at root of pectorals.. 12
Peat MERE igy< alos «Geos» e' « 31
Premaxillary, length ........ 17
Pectoral fin, length .......... 25
3. ScoPELUS SCHMITZI, sp. n.
B.M. 6. 1st D. 12, 2nd D. rudimentary. V.7. A. 14.
Oblong, compressed ; height to length without caudal as 1 to 42.
Blackish, reflecting steel-blue from the sides and gill-covers ; a row
of small spots behind the vent near the ventral line on each side,
a few before the vent, and a few irregularly scattered at the sides
of the body. Scales cycloid, finely and concentrically striate.
Head to length of fish without caudal as 1 to 32. Snout very
short. Head and cheeks scaly. Hye round, not quite reaching to
the profile, less than half a diameter from the snout and coming
nearly up to the maxilla. Diameter of eye to length of head as 1
to 34. A low median crest between the eyes and along the snout.
Posterior margin of opercle projects with a deltoid angle over the
root of the pectorals. Inside of mouth and gill-covers black. Rictus
oblique, nearly 11 mm. long, reaching much beyond the orbit and
nearly to below the lower angle of the opercle. Upper border of
mouth formed entirely of the premaxillary, which is dentiferous up
to its end.
Teeth minute, curved, sharp, in narrow brush-like bands in both
jaws. Inthe lower jaw the band of teeth is broader than that in
the upper jaw, and it is seen outside when the mouth is closed.
There are teeth on the palatines and a few minute ones on the
vomer; the entopterygoids are rough with points. Minute teeth
along middle of tongue expanding posteriorly into a broad patch.
The gill-rakers are also armed.
The first dorsal fin is short: it begins over the root of the ven-
trals or slightly in advance; the base ends a little before the
beginning of the anal; its posterior rays reach back a little beyond
the tips of the ventrals and as far as the commencement of the anal.
The second rudimentary dorsalis very small; it is placed over the
end of the base of the anal. The narrow pointed pectorals are
inserted low down and reach back to or a little beyond the base of
the ventrals. The ventrals reach back as far as the vent. At the
upper angle of the root there is a narrow scale-like loose appendage.
The anal fin has 14 rays; and it begins a little behind the end of
the base of the dorsal. The caudal fin is furcate and has about
20 rays.
The lateral line is straight along the middle of the body and tail.
There are about 38 scales in its length, and about 5 above and 5
below the lateral line.
1890. ] SPECIES OF FISHES FROM MADEIRA. 457
Two specimens of this little fish were found lying on the sandy
beach near what is known as the “ Fossil Bed” at the east end of
Madeira by the Rev. Padre Ernesto Schmitz, Director of the Semi-
nario, Funchal, and one of the specimens is now in the British
Museum. The following are the dimensions :—
millim
Length withowticawdal ois. antics s laid oa aydieds «ais 51
Height. mecboral FostOn. .cies aiaustdie wt ajeicts bmi 8 ll
Head, length 14; thickness ................ 6
Pectorals, length 7 ; distance of base from snout 15
First dorsal, height 7; length of base ........ 7
First dorsal, distance from snout ............ aN
Second dorsal, distance from first............ 10
Ventrals, length 9; distance of root from root of
OCHO So ctsn lat ake dala Get Se Fics sald aides ate 5
Anal, height 6; length of base.............. 8
Anal, distance from snout... as.) 066s eee ois e ane 30
Caudal, length 13 ; lowest height of tail ..... 5
4, ScopELUS PUSILLUS, sp. n.
iD. Or) Ve 5 or Garb Aticas Foe MeBuG:
Small, compressed, moderately elongate; the height compared
with the length (without the caudal fin) being as 1 to 53. Black;
scales cycloid, about 3% in the side and 7 or 8 in the height. There
is no trace of silver spots on the head or body.
Head scaleless, not cubic or striate, top rounded; snout very short,
profile not steep. Compared with the length of the fish (without
the caudal) the head is as 1 to 43. Hye oval, of moderate size, not
reaching the profile, compared with length of head as 1 to31. It is
placed near the upper jaw and about half a diameter from the tip
of the snout. ictus very long, extending much beyond the eyes
and being nearly equal to seven eighths of the length of the head.
The upper border of the mouth is formed by the premaxillaries, which
are only slightly dilated posteriorly. The styliform maxillaries lie
behind. The inside of the mouth is black, and it is copiously
furnished with teeth. In the lower jaw there is a band of minute
glassy teeth in about four rows. In the front of the upper jaw
there is a single row of similar teeth with a band of 2-8 rows
on each side behind. The palatines carry a narrow band of minute
teeth, and on each entopterygoid is a long broad band of teeth.
On the pharyngeals are broad patches of teeth, and on the vomer about
6 teeth. A narrow band of very minute teeth runs along the middle
of the tongue, expanding into an oval patch behind, where the teeth
are longer and subulate. At each side of the tongue there are short
transverse series of minute teeth with a longer subulate one in
each series. Lastly, the gill-rakers are rough with teeth.
The short dorsal is placed near the middle of the back over the
space between the ventrals and the anal. It is higher anteriorly
than behind, and there are about nine rays. There is no second
458 MR. J. ¥. JOHNSON ON SOME NEW [June 3,
adipose dorsal. The pectorals are placed low down, are narrow and
pointed; they are much damaged in the specimen, but they are
not rudimentary (as in Nannobrachium), as they reach back to the
root of the ventrals. The ventrals have five or six rays and reach
back to the vent, but not so far as the anal; they are inserted
nearly under the commencement of the dorsal, 12 mm. from the
snout and 5 mm. behind the root of the pectorals. The anal begins
behind the end of the dorsal and has about 7 rays; it is about as
high as the dorsal, but its base is rather longer. Caudal forked.
There are no spines on the tail above or below. The lateral
line could not be made out.
I am much indebted to the Rev. Padre Ernesto Schmitz for the
single specimen of this little fish that has occurred. It was obtained
from a fisherman. It was only 1,9; inch long, with a height of 7
inch. When it came into my hands it had been much injured, and
it has therefore been impossible to speak positively as to some of the
details. Perhaps it had been found in the stomach of another fish.
However that may be, it had a deep-sea aspect. The following
are the dimensions :—
millim.
Totalvenebe Gt the fish...) oe. ss Teete c+ ek wet ee 39
Length to base of the caudal fin ............. .. 934
Height art. cath ccae evs efector tisech. « tvortoraleeny 6:5
Head) Jeng 8 5. CHICIMESS « 5, sys, scn14 eres stonwe & somTeueye 4
Eye, longer axis 2°5. Rictus nearly ............ Wp
Dorsal fin, length of base ca. 5; height in front ca... 5
Ventral fins, distance from snout 12; from root of
PReHORALS fo talons fens} orbs ahh pwe “Serrrasrares he « pyolites 5)
Anal fin, height ca. 5; length of baseca..... UF can ee
Anal fin, distance from end to base of caudal ...... 7
Family SrernoprycHi”®.
5. GonostoMA MADERENSE, sp. 0.
B.11. P.10. V.8 <A. 33. C. T1.4+19+TTT.
Elongate, compressed ; the height compared with the length minus
the caudal fin being as 1 to 61. Blackish, with two rows of silvery
or pale steel-blue spots along each side of the belly. The specimen
seems to have been clothed with scales, but they have disappeared
except from the head. The ridge of the back is rugosely warted, and
apparently there have been no scales in that part.
The head is to #he length without the caudal as 1 to 54, The
top of the head is scaleless, and two low converging ridges meet in
front of the orbits. The cheeks bear rather large scales. The
opercular pieces are very thin and the gill-openings very wide. The
profile is rather steep and the snout short. The round eye does not
reach to the profile; its diameter is contained in the head about
five times; it is distant from the snout rather more than one dia-
meter, and from the jaw rather less. The upper border of the mouth
is formed partly of the premaxillary and partly of the maxillary,
both being armed with teeth; the latter is dilated posteriorly. The
1890.] SPECIES OF FISHES FROM MADEIRA. 459
rictus is oblique and extends much beyond the eye. The inside
of the mouth and the gill-covers is black. There are no pseudo-
branchie, The under jaw for the greater part of its length fits
inside the upper, and it carries a row of sharp, curved, conical
teeth, with a few small ones in the intervals between them. In
front there is an outer row of eight similar, but shorter teeth. In
the upper jaw there is only one row of similarly shaped teeth in
front ; then come three on each side, the longest in the mouth,
and these are about 3 millim. in length. Posteriorly the longer
teeth become smaller and the intervening teeth very small. There
are a few teeth on the vomer; on the palatines a row of minute
sharp teeth; a patch of minute teeth on the entopterygoids; and
at the tip of the very small tongue a few minute teeth.
The dorsal fin is placed at the middle of the back over the space
between the ventral and anal. It has 11 rays and its base is 11
mm. long. It is rather injured, but what remains has a height of 13
mm. ‘There is no adipose fin, nor are there any spines behind the
dorsal or anal. The pointed pectorals have ten rays, are inserted
low down, and do not reach so far back as the root of the ventrals.
The narrow pointed abdominal ventrals contain 8 rays and reach
back beyond the beginning of the anal; they are shorter than the
pectorals. The anal is not so high as the dorsal, but its base is
longer ; it has about 33 rays. The deeply cleft caudal is damaged,
but as it is it measures 14 mm.
The lateral line begins near the edge of the opercle one third of
the height from the outline of the back, and falls gently until it
reaches the middle of the height under the dorsal; it then runs
straight to the base of the caudal. The scales having been removed
could not be counted.
The two rows of spots previously mentioned are closely set low
down on each side of the belly. The upper row, on which between
60 and 70 spots may be counted, begins at the throat and is con-
tinued to the base of the caudal; the lower row runs along the
isthmus between the gill-openings and likewise extends to the caudal.
A single specimen of this fish was obtained in the fish-market at
Funchal and is now in the British Museum. It may be readily dis-
tinguished from the known species of this genus by the number of
its anal rays.
millim
Length of fish without the caudal...... 130
Height at root of pectoral............ 21
Height of tail at base of caudal........ @
Thickness at the shoulder.,. . ...... 8 or 9
Head, length 25 mm., thickness ...... 8
MMyes dinmie terse: crate iota aan eas or 5
* Dorsal fin, length of base ............ 11
Pectorals, lengthy an acerca 20
Pectorals, distance of root fromsnout .. 30
Ventrals, length <:..- ce, tele cake 14
Ventrals, distance of root from snout. ... 66
Anal, length of base ....... datas aivacacains) 5-H
460 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON ZPYCEROS PETERSI. [June 17,
June 17, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on a mounted head of a
Pallah Antelope, belonging to Capt. Freville Cookson, F.Z.S.
The specimen had been shot by Captain Cookson in August last,
in Hasholand, in the neighbourhood of the Cunene River, where some
Front view of head of Afpyceras petersi. ;
twenty or more other examples had been met with, but this was the
only specimen brought to England.
This form of the .Pallah was at once distinguishable from the
1890. ] MR. T. SOUTHWELL ON ZXGIALITIS ASIATICA. 461
ordinary form of the Cape Colony (Zpyceros melampus) by having
a short line beneath each eye passing towards the nostrils and a
broad band in the centre of the forehead black. Mr. Sclater sup-
posed it to be the species designated pyceros petersi by Bocage
(P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 741).
Mr, Sclater also exhibited a large photograph of Grévy’s Zebra
(Equus grevyi) taken by Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S., from the type
specimen at Paris, and read the following remarks drawn up by
Mr. Bolton on the subject :—
“‘T send herewith a photograph just taken of the mounted speci-
men of Equus grevyi now in the Natural History Museum at Paris.
Judging by a photograph in the Society’s library taken when this
animal was alive, I should fancy that nearly all trace of the true
shape of the head has been lost in the mounting; and judging by
the height of the man (whois shown as feeding it) I imagine that the
whole skin has been very greatly stretched, as it now appears far
larger than any of the living specimens of Lqwus zebra that I have
seen.
“The skin of this mounted specimen is marked with very brilliant
black and white lines, looking as though it had been bleached ; the
white mark above the tail being very much wider than in the skin
exhibited at the last meeting.
‘In the Society’s Proceedings for 1883 (P. Z.8. 1883, p. 175) is
a paper read by Col. Grant, describing a Zebra that he found in Ugogo
in 1860-5, with a woodcut of the head. Professor Flower has
compared this carefully with the photograph before you, and thinks
them identical,”
The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. T. Southwell a mounted
specimen of the Caspian Plover (4gialitis asiatica), and read the
following note from Mr. Southwell on the subject :—
‘On the evening of the 23rd May I received from Mr. Lowne, of
Yarmouth, the fresh skin of a handsome full-plumaged male of
Aigiahtis asiatica, sent me for identification.
“‘ Subsequently I learned the following particulars with regard to
this interesting occurrence. During the morning of the 23rd of
May two strange birds were seen in a large market-garden bordering
on the North Denes at Yarmouth, which attracted the attention of
the occupier of the Gardens, but he had no opportuuity of a shot
till about 5.30 p.m., when they were on the Golf ground which forms
a portion of the Denes. He tried to get both birds in a line for a
double shot ; that being unsuccessful he selected the brighter of the
two, its companion being at the time about six yards distant from
it; when he fired, the paler bird, presumably the female, flew off in
a westerly direction and was no more seen. Veryshortly after, the
bird was purchased of the shooter by Mr. H. C. Knights, by whom
it was taken the next morning.to Mr. Lowne for preservation, who,
462 PROF. J. BELL ON THE GENUS VIRGULARIA. [June 17,
as before stated, forwarded the skin to me for identification. The
weather at the time was very warm, and Mr. Lowne seeing that it
was a valuable bird would not risk sending it to me in the flesh;
hence it was that I saw only the skin, but I may mention that it
had all the appearance of having been very recently removed and
that there were still many living parasites remaining on the feathers.
The sternum Mr. Lowne sent to Professor Newton. The total length
of the bird in the flesh was 8 inches and its weight 2} oz. Mr.
Knights was good enough to give me the first offer of the bird, and
through the liberality of some friends of the Norwich Museum I
was enabled to purchase this latest addition to the many local rarities
for that Institution.”
Profesor Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., read a note which he had received from
Mr. Edgar Thurston, C.M.Z.S., of the Madras Museum. He explained
that his attention had been called, last autumn, by the Hon. A. E.
Gathorne-Hardy, M.P., F.Z.S., to certain difficulties which he felt as
to accepting the generally received statements as to the mode of
life of British Pennatulids; of which difficulties Mr. Gathorne-
Hardy gave an account in his interesting paper in the ‘ National
Review’ of February last. Shortly after its publication Prof.
Bell received Mr. Thurston’s report on the Marine Fauna of the
Gulf of Manaar. As the habits of Virgularia are there described he
called Mr. Thurston’s attention to Mr. Gathorne-Hardy’s paper, with
the result that he received the following interesting letter from
Mr. Thurston:— .
“Madras Museum.
May 19, 1890.
‘My attention has been directed to an article in the ‘ National
Review’ for February 1890, entitled ‘Out of the Depths, by the
Hon. A. E. Gathorne-Hardy, M.P., who enters into a discussion of the
habits of the genus Virgularia. The points at issue are twofold :—
“1. Do the animals stand up vertically with their bulb planted
in the mud ?
“2. Can the animais pull themselves in with force so as to nearly
or quite disappear ?
“T see that in my ‘ Notes on the Pearl and Shank Fisheries, and
Marine Fauna of the Gulf of Manaar,’* Isay (p. 74) with reference
to specimens of Virgularia :—‘ The Sea-pen, Virgularia juncea, was
collected at low water, and accords in its habits with another species,
V. patagonica,which is described by Darwin(‘ Journal of Researches’)
as being seen projecting like stubble, with the truncate end up-
wards, a few inches above the surface of the muddy sand. When
touched or pulled they suddenly drew themselves in with force so
as to nearly or quite disappear.’
‘The specimens were obtained by one of my native Sabbi divers
in shallow water opposite the Kothanda Raman Soyil (temple) on
Rémésvaram Island in July 1888. His attention was attracted by
1 Madras Government Press, 1890.
1890.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 463
what he thought was a stick projecting a few inches above the sandy
bottom, and he broke it off and gave it to one of my native collectors
who was with him, and who recognized it as being the broken piece
of an animal. The divers then hunted for and secured other speci-
mens, «ll of which had their terminal bulbs in a perfect condition.
The largest specimen, which I have just re-examined, is 16 inches
in length, and tapers towards the upper end, but the extreme tip is
wanting. The diver described the animals as sticking straight up
in the sand, and said that, as soon as he touched them, they went
deeper and deeper down in the sand, and sometimes fixed themselves
so firmly that he could only secure them by digging them out with
a spade.
“Though I was not present at the capture of the specimens I have
no reason to discredit the evidence of the diver, who is a keen ob-
server, wholly unacquainted with the English language, and who has
certainly never seen or heard of the ‘ Journal of Researches.’
“ Epear THURSTON.”
The Secretary called attention to a pamphlet presented to the
Society’s Library by M. P. A. Pichot, C.M.Z.S.,’ giving an account
of the localities in which the Beaver (Castor fiber) is at present found
in the Camargue or Delta of the Rhone, and exhibited a map for-
warded by M. Pichot in which these localities were exactly shown.
Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., exhibited a photograph, lent by
Mr. A. B. Wynne, of a specimen of the Indian Gaur (Bos gaurus)
recently killed, and made some remarks on this animal.
The following papers were read :—
1. A List of the Butterflies collected by Mr. William Bonny
on the Journey with Mr. Stanley from Yambuya on the
Aruwimi River through the Great Forest of Central
Africa; with Descriptions of nine new Species. By
H. Grose Smiru, F.Z.S.
[Received June 16, 1890.]
This collection of Butterflies being the first which has been
received in Europe from the Great Forest, a complete list of the
species which it contains is given. It will be seen that, with the
exception of the species described as new and a few others, the
collection consists of species for the most part common on the West
Coast, very few species peculiar to the East Coast being comprised
in it.
1 See ‘ Revue Britannique,’ 1888, p. 49.
464 MR. H. GROSE SMITH ON [June 17,
The collection is not in very good condition and has suffered from
damp; but considering the great difficulties under which it was
formed, it is surprising that under the circumstances Mr. Bonny
was able to preserve the Insects so well.
PAaPpiILIONID2.
PAPILIONINZE.
1, Papriio antimacuvs, Drury.
One specimen; Mr. Bonny states that six or seven other specimens
were seen.
2. Papinio zALMoxis, Hew.
. Paprtio MEROPE, Cram.
. Papitto pytapes, Fabr.
. Paprtto cynorta, Fabr.
o> Or — WH
. Paprtro LEonrpAs, Fabr.
. Papvinio pEmMotEvs, Linn.
8. Papriro menEstHEvs, Drury.
9, PavItto rynDAR@Us, Fabr.
10, Papitto Bromtus, Doubl.
11. Papriro anrHevs, Cram.
12. Papriro ponicenes, Cram,
The ordinary form; and one specimen of a small dark variety in
which the round green spot just beyond the end of the cell is
absent.
PIERIN=.
13, Brtenots sytvia, Fabr.
14, Beteyots tuysa, Hopff.
15. Brtenors rnerpa, Butl.
Three males and a female.
16. BELENOIS SYLVANDER, 0. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Anterior wingsresembleinfida, Butl., but the
black bar across the end of the cell is attenuated in the middle, the
upper and lower part being connected only by a black line ; the apical
black area is rather broader, and the white streaks in it are rather
more linear. On the posterior wings the black border of infida is
represented by large triangular spots at the ends of the veins con-
fluent at their base, inside which, between the veins, is a row of six
black spots, the uppermost, on the costal margin, the largest.
1890. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 465
Underside. On the anterior wings the black bar at the end of the
cell is broader than on the upperside, little attenuated in the middle,
the lower part being developed into a large round spot. Posterior
wings with very broad black veins, connected on the margin by rather
broad black lines; the spots in the submarginal row are seven in
number, larger and more quadrate than on the upperside, and touch
the black veins on either side at the opposite angles of each spot.
Female.—Upperside. Wings greyish brown, the inner two thirds
shading into greyish white tinged with pale yellow; on anterior
wings is a greyish=brown broad oblique bar, and on posterior wings
a distinct, greyish-brown spot, each situate at the end of the cell.
Underside. Anterior wings as above, with pale yellow streaks at
the apex between the subcostal and discoidal nervules, and indistinct
greyish-white patches between the median nervules and submedian
nervure near the outer margin. Posterior wings dusky white in the
middle, shading into pale dusky yellow at the base and outer margin,
where beyond the submarginal row of spots it is divided by the
broadly greyish-black nervules into rather brighter yellow lunules ;
the submarginal row of spots is indistinct and confluent with the
greyish-black nervules, and there is a distinct spot at the end of the
cell.
Expanse of wings, male 24, female 12 inches.
17. Mytoruris porppxa, Cram.
18. Tertas ontenris, Butl.
19. Tertas BprenDA, Doubl.
20. Eronta areta, Fabr.
21. Erownra raarassr, Boisd.
22. CAaToPSILIA PYRENE, Swainson.
AcRHINE.
23. AcR&A ITURINA, Nl. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Both wings vitreous, with dusky brown veins ;
anterior wings with costal margin, apex, outer margin, and veins dusted
with greyish-brown scales, basal third densely dusted with bright
rufous scales, black at the base, a cluster of black confluent spots at
the upperside of the cell about its middle. Posterior wings with
the inner two thirds bright rufous, paler on the inner margin above
the anal angle ; the rufous space does not extend to the costal margin
or beyond two thirds of the central area, except towards the anal
angle, where it approaches nearer to the outer margin ; at the base is
a cluster and beyond the cell a row of seven black spots, the fourth
being out of line and nearer the outer margin; between the basal
cluster and this row are two spots, one above the subcostai nervure,
the other on the inner margin.
466 MR. H. GROSE SMITH ON [June 17,
Underside devoid of scales, except the spots on the posterior
wings as on the upperside.
Expanse of wings 17 inch.
Nearest to A. cerasa, Hew., but a larger insect with more elongate
wings, the rufous area comparatively smaller and on posterior wings
different in shape, and the arrangement of the spots on both wings
is different.
24, ACR#A VESPERALIS, 0. Sp. '
Male.—Upperside, Anterior wings vitreous, with veins, costal
margin, apical and outer marginal area, a broad somewhat oblique
band crossing the cell and thence nearly to the posterior angle, and a
patch beyond the end of the cell, more or less densely dusted with
fuliginous-brown scales. Posterior wingssemivitreous, the innerthree
fourths pale ochreous brown, the outer fourth darker brown, which
colour radiates up the veins on the disk nearly as far as the cell, a
cluster of brown spots at the base, and a dark brown spot on the
upper discocellular nervule at its junction with the discoidal nervule.
Underside. Anterior wings as above; posterior wings uniform
brown, brighter than the pale brown area of the upperside ; a cluster
of dark brown spots at the base, followed by a row of four spots
before the middle, outside which are two smaller spots beyond the
cell, below the discoidal and upper median nervules respectively.
Expanse of wings 2? inches.
Nearest to A. pentapolis, Ward. In colour and general appearance
it bears a superficial resemblance to the female of Planema vesta,
Fabr.
25. Acrwa crrcais, Drury.
A variety larger in size and with the stramineous area of the
posterior wings broader and extending nearer to the base than in
the typical form. Possibly a distinct species.
26. Acrma poccEr, Dewitz.
A variety with the fulvous band extending obliquely across the
wings to the posterior angle, instead of curving inwardly to about
one half of the inner margin. One specimen only ; in the absence
of more examples I hesitate to describe this as a new species.
27. AcrawA cepHEus, Linn.
28. AcrmA MENIPPE, Drury.
29. Acr2A PERENNA, Doubl. & Hew.
30. Acrma Lycos, Godt.
31. Acraa crponta, Ward.
32. AcR#A SERENA, Fabr.
33. AcRa@A EPONINA, Cram.
34. Acraa Lycra, Fabr.
35. Acrma EuRITA, Linn.
1890.] - BUTTERFLIES FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 467
NyMPHALIDS.
DANAInz,
36. Linas atcrepus, Cram.
37. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA, Doubl.
38. Amavris vasHTi, Butl.
39. AMAURIS HECATE, Butl.
40, AMAURIS EGIALEA, Cram.
41. Amavris DAmoctEs, Beauv.
42, AMAURIS NIAVIUs, Linn.
NyYMPHALIN&.
43. ATELLA COLUMBINA, Cram.
44, Junonra cLeia, Cram.
45. JUNONIA CHORIMENE, Guer.
46. Satamis cacra, Fabr.
47, SALAMIS ANACARDIT, Linn.
48. Katrma ruta, Westw.
A variety without the subapical oblique orange band on anterior
wings.
49, Nuepris marpessa, Hopff.
50. Nepris acATHA, Cram.
o1. Nepris nystapes, Hew.
52, Nupris nemetes, Hew.
53. Nuepris Meticerra, Drury.
54, HypoLiMnas Sf4NLEYI, 0. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings black, with a large, very
oblique, elongate central spot white faintly tinged with pink—the
upper part extends into the cell (where there is a minute spot
above it) and above the median nervure, and is bifid; the lower part
occupies the area between the median nervules except a small space in
the angle formed by the junction of the lowest median nervule with the
median nervure, and extends outwardly to nearly four fifths of the
wing, being irregularly defined on its upper and outer edge; it also
extends slightly below the lowest median nervule, where it is repre-
sented by some irregularly marked white scales. There is a subapical
white patch divided into two by the lowest subcostal nervule, the
upper part being the smallest. Posterior wings dark brown, witha
white centre which is shaded externally with pinkish blue, and
468 MR. H. GROSE SMITH ON [June 17,
traversed across the disk as far as the cell by the black nervures and
rays between ; a row of very minute bluish-white spots between the
veins near the margin.
Inderside. Anterior wings black at the base, shading into brown
towards the apex; the patch and apical spot as above but larger,
especially that part of the patch which lies within the cell, where it
extends upwards till it joins the small white spot ; nearer the base
is another small white spot and several small white spots at the
base ; on the margin from above the upper median nervule to the
posterior angle is a row of small white spots, in pairs, alternately
longer and shorter. Posterior wings with the base and the space
between the costal margin and the upper subcostal nervule broadly
bright brown, with the veins and a ray between them dark brown ;
the central area and abdominal fold is white, shading into dull brown
towards the anal angle, and traversed by the dark brown veins with
rays of same colour between ; a series of minute spots on the margin.
A few white spots on the head ; thorax and abdomen black above,
brown beneath; antennz black.
Expanse of wings 4 inches.
Nearest to H. dinarcha, Hew., but very distinct from that species
or any of the group.
55. HypoLIyas BARTELOTTI, 0. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, a sinuate rather
narrow oblique white band in the cell at of its length, an oval
spot at the end of the cell with a few white scales above it; a
brownish-white patch on the disk about its middle divided into three
by the upper and middle median nervules, the middle part elongate
ovate, the upper part subovate, smaller, the lower part linear, almost
obsolete, beyond which is a row of five round spots, the uppermost
and lowest the largest, but smaller than in dinarcha, Hew., the
three others minute ; the cilia at the apex, and also minutely between
the veins, white. Posterior wings paler brown, the nervures and
rays between dark brown; the cell and the spaces above it, as far as
the upper submedian nervule and slightly below it, stramineous ;
on the margin two minute white spots between the veins from the
costal nervure down to the upper median nervule; the cilia also
between those veins spotted with white.
Underside. Anterior wings paler than above towards the apex
and blacker towards the base and the spots larger ; above the white
spot at the end of the cell are two indistinct white streaks, and
between the spot across the cell and the base are four other white
spots; a series of submarginal white spots between the veins,
commencing beneath the upper median nervule down to the posterior
angle. Posterior wings as above, the central stramineous patch
being whiter and more extended, asubmarginal row of minute white
spots as above, but four instead of two between each vein; the cilia
also spotted as above.
Expanse 37 inches.
Also near H. dinarcha, but wings browner and comparatively
1890.1] BUTTERFLIES FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 469
broader, and the row of spots beyond the middle differs in size from
that species.
56. Hyvonrmnas pinarcua, Hew.
57. Hyprortrmnas pusia, Boisd.
58. Hypotrmnas moa, Trimen.
59. Hyporrmmnas satmacis, Drury.
60. EvxayrHer snsettica, Butl.
61, Averica cupAviaA, Cram.
62. ATERICA VERONICA, Cram.
63. Arerica aBusa, Hew.
64, EuURYPHENE MANDINGA, 2.
65. EuRYPHENE, sp.
A brown female néar to E. brunhilda Q, but in the absence of
the male I have not described it.
66, EURYPHENE, sp.
An olive-brown female, likewise without the male.
67. HamManumMIpA MELEAGRIS, Cram.
68. Iara crirmEa, Drury.
69. EvuPH#ZDRA CERULESCENS, D. sp.
Female—Upperside. Anterior wings blue-black, with the base,
basal third of cell, and basal two thirds of inner margin dull steel-
blue ; a broad oblique band of sume colour but rather paler extends
from the middle of the costal margin beyond the cell till it reaches
the middle median nérvule, where it terminates some distance from
the outer margin, broader at its lower than at its upperend ; apex
tipped with bluish white. Posterior wings, basal three fourths dull
steel-blue ; minute whité spots on the margins between the veins of
both wings.
Underside. Both wings bluish green tinged with brown, paler
and more blue in the cells, with submarginal bands of rather small,
nearly contiguous dark spots. Antérior wings with a round spot
near the base of the éell and two others, larger, beyond it: the end
of the cell is marked by an oblique rather narrow black bar, followed
by a longer parallel bar which crosses the space between the upper
and middle median nervule, below which is a nearly horizontal in-
distinct black streak ; apex indistinctly tipped with greenish white.
Posterior wings with four spots in the cell, and a broad ¢rimson band
extending from the basealong the costal margin about three fourths
of its length, where it merges; the band is bordered on its lower
edge with blackish indistinct markings, broader at the base and
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXII. 32
470 MR. H. GROSE SMITH ON [June 17,
curving downwards towards the end of the cell; minute white spots
on the margins between the veins.
Expanse of wings 37 inches.
Nearest’ to wypete, Hew., and gunsape, Butl.
70, EvpHmpra pRATINAS, Doubl. & Hew.
A variety in which the submarginal row of indistinct white spots
on the posterior wings is absent.
71. Evpa=pRA soHNsroni, Butl.
72, Evrumpra evevs, Drury.
73. EurpH=pRA RusPINA, Hew.
74, CyMoTHo BONNYI, n. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Bright tawny brown, darker towards the
base, the anal angle, and the outer margin of posterior wings.
Anterior wings with the cell crossed by two zigzag lines. On the
disk from the second median nervule to the inner margin is a
vertical patch of olivaceous-brown scales, the internal edge of which
is well defined; between the veins is a submarginal row of small
dark brown spots, the lowest being doubly sagittate ; the margin is
rather broadly dusted with brown scales, forming indistinct lunules
between the veiis. Posterior wings crossed rather beyond the
middle, from the costal margin to near the anal angle, by a band of
dark olivaceous-brown scales, the inner edge of which is sharply
defined, but not so externally; a submarginal row of contiguous
hastate markings edged externally with bright tawny brown. The
basal and anal area, outer margin and abdominal fold are irrorated
with dusky brown scales.
Underside. Resembles egesta, Cram., except that the dark line
which crosses the middle of both wings is very sharply defined, and
the curved lines, which in egesta are inside this line, in bonnyi
cross and recross it several times on the ariterior wings, and on the
upper part of posterior wings they are closer and shorter than in
égesta.
es Olive-brown, darker in the middle of anterior wings,
and at the base and inner two thirds of posterior wings. On the
anterior wings beyond the middle are five sharply triangular
brownish-white spots, the uppermost the largest, the third the
smallest ; situate in a straight line beneath each other between the
veins from the subcostal nervules to the lowest median nervule
there is a submarginal row of dark brown hastate markings, inside
which is another row of brown hastate markings; the cell is crossed
by two zigzag and two rather sinuate lines, and there is a sinuate
line at the end of the cell. On posterior wings is a submarginal
tow of contiguous hastate markings, the two uppermost very broad
in the middle. On the underside both wings are crossed beyond the
middle by a dark line, inside and based on which are placed the
triangular brownish-white markings which are conspicuous on the
1890. | BUTTERFLINS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 471
upperside of the anterior wings, with an additional spot near the
inner margin.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 2? inches, 9 33 inches,
Nearest to C. egesta, Cram., the male of which it somewhat
resembles ; the female is quite distinct.
75. CYMoTHO# OCHREATA, 0. sp.
Male.—Upperside. TResembles bonny:, but is more orange-tawny.
Anterior wings without markings in the cell, and the dark band
beyond the middle is only represented by an indistinct dark line; the
spots in the submarginal row are smaller, and the margin is not:
dusted with brown except at the apex. Posterior wings very
slightly darker towards the anal angle, and in place of the dark
band across the middle of bonnyi is a narrow dark line; there are
a few indistinct markings in the cell, and a curved line slightly
above and at the endof the cell; the submarginal row of hastate
markings as in C. bonny, but the margin is very little darker than
the rest of the wings.
Underside. Paler than in C. bonnyi; a sinuate line inside the
straight line which crosses the wings beyond the middle, which, on
the anterior wings of C. bonnyi, crosses and recrosses it, in ochreata
does not approach it, while on the upper part of the posterior wings
it recedes still further from it.
Female.—Upperside. Both wings rather dark brown from the
middle to the base, beyond which it is much paler. Anterior wings
with five triangular spots based on the transverse line which crosses
both wings. Posterior wings with two mitre-shaped brownish-
white spots with their bases on the transverse line, the first situate
below the subcostal nervure, the second below the first ; the markings
in the cell more prominent.
Underside resembles C. bonnyi but paler, and the dark transverse
line which crosses both wings is more marked.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 23 inches, 2 23 inches.
76. CymorHo® WESTERMANNI, Westw.
77. CymorHo® saAnGaARis, Godt.
78. CymorHo HERMINIA, Grose Smith.
A darker variety.
79. CymorHot THE0BENA, Doubl. & Hew:
80. CymorHof# ropurra, Westiv.
81. CyrmorHo# tHnopora, Hew.
Male darker rufous-brown on the underside, and the white spots
on posterior wings smaller.
82. CrmMoTHoi HYPATHA, 2 var.
Whether this be a distinct speciés I am unable to determine in
the absence of the tale:
a2”
472 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM CENTRAL AFRica. [June 17,
83. CHARAXxES castor, Cram.
The red submarginal band on the underside of the posterior wings
very much wider than in either the East or West Coast forms.
84. CHARAXEs BRUTUS, Cram.
85. CHARAXEs cyNnTHIA, Butler.
86. CHARAXES CANDIOPE, Godt.
87. CHARAXES ETESIPE, Godt.
88. CHaRAxks TIRIDATES, Godt.
89. CHARAXES EUPALIS, Drury.
90. PuimoanoMA VARANES, Cram.
91. Paroenoma Fatcata, Butl.
SaATYRID®.
92. GnorHopEs CcHELYS, Fabr.
93. Metaniris LepA, Linn.
94, IplomoRPHUS NANODES, 0. sp.
Male.—Upperside. Both wings blackish brown, slightly tinged
with violet ; anterior wings paler towards the apex and crossed by a
broad purple band broader than in hewitsoni, Daum., from beyond
the middle of the costal margin to nearly the outer angle; a minute
subapical white spot. Posterior wings with a band of same colour
commencing on the costal margin at about two thirds of its length,
extending to the outer margin, thence gradually narrowing down
the outer portion of the wings to near the anal angle.
Underside. Basal two thirds of both wings dark olivaceous brown,
the outer edge of which is sharply defined by a narrow pale vio-
laceous space. Anterior wings with the outer third violaceous brown
in which are three spots, two being subapical and small with a pale
iris, situate below the subcostal nervule and the first discoidal
nervure respectively, the third spot larger with a black iris and
situate between the middle and lowest median neryule; a sub-
marginal sinuate brown line, becoming obsolete towards the posterior
angle. Posterior wings with the outer third browner than it-is on
the anterior wings, with a violaceous space at the apex and a row of
seven spots each with a black iris, the first, fifth, sixth, and seventh
larger than the others, the fifth being the largest, the sixth and
seventh spots at the anal angle distinct, not contiguous like the anal
spots of hewitsoni. Outside the spots is a sinuate dark brown band,
broader towards the anal angle, and on its inner edge curving round
the spots.
Expanse 23 inches.
Nearest to J. hewitsoni, but with longer wings and more spots on
the underside. I have several specimens of a closely allied species
from Cameroons, not, I believe, hitherto described.
1890. ] ON RHYNCHOTA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.
95. Mycatzsis sarrrza, Hew.
96. Mycatesis vunteaRris, Butl.
7. Ereoris enotr1a, Cram.
98. EuryreLa opHione, Cram.
99. Euryreta H1areas, Drury.
100. Evuryreta pryopr, Cram.
101. LypyrHes tappaca, Westw.
102. Hypants miruyia, Drury.
103. ABISARA GERONTES, Fabr.
104, Axpisara Tantatus, Hew.
Lyc nip &.
105. Hypotycmna raunus, Drury.
106. Casraxtius ists, Drury.
107. Lartyvopopa LycznNorpes, Butl.
108. LycanestHEs LARYDAS, Cram.
109. Trnera species near MACULATA.
110. Tryera species.
HESPERIDS.
111. Ismenz tiszon, Druce.
473
2. Report on a Collection of Rhynchota made at Yambuya,
on the River Aruwimi, by Mr. W. Bonny of the Emin
Pasha Relief Expedition under Mr. H. M. Stanley. By
W. L. Distant.
[Received May 22, 1890.]
Among the 48 species of Rhynchota, specimens of which were
collected by Mr. Bonny during this memorable Expedition, eight
prove to be new to entomological science. With three exceptions
the previously known species are all recorded from West Africa,
principally from the Calabar district. The exceptions are Sphe-
rocoris ocellatus, Klug, Aspongopus japetus, Dist., and Pecilopsaltria
polydorus, Walk., which have hitherto only been received from
South-east Africa.
HETEROPTERA.
Fam. PENTATOMID.
Subfam. PLaTasPinz.
1. CERATOCORIS BUCEPHALUS.
Plataspis bucephalus, White, Entomol. p. 136 (1841).
474 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [June 17,
2. PLATASPIS VERMICELLARIS.
_ Plataspis vermicellaris, Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1858, p. 434. 1.
3. PROBEZNOPS DROMEDARIUS.
Probenops dromedarius, White, Entomol. p. 406 (1842).
Subfam. ScUTELLERIN&.
4, SOLENOSTETHIUM SEHESTEDII.
Tetyra sehestedii, Fabr. Syst. Rbyn. p. 130. 9 (1803).
5. STEGANOCERUS MULTIPUNCTATUS.
Cimex multipunctatus, Thunb. N. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 30 (1783).
6. SPH#ROCORIS OCELLATUS.
Tetyra ocellata, Klug, Symb. v. t. 43. f. 1-3 (1834).
7. SPHZROCORIS UNICOLOR.
Spherocoris? unicolor, Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 7. 1 (1851).
Var. FLAVONOTATUS.
Spherocoris? flavonotatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 7. 2 (1851),
8. PROCILIA MORGANI.
Callidea morgani, White, Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) iii. p. 542 (1839).
9. PROCILIA BONNYI, 0. sp.
Closely allied in colour and markings to P. morgani, White, but
much smaller; abdomen beneath with a large discal sanguineous
patch extending across the four basal segments, and with its margins
concavely sinuate (antenne and legs mutilated). Rostrum shorter
than in P. morgani, not extending beyond centre of basal abdominal
segment.
co
Long. 16 millim.
10. CRyPTACRUS COMES.
Tetyra comes, Fabr. Syst. Rhyn. p. 130. 8 (1803).
11. Crypracrus NOVEMMACULATUS.
Callidea novemmaculata, Sign. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 439. 2,
. 12, f. 2.
12. ANOPLOGONIUS NIGRICOLLIS,
Cherocoris nigricollis, Sign. in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 270. 489,
. 11. f. 1 (1858).
13. Horea SUBFASCIATA.
Trigonosoma subfasciatum, Hope, Cat. i. p. 11 (1837).
14. Horea acuta.
Hotea acuta, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 55. 3 (1864).
1890.] RHYNCHOTA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 475
Subfam. Asopinz.
15. OPLOMUS ELONGATUS.
Oplomus elongatus, Dall. Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. ii. p. 6, t. 1.
f, 1 (1852).
16. PLATYNOPUS ROSTRATUS.
Cimex rostratus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 59, t. 43. f. 3 (1782).
17, PLATYNOPUS SILVATICUS, 0. sp.
Dark brownish ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate. Pro-
notal angles produced into stout, obtusely pointed black spines.
Scutellum with a large levigate ochraceous spot at each basal angle,
and an apical spot of the same colour. Connexivum ochraceous.
Body beneath brownish ochraceous, and more or less thickly punc-
tate. Sternum with central and lateral black suffusions ; abdomen
with a broad central, discal, and two narrow lateral black fascize and
a series of small dark stigmatal spots. Intermediate legs ochraceous,
femora spotted with castaneous (anterior and posterior legs muti-
lated). Rostrum ochraceous, its apex castaneous and reaching the
intermediate cox. The punctures of the head are somewhat brassy
green (antennz mutilated).
Long. 11 millim. Exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim,
Subfam. PENTATOMIN-.
18. ATELOCERA RAPTORIA.
Atelocerus raptorius, Germ. in Silb. Rev, v. p. 163. 8 (1837).
19. ATELOCERA, sp. ?
A species very closely allied to 4. serrata, Fabr., but probably
distinct.
20. ERACTHEUS TIBIALIS.
Sciocoris tibialis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 138. 21 (1851).
21. CAURA MARGINATA.
Caura marginata, Dist. Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 150, t. v.
fe ls
22. CaURA BIPARTITA.
Pentatoma bipartita, Sign. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 444. 8.
23. ASPAVIA BRUNNEA.
Mormidea brunnea, Sign. in Thoms. Arch. ii, p. 281. 521 (1858).
24. ASPAVIA INGENS, 0. sp.
Head ochraceous, with the lateral margins and two central longi-
tudinal fascie blackish ; eyes fuscous, ocelli red. Pronotum with
the anterior half ochraceous, sparsely punctate, a submarginal series
of dark punctures, two dark patches near anterior margin, and a
476 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [June 17,
transverse series of dark punctures between the lateral angles which
are produced into long, somewhat acute, and slightly ascending
black spines; posterior half of the pronotum chocolate-brown,
coarsely and thickly punctate. Corium and scutellum chocolate-
brown and coarsely punctate, the last with three large levigate
luteous spots, situate one in each basal angle and one at apex ;
corium with the anterior lateral margin obscurely ochraceous,
followed by a marginal series of blackish punctures. Membrane
bronzy. Connexivum ochraceous. Body beneath pale ochraceous ;
the sternal and abdominal incisures, some small sternal spots, a
sublateral fascia on each side commencing at pronotal angles and
terminating at apex of abdomen, a central fascia crossing the last
two abdominal segments of the stigmata, black. Rostrum reaching
the second abdominal segment, with its apex black. Legs muti-
Jated. Antennze with the basal joint ochraceous, its apex blackish,
the second joint blackish (remainder mutilated).
Long. 10 millim. Exp. pronot. ang}. 8 millim,
Allied to A, grandiuseula, Dist., from the Cameroons, but distin-
guished by the long and acute pronotal angles, different markings of
the pronotum, &ce.
25. CARBULA MELACANTHA.
Cimex melacanthus, Faby. Ent. Syst. ive p. 103. 94 (1794).
26. ZANGIS GUINEENSIS.
Edessa guineensis, Fabr. Syst. Rhyn. p. 151. 27 (1803).
27. NEZARA ORBICULATA, N. sp.
Eroadly ovate; pale olivaceous green; lateral margins of the
pronotum, basal lateral margin of corium, and margins of the con-
nexivum very narrowly pater green. Membrane pale greyish.
Upper surface very thickly and finely punctate. Body beneath
somewhat paler; abdominal spine and the coxz ochraceous. Eyes
greyish brown; antennz with the basal joint green, second and
third joints pale fuscous, about subequal in length, or second joint
very slightly shorter than the third (fourth and fifth joints muti-
lated). Abdominal spine not passing the intermediate coxz.
Rostrum brownish ochraceous, its apex pitchy and reaching the
posterior coxe. aE.
Long. 17 millim. Max. lat. 13 millim.
This species, by its peculiar shape, is allied to the WN. o., Sign.,
from which it differs in its larger size, the paler margins to the pro-
notum and corium, and in the second and third joints of the antennze
being about subequal in length.
Subfam. TESSERATOMINE.
28. TESSERATOMA NEMORIVAGA, N. sp.
Brownish ochraceous ; margins of the pronotum and basal mar-
gins of the corium very narrowly darker in hue; connexivum dull
1890. | RHYNCHOTA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 477
castaneous ; apex of the scutellum pale ochraceous. Sternum
ochraceous, with a large black patch at the area of the odoriferous
orifices; abdomen beneath dark castaneous; legs ochraceous. Abdo-
men above dull castaneous. Antenne black, second joint a little
longer than the third (remainder mutilated). Pronotum with the
lateral margins ampliated, reflexed, and slightly rngulose, remaining
upper surface very finely, thickly, and indistinctly punctate.
Anterior femora with two strong spines beneath at apex.
Long. 28 to 30 millim. Exp. pronot. angl. 14 millim.
This species, as shown by the spined anterior femora, is allied to
T. hornimani, Dist., from which it differs in its narrower and more
elongate form, different colour of the abdomen above and beneath,
&c. It also widely differs in its immature condition’.
29. TEsSERATOMA INDICTA, 0. sp.
Brownish ochraceous; margins of the head, pronotum, base of
corium, and conuexivum black. Body beneath ochraceous, margined
as above; a spot between anterior and intermediate tibiee and a
patch at the area of the odoriferous orifices black. A double series
of central segmental spots and the stigmata dark fuscous. Legs
ochraceous ; apex of the rostrum pitchy. Antenne with the basal
joint ochraceous, second black (remainder mutilated). Upper sur-
face very finely, thickly, and obscurely punctate.
Long. 25 millim. Exp. pronot. angl. 13 millim.
Allied to 7’. afzelii, Stal, from which it is easily separable by the
black lateral margins and the series of abdominal spots beneath.
30. PirzosTERNUM CALIDUM.
Cimex calidus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 292. 128 (1787).
Subfam. Dinrtporinz.
31. CYCLOPELTA TRISTIS.
Dinidor tristis, Stil, Hem. Afr. i. p. 212. 2 (1864).
32. ASPONGOPUS JAPETUS.
Aspongopus japetus, Dist. in Oates’s ‘ Matabele Land,’ Append.
p- 387 (1889).
33. ASPONGOPUS XANTHOPTERUS, var.
Aspongopus xanthopterus, Fairm. in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 291.
546 (1858).
Subfam. PHYLLOCEPHALIN2.
34. BAasICRYPTUS FUNESTUS.
Phyllocephala funesta, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 490. n. 23 (1868).
* Lhave previously figured the immature stages of two African species:
T. ethiops, Dist. (Waterhouse's Aid Study Ins. vol. i. t. 49), and 7. hornimani,
Dist. (ébid. vol. ii. t. 155),
478 ON RHYNCHOTA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. [June 17,
Fam. CorREIDz.
35. PLECTROCNEMIA CRUCIATA.
Mictis cruciata, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 396. 31 (1852).
36. MicTis METALLICA.
Mictis metallica, Sign. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 447. 14.
37. ANOPLOCNEMIS CURVIPES.
Cimex curvipes, Fabr. Spec. Ins. il. p. 351. 78 (1781).
38. HomMa@ocERUS PALLENS.
Cimex pallens, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 363. 149 (1781).
Fam. REDUVIID4.
Subfam. RepuviiIn&.
39. PHONOCTONUS PICTURATUS.
Phonoctonus picturatus, Fairm. in Thoms. Arch. i. p. 318. 616
(1858).
40. REDUVIUS NITIDULUS.
Reduvius nitidulus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 378. 5 (1781).
41. RepDUVIUS YAMBUYA, 0. sp.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ; postocular portion
of the head black ; corium black, mottled with ochraceous pilosity ;
membrane brassy black, its apex very pale fuscous. Body beneath
black; head beneath, rostrum, prosternum, and legs ochraceous ;
apex of rostrum, femora (excluding apical third), and the tarsi
black. Postocular portion of the head a little longer than the ante-
ocular portion ; first joint of the rostrum a little longer than the
second joint; anterior lobe of the pronotum longitudinally sulcated
and moderately tuberculate.
Long. 22 millim.
Subfam. EcrricHop1In&.
42. PHySORHYNCHUS LUCIDUS.
Reduvius lucidus, St.-Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 279. 28
(1825).
43. CENTRASPIS IMPERIALIS, var. BICOLOR.
Ectrichodia imperialis, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. (2) iv. p. 119. 1,
t. 7. f. 2 (1845).
Centraspis imperialis, var. bicolor, Dist. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xiv.
p- 208 (1877).
44. SANTOSIA LUTEOLA, n. sp.
Body above pale Juteous ; pronotum with two broad longitudinal
black fascize arched and meeting together anteriorly ; scutellum
1890. ] ON COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 479
black; claval area and apex of corium and the membrane black ;
connexivum luteous with black spots ; head reddish ochraceous, with
the base narrowly black ; rostrum black, its base reddish ochraceous ;
body beneath black ; margins of sternum, marginal and central discal
spots to abdomen luteous ; legs black, apices of femora and bases of
tibize reddish ochraceous (anterior legs and the antennze mutilated).
Long. 15 millim.
Allied to S. vitticollis, Reut., but differing from the description
of that species in the colour of the connexivum, legs, &e.
Subfam. ACANTHASPIDIN.
45. ACANTHASPIS BILINEOLATA.
Reduvius bilineolatus, Pal. Beauv. Ins. p. 14, Hém. t. 1. f. 3 (1805).
HOMOPTERA.
Fam. CicaDiIpD&.
46. PacILOPSALTRIA POLYDORUS.
Oxypleura polydorus, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 32. 14 (1850).
47. PLATYPLEURA STALINA.
Platypleura stalina, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 193. n. 39 (1874).
Fam. CERCOPID&.
48. PryELUS GROSSUS.
Cercopis grossa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 47. 1 (1794).
3. On some Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. W. Bonny
in the Aruwimi Valley. By H. W. Barzs, F.R.S.,
P.LS:
[Received June 13, 1890.]
The following is a list, with descriptions of new species, of the
Coleoptera belonging to the tribes Geodephaga, Lamellicornia, and
Longicornia, collected by Mr. Bonny during the recent Expedition
for the Relief of Emin Pasha. Mr. Bonny informs me that they
were all taken at Yambuya Camp and on the march through the
forest-region towards Albert Nyanza, between the months of October
1887 and November 1888, and that the collection is only a remnant
of that originally made, the greater portion of it having been
destroyed for want of suitable appliances for preserving and storing
the specimens.
The collection, comprising examples of only 73 species, is clearly
merely a fraction of what really exists in the forest-region, similar
areas in other tropical countries being known to yield at least ten
times the number of species of the same families. The material is
therefore not sufficient for a satistactory estimate of the relations of
480 MR. H. W. BATES ON [June 17,
the Fauna to that of other parts of Tropical Africa; but, such as it
is, it points to a close connection with West Africa, especially with
the forest-regions of Cameroons and Old Calabar; and we shall not
be far wrong in saying that the Coleoptera confirm what has been
ulready advanced with regard to other departments of the Fauna,
viz. that Central Africa belongs essentially to the same zoological
subprovince as West Africa. The relation with Eastern Equatorial
Africa, 7.¢. the coast-lands opposite to Zanzibar and the wooded
regions of Usambara and Nguru, is more remote.
Mr. Bonny informs me that the rain-clouds which supply the
constant humidity of the Aruwimi forests are brought by south-west
winds, though squalls come generally from the north-east. Rain
falls more or less throughout the year. It will probably be found
that the great central forest-area is connected by means of narrow
belts of wood along the courses of streams with the coast-forests.
Such belts would be quite sufficient to serve as lines of migration
for forest species of animals of all classes.
Family CrcrnDELIDA&.
Crcuypeza crncta, Fabr.
The specimens differ from all those I have seen from the Gold
Coast and the Cameroons in the submarginal white vitta of the
elytra being much narrower, and interrupted or even reduced to a
short streak near the apex.
CicINDELA NEGLEctTAa, De}.
Family CaraBips.
CRASPEDOPHORUS BONNYI, 0. sp.
E majoribus, capite thoraceque relative parvis elytrisque multo
amplioribus et convevioribus. Niger, nitidus, capite post oculos
convexos perparum strangulato ; thorace subovato etsi angulis
posticis subrectis, margine basali fere recto, laterali explanato-
reflexo, sat grosse punctato sparsim piloso; elytris glabris,
punctulato-striatis, interstitiis in hoe genere sat sparsim et
subtiliter punctatis, utrinque maculis transversis duabus stra-
mineis, interstitia 4-8 tegentibus. Ventris segmenta antice
haud crenulata ; episterna postica quadrata, quam latitudine
paullo longiora.
Long. 23 millim.
In the proportions of head and thorax to the after-body similar to
C. ewimius, Laferté, with which it also agrees in the moderate
strangulation of the neck and in the suboval outline of the thorax,
which has, however, more sinuated sides behind the middle, and
distinct, almost rectangular, hind angles. The elytra, in the single
example which appears not to be abraded, is nearly glabrous, the
lateral interstices only having a few hairs; the striz are deep and
punctured and the punctuation of the interstices is rather shallow
and nowhere very dense; the fascie are straw-yellow, narrow, and
1890. } COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 481
macular, the spot on the fifth interstice of both fascie being much
shorter than the others; on the hinder fascia the spot on the sixth
interstice is extended forward and that on the seventh prolonged
behind.
TEFFLUS JAMESONI, 0. sp.
T. raffrayi (Chaud.) affinis, sed differt, inter alia, corpore toto
glabro. Niger, thorace sat angusto hevagono, supra grosse
confluenter et subrugose punctato, lateribus postice leviter sinuatis,
angulis posticis obtusis ; elytris graciliter ovatis, utrinque acute
sexcostatis, costis prope apicem 2-6 et 3-5 conjunctis, inter-
stitiis multo grossius quam in ceteris speciebus transverso-
foveolatis et granulis medianis inter se valde distantibus. Subtus
levissimus; tibice antice extus recte ; antenne sicut in T. violaceo
graciles ; frons inter oculos et in suleis longitudinalibus rugoso-
punctata, medio et antice levi, sutura epistomali distincta.
Long. 35 millim. 1
This species belongs to the group defined by Kolbe as having
(besides the raised suture) only six carine on each elytron, and
differs from the other species of the group in the absence of pilosity
and the very coarse sculpture and widely-spaced line of granules in
the interstices, ‘The thorax is nearly as long as it is broad, the
median dilatation is strongly angular, and the sides behind the angle
oblique (very slightly sinuated) to the hind angles, which are there-
fore obtuse as in T. raffrayi, and not rectangular as in TL. jwvenilis,
from which also the species differs in the perfectly smooth episterna,
The specimen was contained in a small box of beetles, all that
have been received in England of the Coleoptera collected by the
late Mr. Jameson. Mr. Bonny also met with it.
CRrAsPEDOPHORUS ERICHSONII, Hope.
CRASPEDOPHORUS OxXYGoNUS, Chaudoir.
The two preceding species are widely distributed on the West
Coast, C. oxygonus extending as far as Sierra Leone.
CHLZENIUS ARUWIMIUS, n. sp.
C. lucidicolli (Laferté) simihs et affinis, sed valde differt elytris pro-
funde striatis, striis pubescentibus lateribus punctulatis. Caput
et thorax splendide cupreo-cenea, hoc sparse punctato illo postice
punctulato ; partibus oris, antennis pedibusque rufis ; elytris
nwris.
Long. 17 millim. 6.
The abdomen and prosternum, as in C. lucidicollis and allies, are
impunctate, but the sides of the metasternum are thickly punctured.
The thorax is precisely of the same form, 7. ¢., quadrate with gently
rounded sides, obtuse hind angles, and deep elongate basal fovea.
In the depth and sharpness of the elytral strie the species resembles
the C. lissoderus (Chaud.), from Cameroons and Gaboon, belonging
to the same group; but the double line of piliferous punctures on
the sides of the striz is peculiar to O. aruwimius, and the thorax in
482 MR. H. W. BATES ON [June 17,
C. lissoderus is black and only faintly metallic. The elytral
interstices in all three are impunctate. The labrum is broadly
emarginated.
Family PassaLip&.
Dipmvs punctirectus, Kaup.
Agrees with Kaup’s description of the species founded on examples
from Guinea.
Family Lucania.
Meropopontus savAGEI, Hope.
A widely distributed West-Coast species.
Homopervs MELLYI, Parry.
A single female example, differing in nothing from specimens
found in the Cameroons district.
Family Copridz.
GyYMNOPLEURUS CERULESCENS, Olivier, var. CENTRALIS.
A forma typica differt thorace disco politissimo, spatiis levibus
latioribus elytrisque versus suturam levioribus, interstitio tertio
sparsim (nec densissime) granulato.
Long. 10 millim. 4g.
One male example, differing from numerous specimens of G.
cerulescens from Senegal with which I have compared it by the
larger smooth spaces of: the disk of the thorax and the finer and less
densely granulated sides of the elytra, in which the third interstice
is partly smooth. The clypeus is 4-dentate, with the two lateral
teeth, like the genw, broad and rounded. The underside of the
femora, as in the typical form, has an acute but small tooth.
ANACHALCOS CUPREUS, Fabr.
One example, agreeing with others from various parts of the West
Coast of Africa.
Family Metotonruipa.
PsEvDOTROCHALUS ?
One much-damaged example of an apparently new species.
Family Rorerins.
2
Awnomata (RuINOPLIA)
Two examples of a species allied to A. forbesi from the Niger,
but not further determinable owing to the broken condition of the
tarsal claws.
Family DynastipZ.
Orycres BoAs, Fabr.
A very widely-distributed African species.
1890. ] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AERICA. 483
ARcHoN CENTAURUS, Fabr.
A well-known African Dynastid, found commonly in the coast-
regions of Guinea.
Family Crronrm2.
CERATORHINA SAVAGEI, Harris.
Several examples, differing in nothing, except the rather broader
fulvous stripes and spots, from the species as found on Mt.
Cameroons.
EccorrocNEMIs LATIPES, 0. Sp,
E. thoreyi simillima, sed differt g tibiis posticis brevibus latis
intus ante medium dente magno triangulari instructis, coxisque
posticis g 2 extus fulvis vel sanguineis.
Long. 29-33 milim. ¢ @.
Differs from ‘examples of H. thoreyi (Schaum) from the Guinea
coast in the silky-golden reflections of its green surface and the
stronger sculpture, minutely rugulose-punctate with scattered larger
punctures, and the reddish outer-lateral part of the posterior coxe.
The apices of the elytra are more strongly sinuated and the sutural
tooth longer. In the male the hind tibiz are conspicuously shorter
and broader, and the tooth at the commencement of the deep emar=
gination at the base is very large. The glabrous inner margin of
the same tibize and the short, scarcely perceptible pubescence of the
intermediate tibize distinguish it, beside colour, from £, barthi
(Harold).
SMARAGDESTHES MuTICA, Harold.
Described originally from examples taken by Pogge in the interior.
A species or local form, very closely allied and agreeing in the slight
elevation of the anterior margin of the clypeus, but differing in the
more elongate form of body, is common on Mt. Cameroons.
PLa&sIORHINA RECURVA, Fabr.
A single example of a variety in which the elytra are testaceous
yellow, except a broad border at the shoulders and another at the
apex, which remain of the general brassy-green colour. The under-
side of the body, legs, lateral margins of the thorax, and mesosternal
epimera are reddish. Similar varieties are found on Mt. Cameroons,
PL#SIORHINA cINCTA, Voet.
PacHNODA MARGINELLA, Fabr.
Similar to Cameroons examples.
Pacuwnopa rnscripra, Gory & Perch.
One example, differing from Gory and Percheron’s figure and
description in the upper surface being testaceous-yellow like P.
picturata (Bohem.), and the abdomen being free from white spots,
484 MR. H. W. BATES ON [June 17,
The mesosternal process is conical and obliquely inclined as in P.
tmpressa, but it is not so large as in that species.
DrpLoenaTHa GAGATES, Fabr.
MaAcRoMA CONGOENSIS, 0. sp.
M. suleicolli (Schaum) simillima ; differt inter alia thoracas vitta
marginali antice dilatata maculamque nigram includente.
Long. 17 millim.
Shining black, legs and middle of the abdomen pitchy red; fore-
head with a large triangular bright yellow spot, the base of which
is in front (leaving the clypeus black) and the apex prolonged to
the crown. The lateral marginal vitta is very broad in front and
tapers rapidly towards the hind angles; the central yellow vitta is
very narrow; the scutellum has in the middle a triangular spot
variable in size, and the spot on the pygidium is broad and strongly
tridentate behind. On each side of the disk of the thorax there is
a large strongly-punctured area, and similar punctures are seen in
the dorsal depression, which does not, as in M. sulcicollis according
to Schaum’s description, extend to the fore margin. ‘The elytra are
strongly but not closely punctured, the punctures gradually changing
to transverse scratches near the sides and apex. Underneath, the
episterna, the metasternum, the anterior cox, and sides of the
abdominal segments and posterior coxze have each a large bright
yellow spot.
Family Prionipm.
Soparvus poesxt, Harold, Col. Hefte, xvi. p. 165, tab. 2. fig.2(¢).
Both Mr. Bonny and Mr. Jameson obtained examples of this fine
species on the Aruwimi, where it appears to be not uncommon.
It is interesting as belonging to a group (Pecilosomine) the chief
members of which belong to Tropical America. Pogge obtained the
male only; the female differs in the much shorter antenne, only
two thirds the length of the body, the apical joints of which are
shortened and thickened, and in the smaller and narrower hexagonal
thorax with more prominent lateral spines.
2. Elonyato-oblongus, convexus, nigro-velutinus, supra capite pos-
tice elytrisque fasciis tribus roseo-rufis, fascia prima (basali)
angusta, fascia tertia (apicali) utrinque prope apicem nigro-
maculata ; abdomine metasternoque medio fulvo-testaceis, An-
tenne paullo ultra medium elytrorum eatense ; articulis granu-
latis, 3° et 4° haud latioribus, 9°-11” abbreviatis et incrassatis.
Thorax elytris multo angustior, hecagonus, margine laterali acuto
denticulato, spina mediana valida acuta.
Long. 23-32 millim.
Family CrramBycip2,
ProcapERUS
?
A much-damaged example of a species allied to P. denticornis, F.
1890. COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 485
PsaremMe VERRUCIFER, 0. Sp.
P. (Corethrogaster) annulipedi, Chevr., multo robustior, cinna-
momea, breviter pubescens ; genis ante oculos, mandibulis femori-
busque apice nigris ; thorace latiore, transverso tuberculo dis-
coidali valde elevato, laterali mediano obtuse conico, lateribusque
posticis valde sinuatis, angulis posticis prominentibus,
Long. 33 millim. 9.
Of similar elongate form to P. annulipes, but broader, rufescent-
cinnamon in colour, with the short gene in front of the eyes,
antenniferous tubercles, and mandibles blackish, and the apical
fourth of the femora and extreme base of the tibiz also black. The
whole surface is sericeous-opaque, the elytra very minutely and
closely punctulate-rugose, with two extremely narrow cost# on each,
the apices conjointly rounded, without trace of sutural tooth. The
thorax is nearly twice as broad as long, the surface with many (four
or five) flattish tubercles on each side and one in the middle of the
disk elevated and subcompressed ; the medio-lateral tubercle is very
broad, subconical, and the sides behind it rather deeply sinuated in
connection with a strong transverse subbasal groove. The antenne
reach to about four fifths the length of the elytra; the scape is thick,
oblong, abruptly constricted at the base, longer than the third joint,
which as well as the fourth is shorter than the fifth and following ;
the second, third, and fourth are slightly nodose at the apex, fifth
and tenth subserrated. The antenniferous tubers are acutely denti-
form. The elytra are unarmed at the sutural apex, very densely
subconfluent punctate and pubescent. By the proportions of the
third to fifth antennal joints and the slight nodosity of the second
to fourth, this large species appears to belong to Pureme rather than
to Allogaster. Unfortunately the female only is known.
XYSTROCERA NIGRITA, Serville.
This species seems to be very widely distributed in Tropical Africa.
Serville described it from Senegalexamples. Thespecimens from the
R. Aruwimi do not differ from others found in Usambara, E. Africa,
with which I have compared them.
CALLICHROMA FRAGRANS, Dalman, Schonh. Syn. Ins., App. p. 150.
A robust species with concolorous elytra, 7.¢. without lighter
sutural stripe, and distinguished from its nearest allies by the
patches of dense silky golden-tawny pubescence on the sides of the
ventral segments. The thorax is very finely transversely striated,
the strize broken and granulated on each side of the disk. In Dalman’s
described examples from Sierra Leone the antenne and legs were
wholly rufous; but the colour of the antenne is variable, being
sometimes dark reddish brown with the scape rufous, or entirely
reddish brown and even black. I have seen specimens from Sierra
Leone, Cape Coast Castle, and Cameroons. The two examples from
the Aruwimi have dark antenne.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXITI. 33
486 MR. H. W. BATES ON [June 17,
‘ CaLLicHRoMA AFRUM, Linn,
Recorded from several distant points along the West-African
eoast—Loango, Old Calabar; and Sierra Leone.
CaLLICHROMA BARBIVENTRIS, Nl. Sp.
C. afro (Linn.) affinis ; differt thorace haud passim transversim
striato, disco utrinque granuloso nigro-velutino, ventreque medio
_ dense fulvo-hirsuto.
Long. 18 millim.
Similar in form and colours to the Tropical-American C. rugicollis
(Guér.). Bright metallic green ; elytra darker and velvety opaque,
with a sutural vitta narrowing and ending before the apex of the
scutellum, transversely pubescent and yellow; labrum, antennae,
and legs red. The head is densely confluent punctulated; the scape
short, subovate-clavate, and transversely rugose. The thorax is
moderately long, the anterior constriction slight, the posterior
stronger and with two transverse wrinkles in the groove; the
surface is transversely wrinkled only on the two anterior slight
elevations and partially on the sides, the middle part being closely
confluent punctulate, with a dark velvety patch on each side. The
scutellum is densely punctulate and opaque. The underside is
lighter metallic green with a silky-tawny pubescence, which (at
least in the male, the only sex known) on the metasternum and the
middle of the ventral segments is long and erect. The fifth and
sixth ventral segments are both very deeply emarginated in the
same sex.
C. piliventris (Bates), from the Gaboon, which is similarly
pubescent on the underside, much denser in the male than in the
female, and has also deeply emarginated fifth and sixth segments in
the male, is a more robust insect, with broader thorax, and differs,
moreover, in the black colour of the antennz and tibize and the pale
hind tarsi.
CALLICHROMA ?
An apparently new species, but the single example is in too
inutilated a condition to be satisfactorily described.
MrcasPIs sETULICOLLIS, Quedenfeldt, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1882, p. 327.
A single very imperfect specimen agrees well with the above-cited
description drawn up from Angola examples: The species is very
closely allied to M. subvestita (Bates) from the Gaboon, differing
only in its greenish-blue colour (M. subvestita being violaceous) and
the much finer and more scattered punctuation of the more elevated
part of the elytra,
Puitemativum vires, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 73.
A widely distributed insect on the West Coast of Africa. Linnzus
gave the erroneous locality ‘‘ America” to the species, for which, in
the 12th ed. of the ‘Systema Nature,’ he substituted ‘“ India.”
Olivier confounded it with a West-Indian species, and consequently
1890. | COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL-AFRICA. 487
stated that the fémora were sometimes toothed and somietimés
simple. The toothed femora are now known to be a generic
character, which I believé does not occur in any American species
of Callichroma and its immediate allies.
Evporvs stRaANevutatus, Serville, var. PURPUREIPES.
A forma typica differt thorace supra viridi-aurato, parte antico
cum oceipite, antennis pedibusque purpureo-cupreis.
As E. strangulatus is known to vary in colour (conf. Quedenfeldt,
Berl. ent. Zeits. 1883, p. 144), the present may be one of its
varieties. In the sculpture and colour of the elytra it offers no
difference. It séems, however, Judging from the scanty material
before me, to be a narrower form with stronger anterior strangu-
lation of the thorax, and the scape of the antenne is confusedly
scabrous rather than transversely rugose as in the typical form.
PHROSYNE BREVICORNIS, Fabr.
A species widély distributed along the West-African coast, from
Sierra Leone to Angola.
CLYTUS CONTRACTIFRONS, 0. sp.
Subgen. Mecometopo proxime affinis; frons subelongata, fere
verticalis, inter cavitates antennarum angustissima. Mediocriter
elongatus, cylindricus, fusco-aureus; lete sericeo-pubescens ; elrftris
dimidio basali mgris utringue linea curvata a scutello versus
latera plaga iriangulart subbasali signaturaque hamata sub-
humerali flavescenti-auratis, fascia obscura posteriore cineéras-
cente ; mesosterno segmentoque primo ventrali aureo-pilosis.
Long. 10 millim.
One example. ‘The species seems referable to a section or sub-
genus of Clytus near Mecometopus. The forehead is rather long and
subvertical, plane; with widely open artennal cavities, which leave
only a narrow space between; of antenniferous tubercles no trace.
The antennz are about two thirds the length of the body, the joints
without spines, from the fourth to the ninth shortened dnd thickened,
tenth and eleventh rapidly narrowing. The thorax is subglobular,
slightly narrowed anteriorly, very convex and wider than the elytra;
it is free from crests and markings, the long tawny-silky pile laid
and convergent. The elytra are parallel, flexuoso-truncate at the
apéx, the otiter angle produéed in a longish spiné. The hind legs
are only moderately elongated, the femora not thicker than the
others, armed at the apex with two very short spines:
PrycHoLmMus sImPtictcorits, Thomson.
A species originally described from the Gaboon.
PaRISTEMIA THEORINI, Aurivillius, Entom. Tidskt, 1886, p. 89
(Amphidesmus).
One example, differing from the description of Prof. Aurivillius
8nly in the black sutural vitta near the base being expanded behind
33*
488 MR. H. W. BATES ON {June 17,
and forming a long triangular spot. The abdomen and middle of
the sterna are red, as he describes, and the species is certainly
distinct from P. apicalis, Westw. 1843 (= westermanni, Guér.
1844), the typical example of which I have before me. P. theorini
is found at the Gaboon and in the Cameroons district, whence I
have received examples. It is represented at Old Calabar by a
closely allied species with black abdomen’.
Family Lamup#.
MonoHamuvs ?
A single imperfect example of a species allied to M. ruspator, Fabr.
Coprors rusca, Olivier.
Many examples of this widely-distributed species.
PrvacostERNA NACHTIGALI, Harold.
A species, so far as at present known, confined to the Congo and
Gaboon basins.
QUIMALANCA REGALIS, Fabr.
This common West-African species was obtained in considerable
numbers by Mr. Bonny.
GELOHARPYA AMG@NA, Westw.
This fine species is found also on the Ogowé and Gaboon. West-
wood records it from the Gold Coast; his figure agrees exactly with
specimens from the Gaboon.
SrERNOTOMIS VIRESCENS, Westw.
Several examples.
Srernotomis BrFasciaTa, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 175 (1775).
Lamia imperialis, Fabr. Syst. El. ii. p. 286 (1801).
Many examples of the common form as found on the Guinea
coast.
STrERNOTOMIS VARIABILIS, Quedenfeldt, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1881,
p. 289, and 1882, p. 341.
This very distinct species appears to be abundant on the Aruwimi,
1 PARISTEMIA CALABARICA, 0. Sp.
A P. apicali differt elytris longioribus, versus apicem magis dilatatis, supra
utrinque 4-costatis, costa quarta submarginali, fulvis, plaga apicali nigra
sicut in P. apicali, magna, medio antice utrinque dentata, producta, plagaque
communi nigra triangulari paullo ante medium: subtus nigra ; pro- et meso-
sternis medio flavis ; thorace vittis duabus nigris etc. sicut in P. apicali.
Long. 21-24 millim. 9.
Old Calabar. Two examples. I would have adopted the MS. name P, costata
for this species, had not Murray expressly withdrawn that name and stated that
his species was certainly P. apica/is, he having compared it with examples from
Sierra Leone.
1890. ] COLUOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 489
and offers similar colour-varieties to those described from the R.
Quango by Quedenteldt. It is distinguished from its allies inter
alia by the usual green fascie on the thorax and base of the elytra
being reduced to distinct spots. None of the numerous examples
collected by Mr. Bonny show a continuous basal fascia on the
elytra.
TRAGOCEPHALA NOBILIS, Fabr.
One example of a variety in which the yellow basal fascia of the
elytra is wanting.
?
TRAGOCEPHALA
Three examples of a species apparently new, but so discoloured
that they cannot be profitably described.
TRAGOCEPHALA oPULENTA, Harold, Col. Hefte, xvi. p. 228; Que-
denfeldt, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1883, t. i. f. 5.
This fine species has previously been recorded only from the
Loango coast country.
ALPHITOPOLA JANUS, 0. sp.
A. pallide (Thoms.) quoad formam simillima (thorace latiore,
transverso excepto); supra fulva immaculata, fronte, antennis,
pedibus corporeque subtus nigris ; subtilissime griseo-pubescens.
Long. 18 millim. 9.
Subcylindrical, slightly narrowed behind, clothed above with a
reddish ochreous tomentum, the antennz, legs, and under surface
being shining black, with an extremely fine and short grey pile.
The forehead is also black, but this may be due to abrasion in the
specimen; the tawny pile of the thorax clothes the flanks up to the
anterior coxee, and the side pieces of the mesosternum are similarly but
more thinly clothed. The thorax is short and broad, and its sides have
a minute and acute tubercle, but the two strong basal furrows and
flexuous subapical shallow sulcus are precisely as in A. pallida.
The prosternum is narrow and simple between the coxe, and the
mesosternum produced into a conical tubercle as in the typical species
of the genus. The cicatrice of the scape is limited by a sharp, in-
complete ridge.
CHARIESTHES ARUWIMIA, DL. Sp.
C. belle (Dalm.=carissima, Westw.) similis et affinis ; differt pre-
cipue signaturis elytrorum, viz. fascia rufa subbasali oblique ad
suturam descendente et antice ramulos duos ad basin emittente ;
fascia rufa postmediana cum maculis duabus marginalibus con-
juncta ibique guttam viridem includente; area viridi apical
maculis ngris liberis tribus, denique margine laterali sat late
fusco, maculis nigris quatuor anterioribus conjuncto.
Long. 104 millim.
There is one (imperfect) example only of this pretty little species,
which may be perhaps more correctly considered a locul form of the
490 MR. H. W. BATES OW [June 17,
C. bella of the Guinea coast. Another equally distinct form is found
at Cameroons and Cape Coast Castle '.
CEROPLESIS CALABARICA, Chevrolat.
Specimens agreging with others I have seen from the Gaboon and
Cameroons.
Crropiesis 5-Fasciata, Fabr.
One example, differing only in the slightly broader red fasciz
from others received from Mozambique and Natal.
Evrysops EsAv, Chevrolat.
This fine species appears not to be uncommon at Cameroons and
Old Calabar. It is also recorded from Sierra Leone.
PHRYNETA avRocinera, Guerin.
A single example, differing scarcely in any respect from others
received from Sierra Leone and Senegal, ,
PHRYNETA MACULARIS, Harold.
Described by Harold from examples taken by Pogge in the Upper
Congo region. Mr. Bonny’s spegimens have apparently lighter-
coloured antenne (Harold says ‘“‘ braunlich gelb”); they are tawny
yellow, with scape dark brown. The elytra are clothed with long
erect black hairs (like P. wigropilosa, Auriv.), the non-mention of
which in Harold’s description would lead me to doubt the identity
of the species, if it were not for the exact agreement in other respects
and the probability that the hairs are liable to abrasiop. —
PHRYNETA SPINATOR, Fabr.
The specimens belong to the variety (Ph. obscura, Oliv.?) in which
the elytra are of a uniform dull ashy-brown above with the black
spots less distinct. The same yariety occurs on the Guinea coast
and in Senegal,
PACHYSTOLA MIMICA, N. sp.
Phrynete maculari (Har.) simillima, sed differt characteribus
genericis, viz. tibiis intermediis extus fortiter sinuatis, fronte inter
antennas latiore, tuberibus antenniferis valde obliquis, thoraceque
convexo simplict. Subcylindrica, ceruleo-grised, nigro-piperita,
elytris fascia lata subobliqua post medium nigro-velutina ; anten-
1 CHARIESTHES LETISSIMA, 1. sp.
Major quam C. bella, supra (subtusque lateribus) lete viridis, farinosa, thorace
viltis angustis 5 fuscis'; elytris utringue fascia obliqua ab humero ad suturam
alteraque transversa post medium ad latera bifurcata marginemque attingente,
rufo-fulvis sericeis, gutta submarginali nigra unica ante medium, una
discoidali antemediana duabusque in area viridi apicali, margine Susco
prope apicem paullo dilatato ; antennis, pedibus corporeque subtus (lateribus
eaceptis) fulvo-testaceis.
Long. 11 millim,
Cameroons and Cape Coast Castle. Three examples.
1890.] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 491
nis articulis 39-11”, tibiis et tarsis fulvis ; tuberculo mesosternt
valido, prosterni minore. acuto. Antenne ( gd ?) corpore paullo
longiores, robust, apice acuminata, articulis arcte conjunctis.
Long. 16 millim.
One example only.
A closely-allied species from the Gaboon and Cameroons mimics
Phryneta nigropilosa (Aurivillius) in a similar way.
PacuystoLa pEcussATA, Chevrolat.
A single example of this Calabar species. It is hardly a true
Pachystola, the middle tibie having a straight outer edge.
PrrroenatTHa eres, Fabr.
A single example, agreeing perfectly with others received from
Lagos.
AcMOcERA UNDULATA, Quedenfeldt, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1882,
pp. 185, 354.
Found originally on the Quango river, examples from which
locality have been compared with those obtained by Mr. Bonny.
OLENECAMPTUS HOFMANNI, Quedenfeldt, Berl. ent. Zeits. 1882,
p. 355, t. vi. f. 10.
Also found on the Quango.
Frea MACULICoRNIS, Thoms.
A species apparently common in the Gaboon country on the
coast.
DicnosraTEs (?) BIMACULATUS, 0. sp.
Breviter et late ovatus, nigro-nitidus, maculatim albo-griseo-tomen-
tosus ; elytris grosse subconfluenter punctatis, in fundo punctorum
solum tomentosis, utrinque prope apicem macula penicillata nigra ;
thorace brevi et lato, antice valde rotundatim angustato, lateribus
mermi, basi transversim suloato, margine basali utrinque valde
sinuato ; elytris basi latis, hwmeris oblique subtruncatis,
Long. 11 millim.
One example. The species belongs to a small group in which the
usual lateral tubercles of the thorax are absent. The short ovate
and broad form and the short triangular scutellum separate it from
Eumimetes. The antenne are as in Dichostates, the scape planed
beneath and much shorter than the third joint. In the example
described, doubtless a 9, the antenne are shorter than the body and
the joints 5-11 short, the last pointed. The prosternum is vertical
before and behind, and the mesosternum broad and vertical in
front.
DicHostarEs CoLLARIs, Chevrolat.
Many examples, agreeing with others received from Old Calabar,
whence the species was originally described. It is found also at
Lagos and Cape Coast Castle, and extends, slightly modified in
492 ON COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. — [June 17,
general colour, 7. ¢e. tawny brown with the black and white marks
less clear, to Eastern Equatorial Africa, at Zanzibar and Mombasa.
Nipnona sorpipa, Fihreus, Ofvers. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1872, p. 35
(Hecyrida).
Many examples, not differing except in the elongate black spot in
the middle of the sides of the elytra being black only on its inner
border, thus forming a curved line. Fiahreus places the species in
the genus Hecyrida, but if our species is the same, the bidentate and
fasciculate apices of the elytra and the subparallel claws show it to
be a Niphona. Von Harold says that the H. appendiculata of
Gerstiicker is the same species, but does not mention the position of
the claws. It has a wide range. I have seen examples from
Grahamstown and Caffraria and Cameroons. Gersticker records it
from Eastern Africa, at Lake Jipe.
NvpsERHA HomEYERI, Harold.
One example. Von Harold records it from Pungo Andongo on
the river Quanza.
GLENEA FAscrata, Fabr.
Found also at Cameroons and Cape Coast Castle. Volumnia
calabarica, Thoms., is the same or a nearly allied species.
GLENEA CHEVROLATH, Murray.
This species is also widely distributed along the West Coast. I
have seen examples from Old Calabar, Cameroons, and the Batanga
coast, and from Angola.
VoLUMNIA WESTERMANNI, Thomson,
A single example, agreeing with the typical form from Natal.
The species occurs also in Kast Africa, from Bagamoyo to the
interior.
VoLUMNIA LEUCOMELENA, 0, Sp.
V. morose (Pascoe) proxime affinis. Supra nigra, elytris utrinque
linea obliqua a medio basi usque ad suturam, sutura deinde ad
apicem, fascia curvata angusta mediana alteraque angustiore un-
dulata prope apicem, albis, fronte grisea ; thorace vitta laterali
et linea, plerumque obsoleta, dorsali albis ; scutello antennisque
negris; corpore subtus nigro-yrisescente, vitta laterali a capite
usque ad anum extensa, altera oblique pectorali ventreque vittis
means duabus sordide albis ; supra sat grosse punctata. An-
tenne articulis primo et tertio quam in V. westermanni longi-
oribus, tertio quam quarto fere duplo longiore, apice haud
nodoso ; elytra prope apicem magis angustata, breviter truncata.
Long. 15-18 millim.
Several examples. Distinguished at once by the deep black
colour of its upper surface, even in the apical area of the elytra,
which is ochreous and light brown in V. morosa.
P.4.8 1890 2x
W.Purkiss lith Hanhart imp.
NEW LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA .
P.Z.S.. 1890 PL XEE,
W Parkiss kth. Hanhart imp.
NEW LEPID OPTEHERA HE TEROCERA..
1890.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AND 8. AMERICA. 493
4. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera
from Central and South America. By Hersert Druce,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
[Received June 17, 1890.]
(Plates XLII. & XLIII.)
The new species now described from Central America will be
figured in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ The types of those
from South America are all in my own collection.
Fam. Zy@¢ xNIDZ.
Histioza, Walk.
HIsTIOEA BOLIVIANA, Sp. N.
Primaries very dark brown, streaked from the base with carmine,
below which the wing is pale yellowish brown; a spot in the cell
and a band of four spots beyond the cell, the first and second large,
the other two small, all pale ochraceous yellow; a spot at the base
of the wing and two minute streaks at the end of the cell bright
metallic blue. Secondaries bright rose-carmine, with the costal
margin, apex, and outer margin very dark brown. The head, thorax,
and abdomen black. The head, collar, base of the thorax, and sides
of the abdomen spotted with bright metallic blue; the second and
third segments of the abdomen pale primrose-yellow ; the antenne,
palpi, and legs blackish brown. Expanse 2? inches.
Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).
A fine distinct insect, not closely allied to any other species of
fiistioea known to me.
Evryra, Herrich-Schiiffer.
Evpyra GIGANTEA, 8p. 1.
Primaries bronzy green, black at the end of the cell; an elon-
gated streak at the base of cell, below which is a large round spot, a
round dot at the end of the cell and two just beyond, the three
almost forming a triangle, below which is a large round spot, all
hyaline white. Secondaries black, shaded with bronzy green round
the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle; a large oval-
shaped hyaline spot close to the base, beyond which nearer the apex
is a band of three hyaline spots. The head, thorax, and abdomen
dark bronzy green ; the abdomen crossed at the base by a white band ;
the antenne and legs black. Expanse 2? inches.
Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).
A fine species, allied to #. salmonz, Druce.
Macrocneme, Hiibner.
MacRocNEME ALESA, sp. 0.
Primaries black, glossed with bright green from the base to beyond
the middle; secondaries black. The head, thorax, and abdomen black ;
494 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM (June 17,
the head and thorax spotted with greenish white ; the tegule black
edged with green; the abdomen with a central stripe from the base
to the anus and a stripe on each side bright metallic green; the
antenne and legs black; the underside of the abdomen with two
rows of minute white dots. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).
A distinct species, allied to Macrocneme esmeralda, Butler.
Homaocera, Felder.
HoM@ocERA RODRIGUEZI, sp. 1.
Primaries clear hyaline, the base broadly deep black; the costal,
outer, and inner margins narrowly edged with black, the veins all
black; the secondaries the same as the primaries, very broadly
bordered with black on the inner margin ; the head, thorax, base of
the abdomen, antenne, and legs black; the upperside of the
abdomen banded with yellow, with very minute white spots on each
side ; the tip of the antennx is white. Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez).
A very distinct species, allied to Homeocera salvini, Butler,
and Homeocera azora, Druce.
Dinta, Walker.
Drnia LavpAMIA, Sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins and outer margins of
both wings black ; the head, thorax, and the base of the abdomen
black, the abdomen above and the anal tuft deep carmine, with a small
tuft of black hairs at the anus ; a row of creamy-white spots extends
down the middle of the abdomen from the base to the anus; the
underside of the abdomen and the legs greyish white; the antennze
black. Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).
A beautiful little species allied to Dinia eagrus, Cr.
Tricuvra, Hiibn.
TRICHURA ALIARIA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)
Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins and outer margins
of both wings deep black ; the head and collar brick-red ; the thorax
black; the abdomen bright glossy green, the anal tuft black; the
palpi and legs white in front ; the underside of the abdomen white
near the base; antennz deep black. Expanse 1,%; inch.
Hab. Amazons, Pebas (Mus. Druce).
This insect is not closely allied to any other species in the genus.
Fam, ARcTriipz.
Cuaripes, Dalman.
CHARIDEA AMATA, Sp. 0.
Primaries black, shot with bright blue from the base to near the
middle, a broad streak partly in the cell and partly beyond rose-
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 495
carmine: secondaries bright blue excepting at the apex, which is
black ; a large oval-shaped spot about the middle of the outer margin
bright carmine: the head, thorax, and abdomen bright blue; the
tegule black ; the underside of the abdomen white; the legs bluish
black. Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).
A beautiful species, unlike any other known to me, but nearest
to Charidea splendida, Herr.-Schiiff.
Hetrvra, Butler.
HELIURA LELEX, sp. 0.
Male. Closely allied to H. apicalis, Herr.-Sch., from which it differs
as follows :—the primaries are broader, the white mark at the apex
is very much smaller, the blue bands are much wider and deeper in
colour ; the secondaries are bright metallic blue excepting near the
apex, which is black with a narrow white margin. In the female the
primaries are much blacker than in the female of H. apicalis, and
the secondaries are deep ultramarine blue, the segments of the
abdomen being edged with the same colour. Expanse, ¢ 14 inch,
Q 12 inch.
Hab. Ecuador: Sarayacu, Chiguinda, Intaj (Mus. Druce).
A distinct species, allied to Heliura apicalis, Herr.-Sch., and
Heliura alpha, Druce, the female being quite distinct from the females
of either of them.
Avtomotts, Hiibner.
AUTOMOLIS LaTaNIA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.
Primaries chrome-yellow, the apex edged with black, the fringe
black. Secondaries black, with the costal margin from the base to the
apex broadly banded with chrome-yellow. The head bright metallic
blue; the thorax, collar, and tegule chrome-yellow ; the abdomen
black; the anus and the four anal segments spotted with bright metal-
lic blue ; the basal segments spotted with chrome-yellow on each side;
the underside of the abdomen banded with chrome-yellow ; antenne
and legs black. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).
A fine insect, allied to Automolis superba, Druce.
Ipatus, Walk.
batvs cirrrna, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)
Primaries bright yellow ; a streak at the base, an elongated spot at
the end of the cell, and a small round dot beyond dark grey ; a spot
on the inner margin close to the base and a long streak near the
anal angle bright rose-red ; below the spot at the end of the cell are
four dark grey elongated spots, the fourth on the inner margin.
Secondaries white, shaded with pink ; the underside of both wings
white; the costal margin, apex, and outer margin of the primaries
shaded with yellow. The head and thorax greyish ; the collar yellow
edged with red; the tegule yellow, edged with red and tipped with
white ; the abdomen above bright red; the sides, undersides, and
496 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
anus white; the legs brownish white; the antennew pale brown,
yellowish at the tips. Expanse 14 inch.
Hab, Amazons, Ceara (Mus. Druce).
A specimen of this beautiful little insect is in the National
collection from San Paulo, Brazil.
IpaLvs LEMBA, sp. nD.
Primaries : the basal half, and along the costal margin to the apex,
pale brownish fawn-colour, the outer half whitish hyaline ; second-
aries white. The head, thorax, and tegule fawn-colour ; the collar
and base of the tegule white; the abdomen above bright red,
the underside of the abdomen white; the palpi, antenne, and legs
brownish white. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab, Amazons, Para (Mus. Druce).
Ipacvs Larissa, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Primaries pure hyaline white ; the costal margin from the base to
the apex and from the base to the anal angle pale brown; the inner
margin from the base to about the middle white, with a small red
streak nearest the base. Secondaries rose-carmine, the costal, outer,
and inner margin white, the fringe white. The head, thorax, and
tegule white shaded with pink; the abdomen above bright rose-
carmine, the underside and two dots at the base white ; the antenne
and fore legs pale brown, the other legs all white. Expanse 1,5, inch.
Hab. Amazons, Santarem (Mus. Druce).
IpaLvs LavINis, sp. 0. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
Primaries red shaded with grey; three V-shaped yellow marks
along the costal margin, the outer margin and a round-shaped mark
above the anal angle pale primrose-yellow, two yellow dots on the
inner margin ; near the base a band of very distinct red spots crosses
the wing about the middle, and the outer margin spotted with red;
the fringe yellow. Secondaries pale reddish yellow. The head, thorax,
and upperside of the abdomen red; the underside and the legs reddish
yellow; the collar and base of the tegule bright yellow; antenne
yellowish brown. Expanse 1,}, inch.
Hab. British Guiana (Mus. Druce).
Ercuia, Walk.
ErcHia LaTera, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)
Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle from the costal margin
to near the anal angle by a wide semihyaline white band crossed by
the black veins, the costal margin streaked from the base to near
the apex with bright blue; a wide bright blue streak extends trom
the base to the anal angle, but not quite reaching it: secondaries
black shot with bright blue. The head, thorax, and the abdomen dark
blue; the underside of the abdomen white ; the antenne, palpi, and
legs black. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A very beautiful insect, allied to Z. porphyrtu, Cram.
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 497
Paa@eorrera, Boisd.
PH@GoPTERA LERIA, Sp. 0.
Primaries pale yellowish fawn-colour, thickly irrorated with
minute black scales; an indistinct pale yellow waved sub-
marginal line crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin ;
the fringe brown and yellow. Secondaries pale yellowish white,
almost hyaline near the base ; the fringe yellowish white ; the under-
side of both wings as above but paler in colour. The head and thorax
pale fawn-colour; the abdomen brownish black on the upperside, the
underside and the legs yellowish fawn-colour, the antenne blackish
brown. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
PH@GOPTERA LEDA, Sp. 2.
Primaries and secondaries pale yellowish hyaline, darkest along
the costal and inner margins of both wings, the costal margin of the
primaries dotted with brown. The head, thorax,and tegule pale fawn-
colour, a black dot on the base of each of the tegule ; the upperside of
the abdomen pale orange-yellow, the underside yellowish white; the
legs orange-yellow spotted with black; the antennz dark brown.
Expanse 3 inches.
Hab. Dominica (Angas, Mus. Druce).
This insect is allied to P. elota, Méschler.
PHGGOPTERA LAUDIA, sp. 0.
Primaries and secondaries uniformly pale yellowish hyaline, with
all the veins dark brown; the head, thorax, abdomen, and legs
orange-yellow; the antennz black. Expanse 2} inches.
Hab. Trinidad (Mus. Druce).
A distinct species, very unlike any others known to me.
PH@GOPTERA ALMOPIA, Sp. n.
Primaries and secondaries pale greyish brown, the secondaries
whitish near the base, the veins on the primaries darker brown than
the ground-colour of the wing. The head and thorax blackish brown;
the abdomen on the upperside yellow banded with black, the under-
side derk brown; the antennz, palpi, and the legs almost black.
Expanse 23 inches.
Hab. Antioquia, Frontino (Salmon, Mus. Druce).
This insect is allied to P. umber, Cram., but is a smaller and much
paler coloured species.
PH@GOPTERA ALSA, Sp. 0.
Primaries reddish hyaline brown, darkest at the base and along
the costal and inner margin, a very indistinct waved submarginal
line crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin above the
anal angle. Secondaries almost hyaline excepting at the apex
and partly round the outer margin, which is shaded with reddish
brown. The head, thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish fawn-colour ;
antenne black. Expanse 23 inches,
Hab. Dominica (Angas, Mus. Druce).
498 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
PH@GOPTERA AMBROSIA, Sp. N.
Primaries dark brown, with all the veins black, marked much the
same as those of P. suffusa, Herr.-Schiiff., but considerably darker ;
secondaries brownish hyaline. The head, thorax, and tegule dark
brown, the collar and tegule banded with red ; the upperside of the
abdomen bright carmine; the anus and Jast two segments banded
with black ; thesides and the underside of the abdomen dark brown ;
the antennz and legs brown, the palpi black. Expanse 34 inches.
Hab, Antioquia, Frontino (Salmon, Mus. Druce).
A fine species. Allied to P. suffusa, Herr.-Schiiff.
ARCTIA.
ARCTIA RODRIGUEZI, Sp. D.
Primaries black, with a pinkish-white streak extending from the
base almost to the anal angle, on the costal side of the streak beyond
the middle is a large pinkish-white =<<-shaped mark, and on the costal
margin near the base is a small streak crossing the wing almost to the
inner margin. Secondaries bright carmine, broadly bordered with
black, above which close to the anal angle is a row of three small
black spots. The head, antennz, thorax, tegulie, and legs black, the
abdomen bright carmine; the anus and underside black. Expanse
12 inch.
“Hab. Guatemala, in the City (Rodriguez).
Fam. MEeLAMERID&.
Turruipa, Walk.
THIRMIDA SUPFRBA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 10.)
Primaries black glossed with dark blue, the basal half of the wing
bright orange, the orange colour does not extend to either the costal
or inner margin ; the veins crossing the orange are black: secondaries
black glossed with bright dark blue ; the fringe of both wings black.
The antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and legs black ; the abdomen bright
blue. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Upper Amazons (Mus. Druce).
This fine species is allied to Scea cleontca, Druce.
THIRMIDA Dimip1ATA. (Plate XLII. fig. 11, 2.)
Thirmida dimidiata, Walk. Cat: 11. p. 466.
Walker described the male of this fine insect. I now give a
figure of the female from a specimen in my own collection from
Colombia; both sexes are in the Hope collection at Oxford.
Fravinia; Walk.
FLAvINIA ALCIDAMEA, Sp. 1.
Primaries and secondaries bright citron-yellow ; the costal, outer,
and inner margins of both wings narrowly bordered with deep black ;
the black is widest at the apex of the primaries. The head, thorax,
antenne, palpi, and legs black; the abdomen black, banded on the
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, 499
sides with yellow. The sexes are alike, the only difference being
that the antennz of the male are pectinated, those of the female
simple. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Arcé, Mus. Druce); Ecuador, Intaj
(Buckley, Mus. Druce).
FLAVINIA LEMONIA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)
Primaries black, with a wide central yellow streak extending from
the base to the end of the cell. Secondaries bright yellow, broadly
bordered with black. The head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black.
Sexes are alike, excepting the antenne of the male are pectinated,
those of the female simple. Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
Deyara, Walk.
Devara Lassippa, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 13.)
Primaries with the basal half of the wing bright chrome-yellow,
the costal and the apical half brownish black, with a large oval cream-
coloured spot nearest the apex. Secondaries chrome-yellow, broadly
bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head,
antenne, and palpi black; the thorax, tegule, abdomen, and legs
chrome-yellow, the anus tipped with black. The underside of the
wings the same as above, but paler in colour. Expanse 1,8, inch.
Hab, Colombia, Bogota (Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Devara onoba, Druce.
Microerron, Feld.
MicroGiroN LARISSA, sp. n.
Primaries brownish black, crossed in the middle from the costal
to the inner margin with a wide cream-coloured band. Secondaries
cream-coloured, dusky at the base and broadly bordered with black
from the apex to the anal angle. The head, tegule, and abdomen
bright metallic green, the collar orange; the thorax, antenne, and
palpi dark brown, the legs cream-colour, Expanse 1} inch.
Hab, Keuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce),
Microerron LATONA, Sp. N.
Primaries and secondaries black, both wings broadly banded in
the middle with dark yellow, the band on the secondaries not reaching
the outer margin, a small metallic blue spot at the base of the pri-
maries ; the underside the same as above excepting that the base of
both the wings is bright blue, and a large blue spot beyond the orange
band on the primaries. The head, thorax, and abdomen black, the
abdomen banded with metallic green; tbe collar orange; the
antenne, palpi, atid legs black. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
Micro@itTon ALEA, sp. 2.
Primaries pale yellow, with the apex, outer and inner margins
500 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
broadly bordered with black, a black streak extending from the base
along the costal margin to about the middle. Secondaries yellow,
bordered with black along the costal margin, the apex and outer
margin, to the anal angle. The underside the same as above but
considerably paler in colour. The head and thorax brownish black ;
the abdomen black, striped with yellow, the underside yellowish
white ; antenne and palpi black, the legs yellow. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
Pantasis, gen. nov.
The thorax and abdomen slender, the abdomen extending slightly
beyond the wings; the head small, the palpi very minute; proboscis
rather long, slender; antennz one third the length of the wing, very
deeply pectinated ; the legsslender. Primaries long, narrow at the
base, broad and much rounded at the apex, the costal margin
straight ; secondaries rather long, rounded at the apex and anal
angle.
PaNIASIS ALEOPETRA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)
Primaries and secondaries uniformly dark glossy blue, almost
black at the apex of the primaries, which are crossed from the costal
to the outer margin by a white band which is slightly hyaline, the
band does not extend to either of the margins ; asemihyaline round
spot close to the base; the fringe of both wings bluish black. The
head, antenne, and palpi black; the collar and front of the thorax
orange-yellow ; the thorax and abdomen dark glossy blue, the anus
and legs black. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).
Fam. Lipariz.
Genvssa, Walk.
GENUSSA ALTABA, 8p. 0.
Primaries and secondaries semihyaline white, the costal apex,
outer and inner margins bordered with greyish black ; a streak at the
end of the cell and the veins greyish black ; the underside the same
as above. The head, thorax, and abdomen white, the anus dusky
white ; antenne black, legs white. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Genussa celerenaria, Walk.
Eactes, Hiibn.
EACLES LEONA, Sp. 0.
Primaries greyish brown ; three spots close to the base, one in the
cell, and two elongated streaks at the end of the cell, a row of oval-
shaped spots crossing the wing beyond the middle from the costal
to the inner margin, and a marginal row of elongated streaks ex-
tending from the apex to the anal angle, all creamy white. Secon-
daries greyish brown, the basal half of the wing and a marginal row
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 501
of elongated streaks extending from the apex to the anal angle
pale primrose-yellow, the base and a large spot at the end of the
cell bright red ; on the underside the spots are more suffused and of
a dark yellow colour, with a large red spot at the end of the cell on
both wings. The head, thorax, tegula, and abdomen dark greyish
brown, the base of the tegule yellow,and the thorax streaked with two
wide yellow lines, the sides of the abdomen streaked with yellow,
the upper and underside of the abdomen banded with red ; the an-
tenn and legs black. Expanse 5 inches.
Hab. Paraguay, Uruguay (Mus. Druce).
A fine distinct species, allied to E. splendens, Druce.
Cotorapra, Pack.
CoLoRADIA LEPTA, sp. n.
Primaries and secondaries almost uniformly dark brown, darkest
along the costal margin and at the apex of the primaries, the veins
are all slightly darker than the ground-colour of the wings; the
underside of the primaries are slightly greyish. The head, thorax,
tegula, abdomen, and legs all dark brown; the antennzx black.
Expanse 53 inches,
Hab. Paraguay (Mus. Druce).
Fam. LastocaAMPIp&.
Dizputa, Hiibn.
DrrPata LAVERNA, 8p.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)
Primaries semihyaline, black, thickly irrorated with yellow scales ;
the veins all deep black ; a yellow spot at the base of the cell and a
yellowish band at the end of the cell. Secondaries semihyaline black,
with the fringe black and white. The underside of both wings pale
blackish brown with a yellowish tinge, and a white spot at the end
of the cell of both primaries and secondaries, the costal margin of
the latter edged with yellow. The head, thorax, and tegule black,
clothed with long yellowish hairs; the collar yellow, the abdomen
black, banded with yellow; the anus and legs red; antenne black.
Expanse 23 inches,
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This insect is very distinct from all known to me and has not’
any near ally.
DirpuIA LATEMEDIA, sp. i.
Primaries very like D. rosea, Druce, but much browner in colour,
and instead of the straight lines that cross the wings in that species
is a series of lunular-shaped yellow markings edged with black,
extending from the costal to the inner margin; the darker markings
are all more defined, the spot at the end of the cell being consider-
ably larger. Secondaries dark brown, with a yellowish tinge at the
base, and the black submarginal line very distinct. The head and
thorax dark brown; abdomen orange-yellow banded with black,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXIV. 34
502 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
and with a central black line from the base to the anus; the sides
and underside of the abdomen black; the outer sides of the legs
fawn-colour, the inner sides black ; antenne orange; palpi orange in
front, black at the sides and back. The sexes are alike. Expanse,
do 3inches, 9 4 inches,
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A very distinct species, allied to D. rosea, Druce, from Mexico.
Draconrereris, Hiibn.
DRACONIPTERIS GIGANTEA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)
Primaries and secondaries pale fawn-colour, becoming almost
yellow round the outer margins ; the costal margin of the primaries
edged with yellow; a straight yellow line edged with white on the
outer side extends from the apex to about the middle of the inner
margin, on the outer side of which is a row of yellowish lunular-
shaped marks ; the apex and part of the fringe black; the apical
part of the wing clouded with white ; a yellowish streak at the end
of the cell; on the inner point of the streak is a very minute black dot.
Secondaries crossed below the middle from the costal to the inner
margin with a faint yellow line, below which is a dusky band with
whitish lunular-shaped markings ; the fringe at the apex black, that
round the outer margin yellowish white. The underside of both wings
fawn-colour shaded with yellow, and irrorated with brown scales ;
both wings with a submarginal brown line. ‘The head, thorax, and
abdomen pale fawn-colour ; the underside of the latter rather
darker; antenne yellowish "fawn-colour ; palpi: dark; Boome ni
yellowish brown. Expanse 3} inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckler y, Mus. Druce).
A fine distinct species, much the largest known to me Seine
to the genus Draconipteris.
Oxyrenvs, Hibn.
OXYTENUS LAVERNA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 5.)
Primaries and secondaries uniformly yellowish fawn-colour ; the
primaries crossed from the costal margin near the base to the inner
margin by four waved lines, and considerably beyond the middle by
several very indistinct waved lines ; a submarginal row of blackish
lunular-shaped markings extends from the costal margin near the
apex to the inner margin ; two large black spots at the end of the
cell, that nearest the costal the smallest ; the outer portion of the
wing is clouded with silvery white. Secondaries with’ the submar-
ginal row of blackish lunular-shaped markings the same as on the
primaries, and with a marginal waved silvery-white line extending
from the apex to the anal angle. The underside yellow with a
pinkish shade, and with the darker lines more distinct than they are
on the upperside. The head, thorax, and abdomen fawn-colour;
antenne, palpi, and legs brownish. Expanse 4 inches.
Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A fine species, not closely allied to any other known to me.
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 503
Ertocaster, Germer.
ERI0GASTER ALERIA, Sp. Nn.
Primaries pale grey, shaded with dark brown, and crossed from
the costal to the inner margin with waved white lines; a dark-
brown elongated spot at the end of the cell, Secondaries very pale
grey, with a submarginal waved white line extending from the apex
almost to the anal angle, but not quite reaching it; the fringe and
underside of both wings pale grey. The head, thorax, and abdo-
men pale grey; antennw and legs greyish brown. Expanse at
inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Eriogaster submarginalis, Walker, from
Colombia,
Hyprias, Herr.-Schiff.
HybiAs AMATHURIA, sp. n.
Primaries brown, thickly irrorated with very minute black scales ;
a large black spot at the end of the cell, beyond which is a row of
very minute white dots crossing the wing from the costal to the
inner margin; a faint submarginal black line extends from near the
apex to the anal angle. Secondaries pinkish brown; the costal
margin dark brown, irrorated with minute black scales from the
base to the apex. The underside of both wings uniform pale brown.
The head, thorax, and base of the abdomen dark brown ; the abdo-
men pinkish brown ; the antenne, palpi, and legs brown, Expanse
14 inch, :
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Drwee).
This species is allied to Hydrias psorica, Herr.-Schiff,
Hyprias Lascori, sp, n. (Plate XLII. fig. 12.)
Primaries reddish brown, with the veins mostly black; a dark-
brown mark near the base below the cell, beyond which a narrow
waved black line crosses the wing from the costal to the inner
margin; the costal margin broadly streaked with greyish white.
Secondaries: the costal half of the wing greyish white, slightly
irrorated with brown scales ; the abdominal half of the wing pale
reddish brown; a submarginal dark brown waved line extends from
the apex to the anal angle. The underside uniformly pale reddish
brown, slightly greyish at the apex of the secondaries. The head,
thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the collar grey ; antenna, palpi,
and legs brown. Expanse 13 inch,
Hab. Keuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce),
Hyppias LAUDIA, sp. n.
Primaries dark brown ; the costal margin, a wide line extending
from near the apex and crossing the wing about the middle to the
inner margin, creamy white; on the inner side of the line is a second
narrow curved white line, which joins the first about the middle of
the wing; a very indistinct waved submarginal white line extends
34*
504 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
from the apex to the anal angle. Secondaries pale reddish brown,
with a white streak at the apex; the fringe of both wings brown.
The underside of both wings pale brown, with aslight reddish tinge.
The head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown; antenne, palpi, and
legs greyish brown. Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Ecuador (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This insect is not nearly allied to any species known to me.
Hyprias amprra, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 14.)
Primaries silvery white; a large spot at the base, one at the
apex, and one beyond and below cell nearest the anal angle and the
outer margin all reddish brown; two small spots at the end of the
cell and two narrow waved lines black. Secondaries reddish brown,
with the apical half of the wing silvery white ; a submarginal waved
black line extends from the apex to near the anal angle. The under-
side of both wings reddish brown; the apex of the secondaries
slightly greyish. The head, thorax, abdomen, antenne, palpi, and
legs reddish brown. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A very fine insect, quite distinct from any other known to me.
Hypriss amipa, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 15.)
Male. Primaries pale fawn-colour ; a wide white band edged with
black crosses the wing about the middle from the costal to the inner
margin, and a faint submarginal line extends from the apex to the
anal angle. Secondaries pale fawn-colour; the costal margin
broadly bordered with greyish-white irrorated fawn-coloured scales.
The underside of both wings uniformly pale whitish fawn-colour.
The head and thorax greyish ; the antenne, palpi, abdomen, and legs
fawn-colour. The female the same as the male, but larger, and
with all the markings more distinct. Expanse, ¢ 1? inch, 9 23
inches.
Hab, Eeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species differs from all the species of Hydrias known to me
in having the wide white band across the primaries.
HYDRIAS LECCA, sp. 0.
Primaries and secondaries almost uniform pale brown, slightly
darkest along the costal margin of the former; primaries with a
large triangular white spot close to the base; the fringe pale brown;
the underside the same as above, but without the white triangular
spot. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown; the antennz
black. Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
Apatetopes, Packard.
APATELODES ANAVA, Sp. 1.
Primaries pale fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the inner
margin with three dark-brown bands, edged on the outer side with
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 505
indistinct whitish lines; a row of minute black dots crosses the wing
beyond the third band; a small hyaline white spot close to the
apex, and a marginal white line extends from the apical white spot
to the anal angle. Secondaries pale pinkish fawn-colour, crossed
about the middle from the apex to the inner margin by two narrow
brown lines; the fringe of both wings brown. The underside of
both wings very pale brownish fawn-colour, with all the lines very
indistinct, excepting those on the secondaries, which are darker than
above. The thorax and abdomen pale fawn-colour; the head,
antenn, palpi, and legs darker brown. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Apatelodes bombycina, Feld., but very
different in colour and markings.
CECECLOSTERA.
CEcECLOSTERA AMORTIA, Sp. 0.
Primaries pinkish fawn-colour, shaded with grey, crossed from
the costal to the inner margin by three indistinct waved brown lines ;
a black dot at the end of the cell and a white hyaline spot close to
the apex. Secondaries reddish fawn-colour, crossed from the apex
to the anal angle with a narrow brown line; the fringe of both
wings brown ; the underside pale fawn-colour ; the head, thorax,
abdomen, antennz, and legs reddish fawn-colour. Expanse 2
inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Geeclostera micropus, Walk.
Fam. Liracopipz.
Datcrera, Herr.-Schiff.
DaLceRA LEBERNA, Sp. 0.
Primaries creamy white, with a wide submarginal reddish-brown
band extending from near the apex to the anal angle; a small
reddish-brown spot at the end of the cell. Secondaries creamy
white, tipped with reddish brown at the anal angle. The head,
thorax, and abdomen, antenne and legs reddish brown. The under-
side of the wings yellowish white, without any markings. Hxpanse
12 inch.
“Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A distinct species, allied to D. abrasa, Herr.-Schiaff.
DaLcera AMPELA, Sp. 0.
Primaries white ; the costal half slightly hyaline ; the inner margin
and anal angle shaded with pale brown: a brown streak just above
the anal angle; the marginal line brown. Secondaries pure white,
slightly shaded with brown on the outer margin close to the anal
angle. The head, thorax, and the abdomen pale yellowish brown;
the antennz and legs slightly darker brown. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is not closely allied to any other known to me.
506 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
DALcERA LAXTA, sp. 0.
Primaries brownish grey, crossed from the costal to the inner
margin with narrow waved brown lines. Secondaries dark grey,
palest at the base; the underside of both wings grey, without any
markings. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey ; the antenne
and legs pale brown, Expanse 13 inch.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A distinct species, allied to D. ampela, Druce.
Mrresa, Walk.
Mrresa (?) AMISENA, sp. 0.
Primaries pale fawn-colour, with a large reddish-brown mark
close to the anal angle, and extending along the inner margin almost
to the base; the dark brown is crossed by two narrow white lines,
and is shaded with white nearest the anal angle. Secondaries pale
fawn-colour, slightly dusky near the anal angle; the fringe of both
wings pale brownish fawn-colour. The head, thorax, and abdomen,
antenne and legs pale fawn-colour; a tuft of dark reddish-brown
hairs at the base of the thorax. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A beautiful little species, very distinct from all known to me.
I place it in the genus Miresa with considerable doubt.
Fam. Bompycipz.
Prismoprera, Buitl.
PRISMOPTERA AMINULA, Sp. n.
Primaries and secondaries quite hyaline; the costal, outer, and
inner margins and the veins yellow; the base of the costal margin
white ; the secondaries with a small black spot on the inner margin
a little above the anal angle. The head greyish; collar yellow;
thorax and abdomen dark reddish brown ; antennee and legs yellow-
ish brown. Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. South-east Brazil (Mus. Druec).
A distinct species, allied to Prismoptera opalina, Butler.
CartHara, Walk.
CaRTHARA AMISENA, sp. 0.
Male. Primaries dull brown, crossed by three waved darker brown
lines, and close to the apex an elongated reddish-brown spot.
Secondaries brown, with three short white streaks along the inner
margin. The head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown ; antennz
dark brown. The female is considerably larger and much darker
in colour, the primaries being much irrorated with grey scales; the
secondaries are also blacker. Expanse, ¢ 1? inch, 2 2 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A very distinct species, allied to Carthara vecca, Druce, from the
Volcan de Chiriqui.
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 507
Antuocroca, Butler.
ANTHOCROCA LEBETHRA, Sp. 0.
Primaries : the costal half of the wing pale citron-yellow, with a
pinkish tinge near the apex; the inner half of the wing dusky
brown; two narrow brown lines cross the wing from the costal
margin close to apex to the inner margin above the anal angle.
Secondaries pale reddish brown, crossed by two indistinct darker
brown lines; an orange-coloured streak at the anal angle. The
underside much the same as above, but with the markings more
indistinct. The head, thorax, and the abdomen pale fawn-colour ;
the antenne and legs brown. Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
ANTHOCROCA AMPHEA, sp. 0.
- Primaries pinkish fawn-colour, irrorated with white and crossed
from the costal to the inner margin by four narrow waved black
lines; a small black dot at the end of the cell. Secondaries pale
pinkish fawn-colour, darkest at the apex and round the outer margin ;
the base and inner margin shaded with white; a faint submarginal
brown line extends from the costal margin to the anal angle; the
fringe of both wings fawn-colour. The head, thorax, abdomen,
antenne, palpi, and legs pale pinkish fawn-colour. Expanse 1}
inch.
Hab. Ecuador (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A small and very distinct insect, allied to the preceding species.
ANTHOCROCA AMYCLA, Sp. n.
Primaries pale yellowish fawn-colour, with a very indistinct.
waved submarginal line extending from the costal margin near the
apex to the inner margin above the anal angle; a large greenish-
brown spot on the costal margin close to the apex, and two small
black dots at the end of the cell ; on the outer side of the submar-
ginal line the wing is shaded with yellow near the anal angle.
Secondaries pale fawn-colour, shaded with yellow at the apex and
partly round the outer margin. The head, thorax, and abdomen
pale fawn-colour ; the antenn and legs brown. Expanse 14 inch.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
AstHenipia, Westw.
ASTHENIDIA BUCKLEYI, sp. n.
Primaries and secondaries pale yellow, shaded with white ; both
wings crossed about the middle by a wide pale-brown band, beyond
which on the primaries is a narrow dusky line that extends from
the apex to the inner margin above the anal angle; secondaries
with two submarginal waved pale-brown lines. The underside of
both wings pale yellow, with brown submarginal line. The thorax
and abdomen pale yellow; the head, palpi, and legs black; the
antenne dark brown. Expanse 3? inches.
Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. Druce); East Peru (Mus. Druce).
508 MR, H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM {June 17,
ASTHENIDIA AMPHIRA, 8p. 0.
Primaries and secondaries pure white, with a slight primrose
shade on the costal and outer margin of both the wings. Primaries
crossed by two dusky black lines, the first broad, the second narrow ;
the marginal line black ; a short black streak at the end of the cell ;
the fringe white. Secondaries with two dusky black bands, the
first narrow, the second broad; the fringe black; a red spot just
above the tail and two black spots on the outer margin. The under-
side of both wings pure white. The head white, the collar yellow ;
thorax and abdomen white : the antenne dusky; the palpi white in
front, black at the sides ; the legs black, banded with white. Ex-
panse 37 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Asthenidia transversaria, Druce, from
which it is at once distinguished by its much longer hind wings,
and by the bands being almost black instead of pale brown.
Fam. Cossiz.
Cossus, Fabr.
Cossus AMUNDASA, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 16.)
Primaries reddish pink; the base and the outer margin dark
brown; the wing is thickly streaked with minute black lines.
Secondaries dark brown, with a red spot close to the anal angle.
The underside pale pinkish brown, thickly streaked with very fine
brown lines. The head, collar, and tegule red; the thorax brown ;
abdomen red, with a brown line down the middle, the underside
brown; legs brown; antennze and legs reddish brown. Expanse
2 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A fine species, quite distinct from all known to me.
Fam. Heriari.
Hepratus, Fabr.
HEPIALUS PAROPUS, sp. Nn.
Primaries yellowish fawn-colour, thickly streaked near the apex
with very minute brown lines. Secondaries reddish fawn-colour ;
the costal margin slightly shaded with yellow. ‘The head, thorax,
abdomen, and legs yellowish fawn-colour ; antenne dark brown.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. FKeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is not allied to any other known to me,
HePisLts Momus, sp. un. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)
Primaries fawn-colour, banded along the costal margin with dark
reddish-brown bands, and a large reddish-brown triangular marking
below the end of the cell ; a pinkish-white band crosses the wing at
the end of the cell and becomes wider on the inner margin; a row
1890.} CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 509
of marginal brown spots extends from the apex to the anal angle.
Secondaries pinkish fawn-colour, almost pink at the base. The
head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown ; antenne and legs darker
brown. Expanse 2? inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A fine species, allied to Hepialus emulus, Butler, from Japan.
HEPIALUs METELLUS, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2.)
Primaries dark brown, banded with darker brown along the
costal margin and near the inner margin close to the base; two
narrow white lines cross the wing beyond the middle, extending
from the costal to the inner margin; two large black spots about
the middle of the inner margin and a metallic gold spot at the end
of the cell. Secondaries blackish brown, thickly clothed with light
red hairs at the base. The underside of both the wings dark brown,
shaded with yellow along the costal and outer margin. The head,
thorax, and lower part of the abdomen dark brown, the basal
half of the latter clothed with light-red hairs; the legs almost
black ; the antennz black. Expanse 2? inches.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Hepialus momus, Druce ; but it is very
distinct in the markings and colours.
Fam. Noropontipz.
, Puatera, Hiibn.
PHALERA AMPHISSA, sp. 0.
Primaries dark grey, thickly irrorated with brown scales, and
crossed from the costal to the inner margin with narrow dark-
brown wayed lines; a submarginal waved white line extends from
the costal margin close to the apex to the anal angle; the marginal
line black, edged with white on the inner side; the fringe grey.
Secondaries dark brownish black, slightly streaked with grey at the
anal angle; a few yellowish hairs at the base and on the inner
margin; the fringe dark brown. The underside of both wings grey,
shaded with dark brown, yellowish near the base. The head and
front of the thorax dark brown; the thorax and tegule grey, mixed
with dark-brown hairs ; the abdomen above blackish brown, banded
with yellow ; the anus grey; the underside of the abdomen and
legs yellow; the antenne yellowish brown. LExpanse 3 inches.
Hab. British Guiana (Mus. Druce).
A fine species. To some extent it resembles Phalera sigmata,
Butler, from Japan; but is altogether a larger and darker-coloured
insect.
Eprma, Walk.
EDEMA LANASSA, Sp. 0.
Male. Primaries olive-green, mottled with darker brown along
the costal margin and beyond the cell; a silvery-white spot and
streak at the end of the cell, beyond which is a yellowish mark and
510 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM {June 17,
a row of submarginal minute black dots; the fringe olive-brown.
Secondaries dark brown, palest at the base; the fringe pale greyish
brown. Underside: primaries pale brown, with a marginal row of
black dots near the apex. Secondaries greyish brown, broadly
bordered with darker brown round the outer margin. The head,
thorax, and anus olive-green; the antenne and abdomen on the
upperside dark brown, the latter on the underside pale greyish
brown; the legs pale greyish brown; the palpi olive-green, the
terminal joint black. The female the same as the male, but larger,
and rather paler in colour. Expanse, ¢ 1} inch, 2 1? inch.
Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Trotsch, Mus. Staudinger).
A very distinct species, allied to Edema pulchra, Butl., from the
Amazons.
EDEMA ALATA, sp. n.
Mate. Primaries very pale greyish fawn-colour, speckled along the
costal margin and beyond the cell with small brown streaks ; a row
of very minute brown spots crosses the wing from the apex to about
the middle of the inner margin; several black dots close to the
base. Secondaries greyish white, darkest at the apex and round the
outer margin. The underside as above, but paler, and with the spots
on the primaries entirely absent. The head, thorax, abdomen, and
legs pale fawn-colour; the antenne darker brown. LExpanse 14
inch.
Hab. Panama, Volean de Chiriqui (T'rotsch, Mus. Staudinger).
One specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, very distinct from
anything I have seen.
(Xpemasia, Packard.
CEDEMASIA (?) ALCIMEDE, sp. 0.
Male. Primaries dark brown, with a reddish-brown spot and two
yellow lines close to the base ; a greyish-white row of spots crosses
the wing beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin,
and a submarginal row of greyish spots with black points extending
from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe dark brown. Secon-
daries uniformly dark brown, the fringe rather paler. The under-
side brown, with the costal margin of both the wings and the fringe
yellowish. The head and collar, the thorax and upperside of the
abdomen dark brown; the tegule golden brown; antenne dark
brown ; the underside of the abdomen and legs pale yellowish white.
Female. Considerably larger than the male, and much duller in
colour, without the greyish line on the primaries; the base of the
wing much paler in colour and without the yellow lines ; the under-
side of a more uniform dusky brown colour. Expanse, ¢ 13 inch,
@ 1? inch.
Hab. Panama: Volcan de Chiriqui, 2000 to 3000 feet (Champion);
Chiriqui (Ribble, § 2 Mus. Staudinger) ; Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley,
2 Mus. Druce).
A very distinct species, of which both sexes arein Dr. Staudinger’s
collection. Mr, Champion captured a specimen on the Volcan de
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 511
Chiriqui. These and the female from Ecuador are all we have seen
of this insect.
Rosema, Walk.
RoseMA scIRITIS, sp. n.
Primaries pea-green, darkest at the base and along the inner
margin, which near the base is streaked with black, and at the
anal angle it is olive-green; the fringe pea-green. Secondaries
pure white, shaded near the base with pink ; the underside of both
the wings silky white. The head green; the thorax and base of
the abdomen black; the palpi and underside of the thorax bright
red ; the upperside of the abdomen red, the underside yellowish
white; the legs black; antenne reddish brown. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Keuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
RosEMA sIMotIs, sp. 1.
Primaries very pale pea-green, the costal margin slightly shaded
with yellow; the fringe pale green. Secondaries pure white; the
underside of both wings white. The head and thorax pale green ;
the abdomen white ; antennez and legs yellowish white. Expanse
13 inch.
Hab. Argentine Republic (Mus. Druce).
Hemiceras, Guén.
HEMICERAS LISSA, sp. 1.
Primaries very pale fawn-colour, crossed from the costal to the
inner margin with two orange-brown lines, the first near the base,
the second beyond the middle, a large round black spot at the end
of the cell; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries yellowish white,
almost hyaline in the middle; the fringe white. The underside of
both wings white, excepting along the costal margin it is shaded
with fawn-colour. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-
colour; the antenne pale brown. Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Hemiceras leucospila, Walk.
HEMICERAS ANIA, sp. n.
Primaries silvery-grey, palest along the outer margin; a dark
brown streak extends from the base to the end of the cell, and a
brown band crosses from the apex to the anal angle, on the inner
side of which is a row of minute black dots. Secondaries pure
white, shaded with brown at the apex and round the outer margin;
the fringe of both wings greyish white. The underside white; the
primaries shaded with brown on the costal and outer margins.
The head and thorax greyish brown; the abdomen above brown,
white on the underside. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
A very distinct species, not closely allied to any other known to
me. A specimen of this insect from the Volcan de Chiriqui is in
Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
512 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
HEMICERAS LOSA, sp. 0.
Primaries pale brown, crossed by two wide dark brown bands,
the first near the base, the second about the middle; the outer
margin dark brown, a row of minute black spots near the apex.
Secondaries fawn-colour, palest at the base. The head, thorax,
abdomen, antennz, and legs fawn-colour. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Trinidad (Mus. Druce).
This species is also represented in the collection of Dr. Staudinger,
from the Volcan de Chiriqui.
HEMICERAS LEVANA, Sp. Nn.
Primaries dark reddish brown, shaded with darker brown at the
end of the cell and the apex; the costal margin from the base to
the apex edged with white; a rather indistinct waved black line
crosses the wing near the base from the costal to the inner margin,
and a row of smal] grey spots extends from near the apex to the
middle of the inner margin, the last spot being the largest; the
fringe dark brown. Secondaries pale brown, whitish in the middle
and on the costal margin ; the fringe white. The underside of the
primaries pale fawn-colour; that of the secondaries white. The
head and thorax reddish brown ; the abdomen above darker brown ;
the anus fawn-colour. The underside of the head, thorax, and
abdomen pinkish white. The legs and antenne reddish brown.
Expanse 22 inches.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).
This species is allied to Hemiceras violascens, Guén., from which
it is at once distinguished by the white costal margin of the
primaries and by its much larger size.
Fam. GLorruLip2.
CHASMINA ALCIDAMEA, Sp. 0.
Male pure white, excepting the antenne and the last four
segments of the abdomen, both of which are tinged with pale
yellow. The female only differs from the male in having the
primaries crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner
margin by two very faint yellow lines. Expanse, gand@ 13 inch,
Hab. Guatemala, in the City (Jtodrigquez).
This species can at once be distinguished from all the Eastern
species of Chasmina known to me by the tibia and tarsus being
quite white instead of yellow or orange spotted with black. For
the female of this insect I am indebted to the kindness of
M. Candeéze.
Fam. APAMIDES.
CrLa@ya (?) LILACINA, sp. n.
Male and female alike. Primaries dark brown, crossed from the
costal to the inner margin by three purplish-grey bands, the first
close to the base, the second beyond the cell, and the third sub-
marginal; the fringe dark brown. Secondarics dull brown, slightly
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 513
paler at the base; the fringe pale brown. The head, thorax, and
abdomen dark brown; the anus pale brown; the underside of the
wings and the abdomen pale brown. Antenne dark brown.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Panama: Volcan de Chiriqui, 2000 to 3000 feet (Champion) ;
Chiriqui (bbe, Mus. Staudinger).
A specimen of this species is in the collection of Mons. Dognin,
from Ecuador.
PERIGEA AGNONIA, Sp. 0.
Primaries pale fawn-colour, in some specimens shaded with
pink and striated with blackish lines, the discal spot very distinct ;
the fringe pinkish brown streaked with fawn-colour. Secondaries
pale brownish white, dusky at the apex and outer margin. The
head, thorax, and base of the abdomen brownish fawn-colour, the
upperside of the abdomen dark blackish brown; the anus yellowish
fawn-colour; the underside of the thorax and abdomen pale fawn-
colour. The antenne pale brown. Expanse 1; inch.
Hab. Guatemala: Volcan de Atitlan 2500 to 3500 feet (Cham-
pion); Panama: Chiriqui (2ibbe, Mus. Staudinger), Volean de
Chiriqui below 4000 feet (Champion).—Kcuador, Brazil.
It is possible that this insect may have been described by Walker,
as it appears to be a very common species round Rio Janeiro, from
which locality I have a large series; but I have been unable to
find anything like it in the National Museum, or in the Saunders
Collection now in the Oxford Museum.
Fam. CaRaDRINIDz&.
CARADRINA ALANA, SP. 0.
Primaries pale mouse-colour, crossed from the costal to the inner
margin by two pale whitish-brown lines, the first near the base,
the second beyond the cell; the fringe brown, Secondaries pale
brown, whitish near the base; the fringe pale brown. The head,
thorax, and abdomen brown, slightly paler on the underside.
Antenne and palpi brown; the legs whitish brown. Expanse
1 inch.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (bbe, Mus. Staudinger).
Two specimens of this dull-coloured insect are in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection.
Fam. Nocruip.
AGROTIS LAMPTERA, Sp. 0.
Primaries pale pinkish fawn-colour, crossed beyond the middle
by a faint brown line that extends from the costal margin near
the apex to the inner margin above the anal angle; an indistinct
spot in the middle of the cell, and two short pale brown lines at
the end of the cell; a submarginal row of very indistinct and very
minute brown spots; the fringe pinkish fawn-colour. Secondaries
hyaline pinkish white, the inner margin broadly edged with black ;
514 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
the fringe white. The underside of the primaries pale pinkish fawn-
colour; the secondaries whitish. The head, thorax, and tegule
pale fawn-colour; the abdomen blackish brown, excepting at the
anus, which is clothed with yellowish hairs. The antenne, palpi,
and legs dark fawn-colour. Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Guatemala, Pantaleon, 1700 feet (Champion).
AGRoTIs (?) LIMENIA, sp. 1.
Primaries reddish brown, in some specimens pale fawn-colour,
crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin by
two faint waved lines; a minute black dot in the middle of the cell,
and a large oval-shaped grey spot edged with dark brown at the
end of the cell; a @-shaped black spot close to the base. Secon-
daries blackish brown, darkest at the apex and round the outer
margin; the fringe pale greyish brown. The head, thorax, and
tegule reddish brown; the abdomen above black, the sides and
underside reddish brown. The anus and legs brown. Expanse
2 inches.
Hab. Guatemala, in the City (Rodriquez).
I have received four specimens ‘of this very distinct species:
it varies very much in colour, and is not closely allied to any
other species known to me.
Fam. Cosmipm.
CosMIA LAORIPA, sp. n.
Primaries dark brown, crossed by two bands of paler brown,
the first near the base, the second beyond the middle, and a
marginal row of minute white dots. Secondaries brown, palest at
the base. The head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the under-
side considerably paler. Antenne, palpi, and legs brown. Expanse
14 inch.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Ribbe, Mus. Staudinger).
I have only seen the specimens of this insect in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection.
Fam. Orrnosip®.
XANTHIA ALALA, Sp. 0.
Male. Primaries orange-brown, shaded with paler yellow; a
round spot in the cell and a large oval spot at the end of the cell,
pale yellowish brown, and a submarginal row of small spots
extending from the apex to the anal angle, the outer margin, and
the fringe brownish. Secondaries brownish white, darkest round
the outer margin. The head and thorax yellowish brown ; the
abdomen much paler; the antenne and legs pale brown. The
female the same as the male but darker in colour. Expanse
13 inch.
Hab. Mexico, in the City (Hoge).
A male and female of this insect are all we have received from
our region.
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 515
XANTHIA ALCANDRA, Sp. 0.
Male. Primaries pale citron-yellow, shaded with dark brown at
the base and along the costal margin to beyond the middle; two
waved lines cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin, the
first near the base, the second beyond the end of the cell; a large
round spot about the middle of the cell and an oval-shaped spot at
the end of the cell, both pale brown. Secondaries creamy white.
The underside of both wings pale yellow. The head and thorax
brownish yellow; the abdomen yellowish white; the antenne
and legs brownish yellow. Expanse 13 inch.
Hab, Mexico, Tierra Colorada, in Guerrero, 2000 feet (H. H.
Smith).
Two males of this insect were captured by Mr. Smith in the
month of October 1888.
Fam. Haprnip2.
Por1a(?) LORINA, sp. n.
Primaries pale grey, crossed by indistinct lines of the same
colour, but rather darker in shade. A black line crosses the wing
near the base from the costal to the inner margin, beyond which,
close to the anal angle, is a second waved narrow black line
crossing the wing towards the costal margin, but not reaching it.
Secondaries pure white. The underside of both wings white; the
primaries shaded with grey at the apex. The head, thorax, and
tegule pale grey; the abdomen and legs white; antenne brown.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Mexico, Presidio (Forrer).
A fine insect, very distinct from any known to me.
Porras (?) AMERIA, Sp. 1.
Primaries dark grey, crossed from the costal to the inner margin
by many dark grey and black waved lines. Secondaries white,
dusky round the outer margin. The marginal line of both wings
black; the fringes dark grey. The head and collar dark grey;
the tegule and thorax pale grey; the abdomen pale brownish
grey; the antenne and legs pale brown, the anus tinted with
yellowish brown. Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Guatemala, Volcan de Atitlan, 2500 to 3500 feet
(Champion).
One specimen of this fine insect was captured by Mr. Champion.
It is allied to P. lorina, Druce, from Mexico.
Fam. Hetiora 2.
ANARTA AGONAX, Sp. 0.
Primaries very dark brown, almost black; a large square white
spot at the end of tke cell, beyond which the wing is crossed from
the costal to the inner margin by a pale yellowish-brown band,
which is somewhat dentated on the outer side; the fringe pale
516 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM (June 17,
yellowish brown, excepting in the middle, where it is black.
Secondaries black, broadly white from the base to about the middle
of the inner margin; the fringe white. The underside of both
wings black, with the white spots as above. The head, thorax,
antenne, and legs black. Expanse 2 inch.
Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hoge).
ARDISURA GRANDIS, sp. N.
Primaries bright rose-pink, with a narrow cream-coloured line
extending down the middle of the wing from the base to the outer
margin; the fringe cream-colour. Secondaries pure silky white,
with the fringe white. The head and thorax pink; the base of
the thorax and the abdomen white; the legs pinkish white; the
antenne pale pinkish brown. The underside silky white; the
primaries dusky from the base to beyond the middle. Expanse
13 inch.
” Hab. Mexico, Lake Chapala, Jalisco (Richardson).
A very fine species, quite distinct from all others I have seen.
Fam. Aconrrip2.
ACONTIA SPLENDENS, Sp. 0.
Primaries pea-green, crossed from the costal to the inner margin
by three pure white waved narrow bands, the first close to the
base, the second beyond the. cell, and the third submarginal ;
six dark brown spots along the costal margin, the three nearest
the apex very minute; a dark brown streak extends from the end
of the cell to the costal margin; a small spot at the end of the
cell bright »spink, edged with white, below which are a number of
minute dark brown spots; the outer margin broadly bordered with
bright pink, with a marginal row of minute black dots; the fringe
greenish fawn-colour. Secondaries pale brown, palest at the base,
crossed below the middle by a dark brown waved line; the outer
margin and the anal angle shaded with pink. The underside
brownish white, with very indistinct brown markings. The head
and thorax pale greenish white; the abdomen pinkish brown;
antenne dark brown; the legs pale brownish white. Expanse
13 inch.
Blab! Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Z’rotsch, Mus. Staudinger).
One specimen of this beautiful little insect is in the collection
of Dr. Staudinger; the head, thorax, and abdomen are so much
crushed that I am not certain that my description of the colours
is quite correct.
THALPOCHARES LARONIA, Sp. n.
Primaries very pale fawn-colour, crossed by three broad silvery-
white bands; the second band broken into two, forming an oval-
shaped spot at the end of the cell; the outer margin banded with
silvery white ; between the first and third band the wing is shaded
with bright pink; the fringe white. Secondaries white, clouded
1890.] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 517
with very pale fawn-colour. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale
fawn-colour ; the base of the abdomen whitish; the antenne and
legs pale brown. Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Mexico, Tierra Colorada, in Guerrero, 2000 feet (H. H.
Smith).
One specimen of this beautiful little insect was captured by
Mr. Smith in October 1888; it seems to be allied to the European
T. rosea.
THALPOCHARES LAGORE, Sp. 0.
Primaries : the basal half dark brown, the outer half pale purplish
brown, a narrow yellow line crosses the wing about the middle
from the costal to the inner margin; a black dot at the apex
edged with yellow on the upperside, and three minute yellow
streaks on the costal margin near the apex; the marginal line
yellow, with very minute black dots on the outer edge; the fringe
brown. Secondaries uniformly dark brown. The head and front
of the thorax yellowish brown; the thorax and abdomen dark
brown. Antenne and legs brown. Expanse ? inch.
Hab, Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco (H. H. Smith); Panama, Chiriqui
(Ribbe, Mus. Staudinger).
A small dull-coloured species allied to 7. hippotes, Druce. Mr.
Smith captured this insect in January and March 1888.
Fam. ANTHOPHILID 2.
XANTHOPTERA LAPHYRA, sp. D.
Primaries yellowish brown, with a pinkish tinge from the
base to the middle, and crossed from the costal to the inner
margin by five very indistinct pale brown lines; the costal margin,
from the base to near the apex, bordered with primrose-yellow ;
the fringe yellowish brown. Secondaries yellowish white, darkest
round the outer margin ; the fringe whitish brown. The underside
of the wings pinkish white. The head and front of the thorax
primrose-ycllow; the thorax and abdomen yellowish brown;
antenne and legs pale brown. Expanse ? inch.
Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith); Panama,
Chiriqui (Ribbe, Mus. Staudinger).
Mr. Smith captured this species in April 1888. It is possible
that this insect may prove the same as Xanthoptera alboflava,
Walker, from Honduras; but it does not agree with his description
and I have not seen the type.
Fam, Ertopip2.
CALLOPISTRIA AGYRA, Sp. 1.
Primaries dark brown, with very fine yellowish-white lines along
the costal margin and crossing the wing to about the middle; a
black elongated spot close to the base, and several indistinct
brown spots near the apex; a white spot at the end of the cell,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXV. 35
518 MR. H. DRUCE ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [June 17,
beyond which is a very fine waved black line extending from the
costal to the inner margin; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries
paler brown than the primaries, with a dark streak at the end of
the cell; the fringe brown. The -thorax, abdomen, legs, and
antenne dark brown; the head and anus yellowish brown. Expanse
1 inch.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (2tibbe, Mus. Staudinger).
A small species, not closely allied to any known to me.
CALLOPISTRIA LANGIA,.sp. 1.
Primaries brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by
small whitish streaks somewhat like C. floridensis, forming a broad
Y-shaped mark in the middle of the wing. Secondaries dark
brown ; the fringe of both wings pale brown. The head, thorax,
and abdomen brown; the anus yellowish brown; antenne and legs
dark brown, Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Jtibbe, Mus. Staudinger).
A pretty little insect, not unlike some of the European species ;
the specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection are all we have seen.
The female is rather larger than the male and paler in colour.
Fam. Pius.
Prusta, Ochs.
PLUSIA ANDA, Sp. 0.
Primaries very pale pinkish brown, darkest about the middle,
crossed from the costal to the inner margin by four narrow dark
brown lines, edged on the outer side with pinkish white; three
minute black spots at the end of the cell and two small metallic
silver spots below the cell. Secondaries silky brown, palest at the
base ; the fringe of both wings greyish brown. The head, thorax,
and abdomen pale brown; the antennz pinkish brown; palpi and
legs darker brown; the anal tuft yellowish brown. Expanse
12 inch.
Hab. Guatemala, in the City (Rodriguez).
This species is very distinct from any known to me, its nearest
ally being Plusia illustris, Fabr.
PxusIopEs (?) LARONIA, Sp. 1.
Primaries dark brown, with a purplish shade near the base and
along the outer margin; the wing is thickly irrorated with minute
greyish-brown scales ; several minute spots in the cell, and a row of
spots beyond the cell, crossing the wing from the costal to the
inner margin, and four spots along the outer margin nearest the
apex all pale greyish brown; a greyish submarginal waved line
extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe dark brown.
Secondaries pure white, very broadly bordered with black from the
apex to the anal angle; the fringe white. The head and thorax
purplish brown, irrorated with minute specks of grey; the abdomen
1890. ] CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 519
whitish brown, palest on the underside; the anus with a slightly
reddish tinge ; the palpi dark blackish brown; the underside of the
head, thorax, and legs brown; the antenne reddish brown.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui (Arcé, Mus. D.); Ecuador,
Sarayacu (Buckley).
The specimen captured by Arcé is the only example I have seen
from our region; it is identical with those in my collection from
Sarayacu.
PLUSIODEs (?) AGENORTA, Sp. 0.
Male. Primaries purplish brown, crossed from the costal to the
inner margin by darker brown lines; a greyish-black wide
V-shaped mark on the costal margin, close to the apex, edged with
greyish white ; three pale yellowish-brown spots close to the apex ;
the costal margin and the cell streaked with greyish white; the
fringe dark reddish brown. Secondaries white, broadly bordered
with black from the apex to the anal angle ; the fringe greyish white.
The head, front of the thorax, and the base of the tegule bright red ;
the thorax and antenne purplish brown; the abdomen blackish
brown, considerably paler on the underside; the legs reddish
brown. The female the same as the male, excepting that the
secondaries are almost black to the base. Expanse ¢ 14 inch;
Q 12 inch.
Hab. Mexico: Atoyac, Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith); Ecuador,
Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. D.).
We have only seen two specimens of this insect: the male from
Ecuador, and the female from Mexico. Mr. H. H, Smith captured
the female in May 1888.
PLUSIODES ALESA, Sp. 0.
Primaries purplish brown, crossed by darker brown bands beyond
the cell; three brick-red streaks on the costal margin close to the
base, and three on the inner margin, extending towards the middle
of the wing; a narrow >-shaped yellow line crosses the wing
beyond the cell, and is joined by several narrow yellow straight
lines with the outer margin; a black streak at the end of the cell
edged with yellow, and two curved greyish lines close to the apex ;
the marginal line yellow; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries
pure white, broadly bordered from the apex to the inner margin
with black; the fringe greyish white. The head and the base of
the collar bright red; the thorax and tegule purplish brown; the
thorax and base of the abdomen with some brick-red spots in the
middle; the abdomen dark brown, paler on the underside. The
antennz, palpi, and legs dark brown. Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Panama: Volean de Chiriqui (Arcé, Mus. D.), Chiriqui
(Ribbe, Mus. Staudinger); Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley).
A beautiful species, quite unlike any other known to me; the
Panama specimens are identical with those from Ecuador.
Bis
520 LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AND S. AMERICA. [June 17,
PLusIopEs LAODAMIA, sp. 0.
Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with darker brown from the
base to beyond the middle; a dark brown line crosses the wing
near the base from the costal to the inner margin; a curved
brown line extends from about the middle of the inner margin
across the wing almost to the apex, but it does not quite reach it ;
a round mark in the cell and two brown lines at the end of the
cell, a half-circular dark brown mark on the costal margin close to
the apex, the marginal line dark brown; the fringe yellowish fawn-
colour. Secondaries dusky fawn-colour, palest at the base; the
fringe pale yellowish fawn-colour. The underside of both wings
pale yellowish fawn-colour; the primaries crossed beyond the
middle by a dark brown line. The head, thorax, and abdomen
yellowish fawn-colour ; the base of the abdomen tufted with reddish-
brown hairs; the antenne, palpi, and legs yellowish brown.
Expanse 1? inch.
ae. Mexico, Amula, in Guerrero, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith).
A specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, without any exact
locality in Mexico, is considerably paler than the one captured by
Mr. Smith in August 1888.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XLII.
. Dinia laudamia, p. 494.
. Automolis latania, p. 495.
Trichura aliaria, p. 494,
. Idalus citrina, p. 495.
larissa, p. 496.
lavinia, p. 496.
. Erchia latera, p. 496.
. Flavinia lemonia, p. 499.
. Paniasis aleopetra, p. 500.
10. Thirmida superba, p. 498.
dimidiata, p. 498.
12. Hydrias lascoria, p. 503.
13. Devara lassippa, p. 499.
14. Hydrias ampira, p. 504.
amida, p. 504.
16. Cossus amundasa, p. 508.
Fig.
Prats XLII.
Dirphia laverna, p. 501.
. Hepialus metellus, p . 509.
—— momius, p. 508.
. Draconipteris gigantea, p. 502.
. Oxytenus leverna, p. 5
or Oo Oe
1890.] THE SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS IN HOMOPUS. 521
5. Note on the Secondary Sexual Characters in the South-
African Tortoises of the Genus Homopus. By G. A.
BouLENGER.
[Received June 9, 1890.]
I owe to the kindness of Mr. J. M. Leslie, F.Z.S., of Port Elizabeth,
two fully adult living specimens of Homopus areolatus, male and
female, which I have the pleasure of exhibiting before the meeting.
They were sent to me in illustration of the fact that the male is
armed on the back of the thighs with a bony tubercle, which I stated,
on the evidence of the specimens in the British Museum, to be absent
in that species. The tubercle is, however, comparatively small and
rounded, not conical, very much less developed than in H. femoralis
and H. signatus ; it is to be found, but in a quite rudimentary con-
dition, in the female from Port Elizabeth.
It may be well, on this occasion, to point out the very marked
external characters which distinguish the fully adult male :—First,
the size of the head, which is much greater, as may be seen from the
measurements given below. Second, the shape of the snout; the
beak ends in a much stronger point, and its profile descends slightly
forwards, whereas in the female the profile slants in the opposite
direction. Third, the much greater length of the mandibular sym-
physis, which measures nearly half the total length of the mandible,
as against about one third in the female. Fourth, the greater size
of the large detached scale on the inner side of the elbow. And
lastly, in this specimen, but not in the others I have hitherto ex-
amined, the presence, on the upper side of the tail near its end, of a
small bony tubercle similar to that on the hinder side of the thighs.
The plastron shows no concavity whatever.
On comparing this male specimen with specimens of the same sex
of H. femoralis and H. signatus, I find that it differs from them in
the following points, apart from the characters which I have given
in the Catalogue of Chelonians:—From H. femoralis in the much
longer mandibular symphysis (see measurements below) and the
much smaller size of the femoral tubercle; from H. signatus in
both the above characters and in the absence of a plastral concavity,
which is well marked in the male of that species.
Measurements, in millimetres.
H. areolatus. | H. femoralis.| H. signatus. |
d. OF ead | Cee ale OE
Length of carapace ............... 90 93 82 | 128 83 68
Length of plastron ............... 75 84 74 | 115 70 61
Length of head .............0--2+00 23 20 19 23 || 20 14
Wridthrof head) -....<c0.csesseeesee 19 17 15 18 15 11
Length of mandible ............... 18 14 13 18 14 i
Length of mandibular sym- t
DNV SIS sons ab <p seve guess teaae rene 85) 5 |. 4 6 5 3
Length of femoral tubercle...... 2 — 5 6 3 2-5 |
522 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDZ&. [June 17,
6. Notes on some Indian Rats and Mice. By W. L. Scuater,
B.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian
Museum.
[Received June 3, 1890.]
(Plates XLIV. & XLY.)
The following notes were written during the preparation of the
catalogue of the specimens of Rats and Mice in the Indian Museum ;
they may be considered as forming a supplement to Mr. Thomas’s
paper published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’ for
1881, which is the foundation of all accurate knowledge of the
Indian Muride.
Mr. Thomas’s paper dealt only with those species which were
found in India and the Himalayas, and excluded those species found
only in Assam and Burmah; but in the following notes the Assamese
and Burmese species have been also alluded to, and somewhat more
detailed descriptions are given of one or two species hitherto not
adequately described. Appended to the paper is a complete list of
all the types of Muride now in the Indian Museum, which may
perhaps be useful to some naturalists.
All the species found within the Indian Empire are mentioned
in order whether the Indian Museum possesses examples of them or
not.
There is, on the whole, a very good collection of Rats and Mice in
the Indian Museum, but there are still one or two districts whence
collections are much wanted; among others the North-west Hima-
layas, Ceylon, and Upper Burma are places from which the Museum
contains few or no specimens of this family.
1. Nesoxra HAaRDwicku (Gray) ; Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 524.
From an examination of the large series of this species in the
Museum, it does not seem to be possible to distinguish WV. huttoni of
Blyth from WV. hardwickii, even as a geographical race. Thomas
gives the length of the hind foot as the principal distinction, but this
does not seem to hold good when a large number of specimens are
measured. The difference of the fur of the two so-called races also
breaks down in the case of the specimens in the Museum coming
from Sind, from which place we have specimens exhibiting both
varieties of fur. It is possible, however, that the character of the
fur is directly due to climate and season, but of this it is difficult to
obtain direct evidence without carefully dated specimens.
There isin the Museum one example of this species obtained at
Purneah in Bengal, showing a considerable eastward extension of
the range of the species.
2. Nesox1a scuLty1, Wood-Mason, Proe. As. Soc. Beng. 1876,
p. 80.
A species (Nesohia brachyura) has recently been described
[eZee WstlOl, Teil. alnihy.
5b.
Mintern Bros . imp.
Bert delet Lith.
INDIAN MURID<.
Pogo. lOO) seis ee ve
8. 9. Wa 10h.
9 8G 907
ICM GAG a
aD MIS WD
Mintern Bros. imp.
INDIAN MURIDA
1890.] MR. W.L.SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDZ. 523
by Biichner in the account of the Mammals obtained by Przewalski
in Central Asia, which seems to resemble Nesokia scullyi very
closely, and which, when the types are compared, will probably be
found to be identical with it.
Przewalski’s species is somewhat larger than the type of NV. scullyi
and has a somewhat shorter tail.
3. Nesox1a BENGALENSIS (Gray); Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 526.
This is one of the commonest of all the Indian Rats and is found
all over India; there are specimens in the Museum from Srinugger,
Sind, North-west Provinces, Bombay, Central Provinces, and Bengal ;
there are also specimens from Cachar and other parts of Assam,
Burma, and Mergui. In the south of India and Ceylon it is replaced
by a geographical race, differing merely in being somewhat smaller ;
of this, there are examples from the Nilgiris, Trichinopoly, and
Ceylon.
4. Nesoxra Banpicota (Bechst.); Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 528.
The true Bandicoot is only found in Peninsular India, that is in
India south of the Ganges and Indus.- It has frequently been re-
ported from Calcutta, but on investigation the specimens are found
to be either unusually large individuals of Mus decwmanus or the
rarer Nesokia nemorivaga.
5. Nesoxra NeMortvaGa (Hodgs.); Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 529.
This species replaces the last in the Eastern Himalayas, Eastern
Bengal, and Assam; it is also found in Formosa; whether it is
the same as the Mus bandicota of Cantor from the Malay Peninsula
and Mus setifer of Horsfield from Java it is, in the absence of
specimens from those localites, impossible to say.
There is in the Museum a very small series of this species of
Nesokia; the four specimens come from the following localities—
Purneah, Alipur (Calcutta), and Sibsengar, Assam. Specimens
of this Bandicoot from Assam, Burmah, or the Malay Peninsula
would be most welcome additions to our collection.
6. Mus pecumants, Pallas; Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 532.
The Norway or Brown Rat does not seem to have spread much
over India; all our specimens with one exception come from sea-
ports where, especially in Calcutta, this species is excessively common ;
besides those from Indian ports there are in the Museum examples
of this species from the Andamans and the Persian Gulf.
7. Mus rartus, Linneus; Thomas, P. Z.S8. 1881, p. 533.
Subsp. a. ALEXANDRINUS.
Subsp. }. NITIDUs.
Subsp. c. RUFESCENS.
Mr. Thomas now considers that the Alexandrine Rat (Mus
awaie
524 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. [June 17,
alexandrinus) is merely a geographical race of the old English Black
Rat (Mus rattus), from which it is distinguishable by its softer
reddish or greyish fur and by its white belly. This race (Mus rattus
alecandrinus) was originally described from Egypt; it has also been
recorded from other countries bordering on the Mediterranean and
Palestine. Specimens indistinguishable from this form were got by
Dr. Scully from Gilgit and are now in the Museum.
Mus rattus rufescens, the common Tree-Rat, is found over the whole
of India, Ceylon, Assam, and Burma, ranging south as far as Mergui
certainly, perhaps as far as the Malay Peninsula.
To the already long list of synonyms of this subspecies may be
added Mus sladeni and M. yunnanensis of Anderson, which seem to
be identical in every way with the typical Mus rattus rufescens.
This Tree-Rat is only distinguished from the Alexandrine Rat by its
slightly smaller size.
The Hill-Rat (Mus rattus nitidus) is another variety, distinguished
by its rather shorter tail and reddish colour ; it is found in the
eastern Himalayas and in parts of Assam.
-8. Mus powrrsi1, Anderson, Anat. & Zool. Res. p. 304, pl. xvii.
Mr. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 62) has, since Dr. Anderson’s
original description of this species, recorded the occurrence of a Rat
probably identical from Munipur.
This Rat is apparently allied to Mus rattus rufescens, but is
distinguished at once by its very large size—its length from muzzle
to vent being 9-0 inches and that of its tail 10-26 inches; the
corresponding measurements of a typical specimen of Mus rattus
rufescens being 5:5 and 6-7 inches.
The skull is not distinguished by any marked peculiarity except
that the antorbital plate does not project above in the marked way
in which it does in Mus rattus rufescens, but is evenly rounded and
slightly sloping forward (see Plate XLIV. fig. 2).
9. Mus rupnicosa, Anderson, Anat. & Zool. Res. p. 306.
This species was described from a unique specimen procured by
Dr. Anderson in Yunnan. It does not seem to differ from the
ordinary Hill-Rat (Mus rattus nitidus), except in its very dark
ventral surface; whether this is merely an individual variation
or a constant character can only be proved by the examination of
more specimens. The skull does not present any very special
features.
10. Mus rutvescens, Gray ; Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 537.
Thomas (/.c.) identifies with this species Mus cinnamomeus of
Blyth, which was procured by Major Berdmore in the Schwegyeen
District of Burmah. The type of Mus cinnamomeus agrees in every
respect with the description given by Thomas of Mus fulvescens, so
that there is a little doubt of the correctness of his identification.
It seems that this species must be an exceedingly scarce one, as
1890.] | MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDZ. 525
although there are in the Museum large collections of Rats and
Mice from Sikhim, there are no examples that can be referred to this
species. The only specimens in the Museum are the two originally
sent by Major Berdmore to Mr. Blyth from Burmah, of the skull of
which I send figures (Plate XLIV. fig. 1).
11. Mus serponi (Blyth); Thomas, P. Z. 8, 1881, p. 537.
This is a very distinct species of Rat ; it can be at once identified
by its tail, which is brown above and white below, and very long.
There are in the Museum examples of this species from Darjeeling
and from Cherra Punji in the Khasi hills.
12. Mus nivetventer, Hodgson ; Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 540.
There are in the Museum two old stuffed specimens from Landour
near Mussoorie, which were originally identified by Blyth with this
species ; he afterwards, however, in his Catalogue considered it to
be identical with Mus rufescens, An examination of the specimens
rather confirms Blyth’s second thought: the tails do not show any
sign of white below so characteristic of this species, and the dimen-
sions are large for Mus niveiventer. The skulls, however, are so
broken up that it is impossible to make anything of them.
There are no other examples of this species in the Museum, and I
should be very grateful to any one who could procure specimens
for us.
13. Mus pianrorp1, Thomas, P.Z.8. 1881, p. 541, pl. 50.
There is nothing to be added to Thomas’s excellent description of
this distinctly marked species ; the Indian Museum has recently re-
ceived anexample from the Shevaroy hills in the Madras Presidency,
collected by Mr. William Daly ; this adds another locality, as the
original specimen was found at Cudapah, also in the Madras
Presidency.
- 14. Mus perpmoret, Blyth; Thomas, P.Z. 8. 1886, p. 62.
This species was first described by Blyth (J. A.S. B. xx. p. 173),
from a single flat skin and skull procured in Mergui; he, however,
afterwards merged it with his Mus robustulus, which has since
been shown by Blanford and Thomas to be indistinguishable from
Mus rattus rufescens, the common Tree-Rat of the whole of India.
Mr. Thomas has since (l.s.c.) applied Blyth’s old name to a
peculiar Rat forming part of the Hume Munipur collection, which
Rat, according to Mr. Thomas, agrees so well with the original de-
scription of Mr. Blyth, that he has no hesitation in identifying the
two, and this notwithstanding the fact that Blyth’s specimen was
from Mergui, which is a long way off, and has a very different
fauna from Munipur.
The flat skin which is mentioned in Mr. Blyth’s Catalogue of the
Mammals of the Asiatic Society’s Museum has unfortunately dis-
appeared; the skull, however, though not complete, is still in the
526 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. [June 17,
collection, and so far as it goes confirms Mr. Thomas’s identifica-
tion. The measurements (see table, p. 536) correspond very closely
with those of the Munipur examples mentioned by Mr. Thomas in
his description ; the type also agrees very well in regard to the
great distance between the upper incisors and the molars and the
paleness and forward direction of the incisors, which are the points
described by Mr. Thomas as specially characteristic of the Munipur
skulls.
15. Mus concotor, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxviii. p. 295 (1859).
This species is somewhat intermediate in size between the Rats
and Mice; it should, however, be considered rather as a small Rat
than as a large Mouse, since the hind pad of the hind foot is elongate
as in the Rats, not rounded as in the Mice.
This species does not seem to have been described since the
original description by Blyth in1859 ; it may therefore be as well to
give some additional particulars and measurements which may be
useful to students of Indian Mammalogy.
The fur is largely composed of flattened spines with long black
hairs and fine fur intermixed ; the tips of the spines are reddish in
colour, and the hairs, which are longer, are black, so that the colour
above is brownish: beneath, the spines are not so numerous nor are
their tips red, the long black hairs are absent, and the general colour
is dark grey, considerably lighter than the back.
The ears are clothed without rather thickly (for a Rat) with brown
hairs and within with the usual white glistening hairs; they are
rounded and of moderate size, bent forward they hardly reach the
eyes.
"The feet are not remarkable in any way; the usual 5 pads are
present on the fore feet and the usual 6 on hind feet ; the pads on the
hind feet are rather small, and the proximal one, as mentioned above,
is elongate ; the soles are dark-coloured.
The tail, which is slightly longer than the head and body, is quite
uniform, and provided with the usual rings, about four to the tenth
of an inch.
The mamme, in the only specimen in which they could be made
out, were 8 in number—two pairs of inguinal, two pairs of pectoral.
The cecum is rather large and measures about 0°67 inch.
There are examples of this species in the Museum from the
Schwegyeen District of Pegu, from Tenasserim, and from Malacca ;
and a very closely allied species, Mus ephippiwm, Jentink, has been
recorded from Sumatra and from Mt. Kina Balu in Borneo.
The skull of Mus concolor resembles that of Mus rattus rufescens
in almost every particular; the interparictal of the latter is perhaps
somewhat narrower.
If, however, the skull of Mus concolor be compared with that of
Mus urbanus, the former will be found to be considerably longer
and narrower in proportion, and also to possess a much shorter
anterior palatine foramen, barely reaching the level of the front ends
1890.] MR. Ww. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDE. 527
of the molars. These points are at once apparent on examination
of the second table of measurements of all the skulls (given below,
pp. 536, 537), where the measurements have been reduced to a
percentage of the total length of the skull.
I send figures of the skull (see Plate XLIV. fig. 3).
The following are the measurements in inches of examples pre-
served in spirit, taken in the same way as the measurements given
in Mr, Thomas’s paper (1, ¢.) :—
3. 2.
Head and body .... 4°70 4°40
AN ee Soom cu despots as VS cuaat — 5:07
HS os(0 15 voYo| ee ree 0:93 0-90
Forearm and hand .. 1:10 1:08
itme(aatd 25 gq dane 0:58 0°50
Muzzle to ear .:.... 1-20 1:45
16. Mus urpanvus, Hodgs.; Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 544.
This, the common House-Mouse of India, is doubtfully different
from the almost universally distributed Mus musculus, the European
House-Mouse; it has been treated by Thomas in his paper as dis-
tinct, and has therefore been left so in the present paper. Blyth
stated that Mus musculus has larger ears, smaller eyes, and broader
paws than Mus urbanus, and further that the tail of Mus musculus
is one-fourth shorter; none of these differences, however, hold good
when many specimens are examined.
To the synonymy given by Mr. Thomas, Mus kakhyensis and
Mus viculorum, described by Dr. Anderson (Yunnan Exp. i. pp. 307,
308) from two specimens procured in Yunnan, may be added, as a
careful examination of the specimens fails to show any characters
by which they may be distinguished from the ordinary Indian
House-Mouse.
Mr. Thomas gives the whole of India as the habitat of this
species; there are not, however, any examples of it in the Indian
Museum from the Punjab or North-west of India, where Mus
bactrianus seems to take its place. On the other hand, there are
specimens from Ceylon, from various places in Assam and Cachar,
from Burma, and from the Andamans and Nicobars.
17. Mus Bacrrranus, Thomas, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 546.
This species replaces the last as the common House-Mouse in the
North-west of India; it differs from Mus urbanus in its white belly
and pale colour; the skull also seems to differ from that of Mus
urbanus in being longer and narrower (cf. table of reduced measure-
ments, p. 537).
There are examples of this species in the Museum from the
Punjab and Sind, from Ladak and the Pir Pinjal Pass, and from
Simla; also from Baluchistan, Southern Persia, Palestine, and
Egypt.
528 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. [June 17,
18. Mus sustis, Blanford, Yarkand Mammals, p. 51.
This species is closely allied to Mus urbanus ; it differs in having a
slightly longer hind foot, with the tubercles very far apart from each
other; the skull differs from those of Mus urbanus and M. bactrianus
in haying the zygomatic arches very strongly incurved ; the palate is
also peculiar, the posterior nasal opening being particularly wide,
and its edges and the pterygoids all very much thickened, so that
the under surface of the skull has a very different appearance from
that of Mus urbanus.
This species has been only found in the higher regions of Central
Asia—once by Stoliczka west of the Pankong Lake in Ladak, at a
height of 13,000 feet above the sea, and once by Col. Biddulph
(Scully, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) viii. p. 99) in the Astor district of
Kashmir, at a height of 11,000 feet.
19. Mus artanvs, Blanf.; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 548.
This species is closely allied to Mus sylvaticus of Europe ; itis, as
Thomas has pointed out, distinguishable by its shorter hind foot; the
following measurements seem to show that though the length of the
hind foot of Mus sylvaticus does not invariably surpass the distance
between the muzzle and the ear, yet the difference between the two
is much less than in Mus arianus :—
Mus sylvaticus. Mus arianus.
a. b. d. ig q- p-
Hind foot...... "36. 390: "$8 - 84 80 =—-80
Muzzle toear .. °89 -95 -80 -80 OF. sa
The skull of Mus arianus is considerably larger than that of Mus
urbanus, but the proportions are much the same except with regard
to the nasals, which are very much longer, and to the anterior pala-
tine foramen, which is much shorter and does not reach the level of
anterior line of the molars.
20. Mus waeneri, Eversmann.
Mus pachycercus, Blanford, Yarkand Mammals, p. 53.
The short-tailed House-Mouse of Central Asia, described as a new
species by Blanford, has been since identified by Biichner (Result.
Przewalsky’s Reise, Siiugethiere, p. 88) with a species described by
Eversmann in 1848 from a specimen collected on the steppes between
the Volga and the Ural. Examples of it were got by Przewalsky
from a great number of localities throughout Turkestan and Mon-
golia, and it seems to be the common House-Mouse of all Central
Asia, ‘There is also a skin of a Mouse procured by Mr. Blanford at
Resht on the Caspian, which has hitherto remained unnamed, and
which seems referable to this species.
This Mouse cannot in any way be considered an Indian species,
as it has never occurred this side of the Kuenluen Mountains ; it has,
however, been included in this paper, because the types of Mus
pachycercus of Blanford are in the Indian Museum.
1890.] MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDE. 529
21. Mus cervicotor, Hodgs.; Thomas, P.Z. 8. 1881, p. 547.
There does not seem to be any true distinction between this
species and Mus (Leggada) buduga. Thomas allows that they are
nearly allied, but asserts that they can be distinguished by the
length of their ears; this distinction, however, does not seem to hold
good when the measurements of many individuals are taken. Mus
cunicularis of Blyth, as is suggested by Thomas, seems to be in every
way identical with Mus cervicolor.
The specimens procured by Blyth from near Calcutta mentioned
by Thomas seem to be better placed under Mus (Leggada) buduga
than under this species, since they are particularly short-eared, and
some of them show distinct traces of the extra anterior cusp to the
molar, which is the distinctive, though by no means constant, mark
of the genus Leggada.
22. Mus nitiputus, Blyth; Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 550.
The type of this species, which should be in the Indian Museum,
is nowhere to be found; it was, perhaps, lost during the trans-
ference of the Asiatic Society’s collections to the present Museum.
It is therefore impossible to be certain whether Thomas’s identitica-
tion of this species is correct or not.
There is in the Indian Museum a collection of mice from Dar-
jeeling presented by Dr. G. King, and another single specimen from
the Khasia Hills, which seem to resemble in certain particulars
Mus nitidulus of Thomas. In these the fur is long, and in some of
the specimens spiny ; the tail, which varies somewhat in length,
is bicolorous, brown above and white below; but the anterior
edge of the outer wall of the infraorbital foramen is not slanting,
except perhaps slightly so in one specimen from the Khasia Hills ;
and the hind foot does not seem to be longer than the
distance from the muzzle to the ear. Until, however, authenti-
cated specimens of Thomas’s Darjeeling species can be examined,
our specimens may remain as Mus nitidulus, since there is certainly
no other species hitherto described with which they can be
identified.
23. Mus numer, Thomas, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 63, pl. v.
This species was described by Thomas from specimens procured
by Mr. Hume in Munipur ; it appears to be allied to Mus erythrotis,
from which it differs in being considerably larger. There are no
specimens of it in the Indian Museum.
24, Mus eryturoris, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxiv. p. 721.
The type of this species, of which, unfortunately, the skull
appears to have been mislaid, seems to be immature ; there is, how-
ever, in the Museum another specimen from the same locality,
Cherra Punji, which agrees with the type in every way except that
it is slightly larger.
530 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. [June 17,
The fur in this species is soft, not shining; it is above of a very
dark slate-colour for three quarters of its length, the remaining
quarter being of a chestnut colour ; posteriorly towards the tail the
chestnut-coloured portion of the fur increases at the expense of the
slate, so that its general appearance is very much redder poste-
riorly ; below, the fur is of a dirty greyish white, getting more and
more reddish posteriorly, the bases of the hairs being still slate-
coloured.
The tail is somewhat longer than the body; itis slightly more
lightly-coloured below than above, and is well-haired but not
pencilled. The ear is very small, and is almost concealed by the
very long fur all round it; it is further remarkable for a thin tuft
of long hairs springing from the middle of the conch, a character
which seems to distinguish this species from all other Indian Mu-
ride except Mus humei.
The mamme are eight in number.
The fifth toe of the front foot does not seem abnormally short as
it is described to be in Mus humei; it reaches well beyond the
bottom of the division between the 2nd and 3rd toes almost to a
level with the joint of the 1st and 2nd phalanges of the 3rd toe;
the pads of the hind toe are large and not very well defined, but
the proximal one, which is in all other Indian Mice rounded, is in
this species distinctly oval and rat-like.
The skull of this species (Plate XLIV. fig. 5) can be at once
recognized by the fact that the external wall of the antorbital
foramen is perfectly perpendicular. In this it resembles Mus hwmei,
in which, however, the modification has gone further and the wall
is concave. The zygoma itself is slightly concave and the anterior
palatine foramen ends at the anterior line of the front molars.
The hinder part of the hard palate formed by the pterygoids is
characteristic, it forms two little concave cups separated in the
median line and from each other by a slight ridge (cf. fig. 5a).
The posterior nasal opening is exceedingly wide, much wider than
the corresponding opening in Mus urbanus, and the bulla is much
more inflated. Altogether Mus erythrotis is a much more distinct
species than most of the Indian Mice.
Of the specimens in the Indian Museum six, including the type,
are from Cherra Punji on the Khasia Hills, in Assam. Another speci-
men, a skin, unfortunately without a skull, procured by Col. Godwin-
Austen in South Munipur, must also be referred to this species.
The following are the measurements of the adult female above
alluded to, in inches :—
Head and body 2°85, tail 3:25, hind foot without claw ‘68, fore
arm and hand 83, ear-conch °32, nose to ear (skull extracted) 82.
25. Mus mertapa (Gray); Thomas, P.Z.S8. 1881, p. 550.
This Rat has been fully described and figured by Blanford
(J. A. S. B. xlvi. p. 290) and by Thomas, so that there is little to add
to the descriptions already published.
; MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. :
1890 W. L. SC ON SOM N 531
The Indian Museum possesses examples of this species from the
Etawah and Banda districts of the North-west Provinces, from
Karachi in Sind, and the Madras Presidency ; Blanford has recorded
it from Admednagur, and Sir W. Elliot from the Deccan. This Rat,
therefore, seems to be found only in the western and southern parts
of India.
26. Mus erzapvow1, Murray, P. Z.8. 1885, p. 809, pl. li.
This species seems to be very closely allied to Mus mettada, from
which it is distinguished by its considerably smaller size and by
its much shorter and narrower tarsus. Moreover, Mus gleadowit
never seems to possess more than four pads on the hind foot, while
all the specimens of Mus mettada in our Museum possess the
proximal fifth pad.
The skull (cf. table of measurements, p. 537) resembles that of
Mus mettada very closely, except that it is slightly smaller in all its
dimensions.
The examples of this species in the Indian Museum are all males,
so that I am unable to confirm Mr. Blanford’s statement that the
mamme are six in number, instead of eight as in Mus mettada.
The measurements of the three specimens in the Indian Museum
agree very well with those given by Mr. Blanford in a note
appended to the original description, i.e. head and body 3:40, tail
2°80, hind foot -70, forearm and hand 80, ear-conch -61, auditory
meatus to muzzle ‘91. The type of the species described by Murray
was procured near Kurrachee in Sind; the specimens in the Indian
Museum are from Goona in Gwalior and from Kutch.
27. Mus (Leeeapa) pratyrurix (Bennett); Thomas, P.Z.S. 1881,
p- 553.
To the synonyms of this species Mus spinulosus of Blyth (J. A. 8. B.
xxill. p. 734) may be added. Blyth’s type, which was procured in
the Punjab by Mr. Theobald, agrees in every way with the descrip-
tions and with the other undoubted specimens of Mus (Leggada)
platythri« ; unfortunately the skull, which has been extracted from
the type, seems to have been changed for another skull, for the
one which is marked as belonging to the type specimen is certainly
not identical with the skull of the Mus (Leggada) platythria, nor is
it that of a Leggada at all.
There are in the Indian Museum examples of this species from
the Punjab, Kurrachee, Bhandara in the Central Provinces, Khan-
dula in Bombay Presidency, and from South Malabar, and the Colla-
gelly Hills in the Madras Presidency. This considerably extends
the distribution as given by Thomas.
28. Mus (Leeeapa) supuea, Gray; Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1881,
p- 553.
Blyth’s specimens of Mus cervicolor seem to be rather referable to
532 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDH&. [June 17,
this species, as several of them possess fairly well-developed the extra
cusp to the front edge of the anterior molar. The specimens from
about Calcutta and Northern India are remarkably free from spines
in the fur; this is specially the case with the specimens named by
Blyth Mus terricolor, all of which seem to be immature. The type
of Mus fulvidiventris is in very bad condition, but there does not
seem tobe any reasonable doubt that it is conspecific with this
species.
There are examples of this species in the large Museum series
from nearly all over India, viz. Karachiin Sind; Futtegurh, Etawah,
Banda, and Allahabad, N.W.P.; Bhandura and Chanda, C. P.;
Poona in Bombay; Madras, Shevaroy Hills, Trichinopoly, and
Ganjan in Madras P.; Trincomali in Ceylon ; Sirgunja, Midnapur,
Maunbhoon, and Calcutta, in Bengal. It is also recorded from
Burmah under the name of Mus beavani by Blyth in the ‘Mammals
of Burma’ (J. A.S. B. xliv.); but this is probably a mistake, as Mus
beavani was described by Peters from Maunbhoon, not from Burma.
29. VANDELEURIA OLERACEA (Bennett); Thomas, P. Z.8. 1881,
p. 556.
This Mouse is a very distinct form and leads away towards the two
other genera Chiropodomys and Hapalomys described below. Dr.
Anderson has given a very full account of the species in his ‘Zoolo-
logical and Anatomical Researches,’ to which nothing more can be
added, except perhaps the fact that it has hitherto not been
recorded from Ceylon. I send figures of the skull (Plate XLIV.
fig. 4) and of the dentition (Plate XLV. fig. 10).
30. CHIROPODOMYS GLIROIDES.
Mus gliroides, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxiv. p. 721 (1856).
Mus pequensis, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxviii. p. 295 (1859).
? Chiropodomys penicillatus, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin,
1868, p. 448, pl. i.; Doria, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoa, (2) iv. p. 631.
Chiropodomys gliroides, Thomas, P. Z.8. 1886, p. 78, and 1889,
p. 235.
The unique type of Mus gliroides of Blyth has unfortunately
disappeared from the Museum, so that it is not possible to be abso-
lutely sure as to whether Mus pequensis is identical with it or not ;
there seems, however, to be no reasonable doubt on the subject,
since there is in the Museum a Mouse from Cherra Punji, whence
the type originally came, which entirely agrees with the description
of Mus gliroides, and this specimen is certainly conspecific with
the type of Mus pequensis. Of Chiropodomys penicillatus, which is
the type of the genus, it is not possible to be certain without a
direct comparison of the types, but there is nothing in the descrip-
tion to prevent its being absolutely identical with Mus gliroides of
Blyth.
In this form the fur is long and soft and not spiny ; ou the back
it is slate-coloured for about three-quarters of its length, the other
1890. | MR, W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID. 533
quarter being chestnut. The body beneath, including the chin,
throat, and sides of the muzzle, is white without any slate-coloured
base ; the two colours are abruptly separated from one another.
The sides of the snout from which the whiskers spring are con-
siderably swollen; the ears are large, rounded, and covered with
very scanty short single hairs, so that unless looked at carefully
they appear to be naked: when bent forward they easily reach the
eye.
The tail is very long, much longer than thé head and body ; the
basal portion is comparatively bare; the distal portion is covered
with gradually increasing quantities of hair, those at the tip of the
tail reaching a length sometimes of -20 of an inch ; the tail is quite
uniformly coloured, it is not lighter above than below.
On the fore feet there are four well-developed toes, all clawed ;
the first digit is represented by a mere stump springing from the
inner proximal sole-pad and is provided with a flat nail; the toes
are all much swollen distally by the great development of the toe-
pads, which is very well shown in Peters’s plate (J. c.); in the hind
foot the first digit is very stumpy, and only reaches to the level of
the base of the division between the second and third toes, it is pro-
vided with a flat nail; the toe-pads are swollen in the same way as
are those of the fore feet; the sole-pads are large and well-deve-
loped, and the proximal inner one is oblong and rat-like,
In the only specimen in which the mammz could be made out,
they were four in number, and all situated abdominally on either
side on a level with the femur; no traces of pectoral or inguinal
mammee were to be found ; whether this is a constant character or
not must be decided by the examination of more specimens.
The skull of Chiropodomys (Plate XLV. fig. 6) resembles that of
Vandelewria more than that of any other Indian Mouse; in general
appearance it is very wide and short, its breadth being greater than
that of any other Indian Mouse or Rat. The nasal bones are so
short that the nasal processes of the premaxilla reach back to a
considerable distance behind their posterior ends; this is also the
case in Vandeleuria, but it is not nearly so marked a feature.
The interparietal is crescent-shaped, with an anterior median pro-
jection between the two parietals, The antorbital plate is perfectly
straight and perpendicular, as in Vandeleuria and Mus erythrotis ;
below the anterior palatine foramina are very short, shorter than in
any other Indian Rat, they are also rather broad, and present a
kidney-shapped appearance. The posterior nasal opening is very
wide, almost as wide as the hard palate; it is equal to more than
half the length of the anterior palatine foramen, while in Vande-
leuria its width is very much less than half the length of the
anterior palatine foramen.
The dentition of this species (Plate XLV. fig. 11) appears to be
somewhat intermediate between that of Vundeleuria and typical
Mus. The anterior upper molar in Mus consists of three central,
three external, and two internal cusps, the posterior internal cusps
being absent; in Vandeleuria there are eight cusps as in Mus, but
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXVI. 36
534 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. [June 17,
it is the external posterior, not the internal posterior, cusp that is
missing. In Chiropodomys there are three central, three external,
and generally two internal cusps, but in some specimens small
traces of the third posterior cusp can be seen. The median molar in
Mus consists of two central, two external, and two internal cusps;
in Vandeleuria of two central, one external, and three internal; in
Chiropodomys of two median, two external, and two internal cusps,
with perhaps traces of the third posterior cusp.
The molars of the lower jaw are much the same in Mus and
Vandeleuria, the anterior consisting of six cusps in two rows bi-
laterally symmetrical, and the median of four cusps in two rows,
also bilaterally symmetrical. In Chiropodomys the condition seems
more primitive, as in addition to the cusps present in Mus and
Vandeleuria there is a strong external cingulum present which
seems to me to represent the true external cusps present in the
upper jaws of the molar.
Chiropodomys appears therefore to be, so far as the dentition is
concerned, a somewhat primitive form combining the dental cha-
racters of both Mus and Vandeleuria, and in addition to that
showing distinct traces of the way in which the bilaterally symme-
trical molars of the lower jaw of typical Rats have been derived
from a form of tooth consisting of a row of central cusps with lateral
cusps such as are still found in the upper jaw.
This speculation is rather supported by the condition of the
dentition in Hapalomys, as will be seen below.
The following are the measurements of a specimen in spirit from
Cherra Punji in Assam :—Head and body 3:35, tail 5-15, tarsus -70,
arm and hand 1:0, ear-conch ‘53, muzzle to ear (skull extracted)
“90.
The examples of Chiropodomys gliroides in the Museum collection
are from the following localities :—Cherra Punji in Assam, Munipur,
and the valley of the Sitang River in Burmah. This species has
also been recorded from the Malay Peninsula (Hume coll.), Upper
Burma (Doria), Borneo ( Wallace), and Java (Doria).
31. Hapatomys toneicaupatus, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxviii. p. 296.
The specimens from which this species was described have
hitherto remained, so far as I am aware, unique; they were pro-
cured by Major Berdmore in the valley of the Sitang River in
Burma. The following description contains considerable additional
matter to the short one published by Blyth (1. s. ¢.) thirty-one years
ago.
The fur is soft, contains no trace of spines; it is very long,
measuring about three-quarters of an inch on the back; the basal
three-fourths is very dark slate-coloured, the tips a paler chestnut,
with few or no traces of longer black hairs. The body beneath,
including the chin and the tip of the muzzle, is white with no trace
of the slate-coloured bases to the fur.
The tail is very long, and resembles that of Chiropodomys in
being clothed with hairs gradually increasing in length distally till
1890.] MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. 535
at its tip they reach a length of nearly half an inch; the tail is
covered with square scales forming a series of rings which run to
about 20 to an inch; the tail is of a light brown colour above and
below.
In the hind foot (Plate XLV. fig. 8) the toes are very long, they
form about 3 of the total length of the hind foot ; the three middle
digits are all equal in length and bear well-developed claws ; the
fifth digit is smaller and bears a very small claw that does not
nearly reach beyond the pad; the first digit is about the same length
as the fifth, and is very much swollen transversely, it bears a flat
nail as in Chiropodomys. The toe-pads are very large and swollen,
so that the claws hardly extend beyond them; dorsally below the
claw, they consist of two flat plates divided by a median groove;
ventrally, they consist of the usual series of transverse plates, but
much more developed than usual. The sole-pads are six in number ;
they are large and well-developed, and the proximal internal one
very long and curved as in Rats.
The digits of the fore feet (Plate XLV. fig. 9) are four in number ;
each bears a very small claw, which is almost embedded in the toe-
pad; the first digit forms a slight projection on the inner side of the
hand, but has no trace of a nail; the toe-pads are swollen like
those of the hind feet; the sole-pads are five in number as usual.
The ears are very small and rounded ; the edge of the conch bears a
fringe of long hairs all round, more than 3 an inch in length; the
short hairs inside the conch are white, outside brown. The mammee
are 8 in number—two pairs of pectoral, two pairs abdominal.
The skull (Plate XLV. fig. 7) has the same general appearance as
that of Chiropodomys, being considerably shorter and wider than
that of Mus ; the nasals and the anterior part of the skull are much
shorter than in Mus; the interparietal is broader and more rounded
in outline than in Chiropodomys ; the anterior wall of the antorbital
foramen is perpendicular and does not project at all; below, the
anterior palatine foramina are of moderate length, not markedly
short as in Chiropodomys; they end some distance in front of the
line of the anterior molars. The palate is somewhat narrower than
that of Mus rufescens, and ends on a level with the line of the hind
ends of the posterior molars, whereas in Mus rufescens the palate
projects an appreciable distance further back ; the bulla is larger
than that of Mus rufescens, and is not provided with the thickened
anterior edge to the bony meatus which is found in Mus rattus.
It is, however, the teeth which present the most distinctive
characters. The incisors are quite smooth and have no trace of a
groove or of any markings on them: the lower incisors are very
broad, resembling those of NVesokia and much broader than in Mus ;
the anterior upper molar consists of three central, three external,
and three internal cusps all arranged in a remarkably regular way,
as will best be understood by reference to the drawing (Plate XLV.
fig. 12). The cusps are all more or less equal to one another ; the
second upper molar exactly resembles the anterior molar, but consists
of six cusps only; the posterior molar consists of one central, one
36*
MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDE&. [June 17,
536
OF-T
H. longicaudatus. |
C. gliroides.
V. oleracea.
M. buduga.
06-
M. platythria.
46.
M. gleadowi.
OL-T
M. mettada.
0&: | 96:
OF: | OF:
OF: | 86:
08: | 96:
GG: | GG
Gq: | 7a:
08. | 48. | 9L- PL: | 16+ | G8 | GR. | GL | ST-T!é 09-1] G3-1) 8-1] O€-1] 0-6) FFT) HT
M. nitidulus.
M. berdmorei.
M. blanfordi.
M. erythrotis.
M. cervicolor.
M, wagneri.
M. arianus.
M., sublimis.
M. bactrianus.
M. urbanus.
M. concolor.
M. gerdoni.
M, fulvescens.
M., bowersi.
‘sayour me epunyy unpur fo synyg ayy fo spuamainsnayy—'T
— | | | | ——— |_|
ea
Ss
| 2
S15
S, ee
sis
ITV],
Og. |retteetsavjour Jo yySuery
Og. |r? Ypeeaq [eyorredaayuy
Og. | savpour toddn 4s{ 04 saosiouy
OF: |" Wownaos [eyeyed r01ojuy
og. [ote syquo ye ygpeorg,
BQ. [teres gage gr
Gell yy SueT—avel aamory
OT yypeeaq, ysoqve19
Og yqSuey TeIO,
M. decumanus.
MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID&. 537
1890.]
OOT
H. longicaudatus.
C. gliroides.
V. oleracea.
M. buduga.
M. platythricx.
M. gleadowi.
M. mettada.
M. erythrotis.
M., nitidulus.
M. cervicolor.
SI
M. wagneri.
98
M. arianus.
69
M. sublimis.
M. bactrianus.
M. urbanus.
M. concolor.
M. berdmorei.
M. blanfordi.
M. jerdoni.
OOT| OOT| OOT
M. fulvescens.
M. bowersi.
69
1g
M. nitidus.
M., rufescens.
CT
M. decumanus.
Heseeesereeeeeegaprout JO U]BUOry
sereess canvatg [Rjonted.toyUy
Avpout aeddn 487 0} sxos~ouTy
Tomo; Teyeped AomeyUW
Hreeereeegigto 4B YypVoagy
a eae ee, ato S[RSUN
Fen SBUROE SOG ygsuej—avl LOMO
Hreeereresesss UI MAdg,_ SO].
see e eee e ee eee nena nee Ty S8uo] Moy,
*yjhuay 1970) ay7 fo Suna, Ur paonpas eplInyy unpuy fo synyy oyp fo spuamamspay—'T] TLAVY,
538 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURID#&. [June 17,
internal, one posterior cusp, and in addition has externally a slight
projection which seems to represent a rudimentary external cusp.
The molars of the lower jaw are even more remarkable: the
anterior one consists of eight cusps arranged exactly as those of
the molar of the upper jaw, but the anterior external cusp is
wanting; the second lower molar consists of six cusps arranged as in
the corresponding tooth above, while the posterior molar consists of
four cusps only, representing the two central and two external cusps,
with a slight trace of the anterior external cusp.
This curious dentition, taken in conjunction with the facts above
mentioned about the dentition of Chiropodomys, seems to lead to
the inference that we have in Hapalomys a very primitive form of
Rat, by which the dentition of Mws may to a certain extent be
explained. The upper molars of Mus are easily derivable from a
molar such as that of Hapalomys by the increase in size of the
central row of eusps and the suppression of one of the lateral
ones ; so, too, with Vandeleuria. In the case of the molars of the
lower jaw the condition in Mus and Vandeleuria seems to be directly
connected with that in Hapalomys by the intermediate condition as
exhibited in Chiropodomys; in Hapalomys the external row of
cusps is already slightly inferior in development to the central and
internal rows, and in the case of the anterior molar one cusp is
already lost; in Chiropodomys the outer row of cusps has been
reduced to the cingulum running along the external face of the
molars described above: while in Vandelewria and Mus the outer
cusps have altogether disappeared, not leaving any trace even of
the cingulum, and the molar is bilaterally symmetrical.
These remarks are merely suggested as a method by which a
small step in the evolution of Murine molars may have taken place;
it would be absurd to lay any great stress on this theory, as I have
only been able to examine the skulls of Indian Rats, and I do not
claim to have any acquaintance with the numerous exotic forms.
The following are the measurements of the unique spirit-specimen
of Hapalomys longicaudatus :—Head and body 5-27, tail 7-9, hind
foot 1:05, forearm and hand 1°58, ear-conch ‘35, muzzle to ear
(skull extracted) 1°40.
Last of the Types of Muridee in the Indian Museum.
Names. Author. Remarks.
1 skin. Nesokia scullyi. Wood-Mason.
1 al. Nesokia barclayanus. Anderson, = NV. bengalensis.
3 al. Nesokia elliotanus. Anderson. =. nemorivaga.
1 al. Mus robustulus. Blyth. = Mus rattus rufes-
cens.
8 al. Mus sladeni. Anderson. = Mus rattus rufes-
cens.
3 al. Mus yunnanensis. Anderson, = Mus rattus rufes-
cens.
2 skins. Mus nemoralis. Blyth, = Mus ratius rufes-
cens.
1890.] | MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SOME INDIAN MURIDE. 539
Names. Author. Remarks.
1 skin. Mus infralineatus. Elliot and = Mus rattus rufes-
Blyth. cens,
2 skins. Mus andamanensis. Blyth.
1 al. Mus bowersii. Anderson.
lal. Mus rubricosa. Anderson.
t skins | Mus ci Blyth = Mus fulvesce
1 al, [ 2lvs cinnamomeus. yth. = Mus fulvescens.
1skin. Mus jerdona. Blyth.
1skull, Mus berdmorez. Blyth.
2 al. Mus concolor. Blyth.
1 al. Mus kakhyensis. Anderson. = Mus urbanus.
2 al. Mus viculorum. Anderson. = Mus urbanus.
1 skin. Mus gerbillinus. Blyth. = Mus bactrianus.
Al. Mus sublimis. Blanford.
2 al. Mus erythronotus. Blanford. = Mus arianus
(only name changed).
2 al. Mus pachycercus, Blanford. = Mus wagner.
3 al. Mus cunicularis. Blyth. = Mus cervicolor.
1 al. Mus erythrotis. Blyth.
Skin. Mus fulvidiventris. Blyth. =Mus (Leggada)
buduga.
2 al. Mus terricolor. Blyth. = Mus (Leggada)
buduga.
1 skin, Mus peguensis. Blyth. = Chiropodomys
1 al. gliroides.
1 skin, Hapalomys longi- Blyth.
caudatus.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Piate XLIV.
. 1. Skull of Mus fulvescens, p. 525. a, palatal view; 8, lateral view.
. Skull of Mus bowersii, p. 524. Lateral view.
Skull of Mus concolor, p.527. a, palatal view; }, lateral view; c, from
above.
. Skull of Vandeleuria oleracea, p. 532. a, palatal view ; 0, lateral view ;
c, from above.
. Skull of Mus erythrotis, p.530. a, palatal view ; 6, lateral view; c, from
above.
, Puate XLV.
Skull of Chiropodomys gliroides, p. 533. a, palatal view ; 4, lateral view.
7. Skull of Hapalomys longicaudatus, p.535. a, palatal view; 0, lateral
view ; ¢c, from above.
. Hind foot of Hapalomys longicaudatus, p. 535.
. Fore foot of Hapalomys longicaudatus, p. 535.
. Dentition of Vandeleuria oleracea, p. 533. a, upper left, b, lower left
molars. xX 3diam.
. Dentition of Chiropodomys gliroides, p. 533. a, upper left, 6, lower
left molars. xX 3
. Dentition of Hapalomys longicaudatus, p. 535. a, upper left, 6, lower
left molars. x2.
540 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [June 17,
7. On Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus Arno-
glossus. By J. T. Cunninenam, M.A., F.R.S.E., Natu-
ralist to the Marine Biological Association.
[Received June 10, 1890.]
I. Aryoeiossus LATERNA, Giinther.
The history of the species Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, has been
quite recently reviewed by Dr. A. Giinther in the Proceedings of this
Society’. I need not therefore repeat it here in detail. But it is
necessary to mention that Couch in his ‘ History of British Fishes ’
(1864) recorded that he had examined a dried skin of the form in
question at the house of Lieutenant Spence, R.N., at Plymouth,
this specimen having been taken, we are told, in the neighbourhood
of that port. The only entire specimens examined by Dr. Giinther
were one trawled by Prof. Moseley in 1882 near Lundy Island, and
one sent from Palermo.
Until December 1889 I had never met with any specimens in the
course of my observations at Plymouth which exhibited the cha-
racters ascribed to A. lophotes. At the beginning of that month I
collected specimens of A. laterna in order to make an attentive ex-
amination of its characters. I asked a man employed on the fish-
quay to bring me a number of full-grown specimens of the ‘ Scald-
fish,’ as the species is called at Plymouth, from the trawling-smacks
which came in from the fishing-grounds. Among the specimens he
brought me I was much surprised as well as pleased to find a number
which presented the peculiarities of A. lophotes. In fact, whenever
the man brought a number of Scald-fish from the trawl refuse, there
were more A. lophotes than A. laterna amoug them. The specimens
were obtained at all parts of the trawling-grounds off Plymouth, that
is from 3 to 15 or 20 miles off the south coast of Devon and East
Cornwall. On subsequent excursions in trawlers, both in the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth, off Mounts Bay, and in the Bristol Channel, I
found that the lophotes form always occurred along with A. laterna
and was more abundant than the latter.
I of course made a careful examination of the specimens obtained,
and was for some time puzzled by the close similarity between
the two forms in the majority of their characters. I found, too,
on examining smaller and therefore younger specimens that none
of them exhibited the elongation of the anterior dorsal fin-rays
which characterizes A. lophotes, but that this character was confined
to specimens above a certain size. I began to think that if the two
forms were really distinct species, they were more exactly similar in
the majority of their characters than two distinct species usually
are. ‘Then it occurred to me to ascertain the sex of every specimen ;
and I found that specimens of A. lophotes were invariably males, and
adult specimens of A. laterna invariably females. Having found
1 «A Contribution to our Knowledge of British Pleuronectidx,” P. Z. 8.
1890, p. 40.
1890.] SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF ARNOGLOSSUS. 541
that this was true in every case without exception, and having traced
the gradual development of the peculiar character in the males, I
no longer had any doubt that the two forms belong to a single
sexually dimorphic species. I will now describe the differences
between the two forms in some detail.
The largest specimens of the male, or /ophotes form, are 20 cm.
long including the tail. The first dorsal ray is not elongated, and
its length is contained 43 times in the length of the head ; it is thin
and flexible and arises from the right side of the head, not from the
edge. The 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th dorsal fin-rays are elongated,
the order of magnitude being 4th, 3rd, 5th, 2nd, 6th ; the fourth ray
in a specimen of the length just mentioned measured 3*2 cm. or five
sixths of the length of the head.
The rays of the left pelvic fin, excepting the first, are also elon-
gated as compared with those of the female, the 4th being the longest.
In the specimen mentioned it was 2 cm. long, or half the length of
the head.
The eyes in the male aro slightly larger than those of the female,
as the following measurements show (the total length given in-
cludes the tail; the eyes were measured along the longitudinal
diameter) :—
Total length.
Diameter of eye.
13°2 cm. 6°5 mm.
Males ...... 17°4 cm 8-75 mm.
18°4 em 10-0 mm.
13°7 cm. 7-0 mm.
Females .... < 17:6 cm. 85 mm.
| 18-7 em. 9-25 mm.
The length of the upper jaw measured from its anterior extremity
to the posterior end of the maxilla on the upper side is slightly
smaller in the male than in the female, as the following measure-
ments show :—
Total length. Length of upper jaw.
Males 19:1 cm. 11°25 mm.
Tye | aliccie4 erring 10°5 mm.
eine 18°7 cm. 12:0 mm.
ap hSdeat 18°5 cm. 11:25 mm.
Up to the length of 13-2 cm. the males do not show any elongation
of the rays of the dorsal or pelvic fins, and therefore do not differ in
this respect from the females. But in male specimens 14:7 em.
long the character is already well-marked, the longest dorsal ray
in a specimen of this length being five sixths of the length of the
head, as in a full-grown specimen.
In the full-grown adult female the character so conspicuous in
the male is slightly but distinctly developed, that is to say some of
the anterior dorsal fin-rays are slightly elongated. The 2nd, 3rd,
542 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [June 17,
4th, and 5th rays are longer than the 6th, the third being the longest.
In a female specimen 20 cm. long the 3rd ray was 14°5 mm. long or
two fifths the length of the head. At the same time the 3rd ray in
the adult female is not so long as the longest rays of the fin, which
are behind the middle of the body and are half the length of the
head as in A. laterna, according to Dr. Giinther’s description. The
longest ray in the left pelvic fin in the female specimen just men-
tioned was about the same length as the 3rd dorsal, namely 15 mm.
In young specimens of either sex less than 13-2 cm. in length, no
elongation of the anterior dorsal fin-rays exists, but the rays
increase gradually in length from the 2nd backwards.
I have now to guard against the possible objection that the large
adult specimens I have described are males and females of a distinct
species A. lophotes, and the small specimens are A. laterna, The
truth of my conclusion is almost sufficiently established by these
facts, that I have examined a large number of specimens taken in-
discriminately by the trawl in various localities and at all depths, that
among these specimens all those in which the anterior dorsal rays
are elongated and thickened are males, all those in which the
anterior dorsal rays are very slightly elongated are females more
than 13 em. long, and all specimens less than 13 cm. in length are
of either sex and show no elongation of the rays. But all possible
doubt is overcome by the fact that with the exception of the three
characters already discussed, namely, the length of the anterior
dorsal fin-rays, the length of the upper jaw, and the size of the eyes,
all my specimens essentially agree with descriptions given by previous
writers of the species A. laterna. To show this I will describe some
of the characters in my specimens.
The following are the numbers of fin-rays found in three speci-
mens :—
Malo 19-3:em. dong, ..\«, gD 1 Olay oAs 785 g:2 =) LO ac Viny Bae Cale
Female 20 em.long....D. 96. A. 75. P.10. V.6. C.17.
Female 10°2.cem.long . D. 92. A. 69. P.10.. V.6.. C.1%7.
The extreme tenderness of the skin and slight attachment of the
scales are equally exhibited by all the specimens ; in fact all those
brought to me from the deep-sea trawlers have lost the whole of the
scales and skin from both sides, except the scales of the lateral line
on the upper side. The membrane of the longitudinal fins also
possesses this tenderness, so that the rays are usually much separated
in captured specimens. The elongated rays in the male are free for
the greater part of their length, and not fringed or bordered with
membrane. The shape of the body and of the lateral line are the
same in all the specimens. The bight of the lateral line above the
pectoral is almost rectangular. The broadest part of the body is
across the end of the pectoral fin, whence the edges curve gradually
backwards, more steeply forwards. The anterior extremity of the
body is pointed, the mouth-cleft opening at the apex, and the apex
being nearer the ventral than the dorsal edge.
1890. ] SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF ARNOGLOSSUS. 443
The scales are extremly thin; those of the upper side are larger
and have a single row of minute spines along the posterior edge,
those of the lower side are smaller and are smooth with an entire
edge without spines. The scales along the lateral line of the lower
side are not pierced by a dermal tube and are not tubular; the lateral
sensory tube is either rudimentary or absent on this side. On the
upper side the lateral dermal tube pierces a series of tubular scales
as usual.
Dr. Giinther has made a mistake in stating that no author mentions
a prolongation of fiu-rays in the common British species of Scald-
fish. Couch, in his‘ Fishes of the British Islands,’ in his description
of the species says :—‘“ The dorsal fin begins in front of the upper eye,
and commonly is narrow at its origin, becoming wider at half its
length, but in the example described several of the first rays were
considerably lengthened into separate threads.” The character
thus mentioned is represented in Couch’s figure, and agrees exactly
with the condition I have described in my larger female specimens.
Couch cannot be supposed to have confused the two forms, for he
gives a separate description and woodcut of A. lophotes.
Day also in his description of Arnoglossus laterna says “ the dorsal
commences on the snout, its first few rays being occasionally some-
what separated one from the other and a little elevated.”
The total number of specimens brought to me in the beginning of
last December and on which this paper is founded was 43. I deter-
mined the sex of all of these by opening the bedy-cavity. There
were 30 males and only 13 females. As the specimens were collected
indiscriminately, it is evident that the males are far more numerous
than the females. The testes of the males are extremely small in
comparison with the size of the ovaries in the females, and this fact
is doubtless correlated with the numerical superiority of the males.
The relations of the sexes in the common Sole, as shown in my
treatise on that species, are quite similar. In size the sexes of
A. laterna show no difference, the largest specimens both of males
and females being 20°4 em. in length, or just over 8 inches,
[have examined those specimens of this species which are preserved
entire in spirit in the collection of the British Museum of Natural
History, with the following results. The specimen of A. laterna
marked 0, obtained by Mr. Murray in Kilbrennan Sound in the Firth
of Clyde, is a female and resembles in all respects my own female
specimens. There are only two entire specimens of A. lophotes—
one obtained by Prof. Moseley off Cardiff in 1882, another sent by
Prof. Doderlein from Palermo. Both are of the male sex. The
first is 53 inches long, the second 62 inches. Both resemble my
male specimens in all respects. In the Cardiff specimen the 4th
dorsal ray is the longest, in the Palermo specimen the 5th.
I have already stated that adult and full-grown individuals of
the Scald-fish are abundant off the Devon and Cornish coasts up to
the depth of 40 fathoms. Young specimens of all sizes from 1 cm.
or even less up to 1] or 12 cm. are very abundant in Cawsand Bay,
Plymouth Sound, at a depth of 2 to 6 fathoms.
544 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [June 1~.
In justice to Dr. Giinther I must explain here that in December
last, when I first obtained specimens resembling his species A.lophotes,
I had some correspondence with him on the subject. After I had
informed him of my belief that they were the males of laterna, and
found that he was publishing a paper on Arnoglossus, I requested him
to include in his paper my conclusion and the evidence for it, if he
thought the conclusion sound. But he replied that his paper had
already been sent to the Secretary of this Society, and that he
preferred to leave it as it stood, so that I might publish my obser-
vations quite independently.
II. Anrnoctossus GRouMANNI, Giinther.
It is recorded in Dr. Giinther’s paper that hitherto only one
specimen of this species has been found in British waters, namely
one obtained by the Rey. W. 8. Green from a depth of 10 fathoms
in the Kenmare River on the 8.W. coast of Ireland. I have to re-
cord another specimen, which was found by Mr. Walter Garstang, on
March 20th of the present year, among materia] obtained by the
small beam-trawl in Cawsand Bay, Plymouth Sound, at a depth of
4 or 5 fathoms. In nearly all the specific characters mentioned by
Dr. Giinther this specimen resembles A. grohmanni. The specimen
measures 15:3 cm. in length including the caudal fin, and 5°7 cm. in
greatest height. The numbers of fin-rays are :—
D. 87, A. 66, P. 10, V. 6, C. 17,
thus agreeing very closely indeed with the numbers in Dr. Ginther’s
specimens. In the shape of the anterior part of the body, the size
of the eyes, the character of the mouth and jaws, the form of the
lateral line, the characters of the scales, and in colour the specimen
agrees with A. grohmanni, and there can be no doubt that it belongs
to that species. But in some interesting peculiarities the specimen
differs considerably from those described either by Dr. Ginther or
any other ichthyologist. The anterior part of the specimen is repre-
sented in the accompanying drawing (see p. 545). The 2nd, 3rd,
and 4th dorsal fin-rays are elongate, the 2nd being much the longest.
The 2nd ray is very nearly as long as the head, being 28 mm. in
length, while the head measures 29°5 mm. from the edge of the
operculum to the apex of the lower jaw. This ray is therefore
considerably longer than in previously described specimens. The
same ray is fringed anteriorly and posteriorly by a broad plicated
membrane which is quite independent of the rest of the fin, so that
the ray presents the appearance of a feather, the broadest part of
the fringe being near its proximal end, where it measures 1 cm, in
breadth. The breadth of the fringed ray diminishes gradually to
zero at the apex. Thus this ray is both longer and its fringing
membrane much broader than in Dr. Giinther’s specimens. The
first ray is short and fringed with a very narrow membrane, which
is continued at the base and posteriorly on to the root of the 2nd
ray. The 3rd ray is two thirds the length of the head, and very
slightly fringed with membrane at its outer part: this ray is sepa-
1890.] SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF ARNOGLOSSUS. 545
rated from the second but connected posteriorly with the membrane
of the dorsal fin. The 4th ray is slightly longer than the 5th;
from the 5th backwards the rays increase gradually in height as
usual. The specimen is also higher in proportion to its length than
those described in Dr. Giinther’s paper, the greatest height being
contained 24 times in the total length including the caudal fin.
My specimen is a male, and there can be no doubt that those
characters I have described in which it differs from previously known
specimens of Arnoglossus grohmanni are secondary sexual characters
peculiar to the male sex. Thus an interesting sexual dimorphism
occurs in both these species of Arnoglossus. It is worth noting
that the sexual dimorphism of Callionymus lyra, in which the two
sexes were originally described as distinct species, consists principally
Head of Arnoglossus grohmanni, 3.
in a difference of the same kind as that in the genus Arnoglossus,
namely a great elongation in the male of the anterior dorsal fin-
rays.
The specimen here described, when first found in a pan of trawled
material, was dead but perfectly fresh. Nearly all the scales except
those of the lateral line were wanting, but the skin was nearly en-
tire and showed the colour and markings distinctly. The general
colour was rather dark and sombre, the markings consisted of black
and orange blotches and streaks. The black blotches were arranged
on the upper side as in the common Sole, namely in three principal
longitudinal rows, one along the lateral line and one along each
546 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE [June 17,
edge of the body, with two intermediate rows of smaller blotches.
There were also black marks at intervals along the dorsal and anal
fins. The scales are considerably larger than in A. laterna, those
in the middle of the upper side being 3°5 mm, in breadth. As in
that species, the scales of the upper side have a single row of short
spines along the posterior edge, while in those of the lower side the
edge is entire.
8. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.—
No. 6. On the Coraciide of the Indian Region, with
Descriptions of some new Species’. By R. Bowpier
SHarpe, F.L.S., &e.
[Received June 16, 1890.]
During the time that my friend Mr. Oates has been engaged in
writing on the Passeres of the ‘ Fauna of British India,’ I have
refrained from publishing any critical notices of the Hume Collection.
Since, however, every representation to the Government of India has
failed in procuring for Mr. Oates the extension of leave from his
duties in Burma, necessary for him to complete his work, which
has therefore come to a standstill at the end of the Passeres, I feel
myself at liberty to turn my attention once more to the study of the
Hume Collection.
Since I wrote my last paper thousands of specimens have been
registered and incorporated in the cabinets of the British Museum ;
and the superb series collected by Mr. Hume enables one to
thoroughly work out every species of Indian bird ; but it is surprising
what a field still lies open for inquiry in the study of the Humo
Collection. Witness the discovery that three species of Zurystomus
have been confused under the heading of Z. orientalis, to disentangle
which confusion is one of the objects of the present paper.
As it is obviously impossible to publish a complete list of all the
Hume specimens in the ‘ Proceedings,’ and as they will shortly
appear in their proper place in the ‘Catalogue of Birds,’ I have
thought it best to try and condense my few remarks into the form
adopted by Mr. Oates in his work, to which this paper may be
taken as a supplement.
Fam. CoRACIID&.
The front plantar leading to the hallux. Well-defined lateral
bare tracts on the neck. Spinal feather-tract forked on the upper
back. Oil-gland nude or absent. (H. Seebohm.)
Subfam. Coracun 2.
There are two genera of Coractine found in Africa and India.
They consist of the brilliant Roller, commonly called the “ Jay ” by
1 For No. 5, see P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 470.
1890.] CORACIID£ OF THE INDIAN REGION. 547
Anglo-Indians, and the Broad-billed Blue Roller, a much less
familiar species.
Key to the Genera.
a. Bill long and slender, compressed, much longer than
MPLS DUC Maene Sa doe bop acs ceees cca tse teaesa te coe aueesaece Coractas, p. 547.
. Bill stout and depressed, as well as slightly hooked, as
broad at gape a8 itis high .........sc.....essseeseeescevees Evrystromus, p. 550.
On comparing the skulls of Coracias and Lurystomus the differ-
ences above noted will be found to be emphasized, the skull being
everywhere broader and more massive, and especially remarkable
for its very broad palatine bones. The nasal aperture is apparently
linear in Coracias, and triangular in Lurystomus.
As with other Picarian birds, the Rollers nest in holes of trees or
buildings and lay white eggs. They get their name of “ Roller”
from their peculiar flight; but the broad-billed Hurystomi are more
forest-loving, and by no means such birds of the open as the
species of Coracius.
Genus Coractas, Linneus, 1766.
Three species of Coracias occur in the Indian Region, all of them
well represented in Mr. Hume’s collection. There appears to be
very little doubt that C. indica and C. affinis interbreed on the
confines of their respective ranges, and this is probably one of the
few absolutely indisputable instances of hybridization between birds
taking place in a state of nature. Dr. Jerdon and Mr. Blyth also
speak of the crossing of C. indica with C. garrula in the extreme
North-west, but I have not seen any instance of this phenomenon
exhibited in the Hume series.
Key to the Species.
tail-coverts purplish blue, darker than the rump......... indica, p. 547.
coyverts light silvery blue, paler than the rump ............ affinis, p. 548.
BAKE 35. coca eds oeic oc see dastt eee weacnd ede e sence Ea garrula, p.549,
1, Coracias rnpica. The Indian Roller.
Coracias indica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157; Blyth, Cat. p. 51;
Horsf. & Moore, Cat. ii. p. 571; Jerd. B. I. i. p. 214; Gould, B.
Asia, i. pl. 54; Hume, Cat. no. 123; Legge, B. Ceyl. p. 281.
Coloration. Base of forehead and lores sandy white ; head greenish
blue, with a wash of bright blue over the eye; round the hind
neck a collar of lilac-rufous; back drab, washed with oily green ;
lower back and rump bright blue; upper tail-coverts purplish blue ;
wing-coverts greenish blue, as well as the base of the quills ; lesser
coverts purplish blue; remainder of quills purplish blue, the pri-
maries with a subterminal band of bright blue: inner secondaries
548 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE [June 17,
like back; centre tail-feathers green, the remainder silvery blue,
with a purplish-blue base and a band of the same colour at the
tip; chin and base of cheeks white; sides of face, throat, and breast
lilac-brown, purplish on the throat, which is streaked with white ;
remainder of under surface light blue. “ Bill blackish brown,
paler at base of lower mandible; inside of mouth pale greenish
yellow ; feet brownish yellow ; eyelid and naked skin round the
eye pale gamboge; iris greyish brown” (H#. A. Butler).
Length about 12 inches, tail 5, wing 7°3, tarsus 0°95, bill from
gape 1-7.
The specimens from Southern India are rather darker and more
richly coloured than the birds of the North-western plains, those
from the N.W. Provinces being decidedly lighter in colour.
Distribution. Nearly the whole of India and Ceylon, not ascending
the hills. It extends from Asia Minor to Persia, Northern Arabia,
and Baluchistan, and thence over the greater part of the plains of
India. Its range extends to the Nepal Valley, where Dr. Scully
procured authentic specimens, and here it meets with C. affinis from
Assam, and intermediate specimens occur in which the strain of
C. indica predominates. Its eastern limit appears to be Dacca and
the vicinity of Calcutta, where intermediates between it and C. affinis
again occur rather frequently. Over Central and Southern India it
is likewise generally spread, but it is apparently not nearly so
plentiful as in Upper India; and in the Deccan it is migratory,
retiring to the better-wooded tracts to breed, according to Colonel
Butler and the Rev. 8. B. Fairbank.
Habits, §c. Breeds from the end of March right into July
according to Hume, who also states that in Upper India the great
majority of the birds lay in April and June. The Indian Roller,
like its congeners, nests in holes, sometimes making a considerable
nest of feathers, grass, &c. The situation chosen is the hole of a
tree or old walls, or in roofs and under the eaves of bungalows.
The eggs are white, and measure from about 1-3 inch in length by
about 1:06 inch in breadth.
Coractas aFFInis. Zhe Burmese Roller.
Coracias affinis, McClell. P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 164; Blyth, Cat. p. 51
(1849); Horsf. & M. Cat. ii. p. 574 (1856); Jerd. B. I. 1. p. 217
(1862); Godw.-Aust. J. A.S.B. xxxix. p. 95 (1873); Blyth &
Wald. B. Burm. p. 72 (1875); Hume & Davis. Str. F. vi. p. 72
(1878); Anders. Yunnan Exped., Aves, p. 581 (1878); Hume,
Cat. no. 124; Oates, B. B. ii. p. 69 (1883); Salvad. Ann. Mus.
Genov. (2) iv. p. 589 (1887); Hume, 8. F. xi. p. 48 (1888).
Coloration. Upper surface dingy olive-brown; lower back and
rump purplish blue, but the upper tail-coverts silvery cobalt ; wings
and tail as in C. indica, excepting that there is no blue terminal
band to the latter, the outer feather alone having a black spot at
the end; crown of head greenish blue, with a lighter and more
yerditer-blue shade on the forehead and eyebrow ; sides of face and
throat and breast brown, becoming paler on the latter; chin
1890. | CORACIIDE OF THE INDIAN REGION. 549
greenish white; throat streaked with lilac-blue ; abdomen and
under tail-coverts light cobalt; thighs purplish blue. ‘ Bill dark °
brownish black; mouth yellow; edges of the eyelids, lores, and
skin at the back of the eye yellowish orange; iris brown; legs
yellowish brown ; claws black” (Oates).
Length about 12 inches, tail 4:7, wing 7°6, tarsus 1, bill from
gape 1°75.
Distribution. From Nepal to Darjiling and Bhutan, thence through-
out Assam and Cachar as far west as Dacca and the neighbourhood
of Calcutta. It is spread all over Burma and Tenasserim, except in
the extreme south, and ranges eastwards to Siam and Cochin China.
Specimens in the Hume Collection from Nepal (J. Scully), Native
and British Sikhim (Z. Mandelli), Tippera, and Calcutta are appa-
rently hybrids between the present species and Coracias indica, and
belong to the intermediate form which I call Coracias indica affinis.
Habits, §c. Similar to those of C. indica. Mr. Oates has found
the bird breeding in Pegu in March and April. The eggs are
glossy white, four or five in number, laid on the bare wood at the
bottom of large natural hollows in decayed branches of large trees.
The average of twelve eggs was 1°37 inch by 1-09.
3. Coractas Garruta. Zhe Common Roiler.
Coracias garrula, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 159 (1766); Horsf. & M. Cat.
i. p. 570 (1856); Hume, N. & KE p. 104 (1813); Hume, Cat.
no. 125; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 48; Scully, t.c. p. 429; C. Swinh.
Ibis, 1882, p. 102.
Coloration. Upper surface light cinnamon, including the scapu-
lars and inner secondaries ; lower back and rump dark ultramarine ;
upper tail-coverts greenish blue washed with ultramarine ; wing-
coverts round the bend of the wing ultramarine; rest of the coverts
greenish blue, as well as the base of the quills; bastard-wing green,
blue at the end ; primary-coverts greenish blue with a dark blue tip ;
remainder of quills black; two centre tail-feathers dull greenish ;
remainder of the feathers dark blue, externally green and internally
black, all the feathers light silvery blue near the ends, the outer-
most with a black terminal spot; crown; sides of head, and under
surface of body pale greenish blue, the base of the forehead and
the chin white; the throat and chest as well as the sides of the
face streaked with silvery green.
Young birds are much duller in colour than the adults, and have
the breast pervaded with a brown shade. Although no difference
can be found between adult Rollers from Europe and those from
Cashmere, the young specimens from the latter locality and N.W.
India are generally much paler than European birds of similar age.
Distribution. The European Roller extends from Southern and
Central Europe through Persia to Afghanistan, where it breeds, as
well as in Cashmere. In the autumn it visits various parts of
North-western India, occurring regularly in the vicinity of Simla,
and specimens are in the Hume Collection from Masuri and Gurhwal.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XXXVII. 37
550 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE [June 17,
Genus Evrystomus, Vieill., 1816.
The Broad-billed Rollers inhabit Africa, Madagascar, and the
greater part of the Indian and Australian regions. One species
ranges as high as Manchuria and Eastern Siberia.
The habits of these birds differ considerably from those of the
true Rollers (Coracias). They affect the forests rather than the
open country, and are of a sluggish nature during the daytime,
becoming active in pursuit of food in the morning and evening
only.
A curious consensus of opinion is expressed by writers on Indian
ornithology that there is only one species of Hurystomus occurring
within Indian limits, and that specimens from the Malay Archipelago
are identical with those from the Indian Peninsula; but after a
careful examination of the series in the Hume Collection, there
appears to be no doubt that there are three Indian species, each with
well-defined characters and a definite range.
Key to the Species.
a, Terminal half of tail entirely black, not shaded with
purplish blue.
a', Larger; under surface decidedly greenish; head
brownish black; secondaries black with no blue
shade externally, .v....../-c-.-snceptasseeees Sidi deb vevexucioe orientalis, p. 550.
b', Smaller; under surface decidedly blue; head black ;
secondaries black, washed with purplish blue near
the base of the outer Web .............-:sesseceseeeseeeees letior, p. 531.
b, Terminal half of -the tail black, but conspicuously
washed with purplish blue .............2.secserseeseaeeees calonyxz, p. 551.
1. Evrysromvs oRTENTALIS.
Coracias orientalis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 159 (1766).
Eurystomus orientalis (Linn.), Steph. Gen. Zool. vii. p. 403
(1809); Horsf. & M. Cat. i. p. 121 (1854); Hume, 8. F. ii. p. 164
(1874); Blyth & Wald. B. B. p. 72 (1875); Hume & Davison, 8. F.
vi. p. 72 (1878); Hume, Cat. no. 126 (pt.); Oates, B. B. ii. p. 70
(1883).
Coloration. Bluish green, the wing-coverts and scapulars a little
brighter than the back, as also the inner secondaries; head blackish
brown, the hind neck, sides of head, and sides of neck brown and
washed with green; under surface of body greenish blue, duller on
the fore neck and chest.; the throat violet-blue, each feather with a
mesial streak of brighter blue; primary-coverts black, with a narrow
edging of purplish blue ; quills black, the primaries purplish blue at
the base, followed by a subbasal band of silvery blue, which is again
succeeded by a purplish shade; most of the secondaries entirely
black, some of the inner ones with a slight edging of purplish blue ;
tail black, with a purplish and blue shade near the base.
Bill, legs, and feet dull vermilion, the tip of the bill black; iris
dark brown ; gape yellowish.
Length about 11:5 inches, tail 4:1, wing 7:4, tarsus 0°65, bill
from gape 1°45.
1890. | CORACIIDZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. 551
Distribution. Locally distributed over the Burmese provinces,
extending as far north as Cachar, and southward through Tenas-
serim and the Malayan Peninsula tc Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and
the Philippines. Major Wardlaw-Ramsay records the species from
the Karen Hills, but as no specimens were preserved it is possible
that the bird there noticed was Z#. calonya. It is also found ia the
Andamans, the birds from this locality being remarkable for a
somewhat larger bill.
2. EvURYsTOMUS LETIOR, sp. 1.
Eurystomus orientalis (nec L.), Vipan, 8. F. i. p. 495 (1873);
Morgan, S. F. ii. p. 531 (1874); Hume, 8. F. iv. p. 382 (1876);
Legge, B. Ceylon, p. 285 (1878) ; Davison, 8. F. x. p. 351 (1883).
Coloration. Similar to #. orientalis, and, like that species, having
the end of the tail black without any mark of purplish blue. Differs
in its somewhat smaller size, blacker head, brighter blue under
surface, and also in having the black secondaries washed with
purplish blue near the base of the outer web.
Bill deep orange-red, the tip of the upper mandible black ; orbital
skin red; tarsi and feet orange-red ; feet duskier than the tarsus ;
iris hazel-brown.
Length about 11 inches, tail 4, wing 7°8, tarsus 0°65, bill from
gape 1°d.
Distribution. The forests of Malabar (where Mr. R. W. Morgan
procured specimens at Nellumbore) and the Nilghiris. It breeds
in the Travancore Hills, but, according to Mr. Bourdillon, it is
apparently not a resident. In Ceylon it is an extremely rare
bird, and but few instances of its occurrence are recorded by
Colonel Legge.
Habits. Mr. Bourdillon found a pair breeding in Travancore,
where they ejected a pair of Mynahs (Hulabes religiosa) from their
hole in a tree-stump at about 40 feet from the ground. The eggs
are like those of the Indian Roller, but are somewhat larger, very
broad ovals, pure white and fairly glossy (Hume).
3. EvRYsToMUS CALONYX.
Eurystomus calonyx, Hodgs. in Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 82 (nom
nudum).
Eurystomus orventalis (nec L.), Hodgs. t. c. p. 82 (1844); Gray,
Cat. Hodgs. Coll. p. 55 (1846); Blyth, Cat. p. 51 (1849); Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 219 (1862); Hume, N. & E. p. 105 (1873); id. Cat. no.
126 (pt.).
Coloration. Similar to Z. orientalis. Differs in having the end of
the tail black washed with purplish blue, and the whole of the black
secondaries also washed with purplish blue. “Bill and feet coral-
red; iris red” (W. H. M. James).
Length 11 inches, tail 3-9, wing 7-4, tarsus 0°75, bill from gape
1°45.
Distribution. Extends throughout the Himalayan Terai from
37*
552 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
Kumaon to Darjiling and Upper Assam, probably breeding through-
out the whole of this range. Mr. Thompson states that they are
found from the Sardah to the Ganges, but particularly abound in
the Kotree Doon. The species is also found in summer in Eastern
Siberia and Northern China, and it appears to winter in Southern
Tenasserim and the Malayan Peninsula, specimens being in the
Hume Collection from Copah, Malacca, Pulo Seban, and the native
State of Kuroo near Malacca. It is probably this species which
Jerdon believed to winter in Central India.
Habits, Jc. Arrives, according to Mr. Thompson, in the Terai
below Kumaon in April, breeding in May and finally leaving the
forests in July and August. They breed in the loftiest sal trees in
holes in the higher branches (never less than 50 feet from the
ground), and they are confined to the sal forests.
Although this species has never yet been described and its
differences from £. orientalis pointed out, I have thought it best to
adopt Hodgson’s name. ‘This has before now been quoted, but only
as a synonym of £. orientalis, which is the black-tailed bird.
While on the subject of the Eastern Hwrystomi, I may point out
that the Roller of the Solomon Islands, usually identified with
E. crassirostris, is a distinct species, entirely wanting the black tip
to the culmen which is found in all the other Zurystomi. Although
originally supposed to come from the Solomon Islands, there is no
doubt that the type specimen of Z. crassirostris came from New
Treland, like many other birds out of the same collection. I have
not seen the type specimen recently, but it is distinctly described by
Count Salvadori as having a black-tipped culmen, and I therefore
call the allied bird from the Solomons
Evrystomvus SOLOMONENSIS, Sp. 0.
E. similis E. crassirostri, sed vostro omnino rubro, culmine mainime
nigro terminato distinguendus. Long. tot. 12°0, culm. 1:45,
ale 7°7, caud. 5*2, tarsi 0-7.
Hab. m insulis Solomonensibus.
9. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. Edmund
Reynolds on the Rivers Tocantins and Araguaya and
in the Province of Goyaz, Brazil. By Emity Mary
Suarpe. (Communicated by R. Bowpier Suarez,
F.Z.8.)
[Received June 16, 1890.]
(Plate XLVI.)
It has seemed to me to be worth while that a record should be
preserved of the collection of Butterflies made by Mr. Reynolds
during his adventurous journey on the Araguaya. The collection
was made with great care; and, as I believe that no naturalist has
hith
Mintern Bros. Chromo
Wie
We et
Hisher
sud Horman
Ton
A-
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 553
penetrated so far up the Araguaya River as Mr. Reynolds, the list
may be useful as showing the distribution of Amazonian Butterflies.
I have to return my grateful thanks to Mr. F. D. Godman and
Mr. Osbert Salvin for help in determining many difficult species.
My principal work on the collection has been done at the Natural
History Museum ; and I cannot sufficiently thank Mr. A. G. Butler
for his kindness in helping me with my determinations, which, with
the imprimatur of three such experienced Lepidopterists, will, I
trust, be found to be in the main correct.
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has also assisted me greatly with his advice
in my descriptions of the new species.
Mr. Reynolds has sent me the following account of his journey :—
“The Butterflies in question form part of a small collection
made by me while in the interior of Brazil; and as I was not on a
Natural History expedition, but on one that had for its object the
exploration of the Araguaya and other rivers, I had to do my
collecting under considerable difficulty.
«When barely 300 miles from Paré our steam-launch was wrecked
in the first rapid on the Lower Tocantins, and although after great
delay and trouble we succeeded in getting her off the rocks and
patched her up, we found it impossible, in the low state of the river,
to make our expedition in her; so my companion (Mr. Middleton)
and I decided to continue our journey in a canoe. We therefore
sent back the launch with all hands, instructing the engineer to stop
at the first settlement to buy a boat and hire a black crew, and send
them up to where we were encamped above the rapids. I may
mention here that after the wreck of the launch we got ashore on a
small rocky island in the middle of the rapids, and as we could not
get off for several days I had time to collect what little there was to
catch in the way of Butterflies, among them being specimens of
Mylothris iphigenia and Heliconius antiochus.
“ There was little room in our boat for more than a few neces-
saries; but I managed to stow away a net, some camphor, and a
book of paper for wrapping up the Butterflies, and also a couple of
old biscuit-tins for storing them in. We expected to reach a settle-
ment on the Araguaya called Leopoldina in about three and a half
months, intending from there to go overland to the city of Goyaz,
then to return by the River Vermelho, and cross the country
between the Araguaya and Upper Tocantins Rivers, and on reach-
ing the latter to return by it to Para. We had therefore a very
long journey before us; so, to avoid delaying the canoe, I used to
take the opportunity of our getting into the rapids or a very strong
current to land and go into the forests, making my way through
them as the boat was working up the stream, and in this way my
principal collecting was done. Any one who has been in a tropical
Brazilian forest will understand the difficulties I had to contend
with. Occasionally I would come across a bit of comparatively
clear ground where I could collect; but generally my way lay
through the densest of vegetation, and it took me all my time with
my cutlass to make any progress at all. If I thought that the
554 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON {June 17>
canoe was gaining on me, I had to cut my way out to the river and
collect on the stretches of sand where I came across them, which I
frequently did, as the river was low.
‘*On the sand I could make better time; but I could seldom
afford the luxury of following up any particular specimen if I
happened to miss it with the first stroke of my net, as I had to
keep up with the canoe. All this was of course a serious handicap
to collecting. Any damp spot on the sand was sure, at a certain
time of the day, to be crowded with Butterflies, and sometimes they
were in such vast quantities that if one got up to where they were
drinking, it was difficult to capture any particular insect without
getting thirty others into the net at the same time, and in their
struggles to get free they broke each other’s wings, and you often
found your particular specimen utterly ruined. In these great
gatherings of thirsty Butterflies drinking, I always noticed twenty
or more of a yellow or white colour to one of any other. On the
Araguaya, between a small military settlement called Martyrios and
a larger one 200 miles further up called Santa Maria, lies the country
of the Caraja Indians, and collecting becomes very risky. In fact,
as we had to pass about ten of their large ‘ aldeas,’ or settlements on
the river, we had to keep together as much as possible. When
after Butterflies I never troubled to carry a rifle or gun, finding
myself hampered enough with a cutlass; but even if I had done so,
I should have had a very poor chance against Indians in the forest.
“The Indians have certainly chosen the most lovely part of the
river—a paradise for a naturalist ; and, in spite of the difficulties,
I managed to get some good specimens, but of Butterflies only, as I
found it impossible to collect birds or other animals, seeing that we
should have to leave our boat farther up and make our way 150
miles by land. Near Santa Maria, on the other side of the river,
some twenty miles inland, is a large settlement of Cayapo Indians.
I wanted very much indeed to go over; but the Commandant of
the place would not give me permission, or even let me hire a couple
of men to paddle me to the opposite shore, as one or two people who
went across some time back had been killed; in fact, the inhabitants
at Santa Maria keep entirely to their own side of the river.
“From Santa Maria to some way past the island of Bananal (a
very large island, nearly 300 miles long, and said to contain its own
rivers and mountains) there are no white settlers, the country being
in the hands of another branch of the Carajas, on the west side of
the island. This tribe is supposed to be more ‘manso,’ or tame,
than the Carajas between Martyrio and Santa Maria, where they
are said to be very ‘bravos,’ or fierce. From what I could judge
(and I saw a good deal of both tribes), I would rather trust myself
to the latter. I got some good specimens round about the city of
Goyaz and on our trip down the Vermelho River; the latter full of
fever and every conceivable fly that bites.
‘“‘T had great difficulty in getting my specimens across the Ara-
guaya to the Upper Tocantins ; but once in the latter river, we got
a small canoe at a settlement, and after ascending the river for some
1890. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. - 955
distance finally descended it to Para. My only chance of collecting
on the homeward voyage was during the short time that we landed
for meals, as my friend was very ill with fever, and every day’s delay,
without proper nourishment and medicines, lessened his chance of
getting out of the country alive.
“The greater portion of the specimens I collected on the way
back I lost by the upsetting of our canoe in the rapids; but I
managed to get out, after about six months and a journey of some
4000 miles, with some 1300 specimens, amongst which I am glad to
find several new ones. In addition to my Butterflies and Indian
curiosities, two panther-skins were all we brought out, though at
different parts of our journey we had collected all sorts of skins. As
I have said before, my journey was an exploring one, and it would
be unfair to judge of the country as a field for a naturalist from the
results of my collecting ; but I am sure that if any naturalist, who
could afford the time and money, and could endure the thought of
his body furnishing food during many months for every imaginable
species of insect, would make the expedition properly, he would
be amply rewarded.”
Fam. PAPILIONIDZ.
[Cf. Bates, HI. W., “ Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazon
Valley —Papilionide,” Journ. Ent. vol. i. (1861 ).]
1. PapILio POLYDAMAS.
Papilio polydamas, Linn. ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 521;
Bates, Journ. Ent. vol. i. (1861), p. 224.
Province of Goyaz.
2. PAPILIO SESOSTRIS.
Papilio sesostris, Cram. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 325; Bates, t.c. p. 225.
Province of Goyaz.
3. PAPILIO PARSODES.
Papilio parsodes, Gray ; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 529.
Province of Goyaz.
The type is in the British Museum, from Para (cf. Gray, Cat. Lepid.
pt. i. p. 54, pl. viii. fig. 3).
4, PaprILio THOAS.
Papilio thoas, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 541; Bates, t. c. p. 228.
River Araguaya.
5. PAPILIO PROTESILAUS.
Papilio protesilaus, Linn. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 555 ; Bates, t. c. p. 229.
River Araguaya.
6. PAPILIO AGESILAUS.
Papilio agesilaus, Boisd. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 555.
River Araguaya.
556 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
Fam. Prerip2.
[ Cf. Bates, H. W., “ Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the
Amazon Valley—Pieride,” Journ. Ent. vol. i. (1861).]
7. CALLIDRYAS PHILEA.
Catopsilia philea, Linn. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 483.
Callidryas philea, Bates, t.c. p. 238.
River Araguaya.
8. CALLIDRYAS EUBULE.
Catopsilia eubule, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 482.
Callidryas eubule, Bates, t.c. p. 239.
River Araguaya ; Province of Goyaz.
9. CALLIDRYAS SENN.
Catopsilia senne, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 482.
River Araguaya; Province of Goyaz.
10. DapronouRA £LIA.
Daptonoura elia, Feld. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 470.
Province of Goyaz.
11. DapronouRA PEDROSINA.
Daptonoura pedrosina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 144.
Province of Goyaz.
12. PleRIs MONUSTE. 5
Pieris monuste, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 458; Bates, t.c. p. 235.
River Araguaya.
13. Preris PHALOE,
Perrhybris phaloé, Godt. ; Kirby, t. ec. p. 479.
Pieris phaloé, Bates, t. ec. p. 235.
River Araguaya.
Mr. Bates found this species on the Tocantins, at Tapajos, and on
the Upper Amazons; but he states that it is not found on the Lower
Amazons or at Para.
14, Pieris DEMOPHILE.
Perrhybris demophile, Linn.; Kirby, t.c. p. 478.
Pieris demophile, Bates, t. c. p. 235.
River Araguaya.
Mr. Bates gives the same distribution for this species as for
P. phaloé.
15. GLUTOPHRISSA ALBUNEA.
Daptonoura albunea, Dalm.; Kirby, t.c. p- 471.
River Araguaya.
1890. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 557
16. HespEROCcHARIS NERA.
Hesperocharis nera, Hew.; Kirby, t.c. p. 432.
Pieris nera, Bates, t. c. p. 237.
River Araguaya.
Found by Mr. Bates on the banks of the Cupari, Tapajos.
17. HesperocHARis ANGUITIA.
Hesperocharis anguitia, Godt. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 432.
River Araguaya.
18. Pua@sis LARRA.
Catopsilia larra, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 483.
River Araguaya.
19. Pua@sis TRITE.
Catopsilia trite, Linn. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 484.
Callidryas trite, Bates, t.c. p. 239.
River Araguaya.
20. APHRISSA STATIRA.
Catopsilia statira, Cram.; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 485.
Callidryas statira, Bates, t. c. p. 239.
River Araguaya.
2]. MyLoruRis IPHIGENIA.
Perrhybris iphigenia, Schulz; Kirby, t.c. p. 478
Lower Tocantins River.
22. AMYNTHIA LEACHIANA.
Catopsilia leachiana, Godt. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 483.
Callidryas leachiana, Bates, t. c. p. 237.
River Araguaya; Province of Goyaz.
23. SPHHZNOGOMA GRADUATA.
Eurema graduata, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 790.
River Araguaya.
24. TEeRIAS FLAVILLA.
Terias flavilla, Bates, t. c. p. 241.
Eurema flavilla (Bates); Kirby, t. ec. p. 442.
River Araguaya.
25. TERIAS SMILACINA.
Eurema smilacina, Feld. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 445.
River Araguaya.
26. TrRIAS NISELLA.
Eurema nisella, Feld. ; Kirby, t. ce. p. 443
River Araguaya; Province of Goyaz.
558 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
27. TeRIAsS ATHALTIA.
Eurema athalia, Feld.; Kirby, t. ce. p. 445.
River Araguaya.
28. TeRIAS ELATHEA.
Eurema elathea, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 444.
Terias elathea, Bates, t. ce. p. 242.
River Araguaya.
29. TeERIAS ALBULA.
Eurema albula, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. 446.
Terias albula, Bates, t. c. p. 243.
River Araguaya.
30. Tertas MANA.
Eurema mana, Boisd.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 446.
Terias mana, Bates, t. c. p. 243.
River Araguaya.
Mr. Bates procured it at Para.
Fam. Danarp2.
[Cf H. W. Bates, “Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the
Amazon Valley—Heliconide,” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxxiii.
(1861) p. 495.]
31. LycoREA HALIA.
Lyeorea halia, Hiibn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 18; Bates, Trans. Linn.
Soe. vol. xxxiii. (1861) p. 518.
River Tocantins; River Araguaya.
32. THYRIDIA CETO.
Aprotopos ceto, Feld. ; Kirby, t. ec. p. 19.
River Araguaya.
33. IrHOMIA EPIDERO.
Dircenna epidero, Bates, t. c. p. 521; Kirby, t. c. p. 20.
River Araguaya.
34. IrHOMIA DORILLA.
Ithomia dorilla, Bates; Kirby, t.c. p. 29.
River Tocantins.
35. IrHOMIA NESO.
Ithomia neso, Hiibn. ; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 29.
River Tocantins.
36. IrHOMIA NISE.
Ithomia nise, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 29; Bates, t. e. p. 539.
River Tocantins.
1890. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 559
37. ITHOMIA GALATA.
Ithomia galata, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 28.
River Tocantins.
38. IrHoMIA SYLVO.
Ithomia sylvo, Hiibn.; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 30.
River Tocantins.
39. ITHOMIA SYLVELLA.
Ithomia sylvella, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 30.
River Tocantins ; River Araguaya.
40. CrRATINIA VALLONIA.
Ceratinia vallonia, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 22; Bates, t. c. p. 525.
River Tocantins.
41. SAIS ROSALIA.
Sais rosalia, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 22; Bates, t. c. p. 527.
River Tocantins.
42, MECHANITIS POLYMNIA.
Mechanitis polymnia, Linn.; Kirby, t.c. p- 23; Bates, t. c.
p. 529.
River Tocantins.
43. MECHANITIS LYSIMNIA.
Mechanitis lysimnia, Fabr., Kirby, t. c. p. 24.
River Tocantins.
44. MILINaA EGINA.
Milinea egina, Cram., Kirby, t. c. p. 33; Bates, t. c. p. 550.
River Tocantins.
45. MiLIna@A MNASIAS.
Milinga mnasias, Hew.; Kirby, t.c. p. 34; Bates, t.c. p. 552.
River Tocantins.
46. TiIrHOREA PSEUDETHRA.
Tithorea pseudethra, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 697.
River Tocantins.
Fam. HELICONIIDA.
47, HELICONIUS ANTIOCHA.
Heliconius antiocha, Linn.; Kirby, t.c. p. 139; Bates, t.c. p. 556.
Lower Tocantins River ; Araguaya River.
560 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
48. HELICONIUS CLYTIA.
Heliconius clytia, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 140; Bates, t.c. p. 556.
Lower Tocantins River; Araguaya River.
49. HrLIconiIus RHEA.
Heliconius rhea, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 140; Bates, t. c. p. 556.
Lower Tocantins River; Araguaya River.
50. HELICONIUS DORIS.
Heliconius doris, Linn.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 141; Bates, Trans. Ent.
Soc. (3) v. p. 537 (1867).
Lower Tocantins River ; Araguaya River.
51. Heiiconrus THELXIOPE.
Heliconius thelziope, Hiibn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 142; Bates, Trans.
Linn. Soe. xxxiii. p. 559 (1863); id. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) v. p. 538
(1867).
Lower Tocantins River; Araguaya River.
52. HELICONIUS AGDE.
Heliconius awde, Hibn.; Kirby, t.c. p. 144; Bates, Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxxiii. p. 561.
Lower Tocantins River; Araguaya River.
53. HELICONIUS QUIRINA.
Heliconius quirina, Cram.; Kirby, t. e. p. 142.
Lower Tocantins River; Araguaya River.
54. HELICONIUS NUMATA.
Heliconius xumata, Cram.; Kirby, t.c.p. 138; Bates, t.c. p. 593.
Lower Tocantins River ; Araguaya River.
Fam. NyMPHALIDE /.
55. AGRAULIS JUNO.
Dione juno (Crain.) ; Kirby, t. c. p. 148.
Agraulis juno, Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 187 (1866).
Araguaya River ; Upper Tocantins River.
56. AGRAULIS VANILLZ.
Dione vanille, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 148.
Agraulis vanille, Bates, t. ce. p. 187.
Araguaya River ; Upper Tocantins River.
57. AGRAULIS JULIA.
Colenis julia, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 147; Bates, t. ¢. p. 186.
Araguaya River ; Upper Tocantins River.
' Cf. H. W. Bates, Nymphalide, Journ. Ent. vol. ii. (1866).
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 561
58. AGRAULIS PHARUSA.
Colenis pherusa, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 147; Bates, t. c. p. 186.
Araguaya River,
59. PyRAMEIS MYRINNA.
Pyrameis myrinna, Doubl.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 186.
Upper Tocantins River.
60. CyBDELIS CARESA.
Eunica caresa, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 199; Bates, t. ec. p. 197.
Province of Goyaz.
Mr. Bates met with this species at Kga.
61. CYBDELIS ORPHISE.
Eunica orphise, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 200; Bates, t. c. p. 199.
Province of Goyaz.
Mr. Bates found the species at Ega, where, however, it was not
common.
62. CYBDELIS CHLINA.
Eunica celina, Godt.; Kirby, t. c. p. 199; Bates, t. ¢. p. 197.
Province of Goyaz.
Very rare on the Upper Amazon, according to Mr. Bates.
63. CyBDELIS BECHINA.
Eunica bechina, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 199; Bates, t. c. p. 197.
Province of Goyaz.
Common on the Upper Amazons, teste Bates.
64. CYBDELIS VIOLA.
Eunica viola, Bates, t. c. p. 199; Kirby, t. c. p. 200.
Province of Goyaz.
Found by Mr. Bates at Tunantins and San Paulo, and extending
as far as Ega, but very rare at the latter.
65. CYBDELIS MARGARITA.
Eunica margarita, Godt. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 200.
Province of Goyaz.
66. LisyTHINA CUVIERII.
Iibythina cuvierti, Godt.; Kirby, t. c. p. 201; Bates, t. e.
p- 200.
Province of Goyaz.
‘** Found, in the Amazons region, only in the neighbourhood of
Santarem and on the shores of the Lower Tapajos”’ ( Bates).
67. EvBAGIs VATA.
Eubagis evata, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 117.
Paraguay ; Vermelho River.
2 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
68. EuBAGIS DECIMA.
Dynamine decima, Hew. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 206; Bates, t.c. p.325.
Paraguay ; River Vermelho.
69. EUBAGIS ARENE.
Dynamine arene, Hiibn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 207.
Eubagis arene, Bates, t. c. p. 327.
Paraguay ; River Vermelho.
70. EUBAGIS PIERIDOIDES.
Dynamine pieridoides, Feld. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 200.
River Vermelho.
71. CATAGRAMMA MARCHALII.
Callicore marchaliit, Guér.; Kirby, t. c. p. 207.
Paraguay ; Upper Tocantins River.
72. CATAGRAMMA HYDASPES.
Oatagramma hydaspes, Dru. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 210.
Paraguay.
73. CATAGRAMMA CANDRENA,
Callicore candrena, Godt. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 208.
Paraguay ; Province of Goyaz.
74. CATAGRAMMA SORANA.
Catagramma sorana, Godt.; Kirby, t. c. p. 212.
Paraguay ; Province of Goyaz.
75. CATAGRAMMA THAMYRAS.
Catagramma thamyras, Mén.; Kirby, t. c. p. 211.
Paraguay.
76. CATAGRAMMA TEXA.
Catagramma texa, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 211; Bates, t. c.
207.
Province of Goyaz.
77. CATAGRAMMA MILES.
Catagramma miles, Bates, t. c. p. 207 ; Kirby, t. ce. p. 212.
Province of Goyaz.
78. H#MATERA PYRAMUS.
Hematera pyramus, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 212.
Province of Goyaz.
79. EvPTOIETA HEGESIA.
Euptoieta hegesia, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 154; Bates, t.c. p. 188.
Tocantins River.
1890. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 563
80. AGANISTHOS ORION.
Aganisthos orion, Fabr.; Kirby, t.c. p. 263; Bates, t.c. p. 335.
Province of Goyaz.
81. PHycrobrs HERMAS.
Phyciodes hermas, Hew.; Kirby, t. ce. p. 174.
Araguaya River.
82. PHyYCIODES LETITIA.
Phyciodes letitia, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 176.
River Vermelho.
83. PHyYCIODES THYMETUS.
Phyciodes thymetus, Fabr.; Kirby, t.c. p. 172.
River Vermelho.
84. JUNONIA LAVINIA.
Junonia lavinia, Cram.; Kirby, t. ce. p. 187; Bates, t. c. p. 194.
Araguaya River.
85. ANARTIA JATROPH.
Anartia jatrophe, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 194; Bates, t. c. p: 193.
River Tocantins; Araguaya River.
86. ANARTIA AMALTHEA.
Anartia amalthea, Linn.; Kirby, t.c. p. 194; Bates, t.c. p. 195.
River Tocantins; Araguaya River. ;
87. EPIcALIA ANTINOE.
Catonephele antinoé, Godt.; Kirby, t. c. p. 208.
Epicalia antinoé, Bates, t. c. p. 262.
Araguaya River.
Mr. Bates met with this species at Obydos, on the Guiana side
of the Lower Amazons, and again at San Paulo on the Upper
Amazons.
88. EpicaALIA NUMILIA.
Catonephele numilia, Cram.; Kirby, t. ce. p. 203.
Epicalia numilia, Bates, t. c. p. 202.
Araguaya River.
89. EpICALIA OBRINUS.
Catonephele obrinus, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 203.
Araguaya River.
90. MysceLIA CANTHARA.
Nica canthara, Doubl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 205.
Province of Goyaz.
564 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
91. GYN&CIA DIRCE.
Gynecia dirce, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 214; Bates, t. c. p. 212.
Araguaya River.
92. EcTIMA IONA.
Ectima iona, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 214; Bates, t. c. p. 212.
Araguaya River.
93. AGERONIA FERONIA.
Ageronia feronia, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 215; Bates, t.c. p. 312.
Araguaya River; Rio.
“The commonest species in the Amazons region”’ (Bates).
94. AGERONIA FERENTINA.
Ageronia ferentina, Godt. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 215; Bates, t. c. p. 312.
Araguaya River; Rio.
95. AGERONIA AMPHINOME.
Ageronia amphinome, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 216; Bates, t. e.
. 314.
Araguaya River.
96. AGERONIA CHLOE.
Ageronia chloé, Stoll; Kirby, t. c. p. 215; Bates, t. c. p. 312.
Araguaya River.
Found by Mr. Bates at Parad and on the Lower Amazons.
97. AGERONIA ARETE.
Ageronia arete, Doubl., Hew. ; Kirby, t. ec. p. 216.
Araguaya River.
98. DiponiIs BIBLIS.
Didonis biblis, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 216; Bates, t. ec. p. 316.
Araguaya River.
99. PyRRHOGYRA NEEREA.
Pyrrhogyra neerea, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 218; Bates, t. e.
~ ol9-
Province of Goyaz; Araguaya River.
100. PyrRHOGYRA AMPHIRA.
Pyrrhogyra amplhira, Bates, t.c. p. 319; Kirby, t. c. p. 218.
Province of Goyaz; Araguaya River.
Found by Mr. Bates on the Upper Amazons, at Ega and S,
Paulo, where it was common.
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 565
101. TimEres NorRICA.
Megalura norica, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 221; Bates, t. ce. p. 330.
Araguaya River.
Occurs, according to Mr. Bates, at Ega, and, according to Dr.
Felder, on the Upper Rio Negro.
102. TimETES CHIRON.
Timetes chiron, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 221; Bates, t. c. p. 327.
Araguaya River.
103. MarprsiA PELEUS.
Megalura peleus, Sulz.; Kirby, t. c. p. 222.
Araguaya River.
104. VicroRINA STENELES.
Victorina steneles, Liun.; Kirby, t. c. p. 223; Bates, t.c. p. 320.
Parad; Aragnaya River.
105. HETEROCHROA EROTIA.
Adelpha erotia, Hew.; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 232.
Heterochroa erotia, Bates, t. c. p. 332.
Province of Parad; Province of Goyaz.
106. HeTerRocHROA IPHICLA.
Adelpha iphicla, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 230.
Heterochroa iphicla, Bates, t. c. p. 331.
Province of Para; Province of Goyaz.
107. HeTEROCHROA MESSANA.
Adelpha messana, Feld.; Kirby, t. c. p. 232.
Province of Goyaz; Province of Para.
108. HeTEROCHROA CYTHEREA.
Adelpha cytherea, Linn. ; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 233.
Heterochroa cytherea, Bates, t. c. p. 333.
Province of Para; Province of Goyaz.
109. CHLORIPPE SELINA.
Apatura selina, Bates, t. c. p. 334; Kirby, t. ec. p. 261.
Araguaya River.
110. CHLORIPPE MARSE.
Apatura marse, Hiibn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 261.
Araguaya River.
111. CHLORIPPE CHALCIOPE.
Prepona chalciope, Hibn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 265.
Araguaya River.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XX XVIII. 38
566 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON (June 17,
112. PREPONA MEANDER.
Prepona meander, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 264; Bates, t. c.
p- 336.
Araguaya River.
113. PaAPpHIA RYPHEA.
Anea ryphea, Cram.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 276.
Paraguay.
114. SrpERONE ELLOPS.
Siderone ellops, Mén.; Kirby, t.c. p. 280.
Paraguay.
115. StpERONE ISIDORA.
Siderone isidora, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 280; Bates, t. c. p. 343.
Paraguay.
Fam. MorrHip#.
116. CaLIGO IDOMENEUS.
Caligo idomeneus, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 127.
Para.
117. CaLIGO OBERON.
Caligo oberon, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 646.
Para; Araguaya River.
118. .MorrHoO MENELAUS.
Morpho menelaus, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 122; Bates, t.c. p. 344.
Araguaya River.
119. MorrHo ACHILLES.
Morpho achilles, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 123; Bates, t. c. p. 345.
Araguaya River.
Fam. BrassoLip&.
120. OpsIPHANES QUITERIA.
Opsiphanes quiteria, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 126.
Province of Goyaz.
121. OpstIPHANES BERECYNTHUS.
Opsiphanes berecynthus, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 125.
Province of Goyaz.
122. OpsIPHANES INVER.
Opsiphanes invere, Hibn. ; Kirby, t. ec. p. 127.
Province of Goyaz.
1890. j LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 567
123. BRASSOLIS SOPHORE.
Brassolis sophore, Linn. ; Kirby, t. e. p. 125.
Province of Goyaz.
124. DyNAsTor DARIUS.
Dynastor darius, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 127.
Paraguay.
Fam. SATYRIDZ.
125. Harera PIERA.
Papilio piera, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 37.
Araguaya River.
126. TaYGETIS ERUBESCENS.
Taygetis erubescens, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 109.
Araguaya River.
127. TAYGETIS ANDROMEDA.
Taygetis andromeda, Cram.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 109.
Araguaya River.
128. TAyGETIS ECHO.
Taygetis echo, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 109.
Araguaya River.
129. TayYGETIS EUPTYCHIDIA.
Taygetis euptychidia, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 110.
Araguaya River.
130. TAYGETIS TENEBROSUS.
Taygetis tenebrosus, Blanch. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 109.
Araguaya River.
131. TAYGETIS REBECCA.
Taygetis rebecca, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 109.
Araguaya River.
132. TAYGETIS CLEOPATRA.
Taygetis cleopatra, Feld. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 110.
Araguaya River.
133. TAYGETIS PENELEA.
Taygetis penelea, Cram.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 110.
Araguaya River.
134. AMPHIDECTA REYNOLDSI, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.)
Nearest to A. pignerator, Butler, but is distinguished by the white
band which commences at the costal nervure and extends across the
38*
568 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
under side of the hind wing. Below this white band there are six
silvery spots, situated between the nervures, bordered with sandy
yellow on the side next to the white band, and with light brown on
the outer side; the Ist, 2nd, 5th, and 6th are more or less black in
the centre. The fore wing has eight distinct white spots on a darker
brown ground near the apical portion of the wing.
Expanse 52 mm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
135. PIERELLA LENA.
Pierella lena, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 38.
Araguaya River.
136. EuprycHIA OCYPETE.
Euptychia ocypete, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 47.
Araguaya River.
137. EUpryCHIA MYNCEA.
Euptychia myncea, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 47.
Araguaya River.
138. EuprycHIA OCIRRHOE.
Euptychia ocirrhoé, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 47.
Araguaya River.
139. EUpryCHIA TERRESTRIS.
Euptychia terrestris, Butl.; Kirby, t. e. p. 48.
Araguaya River.
140. EuprycHIA HUEBNERI.
Euptychia huebneri, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 49.
Araguaya River.
141. EuprycHIA PENELOPE.
Euptychia penelope, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 48.
Araguaya River.
142. EuprycHiA CELMIS.
Euptychia celmis, Godt.; Kirby, t. c. p. 49.
Araguaya River.
143. EuprycHIA ARGANTE.
Euptychia argante, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 49.
Araguaya River.
144. EuprycHiIA UNDULATA.
Euptychia undulata, Butl.; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 50.
Araguaya River.
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 569
145. EuprycHIA ARMILLA.
Euptychia armilla, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 50.
Araguaya River.
146. EvprycHIA HERMES.
Euptychia hermes, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 50.
Araguaya River.
147. EvprycHia CHLORIS.
Euptychia chloris, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 53.
Araguaya River.
148. EuprycHIA ARNZA.
Euptychia arnea, Fabr.; Kirby, t. ec. p. 53.
Araguaya River.
149. Euprycuia ITonis.
Euptychia itonis, Hew. ; Kirby, t. ¢. p. 55.
Araguaya River.
150. EuprycHia FURINA.
Euptychia furina, Hew.; Kirby, t. ce. p. 54.
Araguaya River.
Fam. Erycrnipz'.
151. LipyrHEea CARINENTA.
Libythea carinenta, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 282.
Province of Goyaz.
152. EuryBIA LYCISCA.
Eurybia lycisea, Doubl. & Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 287; Bates,
t. c. p. 415.
Vermelho River.
153. EurRYBIA JUTURNA.
Eurybia juturna, Feld.; Kirby, t. c. p. 287 ; Bates, t.c. p. 415.
Vermelho River.
154. MrsosEMIA NESTI.
Mesosemia nest, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 288; Bates, t. c. p. 416.
Province of Goyaz.
155. MESsosEMIA BELLA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)
Similar to M. anterice, Hew., but differing in the black apical
border of the fore wing, which is continued along the hind margin of
both wings. The general colour is black, with two narrow bands of
1 [ Gf. “A Catalogue of Erycinide.” By H. W. Bates. Journ. Linn. Soe.
vol. ix, (1868) p. 367.] i
570 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
metallic blue on the fore wing, and with a faintly marked ocellus
at the end of the discoidal cell. The hind wing resembles the fore
wing in having the two blue bands. There is some blue at the base
of both wings, and on the hind wings this extends along the inner
margins.
Expanse 30 mm.
Hab, River Araguaya.
156. MEsosEMIA METOPE.
Mesosemia metope, Hew.; Kirby, t.c. p. 290; Bates, t. c. p. 418.
Province of Goyaz.
157. MESOSEMIA MELPIA.
Mesosemia melpia, Hew. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 291; Bates, t. c. p. 418.
Province of Goyaz.
158. MrsoseMIA PHILEMON.
Mesosemia philemon, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 291; Bates, t. c.
p- 419.
Province of Goyaz.
159. MrsosEMIA MACARIS.
Mesosemia macaris, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 292; Bates, t. c.
p. 419.
Province of Goyaz.
160. EURYGONA HYGENIUS.
Euselasia hygenius, Stoll; Kirby, t.c. p. 295.
Eurygona hygenius, Bates, t. c. p. 422.
Province of Goyaz.
161. EuryGona EUTYCHUS.
Euselasia eutychus, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 295.
Eurygona eutychus, Bates, t. c. p. 421.
Province of Goyaz.
162. EuryGona mys.
Euselasia mys, Herr.-Schiff. ; Kirby, t. ec. p. 295.
Eurygona mys, Bates, t. c. p. 422.
Province of Goyaz.
163. EURYGONA CAFUSA.
Eurygona cafusa, Bates, t. c. p. 422.
Euselasia cafusa (Bates); Kirby, t. ¢. p. 295.
Province of Goyaz.
164. EuRYGONA GELANOR.
Euselasia gelanor (Cram.); Kirby, t. c. p. 296.
Eurygona gelanor, Bates, t. c. p. 423.
Province of Goyaz.
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 571
165. EuRYGONA EUGZON.
Euselasia eugzon (Hew.) ; Kirby, t. c. p. 298.
Eurygona eugeon, Bates, t. c. p. 424.
Province of Goyaz.
166. EurRYGONA EUORAS.
Euselasia euoras (Hew.) ; Kirby, t. c. p. 296.
Eurygona euoras, Bates, t. c. p. 422.
Province of Goyaz.
167. NoTHEME EUMEUS.
Notheme eumeus (Fabr.) ; Kirby, t. c. p. 299.
Province of Goyaz.
168. PANARA BARSACUS.
Panara barsacus, Westw.; Kirby, t. c. p. 300.
P. phereclus, pt., Bates, t. c. p. 425.
Province of Goyaz.
169. Isapts AaGYRTUS.
Isapis agyrtus, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 307; Bates, t. c. p. 431.
Province of Goyaz.
170. LyMNAS MELANDER.
Lymnas melander, Cram. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 300; Bates, t. c. p. 426.
Province of Goyaz.
171. LyMNAS ZOEGA.
Lymnas zoega, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 300 ; Bates, t. c. p. 426.
Province of Goyaz.
172. LyMNAS ISABELL&, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 3.)
Allied te L. inaria, Hew., but differs in having a much narrower
black border on the bind margin of the fore wing, and there is no
black border along the inner margin. The black marginal border
on the hind wing is very narrow ; there is a black stripe near the
costal margin. The underside is similar to that of L. znaria, but
the black is much narrower. The orange on the costal margin of the
hind wing is more extended.
Expanse 33 inm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
173. LyMNAS THYATIRA.
Lymnas thyatira, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 301; Bates, t. c. p. 426.
Province of Goyaz.
174. LyMNAS JESSE.
Lymnas jesse, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 301.
Province of Goyaz.
572 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
175. DioRHiNA PERIANDER.
Diorhina periander, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 304; Bates, t. c.
p- 429.
Araguaya River.
176. DiorHINA ARTHURIANA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 4, 5.)
Allied to E. periander, Cramer, which it exactly resembles on
the upperside, but is easily distinguished by having only one white
band on the under surface, the white band near the base of the
wings being absent.
3 exp. 34mm., 2 37 mm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
177. ZEONIA AMAZONA.
Zeonia amazona, Saund.; Kirby, t.c. p. 205; Bates, t.c. p. 430.
Araguaya River.
178. ITHOMEIS SATELLITES.
Ithomeis satellites, Bates, t. c. p. 431; Kirby, t. c. p. 306.
Araguaya River.
179. RiopINA LYSIPPUS.
Riodina lysippus, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 309 ; Bates, t. e. p. 434.
Araguaya River,
180. AMARYNTHIS MENERIA.
Amarynthis meneria, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 309; Bates, t. c.
p- 434.
Araguaya River.
181. Hexicoris CcuPIDO.
Helicopis cupido, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 310; Bates, t. e. p. 435.
Lower Tocantins. ;
182. HeELIcopPis acts.
Helicopis acis, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 310.
Lower Tocantins.
183. EmEsIS SPRETA.
Emesis spreta, Bates, t. c. p. 436; Kirby, t.c. p. 312.
Araguaya River.
184. EmEsiIs ARMINIUS.
Emesis arminius, Fabr. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 312.
Araguaya River.
185. EMESIS MANDANA.
Emesis mandana, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 312; Bates, t.c. p. 436.
Araguaya River.
1890.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 573
186. MeseNnr PHAREUS.
Mesene phareus, Cram. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 315 ; Bates, t.c. p. 439.
Araguaya River.
187. MESENE SIMPLEX.
Mesene simplex, Bates, t. c. pp. 387, 440; Kirby, t. c. p. 316.
Araguaya River ; Province of Goyaz.
188. MesrenrE EPAPHUS.
Mesene epaphus, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 316; Bates, t. c. p. 440.
Araguaya River; Province of Goyaz.
189. MESENE CLARISSA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 6.)
Allied to M. trucidato, Butler, but differs in having a much
narrower band of orange-red on the hind wing; the orange-red
band on the fore wing is much broader and wideus perceptibly to-
wards the inner margin. The marginal fringe of the fore wing is
dotted with white. The underside differs in having the base of the
hind wing greyish white spotted with black. ‘lhere are two rows
of white spots on the hind wing near the outer margin.
Expanse 22 mm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
190. CaLyDNA CATANA.
Calydna catana, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 317; Bates, t. c. p. 442.
Araguaya River.
191. CaLYDNA CAIETA.
Calydna caieta, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 217; Bates, t. c. p. 442.
Araguaya River.
192. CHARIS THEODORA.
Charis theodora, Feld.; Kirby, t. c. p. 318; Bates, t. c. p. 443.
Araguaya River.
193. CHARIS CLEODORA.
Charis cleodora, Godt. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 318; Bates, t. c. p. 443.
Araguaya River.
194. CHARIS CLEONUS.
Charis cleonus, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 318; Bates, t.c. p. 443.
Araguaya River.
195. Bmoris JOHANNA, sp. n. (Plate XLVI. fig. 7.)
Similar to B. melanis, Hubn., but differs in being blackish brown,
with a transverse band of pale ochre-yellow across both wings.
This yellow band commences at the costa of the fore wing and
gradually widens to the inner margin of the hind wing. The under-
side of the fore wing has the band of yellow well marked, but on
574 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [June 17,
the hind wing it spreads and partially unites with the yellow at the
base of the wing, so that nearly the whole of the basal area is yellow.
Expanse 24 mm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
196. MreTacuaris LUCIUS.
Metacharis lucius, Fabr.; Kirby, t. c. p. 320.
Araguaya River.
197. LASAIA MERIS.
Lasaia meris, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 321; Bates, t. c. p. 445.
Araguaya River.
198. LeMoNIAS NEPIOIDES.
Lemonias nepioides, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 322.
Lemonias pseudocuspis, pt., Bates, t. c. p. 447.
Araguaya River.
199. LEMONIAS CEREALIS.
Lemonias cerealis, Hew.; Kirby, t.c. p. 323; Bates, t. c. p. 447.
Araguaya River,
200. LEMONTIAS ARISTUS.
Echenais aristus, Stoll; Kirby, t. c. p. 325; Bates, t. c. p. 449.
Araguaya River.
201. ANATOLE MIDDLETONI, sp.n. (Plate XLVI. figs. 8, 9.)
Nearest to A. epulus, Cramer, but is much larger; the upperside
of the male is much brighter, and has a row of white spots on a
black external border ; the spots in the central area of the fore wing
are of a deep reddish ochreous colour, whereas in 4. epulus they are
white. The underside of the hind wing is darker with a submarginal
row of elongate oval white spots with a black centre to each. There
are numerous white spots scattered over the basal area.
The female is darker, with the white spots on the black external
border not so well defined as on the upperside of the male. The
hind wing is bordered with brownish orange, and the ovate white
spots are divided by the orange-colour so as to form two rows of
white spots.
d,exp. 33 mm.; 9, 35 mm.
Hab. Araguaya River.
202. STALACHTIS PHLEGETONIA.
Stalachtis phlegetonia, Perty; Kirby, t. c. p. 333.
Stalachtis phlegia, pt., Bates, t. c. p. 457.
Araguaya River.
203. STALACHTIS LINEATA.
Stalachtis lineata, Guér.; Kirby, t.c. p. 334; Bates, t.c. p. 458.
Araguaya River.
1890. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. 575
204. STALACHTIS PHZDUSA.
Stalachtis phedusa, Hiibn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 334; Bates, t. c.
p- 458.
Araguaya River.
205. STALACHTIS CALLIOPE.
Stalachtis calliope, Linn. ; Kirby, t.c. p. 334; Bates, t.c. p. 457.
Araguaya River.
206. ALESA AMESIS.
Alesa amesis, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 287; Bates, t. c. p. 415.
Araguaya River.
Fam. Lyca{NIDz&.
207. THECLA ECHION.
Thecla echion, Linn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 385.
Araguaya River.
208. THECLA VESULUS.
Thecla vesulus, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 394.
Araguaya River.
209. THECLA CINNIANA.
Thecla cinniana, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 856.
Araguaya River.
210. CYCNUS TOGARNA.
Thecla togarna, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 384.
Araguaya River.
211. THECLA VENULIUS.
Thecla venulius, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 380.
Near Para.
212. THECLA SATYROIDES.
Thecla satyroides, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 380.
Araguaya River.
213. MirHRAS HEMON.
Thecla hemon, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 381.
Araguaya River.
214, PARRHASIUS BITIAS.
Thecla bitias, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 391.
Araguaya River.
215. BiTHyYs STILBIA,
Thecla stilbia, Hew. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 391.
Araguaya River.
576 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRAZIL. [June 17,
216. GENOMAUS DORYASA.
Thecla doryasa, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 779.
Araguaya River.
217. CHALYBS MARSYAS.
Thecla marsyas, Linn.; Kirby, t. c. p. 383.
Araguaya River.
218, Cupipo MoNops.
Lycena monops, Zeller, in litt.
Province of Goyaz.
219. CuPIDO CASSIUS.
Cupido cassius, Cram. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 351.
Province of Goyaz.
Fam. HEsperip&.
220. GonruRIS CATILLUS.
Thymele catillus, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 570.
Araguaya River.
221. TELEGONUS TALUS.
Telegonus talus, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 572.
Araguaya River.
222. TELEGONUS ANAPHUS.
Telegonus anaphus, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 574.
Araguaya River.
223. PHANUS LEUCOMELAS.
Entheus leucomelas, Hiibn. ; Kirby, t. c. p. 579.
Araguaya River.
224. PyRRHOPYGE ACASTUS.
Pyrrhopyge acastus, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 585.
Araguaya River.
225, PyRRHOPYGE FLUMINIS.
Pyrrhopyge fluminis, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 821.
Araguaya River.
226. ERYCIDES PALEMON.
Erycides palemon, Cram.; Kirby, t.c. p. 588.
Araguaya River.
227. ERYCIDES PYGMALION.
Erycides pygmalion, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 588.
Araguaya River.
1890. ] ON THE CARDINAL VEIN IN THE RABBIT. 577
228. EUTHEUS MARCHALII.:
Pamphila marchalii, Boisd. ; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 824.
Araguaya River.
229. PROTEIDES IDAS.
Proteides idas, Cram.; Kirby, t. c. p. 595.
Araguaya River.
230. ACHLYODES BROMIUS.
Achlyodes bromius, Stoll; Kirby, t. c. p. 632.
Araguaya River.
231. ACHLYODES PETIUS.
Pellicia petius, Moschl.; Kirby, t. c. Suppl. p. 829.
Araguaya River.
232. ACHLYODES TRIFASCIATA.
Achlyodes trifasciata, Hew.; Kirby, t. c. p. 631.
Araguaya River.
233. ACHLYODES OZEMA.
Achlyodes ozema, Butl.; Kirby, t. c. p. 657.
Araguaya River.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.
Fig. 1. Amphidecta reynoldsi, p. 567.
2. Mesosemia bella, p. 569.
3. Lymnas isabelle, p. 571.
4, 5. Diorhina arthuriana, p. 572.
6. Mesene clarissa, p. 573.
7. Beotis johanne, p. 573.
8, 9. Anatole middletoni, p. 574.
10. On a Case of the Occurrence of a persistent Right
Posterior Cardinal Vein in the Rabbit. By Epmunp S.
Hatt, Student of Guy’s Hospital. (Communicated by
F. E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer
on Biology at Guy’s Hospital.)
[Received June 16, 1890.]
In the dissection of a male Rabbit on June 5th at Guy’s Hospital,
it was noticed that, in the thoracic region, the azygos cardinal vein
was of great thickness, its diameter being a third of the size of that
of the right anterior vena cava, though its position and branches
were exactly comparable with those of the normal vein of any other
Rabbit.
In following this vein from the thoracic region towards the pos-
terior end of the body, the following points were noted :—That,
578 ON THE CARDINAL VEIN IN THE RABBIT. [June 17,
instead of, as in the ordinary Rabbit, ending or (more correctly)
beginning in its branches, the intercostal veins, the azygos vein pierced
the diaphragm by an aperture to the right of that of the aorta, and
continued its course posteriorly with a very slight diminution in size
and in the same relative position as in the thorax with regard to the
aorta and the vertebral column.
At the point where the posterior vena cava reached the dorsal wall
of the abdominal cavity, the aorta curved slightly upwards and ran
dorsally to the cava; the azygos continuing its course in a straight
line, ran parallel with and to the right of that vein, finally opening
into it by a large aperture on the right side about half an inch above
where it received the right renal vein. Since this aperture was as
large as the vein it opened into, the anterior part of the latter might
be regarded as a branch of the azygos, the posterior part becoming
Diagram showing abnormal relations of the Azygos Vein in a Rabbit.
Az., azygos vein. V.C.J, vena cava posterior. R.V., right renal vein.
R.A., right auricle. #.K., right kidney.
the prolongation of that vein, and not the posterior vena cava. The
total length of the vein from its junction with the anterior to where
it joined (or received) the posterior vena cava was six inches. Its
relatively large size would naturally lead one to the supposition that
the greater part of the blood brought by the iliacs, femoral, and other
branches of the posterior vena cava from the posterior ends of the
body was returned direct to the right auricle by means of this extra-
1890.] ON ABNORMAL REPETITION OF PARTS IN ANIMALS. 9579
ordinary prolongation of the azygos cardinal vein, though the vena
cava was quite of the normal size.
It will be observed that the continuity between the inter-renal
portion of the vena cava and the azygos is quite in accord with the
discoveries of Hochstetter’ in the development of these veins.
Contrary to the generally received opinion (cf. for example the dia-
gram illustrating the origin of these veins in Wiedersheim’s ‘ Grun-
driss der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere,’ Jena, 1888,
p- 329), Hochstetter found in the Rabbit and the Pig that the vena
cava from where it receives the renal veins to a point behind the
opening of the ilio-lumbar veins is formed from the right cardinal.
11. On some Cases of Abnormal Repetition of Parts in
Animals. By Witt1am Bateson, M.A., Fellow of St.
John’s College, Cambridge, and Balfour Student in the
University.
[Received June 17, 1890.]
This paper contains descriptions of some instances of variations
consisting in abnormal repetitions of normal structures. A large
number of similar or identical facts have already been recorded by
many observers, yet every additional record is valuable; for the
significance of a variation depends not only on the form which it
takes, but also on the frequency and the degree of completeness
with which it takes that form.
Though one is naturally tempted to draw seemingly obvious de-
ductions from the facts about to be given, it is not proposed on the
present occasion to do more than describe the actual structures as
they are found. For while it is clear that the key to some of the
problems of variation is to be sought by an analysis of this class of
facts, yet such an analysis can only be attempted after a wide survey
of the whole ground, and when it shall be possible to bring forward
a large collection of the evidence bearing on the subject. I have
been for some time engaged in preparing such a collection, and I
hope before long to find an opportunity of putting it in order with
a view to a full discussion of the modes of variation of Multiple
Parts. In the meantime it is best to describe the forms without
comment.
I.— Crab (Cancer pagurus) having the Endopodite of the Third
Masillipede represented by a Chela.
This animal was brought by a fisherman to the Laboratory of the
Marine Biological Association at Plymouth. It isa male, measuring
five inches from one side of the carapace to the other. All the
1 “Ueber die Bildung der hinteren Hohlvyene bei den Saiigethieren, ” Anat.
Anz. Bd. ii. p. 517.
580 MR. W. BATESON ON ABNORMAL [June 17,
parts appear to be normal with the exception of the third maxilli-
pede of the right side. This structure, however, has the form
shown in fig. 1, A, differing entirely from the ordinary condition
of the appendage. Fig. 1, B, is taken from the third maxillipede
of the left side and shows the ordinary structure of the same parts.
On comparing the two figures, it will be seen that the protopodite
does not differ in the limbs of the two sides; that the exopodite of
the right side is essentially like that of the left, but that it lacks
the inner process and the flagellum which are borne by the normal
part. There was some indication that this branch of the limb had
been injured, and perhaps the flagellum may have been torn away,
but the appearances were not such as to warrant a conclusion on
this point. The branchial epipodites (not shown in the figures) were
normal in both cases. The endopodite of the right side was entirely
A represents the abnormal third maxillipede of the right side. B shows the
same parts on the left side, which are normal.
bp, protopodite: ep, epipodite; dp, dactylopodite; pp, propodite; cp, carpo-
podite ; mi, meropodite and ischiopodite ankylosed together, g indicates
the line of their separation; g' corresponds to the groove at which a
chela can be thrown off.
peculiar and was, in fact, literally transmuted into the likeness of
one of the great chelx. It consists of a single joint (mz), articulating
with the protopodite centrally and bearing the carpopodite. This
single joint represents, as it were, the ischiopodite and meropodite
of an ordinary chela, but these two parts are ankylosed together,
and the articulation between them is only represented by a groove
(g) ; another groove (g') represents the groove upon the ischiopodite
of the chela at which the limb is commonly thrown off by the
animal if it is injured. The carpopodite, propodite, and dactylo-
podite are feebly movable on each other and hardly differ, save in
absolute size, from those of the normal chela. The shape, propor-
tions, and texture are all those of the chela.
Cases like the foregoing, of the complete transformation of a part
into the likeness of another part, though very common among
1890. | REPETITION OF PARTS IN ANIMALS. 581
plants, are rare amongst animals. This variation is especially
interesting from the fact that a precisely similar case of the trans-
formation of the third maxillipede (left) into a chela has been
already observed in C. pagurus (Cornish, T., Zoologist (8), viii.
p- 349).
II.—Cases of Repetition of the Pincers of the Chele in Crabs
(Cancer pagurus).
A&B. These two specimens were brought by fishermen to the
Plymouth Laboratory. The greatest measurement of the carapace
was in each case about five inches. The one specimen was a male,
but the sex of the other was not noted. With the exception of the
varying structures about to be described, the animals seeméd normal
and healthy. In A the chela of the right side had the form shown
in fig. 2, A (p. 582), which represents the limb seen from the out-
side. The dactylopodite bears two supernumerary, fixed processes.
Whether the outer pair of processes which curve towards eath other
are the extra ones, or Whether two processes have grown up on the
inside of the dactylopodite, cannot be affirmed; but the latter
seems more likely. If this is the true interpretation, it will be
seen that one of the extra processes curves towards the “index” of
the limb, while the other turns to meet the dactylopodite.
Though the fact may have no relation to the presence of this
supernumerary structure on the right side, it should nevertheless
be mentioned that the chela of the left side, which was otherwise
perfect, had lost its dactylopodite. The socket in which the dactylo-
podite usually moves was filled with a plate of hard shell, but
whether the joint had been lost by injury or had been congenitally
absent could not be affirmed. Since mutilated limbs are generally
thrown off by Crabs, the presence of such a chela without the
dactylopodite is so far evidence that this joint had not been lost by
an ateident. As, however, according to the observations of Heineken
(Zool. Journ. vol. iv.), such mutilated parts are occasionally retained,
much stress cannot be laid on this consideration.
The left chela of B is shown in the figure as seen from the inside.
The dactylopodite bears a thick process which divides peripherally
into two stumpy projections which bear teeth on their inner faces,
oad projections are like the normal pincers in consisten¢y and
colour.
C. This specimen was kindly lent to me for description by
Mr. J. Carter, F.R.C.8., of Cambridge. It is the right chela of a
Cancer pagurus. In it the repetition of parts is far more extensive
than in either of the preceding specimens. As is shown in fig. 2, C,
it bears two dactylopodites, each complete in all respects, and to
each of these dactylopodites is opposed a fixed process. In addition
to this, one of the two dactylopodites is partially divided longitudinally
into two, and at its free end terminates in a pair of toothed pro-
cesses. The teeth on these processes are continued downwards on
the inner surface of the joint in two complete rows. The total
number of points borne by this claw is five.
Proc. Zoou. Soc:—1890, No. XXXIX. R89
582 MR. W. BATESON ON ABNORMAL [June 17,
Fig. 2.
Abnormal claws of Cancer pagurus.
A, is shown from the outside; B, from the inside ; O, is represented as seen
from the end and from the outside.
(The two processes overlap, but do not meet, at the point 2.)
(Figures B and © were drawn for me by Miss M. J. Davidson.)
1890.] REPETITION OF PARTS IN ANIMALS. 583
Though there is not sufficient evidence for determining the ques-
tion, it may be mentioned that the general appearance suggests that
the double dactylopodite, D, is the normal one of the limb and
that the process, P, which is warped over to meet it, is the process
normally opposed to it. The process P’, which is opposed to the
dactylopodite, D’, is comparatively small and ill-developed.
The class of variation shown by these three specimens is not un-
common amongst Decapoda (cf. Faxon, Léger, &c.).
In addition to these cases an especially interesting one should be
mentioned which was communicated tome by Mr. G. C. Bourne,
Director of the Marine Biological Laboratory. This specimen, which
was not seen by myself, was sent to Mr. Bourne by Mr. Dunn of
Mevagissey, Cornwall. It was an edible Crab (C. pagurus),
measuring about 2°5 inches across. In this specimen the three
posterior walking-legs of one side were seen to be each repeated. It
had lately moulted and was much decomposed when received. Un-
fortunately an imperfect examination of it was made and the speci-
men has been destroyed. Similar occurrences among Crustacea and
insects have been recorded by Léger and others.
II1.— Beetle (Chrysomela banksii) having three complete
Tarst on one Leg.
This specimen was kindly lent to me for description by Dr. Sharp,
who obtained it from the New Forest.
It was exhibited ata meeting of the Entomological Society in
1862, but has not been figured or described in detail. The tibia
of the third leg on the right side has the form shown in the figure,
Fig, 3.
A, Abnormal right posterior leg of Chrysomela banksit. B, Normal leg in the
some position, from a rather larger specimen (enlarged to scale).
(Figures drawn by Mr. Edwin Wilson.)
Its outer extremity, which is widened into a flat, club-shaped
structure, bears three complete tarsi, each of which is perfect in all
its four joints and carries a pair of normal claws. These three tarsi
are equal in size, but are very slightly smaller than those of the same
leg on the other side.
In addition to the three tarsi the tibia is produced into a smail
horn, which projects from it rigidly, having no articulation. At the
584 MR. W. BATESON ON ABNORMAL {June 17,
apex of this horn is a small circular pit which is apparently closed
by membrane. The other appendages are normal.
A considerable number of cases similar to the above have been
collected, especially by Kraatz, Mocquerys, and Jayne.
IV.—Antedon rosacea with Abnormal Repetition of the
Brachial Structures.
This individual was found amongst a number of other specimens
of A. rosacea collected by a party that had been dredging for the
Plymouth Laboratory in the Hamoaze, near Beggar’s Island.
In norma] individuals of this species the arms after leaving the
radial plates do not again divide, but are continued to their ends as
a single row of brachial plates, which bear pinnules on either side
alternately, The present specimen, however, bears two arms,
which, after being continued normally for a certain distance, break
up into several secondary arms. The diagram (fig. 4, A) shows the
relation of these two varying arms (lettered , and ¢,) to the mouth
and anus. It is seen, therefore, that they are symmetrically placed.
As I am inexperienced in the use of Crinoid terminology, I sent
this specimen to Dr. P. H. Carpenter, who has very kindly supplied
the following description of it :—
“The abnormal arms of this remarkable specimen are symmetri-
cally placed as regards the mouth and anus, being the posterior arms,
b, and ¢,, of the two anterolateral rays. ‘The arm 6, has been
regenerated at the syzygy in its 15th brachial. But the pinnule on
the new epizygal is on the same side (abradial or outer) as that on
the 14th brachial, and not opposite to it as would normally be the
case, so that there are two pinnules in succession on the same side
of the arm. The next twelve pinnules alternate regularly on oppo-
site sides, those of the 19th and 27th brachials having much enlarged
basal joints. That on the 28th brachial is considerably larger than
its predecessors and more like a bifid armlet. It commences with
five large joints, the last of which bears two pinnules, the one con-
tinuing the main axis being rather stouter than its fellow. The
29th brachial is a syzygy and its epizygal axillary. The abradial
or outer facet bears an arm, of which some 75 joints remain. It
has pinnules on the 2nd and 4th, the latter of which is a syzygy;
but there is none on the 3rd, which would normally be a syzygy
and bear a pinnule. On the larger, adradial, facet of the axillary
29th brachial is another axillary (30th br.), but without a syzygy.
One of its facets bears the continuation of the primary arm, on the
next joint of which (31st br.) is an abnormal trifid armlet with
three enlarged basal joints, the second being a syaygy with a pin-
nule-stump on the epizygal, while the fourth bears two pinnules.
The 32nd brachial is again axillary with a syzygy, its epizygal
bearing two subequal arms of some 60 joints each, The second
jou of the left-hand one which continues the primary arm has a
ifid pinnule with its basal joints enlarged, and the following pin-
pules alternate regularly on opposite sides. The arm borne on the
12
D
‘9
n
el
—< ' dg
f Sc are
4 <Z
zi
me .
5 hl
= 8p
fe my
°
A
°
-=
fs
&
3)
ou
Q
ij
1890.]
aac
~,
MAS
. Lee
ARES =
MAA QRS
VS
SSNS = ee
NSS lie eo
SQAns
PSA Vess
ba.
to the mouth
ed
and ¢
2
tic enlargement of the arm
jagramma
on of the abnormal arms, }
d
(Drawn by Mr. Edwin Wilson.)
, is a semi
B
A, Diagram showing the positi
and anus.
586 MR. W. BATESON ON ABNORMAL [June 17,
right or adradial facet of the axillary 32nd brachial has no pinnule
till its third joint, which is not a syzygy, though the fourth is; but
in other respects the arm is normal. ‘The second facet of the axil-
lary 30th brachial bears a normal arm of about 60 joints, with a
pinnule on the second and a syzygy on the third. Thus, then, the
axillary 29th brachial of the primary arm 4, gives rise to four well-
developed arms, two of which bear bifid or trifid armlets, in addition
to the larger bifid armlet on the 28th brachial.
“The primary arm e, does not seem to have undergone any
regeneration and is normal to the 40th brachial. The 41st is a
syzygy and the appendage of its epizygal is a short armlet of three
joints, the second and third of which bear pinnules laterally, while
its main axis is also continued on in the form of a pinnule. The
42nd brachial has a similar armlet, with but one lateral pinnule.
The 43rd is axillary without a syzygy, its adradial branch being a
normal arm with some 40 joints remaining, the second and fourth
of which have pinnules, though the third has not. The 44th joint
of the primary arm seems to be a syzygy; and its epizygal, though
not regularly axillary, supports an arm which has the first pinnule,
as usual, on the second joint, but on the inner instead of on the
outer side. The next five joints are all enlarged and bear bifid or
trifid armlets, while the remainder of the arm is normal, with
regularly alternating pinnules.”
Variations in the number of parts and even in the primary sym-
metries are well known among Kchinoderms, but Dr. Carpenter
informs me that this specimen is quite unlike anything of the kind
which he has previously met with.
V.—Pilchards (Clupea pilchardus) with the Number of Scales
abnormally increased.
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1887 (p. 129) the late
Mr. F. Day described a specimen which he believed to be a hybrid
between the Herring (C. harengus) and the Pilchard. The specimen
was sent by Mr. Dunn, of Mevagissey. Its peculiarity lay in the
fact that the scales on the left side were very many more in number
than those on the right side. The number of scales along the lateral
line is given as 32 on the right side and 51 on the left. Mr. Day
adds that the ridges on the operculum, which are characteristic of
the Pilchard as compared with the Herring, were better marked on
the right side than they were on the left, though they are stated to
have been very distinct on the left side also.
In the specimen described the gill-rakers were 61 in the “ lower
branch of the outer branchial arch ” (viz. the bar consisting of the
first hypobranchial and ceratobranchial), and it is mentioned that
this number is intermediate between that found in a Pilchard (71)
and in a Herring (48); but whether this intermediate number was
found on the side showing the “ hybrid” characters, or on the other,
or on both, is not stated. These gill-rakers are also said to have
been intermediate in length between those of a Pilchard and those
1890.] REPETITION OF PARTS IN ANIMALS. 537
of a Herring. From these points of structure Mr. Day concluded
that the specimen was a hybrid between the Herring and the
Pilchard.
Before discussing the propriety of this view, I will describe two
specimens showing somewhat similar characters, which were given
to me by Mr. Dunn during the summer of 1889. Mr. Dunn told
me that among the large number of Pilchards which come under
his notice as director of the pilchard-curing factories at Mevagissey,
specimens showing this singular reduplication of the scales on one
side are not uncommon. Owing, however, to the fact that the fresh
Pilchards are shovelled wholesale into the brine-vats, it is generally
not until the fish are picked over for packing after the salting
process that any individual peculiarities are noticed. This was the
case with the present specimens, which were given to me as they
came salted from the presses. Nevertheless, when received, they
were in good condition.
The first specimen measures 8 inches to the base of the caudal
fin. The head and opercula of both sides are normal. The number
of scales along the lateral line on the left side is 32, and the number
on the right side is 56 or 57. Examined closely, it can be seen that
for the distance of about an inch behind the operculum the scales
are not much smaller than those of the normal Pilchard, but that
behind this point each scale is of about half the normal size.
The second specimen differs from the first in that the reduplication
occurs on the /eft side instead of on the right. Furthermore, the
scales are normal in size as far as the anterior end of the dorsal fin,
behind which place they are of about half the normal size. The
transition is much more abrupt in this specimen than in the other.
The scales of this fish had been somewhat rubbed, and I was not
able to satisfy myself of the accuracy of the counting, but the total
number along the lateral line was approximately 48.
In the figure of Mr. Day’s specimen, given in P. Z. 8. 1887, pl. xv.,
no transition is indicated between normal and abnormal scales, but
there is a general appearance of uniformity.
These three specimens all agree in showing repetition of the scales
on one side. The distance to which this repetition extends differs
in each case, but in all the condition of the scales is uniform and
regular so far as it extends. In my judgment these specimens
should be considered as examples of variation in number of parts.
Since, however, it has been suggested that they are of hybrid origin,
a few words may be permitted in criticism of this view.
No direct evidence is adduced which points to hybrid parentage.
The suggestion is derived from (1) the condition of the scales, (2)
the number of the gill-rakers, (3) the alleged difference in the
opercula of the two sides. In view of the first point, viz. that the
number of the scales on one side is intermediate between that of the
Pilchard and that of the Herring, it seemed desirable to know
whether the resemblance extended to the minute structure of the
scales or was restricted to their number only. On comparing
microscopically the scales of the Pilchard and the Herring, I find
588 ON ABNORMAL REPETITION OF PARTS IN ANIMALS. [June 17,
that those of the Herring bear concentric lines which are almost
always smooth and without serrations, while those of the Pilchard
are marked with lines which are waved into very characteristic
crenelated serrations. On comparing the scales which are repeated,
it was found that they also show these characteristic serrations
and that in pattern they differ in nowise from the scales of the
Pilchard. This evidence appears to tell very strongly against
the theory that the small scales are derived from a Herring
parent.
The evidence from the gill-rakers seems to be also unreliable. In
a normal Pilchard Mr. Day found 71 on the hypo- and cerato-bran-
chials of the first gill-bar, and in a specimen examined by me 72
were present and in normal Herrings 48. But in the two specimens
showing the repeated scales there were present, on the normal sides
79 and 67 respectively, and on the abnormal sides 78 in the one
fish and 67 in the other. In size and shape the gill-rakers were
like those of the Pilchard, being smooth, and unlike those of the
Herring, which bear well-marked teeth.
As it is stated that the serrations characteristic of the operculum
of the Pilchard were very distinct on the abnormal side, it is im-
possible to place much stress on the circumstance that they were
less distinct than those of the other side.
In addition to the considerations given above; there ate several
@ priori objections to the hypothesis of the hybrid origin of these
forms ; as, for example, that unilateral division of parental characters
is certainly not a common phenomenon, if it occurs at all, and so on.
But since the evidence advanced for the theory of hybrid parentage
is already open to criticism, it is perhaps unnecessary to discuss these
further difficulties.
On the whole, therefore, it seems simpler to look on these abnor-
malities as instances of the phenomenon of Repetition of Parts,
which is so common a form of variation. Though on the present
occasion a discussion of the nature of these variations is to be avoided,
it may be useful to mention in this connexion that such repetitions
are especially common among exoskeletal structures; and though,
in the absence of fuller treatment, the comparison may seem some-
what crude, reference may be permitted to such cases as that of the
Merino Sheep &c., in which the number of hair-follicles in a given
area is enormously greater than that in the common varieties. Such
variations are well known among many wild and domesticated
animals. The unilateral occurrence of such a variation, however, is
exceptional.
The fact that these fishes were full-grown and in good condition,
swimming with the shoal, should be specially remarked.
For the reasons given above it is felt to be unadvisable to consider
the significance of these facts until it shall be possible to discuss the
whole question of the Variation of Multiple Parts.
ry ee A : :
ee. Contents (continued).
June 3, 1890.
| Page
_ The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1890 ........ 411
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two young specimens of Darwin’s Rhea (Rhea
| darwini) from the Province of SPAYADAGH) 3 2c 8 sce «, vicls 0a sie ee eet oi daiatnia alr eienie 412
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks pon. the flat skin of a Zebra received from
earbera, NOrcbern SOMAN-PaANA 95 ccs ee cccecscccseccectnscseens Le ect iae 8
1, On a Collection of Acarina formed in Wotan By A. D. Mics Ei FLS, E.ZS.,
Swede, (Plates MM MVE, Gy MXM VELL.) © occ eciceceo0 amssincie epee cesea es 414
2. On the Anatomy of Podica senegalensis. By Frank E. Bepparv, M.A., F.R.S.E.,
Prosector to the Society, and Lecturer on Bislogy at Guy’s Hospital. (Plate XXXIX.) 425
3. On a Collection of Mammals obtained by Dr. Emin Pasha in Central and Eastern Africa.
By Ouprieip Tuomas, F.L.S. (Plate XL.) ........... PSE BCR Bia esi lee States
4. Descriptions of two new Species of the Siluroid Genus Arges. By G. A. Bovnencer.
CRTaIGOCLT.) bot oie etna Dales e tease ates aho'vida's's ‘ju ceiae aot CA CAE Cre 450
5. On some new Species of Fishes from Madeira. By James Yate Jonnson, O.M.Z.S. .... 452
June 17, 1890.
Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of a rare Antelope (A2pyceros
IOCUES) raein of d=) sina.n\a30'0'njeim, a’ cisieia. de cai SB Rae os Sacer acc? Gin ace PO Pen ere ae 460
Mr. Gambier Bolton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of Grévy’s
RELA UPA LISLE IPRELISENN 1 Gs Sie ean es Simi Gane Wate Schinta's pia anes Ce. Vater aaa a a 461
Mr, T. Southwell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of the Caspian
Plover (Aigialitis asiatica) shot at Yarmouth .....>. orm « oelehd'oiwia’s ciara Rae ea chee 461
Prof. Jeffrey Bell. Remarks as to the mode of life of the Pennatulids
The Secretary. Remarks upon a map transmitted by M. P. A. Pichot, O.M.ZS., giving
the exact locality in which the Beaver is found on the Delta of the Rhone.......... 463
Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of gil
Indian Gaur (Bos MP AMDPUS)S osu p' hak ofa ndtaliy'a 9 omy 3/a ahaa aie +b Sin) dw nustolea\s [ata miele afer a
1, A List of the Butterflies collected by Mr. William Bonny on the Journey with Mr. Stanley
from Yambuya on the Aruwimi River through the Great Forest of Central Africa ;
’ with Descriptions of nine new Species. By H. Grose Smiru, F.Z.8. ........+0..-
2. Report on a Collection of Rhynchota made at Yambuya, on the River Wea by
Mr. W. Bonny of the Emin Pasha aia Expedition under Mr. H. M. Stanley.
SEAN Y by Mite LD TUT ANI 5.5 aig aa <p ermwip alata vmiadeval a's aia’ /htpyaleieia'el tia, 5. 4eraLaWe Mineo a nee ere 473
_ 3. On some Coleopterous Insects collected 2 Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley. By
OW. BAwes, HRS.; BES.) ide aie sta seral ha. lalalaia’a pare eae ial eiel odes a bya mara eee emer 479
' 4, Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Central and South America.
F By Hersert Drvce, F.LS., F.ZS., &e. (Plates XLII. & XLITI,)................ 493
5. Note on the Secondary Sexual Characters in the South-African Tortoises of the Genus
3 Homopus. By G. A. BouULENGER -...+...0+...+. iam) liaifo\e lata alot RYoPormpes a aerefe« istehahaials 521
_ 6. Notes on some Indian Rats and Mice. By W. L. Scrarzr, B.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Superin-
tendent of the Indian Museum. (Plates XLIV. & XLV.)......00..c0 cece cece cess §22
7. On Secondary Sexual Characters in the Genus Arnoglossus. By J. T. ConninGEam, M.A.,
F.R.S.E., Naturalist to the Marine Biological Association ........ div ela fealeraiee atten aie 540
8. Notes on Specimens in the Hume Collection of Birds.—No. 6. On the Coraciide of the
Indian Region, with Descriptions of some new Species. By R. Bowpier Suarpe,
BBLS CAGE aio aia mis aniv'\n'aieiata’ais!ayataiciny sloispetptiee \winns Ageierataetwiate avala's ist sialhs # Sele eatin ee 546
¢ 9. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. Edmund Reynolds on the Rivers Tocantins
and Araguaya and in the Province of Goyaz, Brazil. By Emuty Mary Suarps.
(Communicated by R. Bowpter Suarez, F.Z.8.) (Plate XLVI.)............-.05.- 552
“10. On a Case of the Occurrence of a persistent Right Posterior Cardinal Vein in the Rabbit.
By Epuunp 8. Haz, Student of Guy’s Hospital. (Communicated by F. E. ee
M.A., Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital)...
sed OVE
11. On some Cases of Abnormal Repetition of Parts in Animals, By Wituram ee
5 M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, and Balfour Student in the University. 579
LIST OF PLATES.
XLVI. ‘New Species of rap rages Lepidoptera cttee
-4
1890.
PART III. aie
Ee
Plat Page
. XXVIT. Fig. 1. Hemixus canipennis. Fig. 2. H. castanonotus ... ae, ‘ = }
" XXXVI. Figs. 1-4, Oligopleurus vectensis. Fig. 5. Mesodon ‘daviesi | oe
XXIX. Figs. 1,2. Oligopleurus vectensis. . Fig.. 3. oO. (vectensis 2). 6
Fig. ‘4, Strobilodus purbeckensis -.......5 Dede tewete ee Joo
XXX. Abnormal Antler of Cervus elaphus........5...-.0.5- ‘2 3¢ 3
XXXI. Structure of Hye of Arcturus ...... 865
XXXII. MR Sone oe eee
XXXITI. | New Indian Moths......2-..sceereeses een SCT Peo | ko pene =
era “ . ; pe a Oe =a =
XXXY-.| Fossil Bird-bones from Malta ee ee
XXXVL OSS: ird-bones trom eeweee poe ae see <es ete ‘ .
SxavIL. } New Acarina SQ WA LPO rig reais, 6a’ - on Vigne Guevee gee see ALE -
XXXIX. Myology of Podica senegalensis ..+.++2.e+-.eseeeeaee Lev 425
XL. Sciurus pyrrhopus anerythrus........... vette west eens 443 2
XLI.. Fig. 1. Arges taczanowskii. Fig. 2. A. ie ae Sa 450 aa
ae aI New Lepidoptera Heterocera ...... e's sh aiaeargnine 6 ee s nee . 403
xu } indian Muri oi ne Gagesesese ae ceins otreesesnes ahess
?
N OoTI c E. gy :;
Nocona to. isetia arrangements the ‘ Proceedings "are issued in pee parte, rs a :
as follows :-— “3 Sey
Part I. paubaining papers read in January and Vineet: on qh une Ist.
are ak » March and April, on August Ist. be
Rt im drasye »» May and June, on October Ist. zi
Ty. Z 5 », November and December, on April ast, ‘
The price is 12s, per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part fo
that with uncoloured Plates.
ff
F a
a
PROCEEDINGS
BES
Red
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR”
1890.
PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
|| | ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
|
NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.
APRIL 1st, 1891.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
| es
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1890.
November 4, 1890.
‘ Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August,
September, and October, 1890. (Plates XLVII. & XLVilI.)......-. era i:
cement
Dr. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured photograph of a
variety of the Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus).
er |
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S.
vittata, Gray
Mr. J. J. Lister, F.Z.S. Remarks upon his visit to the Phenix Islands, South Pacific, and
exhibition of specimens of Birds and Eggs obtained there ........ ......0eeeeeeee 591
- On the Gaur (Bos gaurus) and its Allies. By W.T. Buanronp, F.ReS., F.Z.8., &e. (Plate
2.411 B. fe Deer Paro ate ee a eae oe ee ae Rbiererijce, siete pets eo) ose atta bere taal eee 592
. Description of anew Squirrel from the Philippine Islands. By A. B. Mryer, M.D., Direc-
tor of the Royal Zoological Museum, Dresden, O.M.Z.S., &c.
3. Ona Cervine Jaw from Algeria. By R. Lyprxner, B.A., F.ZS. ......00.200eee2 e205 602
COOH cere sree rere eese Steric eeee re Sees esehee ceestscsassessesesesese
- A Graphic Formula io express Geographical Distribution. By P. Cnatmers Mrrenetn,
B.A., Senior Demonstrator in the Morphological Laboratory, Oxford ......
- On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the Family Dipodide from Central Asia, By
W. L. Scuaver, M.A, F.Z.8. (Plate L.)....-..0 2.000. die ee distale ties > oles ieee -- 610
“1
- Note on the Occurrence of the Saiga Antelope in the Pleistocene Deposits of the Thames
Valley. By AJSarm.\Woovwakb, B.ZS8... ic... sade ves cen ence se oon ona
* November 18, 1890.
Mr. F. Menteith Ogilvie, F.Z.S, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a British specimen of the
Red-breasted Flycatcher (Muscicapa parvd)........00ce0eee
i 6
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Holothuria
WIC, ivia'a oma Bayt Mere ee J easesobe oa Lary aioe siarahanty A nyc lets eceta, ofeteietaae since Ol?
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY GF LONDON,
WA
Tars Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Hompnrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrres, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent's Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mamats, Birps, and Rerrizzs has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of Fisurs
and of the Lower Aquatic AniMaLs, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a Heuse fer the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Patren.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.RS., President.
Lt.-Gen. Tue Lorp Antnenr, C.B. | Dr. Epwarp Hawmirton, Vice-
Dre. Jonn Anverson, LL.D., | President.
F.RS. || Le.-Gey. Str H. B. Lumspen,
Writs Barzson, Ese, M.A. || ~~ K.C.S.I.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., |) Dr. Sr. Georcn Mrvarr, F.R.S.
F.R.S. | Proressor ALFRED Newton, M.A.,
Henry K. Dresser, Ese. | F.RAS., Veice-Presidené.
Cuartes Drunmonn, Ese, || Tee Lorp Arraur Russet.
Treasurer. 1 Ospert Satvin, Ese, F.R.S.,
Sie Josrrpn Farrer, K.CS.1.,_ Vice-President.
Ht
Purire Loriey Scrater, Ese.,
M.A., Pa.D.,F.RS., Secretary.
F.RB.S., Vice-President.
Joun P. Gasstor, Esa.
F, DuCane Gopman, Ese., F.R.S., |
Vice- Presidené. | Josep Travers Saoru, Esa.
Cot. James A. Grant, C.B., | Tse Lory Watsinenam, F.R.S.,
Ost, PRS. | Vice-President.
i]
Henry Sresoum, Ese.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.x.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Fettows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not Hiable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Frttows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtrow usés his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fetiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. Thé Book of Sunday Orders ean also be exchanged for 4
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. ‘These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adu!t.
3
Fetiows also receive Twenty Free Tickets, each valid for the
admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday,
or Forty similar Tickets, each valid for the admission of one child
(under Twelve Years of age) any day of the week, including Sunday.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years,
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fettows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a Fertow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of
January and must be paid hefore the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrriows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1870, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1 (which includes
delivery in the United Kingdom), payable on the Ist July in each
year, but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid
before the 1st of December following.
FrLtows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually;
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TransreRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Fe1tow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
4
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary,
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.BS.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
April 1st, 1891.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
1891.
189QI.
Turspay, Aprm .. 7 and 21 Turspay, JunE.... 2 and 16
R Maye iu. 2b
The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F, H. Warer-
HovsE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.; on Saturdays to
2pm. It is closed in the month of September.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds —“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, avd “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the ‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
*« Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the velume for the preceding
year.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller.
f April, 1891.1
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
z£# s. d. £s. d.
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6.. 418 0*
Vol. IL, t Fl. oyster ULSon-4L ieee + 4. 0 OR. 5 6 6*
Vol. IIl., % Gao oss | site aos PAs y OOO Oma 411 O0*
Vol. IV. a Ul ae ea eol-O2)).. «6 LIMO! ee OeeomnG®
Vol. V., a OF. pase Ak OE GB62466) 5, 1.0 5 9 SS Uji c6R19% 0
Vol. VI., i 92! Fs tele cri LOO0-69) ...2. LL br (0. 2 bao
Vole Vil em ules Zon. Hea LS69=72) i. ser, 10546 Ose rh
Vol. VIII., 5; BD" ended CUBA) cays oo 18 18h 1211 0
Vol. IX., A OOM see iate Le LO1) 0.5 12° L 16., 16 2 0
Vol. X., Dap tree.) (LOg—719)) 8 a LO! 0 vo 13%. 10
Index, Vols. ie 6 Th NE (1833-79) o0c5- Our7 Gre. : e ORO O
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0
Vol. XII, Perlopeese A GlS86—-90)...... “SENSO.” 7 4 0
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo...........cccceees 4s.6d. .. 6s.T
aan ll epeelL Sed ere oo ak oP ob Godpr 6 comicatog 4s.6d. .. 6s.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t
ny II, 1834. cc 4s. 6d. .. 6s. .) X. 1842. or 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
» Il. 1835. Be 4s. 6d... 6s. ose, dis L843: of 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
a LMA) 1836 3 4s, 6d. .. 6s. a NEES 44. uy 4s. 6d... 6s.
ss V. 1837. - 4s. 6d. .. 6s. », XIIT. 1845. 3 He OS)
oy . VienlSass gg 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIV. 1846. 3 4s. 6d... 68.
» VIL. 1839. Py 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t so wet Vin B47, a 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t
5, VIII. 1840. zs 4s. 6d. .. 6s.¢ | Index 1830-1847. = 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
ey £ s. d.
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. .. 68. ........ LonOs, Skt eae VGH
» XMVII, 1849. 35 £65G6diy eck gh NOS 2100. Se 1 0 8 liga ~6T
» XVIII. 1850. 3 AS) Gah ciate OSen es. hc. fee 1 8 6 118 OF
a XIX. 1851. a3 AS Ol neersiar OS: sich ss, 015 9 ol OF
3 XX. 1852. ‘A Aer Oars a ae OSae Mateion ole at 015 9 1 1 Of
a XXI. 1853. m AeVOds CAE Gs. . sYOSEeE 018 0 1 4 OF
» XXII. 1854. i; Asuodin fs 1 Gs. PR 019 6 1 6 OF
» -SXITI. 1855. - AS IGM eet pe OSu4 AES. arter 1 8 6 LAS OF
» XXIV. 1856, + ASAOd.0 oc) \4BSi eat ot ee 1 0 8 ag Or
Sa ECV SDS. oo SHO. ists OSs. ec cjerstare 108 pet 708 Gh
» XVI. 1858. aS PEMA 61s chal. Ulloa coe e'tiase att a6 2125 Or
» XXVII. 1859. a ASmG dS Oh AMOS aie siccke.s 111 6 2 2 OF
» XXVIII. 1860. AGHGOUS Hepa) FOSsel se sis oeiore 111 6 220%
Index 1848-1860. ,, 48.6d. .. 68.
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public,
US ts) Gaetan losteaers sc 9s. othe 9 LS Sigh LaseeeOSMOGAL 6G1c 45s:
TS62 Fray 45.604.) 68... es a 9s. peels, LOSS casns es MOSM CG aha Sut
USGS AsiGdsy 2.) GS) seat +s 9s. oe gs 2. Bab eS Se O ge men Abies
1864 .. 4s. 6d. .... 65.*...... 9s. rides VAS Mera ciao BE DAL He Stace CIES ¢
1865... 4s. 6d. .... 65. ....-. 9s. BAe Dera ee BOS, DOs ce AOS:
ISGG.37) 455 6de%o.%. Gei¥. 05 os 9s. eee Dees Sas Id.ess ADs:
LSC) SR RES ee eee 9s, Eee LOBE es OSO da ind OS)
LSI SSCA IE? Stel tae 9s. atcieispa li Seem ayarcl eves OOS a creenexa OS
USSD) ac legtl seated rs ead Renata ate 93: aie LoSie ct eM OOS OO cry 4s
SOM ery ree ec erete woycle ces 9s. potas Dawe SRN Se OG 2 abe.
Index, 1861-1870 ............ As i6d., 3.04 94008)
CVA ae Bee MEDC IOOe 9s, SR MUOS ae He OS MO: betes es 40S
Seite wes tana 2 oak eek 9s. Baie OTS a oc OST. ek tT tose
(VE SRO eS a ne 9s. prate MLSHD, ciety OCS OG. hasta Oeat
RTT Ete. Saeed ok ance 9s Fat of AUST. cine OOs eee 488.7
SNL EN Gere /siolioratee PRO 9s ap pee 36s . 485.7
Otte cetaa oak acces aloha wyovaveus 9s 12s. 36s . 48.7
US imeem ca. é eves evovatsceae severe eno sie 9s 12s. 36s . 48s
MOAGe ras Fa cin. eee cen 9s 19s. 36s . 48s
ESTs reg hs wari edio beacons vis 9s 1 OE aid entice 36s . 48s.*
(lele\ Ue. 8 SR eos ieee: Sea 8 be 9s 12s. 36s . 48s.*
Indexl87 1-180 ss28 eee! ASO: Fcc Gs:
LUIS ere a See eae ad ee ee? 9s 12s. . 36s. 48s.*
lisse) cI Rea Er Ge RONG a MET 9s 12s. . 36s. 48s
WS biraras! tiscevnvs) s.ouauyeracie sun neneeees 9s are oe 36s 48s.
SONAR rarer Bs cuskcieha occ 0 a rhi/elereronls 9s 12s: 36s . 48s
GS MAE Cetera ics tetas cteac ere creek 9s 12s. 36s. . 48s.%
ISORMR ts ee, ovate. 9s. 12s. 36s. . 48s.
Same ete teat cs what acer Sate pots clone 9s. 12595, 8,3 36s. . 48s.F
Sree acde hdayasie ava »deehieide Sete os? LEA ee ate oe 36s. . 48s
SMA E Sheitvis ateraun abe thends sleyeraietens 9s, 12s. 36s. 48s
PSEA a tonditc fuasycietd nveinseceazanetars 9s Tee sais 36s. 48s
* No perfeet copies in stock. t Out of print,
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society-of London, (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872, Price 2s.
4
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
‘ Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Tuer ZootocicaL Record.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparb, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s,
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
1890.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 589
November 4, 1890.
Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September, and October 1890:—
The registered additions tu the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 157, of which 24 were by birth, 108 by
presentation, 12 by purchase, and 13 were received on deposit.
The number of departures during the same period by death and
removals was 95.
The most noticeable acquisitions during the month were :—
1. A young male of the Wild Cattle of Chartley Park, Stafford-
shire, presented by Earl Ferrers. This is the first example of any of
the original breeds of English Wild Cattle that has been exhibited in
the Society’s Gardens.
2. A young male Water-buck Antelope (Codus ellipsiprymnus)
from Kisumayu, on the Somali Coast, E. Africa, presented by George
S. Mackenize, Ksq., F.Z.S. This is the first example of the Water-
buck that has been received by the Society for many years.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 141; of these 89 were acquired by presentation,
19 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 68 by birth, and 13 were received
on deposit. The number of departures during the same period by
death and removals was 92.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 61; of these 34 were acquired by presen-
tation, 17 by purchase, 7 by birth, 2 by exchange, and 1 was received
on deposit. The number of departures during the same period by
death and removals was 98.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 77; of these 38 were acquired by presen-
tation, 14 by purchase, 8 by exchange, 11 were bred in the Gardens,
and 6 were received on deposit. The number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 86.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A Common Bee-eater (Merops apiaster), purchased Sept. 15th,
being the first example of any species of the family Meropide that
we have received alive.
2. A young example of the Horned Screamer (Palamedea cornuta),
purchased Sept..29th. This isa rare bird. I believe no example
of it has been received in London since the specimen presented by
Lord Harris in 1851, which lived for some time in the Gardens.
The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of October were 78, of which 10 were by birth,
48 by presentation, 11 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 7 were
received on deposit. The number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 128.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XL. 40
Ja there RUG
; Ss o Ex. Aaa
eat
590 DR. A. B. MEYER ON PASTOR ROSEUS. [ Nov. 4»
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. Two Purple Porphyrios (Porphyrio ceruleus), presented by
J. I. S. Whitaker, Esq., F.Z.S., of Palermo. These are the first
specimens of the South-European Porphyrio received by the Society
direct from Sicily, where they are said to be not uncommon in the
marshes of the south-eastern portion of the island.
2. A young female of Speke’s Antelope (Tragelaphus spekit),
presented by James A. Nicolls, Esq., October 14th, being the first
specimen of this rare and little-known Antelope that has reached
Europe alive. The specimen was captured in the marshes north
of Lake Ngami by Mr. Nicolls and his companions, under cireum-
stances mentioned in that gentleman’s letters to the ‘ Field’ news-
paper *, and was carried in their waggons 800 miles to Kimberley,
whence it was brought to this country by rail and steamer. We
have placed it in a sheltered compartment of the Gazelle sheds and
covered the yard with dried peat fibre, as its peculiar elongated
hoofs render it hardly able to move on a smooth surface.
The accompanying sketch by Mr. Smit (Plate XLVII.) will give
a good idea of the external form of this Antelope. It will be observed
that the animal, although not much more than two years old, is
nearly free from bars and spots.
3. A female Bay Colobus (Colobus ferrugineus), purchased of a
dealer, October 16th, which, however, I regret to say, did not live
many days in the Menagerie. This is the first specimen of this
well-marked Colobus which I have ever seen alive. The sketch,
which I exhibit, by Mr. Smit (Plate XLVIII.) will give a good idea
of its appearance in life.
This is a West-African species, of which positively ascertained
localities are Gambia (Rendall) and Gold Coast (Pel).
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Dr. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S.,
a coloured photograph of a singular variety of the Rose-coloured
Pastor (Pastor roseus) with a red head, and read the following note
from him on the subject :—
“Tt is well known that the invasion of Europe by the Rose-coloured
Pastor in 1889 was repeated this year and that Bulgaria was again
overrun with flocks of this bird. They arrived near Sofia on June
the 4th, the same day as they made their appearance in the previous
year. They came from the east, were observed in Philippopel, and
bred again 8 km. south of Sofia, at Knjajevo, in flocks numbering
altogether about 30,000. In 1889 the eggs were so numerous that
the inhabitants made omelettes of them. The birds are not at all
shy, and one can approach to within about 10 feet of them without
disturbing them. One specimen with a red head was caught alive
and lived a fortnight in the possession of H.R.H. the Prince Ferdi-
nand of Bulgaria, who sent me the foregoing notes and the photo-
? See “Travel and Sport along the Botletle River and around Lake Ngami.”
‘Field,’ Feb. 22, 1890, p. 289; March 1, 1890, p. 8325; March 8, 1890, p. 363.
imp
hanhar
ee
: as
be
“oe,
ig
Dg 7a y \
i a ow ead TRIE
¥ =
>»
‘a>
=
Ph.
1890. ] MR. BOULENGER ON MOLGE VITTATA. 591
graph of this bird, which I have the pleasure of submitting. Iam
not aware that a similar individual variety of Pastor roseus has been
described before. It differs from the typical bird in having the
head and neck red, with the exception of a few feathers on the
crown and forehead and an irregular band round the neck, which
are black, whereas in the normal bird the black extends from the
red breast to the mandible.”
Mr. Boulenger drew attention to an early reference to the Syrian
Newt, Molge vittata, Gray, and made the following remarks :—
On recently perusing Thomas Shaw’s ‘ Travels in Barbary and the
Levant’ (Oxford, 1738), I came across a figure of a Newt which,
though of very unsatisfactory execution, is so far recognizable that
I at once identified it as Molge vittata; and this determination is
confirmed by reference to the text, which runs thus :—‘‘ The Skin-
kére” (p. 375)... found in great numbers in a fountain near
Bellmont [a few miles south of Tripoly |, being of the Lizard kind,
all over spotted, and differ from the common Water Efts in the
extent and fashion of their fins. These, in the males, commence
from the tip of the nose, and running the whole length of the neck
and back to the very extremity of the tail, are continued afterwards
along the under part of the tail quite to the navel; whereas the
tails only of the female are finned. The body and tail of this
animal are accounted to be great provocatives, and are therefore
bought up by the Turks at an extravagant price.”
Except that the anus is taken for the navel, Shaw’s description is
perfectly correct, and it is interesting to find a record of this rare
Newt a century prior to its first scientific description.
It will be remembered that Molge vittata was regarded as a British
animal up to the year 1877, when M. Lataste demonstrated in a
remarkable paper that its habitat is Syria and Asia Minor. The
locality where the Newt was found by Shaw affords no addition of
importance to our knowledge of its distribution, it having been
already recorded in Syria from the Lebanon Coast (Lataste) aud
Beyrut (F. Miller, Boettger).
Mr. J. J. Lister, F.Z.8., gave an account of his visit to the
Pheenix Islands, South Pacific, in June and July 1889, during a
cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Egeria,’ and exhibited specimens of the birds and
eggs obtained there.
The following papers were read :—
40*
592 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAuR. [Nov. 4,
1. On the Gaur (Bos gaurus) and its Allies.
By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.
[Received June 18, 1890.]
(Plate XLIX.)
Very little has been added to our knowledge of the classification,
habits, and distribution of the wild Indian Bovide since Blyth,
thirty years ago, wrote an excellent account of the “ flat-horned
taurine cattle of India”*. But an important addition to the oppor-
tunities hitherto afforded to residents in London of studying the
living animals of this section of the genus Bos has been made by
the arrival at the Society’s Gardens of a young male ‘ Gaur’ or
‘Sladang,’ Bos gaurus, in the autumn of 18897. Despite many
previous attempts to introduce this animal, no other individual is
known to have reached Europe alive. Examples of both the other
species belonging to the same section have lived in the Gardens.
The young animal * now in the Gardens at Regent’s Park was
one of a herd of twenty-four animals captured by the Sultan of
Pahang in the Malay Peninsula, as described by Mr. A. H. Wall
in the ‘Field’ (June Ist, 1889, p. 767). A stockade or kraal,
similar in form to that used for capturing Elephants, was constructed
on a promontory, covered with high grass and bushes, on the
Pahang river, and the herd of Gaur were driven into the enclosure
by about 1500 beaters. The frightened animals charged and
fought each other until one half were killed or mortally wounded,
the survivors were driven into a long narrow passage leading to the
river, and isolated from each other by bamboo poles.
The section of the genus Bos comprising Bos gaurus and its allies
was separated by Hodgson* under the name of Bibos in 1837. It
comprises three well-marked forms, and is distinguished by the horns
being flattened or subelliptical in section, especially towards the
base, by the tail being short, only reaching the hocks, and by the
spinous processes of the dorsal vertebra being long and those of the
1 J. A.S. B. xxix. p. 282 (1860). The substance of this paper was subse-
quently republished with additions in a series of articles on “ Wild types and
sources of Domestic Animals,” that appeared in ‘Land and Water,’ vol. iii.
1867, pp. 287, 345, 395, 422, 476, 630.
2 See P. Z. 8S. 1889, p. 447.
* This animal is now (Noy. 1890) in excellent health and condition, and has
grown nearly to his full stature.
+ J.A.S. B. vi. p. 747; see also J. A.S. B. x. p. 447, and xvi. p. 706. Blyth,
in his ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the Asiatic Society,’ 1863,
p- 160, adopted the generic term Gaveus, Hamilton Smith. In this he was
followed by Jerdon (Mammals of India, p. 301). I cannot find any publication
of the name Gaveus as a generic term by Hamilton Smith. In Griffith’s
‘Cuvier,’ iv. p. 406, and v. p. 375, the Gayal is described under the name of Bos
gaveus, and placed in the subgenus Bison. Hodgson subsequently, in 1847
(J. A. 8. B. xvi. p. 705), separated the Gayal from Bibos, and made it the type
of a distinct genus Gaveus, and both genera were admitted in Horsfield’s
“Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the Hon. East India Company.’
} a
VUE
if
49
1890. ] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAUR. 593
lumbar vertebre short, the change in length taking place abruptly, so
that there is along the anterior half of the back, from the shoulders,
a high ridge which terminates suddenly about halfway down the
trunk. ‘This character, however, is less marked in Bos sondaicus
than in the other two species, and the flattening of the horns is less
conspicuous in females than in males and is sometimes not to be
detected in cows of the species just named.
All the species have a peculiar and characteristic coloration, the
old males being dark brown or almost black, the females and younger
males paler or reddish brown, the legs from just above the knee
and hocks downwards white or whitish.
The three known forms may be thus distinguished :—
A. No white caudal disk; dorsal ridge high. Females dark umber or sepia-
brown.
a. Forehead very concave; a high ridge, the upper border of which is very
conyex, between the horns. Horns curving much, the points turned in-
wards. Bos gaurus (the Gaur).
b. Forehead nearly flat, no elevated ridge between the horns. Horns curving
but little, points not turned inwards.
Bos frontalis (the Gayal or Mithan).
B. A white caudal disk. Females reddish brown approaching chestnut. Dorsal
ridge much lower, termination inconspicuous. Forehead narrower and
skull longer than in the other species. Horns smaller and more curved
than in either, the points turned in. Bos sondaicus (the Banteng).
Coloured figures of the Gayal have already appeared in the
Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ ( 3, 1866, pl.i. ; Q and young, 1882, pl. x.
p- 233). Excellent coloured representations of the Banteng are to be
found in Sal. Miiller and Schlegel’s ‘ Verhandelingen Nat. Gesch.
Ned. overz. Bez.’ The accompanying figure’ (Plate XLIX.) of the
young male of Bos gaurus, now in the Gardens, is probably the first
taken from a living example, though many figures have been given in
illustration of Indian sporting and zoological works?. Not one of
these, however, appears to me to be a really good representation of the
animal, and I am doubtful whether the portrait of the young tame
bull now published will convey a correct idea of an adult Gaur in his
native haunts. The photograph of a dead Gaur (apparently a bull
just mature), which I now exhibit (see woodcut, p. 594), affords a
better conception of the animal than any drawing I have ever seen *.
A figure of the buJl Gayal (Bos frontalis), which serves to show
the proportions, and to some extent the differences of that type,
is given in another photograph, kindly lent to me for the purpose
? This figure is copied from photographs taken in the Gardens by Major J.
Fortune Nott, F.Z.8., who has very kindly allowed them to be used for the
Plate.
* The most spirited and artistic is that by Wolf in Col. Walter Campbell’s
‘My Indian Journal, but it is incorrect in several points. Figures of it are
given in Forsyth’s ‘ Highlands of Central India,’ Sanderson’s ‘ Thirteen Years
among the Wild Beasts of India,’ Sterndale’s ‘ Seonee,’ the same author’s
Natural History of the Mammalia of India and Ceylon,’ and Hornaday’s
‘Two Years in the Jungle.’
° T am indebted for the loan of this photograph to Dr. V. Ball, C.B., and Mr.
A.B. Wynne. I regret to say that the original photographer is not known.
Fig. 1.
594
MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAUR.
[Nov. 4,
Dead Gaur (Bos gaurus) in Bamboo jungle. From a photograph.
1890.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAUR. 599
by Dr. J. Anderson, who had the original in his possession in
Calcutta. It was a superb specimen, and was intended for the
Society’s Gardens, but unfortunately met with an accident, from the
result of which it died, when being shipped for England. The
shorter legs, large dewlap, shorter head, and differently formed horns
are shown in the photograph (see fig. 2).
I cannot concur in the view taken by Hodgson, Gray, Blyth, and
Horsfield that there is a difference amounting to generic distinction
between this group of flat-horned bovines and typical Bos, e. g.
Fig. 2.
Bos frontalis, 8. From a photograph. ,
B. taurus and B. indicus; indeed I feel grave doubts as to the
generic distinction of the Bisons and Buffaloes from the taurine
cattle. Bos sondaicus is in some respects intermediate between Bos
gaurus and the typical forms, whilst the distinctions between Bos
caffer and Bos bubalus, or between Bos bonassus and Bos grunniens,
appear very similar in kind to those between Bos taurus, Bos bon-
assus, and Bos bubalus, and not very different in degree. Butif the
genus Bos be divided, the most natural sections appear to be the
taurine, bisontine, and bubaline ; and the members of the flat-horned
section agree far better, as has been, I think, shown by Lydekker
in his discussion of the fossil forms, with the taurine than with the
596 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GauR. [Nov. 4,
bisontine subdivision, although they were referred to the latter by
Hamilton Smith and others,
Our present knowledge of the range of the three species of this
section of Bos may be thus summarized :—
Bos gaurus.—The Gaur is found in all the larger forest-tracts of
the Indian Peninsula from the Ganges to Cape Comorin, but not in
Ceylon. Its extreme north-western range, at present, I believe to
be in the neighbourhood of the river Nerbudda east of Broach, and
west of long. 80° E. the valley of the Nerbudda forms approximately
its northern limit, though it may in places exist a little further north.
It does not inhabit the grass-jungles of the great Indus and Ganges
plain, except to the eastward in the neighbourhood of the Himalayas ;
in fact this animal is seldom, if ever, found far away from hilly
ground. It oceurs in the forests along the base of the Himalayas
as far west as Nepal, and is met with in the hill-regions south of
Assam and thence in all suitable localities throughout Burma and the
other countries immediately east of the Bay of Bengal down to the
southern extremity of the Malay Peninsula, where its occurrence is
no new discovery, for Blyth recorded its existence there in the paper
already quoted’. The range of the Gaur in Siam, Cochin China,
Tonquin, &c. does not appear to have been ascertained with any
certainty ; it is said to occur in Siam, but I can find no record of its
occurrence further east, and no mention of the existence of any flat-
horned bovine in South China is made by Swinhoe.
The Gaur is unknown in the Malay islands and in Ceylon, but
the statement has repeatedly been made that it formerly inhabited the
latter. I am disposed to think this doubtful, and I quite agree with
Sanderson * in my surprise that the Gaur should have disappeared
from a region where wild Elephants are still found in large numbers.
Throughout the Peninsula of India the reverse is the case; the
Elephant has, I think, clearly been the first to disappear, as in the
Satpuras, the Northern Syhddri, and throughout parts of Chutia
Nagpur, where the Gaur still occurs. A belief in the former occur-
rence of Bos gaurus in Ceylon is partly founded on the fact that
Knox, writing in 1681, mentioned under the name of Guavera an
animal kept tame at Kandy, and partly on Kelaart’s statement * that
“ the Kandyans also say that the Goura once roamed through those
forests which to the present day are called after the Goura, Goura-
Ellia, Goura-Koodie, &c.’’ On the other hand, it is by no means
improbable that the Gaur, like the Tiger, never inhabited Ceylon, a
circumstance very possibly due to the animal not having migrated
into Southern India until after Ceylon had been separated by sea.
Bos sondaicus.—The Banteng is entirely confined to countries east
of the Bay of Bengal. The northernmost localities from which it
' Cantor too, in 1846, stated that the Gaur was “ numerous in the Malayan
Peninsula” (J. A. 8. B. xv. p. 273).
* «Thirteen Years among the Wild Beasts of India,’ p. 243.
3 Prodromus Faun. Zeyl. p. 87. In Griffith’s ‘Cuvier,’ v. p. 410, too, it is
stated that the wild ox or Guayera of Ceylon was shot by British parties during
the war with Kandy. But the animals shot may have been wild Buffaloes.
1890.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAUR. 597
has been distinctly recorded are Northern Pegu and Arrakan west of
Pegu ; but Blyth has shown (J. A. S. B. xxix. p. 294) that it pro-
"bably occurs in the ranges east of Chittagong. It is common in
Tenasserim, and is probably found in Siam, the Malay Peninsula, and
Sumatra. It occurs in Java, Bali, and Borneo, and besides the
wild animals large herds exist in Java and perhaps in Sumatra in a
domesticated state.
Bos frontalis.—I have left this to the last, as the question of the
range and even of the existence of the wild animal is disputed. The
Gayal or Mithan is kept tame by the hill-tribes on both sides of
the Assam valley and throughout the Chittagong hills as far south
as the neighbourhood of Akyab in Arrakan. According to the
earlier accounts, both wild and tame animals are found in the hill-
ranges south of Assam; and an elaborate account was given in the
Linnean Transactions, vol. vii. p. 303, by Mr. Macrae (quoted by
Mr. Lambert) of the manner in which the Kukis captured the wild
herds by the help of the tame Gayals. It is quite possible that this
story may have been devised by the inventive faculty of Mr. Macrae’s
informant, though the account in itself has more innate probability
than most of the legends about animals that we owe to the imagina-
tion of the natives of India, whether civilized or not. Some recent
writers, and especially Mr. J. Sarbo', who writes apparently with
good opportunities for knowing, declare that there is no such animal
as a wild Bos -frontalis known, at all events in the country extend-
ing from Assam to Arrakan. Blyth, too*, only notices the wild
race as numerous in the Mishmi hills and other hill-ranges bordering
on Upper Assam, and states that it is the domestic race that extends
southward to near Akyab.
It has even been suggested (though certainly not by Mr. Sarbo,
who clearly appreciates the distinction between the two) that
Bos frontalis is a domestic race of Bos gaurus. This is not im-
possible, but at the same time it is not, I think, a probable view.
because if it were the case, as both animals inhabit the same forests,
and as the tame herds of Bos frontalis are said to roam freely during
the day, merely returning at night to their owner’s village, the two
would assuredly interbreed ; and it is incredible that the difference
between Bos gaurus and Bos frontalis should be so constant as it is,
and so very much more marked than in the case of the wild and
tame Buffalo, although the range of the tame animal in the latter case
is very far from coinciding with that of the wild race. Hybrids
between Bos frontalis and the humped cattle B. indicus are said to
be common ; but the skulls of B. frontalis brought from localities as
far apart as Upper Assam and the Chittagong hills appear, so far
as can be judged from the accounts given, to be similar to each
other, and to be all similarly distinguished from those of B. gaurus.
Further information on this point is desirable ; but as to the absolute
distinction of the two and the absence of intermediate forms we have
Pes . 8. 1883, p. 143.
2 Cat. Mamm. Mis: As. Soc. 1863, p. 162.
598 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE INDIAN GAUR. __[ Nov. 4,
the important testimony of so good and trustworthy an observer as
Mr. S. E. Peal’.
There are two facts that should be borne in mind in any endeavour
to disentangle the somewhat complicated history of Bos frontalis.
1. The names of animals used by various nations and tribes are
just as carelessly and loosely applied as English terms are employed by
English-speaking people. In America the English term selected
for the Bison is the name of that particular bovine to which perhaps
the Bison is least related and which it least resembles—the Buffalo
—whilst in India the common English name for Bos gaurus is
Bison. It is not therefore surprising that terms ike Gaur and Gayal
are interchangeable. In fact, in a number of Indian languages, the
name applied to Bos gaurus means wild buffalo’. I have myself
heard the name Gayal used for Bos gaurus in Orissa, where Bos
frontalis is unknown. Probably the same name Gayal is used by
such inhabitants of Tipperah, Chittagong, &c. as speak Hindi or
Bengali (foreign languages to the majority) indifferently for Bos
gaurus and Bos frontalis. Mr. Peal states that in Upper Assam
both are known as Mithan. It is easy to understand the confusion
that may thus have been caused to naturalists of a generation or
two back, who appear, judging by their writings, to have regarded
such names as restricted to particular species.
2. Blyth has given at length * some very curious evidence ob-
tained by him, which, if correct, certainly appears to. show that Bos
gaurus itself is domesticated by some of the hill-tribes in the
Tippera hilis. If this were substantiated, it might account for the
descriptions by Mr. Macrae of the taming of wild ‘Gayals’ by
the Kukis, the Gayals in question being Bes gaurus. As I have
already stated, Mr. Macrae’s story has a distinct appearance of
truth.
I think it highly probable that Mr. Sarbo is right in his opinion
that Bos frontalis does not exist wild south of Assam. It is true
that we know very little of the great hill-area south of Manipur
between the Kyendwen river and its tributaries to the east and
Tipperah, Chittagong, Arrakan, &c., to the west. But it is scarcely
probable that three wild forms so nearly allied as Bos gaurus, Bos
frontalis, and Bos sondaicus should be found living wild in the
same area. It is far from improbable that B. sondaicus is the re-
presentative in comparatively level country of the hill-loving Bos
gaurus, and that the two do not actually inhabit the same tract, but
both Bos gaurus and Bos frontalis are distinctly inhabitants of hill-
forests and are spendid climbers*. It is more probable that these
1 Nature, Nov. 5th, 1885, vol. xxxiii. p. 7.
2 Ran-hila,Ran-pada in Mahratti and Guzaratti, and Jangli Khilydas quoted
by Jerdon. I have even heard the name Arza, the correct appellation of a
wild buffalo, applied to Bos gaurus.
3 J. A.S. B. xxix. p. 294; seealso Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soe. p. 162, Gaveus
gaurus, specimen D,
* To the powers of Bos gaurus in this respect I can speak from personal
observation. I have seen them go at speed down slopes where I could only
follow by holding on to the bamboos and shrubs, and all observers have re-
1390. ] DR. A. B. MEYER ON A NEW SQUIRREL. 599
two are representative species, inhabiting distinct areas. Bos
JSrontalis may be the wild ox of the Misbmi hills and of the moun-
tains extending eastwards from Assam. These hills have scarcely
been penetrated by any Europeans and are extremely difficult of
access. In some MS. notes, for which Iam indebted to Mr. Hume,
he gives measurements of the horns on a skull, which was sent to
him as that of a wild animal from the South Mishmi hills. The
measurements are those, I think, of B. frontalis, the tips of the horns
being 37 inches apart.
There is one more point on which a remark is necessary. The
animal described briefly by Mr. Davison* as the ‘ Sapio’ of the
Malays may be Bos sondaicus. It is not impossible that the white
of the ‘stockings’ may be rufous in some individuals of either
B. gaurus or B. sondaicus (I have seen them deep yellow in a bull
B. frontalis)’. The insides of the legs are not unfrequently of a
golden brown and may occasionally be chestnut. It seems hardly
probable that an additional species besides Bos gaurus and Bos son-
daicus remains to be discovered in the Malay Peninsula.
2. Description of a new Squirrel from the Philippine
Islands. By A. B. Meyer, M.D., Director of the Royal
Zoological Museum, Dresden, C.M.Z.S., &e.
[Received August 28, 1890.]
There were, till quite recently, but few species of Squirrels known
from the Philippines, though the great islands in the south of the
Indian Archipelago (Celebes and Borneo) had already been shown
to possess a large series, and new species are being discovered
there nearly every year. Putting aside Borneo, which, being more
intimately related to the continent of Asia, is rich in Squirrels,
Celebes, together with its small adjacent islands, is known to possess
seven species, viz. :—
Sciurus murinus, M. & Schl., from North Celebes.
5» rubriventer, M. & Schl., from North Celebes.
» leucomus, M. & Schl., from North Celebes.
» prevosti, Desm., from North Celebes.
marked on the climbing propensities of Bos frontalis. Bos sondaicus is, as
Blyth points out, a more leggy animal than its two allies, and I think B. gaurus
has proportionally longer legs than B. frontalis.
1 P.Z.8. 1889, p. 448. It is worthy of notice that Cantor (J. A.S. B. xv.
p. 272), in his Catalogue of the Mammalia inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula
and islands, does not mention Bos sondaicus and gives Saki utan (which means,
I believe, simply wild cattle) as the Malay name of Bos gaurus.
? Since the above was written, I have seen the bull Gayal in the Society’s
Gardens, with a distinctly ferruginous tinge on parts of his white ‘stockings.’
I can well believe that all the lower part of each leg may be stained red in
some animals. The coloration is due, Mr. Bartlett tells me, to an exudation,
that becomes much more copious in hot weather.
600 DR. A. B. MEYER ON A NEW SQUIRREL. [ Nov. 4,
Sciurus rosenbergi, Jent., from Sangi Island to the north of
Celebes.
weberi, Jent., from Central Celebes.
notatus, Bodd., from South Celebes and the island of
Saleyer to the south of Celebes.
3°
9
On the other hand, from the Philippines only three species were
known, viz. :—
(1) Sciurus philippinensis, Waterh., from Mindanao (P. Z. S.
1839, p. 117) and Basilan, (fide Steere), which is insuffi-
ciently described, but is said to be closely allied to Se. tenwis,
Horsf., a widespread species (cf. Jentink, Notes, 1883, p.125).
(2) S. steerii, Gthr., from the islands of Balabac and Palawan
(P. Z. S. 1876, p. 735, plate Ixix.), which is a brown-red
species. And the small
(3) S. concinnus, Thomas, from the island of Basilan (Ann. Mag.
N. H. 6th ser. ii. p. 407, 1888), which is similar to the widely
spread Sc. ewilis, M. & Schl.
To these three species two have been quite recently added by Prof.
Steere, though only provisionally and insufficiently described, viz. :—
Sciurus mindanensis, Steere, from Mindanao; and
Sciurus samarensis, Steere, from the islands of Samar and
Leyte (see “A List of the Birds and Mammals collected
by the Steere Exped.,” Ann Arbour, Mich., July 14, 1890,
p- 29 et seq.).
The new species, which I am about to describe, has, so far as I
see, nothing to do with these five species already known from the
Philippines. I propose to name it
ScIURUS CAGSI, 0. sp.
Fur short and rather stiff. Upper parts entirely blackish, varie-
gated or grizzled with light yellowish brown, each hair being black,
ringed with yellow near the tip; bristles entirely black as well as the
whiskers ; ears covered with short hair of same colour as body ;
cheeks and side parts of head and neck rather more yellowish.
Underparts greyish or brownish white, under base of tail more or
less ferruginous. Tail bushy, variegated with reddish brown, black,
and white above; beneath brown, edged laterally on each side by a
longitudinal black stripe, bordered externally with white; end of
tail white.
Skull rather elongated ; premolars 3, the anterior minute molars
broad ; m.? 3 mm. in breadth; the series of dentition parallel.
Measurements of type (an adult skin, No. 2007 Mus. Dresd.),
millim.
PICA AMMEN UO peste» «laren iit, neqne-aisionl® 220
Teaalewitihoutahairsiers. jas eb-ercanteiste toe c. 170
Mailiwithdhairsnstshy14 sels eee c. 270
Hand foot.” &. Sent eeiees 2h as eR eae 47
1390.] DR. A. B. MEYER ON A NEW SQUIRREL. 601
millim
Heel to front of naked sole bic aihee ats 32
Harare te aes A Eek So Be 12
Tedpimamwoirkers, jfsce2cvsh . Hank 47
Measurements of smallest specimen (skin, No. 2015 M. Dr.).
millim.
eet RA cis ase unieysininss Papieiteglioe
SATU IEG MAILS caleye rs oss) aoitss a.6.s ent 6 c. 170
FOU Gavvitt ean ERATE icra) Sreyeath ata cat arat a) che ae ei tiat c. 220
ET ORLOO Laas te, nalor caxotecs oars faite eae 44
Heel to front of naked sole .......... 31
Tene tle Of AV BISKOEs ate n 507s jn: ma ain dnc « 40
Measurements of Skulls and Skeletons. (The Dresden Museum
received from Prof. Semper two skeletons (Nos. 291 and 292) of
a Squirrel from ‘* Mindanao,” without determination of species,
but I do not doubt that they belong to Se. cagsi.)
No. 2009 | No. 2007 | No. 291 | No. 292
M. Dr. | M. Dr. | M. Dr. | M. Dr.
mm, min. mm. mm.
Total length of skull ............ c. 48 e, 50°5 51:5 49
Basal length of skull (see
Nehring, Stzb. natf. Fr. Berl.
ASSO, Ws dy Med) secenseeewecae def. def. 43°5 42
Tip of nasals to bregma ......... 33 35°5 35 34
Length of nasals ...............-2. 145 15 15°5 15:5
Zygomatic breadth ............... 29°5 315 30°5 28°5
Interorbital breadth ............... 175 19 aia 17
Breadth of nasals anteriorly ... 7-2 75 7 6
Breadth of nasals posteriorly ... 4 5 5 45
Length of palate 22 22'5 23°5 225
Diastemia ., s0cbhs: eeduecorecneeeee: 115 12 12 12
Length of tooth-series ............ 9 9°8 95 95
Leng thot scapul aeeoeacsese ese lsce este liwcee res 29°5 275
hengthyof hiumerts es csse-cceses|peeiess 4 |) eects 35 33°D
Meng th of radius tsstecseecasscsssse|0 -deeee tf coeaee 39 37
ens thy offer, esses wesree-e: | meee come | eee 43, 415
Wengthi of tibial s.s.es<cs-+-e2--acra| | eeeenes Facet AT 435
Length of tarsus without claws.| ...... | ...... 45 41°5
Hhengikr Of Pelvis) tracsees-ececoxa Meee al Useey es 382 34
Number of costal vertebree 12, of lumbar 8 (7 in no. 292), of
sacral 3, of caudal 26 (tail in no. 292 defective); Sciurus europeus
has after different authors 12, 7, 3 and 21-25 respectively.
Hab. Davao, South Mindanao (Platen), “« Mindanao” (Semper).
Native name: Cagsi.
The general coloration of this Squirrel is similar to that of the
widespread Sc. tenuis, Horsf., but that species is only half its size and
has no white on the tail. Sc. cagsi also reminds one of Sc. leucomus,
M. & Schl., from Celebes, in its general coloration; but the last-
named species has white behind the ears, which are long-haired, and
reddish underparts, and offers, besides, other differences.
602 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A CERVINE JAW. [Nov. 4,
3. On a Cervine Jaw from Algeria.
By R. Lyvexxer, B.A., F.Z.S.
[Received September 1, 1890.]
The specimen forming the subject of the present communication
was sent by Dr. John Murray to the Natural History Museum, where
it was submitted to my notice. It had been forwarded to Dr.
Murray by Monsieur Rouyer, of Hammam Meskoutin, near Guel-
ma, Algeria; and is stated to have been found at that place ina
tufaceous deposit, at a depth of one metre from the surface.
The specimen consists of a fragment of the left maxilla of a
Ruminant containing the last five cheek-teeth, of which the third
premolar and the second and third molars are somewhat imperfect.
It is somewhat impregnated with mineral matter of a full buff colour,
but the enamel of the teeth is but slightly changed from its original
tint. The condition of the specimen recalls that of the Mammalian
remains obtained from the Karnul cavern-deposits of Madras; and
I should consider it probable that the deposit whence it was obtained
was of Pleistocene age.
Two views of the teeth of this specimen are given in the accom-
panying drawing, from which their chief structural characters will
be apparent.
Cervus algericus.
Oral and outer views of the last five left upper cheek-teeth. }.
The teeth are about one-third worn, and thus indicate a fully
adult animal. The molars have square and extremely brachydont
1890. ] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A CERVINE JAW. 603
crowns, with a very bold internal cingulum, rising between the two
inner columns into a flattened triangular accessory column. On the
outer or external aspect these teeth are remarkable for the excessive
development of the oblique ridges forming the lateral borders of the
outer columns, or crescents, so that distinct cavities are produced on
the outer surface by the reflection of these bordering ridges. The
antero-external extremity of the second inner crescent runs up nearly
to the extremity of the interval between the outer crescents after the
fashion of the Cervide.
The premolars are likewise characterized by the strong develop-
ment of the internal cingulum, and the reflection of the lateral ridges
of the external surface of the outer crescent.
From the general characters of the teeth, as detailed above, more
especially the brachydontism of the crowns, the form of the inner
accessory column, and the outward extension of the antero-internal
angle of the second inner crescent, I have no doubt that the specimen
is referable to one of the Cervide. It indicates a Stag of somewhat
smaller dimensions than Cervus cashmirianus. No existing species
of Cervus that has come under my observation has teeth with the
large inner cingulum and complex outer surface which characterizes
the present specimen.
I have, indeed, found a few isolated teeth of the extinct C. giganteus,
as exemplified by specimens in the Natural History Museum, pre-
senting an inner cingulum approximating to that found in the molars
of the jaw under consideration; but such teeth do not show the
‘ pocketed ’ external surface found in the fossil molars. The nearest
approach to the latter feature that I have observed occurs in the
molars of some of the larger species of the Rusine group of the genus
Cervus ; but all the members of that group are widely differentiated
from the fossil by their hypsodontism.
In the memoirs of Monsieur P. Thomas on the Fossil Mammals
of Algeria, published in the Mém. Soc. Géol. France and elsewhere,
there is no mention of any teeth like those of the specimen before
us, nor indeed is there any species of Cervus described from the
later Tertiaries of Algeria.
Seeing, then, that the specimen under consideration appears to
indicate a species decidedly specifically distinct from all existing Cer-
vide, and which cannot be identified with any fossil form known
to me, I may be justified in regarding it, at least provisionally, as
representing a new species, for which I propose the name of Cervus
algericus.
This species may be defined as follows :
Somewhat smaller in size than Cervus cashmirianus, with brachy-
dont molars, having a very large inner cingulum, and the external
surface complicated by the excessive development and reflection of
the lateral ridges of the outer crescents so as to form distinct pockets
on this surface at the base of the ridges in question.
The teeth of this specimen appear to represent the most complex
type of brachydont and selenodont molars yet described; and I
venture to hope that the description of this specimen may lead
604 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE [Nov. 4,
to further investigation which will result in the discovery of the
skull and antlers of this species.
It may be added that a cast of the specimen has been deposited in
the Natural History Museum.
4. Note on the Skull of the East-African Reed-buck
(Cervicapra bohor). By Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S.
[Received September 10, 1890.]
Among the specimens collected by Mr. H. C. V. Hunter, F.Z.S., in
Eastern Central Africa, and presented by him to the British Museum,
there is the skull of an adult male Reed-buck, to which Mr. Hunter
Skull of Cervicapra redunca.
Jj, jugal ; 7, lacrymal.
has especially directed my attention and which is the subject of the
present paper.
1890. ] EAST-AFRICAN REED-BUCK. 605
In Sir J. Willoughby’s ‘ East Africa and its Big Game,’ p. 289’,
Mr. Hunter alludes to this East-African Reed-buck in the following
words :—
“This Antelope obtained by us differs from the South-African
one, and will probably prove to be a new species ; the horns in this
are thicker and more bent forward at the tips. It is found in the
early morning and evening feeding near the edges of reedy swamps,
Fig. 2
Skull of Cervicapra bohor.
7t, jugo-lacrymal suture; 0, lower edge of infraorbital rim.
and when disturbed immediately runs into the rushes. It was very
common round a large swamp near Mikunduni, in the Masai country,
* In the same list (p. 290) Mr. Hunter mentions a Duiker from Kilimanjaro,
alt. 10,000 ft., with remarkably dense and long fur. I believe this to be a
climatic variety of Cephalophus grimmiz.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLI. 4]
606 DR. GUNTHER ON THE EAST-AFRICAN REED-BUCK. [Nov. 4,
south-west of the mountain. It is of a light yellow colour, the hair
being rather long and coarse.”
The British Museum possesses skulls of the Common Reed-buck
(Cervicapra arundinacea) and of the species to which the name
Cervicapra redunca has been applied by Gray. Our specimens of
the latter species are from the Cape Colony (coll. Burchell) and from
the Orange River. But we do not possess specimens of this species
from West Africa, so that I cannot offer an opinion as to whether
the so-called West-African C. redunca is really identical with, or
distinct from, our South-African specimens. This, however, is a col-
lateral question which, as we shall see presently, has no bearing upon
the determination of the Masai Reed-buck.
Riippell (N. Wirb. p. 20, Taf. vii. fig. 1) describes the Abyssinian
Reed-buck under the name of Antilope redunca ; but at a later period,
after be had had an opportunity of comparing its skull with one from
West Africa, he came to the conclusion that it is distinct, changing
its name into Redunca bohor (Verz. Mus. Senckenb., Saiugeth. 1842,
p- 38). I have no doubt that this Abyssinian Reed-buck is the
same as the one from the Masai country. Although Riippell’s
craniological notes are extremely meagre, they apply pretty well to
the skull brought home by Mr. Hunter and another obtained by
Capt. Speke.
There cannot be the least donbt that (as stated by Mr. Hunter)
this animal differs widely from the common Reed-buck (Cervicapra
arundinacea), being of considerably smaller size and having horns of
an entirely different shape. In fact the Masai Reed-buck comes
nearer to the South-African specimens in the British Museum
named Cervicapra redunca, but the cranial differences sufficiently
indicate a distinct species.
Cervicapra redunca (fig. 1, p. 604) is distinguished by its very
large orbit ; in a skull 230 millim. long the vertical dimensions of
the orbit is 45 millim.; the eyeball is supported below by a largely
expanded concavity of the jugal bone, the lower edge of the orbit
being particularly sharp and thin, merging into the suture between
the jugal and lacrymal bones. The cheek part of the skull is flat,
rather concave, so that the facial portion of the cranium between
the orbit and the antorbital foramen appears rather compressed when
viewed from above. :The ascending ramus of the intermaxillary
reaches to, or nearly to, the nasal bone. The horns are but slightly
divergent and very little bent forwards.
In Cervicapra bohor (fig. 2, p. 605) the orbit is comparatively
smaller ; in a skull 245 millim. long the vertical diameter of the orbit
is only 40 millim.; the jugal bone is much less expanded to form
the bottom of the orbital cavity ; the lower rim of the orbit has two
edges, the lower of which does not merge into the jugo-lacrymal
suture, but runs parallel to it at a distance of about 8 millim. The
cheek part of the skull is swollen and convex, so that the facial portion
of the cranium above the molar teeth cannot be termed compressed.
The ascending ramus of the intermaxillary is short, terminating at
a considerable distance from the nasal bone.
1890.] ON A FORMULA FOR GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 607
The horns are much stronger and larger than in our specimens of
Cervicapra redunca ; their basal portion is somewhat flattened from
the front backwards, but similarly corrugated; they diverge very
slightly, and have their points strongly curved forwards.
The skull of a female Antelope brought home by Capt. Speke and
given to the Museum in 1863 evidently belongs to the same species ' ;
it has the basal portion of the nasal bones raised into a slight
convexity, whilst this part is flat in the male. A similar sexual
difference exists in the skulls of Cervicapra arundinacea.
Sir Samuel Baker seems to have met with the same species, to
judge from the sketch which he has kindly given me of a skull in
his possession. In the notes added to this sketch he states that the
Antelope is of the size of a Fallow-deer, and that its native name
among the Madi tribe is “Oboor;” that it is never seen in herds,
but generally in pairs, excepting when a young calf is with the
parents. He found it between 4° and 2° 30’ N. lat.
5. A Graphic Formula to express Geographical Distribution.
By P. Cuatmers Mrrcuett, B.A., Senior Demonstrator
in the Morphological Laboratory, Oxford. (Communi-
cated by F. E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.)
[Received September 26, 1890.]
In lecturing on the Geographical Distribution of Animals, I have
found pictorial representation of the facts a considerable difficulty.
The construction of a sufficient number of coloured maps is trouble-
some and tedious, and it is impossible for students to copy them. I
have designed a graphic formula to supply their place. The formula
can be drawn, copied, or printed with great ease.
Take a map of the world on Mercator’s projection and draw across
it an equatorial line. Through the middle of this let a vertical line
be drawn at right angles to the equatorial line. Next let the lower
right-hand space be bisected by a vertical line, and let the space to
the right of this new line be bisected by a horizontal line. These
lines map out the world into the zoogeographical regions. As the
relative positions of the spaces correspond to the relative positions
of the regions, it is unnecessary in the formula to inscribe in them
the names of the regions represented. A set of lines which can
1 This skull is referred to in Sclater’s list of the animals observed by Speke
and Grant (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 103) as no. 23, Kobus sp. ?, with a note by
Speke “that its native name is Ndjezza, and that it is found among the grasses
near water in Uganda.” Speke, however, was mistaken in thinking that he met
with females only of this Antelope, for it is evident that the “ Heleotragus
reduncus” (no. 20 of the same list), of which Grant shot an example in Usagara,
was a male of Cervicapra bohor.
41*
608 MR. P. C. MITCHELL ON A FORMULA TO [Nov. 4,
be drawn with four strokes of the pen thus indicates the regions in
their relative positions, fig. 1.
Figs 1.
Nearctic. Palearctic.
Oriental.
Neotropical. Ethiopian.
Australian.
The four subregions in each region except in the Nearctic
region lie, in a general way, two to the north, two to the south, two
to the east, two to the west. In the Palearctic region, for instance,
the North-European and Siberian subregions are the northern pair ;
the Mediterranean and Manchurian the southern pair ; the North-
European and Mediterranean are the western, the Siberian and
eb iaina the eastern subregions. If the subregions are numbered
thus :—
North-European........ 1
Mediterranean ...... Se
SID ELIA uShis optleh en obiokence
Manehurian™ «© 5 2. <<. ae
and if the numbers be placed as indicated in figure 2, it will be seen
that the numbers are in the relative position of the regions they
denote.
Fig. 2.
1 3
2 4
rie
|
The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4 are placed in similar relative position in
the spaces corresponding to the other regions except the Nearctic, and
obviously represent subregions as in the following list :—
Eruior1an Recion.... 1. West Africa.
2. South Africa.
3. East Africa.
4. Madagascar.
ORtTENTABY. 22".. / 88 .». 1. Hindostan.
2. Ceylon.
3. Indo-China.
4. Indo-Malay.
1890. ] EXPRESS GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 609
. Austro-Malay.
. Australia.
. Polynesia.
. New Zealand.
JADSTRARIAN sisieaccaieie ce 1
2
3
4
NEOTROPICAL 2.2.0... 1. Mexico.
2
3
4
. Chili.
. Antilles.
. Brazil.
The only irregularity of importance is in the Nearctic region-
There the Canadian subregion is to the north of three other sub-
regions, and the figure 1 is placed vertically above 2, 3, 4.
INEAROFIC.. 2. - +=. on 1. Canada.
2. California.
3. Rockies.
4. Eastern States.
The distribution of an animal or of a group is represented by
writing in their proper positions the subregions in which the animal
or group occurs. Thus a universal distribution is indicated by
fig. 3. A partial distribution, for instance the distribution of the
Lemurs, is given in fig. 4.
_
e
The formula represents the facts almost as faithfully as does a
coloured map. It can be written and copied with the utmost
rapidity, and it can be printed without engraving by the use of type-
lines. Elaboration is easy, but the simplicity of the formula in its
present form seems an advantage.
610 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON A NEW JERBOA. [Nov. 4,
6. On a new Genus and Species of Rodents of the Family
Dipodide from Central Asia. By W. L. Scrarter,
M.A. FAS.
[Received October 25, 1890.]
(Plate L.)
While engaged in examining and cataloguing the collection of
Mammals in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, I came across two
specimens which seemed to belong toa species of the genus Alactaga.
On removing the skull from one of the specimens, I found that I was
quite unable to identify it with any species of Alactaga hitherto
described. Nor have 1, in the course of fresh researches, been able
to find any specimens, either in the Indian or the British Museums,
which in any way resemble it. In fact the skull in question differs
so strikingly from that of all the other forms of Dipodide, that it
seems necessary to make a new genus for its reception. I therefore
propose the generic name Euchoreutes (ev bené et yopeurijs saltator)
for this Rodent, with the specific term naso, on account of its prom-
inent and pig-like snout.
EUCHOREUTES NASO, sp. nov. (Plate L.)
The fur is soft and long, of a blackish“grey colour, mixed with
red on the back; posteriorly the red predominates and becomes
much more conspicuous at the root of the tail; the sides and belly
are pure white, quite sharply defined from the grey colour of the
back ; the snout, cheeks, and chin are also white. The snout is
very projecting and pig-like, and there is a large bare area round the
nostrils, which is surrounded by a ring of very short stiff upright
hairs. In Alactaga indica the snout is much shorter and more
rounded, and there is no bare area round the nostrils.
The ears are very long, and extend considerably beyond the end
of the snout when pressed forward ; they are clothed within with
fine scanty silver hairs; externally, where they are divided into an
anterior and posterior portion by a fold, the anterior part is covered
with a few silvery hairs, while the posterior is hairless.
There are four pairs of mammeze— one pair of pectoral, one pair of
inguinal, and two pairs intermediate.
In the anterior limb the digits and claws are very long and slender ;
all the five digits are distinctly clawed, whereas in Alactaga indica
the first digit bears a nail. There are four carpal pads, two smaller
distal pads at the base of the fourth and fifth digits, and two larger
subequal proximal pads.
In the hind limb, which is rather long, the first and fifth toes are
subequal, the first being slightly longer; the ends of the claws do
not quite reach the metatarsal joints of the three median digits.
The second, third, and fourth toes are subequal, the median one
being only very slightly longer than the other two; the difference
EEE OO
-OSVN SHLORHOn ON
dust preyue yy : “UT UES *P
eT Tees OG ae ite A aeaeL
1890. ] MR. W. L. SCLATER ON A NEW JERBOA. 611
in length between these toes is very much greater in A. indica and
in all other species of Alactaga that I have been able to examine.
Beneath the three median toes of all Jerboas there are large
laterally compressed pads, which are marked with parallel con-
strictions. In Huchoreutes there are four constrictions on each
toe-pad, while in A/actaga there are four constrictions on the median
toe and only three on the second and fourth toes.
The tail resembles that of Alactaga; itis very long and tufted,
with long hairs at the end ; the tuft is basally white, but black in
the middle and white again at the tip. ‘The hairs of the tuft are
equally developed all round, and do not seem to be arranged in so
distichous a manner as in Alactaga.
Skull of Muchoreutes naso.
The skull of Euchoreutes is of a much longer and more slender
type than that of any other species of Jerboa, and is altogether very
distinct in general appearance.
The nasals are very long and narrow and the bulla much inflated,
so that when the skull is viewed from above they project both
laterally and posteriorly, and give it a very different appearance from
that of all other Jerboas. There is also a very marked constriction
of the frontal bones in the middle of their length just above the eye ;
this is quite unrepresented in the skull of Alactaga.
The zygoma is very weak and thin, and the vertical portion,
which separates the optic from the antorbital foramen, is also very
thin, and slopes from above downwards posteriorly, while in Alactaga
the corresponding part of the zygoma is either vertical or anteriorly
directed ; in consequence of this the antorbital foramen is very
differently shaped, being about half the size of the optic foramen ;
there is, as in Dipus, a separate canal at the base of the foramen for
the exit of the nerve.
Another very distinctive feature of the skull of Huchoreutes,
when viewed laterally, is the long anterior trumpet-shaped pro-
longation of the nasal cavity formed by the nasals and premaxillee,
the opening of which is considerably in front of the anterior line of
the incisors, while the reverse is the case in all the other skulls of
Jerboas which I have been able to examine.
Viewed from below, the anterior palatine foramina will be seen to
be very large and to extend back to behind the anterior line of the
molars, while in Alactaga they do not extend so far as the anterior
line of the premolars.
612 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON A NEW JERBOA. [ Nov. 4,
Behind the large anterior palatine foramina there are found,
between the posterior molars, a large pair of posterior palatine
foramina, which are only represented by very minute passages in the
other Jerboas.
The very large size of the bulle in Huchoreutes causes them
nearly to meet in the median line, where, as in all other Jerboas,
there is a considerable interval between the two bullze in the region
of the basioccipital.
In the lower jaw of Alactaga there is between the condyle and
the angle an outwardly and backwardly projecting thick process of
bone, which is very conspicuous in all the species of that genus that
I have been able to examine ; this process is quite unrepresented in
Euchoreutes.
The dentition of Euchoreutes is similar to that of Alactaga, and
consists of one premolar and three molars above, and three molars
below ; the crowns of the molars, however, are much shorter, and
the cusps much longer and sharper than those of other Jerboas.
The incisors, as in Alactaga, are not grooved.
The following measurements are in inches and decimals :—
Total length from snout to base of tail.......-.. 3°25
Tail to end of vertebra ......5.2-.0..eeeeeees 5°85
DE LN RR SAE hy EO ne 6°40
Length of ears from vertex .........+-+ ee eee 1°55
Distance from snout to ear (in extracted skull) .. 1:20
Fore limb from elbow-joint to end of toes ...... 1°10
Tarsus to-end of Ist digit... 2.05.6 +2 s.0+eee-- 115
55 Hs PTs eM Rey MS) RERIONSENGERE CAONE 1°65
° ee ie ge ce ee eee 1-70
: Oe pe RAS ne arent ee 1:65 5
os as EF Ral apa ESR ane 1:10
Total deneth of slaw ction neo teviat nape caer = sete eon eee
Breadth Gf 7ygoma , ej... 0:0 secre ween nies 2s “50
me At TANM CASE i. ciskevsre-s)cuctsfersiciusiorebeledeten = « 53
Bs at interorbital constriction ...........- 30
Length of nasals ..........2-2-ceeeseeeeees "45
Anterior palatine foramen........ ....0+--+--- 20
Length of molars and premolars ...........+-- *20
S5 lower jaw from the condyle to the incisors *70
Habitat. The two specimens of Euchoreutes naso were procured
by the Hon. Charles Ellis, during his journey through Eastern or
Chinese Turkestan, and presented to the Indian Museum. They
were probably obtained by him in the sandy plains round the city
of Yarkand, but no exact locality is attached to them.
The new genus Luchoreutes belongs essentially to the Dipodine
as defined by Alston (P. Z. S. 1876, p. 89), of which subfamily it
will form a fourth genus. I subjoin a table of the principal charac-
ters of the four genera.
1890. ] SAIGA ANTELOPE FROM PLEISTOCENE DEPOSITS. 613
Dipus. Euchoreutes. Alactaga. Platycercomys.
Hind feet ... with 3 digits. with 5 digits. with 5 digits. with 5 digits.
Mail ira wescas cylindrical cylindrical cylindrical flattened and
and tufted. and tufted. and tufted. lancet-
: shaped.
austere | --- large. very large. moderate.
‘Antorbital with a sepa- with a sepa- with no sepa-
fapmaiea rate passage rate passage rate passage
for nerve. for nerve. for nerve.
Incisors ...... grooved. smooth. smooth.
Premolars ... generally ab- Premolar pre- Premolarpre- No premolars.
sent. sent above. sent above.
In addition to these characters, Huchoreutes differs from all other
forms of the Dipodide which I have been able to examine in :—
1. Its long pig-like snout, which is accompanied by a corre-
sponding development of the anterior part of the skull.
2. The very large size of the auditory bulle.
3. The interorbital constriction of the frontal bones.
4, The large size of the posterior palatine foramina.
5. The absence of the process on the lower jaw between the
condyle and the angle.
I have to thank Mr. Oldfield Thomas for assistance and advice
when examining the specimens in the British Museum.
7. Note on the Occurrence of the Saiga Antelope in the
Pleistocene Deposits of the Thames Valley. By A.
SmitaH Woopwarp, F.Z.S.
[Received November 4, 1890. ]
The extensive Western range of the Saiga Antelope (Saiga ta-
tarica) during the Pleistocene Period has long been well known
through the researches especially of French palzontologists. Not
only do its bones and teeth occur in considerable numbers in certain
of the cave-deposits in the Departments of Vienne, Dordogne, Tarn-
et-Garonne, and Haute-Garonne*, but at least one recognizable
sketch of the head of the animal has been found upon an artificially
incised bone, of the kind so often met with in the caverns where
relics of human handiwork occur*. The Saiga thus inhabited
Western Europe as late as the era of Paleolithic man, and was
doubtless one of the objects of his chase.
Until the present time, however, no evidence of the occurrence of
this animal in the British area has been discovered among the
1 Details are given by A. Gaudry, ‘Matériaux pour |’Histoire des Temps
Quaternaires,’ fase. ii. (1880), with four plates.
2 P, Gervais, Journ. de Zool. yol. ii. (1873), p. 229, woodcut.
614 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE Nov. 4,
innumerable fossil bones disinterred from almost all caverns and
valley deposits where excavations have been made. So long ago as
1757, it is true, Dr. J. Collet incidentally mentioned the discovery
Frontlet and horn-cores of Saiga tatarica, S$. Half nat. size.
of the horns of an antelope near Newbury, in Berkshire; and some
have supposed that the Saiga may possibly be the species in question.
But the fossil on which the determination was based was never
described, while it is now unknown; and there is thus considerable
doubt as to whether it was not merely a fragment of the common
goat.
A recent discovery by Dr. J. R. Leeson, of Twickenham, in the
Pleistocene deposits of that neighbourhood, at last affords some
* Phil. Trans. 1757, p. 112.
* E. T. Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xl. (1884), p. 290.
1890.1] SAIGA ANTELOPE FROM PLEISTOCENE DEPOSITS. 615
definite informatien on the subject. During excavations lately made
in Orleans Road, Twickenham, the workmen met with the fine
example of the frontlet and horn-cores of an adult male Saiga ta-
tarica now exhibited to the Society. The specimen was secured by
Dr. Leeson, who kindly forwarded it to the present writer for
determination ; and the fragment is fortunately so characteristic, that
the genus and species to which it pertains are at once apparent beyond
all doubt.
With regard to the circumstances of the CEEOVELY: Dr. Leeson
remarks that the spot in Orleans Road is about ; mile distant from
the N. bank of the Thames, and perhaps not more than six feet
above high-water mark. The section exposed consists of two feet
of loam and other surface material, resting upon about ten feet of
gravel and sand in alternating layers, this being immediately under-
lain by the London Clay. The specimen was met with in one of the
sandy layers about seven feet from the surface. No associated bones
were found, and Dr. Leeson’s researches have not led to the dis-
covery of any other mammalian remains in the corresponding beds
in other parts of the neighbourhood. The nature of the section,
however, proves conclusively that the fossil is of Pleistocene age.
The specimen, which is shown, of one half the natural size, in the
accompanying drawing (see p. 614), exhibits the fused parietals,
the frontals, and the greater part of the horn-cores. The cranial roof
agrees precisely with that of a recent skull, as described in Dr. Murie’s
memoir’; and the horn-cores, which are preserved for a length of
0-1, are strongly marked with longitudinal ridges and grooves. In
every respect, indeed, except in the comparatively erect position of
the horns, the fossil agrees with the recent skull of a male in the
British Museum (no. 613 d), obtained from Sarepta, even the various
measurements in the two cases being almost identical. Whether the
less divergent character of the horns in the British Pleistocene type
bea racial difference, or whether the same feature be scmetimes
observed as a merely individual peculiarity in the existing Saiga,
cannot be determined from the lack of specimens for comparison.
It suffices to add, that a frontal figured by Gaudry (op. ecit.), from
the Pleistocene of France, agrees “in the character just mentioned
with the English specimen.
As already remarked, the remains of the Saiga are widely distri-
buted in the French cavern-deposits ; and M. Dupont has recorded
evidence of its former range over Belgium*®. Being thus well
known in the West, it is somewhat remarkable that no remains of
the animal have hitherto been definitely described from the wide
areas of Germany and Russian Poland intervening between the
present limit of its range and its former extension.
Prof. A. Nehring, of Berlin, however, is of opinion® that a careful
study of existing collections of Pleistocene bones from the German
1 p. Z. S. 1870, p. 459.
2 KE. Dupont, ‘ 1'Homme pendant les Ages de la Pierre daus les environs de
Dinant sur Meuse,’ ed. 2, p. 187.
3 <Tundren und ae (1890), p. 187.
616 MR. F. M. OGILVIE ON THE [Nov. 18,
caves would afford undoubted proof of the occurrence of the Saiga
in several localities. The Professor has kindly called the present
writer’s attention to some incidental allusions to the discovery of
antelope-remains in the Harz Mountains’, in the vicinity of Quedin-
burg *, Westeregeln ®, and Nuremberg“, as also in the neighbourhood
of Kaschau in Hungary’; and it seems probable that, in most
instances, these fossils will prove to pertain to the remarkable
species under consideration.
November 18, 1890.
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., in the Chair.
Mr. F. Menteith Ogilvie, F'.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Red-
breasted Flycatcher (Muscicapa parva), and made the following
remarks :—
I have thought this specimen might be of sufficient interest to be
exhibited, partly on account of its rarity as a British bird, partly
because there seem to be a few errors in the descriptions of this Fly-
catcher in the latest ornithological text-books. In the 4th ed. of
Yarrell the tail is said to consist of 10 feathers, in place of 12; and
Mr. Saunders, in his lately published Manual, while he describes
the tail as of 12 feathers, states that they all have conspicuous white
bases except the central pair, which are black. In this specimen
the four outer feathers on either side have more or less white on
their basal halves, but the four central feathers are black. In length
this specimen measured 5% inches, in place of 44 in his description ;
the legs were black, and the irides so dark a brown as to appear
black at first sight.
This bird I shot on the beach at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk,
Sept. 13th, 1890, during a week’s visit to that place with a view to
watching the autumn migration.
I flushed it twice from the ‘scrub’° before I was able to secure
it, following it for about five minutes. It uttered no note during
this time. Its flight was peaceful and buoyant and always at some
height from the ground, differing in this from the other birds I saw
in the serub, chiefly Warblers’, which flew very low and were flushed
with some difficulty from their hiding-places.
The weather during the week was very fine with hot sun, and
light wind mostly from the west and north-west. On the 15th,
' H. Grotrian, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. vol. xxxii. (1880), p. 751.
* A. Nehring, zbid. p. 473.
A. Nehring, zb2d. p. 475.
A. Nehring, ibid. p. 488.
A. Nehring, Berl. Zeitschr. f. Ethnologie, 1881, pp. 103, 106.
=f ae sea-blite (Sweda fruticosa) is called, which covers the beach at Cley
akeney.
Willow-Wrens, Chiffchaffs.
an
TQ moe wn
1890.] RED-BREASTED FLYCATCHER. 617
wind was east at daylight, then north-east, going round to south in
the afternoon.
The following description was taken a few hours after death.
Mr. T. E. Gunn, the well-known Norwich naturalist, dissected the
bird before me, and I am also indebted to him for verifying my
description and measurements.
Red-breasted Flycatcher. 2 (? 2nd year), Sept. 15th, 1890.
Weight 4°3 drs.
Length 53 inches; wing 211 inches; ¢ail 12 inches. [Beak $;
tibia 12; tarsus 11.]
Mandibles, upper dark horn-colour; lower the same, getting
lighter towards the base.
Irides blackish brown. The irides were far darker than the arti-
ficial ones which have been used: in fact, they were so dark that I
thought at first the iris was absolutely black.
Legs and toes black.
Cheeks ashy brown; crown, nape, back, and wing-coverts mouse-
colour. Primaries and secondaries a shade darker, with slightly paler
margins. Chin, throat, and flanks warm buff, a faint transverse line
between throat and upper breast. Belly and under tail-coverts white,
the latter faintly tinged with buff. Upper tail-coverts mouse-colour
above, lower feathers black tipped with wood-brown.
Tail 12 feathers. Basal portion of four outer feathers on either
side white (except part of outer web of outer feather and inner
web of fourth feather, which are nearly black), four central feathers
(and apical portion of other feathers) dark brown or black.
By dissection 2 ; ovary large and well-defined (no ova visible on
examination with a lens). Crop empty. Stomach containing large
quantity of insect remains’.
No doubt many of the ornithologists present will be able to give
an authoritative opinion as to the age of this specimen.
Itseems probable to me that it is at least a second year’s bird; there
does not seem to be any very evident traces of immaturity about
the feathers, and the size and appearance of the ovary rather support
this view.
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Holothuria
nigra, and made the following remarks thereon :—The Holothurian
now exhibited is an example of the Cotton-Spinner (Holothuria
nigra), taken this summer off the west coast of Ireland, and has
been sent to me for determination by Prof. Herdman. Its interest
lies chiefly in the fact that it has been caught in its own toils, for,
as will be seen, it is a good deal covered with ‘* cotton.”
Mr. Boulenger exhibited the skull of a large specimen of a Sea-
1 [These were very kindly examined for me by Mr. James Edwards, F.E.S.,
of Norwich, and proved to consist mainly of earwigs; there were also fragments
of two species of ground-beetles (Dyschirius globosus, Dichirotrichus obsoletus)
and of a homopterous insect ( Acocephalus nervosus). | .
618 ON A SKULL OF DISTIRA CYANOCINCTA. _ [Noyv. 18,
Snake, Distira cyanocincta, from Ceylon, belonging to the Museum
of the College of Surgeons, showing grooves not only upon all the
maxillary teeth, as normal in that genus of Sea-Snakes, but also upon
the mandibular teeth. The groove on the latter teeth, although very
shallow, was yet perfectly distinct when viewed under an ordinary
lens; it ran along the antero-outer side of the tooth. This appeared
to be the first notice of grooved mandibular tecth in a Snake ; but
the presence of a groove on the posterior maxillary teeth had been
several times recorded in Sea-Snakes, for the first time by Thomas
Smith, Phil. Trans. eviii. 1818, p. 472, who had remarked :—“ In
this Serpent (Hydrus), as in many others nearly allied to it (les Hydres
of M. Cuvier), there are simple teeth on the same bone which sup-
ports the poisonous fangs. These teeth so much resemble the fangs,
that it requires a very close investigation to distinguish between them ;
and this arises from the simple tooth having not only a longitudinal
furrow exactly resembling the edges of the slit of the poisonous fang,
but also a very visible cavity at the base, where the foramen occurs
in the others; and I have even found a fine tube in a tooth of this
sort; it was, however, confined to the parietes, and did not affect
the cavity of the tooth.”
Mr. Boulenger also exhibited three skulls of the Green Turtle
(Chelone mydas), likewise from the Museum of the College of
Surgeons. In one of these the pre- and postfrontal bones were in
contact, excluding the frontal from the periphery of the orbit; in
another, the frontal separated the prefrontal from the postfrontal ;
whilst in the third, the former disposition was shown on the right
side and the latter on the left. Attention was drawn to the
variability of this character, because it had recently been proposed
to make use of it for diagnosing the genera of Turtles, the genus
Chelone, to which the Green Turtle belongs, being described by
Baur (Am. Nat. 1890, p. 486) as having the “ Orbit formed by
prefrontal, frontal, postfronto-orbital, jugal, maxillary.” It was
further observed that the same variability occurs, though not so
frequently, in the genus Thalassochelys. ‘The skull of a half-grown
Loggerhead from Ceylon, preserved in the British Museum, had
the frontal bone excluded from the orbital periphery on the right
side and not on the left. That specimen had, besides, the maxillaries
separated by the vomer, instead of the maxillary suture commonly
found in Thalassochelys ; a skull of Loggerhead in the College of
Surgeons was, in this respect, intermediate between the two extremes,
the preemaxillo-maxillary and maxillo-vomerine sutures forming an
X-shaped intersection.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S., read a paper upon the Reptiles
and Batrachians of Barbary (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia), based
chiefly upon the notes and collections made in 1880-84 by
M. Fernand Lataste.
This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
imp
a
fe}
fo
fos
o
Minterr.
Peter Srmit del. et lith.
INENSIS.
c
R
ALLIGATO
ntern Bros. imp .619-
7
Na
del. et lith
Smit
Peter
i
IN
ATL.LIGATOR ST
Wind is WL
JAisiald
1890.] ON THE CHINESE ALLIGATOR. 619
‘The following papers were read :—
1. Remarks on the Chinese Alligator.
By G. A. Boutencer.
[Received October 7, 1890.]
(Plates LI. & LII.)
Although the first intimation of the existence of a Crocodilian in
the Yang-tze-kiang appeared in these Proceedings in 1870", it was not
until nine years later that M. Fauvel, a French gentleman in the service
of the Chinese Customs, made us acquainted with the animal, which
surprisingly proved to belong to the American genus Alligator. In
his excellent paper* M. Fauvel not only gave a very satisfactory
description of the new Alligator, for which he proposed the name of
A, sinensis, but dwelt at great length with the former records of it
in Chinese literature. A stuffed specimen was forwarded by M.
Fauvel to the Paris Museum, where [ had the pleasure of examining
it in 1880; two others, kept for some time alive by the German
Consul von Méllendorff, were after their death transmitted to the
Berlin Museum, as we are informed by Boettger®. It was not until
last year that two specimens, obtained at Kiu Kiang by Mr. Styan,
were received in this country, one of which was retained for the
British Museum.
The Society has now the advantage of exhibiting two living speci-
mens in its Menagerie*, presented by Mr. D. C, Janson of Shanghai,
on August 26th. Upon these and the stuffed specimen in the
British Museum, I propose to offer some remarks, accompanied by
a figure of the animal.
The Chinese Alligator belongs to the genus Alligator in the re~
stricted sense ; its nearest ally is the North-American A. mississippi-
ensis, which differs from the Centrai and South-American forms
(Caiman) chiefly in the presence of a bony septum dividing the
commonly single nasal aperture. However, the Chinese species
approaches the Caimans in the greater development of the bony
plate in the upper eyelid and in the presence of ossifications in the
ventral shields. These ossifications, however, are wide apart, neither
juxtaposed nor imbricate on any portion of the ventral region.
Among the characters hitherto given as diagnostic of A. sinensis,
two prove not to be constant :—
1. The three pairs of nuchal scutes may be reduced to two, as
shown by the larger specimen in the Society’s Menagerie; the other
specimen has an additional fifth scute on the right side, but it is small.
The three pairs are all present in the British-Museum specimen.
1 Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 410.
2 A. A. Fauvel, “ Alligators in China,” Journ. N. China Br. As. Soc. (2)
xiii. 1879, pp. 1-36, figs.
3 O. Boettger, Ber. Offenb. Ver. Nat. 1888, p. 112.
* Thear from my friend Dr. Boettger that two specimens have just been
received by the Zoological Gardens of Krankfort-on-the-Main.
620 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 18,
2. The larger specimen in the Menagerie has as many as eight scutes
in the fifth transverse dorsal row, instead of six, which is the highest
number in all other specimens known. Except in trivial points the
three specimens otherwise agree with Fauvel’s description.
In the following enumeration, I designate by a the larger speci-
men in the Zoological Gardens, by 4 the smaller, by ¢ the specimen
in the British Museum :—
a. b. c.
Numiber of teeths tow aje eget aes 3s 3 ss . Pit
Transverse rows of dorsal scutes ........ LZ ALS 7
Gaudal Wwhorlse ner taoaas Senn eas So ov non
Specimen @ is blackish above, speckled or vermiculated with
yellowish on the head and nape, and on the cross bands on the body,
limbs, and base of tail. Iris dark, bronzy, vermiculated with black.
Specimen a is nearly uniform black, with mere traces, here and there,
of light vermiculations.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats LI.
The smaller specimen (0) of Alligator sinensis in the Society’s Gardens,
from life, reduced about 3.
Prats LIT,
Head and nape of the specimen (¢) in the British Museum, about ? of nat. size.
2. On some new Species and two new Genera of Araneidea.
By the Rev. O. P. Campriner, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &c.
[Received October 28, 1890.]
(Plate LIII.)
A small collection of Spiders placed in my hands by Mr. Frederick
Taylor, of Rainhill, Lancashire, most of them collected in South Africa
by the Rey. Nendick Abraham, contains examples of several species
of much interest. Four of them appear to me to be undescribed, and
on one | have ventured to found a new genus (Platyoides) in the family
Drassidz. Together with the above, Mr. Taylor sent me a Spider
from New Zealand, which is, I think, without much doubt, Migas
paradoxus, L. Koch. A trapdoor nest of this Spider accompanied the
specimen ; it was found attached to the roots of fern, 7. e., I conclude,
to the base of the stem, among the loose soil around it. Spiders of the
Trapdoor group, as a rule, have the extremities of the falces on the
upper side armed with a group of strong spines or teeth ; these are
used in the excavation of the cylindrical holes in which the nests are
formed, and are well adapted, and probably necessary, for this work.
In the genus Migas, however, the falces are not so armed, and hence
the type, M. paradozus, received its specific name from Dr. L. Koch.
The nest now figured is new to science, and its being formed in a
situation where excavation in the solid earth is not required somewhat
Mintern Bros amp.
‘NEW ARANEIDEA.
1890.] NEW ARANEIDEA. 621
confirms the interpretation above implied from the absence of the
spines on the falces. This, however, cannot be taken as conclusive,
inasmuch as in the genus Moggridgea, Cambr., there is a similar
absence of spines on the falces, while in an allied genus (Dendricon,
Cambr.) they are present; but the known Spiders of each of these
two genera form their trapdoor nests in similar situations, 2. e. in the
interstices of the rough bark of trees. I am also glad to be able to
give a figure and description, in the present paper, of Dendricon
rastratum, Cambr., a genus and species characterized and described
some time since (P. Z.S. 1889, p. 250) from a few dried fragments
of the Spider, which had been crushed to pieces in transit. ‘The
perfect specimen, now in the British Museum, bears out the generic
distinction accorded to the fragments mentioned. Another very
remarkable Theraphosid described below was received from India,
trom Dr. Walsh (of the General Hospital, Calcutta). It possesses
only two spinners, and consequently needs not only a new genus,
but a new subfamily for its reception.
Along with the above-mentioned species is also described a fine
Spider, nearly allied to the very remarkable Rodsonia marina, Hector,
which last lives in holes of the rocks in the sea below high-water
mark, in New Zealand. I received no information as to the habits
of the present Spider, but should imagine them to be like those of
Dr. Hector’s species. Among Mr. Abraham’s 8.-African Spiders
were several adult specimens of, Stegodyphus gregarius, Cambr.,
of which the large nest, numerously inhabited by Spiders of all
ages, some time ago in the Society’s Gardens’, came from the
same quarter of the globe. Mr. Abraham, however, says that the
nest of this Spider sometimes attains the enormous dimensions of
twelve feet.
Fam. THERAPHOSID &.
Subfam. DiepLorHeLip#. (Spinners 2.)
DieLorHeE Le, gen. nov.
Characters of the Genus.
Cephalothoraz oval, rather truncated in front.
Eyes very unequal in size, placed on a distinct protuberance,
forming a square; the fore laterals and hind laterals occupy the
four corners of the square, and are placed obliquely, cutting off the
angles; the fore and hind centrals form a transverse quadrangle
within the square, nearest the hinder part.
Legs rather strong, moderately long, 4, 1, 2, 3, but not differing
greatly in length; furnished with hairs and bristles only, a few of
the latter beneath the tibiee and metatarsi of the third and fourth
pairs being of a spinous character; the tarsi of the first two pairs
terminate with a strong compact elaw-tuft, pointed in front; the
terminal claws appeared to be two, curved, but not strong, and
without, so far as could be seen, any denticulation. The claw-tuft
on the two hinder pairs is less compact, not pointed, and more
1 Presented by Lord Walsingham.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLII. 42
622 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Noy. 18,
divided. Each tarsus has a not very dense scopula beneath it,
least dense on those of the third and fourth pairs.
Falces strong, projecting, and armed with some strong, curved
claws at the fore extremity, just in front of the base of the fang.
Mazille cylindrical, divergent ; the inner corner of the anterior
extremity very slightly prominent.
Labium short, slightly hollow-truncate at the apex, which is but
little less wide than the base.
Sternum oval, rather broadest behind.
Spinners two only ; moderate in length and strength, two-jointed,
and upturned.
DIPLOTHELE WALSHI, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)
Length of an immature female, rather over 4 lines.
The colour of the cephalothoraz and falces is pale yellow-brown,
the normal converging indentations marked by darker lines; the
thoracic indentation is moderate in depth, curved, the convexity of
the curve directed backwards ; the surface is furnished with hairs and
slender bristles. The profile line of the caput is slightly curved
behind the ocular protuberance, but runs off pretty evenly and
gradually to the hinder margin. The posterior side of the ocular
protuberance is abrupt, the anterior rather less so.
The fore lateral eyes are largest of the eight, next are the fore cen-
trals, and the hind centrals are the smallest ; these last are contiguous
to the hind laterals, and with them are of a shining white colour; the
fore laterals are pearly, the fore centrals dark grey. The latter are
placed on a largish black patch, the rest are more or less widely edged
with a similar colour. The fore laterals are seated on the anterior
slope of the protuberance and look straight forward ; between them
are a few strong black recurved bristles.
The legs (together with the palpi, which are leg-like and similarly
furnished) are of a yellow hue, as also are the maxille, labium, and
sternum ; towards the hinder extremity of the upperside of the tarsus
of each of the first two pairs of legs and of the palpi is a group of
three or four black, clavate, or racquet-shaped hairs.
The falces are furnished with numerous hairs and strong bristles,
besides the rdéteau of curved spines at their fore extremity on the
upperside. The fang is strong, curved, and of moderate length.
The abdomen is oval, of a dull clay-yellow colour, marked on the
upper part and sides with broken transverse black fascice of varied
width and clearness of definition, those on the anterior half being the
strongest and best defined ; it is clothed above with hairs and a few
slender bristles, underneath with hairs only.
The spinners are two only in number and two-jointed, unless the
small but distinct portion at the extremity, on which the spinnerets
(or spinning-tubes) are placed, be taken to form a third joint.
An immature female of this very interesting and remarkable Spider
was sent to me from Orissa, Calcutta, by Dr. Walsh (of the Calcutta
General Hospital). The possession of only two spinners differentiates
it from all others of the Theraphoside known to me, and by this, as
well as by other important characters, such as the possession of spines
1890. ] NEW ARANEIDEA. 623
at the extremities of the falces, but no spiny armature on the legs,
the position of the eyes, and the form of the claw-tufts, it may be
readily distinguished. A nest accompanied the Spider, but was
unfortunately too much damaged to enable me to do more than to note
that it was a round cylindrical hole, lined with white silk and covered
with a hinged lid or door somewhat between the cork and wafer types
in character.
Genus Denpricon, Cambr. P. Z.S. 1889, p. 250.
Pseudidiops, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, sér. 6, tom. ix.
pp. 182, 215, pl. i. fig. 3.
In characterizing this genus (J. c. supra) the only materials avail-
able were a few fragments of the Spider, but as these comprised a
fore leg, a falx, the labium, and one of the maxille, it appeared to
me sufficient to establish the genus upon. Subsequent examination
of a perfect specimen, as well as the characters given by M. Simon
(J. c. supra), have justified this opinion. A conjecture, however,
hazarded as to the affinity of this genus to Moggridgea, Cambr.
(based on the character and position of its trapdoor nest and some
points of structures), is not borne out. The position of the eyes, in
the perfect specimen which has since come under my notice, shows
that it is more nearly allied to Idiops, Perty. There seems little
doubt but that it is identical with the Spider described by M. Simon
from Cayenne.
DENDRICON RASTRATUM, Cambr. (Plate LIII. fig. 2.)
An adult female.
The cephalothorax and falces are of a pitchy black colour. The
legs rather paler, with an olive tinge. The abdomen is of a deep
purplish brown. Spinners four; those of the inferior pair are
small and cylindrical, the superior ones short, two-jointed, upturned,
not visible when looked down at from above. The relative length
of the legs is 4, 1, 3, 2, or 4,1, 2,3. The caput just at the occipital
junction is strongly prominent.
The eyes are in two widely separated groups, two very near
together occupying a small prominence at the middle of the fore
extremity of the caput, the remaining six in a transverse oval figure
at some distance behind; four of these six form a curved transverse line,
the convexity of the curve directed backwards, and a little way in
front are the other two, being the largest of the eight, and separated
(apparently) by rather less than a diameter’s interval. The two
central eyes of the curved row are widely separated, and each is
about (or perhaps less than) a diameter’s distance from the end eye
on its side.
Another example, examined at the same time as the one above
described, may possibly turn out to be of a different species,
though without further examination (which I am at present unable
to make) I hesitate to describe it as distinct. In this specimen the
general hue was yellow-brown, the proportionate length and breadth
of the cephalothorax seemed slightly different, the eyes were more
42*
624 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 18
closely grouped together and varied a little in their relative position,
and the Spider itself was smaller. The above examples are in the
British Museum, and were kindly submitted to me by Mr. Pocock.
Two nests accompanied them, one of which was exactly like the one
described (P. Z. S. 1889, p. 250); the other was a little different,
though not more so than might be quite consistent with the identity
of their species.
Hab. Bahia.
Genus Mieas, L. Koch.
Micas paravoxus, L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. i. p. 467, t. xxxvi. f. 1.
An adult female of this Spider from New Zealand was contained
in the collection submitted to me by Mr. F. Taylor, as well as one
of its trapdoor nests (Plate LIII. fig. 3) found at the roots of fern.
It was about an inch and a half in length, covered with particles of
soil and decayed vegetable matter, and protected by a thin wafer-lid
attached by a weak silken hinge. I do not believe that the nest of
this Spider has been described before, and its being found attached
to the roots of fern, where the Spider could obtain a suitable position
without itself excavating an independent hole in the soil, is quite in
accordance with the absence of those strong spines at the extremity
of the falees with which Spiders whose known habits are to excavate
their dwellings in the hard soil are invariably furnished.
Family DrRassIpD&.
PLATYOIDEs, gen. nov.
Cephalothoraz a little longer than broad, broadest behind, flattened
above, the caput and thorax being on the same level; normal inden-
tations distinct but not strong, except the thoracic indentation,
which is rather long and deep.
Eyes in two transverse, slightly curved rows, the convexity of which
is directed forwards, the anterior row shortest and close to the lower
margin of the clypeus; small and not greatly differing in size; the
hind centrals slightly smallest and wider apart, as well as forming a
longer line than those of the fore central pair. Those of the lateral
pairs seated on slight tubercles. The four centrals form a square
whose posterior side is longer than the rest. The hind centrals are
much nearer to each other than each is to the hind lateral on its
side, and the same holds good, though in a less degree, in respect to
the fore central eyes.
Falces long, projecting, abruptly prominent above towards the
base, divergent, and thickly furnished with hairs on their inner sides.
The fang is long, sharp-pointed, and much curved.
Legs moderately long, and not differing very greatly in length, 4,
2, 1,3. The coxe and genue are of rather unusual comparative
length, especially the coxee of the fourth pair, which are double the
length of those of the first pair, while the genua of the second pair
is the longest and that of the third pair the shortest. The tarsi are
all very short, and terminate with two curved claws, each furnished
1890. } NEW ARANEIDEA. 625
with two small teeth near the middle on its inner side. The legs are
furnished with slender bristles and hairs only, many of which had
probably been rubbed off, no spines being visible.
Palpi slender, and similar to the legs in armature.
Mazille long, moderately strong, and of very characteristic form,
rather inclined towards the labium, enlarged near the extremities,
where they are obliquely truncated from the outer side inwards, the
truncation thickly clothed with hairs; the palpi arising from about
halfway towards the extremity.
Labium slightly more than half the length of the maxille, sides
parallel, rounded at the apex.
Sternum oval, rather broadest behind.
Abdomen oblong, rather flattened above, somewhat truncated
before, and obtusely pointed behind. Spinners short, compact,
inferior pair rather longest and strongest, and placed immediately
beneath the hinder extremity of the abdomen.
PLATYOIDES ABRAHAM], sp.n. (Plate LIII. fig. 4.)
Adult female, length (not including the falces) very nearly 6 lines.
The colour of the cephalothorax and falces is a liver-coloured brown,
the normal grooves and indentations blackish.
The legs have the tarsi, metatarsi, tibie, and genuc of a rather
olive-brown, the remainder dull orange-yellow.
The palpi are olive-brown, as also are the mawille and labium,
the last being darkest.
The sternum is dull orange, with a narrow reddish-brown margin.
The abdomen is thinly clothed with short hairs, and of an almost
uniform dull black above, paler along the middle of the upperside,
and with traces of transverse pale oblique lines just above the spinners,
but no distinct pattern visible, though this may have been owing to
the rather damaged condition of the type specimen; the underside
is of a uniform pale dull yellow-brown.
Hab. 8. Africa.
Genus Rogson1a, Cambr.
RoBsONIA FORMIDABILIS, sp. n. (Plate LIII. fig. 5.)
Adult male, length 43 to nearly 7 lines, to end of falces 7 to 93
lines ; length of female, including the falces, 94 lines.
Cephalothorax, falces, labium, mawille, and sternum rich liver-
colour. Legs and palpi yellow-brown, tinged with reddish.
Abdomen dull brown.
The cephalothorax is slightly longer than the falces, of a broad-
oval form, truncated in front ; the lateral marginal constriction at the
caput is slight; the caput and thorax are uniformly convex, with
very slightly marked normal indentations, and the surface is clothed,
but not densely, with rather short, light brownish fine hairs.
The falces are long, slightly shorter than the cephalothorax,
powerful, projecting, and curved, with strong teeth on their inner
sides, where they are also furnished with numerous hairs. The fang
lies a little obliquely ; it is long and strong, and slightly curved.
626 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 18,
The eyes are in the normal position, but those of the hind central
pair are much nearer together than each is to the lateral eye on its
side in the same row, the interval being nearly double the extent of
that between the centrals.
The legs are moderate in length and strength, 1, 4, 2, 3, destitute
of spines, but pretty densely clothed with hairs, those beneath the
metatarsi and tarsi almost amounting to a scopula; terminal claws
strong, those of the superior pair furnished with 6—7 small close-set
teeth towards their base.
The palpi are rather long, slender. ‘The radial joint is double the
length of the cubital, and has a bifid projection at its outer extremity,
the lower limb being longest and strongest. The digital joint is long
narrow-oval. The palpal organs are simple, not very prominent, with
a slender reddish filiform spine round their margins on the outer side.
The abdomen is densely clothed with short pale brownish hairs.
Spinners normal.
The sexes resemble each other.
This fine Spider is nearly allied to Robsonia marina, Hector, a
New-Zealand species (P. Z. S. 1879, p. 687, pl. lii. fig. 4),
resembling it closely in general form and structure ; but it may easily
be distinguished by its larger size, stouter form, much denser hairy
clothing, and (notably) by the total absence of spines on the legs,
and the relative position of the eyes, those of the posterior row in
R. marina being separated from each other by equal intervals, while
in the present species the interval between the central pair is nearly,
if not quite, double that between each and the lateral eye next to it.
I have no information respecting the habits of this Spider, but
from its near alliance to the New-Zealand species I should imagine
it to be semi-aquatic like that one.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
Fam. ERESID&.
Genus STEGODYPHUS, Sim.
STEGODYPHUS GREGARIUS, Cambr. P. Z. S. 1889, p. 42, pl. ii.
figs. 4, 5.
Several adult females of this Spider were among those submitted
to me by Mr. F. Taylor from 8. Africa, and forwarded to him by
the Rev. Nendick Abraham. Nests of this species appear, from Mr.
Abraham’s account, to attain a great size, sometimes as much as 12
feet in extent. Their habits in nature, from Mr. Abraham’s account,
seem to correspond very closely with those evidenced by them in
captivity in the Society’s Gardens (seé J. ¢. supra).
Fam. EPEIRIDA.
Genus ARGYROEPEIRA.
ARGYROEPEIRA BLANDA, sp. n. (Plate LIII. fig. 6.)
Length of an immature female, 4 lines. i
_ This species is of the ordinary form. The whole of the fore part
(including the cephalothorax, legs, and falces) yellow. Legs rather
1890. ] NEW ARANEIDEA. 627
short, 1, 2, 4, 3, the spines few and slender. The falces strong;
vertical, and prominent at their base in front. The eyes are small,
seated on black spots; the four centrals form a small trapezoid a
little longer than broad ; the laterals not being greatly removed from
the centrals, seated on a small tubercle, and contiguous to each other.
The curve of the anterior row of eyes is the strongest, the curves, as
usual, opposed—i. e. that of the anterior row directed forwards, and
of the posterior backwards.
The sternum is black-brown, furnished at its fore part with long
hairs,
The addomen is large, oblong, slightly tapering to the spinners,
and projects over the thorax; it is of a uniform closely reticulated
silvery hue above, excepting an irregular blackish patch close toa
low prominence on each side near the fore extremity ; there is also a
slender blackish longitudinal central line, emitting a fine black cross-
line in front, still finer oblique lines on each side of the hinder
half, and two black elongate patches at the posterior extremity, near
together and converging to the spinners. The sides of the abdomen,
the hinder part of which projects well over the spinners, are blackish,
obliquely streaked with silver; the underside has a large central,
uniform, silver area, parallel on the sides, square before, and rounded
behind. The spinners are encircled with four round silvery spots,
the anterior pair being the largest and widest apart.
This Spider, though much resembling some species from Ceylon
and South America, is, I think, new to science.
Hab. 8. Africa.
Genus TeTRAGNATHA.
TETRAGNATHA TAYLORI, sp. n. (Plate LIII. fig. 7.)
Adult female, length 5 lines. Length of the falces over 2 lines,
and exceeding in length that of the cephalothorax.
This Spider is of the ordinary 7. eatensa form, but the falces are
very divergent, and project more in the same plane with the cephalo-
thorax than in that species. The fang is very long and strong,
bicurvate, with a slight projecting point in the middle on the inner
side, and abruptly bent at the base close to its articulation with the
falx, and has a small tooth there on the outer side. On each side of
this articulation the falx has a strong sharp tooth ; that on the under
(and outer) side is much the strongest and close to the articulation.
The inner side of the falx is armed (next to the fang) with two strong
teeth placed transversely ; these are followed by two converging
longitudinal closely-set rows of other teeth, which decrease in size
towards the base of the falx ; the mner row being the shortest, but
its teeth the strongest.
The /egs are long—l1, 4, 2, 3; the spines few and slender.
The eyes are placed in two transverse, almost concentric, curved
rows; the interval between the laterals being nearly equal to that
which separates the central pairs. The four central eyes form a
square whose anterior side is rather the shortest; and those of the
hind central pair are slightly nearer together than each is to the
hind lateral eye on its side. The clypeus is vertical, and its height
628 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [Noy. 18,
equals half that of the facial space. The colour of the cephalothorax
is a deep blackish brown ; the ocular area, a longitudinal central line
on the caput, and some converging streaks on the thorax yellow.
Looked at in profile, the caput is rather raised above the thorax.
The legs and falces are yellow-brown ; the fang deep black-brown,
and towards the extremity red-brown.
The abdomen, in the only example examined, was of a uniform
blackish hue, but this probably arose from its imperfect state of
preservation. It was large in front, tapering to an obtuse termina-
tion behind.
Hab. 8. Africa.
Ca@RostTRIS ALBICEPS, sp. n. (Plate LIII. fig. 8.)
Adult female, length 73 lines.
Cephalothorax short, broad, and of the characteristic form belong-
ing to this genus. The upper part of the caput is white, densely
clothed with shining white pubescence. Clypeus black, clothed with
short grey and brownish hairs; thorax behind black, on the sides
bright and red, almost scarlet.
Eyes small. Four centrals, on a protuberance, form a trapezoid,
of which the posterior end is longest and the sides shortest.
Falces powerful, vertical, black, clothed with brownish hairs.
Legs not very long, strong, relative length 4, 1, 2, 3?, difficult to
decide owing to their damaged state. Femora thinly clothed with
fine hairs, bright shining chestnut-red, with the anterior extremities
shining purple-black ; the rest thinly clothed with grey, white, and
brownish hairs and pubescence, black beneath the extremities of the
tibize, and irregularly annulated with black and white on the metatarsi
and tarsi.
Abdomen large, somewhat round, with two very large long divergent
protuberances on the fore half of the upperside of a slightly tapering
form, and cleft into two parts, or bifid, at the extremities. Slightly
in front of and between these is a small, sharp, conical hump, and
two smaller ones also in a transverse line wide apart, behind, towards
the spinners. The colour of the abdomen is black-brown, clothed
with greyish and brownish pubescence, excepting a large subtriangular
patch at the fore extremity densely clothed with short shining white
hairs. Perhaps in well-preserved examples there may be some
distinct pattern visible, but the only example seen was dried, and
from injury and shrinking it was difficult to get more than a general
idea of its form, colours, and indument.
A fine and striking-looking species owing to the strong contrast of
the colours of the cephalothorax. It is nearly allied to C. cowani,
Butl., a Madagascar species (P. Z. S. 1882, p. 103, pl. vi. fig. 4),
but is a very much larger Spider, and I think distinct, though I
suspect that when the various African species of Cwrostris come to
be collected in lengthened series from different localities, great
variations will be found to exist both in size and other specific
characters,
dun pPIeYyURLY NYIN me tit 49"[9p Asqybyy x neolaag
“Tile OSS] See ct
Berjeau& tHighley delet. lith
PZ.5 1890 cera.
M&N.Hanhart imp.
1.10.BELONOSTOMUS COMPTON! .
11. APATEOPHOLIS LANIATUS
1890. } ON SOME UPPER CRETACEOUS FISHES. 629
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LITI.
Fig. 1. Diplothele walshi, p. 622.
1a, Spider in profile, without legs; 14, sternum and labium; 1c,
eyes from above and behind; 1 d, extremity of falx; 1 ¢, tarsus of leg
of 1st pair; 1 f, hinder part of abdomen, and spinners in profile; 1g,
ditto from below; 1 %, one of the maxille.
2. Dendricon rastratum, p. 623.
2 a, cephalothorax in profile, without legs; 24, eyes from above and
behind; 2 ¢, spinners from below.
3. Migas paradoxus, p. 624. Nest.
4, Platyoides abrahami, p. 625.
4 a, underside, showing maxille, labium, and sternum; 443, eyes
from above and behind; 4c, Spider in profile, without legs; 4 d,
extremity of tarsus of 3rd pair of legs; 4 ¢, spinners from below; 4/,
genital aperture; 49, lengths of the four legs.
5. Robsonia formidabilis, p. 625. 7
5 a, eyes from above and behind ; 54, Spider in profile, without legs;
5¢, right palpus from outer side; 5d, lengths of two examples.
6. Argyroepeira blanda, p. 627. Abdomen, upperside.
6a, ditto in profile.
7. Tetragnatha taylori, p. 627. One of the falces.
8. Cerestris albiceps, p. 628.
3. On some Upper Cretaceous Fishes of the Family of
Aspidorhynchide. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z.S.
of the British Museum (Natural History).
[Received November 4, 1890.]
(Plates LIV. & LV.)
Among the fishes met with in Upper Cretaceous rocks, there are
very few representatives of the “ ganoid ’’ types so characteristic of
earlier Mesozoic formations. Solitary survivors, however, do occur
in almost every fish-fauna of late Cretaceous date hitherto discovered ;
and conspicuous among these are members of the remarkably speci-
alized family of Aspidorhynchide. It is of much interest to com-
pare the latest species of such a family with those by which if was
represented at earlier periods; and a large series of specimens in the
British Museum now enables this comparison to be made in a more
satisfactory manner than has hitherto been possible. A number of
undescribed fossils from the Upper Cretaceous of Brazil are referable
to the genus Belonostomus, and reveal most of the principal external
characters of the species they represent; while some fine examples
of another genus, as yet imperfectly described and inaccurately de-
termined, prove the occurrence of an allied, though more specialized,
fish in the corresponding formation of Mount Lebanon, Syria.
Genus BELONOSTOMUS.
[L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. i. 1844, p. 140.]
BELONOSTOMUS COMPTONI. (Plate LIV., Plate LV. figs. 1-10.)
1841. Aspidorhynchus comptoni, L. Agassiz, Edinb. New Phil.
Journ. vol. xxx. p. 83.
630 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON SOME [Nov. 18,
1844. Aspidorhynchus comptoni, L. Agassiz, Comptes Rendus,
vol. xviii. p. 1009.
The horizon from which the Brazilian fossils were obtained has
long been well known. ‘The fish-fauna was briefly noticed by
Agassiz so long ago as 1841 and 1844 (loc. cit.), and Prof. Cope
described one of the genera in 1871", while the present writer treated
another genus at still greater length in the ‘Proceedings’ of this
Society, June 23rd, 1887°. As in the case of Rhacolepis, already
described, the examples of Belonostomus occur in nodules in a beauti-
ful state of preservation, though, on account of the form of the
fish, the specimens are always incomplete. Asa rule, the long body
is bent upon itself at about the middle point, the tail thus lying in
close proximity to the head (Plate LIV.); and in no instance is the
slender elongated snout completely preserved. Several typical por-
tions of the fish are shown in the accompanying drawings (Plates LIV.,
LV.), and the Brit. Mus. register-numbers of some of the more im-
portant specimens are placed in brackets after the various descriptions
of anatomical characters which they specially demonstrate. All
measurements are given in decimal fractions of the metre.
General Form.—Owing to the death-contortion, it is not readily
possible to estimate the precise proportions of the fish under consi-
deration. The trunk, however, must have sometimes attained a total
length of not less than 0°55; and the maximum depth of such an
individual, shortly behind the pectoral arch, would be about 0-08.
The total length of the head and opercular apparatus of a fish of this
size would probably not exceed 0°24. As usual in the genus, the
head and trunk are much laterally compressed, and the fins are
relatively small.
Head and Opercular Apparatus.—The long, narrow cranial roof is
flattened in the middle and beautifully ornamented with close, thick,
vermiculating rugze of ganoine, which have numerous short branches,
and are chiefly disposed in a longitudinal direction upon the rostral
region (no. 15495 a). Behind the parietals, a pair of large supra-
temporal plates continues the roof backwards as far as the hinder
extremity of the upper border of the operculum (no. P. 9754). In
advance of the frontals, the snout tapers rapidly into a very slender
rostrum, of which the base is shown from above in Plate LV. fig. 1.
Seen in profile (no. P. 3810), the much elongated frontal and ros-
tral region inclines gradually downwards from the short parietal
region, which continues the dorsal plane of the trunk; and the nar-
row, well-developed parasphenoid bone is parallel with the parietal
roof. There are extensive ossifications in the otic region, but no
interorbital septum occurs. A remarkable pair of large longitudinal
tubular ossifications is also shown in transverse sections of the rostrum
(Plate LV. fig. 2), these structures extending almost or quite as far
backwards as the orbital space. They are probably ethmoidal in
character, and destined for the protection of the elongate pedicles
of the olfactory lobes. The bones of the mandibular. suspensorium
* Anedopogon, B.D. Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xii. (1871), p. 53.
(Founded upon the undescribed Cladocyclus gardneri, Agass.
* Rhacolepis, Smith Woodward, P, Z. 8. 1887, pp. 535-542, pls. xlvi., xlvii.
1890. ] UPPER CRETACEOUS FISHES. 631
and pterygo-quadrate arch are relatively large and expanded lamine,
of which the hyomandibular (Plate LV. fig. 3) is the only element
well displayed in the fossils underconsideration. The truncated upper
extremity of this bone is less than half as broad as its inferior
expansion, and a few irregular ridges radiate from the middle of its
upper moiety, opposite the point at which the short and stout process
(p.) for articulation with the operculum occurs. The entopterygoid
is a long, narrow, lenticular bone, adjoining the upper margin of the
short metapterygoid and large ectopterygoid elements (no. P. 3810).
There is no definite information concerning the mandibular and
maxillary bones, and the only teeth to be observed are very minute
slender conical cusps, which seem to have been arranged in clustered
series upon a hinder bone of the upper jaw and the splenial (nos.
28616 and P. 975 b). Round the eye some very small membrane
bones represent a discontinuous or rudimentary cireumorbital ring
(Plate LIV. fig. 1, c.o.) ; and two trapezoidal elements of a large sub-
orbital series (s.o.) cover the whole of the space between the circum-
orbitals and the preoperculum, while a third irregularly triangular
bone adjoins these below. The preoperculum (p.op.) is of very
large size, triangular in shape, terminating in a pointed upper extre-
mity almost at the antero-superior angle of the operculum, and gra-
dually expanding downwards and forwards, finally bounded by along,
straight or gently curved inferior margin, well beiow the level of the
suborbital ring; the maximum depth of the bone equals somewhat
less than twice the length of this margin. The operculum (op.) is
also very large, slightly deeper than its maximum breadth, and nearly
flat, though bent inwards above. Itis irregularly quadrate in shape,
and the postero-superior angle is obliquely truncated, so that its
upper border is scarcely two-thirds as long as the lower border. The
suboperculum (s.op.) is comparatively small, long and narrow, deep-
est and truncated in front, and its inferior margin gradually curving
upwards to a posterior apex. All the suborbital and opercular bones
are ornamented with thick vermiculating rugz of ganoine with short
branches, as shown in the illustration (Plate LV. fig. 4) taken from
the operculum, the arrangement on this bone and on the expanded
inferior portion of the suboperculum being more or less concentric
with the borders.
Axial Skeleton of Trunk.—Well ossified vertebre occur through-
out both the abdeminal and caudal regions. The centra (Plate LV.
fig. 5) are in the form of stout double-cones, but they are always per-
forated by a small thread of persistent uotochord. The pedicles of
the arches seem to be fused with the centra; and the firmly united
neural and hzemal spines are very slender, except the hzemals at the
base of the caudal fin, which are much expanded distally (no.
P. 975d). Ribs have not been observed.
Appendicular Skeleton.—The fins are relatively small, and, so far
as known, agree precisely with those of the typical Jurassic Belono-
stomus. The rays are stout, laterally compressed, and unarticulated
for a short space from their insertion, but soon become distantly jointed
and branched. The more robust portions of the rays are also often
coated with smooth ganoine. The pectoral fin (Plate LIV. fig. 1
3
632 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON SOME [Nov. 18,
pet.)is not completely known, but its rays clearly exhibit the characters
just described. Its supporting elements are attached to a long,
slender, gently arched clavicle, externally marked with delicate, irre-
gular longitudinal striations ; and there is a large supraclavicle above
this, adjoining the truncated angle of the operculum (s.cl.), broad
above, tapering below, and transversely marked with numerous, closely
arranged coarse rounded rug of ganoine. The dorsal and anal
fins are precisely opposed, not far from the caudal extremity, as
shown in Plate LV. fig. 9, and the lobes of the deeply forked caudal
fin (Plate LV. fig. 10) seem to be obtusely pointed, with a convex pos-
terior-inner border, of which the subdivisions of the branched rays
are extremely numerous and delicate. There are indications of
minute fulcra on each of the median fins.
Squamation.—The squamation is continuous, and al] the scales are
thick and bony, with a superficial layer of ganoine. They are slightly
imbricating, and the posterior border is either smooth or feebly
crimped. Except quite at the extremity of the tail, the greater part
of the flank is covered bya single very deep longitudinal series of scales,
along the upper part of which extends the lateral line, as indicated by
the row of short transverse ridges by which its course is marked. In
the anterior part of the trunk, one of these scales is between five and six
times as deepas broad, abruptly truncated below, but somewhat tapering
and slightly reflexed forwards above the position of the lateralline. On
the inner face of the scale there is a vertical median ridge, terminating
above in a feeble articular peg, and excavated below by a small socket.
Into the latter fits the upper articular peg of another scale, two and
a half times as deep as broad, which is slightly overlapped by the
principal flank-scale, and is similarly strengthened by a prominent
ridge within. The ventral margin is completed by three or four
small scales, one above the other, as broad as those above, but having
an extremely short vertical measurement. There are no indications
of ventral ridge-scales. At the upper end of each principal flank-scale
there occurs a rhomboidal scale scarcely twice as deep as broad, having
a slight oblique ridge about its middle (Plate LIV., Plate LV. figs.
7,8). Another nearly similar but less deep scale adjoins the anteriorly
directed upper border of the latter ; and a small azygous ridge-scale
(Plate LV. fig. 8,r.), irregularly sexangular, narrower in front than be-
hind, completes the vertical series above. The writer has not observed
any peg-and-socket articulation in these upper scales, and it is prob-
able that their borders simply overlap. Towards the caudal region
(Plate LV. figs. 9,10) the depth of the principal flank-scales becomes
relatively less, while the very narrow ventral scales are more nearly
equilateral ; at the extremity of the tail, indeed, all the scales are
diamond-shaped and of nearly uniform dimensions. The scale orna-
ment varies considerably in different individuals and upon different
parts of the body, but it is essentially similar to that of the external
head and opercular bones already described, though perhaps less
prominent. In small (probably young) specimens, both the bones
and scales are very feebly ornamented, but in fully grown individuals
the rugose ganoine is always conspicuous. Each scale of the two
1890. | UPPER CRETACEOUS FISHES. 633
deep series of the flank is characterized in the abdominal and anterior
caudal region by 2 prominent mesial vertical ridge, nearly correspond-
ing in position to the internal keel; and the chief ornament consists
of irregular, thick, transverse rugze, which not only impart to the
ridge a nodular appearance, but also frequently pass into a series of
feeble crenulations at the hinder border. The dorsal and ventral
scales are similarly rugose, but more finely marked; and in the
caudal region, too, there is a diminution in the prominence of the
ornament.
Generic Determination.—As already remarked, the species now
described was briefly noticed by Agassiz under the name of Aspido-
rhynchus comptoni. In 1841, as at the present time, the jaws were
undiscovered, and the most conspicuous character separating Aspido-
rhynchus from Belonostomus was thus not available for reference.
Two features now made known, however, appear to suffice for the
generic determination of the fish with absolute certainty. The sub-
orbital ring is in direct contact with the preoperculum throughout
its length, there being no supplementary cheek-plate, such as charac-
terizes Aspidorhynchus’; and only two series of flank-scales are
deepened—one excessively so—while in Aspidorhynchus there are
invariably three such series, more nearly equal in their vertical
measurement*. These being special characters of Belonostomus, and
the Brazilian fish agreeing with the typical species of that genus
both in the arrangement and proportions of the fins and in the
development of the vertebral axis, there seems no reason to doubt the
generic determination here adopted.
Specific Determination.—The Brazilian Cretaceous fish is the
largest species of Belonostomus of which any definite account has
hitherto been published. The fragmentary skull from the Cretaceous
of India, described under the name of Belonostomus (?) indicus’,
will, if correctly determined, indicate even a slightly larger member
of the genus; but the smoothness of the external bones readily sepa-
rates this form from the highly-ornate species now under considera-
tion. The large English Cretaceous species* is also distinguished
from the Brazilian fish, among other points, by the feeble character
of its external ornamentation; and the small associated species’ is
too imperfectly known for satisfactory comparison. The other
Cretaceous members of the genus, B. crassirostris® and B. lesind-
' O. M. Reis, “ Ueber Belonostomus, Aspidorhynchus, und ihre Beziehungen
zum lebenden Lepidosteus,’ SB. k. bay. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl. 1887,
p. 173, pl. ii. fig. 7.
2 B. Vetter, “Die Fische aus dem lithographischen Schiefer im Dresdener
Museum,” Mitth. k. mineral.-geol. Mus. Dresden, pt. iv. 1881, p. 89.
8 Smith Woodward, “Description of a Fish-skull,” Rec. Geol. Surv. India,
yol. xxiii. (1890), p. 23.
* Belonostomus cinctus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. ii. (1843), p. 142,
pl. xvi. @. figs. 10-13; F. Dixon, Geol. Sussex, p. 367, pl. xxxv. figs. 3,3* ; Smith
Woodward, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliv. p. 145, pl. vii. figs. 7-15.
5 B. attenuatus, KF. Dixon, Geol. Sussex (1850), p. 368, pl. xxxv. figs. 4, 4*,
5 O. G. Costa, Paleont. Regno Napoli, pt. ii. (1856), p. 33, pl. ii. figs, 1, 2
(including B. gracilis, Costa, ibid. p. 35, pl. ii. fig. 3).
634 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON SOME [Nov. 18,
ensis*, as also the typical species B. sphyrenoides*, B. muensteri’*,
B. kochi*, and B. tenuirostris’, from the Bavarian and French Litho-
graphicStone, are distinguished, among other characters, by the much
more slender proportions of the trunk. The determination of the
Brazilian fossils as a hitherto undefined species is thus justified, and
we propose to adopt the specific name originally suggested by Agassiz,
terming the fish Belonostomus comptoni.
Formation and Locality.—The species occurs in a bed of nodules
met with on the slopes of the Serra de Araripe, in the Province of
Ceara, North Brazil. As remarked on a former occasion’, the
formation seems to be of late Cretaceous date.
Genus APATEOPHOLIs, novum.
Body much laterally compressed. Head relatively large; mandi-
ble equalling the snout in length; dentition consisting of conical
teeth, mostly small, sometimes obtuse, but a single series of large,
well-spaced laniaries occupying the anterior half of the mandible.
Preoperculum deep and triangular, with a long, rebust, posteriorly-
directed spine at its postero-inferior angle. Vertebrze well ossified,
and the ribs robust. Dorsal fin at least as long as deep, in advance of
the anal fin, which is remote, elongated, and relatively low ; caudal
fin deeply cleft. Scales very thin and feebly ornamented; a single
series of deep scales occupying the greater part of the flank.
The type and only known species of this new genus has not
hitherto been satisfactorily described. The original specimens, how-
ever, are preserved in the British Museum, and an opportunity is
thus afforded for contributing some additional notes.
APATEOPHOLIS LANIATUS. (Plate LV. fig. 11.)
1887. Rhinellus laniatus, J. W4 Davis, Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc.
[2] vol. iil. p. 612, pl. xxxvii. figs. 1, 7.
1888. Belonostomus laniatus, Smith Woodward, Rep. Brit. Assoc.
p. 678.
The largest known specimen of this species would probably mea-
sure not less than 0°3 in length when complete. The headis remark-
ably large, this with the opercular apparatus being not less than two-
thirds as long as the trunk. The maximum depth of the trunk
immediately behind the head is contained about eight times in the
total length; and the caudal region tapers rapidly to its hinder
extremity.
Head and Opercular Apparatus.—The head (Plate LV. fig. 11) is
1 F. Bassani, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl. vol. xly. (1882),
p- 198, pl. i. fig. 10.
* L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss, vol. ii. pt. ii. (1843), p. 140, pl. slvii. fig. 5; A.
Wagner, Abh. k. bay. Akad., math.-phys. Cl. vol. ix. p. 690,
3 Agassiz, loc. cit. p. 141, pl. xlvii. a, fig. 2; Wagner, loc, cit. p. 689.
* Agassiz, loc. cit. p. 143; Wagner, loc. cit. p. 689.
5, Agassiz, loc. cit. p. 143; Wagner, loc. cit. p. 691.
5 P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 541.
1890. ] UPPER CRETACEOUS FISHES. 635
extremely narrow and deep, the orbit (oré.) relatively large and
posteriorly situated, and the surrounding membrane bones well de-
veloped. The jaws and facial bones seem to have been almost smooth,
the mandible only being marked bya longitudinal series of perforations
for a sensory canal; but the crauial roof is ornamented with numer-
ous tuberculations, which are also visible upon the stout preopercular
spine. The preoperculum (p.op.) is comparatively robust, triangu-
lar in shape, tapering to a point above, and abruptly truncated
below ; its postero-inferior spinous process (s.) exceeds in length the
maximum width of the bone, is sharply pointed, and distinctly ap-
pears to have been hollow. The operculum (op.) and suboperculum
are comparatively thin, the former deeper than broad, and the latter
broad in proportion to its depth ; the only ornament exhibited con-
sists in a few feeble radiating lines upon the operculum. The
branchiostegal rays (r.) are very delicate and apparently numerous.
Axial Skeleton of Trunk.—The vertebre are well ossified, apparently
simple double cones, somewhat longer than deep, and about forty in
number. The neural and hemal spines are firmly united to their
supporting arches, and the ribs in the abdominal region are very
robust. There are also numerous short intermuscular bones, in their
crushed state transversely overlapping the arches of the axial
skeleton.
Appendicular Skeleton.—The fin-rays are robust, and in all, except
the caudal fin, are undivided for a considerable space above their
insertion, though apparently articulated and bifurcating distally. In
the caudal fin the rays are closely articulated from a point close to
the base. In the dorsal and anal fins each ray is borne by a separate
interspinous element, but the arrangement of the fin-supports in the
caudal is not distinctly shown. The pelvic fins are relatively small
and remote, the space between these and the pectorals being three
times as great as that between the same finsand the anal. The rays
of the latter, about seventeeu in number, scarcely exceed those of the
pelvic fins in length, but tke dorsal fin is relatively much elevated,
with not less than twenty stout rays, and is situated completely in
advance of the anal.
Squamation.—The scales are only distinctly shown in part in the
type specimen, but it seems probable that they formed a continuous
covering. They are all very thin, and their most conspicuous
markings are the concentric lines of growth, along which a feeble
ornament of fine rugze and tuberculations is developed. A single
series of deep narrow scales, at least half as deep as the trunk,
occupies the flank; and above (probably also below) there are
smaller, more nearly equilateral scales, likewise of quadrangular
shape.
Formation and Locality.x—Upper Cretaceous (Upper Senonian) ;
Hakel, Mount Lebanon, Syria.
EvoLuTION oF THE ASPIDORHYNCHID&.
The Cretaceous species assigned to Belonostomus are so closely
636 ON SOME UPPER CRETACEOUS FISHES. [Nov. 18,
similar to the typical members of the genus of late Jurassic age, that
they may be regarded as proving the persistence of this somewhat
specialized type during a long period and over wide areas of the
earth’s surface. That is a feature of some interest in the evolution of
the group. But if Apateopholis be correctly interpreted in the fore-
going description, this genus is still more noteworthy as presenting
probably the latest phase in the specialization of the family-type.
Tt would appear that in the Aspidorhynchide, as in most groups,
the degeneration of the squamation is a character indicating high
degree in development, and it is quite possible that further researches
may prove some intimate connection between this family and the
problematical Hoplopleuride, which are so characteristic of Upper
Cretaceous formations, and are generally considered to include at
least one genus (Prionolepis or Aspidopleurus) with a single series
of deep flank-scales like those of Belonostomus. It is further of
interest to note that the development of a preopercular spine is a
feature hitherto unknown even in the most specialized of Physostomous
fishes ; Apateopholis, in this respect, being paralleled only by some
of the highest Physoclysti.
With regard to the origin of the family, the typical genera,
Aspidorhynchus and Belonostomus, so far as known, appear suddenly
in the Lower Oolites'; and no intermediate stages occur between
these rostrated forms and the more ordinary “‘ ganoids” of earlier date.
It is, however, worthy of note that, so low in the Mesozoic Series as
the Upper Trias, there are Pholidophorus-shaped fishes (Pholido-
pleurus) with scales and fins almost identical with those of Belono-
stomus, and further discoveries elucidating the osteology of these early
types will be awaitect with interest in connection with the problem
under consideration.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats LIV.
Fig. 1. Belonostomus comptoni ; remains of head and trunk, coiled up in nodule.
Upper Cretaceous, Serra de Araripe, North Brazil. c.o., cireumor-
bitals ; op., operculum ; o7d., orbit; p.op., preoperculum ; pet., pectoral
fin ; s.cl., supraclavicle ; s.o., suborbitals ; s.op., suboperculum. [47892. |
Puate LV.
Fig. 1. Belonostomus comptont ; superior aspect of rostrum. Upper Cretaceous,
Serra de Araripe, North Brazil. [15495 e.]
2. Ditto; transverse section of rostrum. Ibid. [15495 a.]
8. Ditto; right hyomandibular, outer aspect. Ibid. p., articular process
for operculum. [15495 0.]
4, Ditto; upper portion of operculum, showing ornament. Ibid.
[15495 a.]
5. Ditto; vertebral centra, (a) lateral aspect of caudals, (0) abdominal in
longitudinal section. Ibid. [P. 975 c.]
6. Ditto; inferior lateral scale, restored. Ibid.
7. Ditto; dorso-lateral scale. Ibid. [P. 3809.]
1 Smith Woodward, “ A Synopsis of the Fossil Fishes of the English Lower
Oolites,” Proce. Geol. Assoc. vol. xi. (1890), pp. 295, 296.
P.Z.85.1890.P1.LVI.
W.Purkiss lith Hanhart imp.
we =~
HETEROMEROUS COLEOPTERA FROM THE ARUWIMI VALLEY.
1890. | ON COLEOPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. BONNY. 637
Fig. 8. Ditto; dorsal scales. Ibid. 7., series of ridge-scales. [P. 3809.]
9, 10. Ditto; caudal region. Ibid. [47894, 47896.]
11. Apateopholis laniatus ; head, lateral aspect. Upper Oretaceous, Hakel,
Mt. Lebanon. r., branchiostegal rays; orb., orbit ; op., operculum ;
p-op., preoperculum with spine (s). [P. 4869.]
All the specimens are preserved in the British Museum, and the numbers
refer to the Register of the Geological Department. All the figures are of the
natural size.
4. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected by Mr. W.
Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley. By G. C. Cuamrron,
F.Z.8.
[Received November 13, 1890.]
(Plate LVI.)
The following is a list, with descriptions of new species, of the
Heteromerous Coleoptera collected by Mr. Bonny at the Yambuya
Camp. It forms a continuation of the paper contributed by
Mr. Bates (ante, pp. 479-492), and has been undertaken at his
request. Seventeen species only, representing the families Tene-
brionide, Lagriidz, and Meloidz, are contained in the collection ;
of this number seven are described as new, and one new genus is
added. Mr. Bates’s remarks (op. cit. p. 480) as to the similarity
of the fauna with that of the Cameroons and Old Calabar apply
equally well to the Heteromera.
Family TENEBRIONID2.
TaRaxipeEs, Waterh,
Taraxides, C. O. Waterhouse, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser.
xvii. pp. 288, 289 (1876).
Dischidus, Kolbe, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 297 (1886).
TARAXIDES SINUATUS.
Helops sinuatus, Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. i. p. 160; Beauv. Ins. Afr.
et Amér. p. 139, t. 306. figg. 9, a, 6.
Nyctobates confusus, Westw. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 118; Trans. Z. S.
iil. p. 224, t. 15. figg. 6,7; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 532 (1843).
Three examples of the dark form.
TARAXIDES GIBBIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 1, ¢.)
Black, subopaque, the elytra with a greenish-zneous lustre.
Head finely and thickly punctured, strongly longitudinally carinate
on either side just within the eyes; antenne (¢) short, not
reaching the base of the prothorax, joint 8 about as broad as long,
joints 9 and 10 transverse; prothorax transversely subquadrate,
slightly narrowed in front, bisinuate at the sides behind (the anterior
sinuation formed by an interruption of the sharp lateral carina), the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLIII. 43
638 MR. G. C. CHAMPION ON COLEOPTERA [Nov. 18,
hind angles acutely rectangular, the base strongly bisinuate, the
surface finely, sparsely, and very distinctly punctured ; elytra wider
than the prothorax, widest beyond the middle, very obliquely
narrowing behind, the apices a little produced, the lateral margin
grooved within from a little below the base to the apex, the disc
transversely depressed below the base, transversely convex or gibbous
beyond this, and flattened and somewhat abruptly declivous pos-
teriorly, the surface finely striate-punctate, the punctures not very
closely placed and becoming finer towards the apex, the interstices
smooth and quite flat; beneath almost smooth, the ventral segments
1-3 punctured and wrinkled in the middle; the anterior tibize bent
inwards at the apex in the male.
Length 18, breadth 72 millim. (¢.)
One male example. Allied to TJ. sinuatus (Fabr.), but easily
known from that species (and from T. merens, Westw., also) by the
gibbous, zeneous elytra, the bisinuate lateral margins of the thorax,
and the shorter antenne. 7. eneipennis (Kolbe), from the Congo
valley, resembles 7’. gibbipennis in the colour and shape of the
elytra, but is described as having the thorax and elytra more
strongly punctured than in 7. siauatus, a definition certainly not
applicable to the present insect.
TARAXIDES PICTUS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 2, ¢.)
Subopaque, black ; the elytra each with a transverse flavous fascia
some distance before the middle, curving forwards as it approaches
the suture and narrowly extending along the side of it nearly to the
base and also narrowly extending forwards along the lateral margin
to the shoulder, and a shorter and narrower similarly-coloured
transverse fascia considerably beyond the middle, this latter at some
distance from the suture abruptly and obliquely branching off
anteriorly to about the centre of the dise (forming a large -shaped
mark) and posteriorly connected near the suture and along the
lateral margin with a large pale castaneous common apical patch,
these markings enclosing a large spot of the ground-colour on each
elytron. Head broadly flattened between, and obliquely carinate on
either side near, the eyes, minutely punctured, the punctuation
becoming closer in front and sparser behind; antennee (¢) black,
short, not nearly reaching the base of the prothorax, thickening
outwardly, joint 7 about as long as broad, joints 8-10 transverse,
9 and 10 strongly so, 11 about twice as long as 10; prothorax
transversely subquadrate, a little narrowed in front, very slightly
narrowed and sinuate at the sides behind, the hind angles acutely
rectangular, the base strongly bisinuate, the surface sparsely and
minutely punctured, more shallowly so towards the sides, the disc
with traces of an obsolete median groove behind ; elytra wider than
the prothorax, widest beyond the middle, very obliquely narrowing
behind, the apices a little produced, the lateral margin from the
base to the apex not grooved within, the disc transversely flattened
just below the base, the surface véry finely and obsoletely striate-
punctate, the punctures not continued to the apex and a little more
1890.] COLLECTED BY MR. BONNY. 639
distinct on either side of the suture at the base, the interstices
smooth and quite flat; beneath black, the ventral segments finely
and somewhat thickly punctured and longitudinally wrinkled along
the middle; legs pitchy black, the femora dark castaneous at the
extreme base ; the anterior femora thickened to beyond the middle,
and the anterior tibiae somewhat strongly curved inwards, in the
male.
Length 18, breadth 7} millim. (¢.)
One example in Mr. Bonny’s collection; a second, from Old
Calabar, is contained in the National Collection. This species is
closely allied to 7’. sinuatus (Fabr.), for a colour-variety of which it
might be taken at first sight, more especially as the latter varies in
the colour of the thorax. It differs, however, from that insect not
only in colour, but in the broadly flattened interocular space of the
head, the much shorter antenne in the male (not longer than in the
female of 7. sinuatus, with the penultimate joints more transverse
and the apical joint relatively longer), the shorter legs, and the
more finely and much more obsoletely striate-punctate elytra, the
latter not grooved within the lateral margin (in 7. sinuatus the
margin is accompanied by a groove which becomes deeper and more
distinct towards the apex). The species is interesting from the fact
of there being a large Erotylid with similarly coloured elytra in the
same region in which Mr, Bonny’s collection was made ; the peculiar
markings are very distinct and sharply defined, the allied forms,
Nyctobates bifasciatus, Quedenf., excepted, being all of very sombre
colours.
CuHiRosce.is, Lam.
CHIROSCELIS PASSALOIDES.
Chiroscelis passaloides, Westw. Trans. Z. 8. iii. p. 210, t. 14.
f. 3; Arcana Ent. ii. p. 160, t. 87. f. 4.
Three specimens.
Opontopvs, Silb.
ODONTOPUS ORSOLETUS.
Odontopus obsoletus, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 90 (1858).
One female specimen. This nearly agrees with a male example
in Mr. F. Bates’s collection, except that it has the punctuation of
the upper surface still more obsolete, the thorax being almost im-
punctate, and the elytra shallowly, finely, and sparsely punctate.
Pycnocerus, Westw.
PyCNOCERUS COSTATUS.
Odontopus costatus, Silb. Rev. Ent. i. pt. 2, no. 4 (1833) ; Casteln.
Hist. Nat. Ins. Col. ii. p. 213.
Two specimens. P. ewaratus, Harold, seems to be a closely
allied species.
43*
640 MR. G. C. CHAMPION ON COLEOPTERA [Nov. 18,
STERCES, gen. nov.
Mentum strongly transverse, flat; labial and maxillary palpi with
their last joint ovate, obliquely truneate at the apex (that of the
maxillary pair subtriangular in S. violaceipennis) ; ligula largely
developed, triangularly raised in the middle between the point of
insertion of the labial palpi, deeply emarginate in the centre at the
apex; mandibles feebly emarginate at the tip; head short, feebly
emarginate in front, not deeply sunk into the prothorax, distinctly
narrowed behind the eyes, the antennary orbits not prominent, the
epistoma short, limited behind by a faintly impressed groove; the
eyes rather convex, coarsely granulated, moderately large; antenne
short, not or scarcely reaching the base of the prothorax, the six
outer joints broadly dilated and punctured, 6-10 transyerse, 11 much
longer than 10, the five basal joints almost smooth; prothorax as
long as broad, subquadrate, somewhat cylindrical, very acutely
margined at the sides, the base bisinuate and distinctly margined ;
scutellum subtriangular; elytra about one half broader than and
fully four times as long as the prothorax, parallel towards the base,
a little dilated at the middle, and obliquely converging behind, very
sharply margined at the sides (the margin deeply grooved within)
from the base nearly to the apex, the epipleure reaching as far as the
apex of the fourth ventral segment and strongly sinuous posteriorly ;
prosternum abruptly declivous behind the auterior coxe and extending
as far as the base of the prothorax, a little raised at the apex ; meso-
sternum triangularly excavate in front, Y-shaped ; intercoxal process
of the abdomen subtriangular ; legs short ; the femora not clavate ;
the tarsal joints (the apical one excepted) broad and compressed and
clothed beneath with a dense brush of spongy hairs (this clothing
being extended on to the apex of each of the tibize), the penultimate
joint deeply excavate above, as broad as the preceding joint, and
slightly emarginate at the apex, the first joint of the posterior pair
about one third longer than the following joint ; tibial spurs
obsolete ; claws furnished with a long sharp tooth at the middle
within ; body elongate and somewhat cylindrical, metallic, glabrous.
This new genus is proposed for an interesting species belonging to
the group Cnodalonides ; a closely allied form, from Lagos’, also
1 STERCES VIOLACEIPENNIS.
Less elongate than S. vesplendens; the head not depressed in the middle be-
tween the eyes; the antenne shorter, joints 6-10 shorter and much more
strongly transverse; the prothorax more parallel at the sides behind, the hind
angles more rectangular, the transverse basal depression deeper, the dise not
canaliculate in front, the punctuation a little coarser (similar to that of the
head) ; the elytra relatively shorter, bright violaceous, coppery in certain lights,
a little more deeply punctate-striate; the legs shorter; the femora and tibie,
except at the base and apex, reddish-testaceous, this colour occupying more of
the basal portion of the femora than in S. resplendens; the rest as in
S. resplendens.
Length 14, breadth 43 millim.
Hah. Lagos (coll. F. Bates).
One example, apparently a male.
1890.] COLLECTED BY MR. BONNY. 641
belongs to it. The sharply margined subquadrate thorax, the
dilated and excavate, broad penultimate joint of the tarsi, the sharply
toothed claws, the posteriorly narrowed head, and the elongate,
somewhat cylindrical shape distinguish Sterces from the other
known genera of Cnodalonides. The genus is perhaps best placed
between Camarimena and Acropteron.
STERCES RESPLENDENS, sp.n. (Plate LVI. fige. 3, ¢; 3a,
labium ; 3 6, maxilla and maxillary palpus ; 3 c, anterior tarsus.)
Head and prothorax black, the latter with a slight violaceous
lustre ; the scutellum black ; the elytra bright metallic green, this
colour (in certain lights) changing to violaceous towards the suture
and along the lateral margins; shining. Head somewhat flattened,
depressed in the middle between the eyes, finely, deeply, and rather
closely punctured, the epistoma smoother; antennz black, joints
6-10 broad, transverse, 6-8 subtriangular, 11 about one half longer
than 10; prothorax as long as broad, subquadrate, narrowing a little
in front and slightly sinuate at the sides behind, the hind angles
acute and directed outwards, the disc broadly transversely depressed
in the middle before the base and obsoletely canaliculate in front,
the surface finely, irregularly, and rather sparsely punctured (the
punctuation finer than that of the head), a longitudinal space down
the middle impunctate ; scutellum smooth; elytra very finely
punctate-striate, the interstices quite flat and with very minute
widely scattered punctures; ,beneath very shining, blackish-violaceous,
very sparsely and minutely punctured, the first three ventral seg-
ments also with very fine shallow longitudinal ruge ; legs black, the
femora broadly marked with reddish-testaceous beyond the middle
(the apex and base alone black), the tibie and tarsi thickly, the
femora very sparsely, punctured, all the tibiee slightly dilated within
at the apex and somewhet curved, the femora glabrous.
Length 163, breadth 5 millim. (¢.)
One example.
Nestoticus, Westw.
Nesioricus FLAvopictus. (Plate LVI. fig. 4, var.)
Nesioticus flavopictus, Westw. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 121; Trans. Z. S.
ili, p. 227, t. 15. f. 13; Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 92, t. 3. f. 1.
Numerous examples. These differ from the type in the shape of
the transverse flavous basal fascia of the elytra, and they form a
well-marked variety: the fascia extends inwards to a little nearer
the suture and usually has a short additional ramus extending for-
wards from its point of termination.
STRONGYLIUM, Kirby.
STRONGYLIUM ATROVIOLACEUM, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 5.)
Elongate, parallel, opaque, bluish-black, the head in front and
the elytra obscure violaceous. Head distinctly grooved between the
642 MR. G. C. CHAMPION ON COLEOPTERA [Nov. 18,
eyes, thickly and finely punctured, the interocular space more
coarsely so in front but with a smooth space in the middle behind ;
the eyes moderately large, not prominent; antennz ( @ ) blackish-
violaceous, short, extending very little beyond the base of the
prothorax, moderately stout, joint 3 twice as long as 2, 4 longer
than 3, triangular, 5 very much shorter than 4, 5-10 gradually
increasing in width, flattened, subtriangular, 10 transverse, 11 a
little narrower but not longer than 10; prothorax transversely
subquadrate, moderately convex, the sides almost straight, very
little narrowed in front, with a fine but complete lateral carina, the
anterior angles prominent but obtuse, the hind angles acute and
outwardly directed, the base and apex strongly margined, the surface
finely and thickly punctured, a very narrow space down the middle
(slightly impressed at the base) smooth; scutellum very finely and
sparsely punctured; elytra nearly one half broader than and fully
four times as long as the prothorax, parallel, exceedingly finely and
shallowly punctate-striate from the base to the apex, the punctures
oblong in shape, the interstices smooth and perfectly flat, the
shoulders swollen and prominent; beneath bronze-black, shining,
the propleuree, the sides of the meso- and metasternum, and the
metasternal episterna rather coarsely punctured, the ventral segments
sparsely, obsoletely punctured and aciculate (the fifth more coarsely
and more closely punctured); prosternum broad, transversely de-
pressed before and behind the anterior coxee, and with the apex
produced behind but very little raised ; legs blackish-violaceous, the
femora reddish-testaceous from near the base to far beyond the
middle.
Length 18, breadth 53 millim. (9.)
One example. This species is chiefly distinguished by its very
smooth elytra, prominent humeri, parallel shape, and dull violaceous
colour, the femora broadly marked with red. It does not seem to
be at all closely allied to any of the described African members of
the genus.
STRONGYLIUM AURONITENS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 6.)
Elongate, parallel, of a bright metallic golden-green colour, with
golden-cupreous reflections. | Head feebly longitudinally grooved
between the eyes, sparsely and somewhat coarsely punctured behind,
more finely so in front; the eyes large and prominent; antennz
moderately long, gradually thickening outwardly, joint 4 much
longer than 3, 5 much shorter than 4, 5-8 flattened, but little
widened towards their apex (9-11 missing), 1-3 metallic green, the
rest bronze-black ; prothorax transversely subquadrate, a little
flattened on the disc, the sides almost straight behind, slightly con-
verging and somewhat arcuate in front, with the lateral carina fine
and only extending from the apex to a little beyond the middle, the
hind angles acute and outwardly directed, the base sharply and the
apex very distinctly margined, the disc transversely depressed in the
middle in front and deeply and somewhat obliquely depressed on
either side before the base, the surface coarsely, closely, and irregu-
1890. | COLLECTED BY MR. BONNY. 643
larly punctured ; scutellum with a few fine punctures ; elytra about
one third broader than and fully four times as long as the prothorax,
parallel, a little flattened on the disc, coarsely striate-punctate from
the base to the apex, the punctures oblong in shape and becoming
finer towards the suture and larger and deeper towards the sides, the
interstices very minutely and very sparsely punctured, flat on the
disc, moderately convex towards the sides, the shoulders very little
swollen and not prominent; beneath very shining, bright metallic
green, with golden and cupreous tints, the propleure, the sides of
the meso- and metasternum, and the metasternal episterna very
coarsely punctured, the rest of the surface (the fifth ventral segment
excepted) sparsely and minutely punctured, the ventral segments
also longitudinally aciculate, the fifth thickly and rather coarsely
punctured ; prosternum horizontally produced behind, its posterior
face vertical; legs moderately long, golden-cupreous, with greenish
tints in certain lights.
Length 15, breadth 43 millim. (@.)
One example. Apparently closely allied to S. guadraticolle and
S. puncticolle, Thoms., from the Gaboon, but not agreeing satis-
factorily with the brief and very imperfect descriptions of either of
these species.
XANTHOTHOPEIA, Maki.
XANTHOTHOPEIA ARUWIMENSIS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. figg. 7;
7 a, antenna.)
Elongate, rather convex, subparallel; bronze-black, the head
violaceous in front and greenish in -the middle and at the sides
anteriorly, the elytra greenish-zeneous and opaque, the head, pro-
thorax, and scutellum shining. Head distinctly foveate in the
middle between the eyes, finely and sparsely punctured, a longitu-
dinal space down the middle smooth; the eyes comparatively very
large, not prominent ; palpi bronze-black ; antenne dark violaceous,
short, extending a little beyond the base of the prothorax, the joints
from the fourth greatly dilated and flattened and becoming very
much wider outwardly, 4—7 subtriangular, 6-10 strongly transverse,
9 and 10 each about twice as broad as long, 11 narrower and
scarcely longer than 10; prothorax convex, transverse, the sides
converging from the middle and slightly rounded anteriorly, feebly
sinuate before the base, with the lateral carina very fine and
extending only from the apex to abont the middle and thence to
the base replaced by a finely impressed line, the apex finely margined
on either side, immarginate in the middle, the base sharply grooved
within, the hind angles acute and outwardly directed, the anterior
angles declivous, the dise very feebly transversely depressed on
either side at the middle and with a deeper transverse impression
lower down nearer the lateral margin, the surface finely, deeply, and
closely punctured; scutellum very finely and sparsely punctured ;
elytra about one third wider than and fully four times as long as the
prothorax, parallel to about the middle, crenate-striate from the base
644 MR. G. C. CHAMPION ON COLEOPTERA [Noy. 18,
to the apex, the punctures fine on the dise but becoming much
coarser towards the sides anteriorly, the interstices sparsely and very
minutely punctured and transversely wrinkled, almost flat towards
the suture, convex at the sides, the epipleure transversely wrinkled ;
beneath dark violaceous, shining, the propleurze coarsely and sparsely,
the sides of the metasternum more finely punctured, the ventral
segments finely and rather thickly punctured and aciculate; pro-
sternum broadly, longitudinally depressed between the anterior
coxee, the apex broadly produced but very little raised; legs rather
short, dark violaceous, thickly and rather coarsely punctured.
Length 163, breadth 53 millim.
One example, probably a female. In the very broadly widened
outer antennal joints (joints 7-10 being about twice as broad as
long), the prosternum broad and depressed between the anterior
coxee, the comparatively short legs, &c., this insect agrees very much
better with Xanthothopeia than with Strongylium; and as it does
not differ in any important particular from the former I refer it to
that genus. Three species only of Xanthothopeia have been de-
scribed, all differing considerably from the present one. Maklin has
taken the colour of the palpi as one of the generic characters of
Xanthothopeia ; but the colour of these organs cannot possibly be
regarded as of generic importance, though they are conspicuously
flavo-testaceous in his typical species, XY. rufipennis.
AsprposTeRNUM, Makl.
ASPIDOSTERNUM PHYSOPTERUM.
Aspidosternum physopterum, Harold, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver.
iv. p. 164.
One example apparently referable to this species, of which von
Harold has only published a brief and very incomplete diagnosis.
It has the elytra gradually widened from the base to very far beyond
the middle, strongly convex behind, and distinctly costate; the
upper surface greenish-eneous and shining; the thorax strongly
transverse, rounded at the sides, and sparsely punctured. Several
specimens of the same species, from the Cameroons, are contained
in Mr. F, Bates’s collection; in one or two of these the elytral
costee are almost or quite obsolete, thus agreeing better with von
Harold’s diagnosis.
PraoGena, Cast.
PRAOGENA PROCERA.
Praogena procera, Harold, Mittheil. Minch. ent. Ver. ii. p. 107;
Col. Hefte, xvi. p. 131, t. 1. fig. 8.
A single mutilated example, 25 millim. in length, agrees well
with yon Harold’s diagnosis of P. procera, “ Aurato-viridis, niti-
dissima, corpore subtus rufo-piceo, pedibus rufo-testaceis, femorum
apice, tibiis ultra medium tarsisque nigris,” and also with his figure.
This is one of the finest known species of the genus.
1890. ] COLLECTED BY MR. BONNY. 645
Family Lacrip2.
Lacerta, Fabr.
Examples of three species, one apparently Z. obscura, Fabr., the
others undeterminable. The specimens of these latter are insufficient
for description, even if they should prove to belong to undescribed
species.
Family Me.orp2.
Exetica, Lac.
ELETICA BICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 8, ¢.)
Moderately elongate, parallel ; above and beneath and the legs and
antennee black ; the elytra from the base to beyond the middle bright
red, immaculate, for the rest black; the head, the basal half of the
prothorax, and the elytra almost glabrous, shining, the elytra duller
towards the apex; the anterior half of the prothorax, the scutellum,
the entire under surface, the basal joint of the antenne, and the legs
(the inner side of the femora excepted) densely clothed with long,
fine, silky, appressed yellowish-grey pubescence. Head coarsely,
_ irregularly, and somewhat closely punctured, the occiput a little
smoother, longitudinally grooved down the middle, the groove much
more deeply impressed between the eyes and on the forehead;
(antennz mutilated) ; prothorax broader than long, the sides almost
parallel behind and obliquely converging in front, the base very
sharply margined, the anterior half transversely depressed, densely
and finely punctured, and pubescent, the posterior half glabrous and
with only a few very widely scattered punctures in the middle and
at the sides, the disc sharply canaliculate (the median channel
ending in a deep impression before the base and replaced on the
densely punctured portion of the surface by a smooth central line)
and with a large shallow depression on either side behind the
middle; scutellum densely punctured, the punctures confluent and
much coarser in the middle; elytra nearly twice as wide as the
prothorax, parallel, transversely and irregularly wrinkled, and with
two distinct longitudinal ridges on the disc and a short sharp ridge
near the suture at the base, the suture also raised towards the base,
the ridges on the disc becoming sharper and more distinct towards
the base and fainter towards the apex, the apices broadly rounded
externally and truncate and a little retracted towards the sutural
angle ; beneath very densely and finely, the legs densely and more
roughly, punctured.
Length 204, breadth 8 millim. (<¢.)
Allied to #. rufa (Fabr.), but differing from the corresponding sex
of that variable species by the peculiar sculpture of the thorax and
by the coarsely punctured upper portion of the head. The densely
punctured, pubescent, and depressed anterior portion of the thorax
is very sharply delimitated from the smooth and glabrous posterior
portion ; the entire under surface is very densely clothed with long,
silky, appressed, yellowish-grey pubescence, the legs also being very
646 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Dec. 2,
pubescent. Since the publication of Gemminger and Harold’s
Catalogue numerous species of Eletica have been described by
Kolbe, von Harold, Ancey, Peringuey, and Fihreeus; but the
present insect appears to be perfectly distinct from any of these.
It may not be out of place to add here a list of the more
recent and more important papers dealing with the Heteromerous
fauna of Tropical Africa. These are entirely German :—
1. “Bericht tiber die von den Herren A. v. Homeyer und P. Pogge
in Angola und im Lunda-Reiche gesammelten Coleopteren,”
von E. v. Harold. [Col. Hefte, xvi. pp. 109-143 (1879).]
(Diagnoses of some of the new species here described were
published in the previous year, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver. ii.
pp- 106-109.)
2. “ Verzeichniss der von Herrn Major a. D. von Mechow in Angola
und am Quango-Strom 1878-1881 gesammelten Tenebrioniden
und Cisteliden,” von G. Quedenfeldt. [Ber]. ent. Zeitschr. xxix.
pp- 1-38 (1885). ]
3. “Neue afrikanische Coleoptera des Berliner zoologischen Mu-
seums,” von H. J. Kolbe. [Ent. Nachr. xii. pp. 289-301
(1886). ]
4. “Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Koleopteren-Fauna von Central-
Afrika nach den Ergebnissen der Lieutenant Wissman’schen
Kassai-Expedition 1883 bis 1886,” von G. Quedenfeldt. [Berl.
ent. Zeitschr, xxxii. pp. 183-189 (1888).]
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.
Fig.l. ¢ Taraxides gibbipennis, p. 637.
2. 6 ¥ pictus, p. 638.
3. ¢ Sterces resplendens, p. 641.
3d. Pr H labium.
3b. Be e maxilla and maxillary palpus.
3¢ Ht anterior tarsus.
4. Nesioticus flavopictus, var., p. 641.
5. Strongylium atroviolaceum, p. 641.
6. i auronitens, p. 642.
7. Xanthothopeia aruwimensis, p. 643.
Ta. ex . antenna.
8. 3g Eletica bicolor, p. 645.
December 2, 1890.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1890 :-—
The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of November 1890 were 43 in number. Of these, 22 were
acquired by presentation, 17 by purchase, 2 on deposit, and 2
1890.1] M. A. MILNE-EDWARDS ON EQUUS GREVYI. 647
were born in the Gardens. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 67.
The most noticeable addition during the month was :—
A young example of the scarce carnivorous animal Cryptoprocta
Jeroz, from Madagascar, new to the Collection, purchased November
12th.
The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by M. A. Milne-
Edwards, was read :-—
“Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle,
28 Novembre, 1890.
“Cuer Monsieur,
“Je viens de lire dans le dernier cahier des Proceedings
(P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 461) une note de Mr. Bolton relative au Zébre de
Grévy, dans laquelle il est dit que les proportions de l’exemplaire
monté ne correspondent pas a celles de l’animal vivant, et que la
peau a été beaucoup trop distendue. Je crois utile de ne pas laisser
cette erreur s’accréditer, et je puis vous assurer que les dimensions de
Yanimal ont été minutieusement observées par les taxidermistes. Le
Ztbre de Grévy est arrivé vivant 4 Marseilles, ob on en a pris une
photographie, sur laquelle les oreilles sont indistinctes et le museau
disparait dans le seau ot un gardien fait boire Yanimal. Il est done
impossible d’aprés cette photographie de se rendre un compte exact
de la forme de la téte.
«* Envoyé a Paris 4 l’époque la plus chaude de l’année, ce Zébre est
mort en arrivant d’une congestion pulmonaire. J’ai fait de suite
monter en platre la face, les épaules, les pattes et le bassin, afin que
Yon puisse en reproduire exactement les formes. Ces montages
existent encore dans mon laboratoire. Le crane a ensuite été enlevé,
et il est aujourd’hui placé dans la collection d’ Anatomie Comparée ;
mais le squelette a été préparé, et il a été laissé, comme charpente,
sous la peau de maniére 4 assurer l’exactitude des proportions. Je
vous envoie, d’ailleurs, un dessin sur lequel sont indiquées les dimen-
sions de ce Zébre, telles qu’elles ont été relevées sur le cadavre aprés
la mort. les taxidermistes se sont conformés 4 ces indications.
« J’insiste sur ce point parce que les proportions de Zguus grevyi
sont tout-a-fait différentes de celles de lH. zebra. Le premier est
beaucoup plus svelte et plus haut que le second. I] n’a pas la forme
de l’espéce de l’ Afrique australe. Son aspect est tout autre, et l’on
peut considérer l’exemplaire monté de la collection du Muséum de
Paris comme une reproduction aussi exacte que possible de ce qu’ était
Panimal vivant.
“‘ Croyez, cher Monsieur, a l’expression de mes sentiments dévoués.
i “ A. Mitne-Epwarps.”
A letter was read addressed to the Secretary by Dr. Emin Pasha,
C.M.Z.S., dated ““Tabora, East Africa, Aug. 16th, 1890,” returning
thanks to the Society for his election as Corresponding Member.
Dr. Emin stated that a Striped Hyzena, similar to (and perhaps
648 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE Dec. 2,
identical with) the Egyptian form (Hyena striata), but smaller and
lighter in colour, occurred in that part of Africa. He was not aware
that the occurrence of this species so far south in Africa had been
previously registered.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Antelopes of Nyasa-land.
By Ricnarp Crawsnay'.
[Received October 14, 1890.]
In the following notes I have endeavoured to embody and condense
as far as possible my observations and experiences as regards
Antelopes in the Lake Nyasa District, where I have travelled and
resided at intervals during the last seven years, viz. from September
1883 till March 1890.
Being a sportsman, however, or rather, perhaps, what is termed a
*« hunter,” and not an accomplished naturalist, I cannot pretend to
be an authority on natural history ; but, as most of my time in
Africa has been spent in “ hunting,’ mainly in pursuit of Elephants,
I have been constantly in touch with both large and small game of
all kinds, and thus have had ample opportunities of seeing for myself
what animals there are and where, in addition to picking up a good
deal of information from natives as to districts I have not visited ;
so that I ought to be in a position to throw some light on the game
to be found in Nyasa-land, though at the same time I do not know
if I shall be able to impart my knowledge satisfactorily on paper to
others. Hitherto little or nothing has been said or written of
Nyasa-land as a hunting resort; but this must be due to the fact
that comparatively few whites have visited it, while of these few
again only some half dozen have been sportsmen, or, to put it other-
wise, “sportsmen-naturalists ;” two who are, I believe, still alive, viz.
Capt. Fairlie and Lieut. Pulley, R.N., standing out very prominently ;
and, in a lesser degree, of late years Messrs. Alfred Sharpe and
H. H. Johnston, the last-named being perhaps the only true
naturalist of all, though his stay in the country was only too short ;
while, though no longer living, Messrs. Stewart, Rhodes, and Capt.
Elton were nearly as well known im their day. Unfortunately,
one only of all these appears to have committed his experiences to
print ; and this is Capt. Elton, whose delightful book, ‘ Lakes and
Mountains of Africa,’ with its life-like illustrations, I would commend
to all who have not read it and who are interested.in Nyasa-land.
Space and time prevent my here entering on the subject of my
own travels in this part of Africa: little short of a book could give
any comprehensive idea of my movements. Suffice it to say, then,
I have made in all four journeys from the sea-coast at Kilimane to
' Communicated by the Secretary.
1890. ] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 649
Nyasa and back, and have visited the following districts between the
following dates :—
Between September 1883 and February 1884, travelling by the
usual route up the Kwa-kwa, Zambezi, and Shiré Rivers, I made my
way through to the Awa-Ny akyusa country at the N.W. end of
Nyasa. Here I formed one of a ‘party of whites hunting Elephants,
as did my companion, Capt. Berry, of Natal, who, poor fellow, was
there taken by a Crocodile whilst bathing at Kapora’ s, in the Kiwira
River, December 16th, 1883.
Between June and December 1885, after trying unsuccessfully for
Elephants in the country to the S. and S.W. of Lake Chirwa, I went
on to Nyasa, where on the west coast I took up my quarters at Cape
Maclear. Making this my head depot, I travelled over and hunted a
large tract of country to the N.W., visiting from time to time
Mlomba, Mbapi, Amuwa, and Mpemba’s, in which neighbourhood
Elephants then proved rather plentiful. Subsequently, however,
I became involved with trouble with a band of Achikunda, from
Chifisi’s (a big Angoni chief), who stole the tusks from one of my
dead Elephants ; and not being able to get another caravan from the
Cape-Maclear men (a miserable lot of cowards), I proceeded N. by
water to Bandawe. Here, almost immediately, I was stricken down
with heavy fever, and, with a congested liver, had ultimately to
return to the coast, where I embarked for Europe.
In May 1887 I again made my way out to East Africa, and this
time visited the EH. coast of Nyasa, residing some months with the
Universities’ Mission on Likoma Island; from this, I occasionally
made short excursions to the mainland, visiting Mapunda’s, Ngofi’s
Chiteji’s, Mataka’s Mbuzi’s, Utaya’s, and Malo, but did little or
nothing anywhere in the way of hunting. Subsequently however, in
December, on my way to the coast, 1 made a short shooting-trip to the
S.W.ofCape Maclear, ontheW. side of the Lake, and visited Lesumbwi
and Chirombo’s. I then, in March 1888, left Kilimane for a change
to 8. Africa. Returning to Nyasa again, in Oct. 1888, I travelled
and resided in all the country between Chombi (Mt. Waller) and the
Wa-kinga mountains on the N.W. of the Lake, and also to some
exteutin the Apoka Mountains,—a range which branches off inland
from Mt. Waller, and skirts the vast plains which extend fromit N.
to the Wa-kinga Mountains. A great part of my timeI lived at
Karonga’s, or Nkanga, which last-named place I left in Feb. 1890 to
come to England.
Thus very briefly, and I fear unintelligibly, I have given my head-
quarters in Nyasa-land during these years ; but I have not been able
to include many places which will come in for mention in the
following notes.
And now, maybe, some description of the country will be looked
for ; but Nyasa, with its vast coast-line, embracing swamp and plain,
mountain and low undulating highland in endless profusion, is far
beyond me to depict in so small a space; and I must not attempt
now anything more than a few very general remarks.
Everywhere, the scenery is magnificent, and its beauty is further-
650 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [Dee. 2,
more enhanced by never-ending variety: swamps green and luxu-
riant with papyrus and reeds give way to open sandy plains sparsely
studded with borassus ; dry arid flats, relieved only by a few grotesque
baobabs or sprawling-limbed acacias are gradually changed for thickly
wooded undulating highlands; and, in places, as for instance on the
E. coast of the Lake in the neighbourhood of Kalowilis, and again for
some 50 miles at the N.E. end, lofty mountains rise wall-like sheer
out of the water shutting out all beyond, while in others they
succeed one another, tier upon tier, till those in the background
resemble only blue hazy clouds.
And yet the distinguished writer of ‘Tropical Africa’ has it
that Nyasa scenery is not African, or, to use his own words, does
not “remind you where you are.” But from what I have seen
of the country, I can only say no words could be more unhappily
chosen. Neither are the sentences “once a week you will see a
palm ; once in three weeks the monkey will cross your path,” any
more appropriate, since palms are almost everywhere, while forest
and swamp are alive with animals and birds.
But though to the human eye the country is surpassingly fair to
look upon, yet no part of it can be termed healthy, or even moderately
so, since everywhere malaria is prevalent in a greater or less degree,
whether in sand, soil, swamp, orrock, though temperatureis doubtless
a powerful agent in generating it. Still, on the highland plateaux,
where a height of from 2000 to 4000 feet or more can be attained,
the climate must be much better adapted to whites, though thechange
there from the enervating lowlands would at first prove trying, as the
malaria “ works itself out.” On the Lake itself the heat is never very
oppressive, and it is not so great as in the low country inland from
it, as there is almost always in the daytime a breeze which more often
than not partakes of the nature of a gale. There are two prevailing
winds : from sunrise till noon the ‘‘ Mvuma” (east wind) blows; this,
as the sun reaches the meridian, gradually dies, and isthen almost im-
mediately succeeded by the “‘ Mwera”’ (south-easter), the most tearing
wind on Nyasa, which lasts till sunset, when it drops. During the
night, there is rarely any wind, and then, as the natives say, the
Nyanja “sleeps.” The greatest heat I have experienced in the Nyasa
Country has been on the vast swampy plains round Kisako, in
Mapweri’s country, close in under the Wa-kinga Mountains. Here
about the middle of November when the rains there commence, the
temperature at noonday in the shade is seldom under 100°, often
considerably more. This moist steamy heat it is that generates the
worst type of malaria, and terribly cruelly unhealthy are these
Awa-Nyakyusa plains.
Many other topics there are still pressing for mention: one of the
foremost being that of the Nyasa tribes and their languages—a most
interesting study ; but the subject is too lengthy to deal with now
in my limited space, and I must leave it untouched, as also zoology
in general, ornithology, and entomology, all of which offer a new
and practically unlimited field to the naturalist. The future will, no
doubt, do much for Nyasa-land and all these sciences as well as open
1890. | ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. §51
up the country for whites ; the past, however, except for Bandawe and
possibly Mweniwanda’s, has done practically nothing, while the loss
of human life has been proportionately enormous.
I now proceed to give my notes on the Antelopes that I have met
with in Nyasa-land :—
1. CoBuUs ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.
The Water-buck is by far the commonest of those Antelopes
which go in herds, and it would be hard to set foot anywhere in
Nyasa-land—except, of course, in the immediate vicinity of large
villages, or in the very precipitous country which in places rises
sheer out of the Lake—where these animals are not to be seen in
greater or less numbers. There is only the one species, I take it,
C. ellipsiprymnus ; but in this I have noticed variety, animals fre-
quenting the open plains being rather lighter in colour than those
of the wooded highlands where they are often found. The natives
seemingly only recognize the one species, known as the “ Nakodzwi”
or “‘ Nyakodzwi” of the Ajawa and of the Anyanja, the “Ipiva ”
of the Angoni, the “ Chuzu” of the Achewa, Atonga, Atembuka,
Ahenga, and Anyika (Apoka), and the ‘* Lipuwa” of the Ankonde.
All over Nyasa-land, as I have said, Water-buck are plentiful,
and it would be almost impossible to enumerate every locality where
I have seen them; I can, however, note a few places where they
have appeared to be most numerous.
On the west coast, to the north of Cape Maclear and about a
day’s journey west of Mpemba’s, I saw great numbers in September
and October, 1885.- I was at that time hunting Elephants, and the
Water-buck proved a positive nuisance, since they constantly ran in
on the former and put them on the gui-vive. To the north of
“ Chombi” or “ Piri Ngoma” (Anglice, Mt. Waller), and between
it and the Hara River, I saw immense herds, and from there again
right away to the foot of the Wa-kinga Mountains to the north-west
of the Lake, a distance of some 130 miles, I was scarcely ever out of
sight of Water-buck or their spoor, when I made the journey in
1889.
In the vast swamps of Kisako and Kisali, at the foot of the
Wa-kinga Mountains, I saw more Water-buck than I have seen any-
where, except on the plains of the Shiré river.
On the East Coast I came across a few in 1887, in the hills bor-
dering the Lake, tothe south of Chiteji’s; here the country is rocky
and precipitous right down to the water, but there is a small belt of
reeds, if no swamp. Water-buck are always found in greatest num-
bers on large swampy plains overgrown with coarse grass, tall reeds,
and papyrus, where in the wet season it is almost impossible to get
at them: unlike other Antelopes, except the Reed-buck, they do not
appear to leave the lowlands in the rains, but keep to the plains all
the year round; apparently they revel in almost impassable swamps
where only Elephants, Buffaloes, and Reed-bucks care to stay, and I
have occasionally followed them in mud and water almost waist-
652 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [Dee. 2,
deep. In such places one has to undergo cruel torture from reed-
cuts and mosquitoes, the latter of the fiercest type and even in broad
noonday most vicious. Nature has provided the Water-buck with a
tougher hide and coarser hair than any other of his kind, but even
these are not proof against the rank tall “ mabandi” grass and
spear-like “* matele ” reeds, and I have noticed that the legs of some
I have killed have suffered considerably, the skin on the fetlocks
and pasterns being cut clean through.
Thave seen more of Water-bucks than of any other Antelopes, and
had ample opportunity for observing their habits at Nkanga and
other places, where I have actually lived among them. They have
a habit, after drinking, of wandering considerable distances along
the sandy shore of the Lake; Elands, I have noticed, do the same ;'
this I have seen on bright moonlight nights, when I have camped
on the Lake shore. When alarmed and beating a retreat, they
occasionally give vent to a low snorting bark, and move off at a
smooth and, if I may use the expression, ‘‘ wooden” trot ; unless
wounded or hard-pressed in pursuit, they seldom canter or gallop,
and they do not bound or jump as do almost all their kind.
Water-bucks have an extraordinarily powerful scent, like that from
Sheep but stronger, and their haunts and paths retain it for weeks
and even months after the animals have left them. Lions, it has
occurred to me, seldom kill a Water-buck, and I can only attribute
this either to their dislike to this scent, or to the habit Water-bucks
have of lying in open places where Lions cannot easily get at them.
Buffaloes appear to me the natural prey of the Lion, but compared
with Koodoo, ‘Impala,’ and Bush-buck, it is seldom that Water-
bucks fall victims. The meat of the Water-buck is quite the worst
of all African venison that I have eaten, its grain being considerably
coarser than that of an old bull Buffalo, while at the same time
it has a very strong flavour, too strong by far for stomachs under-
mined by a malarial climate; natives, however, toa man eat it, and,
so far as I know, they have no evil superstitions about the animal
itself, such as they have with the Bush-buck, a small red-coloured
Antelope, the “Insa,’ and the Red River-hog (Potamocherus
penicillatus). Ihave heard it said by some that Water-bucks are
unusually stupid ; such, however, has not been my experience ; no
doubt they are at times confiding and offer an easy shot, but not
more often, I should say, than any other Antelopes of the open plains.
I think they possess greater vitality than any other of their kind,
at least those I have met (though there is little to pick between
a Water-buck and a Hartebeeste on the score of being hard-lived) ;
and they are certainly more stoutly built, especially about the neck
and legs, the latter being short, coarse, and even clumsy. Com-
pared with other Antelopes they are by no means graceful, yet their
beauty may be said te “consist in their ugliness;” and if not
actually useful, they are certainly ornamental to the vast wastes
of swamp, grass, and reeds where they are generally found.
1890.] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 653
2. CeERVICAPRA ARUNDINACEA.
Quite as widely distributed as the Water-buck, though in fewer
numbers, is the Reed-buck, ‘‘ Mpoyo” of the Anyanja, ‘* Ndopi ”
of the Ajawa, ‘‘Imzigi” of the Angoni, “ Swye” of the Ahenga and
Anyika, and “‘ Iswera” of the Ankonde. All over Nyasa-land Reed-
bucks are to be found, at least wherever there are open plains such
as Water-buck frequent ; I have not, however, come across them in
the hills.
On the West Coast, on the plains to the north of Cape Maclear,
especially between Amuwa and Mpemba’s, I found the Reed-buck in
considerable numbers in 1885.
IT also saw a good number in 1889, scattered about the country
between Chombi and Nkanga; here there are five small rivers, the
Kapwekeri, Hara, Kambweri, Chonanga, and the Ngarawi, all close
together, and the intervening country is particularly suited to the
Reed-buck. I have found it perhaps in greatest numbers on the
vast swampy plains at the foot of the Wa-kinga Mountains, between
Kisali in Mankendya’s country and Kisako in Mapweri’s to the north-
west of the Lake; south of that, again, in the Songwi and Insesi
country, and indeed everywhere between that and the Rikuru River,
some three miles north of Karouga’s. But the Reed-buck are so
generally met with throughout ail Nyasa-land that really it seems
needless to give any localities.
I should say that the Reed-buck is more wary than the Water-
buck, at least they are certainly more difficult to stalk, and this is
mainly due to their liking for bare open country; as a rule, they are
found singly or in pairs, but I have occasionally come across as many
as four or even six together in one place.
In their habits they are decidedly local, and day after day the
same animals can be found in the same spot; they are particularly
partial to clean bare sandy patches in open plains, well away from
cover, and here, like the ‘ Insa,” a small reddish-coloured Antelope,
they resort and stand about day after day for weeks together, as may
be seen from the piles of droppings that accumulate. When alarmed
they give vent to shrill screams—Whew! Whew!—and bound off
kicking up their hind legs and tossing their tails like rabbits; their
tails are thick and bushy and, being white on the underside, present
a striking appearance when their owners are making off in the grey
dusk of evening or very early morning. They have a strong scent,
but their venison, to my thinking, is better than any except that of
the ‘‘ Impala” or Eland ; as a rule, too, it carries more fat than any
other, unless occasionally an Eland,
3. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR.
The Klip-springer, ‘‘ Chinkoma” of the Nyasa tribes, is com-
monly met with in rough mountainous country, and occasionally
where there are no other Antelopes.
On the West Coast, on Chombi and all along the Apoka Moun-
tains, I have found them plentiful, especially in the dry rocky hills
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLIV. 44
654 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [ Dee. 2,
about Taowira, and behind Kaundi, to the N.W. of that region. I
have, too, now and again come on them in the hills between
Nkanga and Ncheweri.
At the foot of the Wa-kinga Mountains, in the Upper Lufira
country, I have also seen them.
On the East Coast, I have occasionally come across them in the
hills to the south of Chitezi’s (Chiteji’s), and between that and
Malo.
I have never seen more than a pair together, though, in places
where they are numerous, one occasionally sees as many as three or
four on the move at the same time. When wounded, I have
noticed Klip-springer cry piteously, bleating not unlike a young
Goat. The venison is, to my thinking, excellent; and the skins
are prized by hill tribes, who make bags of them for carrying grain,
for which they are well suited, being unusually thick and durable.
The hair is very curious, rather resembling soft bristles, and I have
heard the term “ minga”’ (thorns) applied to it by natives when
describing the animal.
4, NANOTRAGUS TRAGULUS (Licht.).
The Steinbuck, T believe, will prove to be common in Nyasa-land,
at any rate in those parts where Duiker are found ; but for myself
I have only succeeded in obtaining one specimen, a female, which I
killed on the Chitimba River, a little to the north of Chombi
(Mt. Waller). This the Ahenga with me pronounced to be ‘“ Yisya ”
(which is the name by which they know the Duiker); but I had
no difficulty in distinguishing it from that animal, inasmuch as
the dark brown mark on the forehead and down the nose was want-
ing, as was also that on the legs, which were in this case of an
almost uniform red with the body, while the white belly in this
Antelope was very much more conspicuous than in the Duiker, there
being no gradual blending of the white and reddish brown, such as
I have usually noticed in the Duiker.
I may, however, be wrong in assuming this Antelope to have
been a Steinbuck, since, at the time I examined the specimen, I had
had very little previous knowledge of the Steinbuck ; but, at any
rate, I am fully persuaded the animal in question was zot a
Duiker.
5. ASpYCEROS MELAMPUS.
The “Impala” of the Angoni, ‘‘ Nswala” of the Anyanja,
Ajawa, and I believe of all the Nyasa tribes, is not eommon to all
Nyasa-land, but where met with these Antelopes are as a rule
found in even larger numbers than Water-buck, and I have seen
them, I daresay, in herds numbering one hundred or more. On
Nyasa itself, I only remember having come across them in three
districts, all on the West Coast.
In 1885 I saw some very large herds on a clean sandy plain,
covered with mimosas, half a day’s march beyond Mbapi, to the
north of Cape Maclear ; here there appeared to be little other game
1890.] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 6595
than Buffalo, and from the numbers of “Impala” skulls lying
about, it looked as if Lions had made these animals their special
prey.
In 1887 and 1888 I constantly saw “ Impala” on the plains to
the S.W. of Cape Maclear, notably round Lesumbwi (Monkey Bay),
which is only about nine miles from it; here the country bordering
on the Lake is very hilly and covered with rough boulders, but
there are intervening plains overgrown with short grass and beauti-
fully wooded with sweet-smelling umbrella-shaped mimosas, and
these were always a sure find for “ Impala.”
In 1889 I came across a small herd of about seven on the Wovu
River, about 20 miles inland from Vuwa, but they were very wild
and quite unapproachable ; here, again, they were in clean sandy
country, wooded with short mimosas and dwarf borassus palms, and
I fancy they are not found in any other. To the S.W. of Nyasa,
I have found ‘‘ Impala” in very great numbers, and in 1888 I ran
down and caught a young buck about four days old, but he did not
live more than a day.
No Antelope I have seen can compare with the “ Impala”? in fleet-
ness of foot, and certainly no other can display such wonderful leaping
power ; they go off like the proverbial “ arrow from the bow,” and,
with most beautiful gliding bounds, cover the ground without appa-
rently the least effort. When alarmed they often give utterance toa
sharp bark. Once or twice I have noticed that “ Impala” become
panic-stricken if persistently followed or run after in the open; I
have had a herd stop, look at me, and then double back past me
when they had plenty of open ground to their front. Natives seem
to know this, aud when occasion offers take advantage of it.
6. TRAGELAPHUS SYLVATICUS.
Commonest of all the Nyasa Antelopes, whether gregarious or
otherwise, and better known perhaps than any other to the natives
is the Bush-buck, ‘‘ Babala” of the Anyanja, “ Mbawala” of the
Ajawa, “Imbabala” of the Angoni, and “ Mpatu” of the Ahenga
and Anyika.
From the great variety that exists in the colour and markings of
Nyasa Bush-bueks, I have thought there must be more than one
species, but after carefully examining a great many of both sexes,
both young and old, I have come to the conclusion that I have only
met with 7. sylvaticus.
I now exhibit several skins and pairs of horns of specimens from
different localities of the west coast of Nyasa, and a brief descrip-
tion of them may not be without interest.
Young males are of a bright reddish brown, deepening in colour
about the back, belly, and legs. They are marked plentifully with
white spots on the flanks and haunches, and have also some five or
more transverse white stripes on either side, emanating from the
ridge of the back, along which extends a short white mane inter-
mixed with black.
Old males vary very much indeed, but the majority are of a dull
44*
656 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [Dee. 2,
reddish brown, in places verging on coal-black, plainly marked with
about forty or more large and small white spots on the flanks and
haunches. In some the white stripes may be said to be impercep-
tible, in others only just discernible, but in a few they are even
more clearly defined than in the young males. The mane on the
back is white.
Young females are of a very rich red, especially the very young
fawns, very beautifully spotted and clearly marked with a number
of transverse white stripes; along the back there is a narrow stripe
of short dark brown hair, tipped with white.
Adult and old females are of a darker red, but are not nearly so
plainly spotted and striped as the younger animals.
In both male and female there is a broad band round the neck, ov
which there is only some very fine mouse-coloured hair, the coarser
and longer hair having been rubbed off, presumably by contact with
overhanging branches; outside this band, again, there is a broad
white stripe.
A good average length for the horns of the Bush-buck is between
10 and 11 inches ; the longest pair I have seen measured 114 inches
on the straight, and the bearer of these stood 30 inches at the
shoulder, with a neck at the “ collar” 203 inches in girth.
Bush-bucks are found everywhere on Nyasa, on the plains and in
the hills, and I think I may say I have seen or heard them almost
wherever I have set foot on the shores of the Lake.
I have, however, seen more than anywhere else between Chombi
and Nkanga, in a long dense belt of small bush and undergrowth
extending for some miles along the margin of the Lake; here in
former years there were villages and the land was cleared for cultiva-
tion, but these in course of time moved, and, as usual, a heavy crop
of small bush and tangled undergrowth quickly came up. In places
such as these Bush-bucks are sure to lie, and indeed anywhere in
thick clumps of bush, especially those surrounded by open grass-
land.
It is curious how close to the haunts of men these animals will
occasionally take up their quarters ; if there is a thicket or a clump
of grass or reeds at all undisturbed close to a village, one may be
tolerably certain it harbours one or more Bush-bucks. But perhaps
the best “find” of all for them is a native burial-place,-and one
that has been a burial-place for some generations ; here the under-
growth and trees are let run riot, and except when a funeral takes
place or an offering is made, no one dares go there for fear of the
“‘ masoka” (spirits-of-the-departed) and other “ mizimu” (spirits),
which are supposed to haunt it. From thus constantly frequenting
burial-grounds, there is a superstition amongst Nyasa natives that
Bush-bucks are evil spirits ; they are said to have a habit of lying
on graves, and are also credited with licking the pole on which the
corpse has been carried to burial. Natives who believe this will not
eat the meat of the animal ; some even go so far as to refuse to touch
it, and I have occasionally had difficulty in finding men to tan the
skin!
1890.] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 657
It appears to me that the Bush-buck is monogamous; at least, I
have never come across more than a pair together, male and female,
unless there happens to be a fawn; but in places they are so
numerous, and the families so closely located to one another, that it
is not possible to say positively whether such is the case. Each
family, at any rate, is strictly local, as may be ascertained by
cautiously reconnoitring the domain of each for two or three days
consecutively, when the same animals will almost certainly be seen
or heard in the usual place. An extra big buck, conspicuous for his
long horns or dark coat, will now and then serve to identify any
particular family. Quicker of hearing than perhaps any other
Antelope, at any rate those of the plains, it is almost impossible to
approach Bush-bucks in thick covert in the mornings and evenings
when they are on the move—the crackling of a dry leaf, the snap-
ping of a twig, or the catching of a thorn or branch in one’s person
or clothing being quite sufficient to attract their attention. But if
the wind is fair, it is not difficult to obtain a shot by posting one’s self
and lying in ambush before they start feeding or go to drink. In
the heat of the day, when asleep in the shade of thick bush, they
will occasionally lie close and allow a hasty shot, after being roused,
before turning and bounding off; but it isa hasty shot, and one
that can seldom be taken advantage of, especially in thick covert.
When alarmed and looking at an object of suspicion, Bush-bucks as
a rule stand broadside on, instead otf facing round as do almost all
their kind ; and as often as not they contrive to have their bodies
shielded by a bush or tree-trunk. For this reason they are difficult
to see, and perhaps the first warning one has of the presence of
these animals is a loud, hoarse, startling bark ‘“ Baugh!” often
repeated in quick succession, as a dark red form dashes away from
within, maybe, as little as 20 or 30 paces of you.
In so small an animal as the Bush-buck this loud, far-sounding
bark is very remarkable, and I have wondered for what special object
nature can have intended it. Often, when passing near thick bush
at sunset or a little later, I have noticed Bush-bucks barking in
quick succession, but knowing I was not myself the cause of it, and
that no other human beings were in the neighbourhood, I have only
been able to attribute it to the presence of their natural enemies,
Lions or Leopards. At Nkanga, in the belt of bush already men-
tioned, I especially noticed this barking, and there Leopards are
unusualiy plentiful, since in the space of a few months, in broad
daylight, 1 came across three, at different times, and was fortunate
enouch to kill one. Leopards, I take it, are the natural enemies of
the Bush-buck, and one has only to watch these Antelopes in their
native haunts to see that they are ever on their guard against some
such stealthy foe, for their every movement suggests instinctive fear of
surprise. Take the Bush-buck as he moves through thick bush:
picking his steps gingerly among dead leaves or over fallen timber,
and creeping when need be under overhanging branches, he steals
through the thickest covert almost as noiselessly as a cat. Nor will
he trust his hearing altogether when on the move, for every now and
658 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [Dec. 2
again he stops to listen, with a foot poised, and his large ears turn
uneasily in every direction; watch him when a piece of dead wood
drops, or snap a twig and see him start and work his ears. Yet all
this caution avails him not, for he falls an easy prey to the Leepard,
and occasionally to the Lion.
7. OREAS CANNA.
The Eland, ‘* Nchefu” of the Anyanja, “‘ Mbunju ”’ of the Ajawa,
‘“‘Impofu”’ of the Angoni, and “ Sefu” of the Ahenga and Anyika
or Apoka, may be said to be almost as widely distributed as the
Water-buck ; but frequenting as these Antelopes usually do thickly
timbered country, and at the same time being by nature more shy
and retiring, they are not nearly so often met with.
All over Nyasa-land Elands appear to be found, both in the hills
and on the wooded plains at the foot of hills; I have only,
however, come across them on the West Coast, though a little to
the S.E. of the Lake I have often seen them. In 1885, I came
across a few a little beyond Mbapi, to the north of Cape Maclear,
and from native report they must be plentiful to the north of that
again at Bana and Karali, and from that on to Bandawe ; beyond
Bandawe, especially in the neighbourhood of Syiska and Ruarwi,
and from that north to the Linyina River (Mlowi’s Rikuru), the
mountains rise to a height of some 2000 feet, rugged and precipi-
tous, sheer out of the Lake, and it is scarcely possible that Elands
could frequent such country, though I am told they are plentiful
enough on the plateau above.
Between Chombi (Mt. Waller) and along the entire range of
mountains which skirt the plains of the Hara, Fulirwa, and Taowira
countries, especially on the Manchewi slopes, large herds can
generally be met with ; but to the north of that again, bordering on
the coast, beyond the Chitimba River (Mpyhampya’s) they are most
numerous, especially in the dry red sandstone hills at the back of
Makwawa’s, between that and the Kapwekeri River to the north,
and again in the undulating highland forests between Nkanga and
Fulirwa, and Nkanga and Vuwa, some 20 miles to the northward.
At Vuwa, I noticed a great lot of spoor, but actually saw only one
animal, a solitary old blue bull with thick stumpy horns. At
Mrali, some 18 miles north of Vuwa, we found the remains of a cow
Eland killed by Lions.
The Eland is so very well known, and has.been so often described
by others more competent than myself, that it seems unnecessary
here to say anything on its natural history ; still, a few observations as
affecting the Nyasa Eland in general may not be altogether without
interest. I may begin by saying that I have only been able to
identify one species—Oreas canna ; but this, as in other districts, is
subject to great variety both in colour and as regards the plainness
or otherwise of the white stripes. In a single troop, individuals may
be seen varying from a light tawny yellow to a slaty blue in very old
age, while in some the stripes are clearly defined, in others faintly,
and in others again they are not distinguishable at all. In very
1890. ] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 659
young animals, as in the Koodoo and Bush-buck, the stripes, I take
it, would be most conspicuous ; but this is merely a conjecture on
my part, as I have never seen a very young specimen. In the
horns, I have not been able to note any specific difference, though
it is remarkable that in some districts they are wider or narrower
apart as the case may be, as with other Antelopes.
Elands as a rule go in large herds numbering 50 or more, but it is
not unusual to meet solitary bulls, or even small troops of bulls,
which latter are generally very fat. It is a remarkable fact that
«‘ Rhinoceros”? birds almost always accompany Elands: I have
not, however, once noticed them with other Antelopes, though natives
tell me they sometimes go with the Wart-Hog. Elands no doubt are
naturally shy and timid, but these birds make them still more difficult
to approach, since, on the slightest appearance of danger, they fly up
from the backs of the animals and screech out a terrible tell-tale
concert ; they are, however, also useful in enabling one to find
Elands, especially in wooded country.
The favourite haunts of Elands seem to be undulating, well-timbered
country, where the grass is not too long, and where there are inter-
vening open plains; as a rule, they visit the plains at night or in the
early mornings to drink, and then wander back long distances into
the forest, where they spend the hot hours of the day. I have often
found Elands five or six miles from water, notably in the Nkanga and
Fulirwa countries. Eland, I have noticed, consort freely with
Zebras, taking the same paths and mixing with them when feeding ;
they also have a habit of rolling in the curious basin-shaped earth-
holes which Zebras make and use for the same purpose; this I
especially remarked at Nkanga.
8. STREPSICEROS KUDU.
The Koodoo, “Ngoma” of the Anyanja, “‘ Ndandala ”’ of the
Ajawa, “ Nganchla” of the Angoni, and ‘‘Chipurupuru” of the
Ahenga and Anyika (Apoka), is tolerably well distributed throughout
all Nyasa-land; I have myself, however, seen comparatively few—
fewer indeed, than any other well-known species except the Sable
Antelope, though this may be readily attributed to the excessive
shyness and retiring habits of these animals, as well as to the rough
out-of-the-way hilly country where they are geuerally found.
In 1885 I repeatedly came across the Koodoo in the hills at the
back of Amuwa, north-west of Cape Maclear ; here I saw some really
magnificent bulls with splendid heads, but could not take advantage
of the chances they afforded.me, as I was anxious not to disturb the
Elephants in whose pursuit I was then engaged. In the same year
in the neighbourhood of Mbapi, I noticed the skull and horns of a
fine bull, presumably killed by Lions, and I subsequently obtained a
remarkably fine pair of horns from a native of Mbapi, who had
killed the bearer of them not far from the outskirts of the village.
On the Cape Maclear promontory I know there are Koodoos,
having constantly noticed their spoor on the path to and from
Lesumbwi; but the animals themselves are incredibly shy there,
660 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [ Dec. 2,
and only come down to the plains from their mountain fastnesses at
night, returning again at the break of day.
There are Koodoos, I am told, in the hills at the back of Karali
and Bana, and I saw a fine pair of horns, of which the bearer was
killed by Mr. Alfred Sharpe, between the former place and
Mwazi’s.
In 1889 I passed a lot of spoor in the neighbourhood of Taowira
(Kapyira’s) and Kaundi, at the foot of the range of mountains
which run inland about north-west from Mount Waller (Chombi);
and in Kapyira’s village, on the Chimbwiriri River, I saw a Koodoo
bull’s skull.
In the hills about Mweniwanda’s (Chirenji), I have been told
there are a good many Koodoos, but I have not visited that district.
However, as I have said, Koodoos are common practically to all
Nyasa-land, especially in the rugged wooded highlands away from
the haunts of men; occasionally they are met with on the plains,
but never far from hills, which they leave at night for the low country,
returning again at daybreak.
Like Elands, they are fond of browsing on the young and tender
shoots of trees and shrubs, especially in the dry season, when the
grass has been burnt off and has not had time to grow. When
alarmed, Koodoos sometimes give vent to a low bark—best imitated
by anyone inflating the lungs with air and then expelling it open-
mouthed; but this bark—if bark it can be called—is only audible at
close quarters.
The horus of this animal are very generally seen in the possession
of Nyasa natives, who use them for hubble-bubble pipes and also as
war-horns; but they furthermore are made to do duty, like most other
Antelope horns, as receptacles for uative ‘‘ medicine” and are hung
suspended in the houses or outside under the eaves of the thatch,
according as the contents are expected to act.
9. HippoTRAGUS NIGER.
The Sable Antelope or Harris-buck, “‘ Mpala-mpala” of the
Anyanja, “ Mbarapi’’ of the Ajawa, “ Mpala-mpala ” of the Achewa,
Angoni, Ahenga, and Anyika, is not by any means evenly distributed,
but in parts appears to be plentiful, especially in forest highlands,
its favourite haunts.
I have myself only once seen these animals in Nyasa-land, and
that was in 1885, in the Yao hills, between the south-east corner of
the Lake and Shirwa ; there were just a pair standing watching me
from the crest of a hill. In the Chirenji country (Mweniwanda’s),
I hear, they are plentiful, and Mr. Alfred Sharpe showed me the
horns of a bull killed by himself in that district. In the ‘ Ma-suku ”
forests of the Apoka Mountains they are also said to exist, but I
was never lucky enough to come across any.
Sable Antelopes must be very plentiful in parts—judging from the
number of horns in the possession of the natives, especially Ajawa
and Machinga, who use them as powder-horns, and I think they
1890.] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 661
must obtain them along the caravan-routes through the Yao country
between the east coast of the lake and the sea.
10. CeEPHALOPHUS OCULARIS(?).
A species of Duiker which, fcllowing Sir J. Kirk (P. Z. S. 1864,
p- 656), I call by this name is very generally met with throughout
Nyasa-land, except on bare open plains or in very steep rocky country,
and appears to be known as “‘ Insa” of the Anyanja, ‘‘ Gwapi” of the
Ajawa, “ Nyiska”’ of the Atonga, and ‘‘ Yisya”’ of the Ahenga and
Anyika. As regards these native names, however, I may be open to
correction, as nearly all the natives of the Lake with whom I have
come in contact appear not to distinguish between the Duiker and
another little Antelope (which I take to be the Steinbuck), but call
both by the same name, so that I have never been able to determine
which of these animals is actually entitled to any or all of the above
names, though I have adopted what seems to be the opinion of the
majority.
As I have said, Duikers are common practically to all Nyasa-land,
and I have come across them almost everywhere; I can, however,
note a few districts where they have appeared most numerous.
On the west coast of the Lake, between Mponda’s and Cape
Maclear, especially in the neighbourhood of Chuaro’s, I came across
a good many in 1888, and to the north of Cape Maclear I saw a few
at the foot of the hills about Amuwa and between there and Mpem-
ba’s. At Bandawe, in the direction of Chiutechi, in the low thickly
wooded hills, between which are patches of long grass and reeds, I
have occasionally met with them, and again to the north of that,
between Chombi aud Karonga’s, in a broad belt of low scrubby
bush bordering on the Lake. At Nkanga, in 1889, I caught a young
male fawn, which lived over a month, and then came to an untimely
death through accident.
Nyasa Duikers, I have noticed, vary very much in colour, ranging
from a reddish brown, not unfrequently tinged with green, to almost
a dark red, while in some the belly is more conspicuous for its white-
ness than in others ; in size, too, they are inferior to the Duikers of
Natal and parts of the Transvaal, and I have never once come across
a specimen of the decided grey which the Duikers of the south
generally assume.
11. CePHALOPHUS MAXWELLI (’).
This little Antelope, or at any rate a species of Blue-buck very
closely resembling it, appears to be common in parts of the Nyasa
country, especially in the densely wooded slopes of mountains; and
though I cannot claim to have come across any in life, I have yet
seen a good number of their skins—notably among the Anyika of
Chombi and the adjoining mountains, where they are said to be
plentiful. On the thickly wooded mountainous slopes between
Bandawe and Syiska they are also said to exist, and again in some of
the hills about Cape Maclear ; but everywhere natives speak of them
662 MR. R. CRAWSHAY ON THE [Dec. 2,
as being shy and very difficult to bring to bag in the thick covert
where they are generally found.
I cannot just now recollect the Ahenga or Anyika names, and I
never had an opportunity of finding out what the Anyanja and
Ajawa call them ; but a Chikunda from the Kwa-kwa, who happened
to be with me when two skins of these animals were brought in from
Chombi, at once recognized them as those of the ‘ Lumza”’ or
‘© Lumsa” of the Achikunda about Kilimane.
12, ALCELAPHUS LICHTENSTEINI.
Lichtenstein’s Hartebeeste, “‘ Ngondo” of the Anyanja and Ajawa,
Front view of skull of Adcelaphus lichtensteini, 3 jy.
1890. ] ANTELOPES OF NYASA-LAND. 663
“‘Nkozi’’ of the Ahenga and Anyika, “‘Kangosa’’ of the Awanyakyusa,
is very generally met with in the hills, if not too steep and rocky, and
in the plains ; but appears to prefer a flat or undulating country, well
wooded and with intervening open glades.
In 1883 I first met with this Antelope on the plains between the
Kiwira and Insesi Rivers, in Makyusa’s country, at the north-west of
the Lake; there were just three in the troop, and with the help of
another gentleman I was lucky enough to kill one—a nearly full-
grown bull, which was subsequently identified by Mr. Pulley, one of
our party, as Lichtenstein’s Hartebeeste, and of which I now exhibit
the skull (Fig., p. 662). In 1885 I saw several herds of these
animals to the south-east of Nyasa, and between it and Lake Shirwa,
and from all accounts they must be plentiful in the Yao country, to
the east of the Lake.
On the West Coast, later in the same year, I came across a good
many on the Kanjamwana River, and between Amuwa and Mpemba’s:
here they usually consorted with Impalas ; but on the same plains
there were also to be seen in their company, from time to time,
Water-bucks, Reed-bucks, and occasionally Koodoos or Elands.
Inland from Bana to the north again, I was told there were Harte-
beestes, and I saw some heads of animals said to have been killed
there.
In 1889-90 I repeatedly saw a few in the low red-sandstone
hills to the north of Chombi, between Makwawa’s and Afunan-
chenga’s, on the Hara River; here they generally went in company
with Water-bucks or Zebras, and once I noticed three Hartebeestes
herding and feeding in the midst of some thirty or forty Water-bucks,
all cows. Between Nkanga and Karonga’s, on the coast-line, and in
all the intervening country between that and the Anvika Mountains,
Hartebeestes are commonly met with, notably at Vuwa, Mrali, and
Taowira. At Nkanga, during my stay there, a cow was killed in a
game pit, and of this animal I secured the horns and -frental bone.
As a rule, 1 have seen Hartebeestes in herds numbering from half a
dozen or even less to perhaps fifteen or twenty, but I never remem-
ber having come across more than that number. This Antelope
possesses extraordinary vitality, and in this respect is very little
behind the Water-buck.
13. CoNNOCHATES TAURINA.
This Wildebeeste—the ‘“‘ Nyumbu ” of the Anyanja and Ajawa, but
apparently unknown to the natives round the northern half of Nyasa
—is not met with anywhere in the immediate neighbourhood of the
Lake, though it is found a little to the south-east, and also, I believe,
to the south-west.
I have never myself come across any of these animals, though I
have often noticed that the natives of Cape Maclear and other places
north and south of it make use of their tail-hairs for stringing beads
on their combs, and these, I fancy, must come from the country to
the westward.
664 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON PTERYGOID [ Dec. 2,
2. On the Presence of Pterygoid Teeth in a Tailless Batra-
chian (Pelobates cultripes), with Remarks on the Locali-
zation of Teeth on the Palate in Batrachians and Reptiles.
By G. A. BouLencer.
[Received November 1, 1890.]
On recently examining some disarticulated bones of Batrachians,
which I prepared in 1877, and which I had not looked at since, I
was very much surprised to find a few small teeth on the left ptery-
goid bone (the right one had been lost) and on the parasphenoid in
a skull of Pelobates cultripes. My attention once drawn to this
point, which is of considerable importance from the fact that ptery-
goid teeth have not yet been recorded in any living Batrachian, I
examined the various skulls of Pelobates in the British Museum,
and also removed the mucous membrane from the palate of several
specimens in spirit, with the result that, although I have failed to
detect any teeth on the pterygoids or parasphenoid of Pelobates
Juscus, I have succeeded in finding pterygoid teeth in two other
specimens of P. cultripes, one from Nantes, the other from the
south of France. I will designate the former specimen as a, the
latter as 4, and the imperfect skull (from Bordeaux), mentioned
above, as c.
Tn all three these teeth are small, grain-like, resembling the same
in various Stegocephala ; the mucous membrane of the palate has to
be removed to ascertain their presence; they are evidently in a rudi-
mentary condition.
In specimen a there are about ten teeth on the parasphenoid, at
the base of the longitudinal branch of the | -shaped bone, and two
pterygoid teeth close together on the left side. Specimen é has no
teeth on the parasphenoid nor on the left pterygoid, but shows a
group of eight distinct teeth on the right pterygoid. In speci-
men ¢, as in a, there are about ten teeth on the parasphenoid, and a
series of four on the left pterygoid (the right being lost).
Our knowledge of the localization of the teeth on the various bones
of the palate in Batrachians and Reptiles has so much increased of
late* that it appears to me useful, on this occasion, to review and
tabulate the data available at present in recent and fossil forms.
Whilst in not a few fishes all the bones of the palate are toothed,
it is only among the lowly Stegocephala that we meet, higher up in
the scale, with such a disposition. As evolution proceeds in both
the Batrachian and Reptilian phyle, we find the palatal dentition
more and more localized and reduced. Thus, in the Urodeles or
tailed Batrachians, we have frequent examples of a toothed para-
sphenoid, no form, however, showing teeth on the pterygoids, but all
agreeing in having them on the vomers and palatines?. In the
1 A table, very incomplete even at the time it was published, of the dentition
of recent Batrachians is given by O. Hertwig in his admirable memoir “ Ueber
das Zahnsystem der Amphibien,” Arch. mikr. Anat. xi. Suppl. (1874).
* In the Proteide the palatines are not yet separated from the pterygoids
in most Urodeles they are fused with the vomers.
1890.]
TEETH IN A TAILLESS BATRACHIAN.
665
tailless Batrachians most forms are provided with teeth on the
vomers, whilst but a few have any upon either the palatines or
the parasphenoid. - Among Reptiles, a distribution of the teeth on
as many as three elemeuts (pterygoids, palatines, vomers) is only
known in two forms—a Rhynchocephalian and Lacertilian.
It
is a fact that the Batrachians generally agree with the Fishes in
the sequence in which the teeth of the palate are usually lost,
viz., in the following order :—(1)
(3) Palatine, (4) Vomer; whilst
Pterygoid, (2) Parasphenoid,
in the Reptilia we find great
Teeth on STEGOCEPHALA.
Vomers, Palatines, Dawsonia.
Pterygoids, Secleya.
Parasphenoid. Acanthostoma.
Vomers, Palatines, | = eeov..e0.
Pterygoids.
Vomers, Palatines, |. «sss...
Parasphenoid.
Vomers, Pterygoids,| =...
Parasphenoid.
Vomers, Palatines. Sparodus.
Hylerpeton.
Mastodonsaurus.
Capitosaurus.
Labyrinthodon.
Vomers, Pterygoids. | —— .s..--eee
Vomers, Parasphe- | — .......--
noid.
Palatines, Pterygoids.| —......
Palatines, Parasphe-| __........-
noid.
Womersss.c2-¢--.ce520ee0 Branchiosaurus.
Nyrania.
iPalatinesy. che, -ce= teaeceu ae Bacpececas
tery goidsy\es-saasa- 22 | pniennees= tee
BaTRACHIA, Reprint.
Champsosaurus.
Ophisaurus. *
Caudata (Pletho-
dontine,
Desmognathine).
Pelobates, *
sent eenes
Caudata gener-
Sphenodon. x
ally. Hyperodapedon.
Apoda. Paleohatieria.
Ceratohyla. Proterosaurus.
Hemiphractus.
Lethe Procolophon.
LRG e NA Wa ee
eee ee Placodontia.
Chameleolis.
Heloderma. x
Ophidia gener-
ally.
SATEDHOGUS: ae ceeeesas a.
Heaudata gener-
seneeeces
ally.
Callula. * Oligodon. *
Genyophryne. Dasypeitis.
Dyscophide. Atractaspis.
SILOS Lacertilia gener-
ally.
Mosagauria.
666 MR. H. SEEBOHM ON THE FIJIAN [Dec. 2,
diversity. The Rhynchocephalians appear to lose the pterygoid
teeth first, the vomerine next. In the Squamata, the predominating
Reptilian type at the present period, vomerine teeth are known in
but a single genus (Ophisaurus) of the family Anguide, which has
in addition palatine and pterygoid teeth ; and in these Squamata
we see that the rule in the suborder Lacertilia is to lose the teeth
from front to back, and in the suborder Ophidia from back to front.
Thus, there are but two genera of Lizards with palatine teeth, and
they are also armed with teeth on the pterygoids; and the few
genera of Snakes in which the teeth are restricted to one of the two
bones have them invariably on the palatines.
I have attempted to record in the table (see p. 665) what is at
present known of the distribution of the teeth on the palates of the
Reptiles and Batrachians. An asterisk after a generic name indicates
that the character is not constant throughout the genus.
3. On the Fijian Species of the Genus Merula.
By Henry Srxsoum.
[Received November 29, 1890.]
The four largest islands of the Fiji group each contain a species
of Merula, which appears to be distinct from those found on the
other three. Of these four species three are well known, but the
fourth appears to be undescribed. The distribution of the four
species is as follows :—
Merula vanuensis. Vanua-Levu.
Merula layardi. Viti-Levu.
Merula ruficeps. Kandavu.
Merula tempesti. Taviuni.
These four species differ from each other in many characters, of
which the following are the most useful for diagnostic purposes :—
(a) In some species the under tail-coverts are uniform in colour, in
others each under tail-covert has a conspicuous pale shaft-streak,
widest at the tip. (6) The upper parts below the nape are nearly
black in some species, and olive or brown in others. (¢) The throat
in one species is orange-buff, and in the others grey. These three
characters serve to diagnose the four species as follows :—
vanuensis- )
ce ange grey.
Under tail-coverts uniform.< tempesti.
jas nearly black.
|
Lruficeps.
The male differs somewhat from the female in all the species, but
the characters given above are common to both sexes.
1890. ] SPECIES OF THE GENUS MERULA. 667
MERULA VANUENSIS, nom. nov.
Merula vanicorensis (Quoy et Gaimard), apud Layard, Ibis, 1876,
p. 151.
Merula vitiensis, Layard, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xvii
p- 305 (1876).
The Vanua-Levu Ouzel was discovered by Mr. Tempest at Kandi,
a small village 600 feet above the level of the sea, near Bua in Sand-
alwood Bay, on the west coast of Vanua-Levu. It was recorded as
Merula vanicorensis under the erroneous impression that it was
identical with the species said to have been obtained on the island
of Vanikoro (Quoy et Gaimard, Voyage de I Astrolabe, 1826-1829,
Zool. i. p. 188).
Shortly afterwards Mr. Layard discovered his error and described
the species as new, but unfortunately adopted a name which must
be abandoned as misleading. When Mr. Layard described the species
it was the only Merula known from the Fiji Islands, and the name
vitiensis was applied in a collective sense as denoting an inhabitant
of the Fiji Islands. When it was found that two of the Fiji Islands
were inhabited by other species the name became somewhat ob-
jectionable, but now that we discover that Viti-Levu is inhabited by
a fourth species, which everybody has taken for granted to be
Merula vitiensis, it is obvious that this name must be no longer used
for the Vanua-Levu species, and I have accordingly proposed Merula
vanuensis as a substitute.
There are two examples (male and female) in the Layard Collec-
tion, which are the types both of Merula vitiensis and of Merula
vanuensis. The British Museum does not possess a specimen of
this species, but there is a female in the Tristram Collection.
The Vanua-Levu Ouzel differs from its ally on Viti-Levu in the
following particulars :—(a) The under tail-coverts of both sexes are
uniform dark grey without pale shaft-streaks or pale tips. (6) The
general colour of the upper parts of both sexes is darker and
browner, much less olive. (c) It isa rather smaller bird, wing 4-2
to 4:4 inches instead of 4°3 to 4°5 inches. (d) The lower breast and
flanks of the male and the lower breast of the female are of a duller
chestnut colour, whilst the flanks of the female are brownish grey
instead of dull orange-chestnut.
MERULA LAYARDI, Sp. noy.
Merula vitiensis, Layard, apud Seebohm, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. v.
p- 278 (1881).
The Viti-Levu Ouzel was probably discovered by Mr. Klein-
schmidt in the interior of Viti-Levu, whence examples were sent to
the Godeffroy Museum in Hamburg, but for want of an opportunity
of comparing them with examples from Vanua-Levu they have been
hitherto confounded with the allied species. I have two examples
in my collection, and there are two examples in the Tristram Col-
lection ; but I prefer to make the two examples (male and female) in
the British Museum the types of my Merula layardi. It is much
668 ON THE FIJIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS MERULA. [Dee. 2,
to be regretted that so absolutely appropriate a name as Merula
vitiensis cannot be applied to the Viti-Levu species, but as it has
been previously applied to the Vanua-Levu species it cannot be used
for any other.
The differences between the two species have been already pointed
out.
There is less difference between the sexes in the Viti-Levu Ouzel
than there is in the Vanua-Levu species ; but in the male the tail
is longer than it is in the female (3°1 inches instead of 2°8 inches),
the chestnut on the breast and flanks is paler and duller in the
female than in the male; the colour of the upper tail-coverts and
tail of the male is darker and more rufous (less olive) than in the
female ; and the grey on the upper breast is more sharply divided
from the chestnut of the lower breast in the male than it is in
the female.
MERULA TEMPESTI.
Turdus tempesti, Layard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 420.
The Taviuni Ouzel was discovered by Mr. Tempest on the island
of Taviuni, and the type is in the Layard Collection.
It is most nearly allied to Merula poliocephala from Norfolk Island
(more than a thousand miles from Taviuni), so nearly indeed that it
requires a very accurate knowledge of the species to discriminate
between them. So far as is known, Merula tempesti always has
uniform dark brown or black under tail-coverts, but this seems also
to be the case with adult males and very old females of its Norfolk-
Island ally. In both species males have the grey of the throat and
upper breast sharply divided from the black of the lower breast and
belly, whilst in the females the two colours gradually blend into
each other. In both sexes the Taviuni species has a much darker
head than the same sex of its Norfolk-Island ally. The crown of
Merula tempesti male, and that of Merula poliocephala female, may
be described as greyish brown, several shades darker and browner
than the brownish grey of Merula poliocephala male; whilst the
crown of Merula tempesti female is brownish black, almost as dark
as the back.
MERULA RUFICEPS.
Merula ruficeps, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, i.
p- 43 (read 29th November, 1875).
Merula bicolor, Layard, Ibis, 1876, p. 153.
The Kandavu Ouzel was discovered on the island of Kandavu by
Mr. Pearce, who seems to have sent skins to Mr. Ramsay and to
Mr. Layard, so that the species was almost simultaneously described
by each of these ornithologists.
It is a very handsome species, and appears to be nearest allied to
Merula pritzbueri from the Loyalty Islands and the New Hebrides,
and more distantly to Merula tempesti from Taviuni. It differs
from these two species in having the entire head and neck of a rich
(almost orange) buff.
——eer Sr TF
P.Z.S1890.Plate LVI.
G.BH.ad nat.MPP hth. : West,Newman imp,
Visceral Anatomy of Hypnos subnigrum
1890.] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TORPEDO. 669
4. On the Visceral Anatomy of the Australian Torpedo
(Hypnos subnigrum), with especial reference to the
Suspension of the Vertebrate Alimentary Canal. By
G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assist. Professor of Zoo-
logy, R. College of Science, 8. Kensington.
(From the Huxley Research Laboratory.)
[Received December 2, 1890.]
(Plate LVII.)
The Australian Torpedo, Hypnos subnigrum, was first described
by A. Duméril’* from two specimens, deposited in the Paris Museum
by Mons. J. Verreaux. Its skeleton has been dealt with by
Haswell *, and has been shown to be in some respects exceptional
and peculiar, while its electrical organs have recently been written
about by G. Fritsch, in the second volume of his ‘ Die elektrischen
Fische’*. During the Fisheries Exhibition held at South Ken-
sington in 1883, Mr. Ramsay, Curator of the Sydney Museum,
brought some specimens of this fish to Europe; three of them are
now in the Museum of Natural History, two (a ¢ anda 2) in my
teaching collection at South Kensington. For the gift of these
animals, zoologists at home owe Mr. Ramsay and the authorities of
his Museum a debt of gratitude.
On laying open the post-pericardiac body-cavity of this fish, the
alimentary tract is seen to be disposed in the manner of an iuverted S,
as is the case in all the Ichthyopsida and the lower Amniota. That
is to say—a line (a, @ of Plate LVII. fig. 1) drawn parallel with the
long axis of the body would bisect the cesophagus and cloaca,
together with a more or less considerable portion of the large
intestine, aud leave the stomach (cd., py.) to the left aud the small
intestine (7.s.) to the right of the animal.
The liver (Ap.), which is two-lobed *, lies, as usual, ventrad of the
stomach on the left side, and to the right and dorsad of the small
(valved) intestine (i.s.") on the opposite one. Its gall-cyst (c.0.,
so called gall-bladder) is exceptionally spacious and lies disposed
in a notch of the right lobe. This right liver-lobe is much the
larger of the two, and it extends inwards in this fish to an unusual
degree, reaching almost to the middle line and forming (as seen from
beneath) a kind of bed upon which the valved intestine lies) The
latter, which, unlike that of most Chondrichthyes, bears no well-marked
external furrows denoting the course of its contained valve, has the
customary proportions and relationships, but that its duodenal
segment (or Bursa Entiana,7.s.’) is more tubular than is usually
the case, Lemargus excepted ’, and is marked off from the stomach
1 Rey. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1852, no. 5, p. 277.
2 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vol. ix. part 1.
3 Leipzig, 1890.
+ Asin Trygon, Urolophus, and Myliobatis, Haswell, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W.
yol, iii. (ser. 2), p. 1716.
5 Gf. Turner, Journ. Anat. & Phys, vol. vii. p. 233 (1873)e
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLV. 45
670 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE VISCERAL [Dec. 2,
by a deep constriction (Plate LVII. figs. 1 & 4) which coincides with
the point of origin of a very efficient pyloric valve (v’, fig. 4).
I have elsewhere shown’ that in the Thornback (Raia clavata)
the left kidney may be restricted to the posterior third of the body-
cavity, and that the conditions of its displacement show the same to
have resulted either from atrophy or concentration in accommodation
to the enlarged stomach and spleen. That which may be thus true
of the individual Thornback is true of certain other species of the
genus Raia, and of the fish now under consideration ; so completely
so in the latter that the entire kidney may be seen from beneath
(re, fig. 1) while the stomach is still in its natural position.
Between the liver and stomach of this fish there passes a weli-
defined lesser omentum (om., fig. 1); the suspensory ligament of the
liver (/g.) is very extensive and asymmetrical, passing on the left
side to the dorso-lateral wall of the cardiac gastric sac (ed.), and on
the right to the adjacent body-wall and head of the testis (¢s. of
fig. 2). Buried up in this ligament there lies the customary vestige
of the coalesced ostia of the Miillerian ducts (d.m., fig. 1), and that
here assumes the form of a short but spacious tube, disposed
obliquely on the right side, and closely bound down to the ventral
body-wall. There is no trace of median ventral mesentery.
The pyloric chamber of the stomach of this fish is long and
tubular (py., figs. 1 & 4), and, as already stated, marked off from
the head of the small intestine by a deep constriction. That portion
of it which lies to the right of the axial line is skirted posteriorly
by a pancreas, which, contrary to the general rule among these fishes,
is lozenge-shaped (pe., fig. 4). The Bursa Entiana (i.s.') is re-
markable for its subdivision internally into two chambers, the
posterior of which receives the bile-duct (d.4.)*; this subdivision is
effected by a crescentic infolding of the postero-lateral wall to form
a well-defined intra-duodenal valve (v."). That which is most
noteworthy in the general disposition of the viscera of this fish is the
non-appearance of the processus digitiformis and spleen, when the
parts are viewed from the ventral aspect. The appendix digitiformis
of all other Elasmobranchs lies conspicuously disposed at or towards
the left side of the valved intestine*. The spleen of the Plagio-
stome fishes is very variable in its extent and relationships ; it lies
either (most Batoids) in the bay formed by the cardiac and pyloric
gastric sacs, or in a more or less close relationship to the base of the
entire stomach. The relations of these organs are, in Hypnos,
remarkable and exceptional, as the sequel will show.
The alimentary viscera of the Plagiostomi are well known to be
suspended by two folds of mesentery—an anterior one, which is
continuous in front with the suspensory ligament of the liver; and
a posterior one, which serves to attach the processus digitiformis
Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xxiv. (N. 8. vol. iv.) p. 407 (1890).
* The bursa was injured at the point of termination of the pancreas ante-
sony, wherefore it was not possible to determine the course of the pancreatic
uct. . f
° Cf. Blanchard, Mittheilung. a. d. Embryol. Instit. Wien, Heft iii. p. 190
(1878-79). ¥ ;
-
1890. ] ANATOMY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TORPEDO. 671
(ap. of figs. 2 & 3) and that portion of the -gut which lies behind
it, as also to carry the post-superior (so-called inferior) mesenteric
artery (a.m.", fig. 2). These folds have been termed “mesogaster”’
and ‘‘mesorectum”’*. The first named extends backwards to the
posterior limit of the so-called superior mesenteric artery (a.m.') ; it
ensheaths this vessel and its cceliac ally, and, while frequently con-
tinuous as a simple sheet, it is more generally fenestrated and broken
up*. Inasmuch, however, as it suspends the duodenal segment of
the gut together with the stomach and pancreas, the term meso-
gaster would be well withdrawn. I have elsewhere attempted to
show* that that portion of the Plagiostome’s gut which is sus-
pended by mesentery posteriorly, represents the entire large intestine
of the higher Vertebrata; whether I am right or not, the term
“‘mesorectum ”’ might be preferably restricted to that mesentery of
those higher Vertebrata possessed of a recognizable rectum, and with-
drawn here in preference to a more general one. I would propose
to substitute for “ mesogaster” the term ante-mesoreum, and for
** mesorectum ”’ that of post-mesoreum.
The foregoing description applies to both the Plagiostomes and
Chimeroids, allowance being made for the absence of the processus
digitiformis in the latter; in them, and-in some Selachii, the fenes-
tration of the ante-mesorzeum is so complete that the superior
mesenteric arteries, be there one or more present, are set free
within the folds of cord-like sheaths, and the assumption of this
condition is associated with the origin of the arteries named ata
point remote from the cceliac axis.
From the known facts of development of the dorsal mesentery,
the fenestrated condition of the same may, with tolerable certainty,
be regarded as due to absorption; and the description of it as ‘ in-
terrupted by one or more large fenestrze” * is as satisfactory as could
be wished. In Hypnos the conditions are otherwise, for this fish
is, among the Chondrichthyes, the sole known possessor of a con-
tinuous mesentery. The fact that in it the spleen and processus
digitiformis are not seen on opening the body-cavity from the ventral
aspect, has been already alluded to. It is due to these organs being
hidden beneath the continuous mesentery named. More than this
however! for, on turning the alimentary viscera to the left side as
indicated in fig. 2, the mesentery in question is seen to be perforated
by two large round holes. The anterior of these lies immediately
behind the anterior (superior) mesenteric artery (a.m.'), in juxta-
position to the head of the small intestine, and gives passage to
the spleen (s.); the posterior occurs lineally below the posterior
(inferior) mesenteric artery (a.m."), and similarly gives passage to the
appendix digitiformis (ap.). There here arises the question whether
the spleen and digitiform process, which alike perforate the mesentery,
1 Parker, T. J., ‘Zootomy,’ p. 47. The descriptions of Haswell for Trygon
and Urolophus (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.§. W. vol. iii. (ser. 2) p. 1716) are more
nearly correct.
2 Of. Stannius, ‘Handbuch d. Anat. d. Wirbelth.’ p. 193.
3 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiii. pp. 393 et segg. (1890).
* Marshall & Hurt, Junior Course in Practical Zoology, ed. 2, 1888, p, 218.
45*
672 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE VISCERAL [Dec. 2,
may have actually caused the absorption of its substance ; or whether
the latter may have not been induced by other means, the glands
named having merely accommodated themselves to the exigencies of
the case. The spleen had been unfortunately removed, to a large
extent, in my specimen before it reached my hands (cf. Plate LVII.
fig. 3, s.) ; sufficient, however, remains to show the presence of a
couple of well-marked furrows. One of these (f.p.) indicates the
point of apposition with the head of the pyloric gastric sac (py.) ;
the other (f.m.) that of strangulation or embrace by the mesentery.
That portion of the spleen which lay to the right of the latter (=
that marked s. in figs. 2 & 3) had grown out into a veritable hernia.
In view of the very variable extent to which this organ may force
its way between the folds of the mesentery among Plagiostomi in
general, I am inclined to adopt the second of the two alternatives
postulated above, and to regard the absorption as perhaps not
primarily due to this hernia-like extension of the glandular struc-
tures named.
The spleen of the Batoidei is remarkable among that of all verte-
brates for its enormous development. It lies in the bay formed
between the cardiac and pyloric sacs of the stomach, and projects
freely to the right side. It either extends under cover of the stomach
and intestine, giving rise to a solid mass which lies immediately
beneath the backbone, and not unfrequently fills the interspace
between the genital glands; or it embraces the left side of the valved
segment of the gut (ex. Rhinobatus and Trygonorhina), in a manner
somewhat resembling that in which the embryonic supra-renal
body of mammals “caps” its corresponding kidney. It will be
observed that in Hypnos the spleen (s., fig. 2) passes behind the
main trunk of the (anterior) superior mesenteric artery (a.m.’). In
many Plagiostomes, it shows a marked tendency to extend either in
front of the same or between its branches; consequently, while the
facts seen in the absorption of the mesentery of Hypnos beyond
doubt furnish the clue to the rationale of this process as it applies
to the living Chondrichthyes generally, they would appear to denote
the initial phase in one of a possible series of variations in the
same.
The absorption of the mesentery is a phenomenon which has long
been recognized among other vertebrated animals, and consideration
of the facts concerning it yields an interesting result. Rathke has
long ago described it’ in the Turbot and Gar-Pike, Owen in
the Pipe-fish*, while both these observers have recorded it for the
Cyprinide.
While in the Myxinoids the mesentery is continuous, in the
Petromyzontide it is absorbed to the maximum degree—persisting,
as is well known, at the extreme anterior and posterior ends of that
portion of the gut which lies within the post-pericardiac ccelom,
* «Ueb. den Damkanalen und Zeugungsorgane d. Fische.’ Halle, 1824,
pp. 104-105.
? Comp. Anat, & Phys. vol. i. p. 424,
Cf. also Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. i. p. 507.
1890.1} ANATOMY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TORPEDO. 673
as a series of insignificant investments for the blood-vessels of the
former’.
On turning to the Amphibia, we find that in the Anura the
mesentery is, like that of the Amniota, continuous, except for an
occasional feeble splitting and overgrowth in relation to the gathering
up of the blood-vessels within the folds of the gastro-duodenal
omentum (ex. Ceratophrys). In the Urodeles, however, the
mesentery is either continuous and unabsorbed (Ichthyophis,
Siphonops, Siren, Proteus, Amphiuma, Menopoma), or widely inter-
rupted (Salamandra’ , Siredon, Menobranchus), in a manner such as
is never realized in any known Anuran.
The presence of a continuous mesentery can only mark the reten-
tion of a lowly character; wherefore it follows that the Batoid
Hypnos subnigrum, although admittedly one of the most specialized
living members of the order Plagiostomi, retains at least one charac-
ter more lowly than that of all its allies. It is interesting to note
the parallelism to this which is seen in the other orders of Vertebrata
cited, the dorsal mesentery being complete in the specialized Hags
among Marsipobranchs, and in the Gymnophiona and Anura among
Amphibians.
Finally, as to the rationale of the process of absorption of the
mesentery among the Ichthyopsida in general. The Dipnoi and
Amphibia are well known to possess a median ventral mesentery,
which, in the last-named order, lodges the median epigastric (anterior
abdominal) vein. This mesentery, like its fellow on the dorsal side
of the gut, is well known to be subject to absorption ; and if a Frog
and a Salamander be compared, it will be readily seen that in its
most completely absorbed state it forms but a cover for the vein
named. In the Amniota it becomes still more abbreviated, and
finally persists in relation to the median epigastric vein (or its homo-
logue the umbilical vein [afterwards the round ligament]* of the
liver) as the broad, or falciform ligament.
The relationships of the dorsal mesentery of the cartilaginous
fishes to the dorsal intestinal vein* repeat those of the ventral
mesentery of the Amphibia and Amniota to the median epigastric
vein. Again: between the relationship of the first named to the
intestinal arteries, in those Plagiostomes in which it is most
completely absorbed and in the Petromyzontide, there is a striking
1 T think it not unlikely that its disappearance in these fishes has to do with
the immense development of the genital glands, they having apparently fused
in the middle line.
2 On examination of a numerous series of individuals I find this interruption
to be variable, and at times uneffected.
3 Beddard has briefly described (P. Z.S. 1884, p. 553) a median epigastric
vein in the adult Echidna. It is most desirable that the relationships of this
vessel should be more fully worked out.
T cannot reconcile with this the belief (Balfour, Comp. Embryology, vol. ii.
p- 623) “that the falciform ligament is not a remnant of a primitive ventral
mesentery.” Beddard’s discovery would appear to me fatal to this considera-
tion, and it calls for a reinvestigation of the matter.
4 Cf. T. J. Parker, Phil. Trans. vol. clxxvii. (pt. ii. 1886), p. 707.
674 VISCERAL ANATOMY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TORPEDO. [ Dec. 2,
similarity to that of the ventral mesentery of some Teleostei (ex.
Salmo) to venous trunks which pass between the intestinal and ventral
body walls’. On the whole, and on consideration of the facts
referred to in dealing with the Anurous Amphibia, I am disposed to
regard the disposition of the great vessels named as the primary agent
in originating the absorption under consideration.
The so-called abdominal pores of the cartilaginous fishes have
been shown by Bridge” to arise in relation either to peritoneal
pouches (dv.p., fig. 5) resulting from outward extensiongof the peri-
toneum, or to cloacal pits (dv.c.) formed by inward extension of the
ventral body-wall. In the specimen of Hypnos here figured, the
two were in wide communication on the left side, sufficient to pass a
crow-quill; on the right side the base of the peritoneal pouch
(cf. fig.) was constricted, whereby it communicated with the cloacal
pit by a minute aperture in its dorsal wall. This is of interest, as
Bridge’s researches have shown the parts in question to be variable
specifically and individually to an unexpected degree.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LVII.
Fig. 1. Hypnos subnigrum, 3. General disposition of the viscera, as seen
on reflecting the ventral post-pericardiac body-wall.
One third nat. size.
2. The same. The alimentary viscera, dorsal mesentery, and testis, as
seen from the right side. One third nat. size.
3. The same. The spleen and appendix digitiformis, represented in re-
lation to the dorsal mesentery (indicated by a black line a, B).
Two thirds nat. size.
4. The same. The Bursa Entiana, together with the head of the small
(valve-bearing) intestine and the pyloric chamber of the stomach ;
laid open from the left side, to show their contained valves.
Two thirds nat. size.
The same. Peritoneal pouch and cloacal pit of the right side, lateral
view from within. Nat. size.
ou
Reference letters.
. Anterior superior mesenteric artery.
a.m'', Posterior superior mesenteric artery,
ap, Appendix digitiformis.
cd. Stomach (cardiac sac).
eb, Gall-eyst.
el. Cloaca.
d.h. Bile-duct.
d.m. Miillerian ducts (coalesced ostia of).
dv.c. Cloacal pit.
dv.p. Peritoneal pouch.
fm. Mesenteric furrow,
fp. Gastric furrow.
hp. Liver.
‘ Of. Stannius, op. cit. pp. 250, 251.
* Journ. Anat. & Phys. yol. xiv. p. 81 (1879),
1890.] ON THE PECTORAL FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 675
il. Large intestine.
i.s'. Small intestine (Bursa Entiana or duodenal segment).
. Small intestine (ileal or valve-bearing segment).
lg. Suspensory ligament of liver.
0.g. Gastro-hepatic omentum.
om. Lesser omentum.
pe. Pancreas.
py. Stomach (pyloric sac).
re. Left kidney.
s. Spleen.
ts. Testis.
v'. Pyloric valve.
. Intra-duodenal valve.
v'"', Spiral valve.
5. Observations on the Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of the Living
Batoid Fishes and of the Extinct Genus Sgualoraja, with
especial reference to the Affinities of the same. By
G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assist. Professor of
Zoology, R. College of Science, 8. Kensington.
(From the Huxley Research Laboratory.)
[Received December 2, 1890.]
I.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of the Trygonid Pteroplatea hirundo.
The pectoral fin-skeleton of this fish is supported for the most
part upon large pro- and meta-pterygia (pp., mt., figs. 1 & 2), and
the first-named cartilage is in articulation with the shoulder-girdle
and the mesopterygium, one or both, by means of well-defined
synovial joints. Intercalated between the pro- and meta-pterygia
(pp.,mt.) are two well-defined cartilages (ms.,np.), each resulting from
the fusion of the bases of a number of parallel rays of the fin-axis.
These. cartilages are plate-like and expanded in the manner of the
mesopterygium of the Selachoidei, and with that they might appear
at first sight to be jointly homologous.
The mesopterygium of the Selachii is well known tobe variable
in its degree of extension outwards, in proportion to which it forms
a more or less efficient support for the axis of the fin; great as is
this variation, there is no known Selachoid fish in which the articular
base of the mesopterygium is furnished by more than four rays.
In Péeroplatea some 18-23 or more of the 21-26 rays which
support the fin-axis are in direct apposition with the limb-girdle.
The detailed characters and variations in fusion of these are
sufficiently represented in the accompanying figures (figs. 1 & 2);
but, concerning their fundamental relationships, there are one or
two noteworthy features. In the younger of the two examples
(fig. 1) the anterior of the two supposed mesopterygia (ms.) is in
mere fibrous connection with the shoulder-girdle; and the pro-
pterygium (pp.), which bears postero-internally a facet for synovial
articulation with the latter, furnishes a condyle for articulation
676 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL [Dec. 2,
(also synovial) upon the excavated anterior border of the meso-
pterygium (ms.). '
The posterior plate (mp.) is, for the most part, in well-defined
pnd
mt
i
Fig. 1. Horizontal section* through the left pectoral fin of Pteroplatea hi-
rundo, 3.
Fig. 2. A similar section of the corresponding fin of a second specimen (also ¢ ),
older than fig. 1.
Fig. 3. A similar section of the corresponding fin of a Myliobatis aquila.
All natural size.
References.—g.s., shoulder-girdle ; s., mesopterygium ; mt., metapterygium ;
np., neopterygium ; pp. propterygium.
The black areas denote synovial cavities.
* Ray Soc. Monograph on Shoulder-girdle and Sternum, p. 8.
* I have found from experience that sections, such as those here figured, give
more satisfactory results than do mere macerated preparations, In the
latter, as in ordinary dissections, the presence of occasional superficial
furrows, at the points of fusion of rays or segments or of the disposition of
nerves, tendons, &c., and the appearances produced by the remains or cut edges
of inter-muscular septa, are apt to be seriously misleading.
Haswell speaks (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vol. ix. part. i. p. 35) of the
propterygium of Zygon pastinaca as having in articulation with its distal
extremity “a stout ray with which are connected a number of fin-rays.”
Gegenbaur makes no mention of this, and, us‘ I have looked for it carefully, but
in vain, in the five individuals of the species which I have dissected, I think it
probable that Haswell may have been misled in the manner indicated, or that his
“ stout ray” was but a fusion of rays such as may occur at any point in any fin.
1850. ] FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 677
girdle, its two posterior rays being alone in fibrous connection there-
with. In the older of the two specimens which I have examined,
the two basal plates of the fin-axis bear (ms., np., fig. 2) essentially the
same relationships to the girdle. The propterygium is in a merely
fibrous connection with the anterior mesopterygial plate (ms.), and the
synovial articulation between the two is here unrecognizable. The
former ( pp.) bears postero-internally a shallow facet for the reception
of a corresponding condyle of the adjacent limb-girdle ; the supposed
mesopterygial plate (ms.), apparently the more free to move upon its
base, takes on a synovial articulation with the limb-girdle, in common
with its fellow (mp.) of the same side. The differences between these
two pairs of fins are not a little remarkable and unexpected, and that
they are not sexual is clear from both specimens having been males
(cf. Table on p. 685). I know of no parallel for them elsewhere ;
and that, as effecting the pro- and meso-pterygia, they are a corollary
of each other, it seems to me in the highest degree probable.
I1.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of Pteroplatea, compared with
that of the Raiide and of the Selachoidei.
The pectoral fin-skeleton of Pteroplatea differs most markedly
from that of any known Plagiostome thus far described. On super-
ficial examination, its two supposed mesopterygial plates might appear
to correspond to the well-known single one of the Selachoidei, and
to represent therefore a subdivision of that structure as it exists in
the genus hina (Squatina). The entire mesopterygium of Rhina
bears, however, but some 10-12 rays, whereas more than double
that number are present in Pteroplatea ; in hina but 2-3 of these
rays reach the shoulder-girdle ', while in Pteroplatea they either all,
or all but two or three, do so. From this it is clear that the conditions
of the supposed mesopterygium in Pteroplatea are such as the
known facts of anatomy of the Selachoid fin, in even its most
expanded form, are inadequate to explain,
On turning to the Batotder, it is seen that the posterior moiety of
the axis of the fin is supported by a greater or smaller number of
free rays (figs. 6, 7, 7.) disposed serially with those forming the
mesopterygium (ms.) and intercalated between it and the head of
the metapterygium (mi.). These intercalary rays were first de-
scribed by Gegenbaur (/. c. p. 144) in “ Raia? sp.”’ as four or five
in number. I find them to be more numerous and usually from six
to seven in number in the commoner species, J. radiata excepted (cf.
Table on p. 685, and fig. 7), and I think it tolerably certain that
Gegenbaur’s specimen (J. c. pl. ix. fig. 13) was of the latter species.
A careful comparison of the mesopterygium of Raia and Rhina
brings into prominence some considerations of importance in the
present enquiry. In Jtaia, the rays of the mesopterygium which
reach the shoulder-girdle and furnish the articular facet are usually
4 or 5 in number, but they may be reduced to 3 (cf. fig. 7 and
1 Gf. Gegenbaur, ‘ Untersuchung. z. vergleich. Anat. d. Wirbelth.’ Heft 2,
pl. ix. fig. 10 (1865).
678 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL (Dee. 2,
Fig. 4. Horizontal section of the left pectoral fin-skeleton, with girdle, of an
exceptional individual of Rata maculata, ventral aspect.
Fig. 5. A similar section of the base of the fin-axis of the opposite side of the
same specimen, reversed, for comparison with its fellow.
Fig. 6. A similar section of the normal base of the fin-axis in Raia clavata,
Fig. 7. The same, in Raia radiata.
Fig. 8. The same, in Phinobatus granulatus. .
All natural size.
References as for figs. 1 to 5 except 7, neopterygial (intercalary) rays.
Table) ; in hina they are never more than 3 in number, and they
may be reduced to 2 (ef. Gegenbaur, pl. ix. fig. 10). While in
Raia the mesopterygium bears peripherally from 6 to 12 rays, in
Rhina it never bears more than 13. The rays of the axis of the
Plagiostome’s pectoral fin are well known to be exceedingly variable
in the extent to which they coalesce with the mesopterygium, or—
to put the same facts into other words—the degree of outward
extension of the mesopterygium is one of the most inconstant
characters of the fin in question. It is obvious from this that the
number of rays borne upon that cartilage must, to a large extent,
increase in proportion to the extension named; but the latter
although variable, is not without its constant features, inasmuch
1890.] FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 679
as in the region of the metapterygium it is always propor-
tionate to the variation in depth of the anterior face of that
cartilage. In Raia, the metapterygium is elongated and rod-like, in
Rhina it is expanded and plate-like. Both the meso- and meta-
pterygia of the Plagiostome’s fin are known to be identical in origin,
and to arise by the coalescence of the bases of originally distinct and
parallel rays’; if, in knowledge of this fact, the rays which unite to
form that portion of the mesopterygium of [hina which represents the
free border of that of Raia be counted, it will be found that the number
is greatest in the last-named species, instead of fewest as might have
been supposed*. Thus it is seen that the mesopterygium of aia,
so far as it goes, more than embraces that of the Selachoidei, Rhina
not excepted ; and, as the anterior of the two supposed mesopterygial
plates of Pteroplatea similarly embraces the characters of them both,
in respect to the points at issue, the clue to the morphology of the
posterior plate of that fish (np. of figs.) must be sought in something
else.
The facts which I have described for the fin-skeleton of Pteroplatea
first arrested my attention in 1887, while preparing a paper which
this Society has done me the honour of printing*; homology be-
tween the apparent post-mesopterygial cartilage (mp.) and the
intercalary rays (7.) of Gegenbaur not unnaturally suggested itself
at the time, and it occurred to me that if such be the truth,
the intercalary rays of Raia might be expected to show signs of
fusion to form a basal plate. During the 3-4 years which have
elapsed since first I entertained these ideas I have examined
some scores of Skate, without having observed any traces of the
fusion anticipated. Quite recently, however, there has come into
my hands * an individual of Raia maculata in which it was realized
to an unexpected degree. The mesopterygium of the left side of
this fish (fig. 4, ms.) was in relationship peripherally to 11 rays;
and the intercalary rays which followed it (7.) were united to forma
single plate, except for the lingeriug traces of the demarcation lines
between their bases and between the bodies of the second and third
of the series. On the right side (fig. 5) there was present a meso-
pterygium bearing 12 free rays; the six intercalary rays had, by
the union of their bases, given rise to a single expanded plate, with a
smooth inner border and destitute of all traces of demarcation lines.
There was thus. realized a condition of the basal cartilages of the
fin-axis essentially similar to that seen in Péeroplatea (figs. 1 & 2),
except for the numerical disparity in the number of rays involved
and for the differences in the mode of articulation upon the
shoulder-girdle. That these differences are of secondary and non-
morphological significance will, I think, be admitted, on a knowledge
of the numerical variation in the rays of the fin-axis for species of the
1 Of. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 15, and Dohrn in Mittheilung. a. d. Zoolog. Stat. zu
Neapel, vol. v. p. 174 (1884).
2 Compare for ex. my figs. 4 or 5 with Gegenbaur’s pl. ix. fig. 10.
3 P. Z. 8. 1887, pp. 3-26.
+ Thanks to my pupil Mr, J. Harrison.
680 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL [Dec. 2,
genus Raia (cf. Table), and of the variations with age in the articular
surfaces of Pteroplatea already alluded to (ante p. 677, figs. 1 & 2).
The post-mesopterygial plate of the Trygonid and the free inter-
calary rays of the Raid having been now proved to be homologous,
the question arises, which of them is to be regarded as the more
primitive representative of the other? That the Batoid type of fin
has been derived from a shorter Selachoid one by forward rotation
and general enlargement is sufficiently clear, from known facts of
development ; and, on comparison of the two types, it might at first
sight appear that the post-mesopterygial plate and free rays named
above both represent, together with the mesopterygium, the meso-
pterygium of the Selachoidei, and that the free rays of the Raiide
may have arisen by dismemberment and segmentation of the pos-
terior half of that. Such a possibility is, however, irreconcilable
with the fact, already demonstrated, that all the distinguishing
features of the mesopterygium of the Selachoidei are realized by that
of the Raiide, apart from the intercalary rays. The last named are
related to Parker’s ‘‘ glenoid commissure”’ (ef. ante, p. 676), and
Gegenbaur has sought to correlate (/. c. p. 144) their origin with
what he terms the “stretching of the articular region” of the
shoulder-girdle. Be their original significance what it may, the
facts above described show them to be at present active in the pro-
duction of a fourth basal cartilage, phylogenetically the youngest of
tbe series. The now well-known fact already cited (p. 679) that the
basal pterygia of Gegenbaur arise by fusion of the bases of parallel
and originally distinct rays, shows the cartilage in question to be
serially homologous with the former. I have thus far alluded to it
as the post-mesopterygial plate; as it can no longer be referred to the
mesopterygium, I propose to term it, as is consistent with its mode
of origin and with Gegenbaur’s expressive nomenclature, the neo-
pterygium.
III.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of Trygon, Urolophus, and Mylio-
batis, compared with that of Raia and Pteroplatea.
The pectoral fin-skeleton of Trygon pastinaca has been already
described by Gegenbaur (/. c. p. 144) and Haswell (U. ¢. p. 35).
Both observers agree in regarding that basal cartilage which oc-
cupies “all the interval between the propterygiun and the meta-
pterygium” as the mesopterygium. Gegenbaur figures in relation
to it 13 rays of the axis, five of which reached the pectoral girdle.
I have dissected, in all, five individuals of this species, three of
Triton uarnak, and two of Urolophus testaceus ; and in all but three
of the series the number of these rays exceeds that of Gegenbaur’s
specimen. In ail of them the mesopterygium is comparatively
short and plate-like. Both Gegenbaur and Haswell regard it as
the homologue of the Selachoid mesopterygium. If, however, the
two things be compared under the conditions which I have laid down
(ante, p. 679) in dealing with hina and Raia, it will be seen that
the supposed mesopterygial rays of the Trygons are much more
1890.1 FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 68]
numerous than are those of the Sharks, and that the would-be
mesopterygium of the Zrygon furnishes, like that of aia, more than
is demanded of it (cf. Table, and especially Zrygon uarnak).
Fio.9
Fig, 9. Horizontal section through the left pectoral fin-base, with its related
girdle, in Trygon pastinaca, 9, One half nat. size.
Fig. 10. A similar section through corresponding parts of Torpedo narce, 3.
Nat. size.
References and other details as for figs. 1-8.
In one of my specimens the basal cartilages are in an altogether
exceptional and highly interesting condition. The case referred to
is that of an adult female of Zrygon pastinaca, by far the largest
of the individuals examined (see Table). The supposed mesopterygial
rays instead of being: from 12 to 13 in number, reached, in it,
the total of 19; and of these 8-9 were in articulation with the
shoulder-girdle, instead of from 3-5. The base of one of these fins is
represented in fig. 9, and that which is most remarkable concerning
it is the subdivision of the so-called mesopterygium into two plates
(ms., np.), each independent of the other, and both im synovial
articulation with the middle glenoid facet. Both fins were similarly
modified, except for the fact that whereas on the right side the
demarcation line between the two plates lay between rays 9 and 10,
on the left it lay between those numbering 11 and 12.
Comparison of this pair of fins (fig. 9) with those of Péeroplatea
figs. 1 & 2) reveals a striking similarity in structure, and it must
be admitted that the characters of the basal cartilages of the in-
dividual Trygon pastinaca in question depart from those of its
species, as hitherto described, exactly as they approximate towards
those of Pteroplatea. In other words, what then is the nature of
the relationship between these two? as we have once more to face
the correlation of the existence of an apparently duplicated meso-
682 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL [ Dec. 2,
pterygium with that of supernumerary rays. The shoulder-girdle of
Trygon (fig. 9) is, like that of Raia (figs. 4, 6), discontinuous
laterally, between the anterior and middle glenoid condyles. It will
be observed that the base of the propterygium in 7rygon, unlike that
of Pteroplatea (figs. 1, 2), is simple and destitute of a second
articulation ; and this fact, which might readily account for the
differences in the limb-girdles, would appear to be of no morpho-
logical significance, on analogy to the hehaviour of the propterygium
in the younger and older stages of Péeroplatea, described at the outset
(ante, p. 677). The structural plan of the pectoral fin of the indi-
vidual Z'rygon before alluded to (fig. 9) is, on the whole, somewhat
a simplification of that of Pteroplatea (figs. 1, 2); and, in view of
the condition of its mesopterygial area, I regard the posterior of the
two plates there present as homologous with the neopterygium
herein described. And I submit that, with this, the basal fin-
. skeleton of Zygon and Urolophus is brought into complete harmony
with that of their ally Pteroplatea, and that its axial portion represents
a confluence of those parts which, in the latter and in the Rade, are
differentiated to form the mesopterygium and neopterygium as I have
sought to define them.
Examination of the Table which I append will show that in Trygon
pastinaca there are indications of a numerical increase of the rays
of the fin-axis, with age; and, as the neopterygium is present as a
distinct plate only in the oldest example, the possibility that that
may be formed late, in connection with the said numerical increase,
must not be overlooked. Proof that such is the case is not forth-
coming; but on the whole, and on comparison of Trygon uarnak’, I
am inclined to regard the numerical differences alluded to as of the
nature of individual variations.
1V.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of Myliobatis
and of the Torpedinide.
Myliobatis.— Gegenbaur originally described the mesopterygium
of Myliobatis aquila (1. e. p. 144) as succeeded by first a single fin-ray
and then by a couple of plates carrying respectively four and five to
six rays each. Concerning the relationships of these to the limb-
girdle he does not furnish details. I have examined three individuals
of this species, and, in all, the rays of the fin-axis were almost entirely
confluent with the girdle adjacent (fig. 3), so much so that I was at
first inclined to doubt the existence of basal pterygia in that region.
On closer examination, however, distinct traces of a line of fusion
between the latter and their girdle were found to be perceptible’, and
fragments of the pterygia were encountered, in the form of isolated
plates such as that shown at * inthe fig. In three of the fins dissected
there was present a well-defined demarcation line, at about the
* Three specimens examined.
* Indicated as a dotted line in fig. 3.
1890. ] FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 683
middle (axis), and this, which occupies the position of Gegenbaur’s
intercalary ray (J. c. pl. ix. fig. 14), appears to me to indicate the appo-
sition point of parts representative of the meso-andneo-pterygia ot the
Trygonide and Raiide. Viewed from this standpoint, the pectoral
fin of Myliobatis is in complete structural harmony with that of the
Trygonide, as represented by Pteroplatea. Its propterygium is in
articulation with both the girdle and the mesopterygium, and the
whole differs chiefly from the Trygonid fin in the fusion of its
parts—a dominating peculiarity which extends even to its metaptery-
gium in a varying degree. It is interesting here to recall my belief
in the fusion of the meso- and neo-pterygia of Trygon, and to remark
that the specimens of 7’r. warnak under my hands show signs of
fusion between the axial basal plate and the pro- and meta-pterygia.
A belief in affinity between the Trygontde and Myliobatide thus
becomes justifiable ; and, so far as the pectoral fin-skeleton goes,
the latter family would appear to realize a culminating term in the
series.
Torpedinide.—The basal skeleton of the pectoral fin of the Tor-
pedoes is one of the most perplexing with which I have had to deal,
not because of its structure but rather of its affinities, as the sequel
will show. It has been described by Gegenbaur for Torpedo, and
by Haswell for Hypnos. I have been able to examine it in both
genera and in Astrape; and to the general descriptions of the authors
named I have nothing to add, except that neither seems to have
sufficiently recognized the presence of an articulation of the pro-
upon the meso-pterygium as in Pteroplatea and Myliobatis (cf. figs.
1, 3, and 10).
The mesopterygium of the Zorpedinide is a remarkable structure.
Both in the number of its rays and in its general relationships,
as in the composition of its articular facet, it suggests the meso-
pterygium of the Raiide and of the Selachordei, hypertrophied and
vertically enlarged to form a stay for the massive prapterygium.
There can be no question that rays answering to the intercalary
series of the Raiide, Trygonide, and Myliobatis (with their pro-
ducts) do not enter into its composition; and, in the absence of
these, the Torpedo’s fin differs from that of all other Batoids. In
one specimen (fig. 10) I observed a fusion of the bases of two rays
next in order behind the mesopterygium ; and the resulting minute
plate (np.??) showed signs of intercalation between the meso- and
meta-pterygia, suggestive of its being the vanishing vestige of a
neopterygium. The marked abbreviation of the metapterygium so
characteristic of these Torpedinide appeared at first glance to favour
the suggestion, but I have been unable to find further support
for it; and, indeed, similar and more marked fusions had affected
the two posterior rays of the propterygium (# of fig.), in common
with other parts of the same fin.
There is something in the above at complete variance with that
seen in all other Batoids; and, except for its rotation forwards and
fusion with the head, the pectoral fin of the Torpedinide is that of
a Shark. Gegenbaur has insisted (/. c. p. 84) upon the marked dif-
684 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL [ Dec. 2,
ferences between the shoulder-girdle of the Torpedinide and the other
Batoidei ; and, among those characters which I have recounted, the
nere articulation of the propterygium upon the mesopterygium is, in
itself, insufficient to warrant the relegation of their fin-skeleton to
the Trygonid category. The articulation named is absent in Hypnos ;
and, in view of the inconstancy of the pro- meso-pterygial articulation
of Pteroplatea (ante, p. 677), it may justly be looked upon as of
independent origin, probably in association with the demands of the
electrical apparatus. The facts appear to me to strongly suggest
the possibility of an independent origin for the Torpedinide, as
distinguished from other Batoids, and to warrant a suspicion that
the suborder Batoidei as defined by Dr. Giinther' may be at
least diphyletic. In this connection it is noteworthy that Smith
Woodward has lately referred Pristis, through Sclerorhynchus, to a
near kinship with the Pristiophoride *, and that examination of the
pectoral fin-skeleton of that fish fully justifies his action*. Com-
parison of Rhina squatina with the Batotdet Ceratopterina, in which
the pectoral fin is free of the head *, would seem to point in the same
direction, and to indicate the independent association of these forms.
The study of the fin-skeleton of Dicerobatis is, at this juncture,
very desirable, but I regret to say that I have been unable to pursue
it, for want of material.
V.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of the Rhinobatide.
The fin-skeleton of this family has been described by Gegenbaur
for Rhinobatus, and more recently dealt with by Haswell for Zrygono-
rhina (1. c. pp. 39 et seq.). My own observations have extended to
Rhynchobatus also (cf. Table). Taking the three genera collectively,
the mesopterygium (ms., fig. 8) may be regarded as a small plate,
most nearly resembling that of the Raiide but for its more regular
and constant proportions (cf. figs. 4, 7, and 8). The rays which
unite to form it are least numerous (from 4 to 5) in Rhynchodatus,
most numerous in the two remaining genera; and the same holds
good for the numerical variation observable in the intercalary rays.
Examination of the Table which I append will show that the pectoral
fin-skeleton of Raia radiata furnishes a very satisfactory connecting-
link, between that of the other Razide and of the Rhinobatide, and
I conceive of that fish as much more lowly than the allied R. batis,
R. clavata, and R. maculata. And, whatever is to be said for the
surmised diphyletic origin of the Batoidei taken as a suborder, the two
families above named would appear to be more intimately related
to each other than to any remaining family of the Batoids as
ordinarily understood.
The embryological data at our disposal warrant the belief that
the forward rotation of the propterygium is a secondarily acquired
1 Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. viii. (1870) p. 434.
2 P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 449. Fora description and fig. of the Pristiophorus fin see
Mivart, P. Z.8. pt. iv. 1879, p. 453, pl. Ixxviii.
3 Cf. Giinther, Cat. cit. p. 496.
1890. ] FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES.
685
Taste or FormMuLe OF THE FIN-RAYS FOR THE SPECIMENS DISSECTED.
Mesopterygial rays
Forms examined,
with total pa a ee
length in centims. ee
meso-
pterygium.
RuAINOBATIDA.
Rhinobatus colwmn@, 343° ...cccccsecceeeecnes 7-8
Rhinobatus granulatus, 3, 23°5 (fig. 8, p. 678) 6-7
Rhynchobatus djeddensis, 9, 52 .....cc.cee0eeee- 4-5
Rhynchobatus djeddensis, S, 6G ...1....cceseeeee 5-6
LTrygonorhina fasciata, 3, 26 ......cccsseceeseeeee 7-8
Rapz,
Raia batis,
Raia clavata,
Paxcinia litt eed st eareerdbana ah paeutareceaete ot 9-11
var. adults
Raia clavata:
JUV i LDiD....0-cewsesoscsesssqnesrantsrass0esuenes 9-11
JUV ss OD. nn veces danecsasscaesscrensssazes-soness 8-9
Raia radiata, P (fig.'7, Pp. 678) ..cseceeeeeenes 6
TRYGONIDE.
(Measured to end of pelvic fins.)
Pteroplatea hirundo:
Ga ea ol igh Ly pal O)sccrsccsersancqses snes 5 10-12
GB, 40 (fig. 2, p. 676)......cccccscersecooscneeee 11-18
Bue cotton ae epeoadtnass «coker Memee rts 8?
Oa Ts Dace aees es nenistge Fea cames am oa sas Canc les 8?
©, 29'5 (fig. 3, p- 676)........eseeeereeeeeeees 7-9
TORPEDINIDE.
Astrape dipterygid, Sy 1T wssseceeeseceerstereeees 10-11
Hypnos subnigrum :
RDU OE. ohvecdccrossecescacerss-wenctssersens 6
DAD. eesecceeeereeeteereceeetenenetertereentes 5-6
Torpedo marmorata, 3, DD ear ae ees, esas 11
Torpedo narce, 3, 37 (fig. 10, p. (ateilb))) Syacocanee 8-9
in appo-
sition
with limb-
girdle.
see eeeeeeeer
see e eee eee
Neo-
pterygial} Total.
rays.
3-4 10-12
4-5 10-12
3-4 7-9
5-4 8-10
5-6 12-14
3-7 12-18
a 16-18
6 14-15
4-5 10-11
teeeee
1 Pterygia all united on one side.
2 Mesopterygium fused posteriorly with metapterygium.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLVI.
686 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON THE PECTORAL [ Dec. 2,
character; they also show the basal pterygia to have arisen inde-
pendently (cf. ante, p. 680) by the fusion of parallel rays. This
being so, the fin of the Rhinobatide, while clearly specialized as
regards the first proposition, is less modified than that of all other
Batoid fishes in respect to its feeble expansion.
Until we know more than at present concerning the manner of
multiplication of fin-rays with bodily elongation and growth, we
must regard the presence of free rays in the position of those inter-
calated between the meso- and meta-pterygia of these fishes as none
other than a primitive character; and, in respect to this, the Rhino-
batide would appear to exhibit a more lowly structural feature than
the, for the most part, less modified Selachvidet. Whether they
may not have reverted to it, it is at present impossible to say; but
I regard the matter as the more interesting in that Edinger has
attempted to show’ the prosencephalon of the Skates to be more
lowly than that of the Sharks, and that I have found* the primitively
continuous dorsal mesentery of the alimentary viscera to be alone
retained by the Torpedo Hypnos subnigrum among living Plagio-
stomes. It raises, among other things, the question whether this
type of fin-skeleton, which Huxley* would apparently associate with
his “ multibasal’’ one, may not represent the (admittedly modified)
survivor of a type more primitive than that of the living Selachoidei,
rather than a culminating term in a series of changes which he has
pictured (Z. c. p. 52) as of the nature of an expansion with interpo-
lation of postaxial rays, under a shortening up of the supposed
“‘archipterygium.”
For the greater part of the material upon which this investigation
is based, I stand indebted to the late Dr. F. Day, and, through my
honoured master Prof. Huxley, to Mr. Ramsay (of the Sydney
Museum), to whom we owe the possession of the Australian forms.
My thanks are also due to my friend Mr. G. A. Boulenger for a
continuance of that assistance and advice extended to me on former
occasions, and to my friend and former pupil Dr. J. Beard for the
reference to Edinger’s work cited.
P.S.—Since this paper was written Mr. Boulenger has directed my
attention to a short paper recently published by O. Jaekel*, in which
the author arrives at the conclusion that the Batoidei are of poly-
phyletic origin. He bases this upon the study of the disposition of
the gill-slits, of the translocation of the pectoral fin in relation
thereto, among living forms, and of certain facts of paleontology.
I am, on the whole, disposed to accept the spirit of his conclusions ;
but my own researches suggest that, setting aside the Ceratopterina
(which may possibly be related to the Rhinide) and Pristis (which
Abhandl. d. Senckenbergsche Gesellsch, nat. Frankfurt, Bd. xv. 1888, p. 102.
? This vol.. p. 671.
3 P. Z. S. 1876, ef. pp. 52, 58, 59.
* Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde, Jhrg. 1890 (no. 3), p. 47.
1890.] FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. 687
has gone already), those Batoids which remain would fall into two
great series—one including the Rhinobatide, Raiide, Trygonide,
and most probably the Myliobatide, which might be provisionally
termed the Batoidet veri, as distinguished from the Torpedinide
or Batoidei non veri.
Jaekel has failed to recognize one character of especial interest at
the present juncture, viz. the presence in many Batoids of a vestigial
(sixth) pair of gill-slits. These are disposed lineally with the func-
tional ones and immediately below (ventrad of) the coracoid cartilage.
Parker refers to them in Raia nasuta as ‘looking like an obliterated
.sixth pair of gill-slits.’ I fail to see that any other interpretation
is possible, and their position and relationships appear to me to
warrant the conclusion that the pectoral girdle of the Plagiostomi
has, with its related fins, undergone a translocation forwards pro-
portionate to the shortening up of the branchial apparatus by sup-
pression from behind.
VI.—The Pectoral Fin-Skeleton and Affinities of the Liassic
Squaloraja polyspondyla.
My friend Mr. Smith Woodward, in his excellent paper on this
fish’, seeks to associate it-with the Sharks and Rays (p. 537), and he
would create for its reception the family Squaloraiide of the Selachir
Tectospondyli. He figures and describes the pectoral fin-skeleton
with perfect accuracy, and he regards the anterior of the two
basal cartilages which support it as (/. c. p. 536) either “the
coalesced pro- and mesopterygium” or ‘mesopterygial, with a
minute indistinguishable propterygium at its proximal angle.” In
this I believe him to be mistaken. He bases his conclusions, as
need hardly be said, upon analogy to the living forms; but on
appeal to them another, and to my mind more forcible, comparison
may be instituted. I have previously attempted to show~ that the
paired fins of the Chimeeroids are destitute of a mesopterygium, and
that Mivart was right in regarding the two-jointed ray of the anterior
border of their pectoral fin as a propterygium. Very shortly after
the reading of Mr. Smith Woodward’s paper, I had the good fortune
to examine his specimens; the conclusion that the pectoral fin of
his fish was that of a Chimerroid forced itself upon me at the time ;
and as all subsequent consideration has the more fully persuaded
me that this is so, I avail myself of the present opportunity of
recording my belief.
It is, unfortunately, impossible to say whether the propterygium
of Squaloraja was or was not segmented ; its posterior border appears
to have been thickened and keel-like throughout its proximal region,
and examination under a lens reveals the presence of an interspace
between the ridge in question and the base of the metapterygium.
The Chimeroid metapterygium differs from that of all known
Sharks in its gradual increase in depth from behind forwards, and
1 P. Z. S. 1886, pp. 527-538. 2 P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 23.
46*
688 ON THE FIN-SKELETON OF BATOID FISHES. _[ Dec. 2.
in the forward and downward slope of its anterior border. Whereas
in the Sharks the vertical diameter of this cartilage is greatest at its
middle, or near its posterior extremity, in the Chimzroids it is
greatest at its anterior end; and in some respects the anterior border
of the Chimeeroid metapterygium repeats, in its relationships to the
propterygium, the conditions of the mesopterygium of the Selachii.
In its realization of these characters, and in the simple constitution
of its cartilaginous rays, the pectoral metapterygium of Squaloraja
closely resembles that of the living Holocephali; and, on careful
comparison of the two, I am convinced that, with respect to the
skeleton of its paired fins, that fish is indubitably, and as Dr.
Giinther at first suggested’, a Chimeeroid.
In talking this matter over with Dr. Traquair during the autumn
of 1889, I was much rejoiced to find that he had independently
arrived at the same conclusion on a study of the skull, which he
asserts” is “of the autostylic structure.” It is to be hoped that he
will give us, with as little delay as possible, fuller details of this
important discovery.
My best thanks are due to my friend Mr. Smith Woodward, for
his courtesy in having allowed me to examine his matchless specimen.
1 Geol. Mag. vol. ix. (p. 148). Curiously enough he altered his mind later, in
doubtfully referring it (‘Introduction to the Study of Fishes,’ p. 335) to the
Pristiophoride.
? Nicholson & Lydekker's Manual of Palxontology, vol. ii. p. 950 (1889).
LIST
Jan, 2
4
6
10.
APPENDIX.
OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
DURING THE YEAR
1890.
. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mr. H.
Craig.
. 2 Swainson’s Lorikeets (Trichoglossus nove-hollandie). Depo-
sited.
. 4 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis). 2ad.,2jr. Presented
by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z8.
3 Well-marked Tortoises (Homopus signatus). Presented by
i Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. From Namaqualand,
. Africa.
1 Rufous Snake (Ablabes rufulus). Presented by the Rey. G.
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
6 Gray’s Frogs (Rana grayi). Presented by the Rey. G. H. R.
Fisk, CMZS.
8 Smooth Clawed Frogs (Xenopus levis), Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Koala (Phascolarctus cinereus). Received in Exchange.
2 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Received in Exchange.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus), Received in Exchange.
2 Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis). Presented by
6, B. Mitford, Esq.
4 Tufted Umbres (Scopus umbretta). Purchased.
. 8 Yellow-winged Sugar-birds (Cereba cyanea). Presented by
H. E. Blanford, Esq.
2 Broad-billed Tanagers (Euphonia lanitrostris). Presented by
H. E. Blanford, Esq.
1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Mrs. Harris.
. 1 Bluish Finch (Spermophila cerulescens), 3. Presented by
Mrs, Mayne.
1 Geottroy’s Terrapin (Hydraspis hilarii), Purcaased.
6 Red-bellied Waxbills (Estrelda rubriventris). Presented by
T. W. Bacon, Esq.
5 Blue-breasted Waxbills (Estrelda cyanogastra), Presented by
T. W. Bacon, Esq.
690
Jan. 10
16.
17.
24,
31
APPENDIX.
_ 7 Grenadier Waxbills (Ureginthus granatinus), 6 3, 1 2.
Presented by T, W. Bacon, Esq.
3 Paradise Whydah-birds (Vidua paradisea), 3 3. Presented
by T. W. Bacon, Esq.
2 Golden-backed Weaver-birds (Pyromelana aurea). Presented
by T. W. Bacon, Esq.
1 Chattering Lory (Lorius garrulus). Presented by Capt.
Bason, P. & O. s.s. ‘ Bombay.’
1. 2 Dufresne’s Waxbills (Estrelda dufresnii), § Q. Purchased.
5. 1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by E,
Hart, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Antarctic Skua (Stercorarius antarcticus). Purchased.
3 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. F.
Aronson,
2 Cardinal Grosheaks (Cardinalis virginianus), 2 3. Purchased.
1 Indigo-bird (Cyanospiza cyanea), 3. Purchased.
2 Shining Weaver-birds (Hypochera nitens). Purchased.
4 Grenadier Weaver-birds (Zuplectes oryx), 23, 292. Pur-
chased.
2 Black-bellied Weaver-birds (Zuplectes afer). Purchased.
4 Red-beaked Weaver-birds (Quelea sanguinirostris),2 3,2 9.
Purchased.
4 Cut-throat Finches (Amadina fasciata), 23,29. Pur-
chased.
4 Chestnut-eared Finches (Amadina castanotis). Purchased.
1 Paradise Whydah-bird (Vidua paradisea), §. Purchased.
1 Indian Silverbill (Miava malabarica). Purchased.
4 Barred Doves (Geopelea striata). Purchased.
1 Chinese Jay-Thrush (Garrulax chinensis). Presented by Sir
Harry B. Lumsden, K.C.8.1., C.B., F.Z.S.
1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), 3. Presented by
the Count Povoleri, F.Z.S.
1 White-necked Raven (Corvultur albicollis). Presented by
— Marshall, Esq.
1 Vulturine Eagle (Aquila verreauxt), Presented by — Marshall,
sq.
1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by — Marshall,
Esq.
. 1 Pigmy Cormorant (Phalacrocorax africanus). Purchased.
1 Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). Purchased.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinus), 9. Deposited.
. 2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus),2 3. Presented by Mr.
TE. Malatesta.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), ¢. Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (MMacacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Miss
Alice Booth.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mr. C. Harris.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Presented by
Quart.-Master Sergeant Mathison, W.I.R.
1 Silver Pheasant (Luplocamus nycthemerus), 3. Presented by
W. R. Rootes, Esq.
. 12 Cuming’s Octodons (Octodon cumingi). Presented by W. H.
Newman, Esq. ‘
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Deposited.
6 Common Dormice (Muscardinus avellanarius). Presented by
FE. Wyndham, Esq.
Feb. 2.
24.
Mar. 3.
27.
31.
Apre I.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 691
1 Dingo (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Hoffmann’s Sloth (Cholopus hoffmanni). Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Presented by the Exe-
cutors of the late Dr. Allan.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by
W. H. Seward, Esq.
1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by A. B.
Archer, Esq.
. 1 Hamster (Cricetus frumentarius). Presented by H. Hanauer,
Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Panama Amazon (Chrysotis panamensis). Received in Ex-
change. «
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Deposited.
2 ae Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius), Presented by Miss
eil,
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mr. W.
Bell
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Esquimaux Dog (Canis familiaris), 9. Presented by Wm.
Tourney, Esq.
1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Deposited.
2 Cereopsis Geese (Cereopsis nove-hollandie). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Grey Hypocolius (Hypocolius ampelinus), $. Presented by
W. D. Cumming, Esq. From Scinde. See P.Z.8. 1890,
p. 147, Plate XV.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Deposited.
. 1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Deposited.
2 Badgers (Meles taxus). Presented by P. Bicknell, Esq.
. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Red-headed Tiger-cais (Felis planiceps). Purchased.
1 Plumbeous Fish-Eagle (Polioaétus plumbeus). Purchased.
. 1 Gayal (Bibos frontals), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 3 Red-footed Ground-Squirrels (Xerus erythropus). Received
in Exchange.
. 2 Ring-necked Pheasants (Phasianus torquatus), 69. Pre-
sented by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.G.
. 2 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus),2 9. Pur-
chased.
2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Purchased.
2 Diuca Finches (Diuca grisea), Purchased.
1 Black-chinned Siskin (Chrysomitris barbata), 3. Purchased.
2 Field Saftron Finches (Sycalis arvensis). Purchased.
1 Alaudine Finch (Phrygilus alaudinus). Purchased.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Deposited.
5 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus). Presented by Mrs. Florence J.
Waghorn.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Mantchurian Cranes (Grus viridirostris). Presented by C. W.
Campbell, Esq. From Corea. See P.Z.S, 1890, p. 147.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Purchased.
3 Long-eared Owls (Asto otus). Presented by W. Geoflrey N,
Powell, Ksq.
11,
14,
15.
16.
Wie
19.
APPENDIX.
1 Stoat (Mustela erminea), 3. Presented by Cuthbert Johnson,
sq.
2 Hybrid Deer (Bred between Cervus elaphus g and Cervus
sika 2),2 9. Deposited.
. 8 Undulated Grass Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 4 3,
49. Purchased.
. 1 Short-winged Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis brachyptera). Pre-
sented by Commander W. M. Latham, R.N., F.Z.S.
1 Three-toed Sand-Skink (Seps tridactylus). Presented by J.
A. C. Warburg, Esq.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by J.
A. Watson, Esq., F.Z.S.
3 European Flamingos (Pheenicopterus antiquorum). Purchased.
1 Australian Crane (Grus australasiana). Purchased.
2 Simony’s Lizards (Lacerta simonyi). Presented by the Lord
Lilford, F.Z.S. From the Rock of Zalmo, Canaries. See
P. Z.S. 1890, p. 354.
1 Simony’s Lizard (Lacerta simonyi). Deposited. From the
Rock of Zalmo, Canaries.
1 Delalande’s Gecko (Zarentola delalandiz). Deposited.
. 1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by Mrs. Bowden.
4 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 2 3,
292. Deposited.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 9.
Presented by E. B. Parfitt, Esq., M.R.C.S.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mrs. H. F. Batt.
1 Common Badger (Meles tarus, white variety). Presented by
the Hon. Morton North.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), g. Presented by Capt.
George Janes.
4 Great Bustards (Otis tarda), 4 g. Purchased.
2 cana aoe Finches (Amadina castanotis), ¢ 2. Pur-
chased.
. 1 Blesshok (Alcelaphus albifrons), §. Deposited.
1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii). Presented by Ber-
tram B. Hagen, Esq.
1 Indian White Crane (Grus leucogeranos). Purchased.
2 Fla eee Jay Thrushes (Garrulax pectoralis), Pur-
chased.
1 Pacific Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga pacifica). Purchased.
4 Madagascar Weaver-birds (Foudia madagascariensis),2 ¢,
22. Purchased.
2 ae Pe (Rana latasti), Presented by G. A. Boulenger,
sq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). Presented by
Cuthbert Johnson, Esq.
2 Moorish Toads (Bufo mauritanicus). Presented by Cuthbert
Johnson, Esq.
1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), ¢. Deposited.
1 Puma (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Indranee Owls (Syrnium indranee). Presented by A. R.
Lewis, Esq.
6 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Purchased.
2 Adelaide Parrakeets (Platycercus adelaide). Received in
Exchange.
22. 1 Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus), §. Received in Exchange.
Apr. 23.
24,
28.
29,
30.
co
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 693
7 Bearded Lizards (Amphibolurus barbatus). Received in
Exchange.
3 Muricated Lizards (Amphibolurus muricatus). Received in
Exchange.
1 Gould’s Monitor (Varanus gouldi). Received in Exchange.
1 hee Bear (Ursus arctos), $. Presented by Miss Evelyn
uir. é
1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ichneumon). Deposited.
1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus), Presented by Dr. E.
J. Baxter.
1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phasianus ellioti), 2, Presented by
Wilfred G, Marshall, Esq.
1 Cape Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis capensis), ¢. Presented by
Wilfred G. Marshall, Esq.
1 Red-eyed Ground-Finch (Pipilo erythrophthalmus). Presented
‘by Wilfred G. Marshall, Esq.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mrs.
Pendry.
1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), 2. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
2 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Deposited.
. 1 Barnard’s Parrakeet (Platycercus barnardi). Received in
Exchange.
2 Alexandrine Parrakeets (Paleornis alexandri). Deposited.
2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus), 23. Deposited.
1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by J.
Catheson-Smith, Esq.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophilus rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by Miss Harris.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Secty Phalanger (Phalangista fuliginosa). Deposited.
3 Wild Boars (young) (Sus scrofa). Presented by Lord Her-
brand Russell.
3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Dr. W. C.
Cousens.
. 1 Louisianian Meadow-Starling (Sturnella ludiviciana),?. Pre-
sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Esq.
1 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius), 9. Pre-
sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Esq.
4 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata),43. Presented
by Capt. C. A. Findlay, R.N.R.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), g. Presented by R. E.
Moore, Esq.
2 Yellow-rumped Seed-eaters (Crithagra chrysopyga), 23. Pur-
chased.
. 1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Presented by J.C. War-
burg, Esq.
1 Three-toed Sand-Skink (Seps tridactylus). Presented by J.
C. Warburg, Esq.
. 2 Hartebeests (Alcelaphus caama), § 2. Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1390, p. 411.
1 Redwing (Turdus iliacus). Presented by J. Newton Hay-
ley, Esq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Dr. W. K.
Sibley.
594
May
5.
6.
APPENDIX.
1 Slowworm (Angus fragilis). Presented by Dr. W. K. Sibley.
1 Bennett's Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), §. Deposited.
1 Black Wallaby (Halnaturus ualabatus), 2. Deposited.
2 Brush-tailed Wallabies (Petrogale penicillata), 2 3. Deposited.
4 Common Quails (Coturnix communis). Deposited.
1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephalus), ¢.
Presented by Dr. Seton.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palgornis torquatus), g. Presented
by Dr. Seton.
1 Red-sided Eclectus (Zelectus pectoralis), 2. Presented by
Dr. Seton.
2 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus scapulatus), GQ. Presented
by Dr. Seton.
1 Ceylonese Hanging Parrakeet (Loriculus asiaticus). Presented
by Dr. Seton.
1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennanti). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
1 Mealy Amazon (Chrysotis farinosa). Presented by Dr. Seton.
2 Yellow-shouldered Amazons (Chrysotis ochroptera). Presented
by Dr. Seton.
1 Leyaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
2 Panama Amazons (Chrysotis panamensis). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Yellow-vented Bulbul (Pyenonotus crocorrhous). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
2 Red-eared Bulbuls (Pycnonotus jocosus). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
2 Red-vented Bulbuls (Pycnonotus hemorrhous). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
2 Orange-cheeked Waxbills (Estrelda melpoda). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
1 Red-bellied Waxbill (Zstrelda rubriventris). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Common Waxbill (L£strelda cinerea). Presented by Dr. Seton.
1 Cut-throat Finch (Amadina fasciata), $. Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Shining Weaver-bird (Hypochera nitens). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina castanotis), 2. Presented
by Dr. Seton.
1 Crimson-crowned Weaver-bird (Euplectes flammiceps). Pre-
sented by Dr. Seton.
1 Grenadier Weaver-bird (Zuplectes oryx). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
2 Madagascar Weaver-birds (Foudia madagascariensis), ¢ Q.
Presented by Dr. Seton.
1 Olive Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis olivaceus). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
1 Red-headed Cardinal (Paroaria larvata). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Red-crested Cardinal (Parourta cucullata). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virginianus), 9. Presented by
Dr, Seton.
May 6.
13.
14.
15.
Ls
19.
21.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 695
1 Cartagenian Motmot (Momotus subrufescens). Presented by
Dr. Seton.
1 Large Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by Dr.
Seton.
1 Green Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius chalybeus). Presented
by Dr. Seton.
a0 Cnaing’s Octodons (Octudon cumingt). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
ak erased Parrakeet (Palcornis torquatus), 9. Presented
by Mrs. O. Harvey.
2 Demoiselle Cranes (Grus virgo). Purchased.
3 Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea), Presented by Mrs, Hum-
hreys.
P
. 2 Red-eared Bulbuls (Pyenonotus femme) Presented by Lieut.-
F.ZS.
Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, K.C.S.L,
1 Red-vented Bulbul ( Pycnonotus Vicarmen tts). Presented by
Lieut.-Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, K.C.S.L., F.Z.S.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), g. Borni in the Menagerie.
1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), 9. Born in the Menageri le.
. 1 Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus), 2. Presented by Miss
Eileen Martin.
2 Leopards (Felis pardus). Presented by — Egerton, Esq.
2 Bengal Foxes (Canis bengalensis). “Presented by W. L.
Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Large-eared Hares (ZLepus macrotis). Presented by W. L.
Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 3. Deposited.
2 Black-headed Conures (Conurus aie y). Purchased.
1 Amherst Pheasant (Thawmalea amherstie), $. Purchased.
1 Variegated Sheldrake (Tadorna variegata), 9. Purchased.
2 Yellow-wing Sugar-birds (Careba cyanea). Presented by H.
E. Blanford, Esq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B. Pain,
Esq.
1 Rutfed Lemur (Lemur varius). Deposited.
1 Australian Peewit (Lobivanellus lobatus). Presented by Capt.
Shepherd.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mrs. Mowatt.
2 Mandarin Ducks (42x galer iculata), 3 2. Presented by C. J.
Kingzett, Esq.
1 Crested Porcupine (Hystriz cristata). Born in the Mena-
e
2 poe Touracous (Corythaix persa). Presented by C. W.
Burnett, Esq.
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), Pre-
sented by A. Golden, Esq.
2 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesi),29. Purchased.
2 Persian Gazelles (Gazella subgutturosa),2g. Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Beatrix Antelopes (Oryx beatriz), ¢ 9. From Arabia, Pre-
sented by Col. Ross. See P. Z.S. 1890, p, 411.
a) Wocifetous! Sea-Hagle (Hahaetus vocifer). Presented by J.
B. Elliot, Esq.
1 White-crested Tiger Bittern (Zigrisoma leucolophum). Pre-
sented by J. B. Elliot, Esq.
1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium "aluco). Presented by the Hon. C.
Parker.
696
May 22.
24,
26.
27.
28.
30.
June 1.
bo
APPENDIX.
2 All-green Tree-Snakes (Philodryas viridissimus), Presented
by A. E. Derrett, Esq.
2 Natterer’s Snakes (Thamnodynastes natterert). Presented by
A. E. Derrett, Esq.
2 Merrem’s Snakes (Liophis merremi). Presented by A. E.
Derrett, Esq.
1 Chequered Elaps (Elaps lemniscatus). Presented by A. E.
Derrett, Esq.
1 Anomalous Snake (Coronella anomala). Presented by A. E.
Derrett, Esq.
1 Mexican Guan (Penelope purpurascens). Presented by J. W.
Dawe, Esq.
1 Barraband’s Parrakeet (Polytelis barrabandi). Deposited.
23. 1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Presented by Capt.
Hay.
2 Gamscn Kinefishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. T.
E. Gunn.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by
E. Armstrong King, Esq.
1 Eland (Oreas canna), §. Purchased.
2 Crowned Jays (Cyanocitta coronata). Purchased.
2 Swainson’s Long-tailed Jays (Calocitta formosa). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1890, p. 412.
2 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminckr), 62. Pur-
chased.
1 Brush-Turkey (Talegaila lathami), §. Received in Exchange.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Presented by
George Lawson, Esq. .
2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), § 2. [Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Andaman Starlings (Sturnia andamanensis). Purchased.
3 Ceylonese Fish-Owls (Ketupa ceylonensis). Purchased.
1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Presented by Miss Marjorie
Barnard.
1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), 2. Received in Exchange.
3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by T. A. Cotton,
Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), §. Born in the Men-
agerie.
. 2 Oak Dormice (Myoxus dryas),2Q. Presented by Lieut.-Col.
G. M. Cardew.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Presented by
Mrs. Waterson.
2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Halmaturus bennetti),2$. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Deposited.
1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caouana). Presented by
Miss Beatrice Fort.
. 1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Swinhoe’s Pheasant (Luplocamus swinhowi). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), ¢. Presented
by Arthur O, Cooke, Esq.
June 3.
Or
10.
11.
13.
14.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 697
1 Vociferous Sea-Hagle (Haliaetus vocifer). Purchased.
1 Red-crowned Pigeon (Zrythrenas pulcherrima). Purchased.
. 1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama), d. Presented by Capt.
H. D. Travers, R.M.S. ‘ Tartar.’
1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by
Mrs. Fell.
1 Chinese Bulbul (Pycnonotus sinensis). Presented by Lieut.-
Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, K.C.S.L, F.Z.S.
1 Grey Monitor ( Varanus griseus). Presented by John Murray,
Esq. From the Algerian Sahara.
1 eee Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. T. E.
+unn.
. 83 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), § 9 et jr. Presented by
Mrs. Francis Leighton.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Presented by
S.
Henry Irving, Esq., F.Z
1 Common Kestrel (Zinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by
C. Ashdown,. Esq., F.Z.S.
. 4 Spanish Blue Magpies (Cyanopolius cooki). Bred in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), g. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Percy
Standish, Esq.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), $. Presented
by John W. Moir, Esq. From the Upper Shiré.
2 Grand Galagos (Galago crassicaudata). Presented by John
W. Moir, Esq. From Mandala, Shiré Highlands, E. Africa.
1 Philippine Paradoxure (Paradoxurus philippinensis). Purchased.
18 Young Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Capt.
Robinson, R.M.S. ‘ Roslin Castle.’
2 Yellow-legeed Herring-Gulls (Larus cachinnans). Bred in
the Menagerie.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 3. Presented by Mr. Atkins.
2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by the Rey. F.
W. Haines.
3 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis). Presented by the Rey. F.
W. Haines.
1 Dark Green Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Presented by the
Rey. F. W. Haines.
4 Common Snakes ( T'ropidonotus natrix). Presented by the Rev.
F, W. Haines.
4 Viperine Snakes (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by the
Rey. F. W. Haines.
2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by the Rev. F.
W. Haines.
4 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata). Presented by the Rev.
F. W. Haines.
1 Edible Frog (Rana esculenta). Presented by the Rev. F. W.
Haines.
1 Silvery Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus). Deposited.
1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.), ¢. Born in the Mena-
erie. ;
3d Siete Teal (Querquedula formosa), 1,29. Purchased.
1 Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Presented by Mr.
T. E. Gunn.
698
June 14,
16.
1.3
18.
19.
21,
-
APPENDIX.
2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by W. Nor-
ury, Esq.
2 Bonilt’s Wallabies (Halmaturus bennetti), 22. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis). Presented by
ee W. H. Quayle Jones.
1 American Box-Tortoise (Zerrapene carinata). Presented by
John Petit, Esq.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by John
Petit, Esq.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 6. Presented by Mrs.
H. F. Pollock.
1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
2 Four-horned Antelopes ( Tetraceros quadricornis),22. Born
in the Menagerie.
2Common Rheas (Rhea americana). Presented by A. W.
Neeld, Esq.
3-bred Bison (Bison americanus x Bibos frontalis x Bos indicus),
o. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Lions (Felis leo, jr.), ¢ Q. Presented by H.R.H. the Duke
of Clarence and Avondale, K.G.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
3 Grey-headed Sparrows (Passe simplex). Presented by Edm.
G. Meade-Waldo, Esq.
2 Yellow-throated Rock-Sparrows (Petronia petronella). Pre-
sented by Edm. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq.
1 Tintillon Chaffinch (Fringilla tintilion), $. Presented by
Edm. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq.
1 Rosy Bullfinch (Erythrospiza githaginea), G. Presented by
Edm. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq.
4 Houbara Bustards (Houbara undulata). Deposited.
6 Spiegel Carp (Cyprinus carpio, var.). Purchased.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by F. C.
S. Roper, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Mrs. Obbard.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by E.
Wroughton, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Grand Galago (Galago crassicaudata), g. Presented by
Walter Carlile, Esq.
1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by C. S.
Morris, Esq.
1 Thar (Capra jemlaica). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Striz flammea). Presented by Mrs.
Frederick Tibbs.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Striz jlammea). Presented by Chas.
Faulkner, Esq.
. 1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus), ¢. From the
Gambia. Presented by Dr. Percy Rendall.
1 Nagor Antelope (Cervicapra redunca), §. From the Gambia.
Presented by Dr. Percy Rendall.
1 Marabou Stork (Leptoptzlus crumeniferus). From the Gambia.
Presented by Dr. Percy Rendall.
June 24.
27.
July 1.
bo
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 699
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Bosman’s Potto (Perodicticus potto). Presented by P.S. S.
Radcliffe, Esq.
5. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), 2. Presented by C. W.
Blacklock, Esq.
1 English Wild Bull (Bos taurus, var.). Presented by the Earl
Ferrers. From Chartley, Staffordshire.
2 Nightingales (Daulias luscinia), ¢ Q. Presented by J. Young,
Ksq., F.Z.S.
2 Tigers (Felis tigris), ¢ 2. Presented by H.R.H. the Duke of
Clarence and Avondale, K.G.
1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audax). Presented by Capt. Sal-
vin.
. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Alex.
Finlay, Esq.
. 1 Water-buck ( Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 3. Presented by George
S. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.S. From Somali Land, E. Africa.
See P. Z. S. 1890, p. 589.
1 Serval (Felis serval). Presented by George S. Mackenzie, Esq.,
F.Z.S. From Mombasa, E. Africa.
6 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida vulturina). Presented by
George S. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.S. From Somali Land.
3 Mitred Guinea-fowls (Numida mitrata). Presented by George
S. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.S.
6 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida vulturina). Deposited.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by G. Gurney, Esq.
1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), $. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus), Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Fenthea mated Owl (Athene plumipes). Presented by Mons.
J. dela Touche. From Newchang, 8. Manchuria.
1 Black-and-white Jackdaw (Corvus daiiricus). Presented by
Mons. J. de la Touche. From Newchang, 8. Manchuria.
1 Plumbeous Fish-Eagle (Polioaétus plumbeus). Purchased.
1 Bonelli’s Eagle (Nisaetus fasciatus). Purchased.
2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandie), $2. Received in Ex-
change.
. 1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by Miss Muriel
Hele.
2 Indian White-eyes (Zosterops palpebrosus). Deposited.
1 Yellow-winged Sugar-bird (Cwreba cyanea), 3. Deposited.
1 Dufresne’s Waxbill (Estrelda dufresnii), 3. Deposited.
1 Green-winged Dove (Chalcophaps indica), 2. Purchased.
2 Golden-headed Parrakeets (Cyanorhamphus auriceps), 32.
Purchased.
. 1 Australian Crow (Corvus australis). Presented by Major C.
Lett.
2 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera). Purchased.
1 Elate Hornbill (Ceratogymna elata). Purchased.
1 White-necked Crow (Corvus scapulatus). Purchased.
1 Laree Grieved Tortoise (Podoenemis expansa). Purchased.
. 1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna), 3. Purchased.
1 Cambayan Turtle-Dove (Turtur senegalensis). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), 2 g. Born in the Menagerie.
700
July 10
APPENDIX.
. 1 Cape Ratel (Mellivora capensis), 2. Presented by Capt. J.
. M. Prinsep. From Suakim.
11. 1 Egyptian Gazelle (Gazella dorcas). Presented by Commander
12
15.
14,
15.
18.
W. Crofton, R.N.
. 1 Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata), 2. Presented by
the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Demerara.
1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by W. H. Wor-
mald, Esq. From East London, Cape Colony.
1 African Hawk-Eagle (Wisaetus spilogaster). Presented by
W. H. Wormald, Esq. From East London, Cape Colony.
1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Presented by T. H. Nelson, Esq.
1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major). Presented
by W. H. B. Pain, Esq.
1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus), 9. Purchased.
1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris), g. Presented by L. C.
Wharton, Esq.
4 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Slender Ducks (Anas gibberifrons). Bred in the Menagerie.
8 Chilian Pintail (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Menagerie.
6 Summer Ducks (42x sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie.
4 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.
2 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula rufina). Bred in the Mena-
gerie,
1 Short-toed Lark (Calandrella brachydactyla), §. Purchased.
1 White-thighed Colobus (Colobus vellerosus), §. Purchased.
1 Cape Ratel (Mellivora capensis), §. Purchased.
1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis), Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.S.
4 Spoonbills (Platalea leucorodia). Purchased.
3 Rough-scaled Lizards (Zonwrus cordylus). Presented by H.
A. Spencer, Esq. ;
1 Hispid Lizard (Agama hispida). Presented by H. A. Spencer,
Esq.
1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandit). Presented by H. A.
Spencer, Esq.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by R. J. Money,
Esq.
. 2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus),29. Presented by
19
Capt. C. Taylor.
21. 2 Ravens (Corvus coraa’). Presented by Walter Chamberlain,
Esq., F.Z.S.
22, 1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mr. H.
Tholen.
1 Black Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Presented by Master
Morris Blake.
1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Valentine Marks,
Esq.
5 Cuming’s Octodon (Octodon cumingt). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
23. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Brazilian Hangnest (Icterus jamaicat). Deposited.
1 Saffron Finch (Syealis flaveola), Deposited.
2 Bluish Finches (Spermophila cerulescens). Deposited.
1 Tropical Seed-Finch (Oryzoborus torridus). Deposited.
1 Thick-billed Seed-Finch (Oryzoborus crasstrostris). De-
posited.
July 24
30.
Aug. 1.
13.
14,
16.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 701
. 2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis),29. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
2 Wheatears (Savicola enanthe). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.Z.S
2 Whinchats (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Great Tits (Parus major). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.ZS
. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 3. Deposited.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by the Hon. J.S.
Gathorne-Hardy, M.P., F.Z.S.
if oa Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua, galerita). De-
osited.
2 ae Doves (Gina capensis), § 2. Presented by Miss Grace
Debenham.
2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by E. Penton,
Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysactus). Presented by Walter
J. Buck, Esq.
5 Common Peafow] (Pavo cristatus). Bred in the Menagerie.
7 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica). Bred in the Mena-
erie.
6 Hinaeneuied Pheasants (Phasianus torquatus), Bred in the
Menagerie.
5 Silver Pheasants (Euplocamus nycthemerus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
5 Gold Pheasants (Thawmalea picta). Bred in the Menagerie.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by Miss Florence Schuler.
1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), Presented by
John Sands, Esq.
. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus), $. Deposited.
. 1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovs tragelaphus), 9. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Patagonian Conures (Conurus patugonus). Purchased.
2 Ariel Toucans (Rhamphastos ariel), Received in Exchange.
1 Yellowish Monitor ( Varanus flavescens). Presented by Capt.
W. J. Rule.
1 Ashy-black Macaque (Macacus ocreatus). Presented by W. J.
Bosworth, Esq.
. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Purchased.
1H
1 Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus). Purchased.
1 Brown Bear (Ursus aretos), 3. Presented by A. C: de
Lafontaine, Esq.
1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), 2. Presented by D. B. Gelli-
brand, Esq.
10 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by
W. Manger, Esq.
7 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi), §. Presented by Chas. C. Gal-
braith, Esq.
1 Common Goat (Capra hircus), g. Presented by Chas. C.
Galbraith, Esq.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLVII. 47
702
APPENDIX.
Aug. 17, 1 Water-Pipit (Anthus spipoletta). Presented by Commander
18.
W. M. Latham, R.N., F.Z.S.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 2. Presented by H. Fane
Gladwin, Esq.
8 Cambayan Turtle-Doves (Turtus senegalensis). Bred in the
Menagerie.
6 Prussian Carp (Carassius vulgaris). Presented by G. S. God-
den, Esq.
|
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), g. Presented by Miss
White.
. 2 European Scops Owls (‘Scops giv). Presented by E. R. Divett,
Esq., F.Z.S. From Roveredo, Italian Tyrol (Austria).
3 Pochards (Fuligula ferina), 23,12. Purchased.
. 1 Punjab Wild Sheep (Ovzs eycloceros), g. Presented by
Dr. W. King.
1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3.
Born in the Menagerie.
1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by W. Corbet, Esq.
. 1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by J. W. Bell, Esq.
. 1 Madagascar Love-bird (Agapornis cana), 3. Purchased.
. 1 Wonga-Wonga Pigeon (Lewcosarcia picata). Purchased.
2 Chinese Alligators (Alligator sinensis). Presented by D. C.
Jansen, Esq.
. 1 Great-billed Touracou ( Corythaiz macrorhyncha). Purchased.
. 1 Squirrel-Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Osgood.
. 1 Banksian Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus banksi). Deposited.
2. 1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus fatuellus), g. Deposited.
10.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), 9. Deposited.
2 Red-vented Bulbuls (Pycnonotus hemorrhous). Bred in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by E. Jesser
Coope, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Short-tailed Wallabies (Halmaturus brachyurus) Received
in Exchange.
it ee (Daulius luscinia). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
s
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Master C. S. Forwood.
. 2 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Presented by
Mrs. Thompson.
. 2Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by the
Misses Crocker.
1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus), $. Purchased.
. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Roupell.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B. Pain,
Sq.
Bi Pig-tailed Monkey (Macaeus nemestrinus), 3. Deposited.
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 2. Presented by
Mrs. M. Tanner.
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), ¢ 2. Presented by
Mrs. Julie Rule.
Sept. 10.
13,
15.
16.
Wie
18.
19,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 703
1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), 2. Presented by Mrs.
Julie Rule.
2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by
Mrs. Julie Rule.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 3. Presented by Master
Stanley Kerfoot.
1 Brush-tailed Porcupine (Atherura africana). Presented by
the Liberian Government Concessions and Exploration Co.,
Ld.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Mr. W.
Dodson.
1 Lion (Felis leo), $. Deposited by H.M. The Queen. From
Sokoto, West Central Africa.
1 Common Bee-eater (Merops apiaster). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1890, p. 589.
1 Green-headed Tanager ((Calliste tricolor). Purchased.
2 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
2 Pucheran’s Guinea-fowls (Numida pucherani). Presented by
Keith Anstruther, Esq.
1 Silver Pheasant (Zuplocamus nycthemerus), 2. Presented by
E. W. H. Blagg, Esq.
2 Wheatears (Saxicola ananthe). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.Z.8.
1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.Z.5
1 Whitethroat (Sylvia cinerea). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.ZS
1 Brazilian Tree-Poreupine (Sphingurus prehensilis), Presented
by J. N. Kilner, Esq.
1 Owen’s Apteryx (Apteryx owent). Presented by Capt. EK. A.
Findlay, R.N.R., R.M.S. ‘ Ruapehu.’
2 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida rulturina), 6 2. Received
in Exchange.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ava ararawna). Presented by
Luxmoore Marshall, Esq.
1 Blue-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua ophthalmica). Presented by
Mrs. R. E. Anson.
1 Guillemot (Lomvia troile). Presented by Mrs. Forbes.
3 Garden Dormice (Myoaus quercinus). Received in Exchange.
2 Vulpine Phalanges (Phalangista vulpina),3 9. Presented by
J. G. Mackie, Esq.
. 2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by A. C. Howard,
Esq.
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by A. C,
Howard, Esq.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented by A. I.
Keys, Esq.
s
. 1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos),3. Presented by G. W. Robinson,
Esq.
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus), 9. Presented by Perey
Cooper, Esq. From the Rocky Mountains, Wyoming,
US.A.
. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus, jr.). Purchased.
5 Viperine Snakes ( Tropedonotus viperinus). Borninthe Mena-
gerie.
. 2 Common Squirrels (Sciurus vulgaris). Purchased.
704
Sept. 29.
Oct.
se
APPENDIX.
1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), g. Purchased.
2 Brown Ichneumons (Herpestes fulvescens). Purchased.
3 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia violacea). Purchased.
1 Horned Screamer (Palamedea cornuta, jv.). Purchased. See
P. Z. S. 1890, p. 589.
1 Ocellated Sand-Skink (Seps ocellatus). Purchased.
1 Chestnut-breasted Duck (Anas castanea). Received in Ex-
change.
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Deposited.
. 2 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented
by Miss Edith Baker.
- 1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Bred in the Menagerie.
1 Common Tern (Sterna hirundo). Presented by A. C. Howard,
E
sq.
4, 2 Grizzly Bears (Ursus horribilis),2 2. Presented by Ewen
Somerled Cameron, Esq., F.Z.S._ From the Missouri Brakes,
Montana, U.S.A.
1 Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by Mr. James H. Frod-
sham.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Deposited.
1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by
A. M. Bailey, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by A. M. Bailey,
Es
sq.
. 2 Blackcaps (Sylvia atricapilla). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
E.ZS.
1 Garden-Warbler (Sylvia hortensis). Presented by J. Young,
Esq.
. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
Capt. C. Crawford-Caffier, R.N.
1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta), Presented by Lieut.-
Col. W. Gordon-Patchett, W.LR.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
Lieut.-Col. W. Gordon-Patchett, W.1.R.
2 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Deposited.
3 Passerine Parrots (Psittacula passerina). Presented by Arthur
Robottom, Esq.
. 2 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus lonyifrons),3 2. Presented
by Miss F. A. Kitchener.
1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonarius). Presented by Mrs.
E. M. Temple.
2 ee Antelopes (Cephalophus marwelli), 8 Q. Pur-
chased.
1 Toco Toucan (Rhamphastos toco). Purchased.
1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus), Presented by Chas. Alfred
Payton, Esq.
1 Snowy Egret (Ardea candidissima). Presented by H. H.
Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by the Hon.
J. 8. Gathorne-Hardy, M.P., F.Z.S.
3 Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus). Presented by the
Hon. J. S. Gathorne-Hardy, M.P., F.Z.8.
6 Esquimaux Dogs (Canis familiaris, var.),4¢,2Q. Born in
the Menagerie.
10. 1 Pare (Felis serval). Presented by J. H. Cheetham, Esq.,
Oct. 10,
11,
13.
14,
16.
18.
24.
Nov. 3.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 705
2 Purple Porphyrios (Porphyrio ceruleus). Presented by J.1.S.
Whitaker, Esq.,F.Z.S. FromSicily. See P.Z.S. 1890, p. 590.
1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), $. Purchased.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulyaris). Presented by
Mrs. E. Wanklyn.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mr. V. H. Dudmesh.
1 Speke’s Antelope (Tragelaphus spekit), 2. Presented by
James A. Nicolls, Esq., F.Z.S.. From Lake Ngami, §, Africa.
See P. Z. S. 1890, p. 590, Plate XLVII.
1 White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Deposited.
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Received in Ex-
change.
1 Bay Colobus (Colobus ferrugineus), 2. Purchased. See
P. Z. 8S. 1890, p. 590, Plate XLVIIL
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. Joseph
White.
1 Beech-Marten (Mustela foina). Presented by H. H. Sharland,
Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), § 2. Presented by Col. W.
B. Thomson, F.Z.S.
. 1 Angora Goat (Capra hireus, var.), 2. Received in Exchange.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Pomatorhine Skuas (Stercorarius pomatorhinus). Presented
by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
. 1 Cashmere Monkey (Macacus pelops), 2. Deposited.
2 Reed-Buntings (Emberiza scheniclus). Purchased.
2 Redpolls (Linota rufescens). Purchased.
. 2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by W. B.
Phillips, Esq.
2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by F. D. Lea Smith,
Esq.
2 ee Squirrels (Sciwrus vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Presented by J.
Percy Leith, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Presented by Ho-
ward V. Henry, Esq.
. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by A. Schafer,
Esq.
. 2 Black-faced Spider-Monkeys (Ateles ater). Deposited.
1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare), G. Presented by R. M. Doding-
ton, Esq.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Chas.
E. Flower, Esq.
2 Masked Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis personata), $2. Pre-
sented by Commander Ww. M. Latham, F.Z.S.
1 Short-winged Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis brachyptera), 9.
Presented by Commander W. M. Latham, F.Z.S.
1 Indian Grey Shrike (Lanius lahtora). Purchased.
1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus, var.), Presented by G. W
Duff Assheton-Smith, Esq. From Vaynol Park, Bangor.
. 1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina), 2. Presented by Capt. H.
Fortescue, 17th Lancers.
APPENDIX.
Noy. 4. 1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). From Chili. Presented by
27.
Dec. 1.
Thos. S. Fisher, Esq.
. 1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). Presented by W. H. Stuart, Esq.
2 Squirrel-Monkeys (Chrysothriz sciurea). Presented by E.
Leech, Esq.
. 1 White-crested Touracou (Corythavx albocristata). Purchased.
. 1 Globose Curassow (Crav globicera), 3. Presented by R. M.
Pryor, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 2 Long-eared Owls (Asio otus). Presented by Mrs. Twickline.
1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna), §. Presented by
Mr. Greenberg.
. 1 Bennett’s Cryptoprocta (Cryptoprocta ferox), 3. Purchased.
7
See P. Z. S. 1890, p. 647.
1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by C. J.
Owen, Esq.
2 Crested Poreupines (Hystrix cristata). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata, var.). Presented by Francis
Napier, Esq.
. 1 Kittiwake Gull (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Miss Lauze,
. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), 9. Presented by A. 8.
Rose, Esq.
. 1 Virginian Opossum (Didelphys virginiana), 3. Presented by
N. Hammond, Esq.
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 2. Presented by J. H. Bennett, Esq.
2 Cape Zorillas (Ictonyx zorilla), 2 2. Presented by Miss
Reinette Dumings.
10 Thunder-Fish (Misgurnus fossilis). Purchased.
5 Golden Orfes (Leuciscus orfus). Purchased. 3
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 9. Presented by R. Myddelton
Biddulph, Esq.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), 2. Presented
by Miss S. L. Hands.
1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by C. E.
Brewerton, Esq.
. 1 Himalayan Bear ( Ursus tibetanus), 9. Presented by B. T.
Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Beloochistan.
1 Greater White-crested Cockatoo ( Cacatua cristata). Presented
by Mrs. C, J. Cassirer.
1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Henry
Birkbeck, Esq.
. 2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased,
. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 3. Presented by Mdm. Ruoy.
1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus), 2. Presented by J. Barry
O'Callaghan, Hsq.
1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennanti). Presented by
Mrs. Moon.
. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), $. Presented by
Mrs. Akers-Douglas.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by A, .
Cohen, Esq.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Pied Snakes (Pitwophis melanoleucus). _ Presented by R.
Morton Middleton, jr., Esq., F.Z.S. From New Jersey,
U.S.A.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 707
Dec. 8, 1 Cape Hyrax (Hyrax capensis). Presented by the Rev. G. H.
irs
18,
19.
22.
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Areolated Tortoise ( Homopus aca Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S
1 Galeated Pentonyx (Pelomedusa galeata). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Rough-scaled Lizards (Zonurus cordylus), Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
6 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Smooth-headed Lizard (Mabuia homalocephala). Presented
by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
3 Smooth-bellied Snakes (Homalosoma lutrix). Presented by
the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S,
1 Rufous Snake (Adb/abes rufulus). Presented by the Rev. G.
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella a oieorem, Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z
2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes sais) Presented by J. L.
Baldwin, Esq.
3 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla). Presented by J. L.
Baldwin, Esq.
. | Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 3. Presented by CO. T. Stan-
10,
hope Bilbrough, Esq.
1 Broad-fronted Crocodile (Crocodilus frontatus). Received in
Exchange.
. 2 Common Mynahs (Acridotheres tristis). Presented by G. W.
Blathwayt, Esq.
2 St. Thomas’s Conures (Conurus pertinar). Presented by H.
C. Martin, Esq.
1 Demoiselle Crane (Grus virgo). Presented by Mrs. Wright.
1 Wild Cat (Felis catus), G. Presented by Osgood H. ‘“Mac-
kenzie, Esq.
1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta), 2. Presented by John
J. Pitcairn, Esq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.5.
2 Weka Rails (Ocydromus australis). Presented by Edward T.
Dixon, Esq.
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus, jr.). Deposited. From E.
Tibet.
1 Common Teguexin (Tupinambis teguexin). Presented by Mr.
Edward Sloane. From Rio de Janeiro.
1 Molucca Deer (Cervus moluccensis), 2. Born in the Mena-
erie,
1 Macuque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
P. Boulton, Esq.
1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Capt.
Worster.
. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by F. J.
Biggs, Esq.
. 2 Brown Bears (Ursus arctos). Deposited.
or amo ies
ur AT. + Lege Sy 1
» Awana [Pet ape. ie ST
td batetmcit i Adee aulocr mings) ra nah
* a P moter « on + ?
pet agit a
Dr weed ) et tart ar
Abisara
gerontes, 473.
tantalus, 475.
Ablabes
baliodirus, 34.
tricolor, 34.
Ablepharus
egerie, 80.
grayanus, 80.
Acanthaspis
bilineolata, 479.
Acanthodrilus
annectens, 59.
antarcticus, 59.
beddardi, 59.
biittikoferi, 59.
dissimilis, 59.
georgianus, 58, 62.
multiporus, 59.
schleqlit, 59.
Acanthopsis
cherorhynchus, 39. |
Achlyodes
bromius, 577.
ozema, DTT.
petius, 577.
trifasciata, 577.
Aclis
angulata, 251, 280, 316. |
didyma, 251, 281, 316.
nitidissima, 281.
simillima, 251, 280, 316.
Aemocera
undulata, 491.
Acocephalus
nervosus, 617.
Acontia
splendens, 516.
Acontias
hildebrandti, 80.
Acrzea
cepheus, 466.
cerasa, 466.
cidonia, 466.
|
INDEX.
Acraea
circeis, 466.
eponina, 466.
eurita, 466.
iturina, 465.
lycia, 466.
lycoa, 466.
menippe, 466.
pentapolis, 466.
perenna, 466.
pogget, 466.
serena, 466.
vesperalis, 466.
Actzeon
modesta, 298.
semisculptus, 253, 298,
316.
: Actias
luna, 9A.
selene, 94.
| Adelpha
cythera, 565.
erotia, 565.
iphicla, 565.
messana, 56D.
Adeniophis
bivirgatus, 30.
intestinalis, 35.
AMgialitis
asiatica, 461.
Aapyceros
melampus, 461, 654.
peterst, 460, 461.
Agama
stoliczkana, 78.
Agamodon
anguliceps, 79.
Aganisthos
orion, 563.
Ageronia
amphinome, 564.
arete, 564.
chloé, 564.
Serentina, 564.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLVIII.
Ageronia
feronia, 564.
Agraulis
Julia, 560.
juno, 560.
pherusa, 561.
vanilla, 560.
Agrotis
lamptera, 513,
limenia, 514.
Alaba
tervaricosa, 320.
Alactaga
indica, 610, 611.
Alcelaphus
caama, 411.
coktt, 357.
lichtensteini, 357, 662.
Aleippe
hueti, 343.
morrisoni, 343.
mipalensis, 343.
Alesa
anesis, 575.
Alligator
mississippiensis, 214,
sinensis, 619, 620.
Allolobophora
constricta, 64.
| Alphitopola
Janus, 489.
pallida, 489.
Alsophylax
pipiens, 77.
_ Alysia
loricata, 455.
Alytes
cisternasii, 326.
Amarynthis
meneria, DT2.
Amaurella
canaliculata, 251, 280,
316.
48
710
Amaurella
Japonica, 280.
Amauris
damocles, 467.
egialea, 467.
hecate, 467.
niavius, 467.
vashti, 467.
Amblycephalus
carinatus, 33, 36.
Ameiva
chrysolema, 79.
Ffuscata, 78.
pluvionotata, 79.
teniura, 78.
Amphidecta
pignerator, 567.
reynoldsi, 567, 577.
Amphidesma
cordiformis, 301.
decussata, 301, 302.
lenticularis, 301, 302.
luteola, 301.
modesta, 301, 302.
orbiculata, 301.
radiata, 301.
reticulata, 301, 802.
subtruncata, 801, 302.
Amphisbena
ceca, 79.
occidentalis, 79.
ridleyi, 79.
Amynthia
leachiana, 557.
Anabas
scandens, 38.
Anachalcos
cupreus, 482.
Anvea
ryphea, 566.
Anarta
agonax, 515.
Anartia
amalthea, 563.
jatrophe, 563.
Anatole
epulus, 574.
middletoni, 574, 577.
Ancylus
gussomi, 296.
Androctonus
australis, 126.
madagascariensis, 128.
tunetanus, 125.
variegatus, 126,
Anguilla
sidat, 40.
Anniella
texana, 78.
Anolis
beckeri, 81.
(
INDEX.
Anolis
panamensis, 78, 81,
85.
Anomala
forbesi, 482.
Anomalurus
Fraseri, 446.
orientalis, 361, 446.
Anoplocnemis
curvipes, 478.
Anoplogonius
nigricollis, 474.
Antedon
rosacea, O84.
Antherea
mylitta, 94.
Anthias
mundulus, 452.
Anthocroca
amphea, 507.
amycla, 507.
lebethra, 507.
Anthropopithecus
troglodytes, 444.
Antilope
koba, 357.
korrigum, 357.
redunca, 604.
senegalensis, 357.
Antipathes
robillardi, 361.
Apatelodes
anava, 504.
bombycina, 505.
Apateopholis, gen. noy.,
634.
laniatus, 634, 637.
Apatura
marse, 565.
selina, 565.
Aphaniotis
acutirostris, 78.
fusca, 78.
Aphrissa
statira, 557.
| Aporomera
flavipunctata, 240.
Aprotopos
ceto, 558.
Aramus
scolopaceus, 331.
Arbudas
bicolor, 385.
Area
domingensis, 248.
navicularis, 305.
noe, 305.
sancte-helene,
305, 315, 322.
subquadrangula,
305.
253,
Arca
(Acar) domingensis,
253, 305, 322.
(—) lactea, 322.
Archon
centaurus, 483.
ctia
rodriguezi, 498.
| Arcturus
americanus, 371, 372,
373.
anna, 370, 871, 372,
373.
brunneus, 371, 372, 373.
cornutus, 370, 371, 372.
Surcatus, 368, 369, 370,
371, 372, 373, 374,
375.
| glacialis, 371, 372,
373.
spinosus, 369, 370, 371,
872, 373, 374, 375.
studeri, 371, 372, 373.
Ardisura
grandis, 516.
Arges
longifilis, 450, 451.
peruanus, 450, 451.
prenadilla, 450, 451,
sabalo, 450, 451.
taczanowskii, 450, 451.
whymperi, 450, 451.
Argonauta
argo, 254.
Argyroepeira
blanda, 626, 629,
Arnoglossus
grohmanni, 40, 41, 42,
544, 545.
laterna, 42, 540, 542,
543, 544, 546.
lophotes, 40, 41, 42,
540, 541, 542, 543,
544,
Arthroleptis
pectlonotus, 324.
Artona
fuliginosa, 380.
postalba, 379, 401.
postvitta, 380.
sikkimensis, 879, 401,
zebra, 379, 380, 401.
zebraica, 379, 380.
Aspavia
brunnea, 475.
grandiuscula, 476.
| ingens, 475.
_ Aspidorhynchus
comptoni, 629.
Aspidosternum
physopterum, 644.
Aspongopus
Jjapetus, 473, 477.
xanthopterus, 477.
Asthenidia
amphira, 508.
buckley, 507.
transversaria, 50S.
Astrape
dipterygia, 685.
Ateles
vellerosus, 72.
Atella
columbina, 467.
Atelocera
sp., 475.
raptoria, 475.
serrata, 475.
Aterica
abesa, 469.
cupavia, 469.
veronica, 469.
Atlanta
inclinata, 300.
peronii, 300.
Atophyrax
bendiri, 51.
Atossa
leechit, 381.
moorei, 381, 382, 401.
nagaensis, 382, 401.
neleinna, 380, 381, 382,
401.
nelcymna,var. chinensis,
381.
palearctica, 381.
Attacus
atlas, 94.
cynthia, 94.
pernyi, 94.
Aulacodus
swindernianus, 449.
Automolis
latania, 495, 520.
superba, 405. _
Avicula
hirundo, 258, 306.
Babycurus
biitineri, 122.
Beotis
Johanne, 573, 577.
melanis, 573.
Balearica
chrysopelargus, 337.
Barbus
apogon, 39.
hampal, 39.
lateristriga, 39.
maculatus, 39.
sumatranus, 39.
INDEX.
Barleeia
congenita,
315, 311.
rubra, 288, 291.
wallichi, 311, 316.
Barsine
divakara, 399.
effracta, 397.
Basieryptus
Junestus, 447.
Basilissa
oxytropis, 321.
Bastenotia
oblonga, 253, 303, 315.
Batrachylodes
vertebralis, 324.
Belenois
infida, 464.
sylvander, 464.
sylvia, 464.
thysa, 464.
Belone
caneiloides, 39.
Belonostomus
attenuatus, 633.
cinctus, 633.
comptoni, 629,634, 636.
erassirostris, 633.
gracilis, 633.
kochi, 634.
laniatus, 634.
lesindensis, 633.
muenstert, 634.
sphyrenoides, 634.
tenuirostris, 634.
Betta
pugnaxr, 38.
290.
252,
| Bipalium
kewense, 3.
Bithys
stilbia, 575.
Bizone
adelina, 393.
adita, 393.
alba, 399.
alborosea, 399.
amabilis, 392.
amatura, 399.
arama, 394, 396.
ariadne, 394.
bellissima, 397.
bianca, 392, 394.
candida, 397, 401.
coccined, 397.
conclusa, 391, 392.
—, var. javanica, 391.
costifimbria, 397.
cruenta, 398.
delicata, 399.
determinata, 392.
divakara, 399.
711
Bizone
doherty?, 394, 396, 401.
effracta, 397.
Fasciculata, 393.
Fasciola, 391.
gazella, 399.
guttifera, 395, 396, 398.
hamata, 391.
harterti, 398.
impunctata, 398.
tnconclusa, 391.
javanica, 391, 392.
mélleri, 395, 396.
pallens, 396, 399.
peregrina, 390.
perversa, 392.
phedra, 397.
pitana, 397.
plateni, 391.
pratti, 394.
pudens, 392.
puella, 390, 391,
399.
puer, 392, 401.
quadrinotata, 399.
rubrifasciata, 399.
saalmiilleri, 399.
sanguinea, 398.
396,
signa, 393, 395, 396,
401.
sikkimensis, 393, 394,
395, 401.
subornata, 396, 397.
triguttata, 396.
unipunctata, 392.
walkeri, 393.
| Blarina
brevicauda, 49.
Bombinator
igneus, 326.
orientalis, 326.
pachypus, 326.
bonassus, 59d.
bubalus, 595.
caffer, 595.
Frontalis, 593, 595, 597,
598, 599.
guurus, 463, 592, 593,
594, 595, 596, 598,
599.
gaveus, 592.
grunniens, d95.
indicus, 595, 597.
sondaicus, 593, 595,
596, 597, 598, 599.
taurus, 595.
Bothrops
erythrurus, 33.
48*
712
Bothrops
hageni, 35.
Brassolis
sophore, 567.
Brookesia
ebenaui, 80.
Bubalis
koba, 355, 357.
lunatus, 357.
Buccinum
cereale, 308.
concinnum, 261.
incisum, 317.
parvulum, 262.
Bufo
asper, 32, 37.
debilis, 325.
Jerboa, 325, 328.
leptopus, 328.
macrotis, 325.
melanostictus, 32, 37.
muellert, 325.
parvus, 32, 37, 325.
philippinicus, 525.
quadriporcatus, 37,
825
superciliaris, 325.
Bulla
adansonii, 296.
bidentata, 297.
media, 296.
recta, 297.
striata, 253, 296.
Bungarus
fasciatus, 35.
Butheolus
melanurus, 121.
thalassinus, 127.
Buthus
acutecarinatus, 126,
eminti, 126.
europeus,
127, 128.
hottentota, 126.
judaicus, 126.
limbatus, 123.
lobidens, 128.
martensii, 126.
minax, 126.
occitanus, 125.
piceus, 123.
socotrensis, 126.
Cacosternum
nanum, 325.
Cadulus
Jjebfreysii, 253, 300.
Cecilia
polyzona, 326.
Ceeculus
echinipes, 424.
INDEX.
Ceculus
spatulifer, 418, 428,
425.
Czcum
imbricatum, 252,
291
jucundum, 252, 291.
(Meioceras) nitidum,
252, 291.
Calamaria
quadrimaculata, 34.
septentrionalis, 34.
sumatrana, 34.
vermiformis, 32.
—, var. sumatrana,
9
| Caligo a
idomeneus, 566.
oberon, 566.
Callichroma
afrum, 486.
barbiventris, 486.
Sragrans, 485.
piliventris, 486.
rugicollis, 486.
| Callichrous
122, 125,
bimaculatus, 38.
hypophthalmus, 38.
Callicore
candrena, 562.
marchalit, 562.
Callidea
morgan, 474,
novemmaculata, 474.
Callidryas
eubule, 556.
leachiana, 557.
philea, 556.
senne, 5d6.
statira, 557.
trite, 557.
Calligenia
sanguinea, 398.
| Callionymus
lyra, 545.
Callopistes
maculatus, 240.
Callopistria
agyra, 517.
oridensis, 518.
langia, 518.
| Callulops
dorie, 325.
Calocitta
formosa, 412.
Calotes
eristatellus, 33.
microlepis, 78.
Calydna
caieta, 573.
catana, 573.
|
Calyptrxa
dillwynii, 320.
martiniana, 320.
| Campylotes
atkinsomi, 385.
desgodinsi, 384, 385.
—, var. splendida,
384, 401.
histrionicus, 383, 384,
401.
—, var. altissima,
384.
praitii, 385.
sikkimensis, 384, 401.
Cancellaria
obtusa, 249.
solida, 249.
tessellata, 249.
Cancer
pagurus, 579, 581,
82
ale
Canis
azare, 99, 100, 101,
102, 103, 104, 105,
106, 108, 109, 1138.
brasiliensis, 109, 110,
113.
cancrivorus, 102, 110,
118, 377.
domesticus, 8.
entrerianus, 104, 105,
109, 1138.
extrarius, 10.
familiaris, var. dingo,
90, 91, 92.
Julvicaudus, 105, 106,
107, 110, 113.
Sulvipes, 99, 101, 108,
108, 109, 113.
gracilis, 104, 108, 109,
113
griseus, 101, 102, 103,
105, 109, 113
javanicus, 89.
lateralis, 377.
latrans, 72.
lupus, var. occidentalis,
90
magellanicus, 377.
matris optime, 20.
mesomelas, 378.
microtis, 110, 111, 112
113.
molossus mastivus, 10,
pallipes, 20.
parvidens, 108,
109, 118.
patagonicus, 103, 108,
113
107,
urostictus, 109, 110,112,
1138.
Canis
vetulus, 101, 102, 105,
106, 107, 108, 109,
Cantharus
levis, 261,
nodulosus, 261.
orbignyi, 260.
(Tritonidea) alhozona-
tus, 250, 260, 315.
(—) consanguineus,
250, 260, 315.
(—) levis, 250, 261,
315.
Capricornis
argyrochetus, 93.
edwardsi, 93.
maritimus, 93.
Caradrina
alana, 513.
Carbula
melacantha, 476.
Cardium
speciosum, 302.
(Fragum) medium, 322. |
(—) speciosum, 253,
(Papyridea) budlatwm,
253, 302.
Cariacus
virginianus, 76.
Cariama
cristata, 387.
Carthara
amisena, 506.
vecca, 506.
Cassis
erumenda, 267.
testiculus, 251, 267.
Castalius
isis, 473.
Castor
Siber, 463.
Catagramma
candrena, 562.
hydaspes, 562.
marchalii, 562.
miles, 562.
sorana, 562.
tera, 562.
thamyras, 562.
Catonephele
antinoé, 563.
numilia, 563.
Catopra
grootti, 38.
Catopsilia
eubule, 556.
larra, 557.
leachiana, 557.
philea, 556.
INDEX.
Catopsilia
pyrene, 465.
senne, 56.
statira, 557.
trite, 557.
Caura,
bipartita, 475.
marginata, 475.
Cayolinia
gibbosa, 254,
inflera, 254,
longirostris, 254.
quadridentata, 254.
tridentata, 254.
uncinata, 254.
Cebus
Fatuellus, 98.
Celceena
lilacina, 512.
Centraspis
imperialis, var. bicolor,
478.
Centrurus
biaculeatus, 121.
gracilis, 127.
trilineatus, 130.
Cephalophus
grimmii, 604.
maxwellt, 661.
ocularis, 661.
Cepheus
tegeocranus, 417.
Ceratinia
vallonia, 559.
Ceratobatrachus
guentheri, 30.
| Ceratocoris
bucephalus, 473.
| Ceratophrys
calcarata, 325, 327,
Ceratorhina
savaget, 483.
Cerberus
rhynchops, 35.
| Cercopis
grossa, 479.
Cerithiopsis
neglecta, 252, 293.
rugulosa, 252, 292.
vicinum, 293.
Cerithium
gibberulum, 291.
melanura, 291.
neglectum, 293.
rugulosum, 292.
(Bittium) gibherulum,
252, 291.
| Ceroplesis
calabarica, 490.
5-fasciata, 490.
713
Cervicapra
arundinacea, 604, 605,
607, 653.
bohor, 604, 607.
redunca, 604, 605,
607.
Oervus
algericus, 602, 603.
cashmirianus, 603.
elaphus, 364, 365.
eldi, 97.
giganteus, 603.
| Cheerocoris
nigricollis, 474.
Chalcosia
caudata, 387.
histrionica, 383.
palearctica, 381.
Chalybs
marsyas, 576.
ama
sp., 253, 303.
gryphoides, 258, 303.
Chamzeleon
boettgeri, 80.
campami, 80.
gastrotenia, 80.
guentheri, 80.
parsonit, 158, 160.
polleni, 80.
ropert, 80, 85.
vulgaris, 218.
willsit, 80.
Chamesaura
ened, 82, 86.
anguina, 82, 86.
didactyla, 78, 82,
86
Charadrius
placidus, 345,
Charaxes
brutus, 472.
candiope, 472.
castor, 472.
cynthia, 472.
etesipe, 472.
eupalis, 472.
tiridates, 472.
Charidea,
amata, 494.
splendida, 495.
Chariesthes
aruwimia, 489.
bella, 490.
letissima, 490.
Charis
cleodora, 573.
cleonus, 573.
theodora, 573.
Chasmina
alcidamea, 512.
714
Chauna
derbiana, 442.
Chela
anomalurus, 39.
Chelone
mydas, 618.
Chersydrus
granulatus, 35.
Chioglossa
lusitanica, 32.
Chionzma
candida, 396.
Chionomera
argentea, 387.
puichella, 387, 401.
superba, 387.
Chiropodomys
Seem ee 584, 536,
penicillatus, 532.
Chiroscelis
passaloides, 639.
Chilzenius
aruwimius, 481.
lissoderus, 481, 482.
lucidicollis, 481.
Ohlorippe
chalciope, 565.
marse, 565.
selina, 565.
Chondrodactylus
wert, 77.
Chrysomela
banksii, 588..
Chrysopelea
ornata,
Chunga
bebiaeiahor, 144, 145,
Cicindela
cincta, 480.
neglecta, 480.
Cimex
calidus, 477.
curvipes, 478.
melacantha, 476.
multipunctatus, 474.
pallens, 478.
rostratus, 475.
Cingulina
circinata, 248, 251,
277, 278
spina, 278.
(Mathilda) guadrica-
rinata, 251, 277.
Cioniscus
unicus, 251, 280.
Circe
fluctuata, 249.
Cladceyclus
gardneri, 630.
INDEX,
Clarias
magur, 38.
nieuhofii, 38.
Clelea
chala, 380.
nigroviridis, 380.
sapphirina, 380.
Clio
pyramidata, 254,
Clupea
haurengus, 586.
pilchardus, 586.
Clytus
contractifrons, 487.
Coassus
rufinus, 76.
Cobus
ellipsiprymnus,
651.
Coccothraustes
personatus, 345.
Ceerostris
albipes, 628, 629.
Colzenis
Julia, 560.
pherusa, 561.
Collonia
multistriata, 294.
rubrilineata, 294.
verruca, 294,
Colobus
Serrugineus, 590.
Coloradia
lepta, 501.
Coluber
melanurus, 35.
(Gonyosoma)
cephalus, 32.
Columbella
crassilabris, 261.
decipiens, 261.
delicata, 262.
fulminea, 308.
guttata, 262.
kraussii, 308.
lunata, 262.
mitriformis, 262.
rine decipiens,
250, 261.
(—) fulminea, 308.
—) Araussii, 308.
(Mitrella) cribraria,
250, 262, 318.
Sr ee ig 308,
oxy-
= “pus, 250,
on " sancte-helene,
250, 262, 315.
Colymbus
septentrionalis, 432.
589,
|
|
|
|
Cominella
lugubris, 260.
Connochzetes
taurina, 663.
Conus
sp., 255.
irregularis, 250, 254.
testudinarius, 250, 254.
tinianus, 255.
Cophophryne
sikkimensis, 325.
Coptops
Ysa 488.
Coracias
affinis, 547, 548.
garrula, 547, 549.
indica, 547, 548,
549.
— affinis, 549.
orientalis, 550.
Coralliophila
atlantica, 250, 264,
316
bracteata, 250, 264.
erythrostoma, 250,
264, 316.
Corbula
quadrata, 303.
swiftiana, 258, 302.
Cornufer
Johnstoni, 324.
Corucia
zebrata, 30.
Coryphodon
korros, 38.
Cosmia
laoripa, 514.
Cossus
amundasa, 508, 520.
Couthouyia
plicifera, 286.
Craspedophorus
bonny, 480.
erichsonii, 481.
eximius, 480.
orygonus, 481.
Crenella
pura, 314, 317.
Cricula
trifenestrata, 94.
Crinia
victoriana, 325.
Crocodilus
acutus, 213.
porosus, 33.
Crossobamon
eversmanni, 77.
Crossochilus
oblongus, 39.
Crossopus
fodiens, 51.
Crotaphytus
collarts, 220, 238,
234.
Cryptacrus
comes, 474.
novemmaculatus, 474.
Cryptodon
sp., 322.
Cryptoprocta
Serox, 647.
Cryptopterus
mononema, 38.
Cuma
carinifera, 264.
Cuon
dukhunensis, 89.
Cupido
cassius, 576.
monops, 576.
Cybdelis
bechina, 561.
celina, 561.
caresa, 561.
margarita, 561.
orphise, 561,
viola, 561.
Oyclemys
amboinensis, 3d.
Oyclodus
boddaerti, 214.
Cyclopelta
tristis, 477.
Cyclosia
ochrea, 385, 401.
panthona, 385,
Cyclostrema
granulata, 311.
Cyclura
quingue - carinata,
239.
Cycnus
togarna, 575.
Oyenus
TF aners 404, 409,
410.
olor, 410.
Cylichna
atlantica, 258, 297,
316
bidentata, 258, 297.
eylindracea, 253, 297,
321
remissa, 312, 317.
Cylindrophis
rufus, 34,
Cymochorea
leucorrhoa, 375, 376.
markhami, 376.
Cymothoé
bonny?, 470, 471.
egesta, 471.
INDEX.
Cymothoé
herminia, 471.
hypatha, 471.
iodutta, 471.
ochreata, 471.
sangaris, 471,
theobena, 471.
theodota, 471.
westermanni, 471.
Cyon
alpinus, 88, 89, 90,
92
dukhunensis, 89.
Javanicus, 89, 91, 92,
377.
rutilans, 89.
swumatrensis, 89.
Cypreea
arabica, 249.
lurida, 251, 282, 319.
moneta, 249.
spurca, 252, 283,
319.
testudinaria, 249.
turdus, 283.
| Oytherea
rudis, 301.
(Caryatis) rudis, 255,
301.
Dalcera
abrasa, 505.
ampela, 505, 506.
laxta, 506.
liberna, 505.
| Damzeus
bicostatus, 417.
clavipes, 417.
Jemoratus, 417.
Aagellifer, 417, 422,
‘ano AslI7ie
patelloides, 416, 417,
420, 425.
phalangioides, 416, 417,
421, 425.
troisit, 417.
Damalis
korrigum, 357.
senegalensis,
855, 356, 357.
tiang, 355, 357.
Dangila
kuhlii, 39.
Daphnella
casta, 298.
Daptonoura
@lia, 556.
albunea, 556.
pedrosina, 556.
354,
715
Dasyurus
ursinus, 21.
Deilephila
dahli, 95.
euphorbie, 95.
galit, 95.
Dendrelaphis
caudolineatus, 35.
Dendricon
rastratum, 621, 623,
629,
Dendrogama
boulengeri, 78.
Dendrophis
calligaster, 30.
pictus, 35.
Dentalium
entalis, 321.‘
Devara
lassippa, 499, 520.
onoba, 499
Diacria
trispinosa, 254,
iala
fuscopicta, 252, 286,
315.
Diaphemora
Ffemorata, 95, 96.
Dichirotrichus
obsoletus, 617.
Dichostates
bimaculatus, 491.
collaris, 491.
Dicotyles
tajacu, 76.
Didelphys
marsupialis, 76,
Didimus
punctipectus, 482.
Didonis
biblis, 564.
Didus
ineptus, 402.
Dinia
eagrus, 494.
laudamia, 494, 520.
Dinidor
tristis, 477.
Dione
juno, 560.
vanille, 560.
Diorhina
arthuriana, 572, 577.
periander, 572.
Diplognatha
gagates, 484,
Diplothele, gen. noy., 621.
walshit, 622, 629.
Dipsas
cynodon, 33, 30.
dendrophila, 35.
716
Dipsas
drapiezii, 33.
irregularis, 30.
Dircenna
epidero, 558,
Dirphia
latemedia, 501.
laverna, 501, 520.
rosea, 501, 502.
Distira
cyanocincta, 618.
Doryichthys
caudatus, 40.
Draco
Jjimbriatus, 33.
volans, 33, 200.
Draconipteris
gigantea, 502, 520.
Dryophis
Sasciolatus, 82.
prasinus, 35.
Dynamine
arene, 562.
decima, 562.
preridoides, 562.
Dynastor
darius, 567.
Dyschirius
globosus, 617.
Eacles
imperialis, 95.
leona, 500.
regalis, 95.
splendens,.501.
Kecoptocnemis
barthi, 483.
latipes, 483.
thoreyi, 483.
Echinosaura, gen. nov.,
82.
horrida, 79, 83, 86.
Echlonia
buccinalis, 247.
Ectima
tona, 564,
Eectrichodia
imperialis, 478.
Edema
alata, 510.
lanassa, 509,
pulchra, 510.
Edessa
quineensis, 476.
Eglisia
macandree, 277.
.Elapoides
annulatus, 34.
Eleysma
caudata, 387, 401.
doherty?, 386, 401.
INDEX.
| Eleysma
translucida, 386.
westwoodi, 386, 387,
401.
Eleotris
butis, 38.
Eletica
bicolor, 645, 646.
rufa, 645.
Emarginula
elongata, 252, 295.
maculata, 295.
Emesis
arminius, 572.
mandana, 572.
spreta, 572.
Endromis
versicolor, 95.
Engystoma
leucostictum, 324.
Enygrus
carinatus, 80.
Epicalia
antinoé, 563.
numilia, 563.
obrinus, 563.
Epomophorus
minor, 446.
pusillus, 446.
Kpyrgis
desgodinsi, 384.
Equus
burchelli, 418, 414.
chapmani, 414.
grevyt, 413, 414, 461,
647.
zebra, 413, 461, 647.
Eractheus
tibialis, 4°75.
Erato
scabriuscula, 249.
Erchia
‘latera, 496, 520.
porphyria, 496.
Hremseus
Eremias
guineensis, 79.
suborbitalis, 79.
Ergolis
enotria, 473.
Eriogaster
aleria, 503.
submarginalis, 503.
Eronia
argia, 465.
thalassina, 465.
| Ervilia
subcancellata,
302.
255,
Jimbriatus, 418, 422,
425,
Erycides
palemon, 576.
pygmalion, 576.
Eubagis
e@vata, 561.
arene, 562.
decima, 562.
pieridoides, 562.
Eublepharis
variegatus, 78,
Euchoreutes, gen. nov.,
610.
naso, 610, 611, 612.
Eulabes
religiosa, 551.
Eulima
aciculata, 279.
atlantica, 251, 278,
316.
chyta, 319.
conica, 279.
Suscescens, 251, 278,
316.
germana, 251, 279, 316.
intermedia, 278,
retrorsa, 279.
subconica, 251, 279.
(Subularia) fuscopunc-
tata, 251, 280, 315.
Eumeces
brevilineatus, 80.
xanthi, 80,
Eunica
bechina, 561.
celina, 561.
caresa, 561.
margarita, 561.
orphise, 561.
viola, 561.
Eupemphix
nana, 325.
trinitatis, 325,
Euphedra
cerulescens, 469.
eleus, 470.
johnstoni, 470,
pratinas, 470.
ruspina, 470.
Hupodotis
senegalensis, 337.
Euporus
strangulatus, var. pur-
pureipes, 487.
Euptoieta
hegesia, 562.
Euptychia
argante, 568.
armilla, 569.
arnea, 569.
celmis, 568.
chloris, 569.
EKuptychia
Sfurina, 569.
hermes, 569,
huebneri, 568.
atonis, 569.
myncea, 568.
ocirrhoé, 568.
ocypete, 568.
penelope, 568.
terrestris, 568.
undulata, 568.
Eupyra
gigantea, 493.
salmoni, 493.
Hurema
albula, 558.
athalia, 558.
elathea, 558.
flavilla, 557.
graduata, 557.
mana, 558.
nisella, 557.
smilacina, 557.
Eurybia
Jjuturna, 569.
lycisca, 569.
Eurygona
cafusa, 570.
eug@on, 571.
euoras, 571.
eutychus, 570.
gelanor, 570.
hygenius, 570.
fae 570.
Euryphene
sp., 469.
brunhilda, 469.
mandinga, 469.
Eurypyga
helias, 330, 337.
Eurysops
ay:
Eurystomus
calonyx, 550, 551.
crassirostris, 552.
letior, 550, 551.
orientalis, 546, 550,
bbd1, 552.
solomonensis, 552.
Eurytela
dryope, 473.
hiarbas, 473.
ophione, 473.
Euselasia
cafusa, 570.
eug@on, D71.
euoras, O71.
eutychus, O70.
gelanor, 570.
hygenius, 570.
mys, 510.
Felis
INDEX.
Eutheus
leucomelas, 576.
marchalii, 577.
Euxanthe
ansellica, 469.
pardalis, 72.
tigrina, 72.
Fissurella
arcuata, 296.
gibberula, 258,
296.
mutabilis, 312.
mubecula, 321.
ostrind, 321.
rosed, 321.
variegata, 295.
295,
| Flavinia
alcidamea, 498.
lemonia, 499, 520.
Fossarus
ambiguus, 252, 285.
bicarinatus, 285.
cumingtt, 285.
(Couthouyia) dentifer,
252, 285, 316.
(—) leviusculus, 252,
285, 316.
Fratercula
arctica, 439.
corniculata, 439.
Frea
maculicornis, 491.
Fulica
ardesiact,
439.
Fusus
proboscidiferus, 317.
337, 436,
Gadinia
costata, 248, 255, 300.
Galictis
barbara, 72, 98.
Gallinula
chloropus, 429,
Gayveeus
gawus, 598.
Gazella
dorcas, 363.
kevella, 363.
Gecko
listeri, 77.
Gehyra
mutilata, 33.
Geloharpya
amena, 488.
Gena
asperulata, 252, 295.
Genussa
altaba, 500.
Genussa
celerenaria, 500.
Genyophryne
| thomsoni,
328.
Geoemyda
spinosa, 33.
| Geomys
hispidus, TA.
Georychus
albifrons, 449,
pallidus, 449.
Gerardia
lamarcki, 361.
Gerbillus
sp. inc., 448.
| nanus, 448,
Glenea
| chevrolatii, 492.
| fasciata, 492.
| Glutophrissa
albunea, 556.
Glyptosternum
platypogon, 39.
Gnophodes
chelys, 472.
Gobius
caninus, 38.
Goniloba
tityrus, 95.
Goniuris
catillus, 576.
Gonostoma
maderense, 458.
Gonyocephalus
grandis, 33.
Grosphus
limbatus, 128.
lobidens, 123.
madagascariensis, 123,
825, 3827,
128.
piceus, 123.
Grus
antigone, 408, 409,
4i1.
australasiana, 33).
australiaca, 409.
| cinerea, 408.
communis, 409.
excelsa, 409.
melitensis, 408, 409,
411.
pentelici, 409.
primigenia, 409.
virgo, dal.
__ viridirostris, 147.
| mnodactylus
| pa ee TG
fedtschenkoi, 77.
russowt, 77.
| trachyblepharus, 77.
718
Gymnophthalmus
pleii, 79.
Gymnopis
oligozona, 326.
Gymnopleurus
cerulescens, 482.
—, var. centralis, 482.
Gynecia
dirce, 564.
yps
fulvus, 407.
melitensis, 404, 411.
Hematera
pyramus, 562.
Heematopus
ostralequs, 339.
Heetera
piera, 567.
Hamanumida
meleagris, 469.
Haminea '
hydatis, 253, 297, 321.
Hapalomys
longicaudatus, 534, 536,
537, 538, 539.
Harpax
ocellata, 95.
rosea, 318,
Hatteria
punctata, 359.
Hecyrida
appendiculata, 492.
Heleotragus
reduncus, 607.
Heliconius
antiocha, 555, 559.
aede, 560.
clytia, 560.
doris, 560.
numata, 560.
quirina, 560.
rhea, 560.
thelxiope, 560.
Helicopis
acis, 572.
cupido, 572.
Heliophobius
argenteo-cinereus, 449,
Heliornis
surinamensis, 482,
Heliura
alpha, 495.
apicalis, 495.
lelex, 495.
Heloderma
horridum, 206,
231, 285, 237,
239, 240, 241,
244.
218,
238,
242,
INDEX,
Heloderma
suspectum, 148,
156, 159, 182,
205,
214,
150,
207, 209, 211,
218, 221,
233, 234, 237,
239, 240, 241,
243, 244.
Helogale
parvula, 444,
— undulata, 444.
undulata, 444.
| Helops
sinuatus, 637, 638.
Helostoma
temminckii, 38.
Hemiceras
ania, 511,
leucospila, 511.
levana, 512.
lissa, 511.
losa, 512.
violascens, 512,
Hemidactylus
frenatus, 33.
Hemirhamphus
buffonis, 39.
Hemixus
canipennis, 342.
castanonotus, 842.
cinereus, 342.
Hepialus
emulus, 509.
metellus, 509, 520.
momus, 508, 509, 520.
paropus, 508.
Hermannia
arrecta, 418.
erpa
subhyalina, 382, 383.
—, var. primulina,382.
venosa, 383.
Herpestes
galera, 444,
Herpetosaura
arenicola, 80.
Hesperocharis
anguitia, 557.
nera, DOT.
Heterochroa
cytherea, 565.
erotia, 565.
iphicla, 565.
messana, 565.
Heterometrus
palmatus, 118.
Heteropus
lateralis, 79.
Hi
ipponyx
antiquatus, 252, 293.
320.
Hipponyx
grayanus, 252, 293.
184, | Hippotragus
niger, 660.
Histioea
boliviana, 493.
Holothuria
nigra, 617.
Homalopsis
buccata, 35.
dorie, 32.
Homoderus
mellyi, 482.
Homeeocera
azora, 494,
rodriguezi, 494.
salvini, 494.
Homeeocerus
pallens, 478.
Homopus
areolatus, 521,
femoralis, 521.
signatus, 521.
Hoplocephalus
elapoides, 30, 51.
melanurus, 30, 31.
par, 30.
woodfordi, 30, 31.
| Hoplophora
carinata, 418.
dasypus, 418.
_ Hotea
acuta, 474.
subfasciata, 474.
Hyena
striata, 648.
Hydrias
anathuria, 503.
amida, 504, 520.
ampira, 504, 520.
lascoria, 503, 520.
laudia, 503.
lecca, 504.
psorica, 505.
Hydrosaurus
marmoratus, 214,
Hyla
bischoffii, 326.
bivittata, 326.
catharine, 326.
copii, 325.
langsdorffit, 325.
lutea, 326.
macrops, 30.
marginata, 326.
miotympanum, 326.
nana, 326.
hrynoderma, 326.
tone 326.
Hylambates
anchiete, 324,
Hylambates
angolensis, 324.
Hylodes
plicifera, 325.
ramagit, 325.
Hynobius
chinensis, 326.
leechii, 326.
Hypanis
ilithyia, 473.
Hypnos
INDEX.
Tera
crithea, 469.
Tole
holti, 342.
Isapis
agyrtus, 571.
Ismene
libeon, 473.
| Isometroides
subnigrum, 669, 673, |
674, 685, 686.
Hypochera
zo, 94.
Hypocolius
ampelinus, 147.
Hypolimnas
bartelotti, 468.
dinarcha, 468, 469.
dubia, 469.
mima, 469.
salmacis, 469.
stanleyi, 467.
Hypolycena
jaunus, 473.
Hypsipetes
holtii, 342.
maclellandi, 342.
Hypsirhina
bocourti, 32.
hageni, 32.
plumbea, 35.
sieboldii, 32.
Tanthina
africana, 271.
bicolor, 271.
bifida, 272.
ceruleata, 271.
communis, 251, 271.
exigua, 251, 272.
fragilis, 271.
globosa, 251, 271, 318, |
319
pallida, 251, 272.
prolongata, 271, 319.
umbilicata, 251, 272.
Idalus
citrina, 495, 520.
larissa, 496, 520.
lavinia, 496, 520.
lemba, 496.
Idiomorphus
hewitsoni, 472.
nanodes, 472.
Iguana
vescus, 127.
Tsometrus
americanus, 120, 121.
androcottoides, 119,
120, 121.
assamensis, 121,
Jilum, 119.
insignis, 120.
maculatus, 119, 121,
127, 140.
melanophysa, 121.
messor, 119.
mucronatus, 119.
tricarinatus, 119.
vescus, 120.
Ithomeis
satellites, 572.
Ithomia
dorilla, 558.
epidero, 558.
galata, 599.
neso, 558.
mise, 5D8.
sylvella, 559.
sylvo, 559.
Ixalus
vittatus, 324.
| Junonia
chorimene, 467.
clelia, 467.
lavinia, 563.
nigrifrons, 388.
semifusca, 388, 401.
terminalis, 388.
Kellia
atlantica, 318, 317.
crassiuscula, 315,
317.
Kemas
henryanus, 93.
tuberculata, 174, 176, | Lacerta
189, 211, 218, 219,
220, 222, 233, 234.
muralis, 201.
simonyt, 354, 402.
719
Lacerta
viridis, 197, 201, 208,
217, 222, 225.
Lachesis
helene, 250, 260, 315.
Lacuna
pumilio, 252, 285, 316.
Lagothrix
humboldti, 98.
Lagria
obscura, 645.
Lamia
imperialis, 488.
Lanius
bucephalus, 344.
Lanthanotus
borneensis, 157, 233,
239, 240, 241.
Larinopoda
lycenoides, 473.
Laszea
adansoniana, 253,
304.
| Lasaia
meris, 574.
Lasiocampa
otus, 95.
Leiosoma
simile, 417.
Leiurus
quinque-striatus, 126.
tunetanus, 126.
Lemonias
aristus, 5'TA4.
cerealis, 574.
nepioides, 574.
pseudocuspis, S74.
Lepidocephalichthys
hasseltii, 39.
| Lepidosternum
rostratwm, 79.
Lepidotus
minor, 846, 348.
Lepreus
carinatus, 129, 141.
Jischeri, 181, 182, 141.
NGTUMUNUS,
117, 130.
lunulifer, 130.
nigrimanus, 131, 132.
occidentalis, 117, 118,
152, 141.
pilosus, 127, 180.
planimanus, 130.
Leptobrachium
ae 326.
hasseltti, 37.
Leptodactylus
prognathus, 325.
Leptognathus
levis, 33.
720 F
Lepton
clarkie, 315.
Leptothyra
rubrilineata, 294.
Lepus
aquaticus, '76.
INDEX,
Lithodomus
biexcavatus, 253, 305.
lithophagus, 305.
| Lithosia
alborosea, 399.
anomala, 388, 401.
Lyclene
stmplifascia, 389, 401.
Lycodon
aulicus, 32.
effrenis, 34.
subcinctus, 34.
brasiliensis, 76. Littorina Lycorea
californicus, 76. exigua, 283. halia, 558.
callotis, 74, 76. granularis, 288. Lygodactylus
cuniculus, 76. helene, 252, 283, 284, | capensis, 80.
gabbi, 76. 315. | fischeri, '77, 80, 85.
graysoni, 76. miliaris, 252, 283,284, | Lygosoma
palustris, 76. 319; anomalopus, 79, 84,
sylvaticus, 74, 75, 76. nodosa, 283. 86.
trowbridgei, 76.
vere-crucis, "74, 75.
Leucotina
diane, 298.
minuta, 253, 298, 316.
niphonensis, 298.
Libythea
carinenta, 569.
Libythina
cuvierii, 561.
Lima
sarsii, 307.
(Limatula) sarszi, 307.
Limacina
antarctica, 254.
bulimoides, 254.
inflata, 254.
Limatula
crassa, 307.
Limea
sarsii, 253, 807.
Limenitis
disippus, 95.
populi, 95.
Limnas
alcippus, 467.
Limnodynastes
fletcheri, 325.
Liocassis
micropogon, 39.
moeschii, 39.
pecilopterus, 39.
. stenomus, 39.
Liocephalus
bolivianus, '78, 82, 8
Liolepis
belli, 158, 165, 174.
Liothrix
argentauris, 343, 344.
calipyga, 344.
lutea, 348.
Liotia
admirabilis, 252,
16.
arenula, 252, 294, 316.
asteriscus, 295.
speciosa, 295.
295,
striata, 288.
Lophotes
capellei, 245.
cepedianus, 245, 246.
cristatus, 245.
Jiski, 244, 246.
Lucina
fibula, 314.
imbricatula, 313.
inconspicua, 258, 304,
315.
munda, 314.
occidentalis, 314.
pecten, 314, 321.
(Codakia) compacta,
2538, 304
(—) imbricatula, 313,
~ 321.
Lumbricus
eiseni, 64.
Lutra
barang, 4.
bathygnathus, 4.
brasiliensis, 4.
cinerea, 4, 5.
dubia, 3.
ellioti, 4, 5
felina, 4.
franconica, 3, 4.
hessica, 4, 5.
paleindica, 4.
paranensis, +.
swmatrana, 4.
valetoni, 3,4.
vulgaris, 4.
(Potamotherium) va/e-
3.
toni,
Lybythea
labdaca, 473.
Lycena
monops, 576.
Lyczenesthes
larydas, 473.
Lychas
maculatus, 119.
Lyclene
nubifascia, 389.
|
concinnatum, 30.
eyanogaster, ’30.
devisit, rie
Sorbesii, 79.
kakhienense, 79.
lateralis, 79.
malayanum, 79.
melanostictum, 79.
muelleri, 79.
nativitatis, 79.
olivaceum, 33.
temminckii, 33.
zebratum, 79.
| Lymnas
inaria, 571.
isabelle, 571, 577.
jesse, 571.
melander, 571.
thyatira, 571.
zoega, 571.
Mabuia
elegans, 79.
multifasciata, 33.
peringueyt, 79.
quadricarinata, 79.
rugifera, 33.
i Hits 79.
Macrocneme
alesa, 493.
esmeralda, 494.
_ Macroglossa
croatica, 95.
Macroma
congoensis, 484.
sulcicollis, 484.
Macrones
micracanthus, 38.
MeEMUTUS, 38.
nigriceps, 38.
planiceps, 39.
Macroscelides
brachyrhynchus, 445.
Ffuscus, 445.
Macroscelides
revoili, 446,
rufescens, 446.
Malleus
regula, 317, 322.
Manis
temminckii, 450.
Mantella
baroni, 324.
Marginella
angasi, 267.
capensis, 319.
dunkeri, 309,319.
granum, 249.
lavalliana, 267.
semen, 266.
zonata, 309, 319.
(Volvaria) atomus, 250,
267, 316.
(—) cinerea, 250, 266.
(— )consanguinen, 250,
266, 3
(—) Se 309.
Marpesia
peleus, 565.
Mastacembelus
armatus, 38.
erythrotenia, 38.
maculatus, 38.
unicolor, 38.
Mecaspis
setulicollis, 486.
subvestita, 486.
Mechanitis
lysimnia, 559.
polymnia, 559.
Megalophrys
nasuta, 37.
Megalura
noricu, 69.
Megascolex
adinis 54.
armata, 60.
ceruleus, 53, 54, 56,
68.
diffringens, 67.
sid 57.
Megascolides
australis, 60.
Meioceras
nitidum, 291.
Melanitis
leda, 472.
Merops
apiaster, 589.
Merula
bicolor, 668.
layardi, 666, 667.
poliocephala, 668.
pritzbueri, 668.
ruficeps, 666, 668.
INDEX,
Merula
tempesti, 666, 668.
vanicorensis, 667.
vanuensis, 666, 667.
vitiensis, 667, 668.
Mesene
clarissa, 573, 577.
epaphus, 573.
phareus, 573.
simplex, 573.
trucidata, 573.
| Mesodon
daviesi, 351, 353.
macropterus, 353.
Mesosemia
anterice, 569, 577.
bella, 569,
macaris, 570.
melpia, 570.
metope, 570.
nesti, 569.
philemon, 570.
Metacharis
lucius, 574.
Metopodontus
savage, 482.
Micrablepharus
maximiliani, 79.
bind ans
rappit, 52, 67.
Microgiton
alea, 499.
larissa, 499.
latona, 499.
Microhierax
chinensis, 345.
melanoleucus, 345.
Microhyla
achatina, 32, 37.
inornata, 37, 325.
Mictis
cruciata, £78.
metallica, 478.
Migas
puralliche, 620, 624,
629.
Milinza
egina, 559.
mnasias, 559.
Miresa
amisena, 506.
Mithras
hemon, 575.
Mitra
albocincta, 266.
barbadensis, 319.
gumbiana, 265.
simplex, 309.
striatula, 319.
(Cancilla) twrtont, 250,
265, 315.
721
Mitra
(Pusia) sancte-helene,
250, 265, 315.
(Thala) pleurotomoides,
250, 266, 316
(Turricula) znnotabilis,
250, 265, 316.
Mitrularia
dillwyni, 320.
| Modiolaria
marmorata, 314.
Modulus
jloridanus, 284.
modulus, 252, 284.
cristata, 32.
erocata, 32.
marmorata, 32.
meridionalis, 326.
montana, 32.
strauchit, 32.
vittata, 591.
Monohammus
ruspator, 488.
Monopeltis
magnipartita, 79.
Monopterus
javanensis, 40.
Monoptygma
alabamensis, 299.
casta, 298.
eximium, 299.
fulvum, 299.
striatum, 299.
Montacuta
subtriangularis, 313,
317.
Mormidea
brunnea, 475.
Mormula
rissoina, 276.
Morpho
achilles, 566.
menelaus, 566.
Mouretia
costata, 300.
Murena
tile, 40.
Murex
despectus, 258.
diadema, 259.
gravesti, 264.
patruelis, 259.
(Chicoreus)
250, 258.
(Ocinebra) alboangula-
tus, 250, 259, 315.
): pactruclis, 250, 259,
adustus,
oy abit 308.
722
Murex
(Ocinebra) sancie-
helene, 250, 258, 316.
Mus
andamanensis, 539.
arianus, 528, 536, 537,
539.
bactrianus, 527, 528,
536, 537, 539.
beavani, 532.
berdmorei, 525, 536,
587, 539.
ae ote, 525, 536,
37.
poet 524, 536, 537,
539.
buduga, 536, 537.
cervicolor, 529, 9531,
536, 537, 539.
cinnamomeus, 524, 539.
concolor, 526, 536, 537,
539.
ewnicularis, 522, 539.
decumanus, 523, 536,
537.
ephippium, 526.
erythronotus, 539.
erythrotis, 529, 533,
536, 537, 539.
Ffulvescens, 524, 536,
537, 539.
fulvidiventris, 532,539.
gerbillinus, 539.
gleadowit, 531, 536, 537.
Ealing: 532.
wmet, 529, 530.
infralineatus, 539.
jerdont, 525, 536, 537,
539.
hakhyensis, 527, 539.
mettada, 530, 531, 536,
537.
musculus, 527.
nemoralis, 538.
nitidulus, 529, 536, 537.
nitidus, 536, 537.
niveiventer, 525.
pachycercus, 528, 539.
peguensis, 539.
platythria, 536, 537.
rattus, 448, 523, 524,
585.
— alexandrinus, 523,
524
— nitidus, 523, 524,
536, 537.
— rufescens, 528, 524,
525, 526, 536, 537, |
538, 539.
robustulus, 525, 528.
rubricosa, 524, 539.
INDEX.
Mus
rufescens, 525, 535,
536, 537.
setifer, 523.
sladeni, 524, 538.
spinulosus, 531.
sublimis, 528, 536, 537,
539.
sylvaticus, 528.
terricolor, 532, 539.
urbanus, 526, 527, 528,
580, 536, 537, 539.
viculorum, 527, 539.
wagneri, 528, 536, 537, |
539
yunnanensis, 524, 538.
(Isomys) abyssinicus,
448.
(—) dorsalis, 448.
(Leggada) buduga, 529,
531, 536, 537, 539.
(—) platythriz, 531,
536, 537.
Muscicapa
gularis, 341.
hylocharis, 342.
parva, 361, 616.
Mycalesis
safitza, 473.
vulgaris, 473.
Myliobatis
aquila, 676, 682, 685.
Mylothris
iphigenia, 553, 557.
popped, 465.
Myonia
concinna, 298.
Japonica, 298.
Myoscalops
albifrons, 449.
argenteo-cinereus, 448,
449
Myosorex
varius, 49.
Myscelia
canthara, 563.
_ Mytilus
compressus, 314.
edulis, 248, 314.
exustus, 253, 304.
magellanicus, 248, 314.
meridionalis, 314.
Naia
bungarus, 36.
sputatriz, 35,
tripudians, 35.
Nanotragus
tragulus, 654.
Nassa
ambigua, 263.
| Nassa
|
cinctella, 250, 263.
incrassata, 263,
sancte-helene, 250, 263
Nasua
nasiea, 73.
Natica
alderi, 270, 271.
dillwynti, 251, 270.
loveni, 271.
nitida, 271.
porcellana, 271.
proxima, 270.
sancte-helene, 251,270:
315.
teniata, 270, 315.
turtoni, 251, 269, 270
315.
uberina, 271.
(Polinioes) porcellana
251, 2'
N Pees
cinereus, 94.
henryanus, 94,
swinhoii, 94.
Neptis
agatha, 467.
marpessa, 467 .
melicerta, 467.
nemetes, 467.
nysiades, 467.
Nerita
ascensionis, 321,
Nesioticus
flavopictus, 641, 646.
Nesokia
bandicota, 523.
barclayanus, 538.
bengalensis, 523, 588.
brachyura, 522.
elliotanus, 538.
hardwickii, 522.
huttoni, 522.
nemorivaga, 523, 538.
seullyi, 522, 523, 538.
Neurergus
crocatus, 32.
Nezara
orbiculata, 476.
Nica
canthara, 5638.
Niphona
sordida, 492.
Notaspis
See a 419, 425.
bipilis, 41
t)
J
pee ‘416, 417,
418, 425.
glabra, 417, 419.
longilamellata, 417.
oblonga, 417
Notaspis
splendens, 417.
Notheme
ewmeus, 571.
Nothrus
anauniensis, 417, 418,
doderleinii, 418.
horridus, 418.
scaliger, 418.
spiniger, 418.
sylvestris, 416, 418.
theleproctus, 418.
Notodonta
gigantea, 399.
trepida, 400.
Notopterus
chitala, 40.
Nototrema
Jissipes, 326.
Nuculana
jetfreysi, 322.
Nudaria
dudgeont, 388, 401.
margaritacea, 388.
Numenius
cristata, 86, 87.
edouardi, 87.
ellioti, 86.
granti, 86.
pucherani, 86, 87.
verreauci, 87.
Nupserha
homeyeri, 492.
Nyctinomus
pumilus, 446,
Nyctipithecus
vociferans, 98.
Nyctobates
bifasciatus, 639.
confusus, 637.
Obeliscus
dolabratus, 251, 275.
sancte-helene, 251,275,
316.
(Syrnola) pumilio, 25i ,
275, 315.
Ocydromus
australis, 337, 437.
Odontomus
subannulatus, 32.
Odontopus
costatus, 639.
obsoletus, 639.
Odonturus
dentalis, 122.
Odostomia |
glaphyra, 251, 278,
316. |
INDEX.
| Cceclostera
micropus, 505.
CEdemasia
alcimede, 510.
CEdicnemus
bistriatus, 331.
grallarius, 337.
Gidura
africana, 77.
CEnomaus
doryasa, 576.
Olenecampus
hofmanni, 491.
Oligopleurus
esocinus, 349.
vectensis, 346, 349, 353.
Ophiocephalus
gachua, 38.
lucius, 38.
marulius, 38.
striatus, 38.
Opisthocomus
cristatus, 44.
Oplomus
elongatus, 475.
Opsiphanes
berecynthus, 566.
invere, 566.
quiteria, 566.
Oreas
canna, 658.
Oreotragus
saltator, 633.
Oribata
alata, 417.
avenifera, 417.
cuspidata, 417.
globula, 417.
lapidaria, 417.
longipes, 417,
lucasit, 417.
quadricornuta, 417.
Oryctes
boas, 482.
amoria, 505.
}
}
i)
r
ome 4i1.
Osphromenus
leerti, 38.
olfax, 38.
trichopterus, 38.
Osteochilus /
waandersit, 39.
Ostrea |
sp., 253, 307.
columbiensis, 249.
cornu-copie, 322. |
crista-galli, 249, 253, /
305, 307. |
cucullata, 317, 322.
folium, 307. |
Ostrea
forskalii, 322.
Otis
tragelaphus, 362.
Oxygyrus
keraudrenii, 300.
Oxypleura
polydorus, 479.
Oxytenus
laverna, 502, 520.
Pachnoda
impressa, 484.
inscripta, 483.
marginella, 483.
picturata, 483.
Pachydactylus
fasciatus, 78.
levigatus, 78.
Pachystola
decussata, 491.
mimica, 490.
Palamedea
cornuta, 589.
Paludicola
bischoffii, 325.
Jischeri, 325, 327, 328.
Pamphila
marchalii, 577.
Panara
barsacus, 571.
phereclus, 571.
Paniasis, gen. noy., 500.
aleopetra, 500, 520.
Paphia
agesilaus, 555,
qax, 95.
antheus, 464.
antimachus, 464.
asterias, 95.
bromius, 464.
cynorta, 464.
demoleus, 464.
leonidas, 464.
machaon, 95.
menest heus, 464.
merope, 464.
parsodes, 555,
philenor, 95.
prerd, 567.
podalirius, 95.
policenes, 464.
polydamas, 555.
protesilaus, 555,
pylades, 464.
sesostris, 555.
thoas, 535.
724
Papilio
turnus, 95.
tyndareus, 464.
zalmozxis, 464.
Parabuthus
brevimanus, 125.
capensis, 125.
Sulvipes, 125.
liosoma, 125, 128.
planicauda, 125.
villosus, 125. /
Paradoxornis |
austent, 344.
guttaticollis, 344.
Paristemia
calabarica, 488.
costata, 488.
theorini, 487, 488.
westermanni, 488. |
Parcema
annulipes, 485.
verrucifer, 485.
Parra
Jacana, 337.
Parrhasius
bitias, 575.
Parus
palustris, 344.
venustulus, 344.
Passer
domesticus, 147.
montanus, 147.
Pastor
roseus, 596, 591.
Patella
cerulea, 296.
canescens, 296.
compressa, 248, 312.
cyanea, 296.
equestris, 320.
gussonit, 296.
oculus, 312.
pellucida, 296.
plumbea, 253, 296.
radiata, 296.
rustica, 312.
wmbella, 312.
undulata, 320.
Payia
atlanticus,253,306,315,
corallinoides, 253, 306.
pusio, 314.
sentis, 315.
textilis, 315.
tinctus, 315.
(Janira) turtoni, 253,
306, 315
ere 253, 300.
INDEX.
Pellicia
petius, 577.
Pelobates
cultripes, 664.
fuscus, 664.
Pelops
acromios, 417.
| Pentatoma
bipartita, 475.
_ Pericheta
affinis, 52,58, 64, 65,69.
armata, 54.
aspergillum, 61.
attenuata, 55, 56.
bakeri, 55, 56.
barronensis, 5d.
biserialis, 63, 64, 65, 66,
69
burliarensis, 56.
ceylonica, 55, 58.
cingulata, 57.
corti, 55, 56.
enormis, 55, 56.
forbesi, 65, 69.
houllett, 52, 61, 69.
hulikalensis, 54, 56.
Pheebis
larra, 557.
trite, 557.
Pheegoptera
almopia, 497.
alsa, 497.
ambrosia, 498.
elota, 497.
laudia, 497.
leda, 497.
leria, 497.
suffusa, 498.
umber, 497.
Phonoctonus
picturatus, 478.
| Phrosyne
indica, 52, 57, 60, 61, |
64, 67, 69, 94.
intermedia, 58.
Juliana, 67.
modiglant, 67.
newcombei, 54,
nove-zelandie, 55, 56.
stuarti, 55, 57, 58.
vaillanti, 66, 67, 69.
Perigea
agnonia, 513.
Perrhybris
demophile, 556.
iphigenia, 557.
phaloé, 556.
Perriera
luzonica, 638.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 445.
Petrognatha
gigas, 491
Phalera
amphissa, 509.
sigmata, 509.
Phanus
leucomelas, 576.
Phasianella
neritina, 311.
tessellata, 252, 294.
Philematium
virens, 486.
| Philine
quadrata, 253, 297.
Philognoma
falcata, 472.
varanes, 472.
brevicornis, 487.
Phrynella
pollicaris, 37, 325.
pulchra, 32, 33,
325.
Phryneta
aurocincta, 490.
macularis, 490.
nigropilosa, 490. 491.
obscura, 490.
spinator, 490.
Phryniscus
boussingaultt, 324.
longirostris, 324.
Phrynobatrachus
acridoides, 324.
Phrynocephalus
affinis, 78.
axillaris, ‘78.
raddit, 78.
Phrynomantis
maculatus, 324.
Phrynosoma
coronatum, 158.
douglassii, 197.
modestum, 78.
letitia, 563.
thymetus, 563.
Phyllobates
limbatus, 324.
trinitatis, 324,
Phyllocephala
Junesta, 477.
Physorhynchus
lucidus, 478.
Pica
caudata, 344.
Pierella
lena, 568.
_ Pieris
demophile, 556.
monuste, 556.
nera, DDT.
phaloé, 556.
Piezosternum
calidum, 477.
Pinacosterna
nachtigali, 488.
Pinna
pernula, 248, 253,
306
rugosa, 253, 305.
Pisania
pusio, 318.
Placuna
sella, 249.
Plesiorhina
cincta, 483.
recurva, 483.
Planaxis
eboreus, 252, 284.
hermannsent, 284.
lineatus, 252, 284, 319.
Planema
vesta, 466.
Plataspis
bucephalus, 473.
vermicellaris, 474.
Platurus
Jischeri, 33.
laticaudatus, 33.
Platydactylus
eqyptiacus, 213.
Platyhyla
grandis, 325.
Platynopus
rostratus, 475.
silvaticus, 475.
Platyoides, gen. nov.,
624
abrahamii, 625, 629.
Platypelis
pollicaris, 325.
Platypholis, gen. nov.,
80.
fasciata, 77, 81, 85.
Platypleura
stalina, 479.
Plectroecnemia
cruciata, 478.
Pleurochezta
moseleyt, 53, 67.
Pleuronectes
lascaris, 48.
Pleurotoma
casta, 308.
commutabilis, 258.
gemma, 257.
helenensis, 257.
intercalaris, 256.
lavalleana, 257.
multigranosa, 266.
sinuosa, 255.
spurea, 256.
subquadrata, 257.
INDEX.
Pleurotoma
(Clathurella) commu-
tabilis, 250, 257,
315.
(—) multigranosa, 250,
258, 315.
(—) usta, 250, 258,
315.
(Clavus) albobalteata,
250, 255, 315.
(—) amanda, 250, 255,
315
(—) prolongata, 250,
255, 315.
(Drillia) turtoni, 250,
256, 315.
(Mangilia) atlantica,
307, 316.
(—) easta, 308.
(—) gemma, 250, 256,
315.
(—) mellissi, 250, 257,
315.
(—) subguadrata, 250,
256, 315.
Plicifer
nevilli, 285.
Ploccederus
denticornis, 484.
Plotus
anhinga, 442.
Plusia
anda, 518.
illustris, 518.
Plusiodes
agenoria, 519.
alesa, 519.
laodamia, 520.
laronia, 518.
Podica
petersi, 426,
senegalensis, 425, 426,
427, 432, 4383, 434,
435, 437, 438, 439.
Podiceps
cornutus, 433, 439.
cristatus, 433.
minor, 430, 483.
Podoa
surinamensis, 426,
442.
Peecilopsaltria
polydorus, 473, 479.
Polia
ameria, 515.
lorina, 515.
Pomatorhinus
erythrocnemis, 343.
swinhoet, 342.
Poronia
adansoniana, 304.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1890, No. XLIX.
725
Porphyrio
ceruleus, 590.
Potamocherus
penicillatus, 652.
Praogena
procera, 644.
Prepona
chaleiope, 565.
meander, 566.
Prionurus
australis, 126, 128.
europeus, 124.
Sunestus, 124. 126.
gibbosus, 124.
leptocheles, 124.
liosoma, 124.
pelopponensts, 124.
Prismoptera
aminula, 506.
opalina, 506.
Procavia
bocagei, 449.
Provilin
bonnyi, 474.
morgani, 474.
Proteides
tdas, 577.
Psammodynastes
pictus, 35.
pulverulentus, 35.
Pseudophia
tirrhea, 95.
Pseudopus
pallasti, 213.
Pseudorhabdion
longiceps, 34.
Psophia
crepitans, 329, 338.
leucoptera, 329, 330,
336, 337, 338.
Pteroglossus
didymus, 403.
viridis, 403.
Pteroplatea
hirundo, 675, 676, 685.
Biyetagloesaa gen. nov.,
3
bilineatus, 79, 84, 86.
Ptycholemus
simplicollis, 487.
Ptyelus
grossus, 479.
Purpura
ascensionis, 318.
bicarinata, 264.
biserialis, 249.
Fasciata, 264, 265.
Sorbesii, 265.
helena, 250, 264,
318.
rudolphi, 265.
49
726
Purpura
squamosa, 808.
turbinoides, 250.
undata, 249, 264.
Putorius
brasiliensis, 72.
Pyenocerus
costatus, 639.
exaratus, 639.
Pyrameis
murinna, S61,
Pyrrhogyra
amphira, 564.
neered, S64.
Pyrrhopyge
acastus, 576.
Auminis, 576.
Pyrrhula
vulgaris, 344.
Python
reticulatus, 34.
Querquedula
falcata, 1.
Quimalanca
regalis, 488.
Raia
batis, 684, 685.
clavata, 670, 678, 684,
685.
maculata,
684, 685.
nasuta, 687.
678, 679,
radiata, 677, 678, 684,
685.
Rallus
aquaticus, 427.
Rana
amurensis, 324,
biporus, 324.
boulengeri, 323.
dorie, 324.
erythrea, 36.
Alavicrus, 324.
galamensis, 324.
himalayana, 324.
humeralis, 324.
Jerboa, 328.
labialis, 324.
leithii, 324.
limnocharis, 32, 36.
macrodon, 36.
macroscelis, 323.
nicobariensis, 36.
vredimita, 324.
tigrina, 36.
utrieularia, 324.
Ranella ’
berger?, 269.
INDEX.
Ranella
celava, 251, 268, 269,
318.
cruentata, 269.
ponderosa, 269.
pustulosa, 268, 318.
quercina, 269.
rhodostoma, 269,
thome, 251, 269.
Rappia
pusilla, 324.
sordida, 324.
Rasbora
lateristriata, 39.
sumatrana, 39.
Redunea
bohor, 604, 606.
Reduvius
bilineolatus, 479.
lucidus, 478.
nitidulus, 478.
yambuye, 478.
Retina
flavicosta, 386, 401.
Fuscescens, 386, 401.
rubrivitta, 386.
Rhacophoris
albilabris, 324.
colletti, 36.
leprosus, 324.
leucomystax, 36.
opisthodon, 324.
viridis, 324.
Rhea
darwini, 412.
Rhina
squatind, 684,
Rhinellus
laniatus, 634,
Rhinobatus
columne, 689.
granulatus, 678, 685.
Rhinochetus
jubatus, 329.
Rhombophryne
testudo, 327.
Rhombus
boscti, 43.
megastoma, 43.
Rhopalurus
laticauda, 121.
Rhoptropus
en 78.
Rhoptrurus
baroni, 140, 141.
baronii, 122.
biitineri, 122, 188.
centrurimorphus, 122,
141.
dentatus, 122, 127,
158, 139.
Rhoptrurus,
jacksoni, 138, 141.
kirki, 122, 137, 141.
Rhynchobatus
djeddensis, 685.
Rbynchobdella
aculeata, 38.
Rhynchocyon
petersi, 361, 444.
Riodina
lysippus, 572.
Rissoa
equa, 310, 316.
agapeta, 252, 289,
old:
atomus, 309, 316.
cala, 252, 288, 315.
compsa, 252, 289, 316.
depicta, 289.
ephamilla, 252, 288,
315.
eritima, 252, 289, 316.
JSenestrata, 310.
glypta, 252, 288, 316.
melanura, 320.
ordinaria, 310, 316.
perfecta, 252, 290, 310,
316.
perminima, 290.
platia, 309, 316.
pscustes, 252,
316.
simulans, 310, 316.
soluta, 289.
subcarinata, 290.
tervaricosa, 320.
vaga, 309, 316.
varicifera, 252,
310, 316.
wallichi, 252, 289,
315.
(Setia) tenuisculpta,
319.
(—) triangularis, 320.
290,
290,
| Rissoina
bryeria, 252, 287, 319.
chesneli, 287.
congenita, 252, 287,
316.
decipiens, 252, 287.
helene, 252, 287, 316.
mellissii, 252, 286,
316.
turtoni, 252, 286, 316.
Robsonia
formidabilis, 625, 629.
marina, 621, 626.
Rocellaria
dubia, 253, 303.
Rosema
seiritis, O11,
Rosema
simois, 511.
Saiga
tatarica, 613, 614, 615.
Sais
rosalia, 559.
Salamis
anacardii, 467.
cacta, 467.
Salea
rosaceum, 78.
Samia
cecropia, 94.
Santosia
luteola, 478.
vitticollis, 479.
Saturnia
pyri, 95.
Saurodactylus
mauritanicus, 77.
Sauromalus
ater, 78.
Saxicava
arctica, 248, 313.
Scalaria
albida, 273.
atomus, 251, 274, 316.
commoda, 251, 274,
316.
confusa, 251, 273.
Sragilis, 251, 273.
mellissi, 251, 273, 274,
316.
modesta, 273.
multistriata, 251, 274.
pulchella, 274.
sancte-helene, 251, 274,
316.
trevelyane, 274.
turricula, 273.
Scea
cleonica, 498.
Sceloporus
couchii, 78.
jalape, 78.
lateralis, 78.
omiltemanus, 78.
ornatus, 78.
pyrrhocephalus, 78.
rubriventris, 78.
teapensis, 78.
Scelotes
macrolepis, 80.
Schismope
carinata, 312.
Scincus
albifasciatus, 80, 85, 86.
officinalis, 85.
Sciocoris
tibialis, 475.
INDEX.
Scissurella
carinata, 312.
Jucunda, 311, 317.
Sciurus
cagst, 600.
concinnus, 600.
congicus, 448.
deppet, 74.
griseoflavus, 73.
leucomus, 599, 601.
lodovicianus, 74.
mindanensis, 600.
murinus, 599.
niger cinereus, 73, 74.
— melanonotus, 73.
—, var. ludovicianus,
73.
notatus, 600.
palliatus, 447.
philippinensis, 600.
prevosti, 599,
pyrrhopus, 447
anerythrus,
448.
— erythrogenys, 447.
— leucostigma, 447.
— typicus, 447.
rosenbergi, 600.
rubriventer, 599.
rufobrachiatus, 447.
samarensis, 600.
steerii, 600.
tenuis, 600, 601.
typicus, 73.
variegatus, 74.
webert, 600.
Scopelus
coccot, 455,
langerhanst, 454, 455.
pusillus, 457.
schmitzi, 456.
Seopophorus
sp. ine., 450.
Scops
elegans, 345.
glabripes, 345.
japonicus, 345.
Scorpio
bahiensis, 118, 119.
Scutovertex
sculptus, 417.
Semele
cordiformis, 253, 301,
321.
Sepsina
frontoparietalis, 80.
hessii, 80.
Serolis
bromleyana, 366, 367.
cornuta, 373.
gracilis, 367.
447,
Serolis
neera, 366, 367, 369,
3793.
Serrarius
Susifer, 417.
Setina
dasara, 389.
dharma, 389.
discisigna, 389.
nebulosa, 389.
punctata, 389, 401.
punctilinea, 389.
Siderone
ellops, 566.
isidora, 566.
Simotes
affinis, 34.
catenifer, 34.
dennysi, 34.
labuanensis, 84.
octolineatus, 30.
purpurascens, 34.
signatus, 35.
trinotatus, 34,
Sinna
calospila, 400.
dohertyi, 400, 401.
extrema, 400.
fentoni, 400.
Siphonops
hardyi, 326.
Sitta
cesia sinensis, 344.
Smaragdesthes
mutica, 483.
Smerinthus
ocellatus, 95.
populi, 95.
tilie, 95.
Sobarus
pogget, 484.
Solarium
archite, 251, 282.
conulus, 282.
granulatum, 282.
hybridum, 251, 282.
luteum, 282.
moniliferum, 282.
ordinarium, 251, 281,
315.
peracutum, 281.
placentale, 251, 281.
soverbii, 282.
Solea
aurantiaca, 48.
lascaris, 41, 43, 44.
lutea, 44.
minuta, 44.
nasuta, 43.
pegusa, 43.
seriba, 44,
728
Solenostethium
sehestedii, 474.
Sorex
hydrodromus, 51.
minutus, 49.
navigator, 51.
palustris, 51.
vagans, 51.
vulgaris, 49, 51.
Soriculus
quadraticauda, 50.
Soritia
Fuscescens, 386.
molleri, 385, 401.
(Heterusia)circumdata,
385.
Sphznogoma
graduata, 557.
Spheerocoris
flavonotatus, 474.
ocellatus, 473, 474.
unicolor, 474.
—, var. flavonotatus,
474.
Spherodactylus
meridionalis, 78.
microlepis, 78.
Sphenodon
diversum, 360.
punctatum, 156.
Sphinx
ligustri, 95.
Spondylus
sp., 322.
Stalachtis
calliope, 575.
lineata, 574.
phedusa, 575.
phlegetonia, 574.
phlegia, 574.
Steganocerus
multipunctatus, 474.
Stegodyphus
gregarius, 621, 626.
Stenolepis
ridleyi, 79.
Sterces, gen. nov., 640.
resplendens, 640, 641,
646.
violaceipennis, 640.
Sternotomis
bifasciata, 488.
variabilis, 488.
virescens, 488.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 659.
Strobilodus
gigas, 391.
purbeckensis, 350, 351,
Shae:
suchoides, 351.
|
INDEX,
Strombus
bubonius, 320.
granulatus, 249.
Strongylium
atroviolaceum,
646.
auronitens, 642, 646.
puncticolle, 643.
quadraticolle, 643.
Styliola
recta, 254.
subula, 254.
virgata, 254.
Suthora
bulomachus, 344.
suffusa, 344.
Syrnola
cinctella, 275.
641,
Tadorna
casarca, 1.
Tamandua
tetradactyla, 76.
Taraxides
eneipennis, 638.
gibbipennis, 637, 638,
646.
muerens, 638.
pictus, 638, 646.
sinuatus, 637, 638, 639.
Tarentola
neglecta, 77.
Tatusia
novemeincta, 76.
_ Taygetis
andromeda, 567.
cleopatra, 567.
echo, 567.
erubescens, 567.
euptychidia, 567.
penelea, 567.
rebecca, 567.
tenebrosus, 567.
Tectura
virginea, 296.
Tefflus
jamesoni, 481.
Juvenilis, 481.
raffrayi, 481.
| Tegeocranus
coriaceus, 417.
elongatus, 417.
latus, 417.
marginatus, 417.
Teinopyga
clane “400,
reticularis, 400.
Teinostoma
abnorme,
252,
316.
293,
| Tejovaranus
branickii, 240.
Telea
angulifera, 94.
polyphemus. 94.
promethea, 94.
Telegonus
anaphus, 576.
talus, 576.
Tellina
antonii, 253, 301.
cordiformis, 301.
cumingit, 301.
Teratoscincus
przewalskii, 77.
Terias
albula, 558.
athalia, 558.
brenda, 465.
elathea, 558.
flavilla, 557.
mana, 558.
nisella, 557.
orientis, 465.
smilacina, 557.
Tesseratoma
@ethiops, 477.
afzelii, 477.
hornimani, 477.
indicta, 477.
nemorivaga, 476.
Tetragnatha
extensa, 627.
taylori, 627, 629.
Tetrapteryx
paradisea, 335, 337.
| Tetrodon
liurus, 40.
palembangensis, 40.
| Tetyra
comes, 474.
ocellata, 474.
schestedii, 474.
| Thala
solida, 266.
todilla, 266.
Thalpochares
hippotes, 517.
lagore, 517.
laronia, 516.
rosea, 517.
Thecla
bitias, 575.
cinniana, 575.
doryasa, 576.
echion, 575.
hemon, 575.
marsyas, 576.
satyroides, 575.
stilbia, 575.
togarna, 575.
Thecla
vesulus, 575.
Thirmida
dimidiana, 498,
520.
superba, 498, 520.
Thlattodus
suchoides, 351.
Thylacinus
harrisiz, 21.
Thymele
catillus, 576.
Thyridia
ceto, 558.
Timetes
chiron, 565.
noricu, 565.
Tingra
sp., 473.
Tirumala
petiverana, 467.
Tithorea
pseudethra, 559.
Tityus
chinchoxensis, 182.
lineatus, 118.
Toceus
melanoleucus, 401.
Tomatina
recta, 253, 297.
Torpedo
marmorata, 685.
narce, 681, 685.
Trachyderma
horridum, 235.
Trachydromus
amurensis, 79.
Tragelaphus
spekti, 590.
sylvaticus, 655.
Tragocephala
nobilis, 489.
opulenta, 489.
Tribonyx
mortieri, 337.
Trichura
aliaria, 494, 520.
Triforis
atlantica,
315.
bathyraphe, 252, 292,
316.
melanura,
292.
perversa, 248, 252, 291,
292.
recta, 252, 292, 316.
Trigaster
lankestert, 59.
Trigonosoma
subfasciatum, 474.
252, 292,
252, 291,
INDEX,
Trimeresurus
formosus, 33, 36.
gramineus, 33.
purpureomaculatus, 36.
wagleri, 36.
Trionyx
cartilagineus, 33.
ephippium, 33.
qeudi, 33.
phayrii, 33.
Triptera
columella, 254.
Triton
americanum, 268.
aquatilis, 267, 268.
martinianum, 268.
olearium, 248, 251,267,
268.
pilearis, 268.
seguenz@, 267.
tritonis, 251, 267.
turtoni, 251, 265, 315.
Trochus
(Cynisea) granulosus,
oll.
(Gibbula) mustvus, 311.
Troglodytes
niger, Var. Marungensis,
444,
schweinfurthi, 444.
Tropidonotus
chrysargus, 3).
flaviceps, 35.
rhedomelas, 35.
trianguligerus, 30.
Tropidophorus
yunnanensis, 80.
Trygon
pastinaca, 676, 680,
681, 682, 685.
uarnak, 680, 681, 682,
683, 685.
Trygonorhina
Ffasciata, 685.
Turbo
bryerius, 287.
rubricinctus, 294.
(Collonia) admissus,
252, 294, 315.
(—) incertus, 311,
317.
(—) rubricinctus, 252,
294.
(Ocana) cidaris, 311.
Turbonilla
acicularis, 276.
assimilans, 251, 276,
316.
brachia, 251, 276, 316.
eritima, 251.
haroldi, 215, 275, 516.
=I
bo
(Je)
Turbonilla
pusilla, 276.
truncatelloides, 251,
276, 316.
(Dunkeria)
276, 316.
Turritella
carinifera, 311.
Turtur
orientalis, 361.
Tyana
superba, 387.
Tylodina
citrina, 253, 299.
Typhlops
lineatus, 32.
eritima,
Unnbrella
indica, 299.
mediterranea, 253, 299.
Uria
troile, 439.
Urocheta
corethrurus, 52.
Urolophus
testaceus, 680, 685.
Uromastix
spinipes, 218.
Uroplates
phantasticus, 78.
Uroplectes
fallax, 134.
flavoviridis, 135, 141.
Formosus, 134, 141.
insignis, 132, 141.
lineatus, 133.
ornatus, 118, 119, 127.
striatus, 134.
triangulifer, 134, 135,
137, 141,
variegatus, 133.
Utriculus
complanatus, 312.
oryctus, 321.
Vandeleuria
oleracea, 532, 536, 537,
539.
Vanessa
antiopa, 95.
levana, 95.
Varanus
bengalensis, 220, 222.
dumerilit, 33.
niloticus, 195.
salvator, 38, 195, 196,
197.
730 INDEX.
Venus Volumnia
effossa, 300. westermanni, 492.
pygmead, 301. Voluta
toreuma, 300. ocellata, 262.
(Chione) pygmea, 253, | Vulpes
301 virginiana, 72.
Xanthopygia
narcissina, 341, 342.
tricolor, 342.
Xanthothopeia
aruwimensis, 6438, 646.
rufipennis, 644.
(Ventricola) effossa, Vultur Xenopeltis
2538, 300. monachus, 404, 405, unicolor, 34.
Verticordia 406, 407, 411. Xenopus
ornata, 253, 304. levis, 69, 70, 71.
Vesperus Williamia Xystrocera
capensis, 97. gussonit, 253, 296, 321. nigrita, 485.
Victorina
steneles, 565. Xanthia Zangis
Virgularia alala, 514. guineensis, 476.
Juncea, 462. aleandra, 515. Zaocys
patagonica, 462. Xanthoptera corinatus, 33, 35.
Volumnia alboflava, 517. Zeonia
calabarica, 492. laphyra, 517. amazona, 572.
leucomelena, 492. Xanthopygia Zetorchestes
morosa, 492.
cyanomelena, 341,
THE END.
micronychus, 418,
Printed by Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
f
Contents (continued).
November 18, 1890 (continued).
Page
Mr.G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the Skull of a large Sea-
Snake (Distira cyanocincta) and three skulls of the Green Turtle.........- weiter TOL e
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Reptiles and Batrachians of Bar-
bary (Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia), based chiefly upon the notes and collections made
in 1880-84 by M. Fernand Lataste” ........ceeeee sec e eect ence ee se eee cnene - 618
1. Remarks on the Chinese Alligator. By G. A. Bourencer. (Plates LI. & LIT.)........ 619
2. On some new Species and two new Genera of Araneidea. By the Rev. O. P. Camsripen,
M.A., F.R.S., O.M.ZS., &c. (Plate LIT.) ......... elnie’tole/sto\ sieve tials sine winieles salar ste 620
3. On some Upper Cretaceous Fishes of the Family of Aspidorhynchide. By A. Smita.
Woopwarp, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plates LIV. & LY.) 629
4. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley.
By G. C. Cuampion, F.Z.8. (Plate LVL) ..... . -
ee
December 2,-1890.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1890 .... 646
M. A. Milne-Edwards, Letter from, containing remarks upon the specimen of Hquus grevyi
REDON E nce I GOUDEN Sein cro's, Welaie s/t eth emma cteeree tis: ale iodo wlelieU ts spawn cielacarszo tn thataiers 647
Dr. Emin Pasha, 0.M.ZS., Letter from, containing remarks upon a Striped Hyena occur-
ring in Tabora, Hast Africa
1. On the Antelopes of Nyasa-land. By Ricwarp ORAWSHAY ...-..+-+eeeeereseeseeee .. 648
2. On the Presence of Pterygoid Teeth in a Tailless Batrachian (Pelobates cultripes), with
Remarks on the Localizatic of Teeth on the Palate in Batrachians and Reptiles. By
G. A. Bounmncmr ...... 6
Cece ee POOF es se ce OFseeese esse ess esse oases et eesensse
3. On the Fijian Species of tne Genus Merwla. By Henry SEEBOHM,.....+.++0+ ss eeseee 666
4. On the Visceral Anatomy of the Australian Torpedo (Hypnos subnigrum), with especial
reference to the Suspension of the Vertebrate Alimentary Canal. By G. B. Howss,
F.ZS., F.LS., Assist. Professor of Zoology, R. College of Science, 8S. Kensington.
QE MAGe DAVE.) oie 5s ccc violence oie c1nc'e!= p.c,vienleieinn pv:ee's 1 oyu! tin wipinattinie as MONG 24 669
5, Observations on the Pectoral Fin-Skeleton of the Living Batoid Fishes and of the Extinet
j - Genus Sgualoraja, with especial reference to the Affinities of the same. By G. B.
Howes, F.Z.8., F.L.S., Assist. Professor of Zoology, R. College of Science, S.
Kensington 1.0.0... ceseeecs en en cece rece etee ce tt cettnecceces a alayoreef enor done Ot
Appendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the Year 1890 ......... -.. 689
Mgxdox ssid vrs sls «'snieaie'e's ea a otutenete stars MARS eatta bie pare atars tiers bzo.eoo aie Tere atau atels RUPEES ata eS 709
Titlepage ...... sere cece eee etre ee ceeeeceee PP OO er ee re as hg!
List of Contributors ...... SOR AR VEEN Meet, cg ahs cettreaete me cten me uatas ereiete sicre(oatee iil
STi eat Co GUE ai tiesie aise dais ooaiene anti traci nin sivvcle. ntels in Cares} avelo\ece Gini ea belae es soa SOS moa rica eae
oa yaihtsl els calaitte seletowta tis 4 eCNEL
SEN ACLANN, GOLGUCS ee I Soe a iret aioe ea eats 2 Deemer,
LIST OF PLATES.
1890.
PART IV.
Plate Page
XLVII. Tragelaphus spekii, Q .. esse. ssc enseeeeereceeccneceees 590
ALVIII. Colobus ferrugineus ..60...... ec eeeeecee rs ce eeee corer }
XLIX. Bos gaurus.. ..2+0+..+0.. SDE Sty SCOUT GUOROO Ao ae nie 592
L. Euchoreutes naso ...s.e..cceecessceuees erates state. 0 Chale Tate eet 610
ve } Alligator sinensis ........+ Rae serio Seta we aes one 619
LIT. New Araneidea ............+ aie Sip ie sistoisiune pies “acafelayates cleans +» 620
PAVE ee Rel ONGEbOM US COMUPEOMM scp. /ot< 01 <ia/n isla 01 stain pieae's ale ©; 5 cre vies iets
LY. Figs. 1-10. Belonostomus comptoni. Fig. 11. Apateopholis | 629
laniatus ........ Salerslaaveatalene vmjel orale winiel Wart syonte Kat a
LVI. Heteromerous Coleoptera from the Aruwimi Valley.......... 637
LVII. Visceral Anatomy of Hypnos subnigruin ............ StS 669
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings ‘are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
Il. i c. » March and April, on August Ist.
Iii. ieee % », May and June. on October Ist.
PVs i oe ;, November and December, on April Ist.
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 8s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates. v2
Ak
oy (
sam!
le adie!
Neti
u
i
yi)
ft
.
srieeiattae
‘ nye He i
Ht aU anEM
iy aes